CT <
^ cc c
<z < c
■" cc '
r <^'^
c c:
c <c
C C
c:%^
c cr:
c c:
< c;
C C
c <r
'■ c c
o. c ;c ■ r- r
: c c' -C ■^:< cr<
cr C C-' c' <r , i:? c :.-;C <^i^
er ' 'C c c . c c c c-
'^ - c c C c C c c.r
c c c <r ^< c: c Y
~ /-• C-? "C C 0 C'^ -■■'
C C vl'.
c d;,-
Cc CT'C
^c'c:
^ ^'^
:■: cZ ■ C^x^Cr C-- fC <
^. <r^ ' c -occ'/cc: /<:
. cr" c -c <r:'c c' c
^c crr^ccg/cc
■ <' JT ■ <3Cc '
cc ccf cr .
CC <;3C<c
dc: c^<r
^c o c
<S:C C C
vd. ere
: O;. cc
<Ccc
czc:
^ c '
fesc3 CC
<C^^<C <1<
-c^ <c c;p c<
^-.<c <r 'C^c
«c cc ^
^^ c s
c:<c^c^
<c <^'c: ci
- — ^- c^c: <
^ CC <<^
<IIC d
^^ ^
cr CI <c
c^^d «z
Ci <c <
cj d <
CCT C^
c: c
c^c
c c
CC
<cc
c<*^-^-
CC
CC
Cc
cc
cc
_ cc
: cc
r c
/ C (
c «
c: «^
«C «^
• c^ r :
^0,9-.!.
pbrant of llj^ gtusatm
OP
COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY,
AT HARVARD COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE, MASS.
The gift of CA^ :^ o^c^^X^.^^ J
/' cun_-U~ a-'>^i^'\l ^S^5^
No. ^370
-i^^JUi
'J V
TRANSACTIONS
OF THE
CONNECTICUT ACADEMY
ARTS AND SCIENCES
YOLUME TI.
NEW HAVEN:
PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY.
''1882 TO 1885.
TUTTLE, MOREHOUSE & TAYLOR. PRINTERS
CONTENTS.
PAGE
List of Additions to thk Libkary, v
Art. I. — New England Spiders of the family The-
RiDiD^, By J. H. Emerton. Plates 1-24, 1
Art. II. — Dipterous Larvae from the Western Al-
kaline Lakes, and their use as Human
Food. By S. W. Williston, . 87
Art. III. — North American CoNOPiDiE. By S. W.
Williston, 91
Art. IV. — On the Anatomy of Lihinia emarginata
Lead), the Spider C.rac. By E. A. An-
drews. Plates 25-27, - 99
Art. V. — On an Unsymmetrical Law of Error in
THE Position of a Point in Space. By
E. L. DkForest, 12.3
Art. VI. — Second Catalogue of Mollusca recently
ADDED to the FauNA OF THE NeW EN(i-
LAND Coast and the adjacent parts of
THE Atlantic, consisting mostly of Deep
Sea Species, with Notes on others pre-
viously RECORDED. By A. E. Verrill.
Plates 28-32, 139
Art. VII. — New England Spiders of the f-amily Epei-
RiD.E. By J. H. Emerton. Plates 33-40, 295
Art. VIII. — The Diastatic Action of Saliva, as Modi-
fied BY various Conditions Studied Quan-
titatively. By K. H. Chittenden and Her-
bert E. Smith, 343
Art. IX. — North American Conopid^ : Conclusion.
By S. W. Williston. Plate 41, 377
Art. X. — Third Catalogue of Mollusca recently
ADDED TO THE FaUNA OF THE NeW ENG-
LAND Coast and the Adjacent parts of
THE Atlantic, consisting mostly of Deep-
Sea Species, with Notes on others pre-
viously recorded. By A. E. Verrill.
Plates 42-44, 395
Art. XI. — Additions to the Shallow-water Mollusca
of Cape Hatteras, N. C, dredged by
the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer "Al-
batross" IN 1883 AND 1884. By Kathe-
rine J. Bush. Plate 45, 453
Art, XII. — New England Lycosid^. By J. H. Emer-
ton. Plates 46-49, 48]
OFFICERS OF THE ACADEMY, 1884-85.
President.
ADDISON E. VEKRILL.
Vice- President.
WILLIAM H. BKEWEH.
Corresponding Secretary.
ADDISON VAN NAME.
Recording Secretary.
LEONARD WALDO.
Librarian.
ADDISON VAN NAME.
Treasurer.
HENltY C. KINGSLEY.
Publishing Committee.
IIUBEIIT A. NEWTON, ELIAS LOOMIS,
GEORGE J. BliUSlI, ADDISON E. VERRILL,
EDWIN S. WHEELE1{, WILLIAM D. WHITNEY,
ADDISON VAN NAME.
jYuditing Committee.
ADDISON E. VELMMLL, HI! BERT A. NEWTON,
ADDISON VAN NAME.
ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY
OF THE
Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences,
By Gift and Exchange, fkom July 1, 1882, to Aug. 1, 1884.
Albany. — New York State Library.
Annual report. LXI. LXII, LXIII, 1880-82. 8°.
New York State Museum of Natural History.
Annual report. XXXI, 1818. 8°.
American Association fm' the Advancement of Science.
Proceedings. Thirtieth, thirty-first, thirty-second meeting, 1881-83. Salem,
1882-84. 8°
Annapolis. — United States Naval Institute.
Proceedings. Vol. X. 1-3, 1884. 8°.
Baltimore. — Johns Hopkins University.
American chemical journal. Vol. IV. 3-6, V. 1, 3-6, VI. 1, 2, 1882-84. 8°.
Studies from the biological laboratory. Vol. II. 3, 4, III. 1, 1882-84. 8°.
Boston. — Amateur Scientific Society.
Science observer. Vol. IV. 1-8, 1882-84. 8°.
American Academy of Arts and Sciences.
Proceedings. Vol. XVII-XIX, 1881-84. 8°.
Society of Natural History.
Memoirs. Vol. III. 6-9, 1883-84. 4°.
Proceedings. Vol. XXI. 4, XXII. 1-3, 1882-83. 8°.
Buffalo. — Society of Natural Sciences.
Bulletin. Vol. IV. 3, 4, 1882-83. 8°.
Cambridge. — Astronomical Observatory of Harvard College.
Annals. Vol. XIII. 1, XIV, 1882-84. 4°.
Annual report. XXXVII, XXXVIII, 1881-82, 1882-83. 8°.
Observations on the transit of Venus, Dec. 5 and 6, 1882. 8°.
Museum of Comparative Zoology.
Memoirs. Vol. VII. 2, pt. 2, 3, VIII, IX. 1, 2, X. 1, 3, 1881-84. 4°.
Bulletin. Vol. X, XL 1-9, 1882-83. 8°.
Annual report. 1881-82, 1882-83. 8°.
Entomological Club.
Psyche. No. 1-102, 105-120, 1874-84. 8°.
Chicago. — Astronomical Society.
Annual report. 1882, 1883. 8°.
The American antiquarian and oriental journal. Vol. IV. 4, V, VI. 1-4
1882-84. 8°.
Cincinnati. — Observatory.
Publications. No. 7, 1880-82. 8°.
vi Additions to the Library.
Cincinnati. — Society of Natural History.
Journal. Vol. V. 3, 4, VI, VII. 1, 2, 1882-84. 8°.
Davenport. — Academy of Natural Sciences.
Proceedings. Vol. III. 2, 1882. 8°.
Frankfort. — Kentucky Geological Survey.
Carr, L. The mounds of the Mississippi valley historically considered. 4°.
Madison. — State Historical Society of Wisconsin.
Report and collections. Vol. IX, 1880-82. 8°.
Washburne Observatory.
Publications, Vol. I, 1882. 8°.
Middletown. — Museum of Wesley an University.
Annual report. XII, 1883. 8°.
Milwaukee. — Naturliistorischer Verein von Wisconsin.
Jahres-Bericht. 1881-82. 8°.
Minneapolis. — Minnesota Academy of Natural Sciences.
Bulletin. Vol. II. 4, 1882. 8°.
New York. — American monthly microscopical Journal. Vol. III. 1-7, 12, IV,
1882-83. 8°.
Amejican Museum of Natural Sciences.
Bulletin. Vol. I. 1-5, 1881-84. 8°.
Annual report. XIV, XV, 1883-84. 8".
Linnean Society.
Transactions. Vol. I, 1882. 8°.
Torrey Botanical Club.
Bulletin. Vol. VIII-X, XL 1-6, 1881-84. 8°.
Philadelphia. — Franklin Institute.
Journal. Vol. CXIA^. 2-6, CXV-CXVII, CXVIIT. 1, 1882-84. 8\
Poughkeepsie. — Vassar Brothers Institute.
Transactions. Vol. I, 1881-83. 8".
Princeton. — E. M. Museum of Geology and Archieology of Princeton College.
Bulletin. No. 3, 1883. 8°.
St. Louis. — Missouri Historical Society.
Publications. No. 7, 1883. 8°.
Salem. — Essex Institute.
Bulletin. Vol. XIV, 1882. 8°.
San Francisco. — California Academy of Sciences.
Bulletin. No. 1, 1884. 8°.
Washington. — Bureau of Education.
Report of the Commissioner of Education. 1880. 8°.
Bureau of Ethnography.
Annual report. 1,1879-80. 8°.
Chief Signal Officer.
Annual report. 1879. 8°.
Professional papers. No. 1, 2, 3, G, 7, 13, .1881-84. 4°.
Surgeon General, U. S. A,
Medical and surgical history of the war of the rebellion. Pt. IH, vol. II,
1883. 4".
United States Geographical Surrey West of the One Hundredth Meridian.
Report. Vol. Ill, supplement, 1881. 4°.
Additions to the Lihrary. vii
Washington — United States Geological Survey.
Annual report. 1,11,1879-80,1880-81. 8".
Tertiary history of the Grand Canon district, with atlas, by Clarence Button.
1882. A° and f°.
United States Naval Observatory.
Astronomical and meteorological observations for 1878, and appendix T. 4".
Instructions for observing the transit of Venus, Dec. G, 1882. 4".
Worcester. — American Antiquarian Society.
Proceedings. No. 73. New series, vol. I. 2, II, III. 1, 1879-84. 8°.
Amiens. — Societe Linneenne du Nord de la France.
Memoires. Annee 1883. 8°.
Bulletin. No. 99-122, 1880-82. 8°.
Amsterdam. — Kon. Ahademie van Wetenschappen.
Jaarboek, 1880, 1881. 8°.
Verslagen en mededeelingen. Afdeel. natuurkunde. 2de reeks. Deel XVI,
XVII, 1881-82. 8°.
A UGSBURG. — Naturli istorischer Verein.
Bericht. XXVII, 1883. 8".
AuxERRE. — Societe des Sciences Historiqiies et Naturelles de V Tonne.
Bulletin. Tome XXXV. 2, XXXVI, XXXVII. 1, 1881-83. 8°.
Tables analytiques. 2« serie, 1867-78. 8°.
Bamberg. — Naturforschende Gesellschaft.
Bericht. XII, 1882. 3°.
Basel. — Naturforschende Gesellschaft.
Verhandlungen. Theil A"II. 1, 1882. 8^
Batavia. — Kon. NatuurkundigeVereeniging in Nederlandsch- Indie.
Natuurkundige tijdschrift. Deel XLI, 1882. 8°.
Bergen. — Museum.
Nye Alcyonider, Gorgonider og Pennatulider tilhorende til Norges fauna.
Ved Johan Keren og D. C. Dauielssen. 1883. 4°.
Berlin. — Kdnigl. Sternwarte.
Berliner astronomisches Jahrbuch. 1885,1886. 8°.
Bologna. — Accademia delle Scienze delV Istituto di Bologna.
Rendiconto. 1881-82, 1882-83. 8°.
Congres Geologique International.
Compte rendu. 2« sess. 1881. 8°.
Bombay. — Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society.
Journal. No. XL, XLI, 1882-83. 8°.
Bonn. — Naturhistori^cher Verein der preussischen Rheinlande und Westphalens.
Verhandlungen. Jahrg. XXXVIII. 2, XXXIX, XL. 1, 1881-83. 8".
Bordeaux. — Academic Nationale des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts.
Actes. Annee XLII, XLIII, 1878-81. 8°.
Table historique et methodiqne, 1712-1875. Documents historiques, 1711-1713.
Catalogue des manuscrits de rancienne Academic, 1712-1793. 1879. 8°.
Societe Linneenne.
Actes. Tome XXXV, XXXVI, 1881-82. 8°.
Societe des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles.
Memoires. 2« ser. Tome IV. 3, V, 1881-83. 8°.
viii Additions to the Lilrrary.
Bremen. — Natunvissenschaftlicher Verein.
Abhandlungen. Bd. YII. 3, YIII. 1, 1882-83. 8°.
Breslau. — Schlesische GeseRschaft fur vaterUlndische Cultur.
Jahres-Bericht. LIX, LX, 1881-82. 8".
Brighton. — Health Congress.
Transactions. 1881. 8°.
Brunn. — Naturforscher Verein.
Verhandlungen. Bd. XTX-XXI, 18S1-82. 8°.
Bericlit der nieteorologischen Commission. 1881. 8°.
Bruxelles. — Acadhiiie Royale des Sciences, des Lettres et des Beaux- Arts de Bclgique.
Memoires. Tome XLIII. 2, XLIV, 1882. 4°.
Memoires couronnes et memoires des savants etrangers. Tome XLIV,
1882. 4°.
Memoires couronnes et aiitres memoires. Tome XXXI, XXXIII-XXXV,
1881-83. 8°.
Bulletins. 2" se'r. Tome L. 3" ser. Tome T-V, 1880-83. Tables generales,
2" ser., t. 21-50. 8°.
Annuaire. 1881, 1882, 1883. 8°.
Societe Beige de Geographie.
Bulletin. Annee V. 5, 6, VI, VII, 1881-83. 8°.
Societe Entomologique de Belgique.
Annales. Tome XXV-XXVII, 1881-83. 8°.
Societe Malacologique de Belgique.
Annales. Tome XIV, XVI, XVII, 1879-82. 8°.
Societe Royale de Botanique.
Bulletin. Tome XXI, XXII, 1883. 8°.
Buenos Aires. — Sociedad Cientifica Argentina.
Anales. Tome I-V, VI. 3, 6, VII. 1-3, 5, 6, VII, TX, X. 1-3, XIII. 4-C,
XIV, XV, XVI. 1-3, 5, 6, XVII. 1-5, 1876-84. 8°.
Censo general de la proviucia de Buenos Aires. 1883. f.° (2 copies).
Sistema de medidas y pesas. 1881. 8°.
Rectificacion de medidas de longitud y de superficie de la provincia de
Tucuman. 1883. 8°.
The Argentine Republic as a field for European emigration. By F. Latzina.
1883. 8°.
Caen. — Societe Linneenne de Xorinandie.
Bulletin. 3« ser. Tome V, VI, 1880-82. 8°.
Calcutta. — Asiatic Society of Bengal.
Journal. Vol. LT. i, 2-4 and extra no., ii, LII. i, ii, LIII. i, 1, 1882-84. 8°.
Proceedings. 1882, no. 3-10 ; 1883; 1884, no. 1. 8". •
Descriptions of new Indian lepidopterous insects from the collection of tlie
late Mr. W. S. Atkinson. Pt. 2. 1882. 4°.
Geological Survey of India.
Palieontologia Indica. Series X, vol. ii, iii. 1; XII, vol. iii. 2, 3, iv. 1; XIII,
vol. i. 4 (fasc. 1, 2); XIV, vol. i. 3 (fasc. 2); 1881-84. 4°.
Memoirs. Vol. XIX, XXII, 1882-83. 8'.
Records. Vol. XV, XVI, XVII. 1, 2, 1882-84. 8°,
Additions to the Library. ix
Calcutta. — Meteorological Department of the Government of India.
Indian meteorological memoirs. Vol. I. 6, IL 1, 2, ISSl-S.'). f°.
Report on the meteorology of India. 1879, 1880, 1881. f°.
■Report on the administration of the meteorogical department. 1880-81,
1881-82, 1882-83. T.
Meteorological observations recorded at six stations in India. 1880 Aiig.-
Dec; 1881 Jan., Feb., Oct.-Dec; 1882; 1883. T.
CAsrBRiDGE. — Philosophical Society.
Transactions. Vol. XIII. 2, 3, 1882-83. 4°.
Proceedings. Vol. IV. 2-G, 1881-83. 8°.
Cassel. — Verein fiir Natui'kunde.
Bericht. XXIX-XXX, 1881-83. 8°.
Catania. — Accademia Gioenia di Scienze Naturali.
Atti. Ser. III. Tomo XVI, 1882. 4°.
Chapultepec. — Observatorio Astronomico.
Annuario. 1883. 8°.
Chemnitz. — Naturwissenschaftliche Geseltschaft.
Bericht. VII, VIII, 1878-82. 8°.
Cherbourg. — Societe Nixtionale des Sciences Naturelles.
Memoires. Tome XXIII, 1881. 8°.
Catalogue la bibliotheque. 1''' partie. 2'' ed. 1881. 8°.
Christiania. — Norwegische Commission der Europdischen Gradmessung.
Geodatische Arbeiten. Heft I-III, 1880-82. 4°.
Vandstands observationer. Heft I, II, 1882.
Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition, 187G-78.
Report. VI-X, 1882-83. 4°.
Chur. — Naturforschende Geseltschaft Grauhiindens.
Jahresbericht. Neue Folge. Jahrg. XXV, XXVI, 1880-81, 1881-82. 8",
GovtoOB X. — Academia Nacional de Ciencias.
Actas. Tomo V. 1. Buenos Aires, 1884. 4°,
Boletin. Tomo VI. 1, 1884. 8°.
Danzig. — Naturforschende Geseltschaft.
Schriften. Neue Folge. Bd. V. 3, 4, 1882-83. 8°.
Dijon. — Academic des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres.
Memoires. 3« ser. Tome VII, 1881-82. 8°.
DORPAT. — Gelehrte Estnische Geseltschaft.
Sitzungsberichte. 1882, 1883. 8°.
Verhandlungen. Bd. XI, 1883. 8°.
Naturforscher- Geseltschaft.
Archiv fiir die Naturkunde Liv-Ehst- und Kurlands. Ser. I. Bd. IX. 1, 2.
Ser. II. Bd. VIII. 4, 1882. 8°.
Sitzungsberichte. Bd. VI. 1, 1881. 8°.
Dresden. — Naturwissenschaftliche Geseltschaft Isis.
Sitzungsberichte. 1881 Juli-Dec, 1882, 1883. 8°.
Verein fiir Erdkunde.
Jahresbericht. XVIII-XX, 1880-83. 8°.
Dublin. — Eoyal Geologiccd Society of Ireland.
Journal. Vol. XVI. 2, 1881-82. 8°.
X Additions to the Lihrary.
Dublin. — Boyal Irish Academy.
Transactions. Vol. XXVII. 5, XXVIII. 6-13, 1881-83. 4°.
Proceedings. Ser. II. Vol. II. 4, III. 9, 10, 1882-83. 8°.
Edinburgh. — Geological Society.
Transactions. Vol. I, II. 1, IV. 2, 1868-72. 8°.
Royal Society.
Proceedings. Session 1880-81. 8°.
Emden. — Naturforschende Gesellschaft.
Jahresbericlit. LXVIII, 1882-83. 8'.
Erfurt. — Konigl. Akademie gemeinnutzvjer Wissenscliaften.
Jahrbiicher. Neue Folge. Heft XI, 1882. 8°.
Falmouth. — Royal Cornwall Polytechnic Society.
Annual report. XLIX, 1881. 8°.
FiRENZE. — R. Istituto di Siudi Siiperiori.
Puliblicazioni: Sezione di filosofia e filologia.
II commento medio di Averroe alia Retorica di Aristotele, pul). dal Prof.
F. Lasinio. Fasc. 2, 3, 1877-78. 8°.
Intorno ad alcuni luoghi della Ifigenia in Anlide di Euripide. Osservarioni
dlG. Vitelli. 1877. 8°.
La ribellione di Masacado e di Sumitomo. Testo Giapponese riprodotto e
tradotto da L. Nocentini. 1878. 2 pts. 8°.
Del papiro. Memoira del Prof. C. Paoli. 1878. 8°.
II mito di Filottete. Studio monografico di L. A. Milani. 1879. 8'.
— Sezione di scienze fisiche e naturali.
Sulla teoria fisica dell' elettrotono nei nervi. Esperienze del Dott. A.
Eccher. 1877. 8°.
Sulle forze elettromotrici sviluppate dalle soluzioni saline. Del Dott. A.
Eccher. 1878. 8°.
II globo celeste Arabico del secolo XI uel gabinetto del E. Istituto, illus-
trato da F. Meucci. 1878. 8°.
Ricerche sulle formole di costituzione dei composti ferriei. Parte I. Nota
del Dott. D. Tommasi. 1879. 8°.
Ancora suUa Polimelia nei Batraci anuri. Sopra alcuni visceri del Gallo
cedrone. Del Dott. G. Cavanna. 1879. 8".
Frankfurt a. M. — Deutsche malakologische Gesellschaft.
Nachrichtsblatt. Jahrg. XIV. 8-12, XV, XVI. 1-5, 1882-84. 8".
Senckenhergische naturforschende Gesellschaft.
Abhandlungen. Bd. XII. 3, 4, XIII. 1-3, 1881-84. 4°.
Bericht. 1880-81, 1881-82, 1882-83. 8°.
Frauenfeld. — Thurgauische Naturforschende Gesellschaft,
Mittheilungen. Heft V, VI, 1882-84. 8°.
Freiburg i. Br. — Naturforschende Gesellschaft.
Berichte. Bd. VIII. 1, 1882. 8".
Festschrift der sechs und fiinfzigsten Vorsamnilung deutscher Naturforscher
und Aerzte gewidmet. 1883. 8°.
GENifeVE. — Institut National Genevois.
Bulletin. Tome XXIV, 1882. 8°.
Societe de Physique et d'llistoire Naturelle.
M^moires. Tome XXVII. 2, XXVIII. 1, 1881-83. 4°.
Additions to the Library. xi
GiESSEN. — Oberhessische Gesellscliaft fur Natur- und Heilkunde.
Bericht. XXI, XXII, 1882-83. 8°.
Glasgow. — Natural History Society.
Proceedings. Vol. I, 11, III. 1, 3, IV. 1, V. 1, 2, 1859-82. 8°.
Philosophical Society.
Proceedings. Vol. XIII. 2, XIV, 1881-83. 8°.
GoTEBORG. — Kongl. Vetenskaps- och Vitterhets Samhdlle.
Handlingar. Ny tidsf. Haft. XVII, XVIII, 1882. 8°.
GoTTiNGEN. — Konigl. Gesellscliaft der Wissenschaften.
Nachrichten. 1882, 1883. 8°.
Koniglkhe Sternwarte.
Kliukerfues'sche Constanten zur Reduction auf den scheinbaren Ort fiir die
mittleren Tage 1884, berechnet von H. Kobold. 1883. 8°.
Greifswald. — Geographische Gesellschaft.
Jahresbericht. I, 1882-83. 8°.
Halifax. — Nova Scotia Institute of Natural Science.
Proceedings and transactions. Vol. VI. 1, 1882-83. 8°.
Halle. — Kais. Leopoldinisch- Carolinische deutsche Akademie der Natiirforscher.
Leopoldina. Heft XVII, 1881. 4°.
Na turforschende Gesellschaft.
Abhandlungen. Bd. XV. 2-4, XVI. 1, 1881-83. 4°.
Bericht, 1880, 1881, 1882. 4°.
Naiurwissenschaftlicher Verein filr Sachsen und Thilringen.
Zeitschrift fiir die gesammten Natvn-wissenscliaften. Bd. LIV, LV, LVI.
1-5, 1881-83. 8°.
Hamburg. — Deutsche Seewarte.
Monatliche Uebersicht der Witterung. 1882 Jan.-Juni, Sept.-Dez.; 1883. 8°.
Hamburg-Altoxa. — Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein.
Verhandlungen. Neue Folge. No. I, II, 1875-77. 8°.
Abhandlungen. Bd. V. 1, VII. 2, 1866-73. 4°.
Hannover. — Naturhistorische Gesellschaft.
Jahresbericht. XXXI, XXXII, 1877-80, 1880-82. 8°.
Harlem. — Musee Teykr.
Archives. Vol. III. 1-3, V. 1 ; serie II, pt. 1, 2 ; 1874-82. 8°.
Societe Neerlandaise des Sciences Exactes et Naturelles.
Archives. Tome XVII, XVIII. 1-3, 5, XIX. 1, 1882-84. 8°.
Heidelberg. — Naturh istorisch-medicinischer Verein.
Verhandlungen. Neue Folge. Bd. III. 2, 1882. 8°.
Helsingfors. — Societas Scientiarum Fennica.
Acta. Tom. XII, 1883. 4°.
Ofversigt af forhandlingar. XXIII, XXIV, 1880-82. 8=.
Bidrag till karmedom af Finlands natur och folk. Haft. XXXV-XXXVIII,
1881-82. 8°.
Observations meteorologiques. Vol. VIII, 1880. 8°.
Katalog ofver societetens bibliothek. 1881. 8°.
Societas pro Fauna et Flora Fennica.
Notiser. Haft. VIII, 1882. 8°.
Hermannstadt. — Siebenburgischer Verein fiir Naturiuissenschaften.
Verhandlungen und MittheUungen. Jahrg. XXXII-XXXIV, 1882-84. 8°.
xii Additions to the Lihixiry.
HOBART Town. — Royal Society of Tasmania..
Papers and proceedings and report. 1880,1881. 8°.
Jena. — Medicin isch-naturwissenschaftliche Gesellsch o/t.
Jenaische Zeitschrift fiir Naturwissenschaft. Bd. XY. i, XVI, XVII. 1, 2,
1881-84. 8°.
Sizungsberichte. 1881, 1882. 8°.
Kiel. — Natunuissenschaftlicher Verein fiir Schleswig-Uolstein.
Schriften. Bd. IV. 2, V. i, 1882-83. 8".
Universitdt.
Schriften. Bd. XXVIII, 1881-82. 4°.
Dissertationen (40). 1881-82, 1882-83. 8°.
Kjobenhavn. — Kon. Banske Videnskabernes Selskab.
Oversigt over forhandlinger. 1881, iii, 1882, 1883, i. 8°.
KoNiGSBERG. — Konigl. pfiysikalisch-okonomische Gesellschaft.
Schriften. Jahrg. XXI. 2, XXII, XXIII, 1880-82. 4°.
Krakow. — K. k. Sterniuarte.
Materyaly do klimatografii Galicyi. Rok 1881, 1882. 8°.
Lausanne. — Sociele Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles.
Bulletin. 2'' ser. No. 85-89, 1881-83. 8°.
Leeds. — Geological and Polytechnic Society of the West Riding of Yoi-kshire.
Proceedings. New series. Vol. VIIL 1, 2, 1882-84. 8°.
Leiden. — Nederlandsche Dierkundige Vereeniging.
Tijdschrift. Deel VI. 1, supplement I. 1, 1882-83. 8°.
Leipzig. — Astronomische Gesellschaft.
Vierteljahrsschrift. Jahrg. XVII. 1, 3, 4, XVIII, XIX. 1, 1882-84. 8".
Publication. XVII, 1883. 4°.
Naturforschende Gesellschaft.
Sitzungsberichte. Jahrg. VIII, IX, 1881-82. 8°.
Zoologischer Anzeiger. No. 115-171, 1882-84. 8°.
Ll^GE. — Societe Oeologique de Belgique.
Annales. Tome VII, VIII, 1879-81. 8'.
Societe Royale des Sciences.
Memoires. 2" ser. Tome X and supplement, 1883. 8° and 4°.
LiNZ. — Museum Frajicisco- Carolinum.
Bericht. XLI, 1882. 8°.
LiSBOA. — Academia Real das Sciencias.
Classe de sciencias mathematicas, physicas e naturacs. Memorias. N. S.
Tomo V. 2, VL 1, 1878-81. 4°.
Classe de sciencias raoraes, politicas e bellas-lettras. Ilistoria e mcuiorias.
N. S. Tomo V. 1, 1879. 4°.
Sessao publica. 9 Jimho, 1880. 8°.
Jornal de sciencias mathematicas, physicas o naturaes. No. 24-32,
1877-82. 8".
Shakespeare, W. Hamlet ; 0 Mercado de Veneza. Traduc^lo de Bulhao
Pato. 1879-81. 8°.
Ribeiro, J. S. Don Pedro Caldcron de la Barca. 1881. 8^.
Barros Arana, D. de. Vida e viagens de Fernao de Magalhaes. 1881. 8°.
Fiealho, Conde de. Flora dos Lusiadas. 1880. 8°.
Motta, E. A. Elemeutos de liistologia geral e histophysiologia. 1880. 8°.
Additions to the Lihrary. xiii
LiSBOA. — Sociedade de Geographia.
Boletin. Serie II. 11, 12, III. 1-10, 12, IV. 1-5, 1882-84. 8°.
Expedigao scientifica a serra da Estrella.
Secgao de Archeologia. Relatbrio do Sr. Dr. F. M. Sarmento. 1883. 4°.
Secgao de Botanica. Relatorio do Sr. Dr. J. A. Henriques. 1883. 4".
Sec^ao de Meteorologia. Relatorio do Sr. A. C. da Silva. 1883. 4°.
Sec9ao de Medicina (Hjdrologia Minera-Medicina). Relatorios dos Srs.
Drs. L. Torres e J. A. Medina. 1883. 4°.
(Ophthalmologia). Relatorio do Sr. Dr. F. L. da Fonseea, Jr.
1883. 4°.
A questao do meridiaao universal. 1883. 8'.
La question du Zaire. Le Portugal et la traite des noirs. 1883. 8°.
La question d'u Zaire. Lettre a M. Behagel par M. L. Cordeiro. 1 883. 8°.
La question du Zaire. Droits de Portugal. 1883. 8°.
Stanley's first opinions. Portugal and the slave trade. 1883. 8°.
Direitos de padroado de Portugal em Africa. 1883. 8°.
Terrenes adjacentes aos rios Zambeze e Chire. Mappa coordenado por A.
de Moraes Sarmento. 2 sheets.
Liverpool. — Literary and Philoso]}liical Society.
Proceedings. No. XXXV-XXXVII, 1880-83. 8°.
London. — Geological Society.
Quarterly journal. Vol. XXXVIII. 3, 4, XXXIX, XL. 1, 2, 1882-84. 8°.
List. 1883. 8".
Linnean Society.
Journal. Zoology, no. 8G-100 ; Botany, no. 114-129. 1881-83. 8°.
List, 1882. 8°.
Mathematical Society.
Proceedings. No. 184-188, 191-218, 1881-83. 8°.
Royal Meteorological Society.
Quarterly journaL New series. No. 41-50, 1882-84. 8°.
Meteorological record. 1881, no. 1, 2. 8°.
List of fellows. 1882. 8".
Royal Historical Society.
Transactions. Vol X. New series. Vol. I. 1, 4, II. 1, 1882-84. 8°.
Royal Microscopical Society.
JournaL Ser. II. Vol. 11. 4-6, III. 1-4, 6, IV. 1-3, 1882-84. 8".
Royal Society.
Philosophical transactions. Vol. CLXXII. 3, CLXXIII, CLXXIV. 1,
1881-83. 4".
Proceedings. No. 214-226, 1881-83. 8°.
List of council and members. 1881, 1882. 4°.
LtJNEBURG. — NaturwissenschaftliclierVerein.
Jahreshefte. Vni, 1879-82. 8°.
Lund. — Universitet.
Ars-Skriit. Tom. XV, XVI, XVII, XVIII. 2, 1878-82. 4°.
Universitets-biblioteks accessions-katalog. 1879, 1880, 1881. 8°.
Lyon. — Academic des Scieiices, Belles- Lettres et Arts.
Memoires. Classe des sciences. Tome XXV, 1881-82. 8°.
Classe des lettres. Tome XX, 1881-82. 8°.
B
xiv Additions to the Lilnxiry.
Lyon. — Musee Gtdmet.
Annales. Tome IV, Y, YI, 1882-84. 4°.
Revue de I'histoire des religions. Annee II. 5, G, III, lY. 1-5, 1881-83. 8°.
Catalogue du musee. 1"' parlie. 1883. 16°.
Madrid. — Comision del Mapa Geologico de Espana.
Boletin. Tomo IX, X, 1882-83. 8^
Memorias. Descripcion fisica, geologica y miuera de la proviucia de Barce-
lona. Por D. Jose Maureta y D. Silvino Thos y Codina. 1881. 8°.
Descripcion fisica geologica y agrologica de la provincia de Yalen-
cia. Por Daniel de Cortazar y Manuel Pato. 1882. 8°.
Sociedad Espanola de Historia Natural.
Anales. Tomo XII, XIII. 1, 1883-84. 8°.
Marburg. — Gesellschaft zur Beforderung der gesammten Naturwissenschofien.
Sitzuugsbericlite. Jahrg. 1880-83. 8".
Metz. — Academie.
Memoires. Annee LX, LXI, 1878-79, 1870-80. 8°.
Mexico. — Museo Nacional.
Anales. Tomo II. 7, III. 1-5, 1882-83. T.
Revista cientifica Mexicana. Tomo I. 20-25, II. 1, 1882-83. 4°.
Ministerio de Fomento.
Anales. Tomo YII, 1882. 8°.
Boletin. Tomo YII. 23-124, YIII, IX. 1-64, 1882-84.
Sociedad de Geografia y Estadistica.
Boletin. Epoca III. Tomo I, II. 1-4, 7, 1873-75. 8°.
Sociedad Mexicana de Historia Naturael.
La naturaleza. Tomo V. 9, 10, 19, YI. 1-16, 18-20, 1881-83. 4°.
MiDDELBURG. — Zeeuwscli Genootschap der Wetenschappen.
Arcliief. Deel Y. 2, 1881. 8°.
Catalogus der bibliotheek. 2''" druk. L 1882. 8°.
MiLANO. — Real Istituto Lomhardo di Scienze e Lettere.
Rendiconto. Serie IL Yol. XIY, XY, 1882. 8°.
Real Osservatorio di Brera.
Pubblicazioni. No. YII. 1, XY, XX, XXI, XXIII, 1880-83. 4°.
Schiaparelli, G. Y. Misure di alcune stelle doppie. 1882. 8°.
Societd Italiana di Scienze Naturali.
Atti. Yol. XXIL 3, 4, XXIII, 1880-81. 8°.
MODENA. — Regia Accademia delle Scienze, Lettere ed Arti.
Memorie. Tomo XX. Serie II. Tomo I. 1880-83. 4°.
Societd dei Naturalisti.
Annuario. Anno XY, 1882. 8°.
Atti. Anno XYI, 1883. 8°.
MONTPELLIER. — Academie des Sciences et Lettres.
Memoires. Section des lettres. Tome YII. 1, 1882. 4°.
Section des sciences. Tome X. 2, 1881. 4°.
Montreal. — Geological Survey of Canada.
Report of progress, 1880-81-82, with maps. 8°.
Natural History Society.
The Canadian record of natural history and geology. Yol. I. 1, 1884. 8°.
Additions to the Library. xv
Moscou. — Societe Imperiale des Kaiui-alistes.
Nouveaux memoires. Tome XIV. 2, 1881. 4°.
Bulletin. 1881 ii-iv, 1882, 1883 i, ii. 8".
Table generale et systematique des matieres. 1829-1881. 8°.
Meteorologische Beobachtungen am Observatorium der landwirth. Akademie
zn Moskaii. Jahrg. 1882. 4°.
MuNCHEN. — Kon. hayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften.
Sitzungsberichte. Philosoph.-philolog. und liistor. Classe. 1881 Bd. II. 4,
5; 1882; 1883. 8°.
Mathemat.-physikal. Classe. 1882 Heft 2-5 ; 1883. 8°.
Churfurst Maximilian I von Bayern. Festrede von F. Stieve. 1882. 4°.
Gedaclitnissrede auf Otto Hesse, von Gustav Bauer. 1882. 4°.
Ueber die Methoden in der botanischen Systematik. Festrede von L.
Radlkofer. 1883. 4°.
Ueber Herkunft uud Sprache der transgangetischen Volker. Festrede von
E. Kuhn. 1883. 4°.
Gedachtnissrede auf Karl von Halm, von E. Wolfflin. 1883. 4°.
Kmigliche Sternwarte.
Annalen. Bd. I-VI; Supplbd. I-IV, 1848-G9. 8°.
Meteorologische und magnetische Beobachtungen. Jahrg. 1881, 1882. 8°.
MuxSTER. — Westfalischer Provincial - Verein.
Jahresbericht. XI, 1882. 8°.
Napoli. — R. Accademia delle Scienze Fisiclie e Matematiche.
Atti. Vol. VII-IX, 1878-82. 4°.
Rendiconto. Anno XV-XXII, 1876-82. 4°.
Societd Africana d^ Italia.
BoUetino. Anno I. 3, 5, 6, 1882. 8°.
Zoologische Station.
Mittheilungen. Bd. I, III. 3, 4, IV. 1-3, 1878-83. 8°.
Neu Brandenburg. — Verein der Freunde der Naturgeschichte in Mecklenburg.
Archiv. Jahrg. XXXIV-XXXVII, 1881-83. 8°.
Neuchatel. — Societe des Sciences Naturelles.
BuUetin. Tome XII. 3, XIII, 1882-83. 8°.
Newcastle-upon-Tyne. — North of England Institute of Mining and Mechanical Engineers.
Transactions. Vol. I, II, VIII-XVII, XIX, XX, XXII-XXXII, XXXIII.
1-5, 1852-84. 8°.
Illustrations of fossil plants, being an autotype reproduction of selected
drawings prepared under the direction of the late Dr. Lindley and Mr. W.
Hutton. Edited by G. A. Lebour. 1877. 8°.
Catalogue of the Hutton collection of fossil plants. By G. A. Lebour. 1878.
An account of the strata of Northumberland and Durham, as proved by
borings and sinkings. A-E. 1878-81. 2v. 8°.
Ottawa. — Royal Society of Canada.
Proceedings and transactions. Vol. I, 1882-83. 4°.
Paris. — ^cote Poly technique.
Journal. Cahier 50-53, 1881-83. 4°.
Societe cV Acclimatation.
Bulletin. 3« ser. Tome IX. 5-12, X. 2-9, 12, XI. 1-4, 1882-84. 8°.
xvi Additions to the Lihrary.
Paris. — Societe GSologique de France.
Bulletin. 3« ser. Tome VII. 11, X. 1-G. XI. 1-7, XII. 1-3, 1879-84. 8°.
Societe Matlmnatique de France.
Bulletin. Tome X. 4r-7, XL 1, 2, 4, XII. 1, 1882-84. 8°.
Penzance. — Royal Geological Society of Cornwall.
Transactions. Vol. X. 4-6, 1882-84. 8°.
Catalogue of the library. Plymouth, 1882. 8°.
Pisa. — Societd Toscana di Scienze Naturali.
Memorie. Vol. V. 2, VI. 1, 1883-84. 8°.
Processi verbali. Vol. HI. pp. 137-196, 273-290, IV. pp. 1-70, 1882-84. 8°.
Potsdam. — Astrophysikalisches Observatorium.
Publicationen. Bd. Ill, 1883. 4°.
Prag. — Kon. bohmische Gesellschaft der Wissenscha/ten.
Abhandlungen. 6te Folge. Bd. XI, 1882. 4°.
Sitzungsberichte. 1881. 8°.
Jahresbericht. 1881. 8°.
K. k. Siermuarte.
Astronomische, magnetische uud meteorologische Beobachtuiigen. Jalirg.
XLIII, XLIV, 1882-83. 4".
Pulkova. — Nicolai-Hauptsiernwarte.
Jahresbericht. 1882. 8°.
Quebec. — Literary and Historical Society.
Transactions. Session 1882-83. 8°.
Regensburg. — Zoologisch-mineralogisclierVerein.
Correspondenz-Blatt. Jahrg. XXXV, XXXVI, 1881-82. 8°.
Historischer Verein von Oberj)falz und Regensburg.
Verhandluugen. Bd. XXXVI, XXXVII, 1882-83. 8°.
Riga. — Katur f or scher Verein.
Correspondenzblatt. Jahrg. XXV, 1882. 8^
Rio de Janeiro. — Instituto Historico, Geographico e Ethnographico do Brasil.
Revista trimensal. Tomo XLIV, XL V, 1882. 8°.
Museu Nacional.
Archivos. Vol. III. 3, 4, IV, V, 1878-80. 4°.
Roma. — Reale Accademia dei Lincei.
Atti. Serie II. Vol. V-VIII, 1875-77. 4°.
Serie III. Memorie della classe di scienze niorali, storiche e filologichc.
Vol. VI, VII, IX, 1880-81. 4°.
Memorie della classe di scienze lisiche, matematiche e naturali. Vol.
IX-XIIT, 1880-82. 4°.
Transunti. Vol. VI. 13, 14, VII, VIII. 1-6, 9-12, 1882-84. 4°.
Reale Comitato Geologico d^Italia.
Bolletino. Vol. I, II, IX-XIII, 1871-81. 8°.
Societd Raliana delle Scienze.
Memorie di matematica e di lisica. Ser. 111. Tomo III, 1879. 4°.
RoTTKRDAM. — Bataavscli Genootschap der Proefondervindelijke Wijsbegeerte.
Nieuwe Verhandehngen. 2de reeks. Doel III. 1, 1882. 4°.
St. Gallen. — Naturwissenschaflliche Gesellschaft.
Bcricht. 1880-81, 1881-82. 8°.
Additions to the Lihrary. xvii
St. Petersburg. — Uwtus Petropolitanvs.
Acta. Tom. VIII, 1883. 8°.
Imp. Buss. Geograf. Obshtchestvo.
Izviestiya. Tom. XVII. 3, 4, XVIII. 1-4, 1881-82. 8°.
Otchet. God 1881, 1882. 8°.
Kais. Akademie der Wissenschafkn.
Repertorium der Meteorologie. Bd. V^III, 1883. 4°.
Fhysikalisches Centralohservatorium.
Annalen. Jahrg. 1881, 1882, i. 4°.
Schweizerische naturforschende Gesellschaft.
VerhandluDgen. Jahresversammlung LXIV, LXV, 1881-82. 8°.
Stockholm — Enlomologisk Forening.
Entomologisk tidskrift. Arg. II-IV, 1881-83. 8°.
Kong. SvenskaVeteiiskaps Akademien.
Handlingar. Ny foljd. Bd. XIV. 2, XV-XVII, 1876-79. 4°.
Bihang. Bd. IV, V, 1876-80. 8°.
Ofversigt. Arg. XXXIV-XXXVII, 1877-80. 8°.
Meteorologiska iagttagelser. Bd. XVII-XIX, 1875-77. 4°.
Lefnadsteckningar. Bd. II. 1, 1878. 8°.
Minnesteckning ofver Carlander, Bjerken, Hallenberg, Linne, Sundevall. 8°.
Stuttgart. — Verein filr vaterldndische Nhturkunde in Wiirttemberg.
Jahreshefte. Jahrg. XXXVIII, XXXIX, 1882-83. 8".
Sydney. — Observatory.
Results of double star measures, 1871-81. 8°.
Results of rain and river observations, 1882. 8°.
The spectrum and appearance of the recent comet. By H. C. Russell.
1881. 8".
Anniversary address before the Royal Society of New South Wales, 3 May,
1882. By H. C. Russell. 8°.
Royal Society of Neiu South Wales.
Journal and proceedings. Vol. XV, 1881. 8°.
Annual report of the department of mines, New South Wales. 1881. 4°.
The minerals of New South Wales. By A. Liversidge. 2d ed. 8°.
New South Wales in 1881. 2d issue. 8".
Throndhjem. — Kon. Nmske Videnskabers Selskab.
Skrifter. 1881. 8°.
TOKIO. — University.
Calendar. 1881-82. 8°.
Memoirs of the science department. No. 9, 1883. 8°.
Toronto. — Canadian Institute.
Canadian journal of industry, science and art. New series. Vol. IV-XV,
1859-78.
Proceedings. Vol. I, II. 1, 2, 1879-84.
Meteorological Service of the Dominion of Canada.
Report. 1881. Ottawa, 1883. 8°.
Toulouse. — Academic des Sciences, Inscriptions et Belles- Lettres.
Memoires. 8« ser. Tome IV, V, 1882-83. 8°.
Societe d'Histoire Naturelle.
Bulletin. Annee XV, XVI, 1881-82. 8°.
xviii Additions to the Lihi'ary.
Upsala. — Regia Societas Scientiarum.
Nova acta. Ser. III. Vol. XI, 1881-83. 4°.
Utrecht. — Kon. Nederlandsch Meteorologisch Instituut.
Nederlandsch meteorologish jaarboek. 1881, 1882. 4°.
Provincial Utrechtsch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen.
Verslag van het verhandelde in de algemeene vergadering. 1881. 8°.
Aanteekeuingen van het verliandelde in de seetie-vergaderingen. 1880-81. 8°.
Venezia. — Istituto Ventto di Scienze, Leltere ed Arti.
Atti. Ser. V. Vol. VI. 10, VII. 10 and appendice, VIII. Ser. VI. Vol. I.
1-3. 1880-83. 8°.
Vicenza. — Accademia Olimpica.
Atti. 1879, 1880. 8°.
Terzo centenario di Andrea Palladio. Discorso di C. Boito, 29 Agosto.
1880. 8°.
WiEN. — Kais. Akademie der Wissenschaften.
Sitzungsberichte. Mathemat.-naturwiss. Classe. Abth I. Bd. LXXXIII. 5,
LXXXIV-LXXXVII, 1881-83. 8°.
K. k. Central- Anstalt fiir Meteorologie und Erdmagnetismus.
Jahrbiieher. Neue Folge. Bd. XV. 2, XVI. 2, XVII, XVIII. 1, 1878-81. 4°.
A', k. geologische Reichsanstalt.
Abliandlungen. Bd. VII. 6, X, XII. 3, 1882. 4°.
Jahrbuch. Bd. XXXII, XXXIII, XXXIV. 1, 1882-84. 8°.
Verhandlungen. Jahrg. 1882, 1883, 1884, No. 1-3. 8°.
K. k. zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft.
Verhandlungen. Bd. XXXI, XXXII, 1881-82. 8°.
Oesterreichische Gesellschaft fiir Meteorologie.
Zeitschrift. Bd. XVII. 7-12, XVIII. 2-12, XIX. 1-7, 1882-84. 8°.
Wiesbaden. — Nassauischer Verein fiir Naturkunde.
Jahrbiieher. Jahrg. XXXIII-XXXVI, 1881-83. 8°.
WURZBURG. — Physikalisch-medicinische Gesellschaft.
Sitzungsberichte. Jahrg. 1881, 1882. 8".
Annual addresses before the American Academy of Medicine, 1879, 1881-83. 8°.
Fro7n R. J. Dunglison, M.D.
Ballard, R. The solution of the pyramid problem. Nev;' York, 1882, 8°.
From the Author.
Barraude, J. Acephales. fitudes locales et comparatives. Prague, 1881. 8°.
From the Author.
Carvill, L. H. The great terminal moraine across Pennsylvania. Salem, 1882. 8°.
From the Authw.
Clapp, H. C. Is consumption contagious, and can it be transmitted by means of food?
2d ed. Boston, 1882. 12°. From Mr. R. J. Everett.
Dimmock, G. The anatomy of the mouth-parts and sucking apparatus of some
diptera. Boston, 1881. 8".
Special bibliography. Nos. 1-3. 8°.
Seven entomological papers. Cambridge, 1877-79. 8". fVom the Author.
Additions to the LihTary. xix
Bibliotheca historico-naturalia et mathematica. Lager-Catalog von R. Friedlander &
Sohn. Berlin, 1883. 8". Fi-om Messrs. E. F)-iedlander & Sohn.
Gauchez, V. Conference sur rapplication dii raonvement de la roer. Bruxelles,
1881. 8°. From the Author.
Gilpin, E., Jr. The gold fields of Nova Scotia. Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1882. 8°.
Report of the department of mines, Nova Scotia, for 188.3. Halifax, 1884.
From Mr. E. Gilpin, Jr.
Mason, J. J., M.D. Minute structure of the central nervous system of certain reptiles
and batrachians of North America. Illustrated by permanent photo-micrographs.
Series A. Newport, 1879-82. 4°. From the Author.
The palaeontologist. No. 6. Cincinnati, 1882. 8°. F-om Mr. U. P. James, the Editor.
Newberry, J. S. The origin of carbonaceous matter in bituminous shales. 1883. 8°.
Physical conditions under which coal was formed. 1883. 8°.
Fro77i the Authm:
Newlands, J. A. R. On the discovery of the periodic law and on relations among the
atomic weights. London, 1884. 8°. From the Author.
Saussure, H. de. Coup d'oeil sur I'hydrologie du Mexique. 1'^ partie. Geneve,
1862. 8°. From the Author.
Smyth, C. Piazzi. Madeira spectroscopic. Edinburgh, 1882. 4°.
Madeira meieorologic. Edinburgh, 1882. 4°. From the Author.
Watson, S. Contributions to American botany. XL Boston, 1883. 8°.
Froyn the Author.
Zincken, C. F. Die Fortschritte der Geologie der Tertiarkohle, Kreidekohle, Jurakohle
und Triaskohle. Leipzig, 1878. 8°. , From the Author.
ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY
OK TllK
Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences,
By Gift and Exchange, fkom Aug. 1, 1884, to July 1, 1885.
Albany. — New York State Library.
Aunual report. LXIV, LXV, 1882-83. 8°.
New York State Museum of Natural History.
Annual report. XXVIII, XXXIlI-XXXVll, 1879-84. 8".
Annapolis. — United States Naval Institute.
Proceedings. Vol. X. 4, XI. 1, 2, 1884-85. 8".
Baltimore. — Johns Hopkins Unicersity.
American chemical journal. Vol. VI. 3-6, VII. 1, 1884-85. 8°.
Studies from the biological lal. oratory. Vol. III. 2, 3, 1884-85. 8°.
Boston. — Amateur Scientific Society.
Science observer. Vol. IV. 9-11, 1884-85. 8°.
Society of Natural History.
Memoirs. Vol. III. 10, 11, 1884-85. 4°.
Proceedings. Vol. XXII. 4, 1883. 8°.
Brooklyn. — Entomological Society.
Bulletin. Vol. I-VII, 1878-84. 8".
Entomologica Americana. Vol. I. 1, 2, 1885. 8 .
Papilio. Vol. I-III. New York, 1881-83. 8°.
Cambridge. — Harvard College.
Annual report of the president and treasurer. 1883-84. 8°.
Astronomical Observatory of Harvaj-d College.
Annals. Vol. XIV. 2. 1885. 4°.
— '■ Museum of Comparative Zoology.
Memoirs. Vol. IX. 3, XI. 1, XII, XIII, 1884.. 4'.
Bulletin. Vol. VII. 2-11, XL 10, 1881-84. 8".
Annual report. 1883-84. 8°.
Entomological Club.
Psyche. No. 121-129, 1884. 8°.
Champaign. — Illinois State Labm-atory of Natural History.
Bulletin. Vol. II. 1, 1884. 8°.
Chic A go. — Dearborn Observatory.
Annual report. ' 1884. 8".
The American antiquarian and oriental journal. Vol. VI. 5, 0, VII. 1-3, 1884-
85. 8°.
Cincinnati. — Society'jof Natural History.
Journal. Vol. VII. 3, 4, VIII. L 1884-85. 8°.
c
xxii Addition.^ to the Library.
DAVENPOiiT. — Academy of Natural Sciences.
A vindication of the elephant pipes and iuscrilied tat»lets in the museum of
the Davenport Academy of Natural Sciences from the accusations of the
Bureau of Ethnology of the Smithsonian Institution. By Charles E. Put-
nam. 1885. 8°.
Denver. — Colorado Scientific Society.
The artesian wells of Denver. 1884. 8°.
Dks Moines. — Academy of Science.
15ulletin. Vol. I. 1, I88r,. 8".
Madison. — Washhunie Ohsenxitory.
I'uhlications. Vol. II, 1884. 8".
Meh IDEN. — Scientific Association.
Transactions. Vol. I, 1884. 8°.
MiNNEAi'OLis. — Geokxjical and Natural History Survey of Minnesota.
Annual report. I (2d ed.), X, XII, 1872-83. 8°.
New York. — American Geographical Society.
Journal. Vol. I, II. 1, III-XIII, 1859-81. 8°.
Bulletin. Vol. I (1852), II (1856), 1882, 1883, 1884 i-iv. 8°.
American Museum of Natural History.
Annual report. XVI, 1884-85.
Linnean Society.
Transactions. Vol. II, 1884. 8".
Torrey Botanical Club.
Bulletin Vol. XI. 7-12, XII. 1-5, 1884-85. 8°.
Pawtucket.— The Ornithologist and Oologist. Vol. X. 1-G, 1885. %\
Philadelphia. — Franklin Institute.
Journal. Vol. CXVIII. 2-G, CXIX, CXX. 1, 1884-85. 8°.
PouGHKEEPSiE. — Vassar Brothers Institute.
Transactions. Vol. II, 1883-84. 8".
St. Louis. — Academy of Science.
Transactions. Vol. IV. 3, 1884. 8".
Salem. — Essex Institute.
Bulletin. Vol. XV. 1-6, 10-12, XVI. 1-3, 7-12, 1883-84. 8°.
San Francisco. — California Academy of Sciences.
Bulletin. No. 2, 3, 1885. 8°.
Springfield. — Illinois Department of Ayricidture.
Transactions. Vol. XVII, 1880. 8.
Circular 118, 120, 122, 1885. 8°.
Washington. — Bureau of Education.
Report of the Commissioner of Education. 1881, 1882-83. ^".
Bureau of Ethnology, Smithsonian Institution
Annual report. 11,1880-81. 8".
Chief Signal Officer.
Annual report. 1883. 8°.
Professional papers. No. XV, XVI, 1884-85. 4°.
U. S. Geographical and Geological Survey of the Rocky Mountain Region.
Contributions to North American ethnology. Vol. V, 1882. k".
United States Geological Survey.
Annual report. Ill, 18H1-82. 8°.
Additions to the Library. xxiii
Washington. — United States Geological Survey.
Monographs. Vol. III-VII, 1882-84. 4°.
Bulletin. No. 1-6, 1883-84. 8°.
Mineral resources of the United States. By Albert Willinnis, Jr. 188:!. 8°.
United States Naval Observatory.
Astronomical and meteorological oljservations lor 1880. 4°.
Worcester. — American Antiquarian Society.
Proceedings. New series, vol. III. 2, 3, 1884. 8'\
Amsterdam. — Kon. Akademie van Wetenschappen.
Jaarboek, 1882. 8".
Verslagen en mededeelingen. Afdeel. natuurkunde. 2de reeks. Deal
XTIIT, 1883. 8°.
AuXERRE. — Societe des Sciences Historiqaes et Naturelles de I'Yonne.
Bulletin. Tome XXXVII. 2, XXXVIII, 1883-84. 8".
Bamberg. — Naturforschende Gesellschaft.
Bericht. XIII, 1883. 8".
Basel. — Naturforschende Gesellschaft.
Verhandlungen. Theil VII. 2 and Anhang, 1884. 8°.
Batavia. — Kon. Natuurkundige Vereeniging in Nederlandsch- Indie.
Natuurkundige tijdschrift. Deel XLII, 1883. 8".
Berlin. — Konigl. Sternwarte.
Berliner astronomisches Jahrbuch. 1887. 8°.
Bern. — Naturforschende Gesellschaft.
Mittheilungen. No. 1064-1082, 1883-84. 8".
Bologna. — Accademia delle Scienze delV fstituto di Bologna.
Rendiconto. 1884-85. 8".
Bombay. — Bombay Branch of the Royal A.siatic Society.
Journal. No. XLII, XLIV, 1883. 8^
Government Observatory.
Magnetical and meteorological observations. 1879-82 and appendix, 1883. 4°.
Bonn. — Natnrhistorischer Verein der preusswchen Rhcinlande und Westphalens.
Verhandlungen. Jahrg. XL. 2, XLI, 188.3-84. 8°.
Bremen. — NaturwiAsenschaftlicher Verein.
Abhandlungen. Bd. VIIL 2, IX. 1, 1884-85. 8 .
Bresi.au. — Schlesische Gesellschaft fiir vater Hindis che OuUur.
Jahres-Bericht. LXI, 1883. 8°.
B RiJNN. — Naturforscher Verein.
Verhandlungen. Bd. XXII, 1883. 8".
Bericht der meteorologischen Commission. 1882. 8°.
Bruxelles. — Observatoire Royal.
Annales. Nouv. ser. Annales astronomiques. Tome III, IV, V. 1. 2, 1880-
84. 4°.
Annales meteorologiqnes. Tome I, 1881. 4°.
Observations meteorologiques faites aux stations internationales do la Be!-
giqne et des Pays-Bas. Annee TT-IV, 1878-80. 4".
Diagrammes du meteorographe Van Rysselberghe. Annee, 1879-83. f°.
Annuaire. Annee XLVII-LI, 1880-84. 16°.
xxiv Additions to the Library.
P.RtTXELT.ES — Ohservatoire Royal.
Ribliographie gonerale de rastronomio. Par J. (!. ITouzeau et A. Lancaster.
Tome II, 1882. 8".
Vade-mocum do rastroiiomie. Par J. C. flotizcau. 1882. 8°.
Exposition critique de la mothodc de Wroiiski pour la rc'solntion dos proh-
lemes de mecanique c61este. 1" partie. 1882. 4.
Musee d'Hisioire Naturelle.
Bulletin. Tome III. 1-3, 1884. 8".
Societe Boy ale Beige de Geograjihie.
Bulletin. Annee VIIT, 1884. 8'.
Societe Malacologique de Belgique.
Annales. Tome XVIII, 1883. 8°.
Societe Roy ale de Botanique.
Bulletin. Tome XXIII, 1884. 8°.
Universite.
L'Univor.site de BrnxolleH, 1834-1884. Notice historicjue. Par. L. Vander-
kindere. 1884. 8°.
Buenos Aires. — Sociedad Cientifica Argentina.
Anales. Tome VI. 2, VII. 4, XIV. 4, XIX. 1-3, 1878-85. 8°.
Calcutta. — Asiatic Society of Bengal.
Journal. Vol. LIII, pt. i, no. 2 and special no.; pt. ii, no. 1, 2, 1884. 8°.
Proceedings. 1884, no. 2-11. 8°.
Geological Survey of India.
Pala3ontologia Indica. Series IV. i. 4 ; X. iii. 2-5; XIII. i. 4 (fasc. 3, 4);
XIV. i. 3 (fasc. 3, 4); 1884. 4°.
Memoirs. Vol. XX, XXI. 1, 2, 1883-84.
Records. Vol. XVII. 3, 4, XVIII. 1, 2, 1883-84. 8\
Meteorological Department of the Government of India.
Report on the meteorology of India. 1882. f.
Meteorological observations recorded at six stations in India. 1884. f°.
Cambridge. — Philosophical Society.
Transactions. Vol. XIV. 1, 1885. 4°.
Proceedings. Vol. V. 1-3, 188.3-84. 8°.
Catania. — Accademia Gioenia di Scienze Naturali.
Atti. Ser. III. Tomo XVII, 1883. 4°.
CiiRiSTiANiA. — Norwegian North- Atlantic Expedition, 187(5-78.
Report. XI-XIII, 1884-85. 4°.
Chur. — Naturforschende Gesellschaft Grauhundens.
.Tahresbericht. Neue Folgo. Jahrg. XXVIl, 1882-83. 8°.
CoiMBRA. — Jornal de sciencias mathematicas e astronomicas. Vol. \\l, 1881. 8°.
Cordoba. — Academia Nacional de Giencias.
Bolotin. Tomo VI. 4, VII, A^ITI. 1, 1884-85. 8°.
Danzig. — Naturforschende Gesellschaft.
Schriften. Neue Folgo. Hd. Vi. I, 1884. 8°.
Dorpat. — Gelehrte Estni^che Gesellschaft.
Ritzungs1)enchte. 1884. 8°.
Verhandlungen. Bd. XII, 1884. x.
AdditionH to the TJhraf]/. x\\
DoRi'AT. — Nniurforscher-Gesellschaft.
Areliiv fiir die Naturkiinde liiv-P'-hst- niid Kuiinnds. Ser. II. Bd. IX. 5,
X. 1, 1884. 8°.
Sitzungsberichte. Bd. VI. 2. :!, VFI. 1, ISSi. s .
Schrifton. I, 1884. 8°.
Dresden. — Naturwissenschaflliche Gesellschnft Isis.
Sitzungsberichte. 1884. 8°.
Festschrift zur Feier ihres r)Ojalirigen Besteliens. 1885. 8°.
Dublin. — Royal Irish Academy.
Transactions. Vol. XXVIII. 14-1 C, 1883-84. 4°.
Proceedings. Ser. II. Science, vol. IV. i, 2: Polite Literature and Antiijui-
ties, vol. II. 5; 1884. 8".
l^^riiNnu RGIT. — Royal Society.
Proceedings. Session 1881-82, 1882-83. 8°.
Royal Physical Society.
Proceedings. Vol. I. 2, II- VII, VIII. 1, 185C-84. 8°.
Rmden. — Naturforschende Gesellschaft.
Jahresbericht. LXIX, 1883-84. 8".
Frpurt. — KiJnigl. Akademie gemeinniitziger Wissmschnflen.
Jahrbiicher. Neiie Folge. Ileft XII, XITI, 1884-85. 8".
Fr.vxkfurt a. M. — Deutsche malakologische Gesellschaft.
Nachrichtsblatt. Jahrg. XVI. G-12, XVTI. l-C, 1884-85. 8'.
SencJcenbergische Tiaturforschende Gesellschaft.
Abhandlungen. Bd. XIII. 4. 4°.
Bericht. 1884. 8°.
Freiburg i. Br. — Nabirforschende Gesellschaft.
Berichte. Bd. VIII. 2, 1884. 8°.
GENi;vE. — Institut National Genevois.
Bulletin. Tome XXV, 1883. 8°.
Societe de Physique et d^Histoire Naturelle.
Memoires. Tome XXVIII. 2, 1883-84. 4".
GiESSEN. — Oherhessische Gesellschaft filr Natur- und Tleilkunde.
Bericht. XXIII, 1884. 8°.
Glasgow. — Natural History Society.
Proceedings. Vol. V. 3, 1884. 8°.
Proceedings and Transactions. New Series. Vol.1. 1, 1885. 8
-Philosophical Society.
Proceedings. Vol. XV, 1883-84. 8°.
GuRLiTZ. — Naturforschende Gesellschaft.
Abhandlungen. Bd. XVIII, 1884. 8' .
GoTEBORG. — Kongl. Vetenskajis- och Vitterhets Samhdlle.
Handlingar. Ny tidsf. Haft. XIX, 1884. 8".
GoTTiNGEN. — Kmigl. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften.
Nachrichten. 1884. 8°.
GuSTROW. — Verein der Fr-eunde der Natur geschichte in Mecklenlmrg.
Archiv. Jahrg. XXXVIIT, 1884. 8\
TlAP.Atf A. —Real Colegio de Belen.
01«ervacioncs magneticas y meteorologicas. Afio. 1875, 187(> i. 4".
D
xxvi Additions to the Lihrarif.
Ha I, I.E. — Kais. Leopoldivisch- Cdroiinische deut.^die Akadcinie. der Niaturftn\schpi\
Lec.poldina. Heft XVIIf-XX, 1882-84. 4°.
Ndturforschende GeseLlschnJt.
A.bhandliinp;en. Bd. XVI. 2, 1884. 4".
Bericht. 1883. 4".
Nnfurwissc7ischn/ilrc}ier V(rnn Jur HarJisen and Thurmgen.
Zeitsclirift fiir Naturwissensehaften. Bd. LVI. (J, LVll, J.VIIl. I, lK8:i-
85. 8°.
IlAMiiURCJ. — Deutsche Seeivarie.
Archiv. Jalirg. IV, V, 1881-82. 8°.
Meteorologische Beobachtiingen in Deutscliland. Jahrg. Il-V, 1879-82. 4'
Monatliche Uebersiclit der Wittornng. 1884 Jan.-Okt. 8".
Na turwissenschitftliche?- Verein.
Abliandhmgen. Bd. VIII. 1-3, 1884. 4°.
Wissenschaftliche Anstalten.
Jahrbuch. Jahrg. I, 1 884. 8".
[ I A R LEM . — Musee Teyler.
Archives. Ser. II, pt. 3, 4, 1882-83. 8°.
Snciete Neerlandaise des Sciences Exactes et Natnrelles.
Archives. Tome XVUI. 4, XIX. 2, 4, ;'), 1883-84. 8'.
Hei.singfors. — Societns Scientiarium Fennica.
Acta. Tom. XIII, 1HS4. 4".
Ofversigt af forhaudlingar. XXV, 1 882-83. 8".
Societas pro Fauna et Flora Fennica.
. Meddelanden. Haft. IX— XI, 1883-85. 8".
1 1 OB ART Town. — Royal Society of Tasmania.
Papers and proceedings and report. 1882, 1883, 1884. 8°.
.1 ENA . — Mediciniscli-naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft.
Jenaische Zeitschrifl ftir Nntnrwissenschaft i^d. XVII. 3, 4. XVIII. l-.'l
1884-85. 8".
Sitzungsberichte. 1883. 8°.
Kiel. — Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein fur Scldeswiij-Holsieiti..
Schriften. Bd. V 2, 1884. 8 .
UniversitiU.
Schriften. 43 Dissertalionen etc., 1883-84. 8° and 4".
Kjobenhavn. — Kon. Danske Videnskabernes Selskn.li.
Oversigt over forhandlinger. 1883 ii, iii, 1884 i, ii. 8".
KoNiGSBERG. — Konigl. physikalisch-dkonomische Gesellschaft.
Schriften. Jahrg. XXIV, 1883. 4'.
KraK()\v. — K. k. Sternwarte.
Matcrj'aly do klimatogralii Galicyi, Rok 1883. 8°.
Lausanne. — Societe Vaudoise des Sciences NatureUes.
Bidletin. 2'- ser. No. 90, 91, 1884-85. 8°.
Leiden. — NcderUviHlsche Dierkundige Vereeniginij.
Tijdschrift. Deel VI. 2-4, Supplement I. 2, 1882-85. 8 .
Leipzig. — Astronomische Gesellschaft.
Vierteljahrsschrift. Jahrg. XIX. 2-4, 1884. 4°.
Nairn forschende Gesellschaft.
Sitzungsberichte. Jahrg. X, 1883. 8".
Additions to the Lihrari/. xxvii
Leipzig. — Zoologibcher Aazeiger. No. 172-11)7, 1884-85. 8 .
Liege. — Societe Geologique de Belgiquc.
Annales. Tome IX, XI, 1881-82, 1883-84. 8°,
LiSBOA. — Socitdade de Geographia.
Boletin. Serie IV. 7-11. 8°.
Le Zaire et les contrats de I'association iuternatiouale. Par C. Magalliaes.
1884. 8°.
Resposta a sociedade anti-esclavista de Loudres. Per .J. A. Cortu Real.
1884. 8°.
London. — Geologiod Society.
Quarterly journal. Vol. XL. 3, 4, XLI. 1, 2, 1884-85. 8".
List. 1884. 8°.
Limiean Society.
Journal. Zoology, no. 101-2; Botany, no. 130-33; 1883-84. 8°.
Proceedings. Nov. 1882-June 1883. 8".
List. 1883. 8°.
Mathematical Society.
Proceedings. No. 189-90, 219-39. 8".
Royal Meteorological Society.
Quarterly journal. New series. No. 51-54, 1884-85. 8".
List of fellows. 1885. 8".
Royal Historical Society.
Transactions. New series. Vol. II. 2-4, 1884-85. 8".
Royal Microscopical Society.
Journal. Ser. II. Vol. IV. 4-6, V. 1, 2, 1884-85. 8 .
Royal Society.
Philosopliical transactions. Vol. CXXXVI. 4, CLXII. 2. CLXXXIV. 2, 3,
1846-83. 4°.
Alphabetical Index to vol. CXI-CXX. 1823. 8".
Proceedings. No. 227-231, 1883-84. 8\
List of council and members. 1883. 4°.
Lund. — Universitet.
Ars-Skrift. Tom. XX, 1883-84. 4°.
Universitels-biblioteks accessions-katalog. 1884. 8".
Luxembourg. — Institut Royal Grand-Ducal.
Publications. Section des sciences uaturcUes et luathematiques Tome XIX.
1883. 8".
Lyon. — Academic des Sciences, Belles -Lettrts et Arts.
Meinoires. Classe des sciences. Tome XXVI, 1883-84. 8".
Musee Guimet.
Annales. Tome VII, 1884. 4°.
Revue de I'liistoire des religions. Tome VIII. 6, IX, X, XL I, 1883-85. 8 .
Maduas. — Administration report of the meteorological reporter fo)- 1883-84. 8".
Madrid. — Ateneo Cientijico, Literario y Artistico.
Discursos academicos del Senor D. Jose Moreno Nielo. 1882. .s .
Obras de D. Manuel de la Revilla. 1883. 8.°
El Ateneo de Madriil en el centcnario de Calderou. 1881. 8°.
Discurso pronunciado por el Senor Marques do Molins el 18 Nov. 1874. 8°.
Curso de historia universal. Conferencias diu-aute el curso de 1882, 8".
xxviii .idditioiis to t/ic, Llhrari/.
Ma]juii). — Ateiteo Citntijico, Literariv y Artistico.
(Jiirso lie ciencias natiiralcs. Couferoucias diiiauto ol ciirso ile 1882. S'^.
Disc'iirsns leidos en el Ateiieo con motivo de la apertura del ciiiso de 1 884. 8 .
Volada en honor del Seflor I). Jose Moreno Nieto celelirada d 4 Marzo
18S2. s^
Oatalogo de las obras cxistentes en la hihlioteca. 1873. s .
Cominio'ii-dal Mapa Gtologico de EspaTta.
I'.oletin. Tomo XI. 1. 1885. 8'.
Terreniotos de Andalucia. InCortne de la coniision noinlirada j)ara sn estudio.
18S5. 8°.
Observutorio.
Anuario. Afio XVIII, 1880. 8°.
Observacioues nieteorologicas. 187G-I881. 8°.
Resumen de las obaervacioues nieteorologicas efectuadas en la Peuinsniai
1876-80, 1882. 8°.
Sociedad Espanola de Ilistoria Natural.
Anales. Tomo XIII. 2, 3, XIV. i, 1884-85. 8°.
Manciiesteu. — Literary and Philosophical Society.
Memoirs. Series III. Vol. VII, IX, 1881-83. 8".
Proceedings. Vol. XX-XXII. 1880-83. 8".
M ETZ. — A cademie.
Memoires. Seconde periode. Annee LXII, 1880-Hl. S .
Mexico. — Museo Nacional.
Anales. Tomo III. G, 1884. 4°.
Ministerio de Fomenio.
Boletin. Tomo IX. G5-S0, X. 1-42, 1884-85. f".
Sociedad Mexicana de Ilistoria Natural.
La naturaleza. Tomo VI. 21-24, VII. 1, 1883-84. 4 .
MiDDELBURG. — Zeeuwsch Genootschap der Wetetischappen.
Archief. Deel V. 3, 1883. 8°.
MiLANO. — Reale Istituto Lorribardo di Scienze e Lettere.
Rendiconti. Serie II. Vol. XVI, 1883. 8°.
Reale Osservatorio di Brera.
Pubblicazioni. No. XVII, XVIII, XXII, XXIV-XXVI, 1882-85. 4°.
MoDENA. — Kegia Accademia delle Scienze, Lettere ed Arti.
Memoric. Serie II. Tomo II, 1884. 4°.
MONTPELLIER. — Academie des Sciences et Lettres.
Memoires. Section de medecine. Tome V. 3, 1884. 4'.
MoN'TiJEAL. — Natural History Society.
The Canadian record of science. Vol. 1. 1. 2, 1884. 8°.
Moscou. — Sociele Imperkde des Natwalistes.
Nouveanx memoires. Tome XIV. 4, 188?. 4'".
Bnlletin. 1883 ii, iv, 1884 i. 8°.
Meteorologischc IJeobachtungen am Ubservalonum ilci lauduirtli Akadrniic
zu Moskau. Jahrg. 1883. 4°.
MiiN<'iiKN. — Kon. ba.ycrische likademie der Wissenscha/lcu.
Sil/.ungsbcrichie. Pliil()so])h.-philolog. nnd liistor. (^lasse. 1884. 8'.
—^-r- Matlu'mat.-pliysikal. Oljisse. 1884. 8 '.
Atfditioihs to the Libranj. xxxix
MuNCHEN. — Kbti. hayerische Akadtinie tier Wis.sent>chafku.
Gedaclituissrode auf Tbuodor L. W. vou Uiscbott'. Von Carl Ivupfler.
1884. 4".
Franz von Kobell. Kine Denksohrift, vou E. llaushofer. 1884. \ .
Rudolf Agricola ein deutsclier Vertreter der ilalicuisclieu Renaissance.
Feslrede vou F. von Bezold. 18,S4. 4°.
Kunifjliclie Siernwarte.
Annalen. Supplbd. X, XIV, 1871-84. 8°.
.MuNSTER. — WtstfaUscher Verem/iir Wissenschaft mid Kunst.
Jabrosbericht. XII, 1883. 8°.
Nai'OLI. — Gircolo degli Asjm'anli Naturalisti.
Rivista Italiana di scienze natural!. Aunt). T. 1, 1885. 8 .
Zoologische Station.
Mittheilungen. Bd. IV. 4, V, VI. 1, 1883-85. 8'.
Neuchatel. — Societe des Sciences Naturelles.
Bulletin. Tome XIV, 1884. 8".
Newcastleupon-Tyne. — TVori/i of England Institute of Mining and Mechanical Engineers.
Transactions. Vol. XXXIII. 6, XXXIV. 1, 2, 3, 1884-85. 8°.
An account of the strata of Northumberland and Durham, as proved l)y
borings and sinkings. F-K. 1885. 8'^.
Odess.v. — Societe des Naturalistes de la Noiivelle Russie.
Zapiski. T. VIII, IX. 1, 1882-84. 8°.
(JSNA liRUCK. — NatunvissenscJwftlicher Verein.
Jahresbericht. VI, 1883-84. 8".
Ottawa. — Geological and Natural History Survey of Ca/na.da.
Report of progress, 1882-83-84, with maps.
Catalogue of Canadian plants. Pc. ii. G-amopotalae. By John Mat'ouu.
Montreal, 1884. 8°.
Map of the Dominion of Canada geologically colored from surveys 1842 to
1882, with descriptive sketch of the physical geography and geology by
A. R. C. Selwyn and G. M. Dawson. Montreal, 1884.
Comparative vocabularies of the Indian triljes of British Columbia, with a
map illustrating distribution. By W. Fraser Tolmie and G. M. Dawsou.
Montreal, 1884. 8°.
Palermo. — Reale Osservatorio Meteorologico Valverde.
Osservazioni meteorologiche. Anno I, V. 1, 1880-84. 8°.
Paris. — Ecole Polytechnique.
Journal. Cahier LIV, 1884. 4°. '
Societe Na.tionale rf' Acclimatation de France.
Bulletin. 4-^ ser. Tome I. 2-12, II. 1-5, 1884-85. 8^
Societe Geologique de France.
Bulletin. 3'^ ser. Tome IX. 7, X. T, XI. 8, XII. 4-8, XIII. 1-4, 1882-85. 8"
Societe Mathematique de France.
Bulletin. Tome XII. 2-6, XIII. 1-4, 1884-85. 8".
Penzance. — Royal Geological Society of Cornwall.
Transactions. Vol. X. 7, 1885. 8".
Pisa. — Societd Toscana di Scienze Naturali.
Processi verbali. Vol. IV. pp. 73-14G, l(;7-23(), 1884-85. 8 .
XXX Additiu/i.s to the Llbrarij.
I'll \(i. — Kon. holi'nii.sr.lic G tsdbichaft der Wisstiischiifttn.
Abhandlungoii. (Ue Folgo. Bd. XII, 1883-84. 4".
Sitzunjj:.sbericlitc. 1882, 1883, 1884. 8".
Jahresboriclil. 1882, 1883, 1884 8'.
(ieiieralrogister zu den Scliriften, 1784-1884. 8".
Vcrzeichniss der Mitglieder, 1784-1884. 8".
Geschiiihte der kon. bohin. Gesellschafl der Wissenseiiarteii. .saniuit einer
kritischen Uborsieht ilirer Publicatiouon aus deni IJureiohe der l'iiiloso|iliie.
Geschichte uud Philologie. Heft I. 1884. 8°.
Bericht iiber die mathematisclien mid iialurwissensclial'tliehen i'iililik:itii>nen
Heft I. 1884. 8".
Regensuuru. — NaturwissenscliafUicher Vercin.
Correspondenz-Blatt. Jahrg. XXXVII, XXXVIll. 1883-84. 8°.
Riga.— Naiurforscher Verein.
■ Correspondenzblatt. Jahrg. XXVI, 1883. 8".
RoM.\. — Reale Accademia dei Lincei.
Transunti. Vol. VIII. 13-16, 1884. 4".
Reudiconu. Vol. I. 1-12, 1884-85. 8°.
Reale Comitato Geologico d'Ikolia.
BoUetino. Vol. XIV, 1883. 8°.
St. Gallen. — Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft.
Bericht. 1882-83. 8".
St. Petersburg. — Hortus Petrojiolitanus.
Acta. Tom. VIII. 3, IX. 1, 1884. S".
Jmj). Buss. Geograf. Ohsktchestvo.
Otchet. God 1883, 1884. 8°.
Physikalisches Centralobservatorium.
Annalen. Jahrg. 1882, ii, 1883. 4°.
Schwelzerische naturforschende Gesdlscluifl.
Verhandlungen. Jahresversammhiug L.W I, in Zuiich, 1883. 8 .
Stockholm. — Entomologisk Foreni/ng.
Bntomologisk tidskrift. Arg. V, 1884. 8°.
Stuttgart. — Verein filr vaierliindische Naiurkuude in Wiirlkiiiherg.
Jahreshefte. Jahrg. XL, 1884. 8".
Sydney. — Observatory.
Results of rain and river observations, 1883, 1884. 8".
Physical geograpliy and climate of New South Wales. By H. C. Russell.
1884. 8".
New double stars. By II. 0. Russell. 8°.
Royal Society of New South Wales.
Journal and pj-oceedings. Vol. XVI, XVII, IS82-S3. 8.
'r.xcuiiA V A. — Obseruatorio Astronomico Nacioiud.
Annario. Afio V, 1885. 8".
'I'liHONDiUKM. — Kon. Norske Videtiskahers Selskab.
Skrifter. 1882. 8.
'I'oKlO. — Unicersity.
Abhandlungeii. No. !(», IHS.'!. 8".
Toronto. — Canadian Institule.
Proceedings. Third series. Vol. 11. ,;, III. 1, 1884-85. 8".
Additions to the Lihrari/. xxxi
Toronto. — Meteorological Service of the Dominion of Cmuuhi..
Report. 1882. Ottawa, 1884. 8".
Toulouse. — Societe iVHistoire NatureUe.
Bulletin. Annee XVIII. 3, 4, 1884. 8".
TTpsala. — Regia Societas Scientiarum.
Nova acta. Ser. III. Vol. XII. J, 1884. 4".
Utrecht. — Ko7i. Nederlandsch Meteorologisch Jnstituut.
Nederlandsch meteoroloo'isch jaarboek. 1883. 4'.
Provincial Utrechtsch Genootschajt van Kvnsten en Wetenscha.ppen.
Verslag van het verhandeldo in do algemeene vergadering. 1882, 1883,
1884. 8°.
Aanteekeningen van Let veihnndclde in dc sectie-vergaderingen. 1882,
1883. 8°.
Venezia. — TsfMuto Veneto di Scienze, Lettere e.d Arti.
Atti. Ser VI. Vol. I. 4-10, II. 1, 2, 1882-84. 8".
ViCENZ A . —A ccademia Olimpica.
Atti. Vol. XVI, XVII, 1881-82. 8.
II Dottor Beggiato. Commemorazione da Paolo Lioy. 1SS:5. 8 .
WiEN. — Kais. Akademie der Wissenschafien.
Sitzungsberichte. Mathemat.-naturwiss. Classe. Abth. I. fid LXVIII,
LXIX, 1883-84. 8°.
K. k. Central-Anstalt fiir Meteorologie mid Erdmagnetismus.
Jahrbucher. Neue Folge. Bd. XVIII. 2, XIX, 1881-^82. 4".
K. k. geologische Eeichsanstalt.
Abhandlungen. Bd. XL 1, 1885. 4".
Jahrbuch. Bd. XXXIV. 2-4, 1884. 8°.
Verhaudlungen. Jahrg. 1884, No. 4-18. 8'.
K. k. zoologisch-botanische Gesellschafl.
Verhaudlungen. Bd. XXXIII and Beiheft, 1883. 8^
Oesterreichische Gesellschafl fUr Meteorologie.
■ Zeitschrift. Bd. XIX. 8-12, XX. 1-G, 1884-8r). 8".
Wiesbaden. — Nassauischer Vereinfiir Naturkunde.
Jahrbiicher. Jahrg. XXXVII, 1884. 8".
W iJRZHURG. — Physikalisch-medicinische Gesellschafl.
Sitzungsberichte. Jahrg. 1883, 1884. 8°.
Bredichin, Th. Sur les tetes des cometes. Moscon, 1885. 8°. From the Author.
Brinton, D. G. The lineal measures of the semi-civilized nations of Mexico and
Central America. Philad., 1885. 8". From the Atithm\
Collin, Jonas. Om Limfjordens tidligere og nuviereude marine fauna med saerligt
hensyn tel Bloddyrfaunen. Kjobenhavn, 1884. 8°. Fro7}i tfie Autlior.
Guthrie, Malcolm. On Mr. Spencer's Data of Ethics. Lond., 1884. 8".
From the Author.
Report of the department of mines of Nova Scotia for 1884. Halifax, 1885. 8°.
From Mr. Edwin Gilpin, Jr.
Smellie, T. D. Ocean and air currents. Glasgow, 1885. 8*'. Fro7n the Author.
I. — New England Spiders of the family Theridid.e.
By J. H. Emerton.
Of the 134 species here clescriberl, 89 species are from Eastern
Massachusetts, collected in Boston and the towns west and soutli of
it, in Lynn, Salem, Beverly and the adjoining towns. In this neigh-
borhood I collected for several j^ears at all seasons, so that this num-
ber probably includes nearly all the common and larger species, but
of the smaller spiders, Ceratinella, Lophocaremini, Tmetlcas and
3IiGroneta, new kinds are found in almost every new locality ex-
plored, and it is probable that twice as many species of this family
will sooner or later be found here. Farther east I have spiders from
Portland and Eastport, Maine, and farther west from Mt. Tom in
Ilolyoke, Mass., and Albany, N. Y., nearly all of them the same
species as found in Eastern Massachusetts. Farther north I have a
few from Montreal, Canada, and 43 s|)ecies from the White Moun-
tains, N. H., where I made large collections in the summers of 1874
and 1877. Of these, 23 species have not been found elsewhere in
New England. They nearly all belong to the smaller genera and
live in the damp moss on the slopes of the higher mountains. The
spiders found in the valleys of the White Mountains differ but little
from those of Massachusetts. I have hardly any spiders from the
other parts of New Hampshire, Vermont, or the north of Maine.
From the southern part of New England I have a few from Wood's
Holl and Martha's Vineyard, Mass., and Newport and Providence,
R. I., and 68 species from New Haven, Conn., of which 13 species
have not been found elsewhere. I have seen but few spiders of this
family from other parts of the country, most collections containing
very few species of them, so that I am not sure of the range of a
single species. Many New England species were found by Hentz in
the Southern States, and other localities are mentioned under the
various species, as far as I know them.
The principal descriptive work on North American spiders is that
of Hentz in the Journal of the Boston Society of Natural History,
vols, iv, V and vi, reprinted in occasional papers of Boston Soc. of
Nat. Hist., No. 2, 1875. In these papers a considerable number of
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 1 Sept., 1882.
./ H. Emerton — Neio England Therididcu.
species of lliis family are described, of whicli I have found tlie follow
iiiil in New Enfflfnid :
Theridion vulyare Hentz :
Theridlon serpentinum Hentz
IVieridioii niarinoratum, Hentz
Theridion horeale Hentz
Theridion frondeitun Hentz
Theridion fiDiebre Hentz
Theridion leoninum Hentz
Theridion cancellatxmi Hentz
Theridion sphcerida Hentz
Theridion glohosurn Hentz
Theridion trigonnm Pleiitz
Theridion fict ilium Hentz
Linyphia communis Hentz
Linyphia costata Hentz
Linyphia scripta Hentz
Linyphia marmorata Hentz
Mi7netus interfector Hentz
Spintharus Jlavidus Hen tz
Phohus atlanticus Hentz
Upermophora ^neridionalis Hentz
jScytodes cameratus Hentz
Theridium tepidariornrn.
Steatoda triangxdosa.
Steatoda marmorata.
Steatoda borealis.
Theridiu7n frondeun i .
Etiryopis ftviehris.
Ero thoracica.
Lasaiola eancellata.
Theridula spha'rula.
Theridhirn glohoswn.
Argyrodes trigonum.
Argyrodes Jictilium.
Linyphia communis.
Linyphia phrygiana.
■■ Linyphia margin ata.
Linyphia marginata.
Mimetus interfector.
Sjm I tliarus •flu v idus.
Pholcus pjhalangioides.
Sperniophora meridionalis.
■■ Scytodes thoracica.
The following New England species are also found in Europe and
have been described there. The names used for tliese species are in
most cases those adopted by Thorell in " Synonyms of Euro[)ean
Spiders," Upsala, 1873, in which a full account of their synonyms
is given.
Theridium tepidariorum C. Koch.
Theridium lineatwn (Clerck.)
Ero thoracica (Reuss.)
Mimetus interfector Hentz.
Steatoda guttata (Reuss.)
Steatoda corollata (Linn.)
Steatoda triangtdosa (Wlk.)
Pholctfs phalangioides (Fucssl.)
Scytodes thoracica (Latr.)
Lophomma cristata (Blk.)
J. 11. Einerton — New England Therididoe. 3
DiploHtyla con color (Reuss.)
Diplosti/la nigrina (Westr.)
Linyphia marginata (C. Koch.)
Linyphia chithrata (Sund.)
Linyphia phrygiana (C. Koch.)
Stenwnyphantes huccuUntus (Clerck.)
JiCithypJiantes nebulosa (Suiid.)
Bathyphantes minuta (Blk.)
Helophora insignis (Blk.)
Drapetisca socialis (Sund.)
Microneta viaria (Blk.)
Erigone longipalpis.
In 1874 and 1875, Mr. O. P. Cambridge described in Proceedings
of the Zoological Society of London, untler the name of Erigone, a
number of small spiders, from my collection, which were returned to
me and are nearly all redescribed here under the same specific names.
The following is a list of these species with the names here used :
Erigone
Erigone
Erigone
Erigone
Erigone
Erigone
Erigone
Erigone
Erigone
E/rigone
Erigone^
EJrigone
Erigone
atra
dentigera
inter 2:)res
pjrohata
spill if era
keta
loitahiiis
ernertoni
atricep)s
cristata
fissiceps
directa
indirecta
Erigone persimilis
Erigone dentigera
Erigone ornata
Erigone pictilis
Erigone provida
Erigone pertinens
1874.
= Erigone longipalpis.
= Eri,gone longipalpis.
= Ceratinopsis interpres.
= Tmeticus probatus.
= Eophocarenuni spiniferuin.
= Ceratinella la^ta.
= Ceratinella latabilis.
= Ceratinella ernertoni.
= Ceratinella atriceps.
= Lophomma cristata.
^ Ceratinella fissiceps.
= Cornicularia directa.
= Cornicularia indirecta.
1875.
= Erigone longipalpis.
^ Erigone longipalpiis.
= Grammonota ornata.
= Grammonota pictilis.
= Cornicularia directa $ .
= Tmeticus pertinens.
J. IL Emerton — iSfeic England Therididm.
Erigone persoluta
Erlgone cormipalpis
Erigone nndtissima.
Erigone viaria
Erigone florens
= Microneta persoluta.
= Microneta cornupcdpis.
=■ 3ficroneta viaria.
=1 Lophocarenum florens.
Lately, Keyserling lias described several American spiders of this
family from tlie Museum of Comp. Zool., at Cambridge, but, as far as
I know, these descriptions have not been published. I have, how-
ever, seen the types which have been returned to Cambridge, and
have used Keyserling's names for those species which seem to me to
be new. The following sijecies of this family are named by Keyser-
lino; in the Cambridge collection:
Steatoda horealis
Theridiuni tepidariorxim.
Steatoda riiralis
Steatoda triangulosa
Theridiuyn punctis-sparsiim .
Asagena americana.
Theridium zelotypum.
TJnypJi ia neJ} iilosa.
Phgllonethis placens
Phgllonethis lineata
Mhiietiis interfector Hentz.
= Tlierldion, horeale Hentz.
=r Tlierldion marnioratuni Hentz.
=. Theridion serpentiinim Hentz.
Tlierldion frondeum Hentz.
Theridion frondeuin Hentz, young.
THERIDIDM.
The Therldidce are small, slender spiders, spinning webs, often of
large size, and living in them, hanging by their claws back down-
ward, and catching and eating the insects which become entangled
among the threads. Their markings are under the skin, and do not
depend to any great extent on colored hairs or scales. Fine hairs
are, however, usually present, thinly scattered all over the body, and
the coloi's are st)metimes modified by them. In many species the
colors arc plain, without any markings on the legs or abdomen.
This is usually the case in Tinetlcus^ Lophocaroinni and the smaller
LinyphinoB, in which nearly all the species have the cephaU)thorax
and legs dull yellow brown and the abdomen gray. The amount of
color varies greatly in individuals of the same species, some being
nearly white and others nearly black. In other genera the colors
are bright and distinct, and se\ ei-al of the larger sjtecies of Thcridliun
J. H. Emerton — jSFeio England Therididoe. 5
and Linypliia have distinct colored patterns on the abdomen, and
dark and light rings on the legs. In some species there is great
variation in the markings, as Theridima frondeum and Stcatoda
marmorata.
The legs of the Therldidm are usually slender. Their relative
length 1, 2, 4, 3, or 1, 4, 2, 3, though there are exceptions to this
proportion. In Theridium and the neighboring genera the spines on
the legs are small and resemble the other hairs except in Mhnetus
and Ero, where they are usually large, especially on the two front
pairs of legs.
The feet have three claws, the lateral ones with five or six teeth,
and the middle, one or two. The spines under the claws are some-
times toothed as in Epeiridm. The female palpus has usually a
single claw, but this is sometimes wanting. The maxillte are usually
as short as wide, not rounded at the end as in Epemi^ but either
ending in a straight edge, or a point at the inner corner.
The eyes are in two rows, slightly curved together at the ends so
that the lateral pairs Nearly or quite touch each other. The varia-
tions in size and position of the eyes are mostly in the middle pairs.
In most species there is considerable difference between the sexes.
The males have the abdomen smaller, the legs longer, and the head
hig*lier than the females. The colors of the males are usually darker
and the light markings less distinct than in the females, and some-
times the colors of the two sexes are very different, but usually the
maikings and shape of the body are so much alike that the males and
females of the same species can be readily recognized.
The palpal organs of the males and the epigynum of the females
are usually large and comjjlicated in this family, and aie the most
convenient means of distinguishing many species, especially in Liny-
phinm and the smaller Erigoninm.
The epigynum consists of two round spermatheca^ near the genital
opening of the female, from each of which run two tubes, one, usu-
ally the larger and longei", to a hole outside the body, the other, usu-
ally small and short, into the oviduct near its mouth. The sperma-
thecae can sometimes be seen through the skin, but they vary but
little, while the hard parts, by which their outer openings are sur-
rounded, differ greatly, according to the species. The internal struc-
ture of the ejjigynum is shown in the figures on PI. 1. The oviduct
openS'in the middle of a transverse fold under the front part of the
abdomen, and the openings of tlie e[)igynuni are near the edge of this
fold, usually on the outer side and just in front of it. Sometimes
6 J. H. Emerton — Nev^ Encfland TJierididm.
they are simple round lioles or are united into a single hole, ' Grooves
or notches often extend from the holes to the edge of the fold, divid-
ing it into three lobes, the outer of which usually overlap the middle
one and partly conceal the grooves and openings. Various modifica-
tions of the shape of these lobes give the peculiar forms of the epigy-
num in many species, see figures of Tmeticus^ PI. XV. In some spe
cies a long flexible process extends backward from the middle of the
epigynum along the under side of the abdomen, and in Bathyphantes
and Microneta the whole epigynum is lengthened out nearly as long
as the abdomen, and folded up in two folds, so that the tip is nearly
covered. PI. XXI, XXII, XXIII.
The palpal organ is a smooth bulb on the end of the male palpus,
from which projects a fine tube that fits into the epigynum of the
female. Inside the bulb is a sac, from which a fine duct extends to
the end of the tube, through which the spermatozoa are discharged into
the epigynum. In this family the palpal organ is usually i)arlly con-
cealed in a hollow in the tarsus. The tube, even when short, is
almost always accompanied by two processes, one hard and the other
soft and flexible, and most of the complications of the palpal organs
are produced by modifications of these three parts. The tube itself
varies greatly in length, in some species being long enough to wind
two or tliree times around the palpal organ, and is then supported at
the end by some of the ai)pendages of the bulb. In Bathypliantes
the tube is short aiul thick, and surrounded by long and comi)licated
appendages. Besides the i)ali)al organ itself, the terminal joints of
the pnlpus are modified in various ways. The tarsus is hollowed out
on one side, and the edges of this hollow are of various shajies to
support the parts within. At the base of the tarsus is an appendage,
which I call the tarsal hook, jointed to the tarsus at one end, and
extending sidewise around the base of the palpal organ. This part
varies greatly in shape, and is one of the most useful in the identifica-
tion of the smaller species. In the ThevUlhioi the tarsal hook is
absent. The tibia of the male palpus is usually more or less modified
in sha])e, having often a spine or hook on the upper part, extending
over the tarsus. Sometimes the jiatella is also modified.
The webs of the TherkUda} consist usually of a flat or curved
sheet under which the spider stands, and which is supported by
threads running in all directions to the neighboring objects. In
some sjtecies these threads form a large mass over the web, and serve
to stop insects flying between them and make them drop to the flat
web below, where they are caught, by the spider. The webs of
J. II. Enwrton — New Englajid Therididm. 7
Theridiwn have, in place of tlie flat sheet, only a small tent or thick-
ened part of the web, under which the spider stands and near which
she hangs her cocoons of eggs.
I include in this family the Tlieridioidm of Thorell, leaving out
PachygnatJia, which belongs with TetragnatJui in another family,
but including the Seytodoidm. It is very diflicult to divide this
family into smaller groups, but the division of the larger species into
Theridiidm and Linyphiidm^ as has been done by Blackwall and
Menge, seems to me a natural one, and Pholcus and Scytodes evi-
dently form a natural group by themselves. The other small spiders,
usually included in Erigone, or by Blackwall and Cambridge in.
Neriene and WidclceMCcra, I include in another group, though the
limits between it and the other sub-families are very uncertain.
This divides the family into the following four sub-families:
1. Theridinse.
The maxillae in this group are pointed at the inner corner, and
turned inward toward the lip. The palpi of the male do not have
the tarsal hook. The thorax is usually short and wide and the abdo-
men large. The following genera are in this group:
Tlieridmm^ Argyrodes, Spinthams,
Ero^ ■ l/lesanis, Steatoda,
Mimetus, Eiiryopis, Asagena,
Theridula, Easceola, Pholcotmna.
2. Scytodinae.
These are pale, long-legged spiders, with short round thorax, and
six eyes, or eight with the front pair very small. The palpal oi'gan
is not enclosed in a hollow of the tarsus, and in Scytodes is very
simple, as in the 3Iygalidie, while in Pholcus it has several large
appendages from the base. The maxillai are turned inward over the
lip. The genera are
Pholcus, Spermophora, Scytodes.
3. Erigoninae.
This group includes most of the old genus, Erigone. All the
species are small, 1""" or 2'""^ long. The abdomen is usually long and
oval, not thick or rounded as in Theridiuce, and the cephalothorax is
usually longer and the legs shorter, as in Drassidm. The maxilla
are short and straight on the ends, not pointed inward. The males of
8 J. II. Emerton — New England Therididoe.
many species have liorns or humps on the head, but otherwise differ
little from the females. The palj)! of the males are large and com-
))lieated. The tarsal liook is present but usually small and smooth.
The tube is of various lengths, but tlie supporting appendages are
usually small and not so complicated as in Linyphinm. The tibial
hook is iisvxally large and of a great vaiiety of s]ia])es. Most of
these spiders live under leaves or near the ground. The webs of most
are unknown, but some species make a flat ^veb under leaves like
Linyphinm. This group connects with Tlieridinai through Ceratinella
and Pholcomma, and with LinytJhincB through Tmeticus and Micro-
neta. The following are the genera of this sub-family :
Ceratinella, SpirojHdpus, Lophocarenxim.,
Ceratiiiopsis, Lophonmia., Gonatiitm,
Grammonota, Cornicularia, Erigone.
4. Linyphinse.
The smaller species of this group, forming the genus 3Iicroneta,
resemble closely Tmeticus of the last sub-family, in the shape of tbe
body, and size and colors. The palpal organs show their relations to
Bathyphantes. In the larger Linyphhue the legs are long and have
long and conspicuous spines. The abdomen is thick and flattened
above, or high in front and pointed behind. The male palpi are
large and complicated. The tibia is usually short but otherwise not
much modified. The tarsal hook is large and varies greatly in shape
according to the species. The epigynum is large and in many species
folded. The w^ebs consist of a flat sheet supported by irregular
threads. The following genera belong to this sub-family :
Linyphia, Ilelophora, Bolyphantes,
Dijdostyla, Drapetisca, Microneta.
Stemonypha^ites, Bathyphantes.,
Theridium Waick.
Steatoda Monge, Preussisclic spinnen.
The cephalothorax is broad oval, usually with a dark line along
the middle. The abdomen is either nearly spherical or else high in
the middle and flattened behind. PI. XVII. The usual markings
of tlie abdomen are a scalloped or herring-bone stripe in the middle
and dark oblique marks at the sides, but in several species tliese are
partly or entirely absent and replaced by othei- markings. The legs
are usually 1, 4, 2, ;3, but in hmg-legged males are often 1, '1, 4, 3.
J. II. Emerton — Weio England Tlierididm. 9
The legs are long and slender and the spines are small. The eyes are
nearly of the same size and at nearly equal distances from each other,
except the lateral pairs which are close together. The maxillfe are
longer than wide and pointed at the inner corners. The mandibles
are small and differ in the sexes in several species, those of the males
being much longer, with a long claw and large teeth on the inner
side. The males are usually darker colored and more slender than
the females, and in some species differ greatly from them. The webs
of this genus consist of a small, closely woven portion, sometimes
forming a tent and covered with dirt and pieces of plants, and a large
loose part composed of threads radiating irregularly from the first in
all directions. The spider usually stands back downward under the
tent or close portion of the web. The eggs are laid in round cocoons,
which hang in the web or are concealed under the thickest part of it.
Theridium differens, new.
Plate I, figures 1 to Id
Length of female, about 3"""; male 2'""'; a little smaller than mnra-
rhirn. The herring-bone stripe on the abdomen of females is often very
brightly colored, white at the edges and red in the middle. The rest
of the abdomen is reddish brown, darkest next the white edges of the
stripe; there are no distinct spots on the under side. In males the
stripe on the abdomen is obscure and the whole abdomen dark red-
dish brown. These colors vary greatly, and especially with young
individuals, the abdomen is often entirely yellow with indistinct brown
markings. The cephalothorax is orange brown without dark stripes.
The legs and palpi yellow in females and orange brown in males,
slightly darker at the ends of the joints. Sternum orange without
markings. The difference in size and color between the sexes is
greater than in the other species of this genus. The epigynum has
no opening on the outside. Fig. \c. The palpal organ is large, the
end of the tube supported by a soft appendage, opposite to which the
bulb has a conical process covered with short scale-like teeth. Fig. \h.
This spider lives on grass and low bushes where it is taken abund-
antly throughout the suramei'. In winter tlie young are found under
leaves. The webs are seen to the best advantage on the horizontal
branches of spruce trees. The spider spins a small tent under the
twigs from which the web spreads irregularly according to the shape
of the branch.
From Mt. Washington, N. H.; Portland, Me.; Eastern Massachu-
setts ; Mt. Tom, Mass.; New Haven, Conn.
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 2 Sept., 1882.
10 J. II. Emerton — IVeio England Therididm.
Theridium spirale, new.
Plate I, figures 2 to 2d.
Length of female 3""" ; male 2^'"™. Cephalothorax of female brown-
ish orange above and below, with an indistinct dark stripe above as
wide as the eyes at the forward end. In tlie male this stripe is much
more distinct. Legs of female yellow, with dark rings at the ends of
the joints. In the male the legs are yellow at the base, and become
darker toward the tip. The abdomen has less red color than in differens.
The middle stripe is distinctly marked, especially in the male, and is
sometimes slightly reddish in the middle, but oftener gray with a
dark spot near the front end. The rest of tlie abdomen is yellowish
gray, almost black near the middle stripe, in well marked specimens.
The females are much like those of differens.^ but the males of these two
species are very distinct in color and markings. Fig. 3, 3a. The epigy-
num has two openings outside the edge. Fig. 2c. The palpal organ lias
a very long tube which goes twice round the top of the bulb. Fig. 2b.
The inner tubes of the epigynum correspond in length with those of
the palpal organs. Fig. 2d.
This does not seem to be as common as fusca. I have it from sev-
eral localities near Boston and Salem, Mass.; from Williamstown,
Mass., J. S. Kingley ; and New Haven, Conn.
Theridium montanum, new.
Plate I, figures 3 to 3c.
This species I have found on various parts of Mt. Washington,
N. IL, in the summers of 1874 and 1877, in webs in spruce trees. It
is a little larger than spirale and resembles it in color, though the
markings are different. The legs in both sexes are yellow, browner
toward the tips, and with indistinct dark rings at the ends and middle
of the joints. The thorax orange, with a plain dark stripe as wide as
the eyes in front, and black edges. Tlie light stripe on the abdomen
is yellowish gray. It is narrowed in front and the usual dark color
outside of it forms at this part two indistinct black spots.
Farther back where the middle stripe narrows again, there are two
other black spots in the dark color, of various degrees of distinctness
in different individuals, so that some specimens have four plain black
spots on the abdomen. Toward the tail the middle slripe is narrow,
and in some individuals crossed by transverse black marks, like Liny-
phia. The black and gray markings on the sides of the abdomen, which
are irregular in most species, in this sometimes form distinct black
spots. The sexes are much alike in color and size. The epigynum
J. H. Emerto7i — New England Therklldce. 11
has a small oval opening outside tlie fold. A short distance from the
edge at the sides of the o[)ening are two pits with thickened edges
behind. The palpal organ, has the tube very short and out of
sight. On the inner side of the bulb is a long horny piece, with two
short teeth on it opposite the tube.
White Mountains.
Theridinm Zelotypum, new. Specimen named by Keyserling iu Mus. Comp.
Zool., Cambridge, Mass.
Plate I, figdrks 4, 4a.
Of this large species I have only females. They measure 4'"™ or
more in length. The cephalothorax is orange with a distinct dark
stripe in the middle, and dark edges. The legs are orange, with brown
rings at the ends and indistinct rings in the middle of each joint.
The light stripe on the abdomen is distinctly herring-bone shaped,
with the corners running down the sides of the body dividing the
black stripes into several separate squarish spots. The middle of the
abdomen is bright red. Underneath there is a black spot under the
spinnerets, and the epigynum is brown. The epigynum has a single
opening outside, some distance from the edge.
These spiders were found at Eastport and Portland, Me., Aug.,
1872 and 1873, in spruce trees. The webs were large, supported be-
tween the branches by threads running upward to the branches
above and furnishing lodging for numerous specimens of Arygrodes
trigomini. The spider had usually a tent covered with dry spruce
leaves, under which it hung with cocoons and young.
Theridinm mnrarmm, new.
Plate I, figures 5 to 5?*.
Length of female 3 to 4"'"\ Legs of first j^air neai'ly twice the
length of the body. General color gray. An undulated stripe on the
abdomen, white at the edges and reddish in the middle. On both
sides of this stripe the abdomen is nearly black and becomes lighter
toward the sides. Underneath the abdomen is light gray with a
darker spot in the middle and over the epigynum. The cej^halothorax
is gray with a narrow black line in the middle and on each side. The
sternum is light gray with a black edge and a black stripe in the mid-
dle. The legs are gray with blackish bands at the ends and middle
of each joint. There is little diiference in color or size between the
sexes. This species lives usually under stones and fences, where it is
well concealed by its color. It is also found on the dried tops of wild
Spircp.a.
12 J. n. Emerton — New Enrjland Therididcp..
The cpigymim has two holes wide apart on the outside near tlie
thickened edge. The jjalpal organ is small, with a short tube
supported by a blunt spine at the tip. The palpal organ differs
from that of T. varlans chiefly in the shape of the spine at the side
of the bulb.
Salem, Beverly and Danvers, Mass.; New Haven, Conn.; and
Providence, R. I. Adults of both sexes found from June to August.
Theridium puncto-sparsum, new. Specimen named by Keyserling in
Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, Mass.
Plate I, figures 0, 6a.
Females about 3'"'" long. Abdomen dark gray, with white spots.
The usual stripe is indicated by a large white spot in front and irreg-
ular lines of small white spots where the edge of the stripe is in other
species. Under the abdomen and on the sides are larger white spots.
The cephalothorax is dark yellow-brown, with a darker stripe iu the
middle and on each side. Sternum dark brown. Legs and palpi yel-
lowish with wide dark brown rings at the ends and middle of each
joint. The epigynum has a large oval opening outside near the edge.
The male resembles the female very closely. •
Common in the neighborhood of Salem and Boston, under stones
in stone-walls and like shady places, with a small web. New Haven,
C'onn., under stones.
Theridmm sexpunctatum, new.
Plate II, figure 5.
Length 2""". Cephalothoi-ax light yellow, with a gray and black
stripe nearly as wide as the eyes, along the middle, and a narrow one
on each side. The abdomen is light yellow and has six irregular
black patches, in each of which is a round light spot. Fig. 5. There
are other black markings on the sides and beneath. The ster-
tnini has a dark line on the edges. These markings are probably va-
riable in shape and size. The legs are light yellow, with a dark ling
at the end of each joint. The epigynuni has a laige oval opening on
the outside, within which are two smaller ones apparently leading to
the spermatheca'. Fig. oc.
The male has the ce])halotliorax and legs deeper yellow and with
dark markings less distinct. Legs longer and abdomen smaller, as
usual, the latter with markings similar to the female. "^Plie mandibles
of the male are twice as long as those of the ftMuale, with a lai'ge
tooth on the middle of the innci" side. Tlu' claw of the mandible is
J. H. Emerton — N'eio England Therididce. 13
nearly as long as the basal joint, slendei- and straight in the middle
and slightly curved inward at the tip. The palpal organ has
a large two-toothed process at the tip, and a tube about half the
length of the tarsus, supported by a stiff black spine inside and a
thin appendage outside.
One female from English Head, Anticosti L, July 22, 1881, S.
Henshaw. Seveial females and one male from Mt. Washington, N. H.,
June 11, 18*77, in the highest trees.
Theridmm tepidariorum C. Koch, Die Aracliniden, 1841.
Theridion vulgare Hentz.
Plate II, figure 1.
This is one of the most common house spiders, but is seldom found
on plants or far from houses. The female measures about 6""" in
length. The legs of 1st pair are nearly three times as long. The male
is shorter and has proportionally longer legs. The legs ai-e 1, 4, 2, 3
in females and 1, 2, 4, 3 in males. The color varies from dirty white
with a few blackish spots, to almost black. The thorax is yellowish
brown. The legs are light yellow with brownish or dusky rings
at the ends and middle of the joints. In the males the legs are
orange-brown, darker at the ends of the joints. The abdomen, in
dark and well marked specimens, has on the hinder part six trans-
verse black marks curved upward and thicker in the middle, and
more or less connected together by black spots at the ends. These
marks are most sharply defined on the hinder edge, where they are
bordered by silvery white lines. Tbe upper mark is the largest and
forms a cons})icuous black and white spot in the center of the abdo-
men. Just in front of this and at the sides are two large black spots
much obscured by small black spots and lines. In lighter individu-
als these markings are smallei- and less definite. The palpal organ
has a short and stout tube supported by a grooved process rough-
ened outside at the tip. These project beyond the end of the tarsus
and are easily seen. The epigynum has a large oval oi)ening outside.
This common spider makes a large web, usually in a corner of a
room, under furniture, behind the posts of fences, or in some such dry
and shady place. It sometimes stands in the web in a thin tent
toward which the web is closer than on the outside, but oftener
makes its nest in a neighboring crack or corner. A male and female
often occupy the same web. The eggs are laid in brownish, pear-
shaped cocoons, several of which are made tiie same season by one
14 J. H. Emerton — ITeio En(jland Therididce.
spider and hang in the web near the nest. It is found in Europe in
plant-honses, and in South America and Australia. Its native coun-
try is unknown.
Theridium rupicola, new.
Plate II, figures 2 to 2c.
This little species closely resembles T. tepidarioritm, the females
being easily mistaken for the young of that species. The females
are 2'5""" long and tne males 2'"'". The colors are as in tepUlario-
rum, though I have never seen such light individuals as in that spe-
cies, nor do the colors of the male diifer so much from the female,
the legs being only slightly more orange and showing the brown
rings distinctly. The abdomen has a pointed hump in the middle,
partly covered by the middle black spot and partly bright white.
The large lateral black spots have also white spots beliind them, and
sometimes the whole back part of the abdomen beliind the hump is
nearly white. The palpal organ differs plaiidy from tepidariorum.
The epigynum has a narrower opening on a ridge just in front of the
fold.
This spicier lives under stones and among rocks where it builds
weT)s like those of tepidariorum, often containing grains of sand,
which look as though placed there [)urposely by the S[)ider.
Eastern Massachusetts, and New Haven, Conn.
Theridium globosum Hentz, Boston .Journal of Nat. Hist., vol. vi.
Plate TI, figure 3.
This little spider is about 2"'"' in length. The abdomen is some-
what flattened behind and 1 -5'"™ high, pointed toward the spinner-
ets. The hinder portion is white with a large spot in the middle,
below which, in my specimen, is a smaller black spot. The front up-
per part of the abdomen is yellowish gray and the under part brown.
The cephalothorax is orange brown, except the space between the eyes,
which is l)lack. The legs are also orange brown. The epigynum is
dark brown and very prominent. The opening appears to be in front
near the pedicel of the abdomen.
One female from tent in web. lieadville, near Boston, Aug. 13,
1874. Ilentz's description and figure in Boston Journal of Nat.
His., vol. vi.
Another specimen, from New Haven, Conn., had the front part of
the abdomen brown with a bright white line behind it over the back
and down both sides.
J, H. Emerton — Weuo England Therididce. 15
Theridium unimaculatum, new.
Plate II, figures 4, 4a.
This species diifers much in colors and markings from the otliers
and may almost always be distinguished by the white abdomen with
a black spot in the center of the back. The females are 2'""' long,
the males a little smaller. The cephalothorax is orange with a
blackish spot around the eyes and extending backward in a point as
far as the dorsal groove ; there is also a narrow black line along th.e
edges. The legs are yellow or light orange in the female and orange
brown in the male, the first and second pairs are also much stouter in
the male. The sternum is orange with black edges. The abdomen is
white with a black spot above and another around the spinnerets.
The hinder edge of the epigyniim is turned outward in the middle
where it has a single small opening. Fig. 4i. The palpal organ has a
short tube about half the length of the tarsus, supported by two flex-
ible appendages. There is also a large two-pointed black tooth at
the end of the palpal organ. Fig. 4a.
This spider is common in Eastern Massachusetts and Connecticut,
on bushes in summer and mider leaves in winter. I have not seen
the web.
Theridium frondeum Hentz.
Phyllonethis j)lacens Keys., type in Miis. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, Mass.
Plate III, figures 1 to \h.
Length of female 3 or 4"'"^; length of first leg, 8 to 10'""\ The
color is light yellow with markings which are very variable. Usu-
ally the thorax has two tine black lines from the eyes backward, unit-
ing behind the dorsal groove, and black edges. The legs are usually
darker at the ends of the joints. The abdomen has the undulated light
band in the middle, as in other species of the genus, usually bordered
by brownish transparent spaces with two black spots just over the spin-
nerets. Sometimes there are black spots in these transparent bands,
especially toward the hinder end, and these may be united into two
long black patches. Figs. \b, \c. In some individuals of both sexes the
black on the cephalothorax forms a wide band in the middle almost
covering the back, and a black stripe of similar width extends backward
on the abdomen for half its length. Fig. Ye, If. These black striped
individuals have all the other variations of color and markings. The
males have all the colors and spots brighter and the legs longer than
females. The mandibles of the males are longei*and curved inward
on the front and outer sides, and have at the base in front a low con-
16 J. H. Emerton — Neic England TherididtB.
ical point. The epigyiiuin has the sins^le opening ot) tlie outside and
turned forward.
This is a very common spider on i)buiLs, from which it may be
shaken at all times in the summer. White Mountains to Connecticut.
Theridium. lineatum (Clerek), Thor., Synonyms of Kiiropeiin Spiders.
Plate III, figures 2, 2a.
I have several times found at Beverly, Mass., spiders which appear
to be the European lineatum. The colors are similar to T. frondeuin,
but the markings are different. The thorax lias a fine black line in
the middle and one on each side near the edge. The sternum has also
black edges and a black line in the middle. The abdomen has six
pairs of black spots, under which in some specimens were bright
crimson bands. There are four black spots around the spinnerets and
a black stripe under the abdomen.
All my specimens are young females from Beverly, Mass., and
an island in Salem harbor.
Mimetus Hentz.
Boston Journal of Nat. Hist., vol. vi. Simon, Arachnides de France, vol. v.
This genus is much like Ero, but the cephalothorax is lower and
long. The head is narrow and prolonged forward. The mandibles
are long. The abdomen is high and wide in front and resembles
Epeira in shape and markings. The logs are long and spiny as in
jEVo, but the rest of the body is less hairy. Tiu; palpi of the male
have a long tube and a })roccss at the base of the tarsus much as in
Era.
Mimetus interfector Hentz.
Plate IIT, figuhes H to 'M>.
Length about 5""", front legs IV'"'". Length of legs 1, 2, 4, 3.
The cephalothorax is one and a half times as long as wide and widest
near the hiiul end. TIk; head is long and the front middle eyes
extend slightly beyond the front edge. Fig. 8«. The mandibles are
long and dark colored except a spot near the base. The cephalo-
thorax is whitish with a broken strij)e of brown on the head ex-
tending baciv to the dorsal groove. The abdomen is shaped like
that of Epeira arif/id((ta,w\(\i'fit in front with two prominent corners.
The markings are also E/)eira-\ikv, a central stripe with dark spots or
points along the edges. The color is gray and brown in the darker
portions. The legs are light yellow with dark brown rings at (lie
J. H. Emerton — Nexo En<jland Therididce. 17
ends of tlie femora and jiatellfe of the first two pairs and less distinctly
at the end of the other joints. There are long dark colored spines on
the legs as in Ero thoradca. The epigynum is dark colored and
the opening is under the end which extends backward over the fold.
The males are slightly smaller then the females but have similar
colors and markings, quite difterent from the next species, though the
palpi are much alike.
Eastern Massachusetts and New Haven, Conn., in low bushes in
woods. I have found it often by sweeping and occasionally on
fences, but have never found one in its web. Hentz describes what I
suppose is this species from Alabama, where he says it lives in
houses and preys on other spiders, making no web of its own. This
species is said by Simon (Arachnides de France, vol. v), to occur in
Southern Europe.
Mimetus epeiroides, new.
Plate III, figures 4 to 4&.
The only adult, a male, is about 3""" long. The cephalothorax in
this and in young females is long and narrow in front, as in inter-
fector, light yellow in color, with four fine black lines from the eyes
back to the dorsal groove. The abdomen has the same epeiroid shape
as in interfector. The general color of the abdomen is light yellow
and there are white transverse bands on the front part. The black
spots are small and irregular and arranged in pairs, which do not
run together into stripes as in the other species. The sternum has
four pairs of brown spots at the base of the legs. The femora of
the two front pairs of legs have on the under side two fine black
lines. The legs are yellowish white above without dark rings. The
mandibles are white with a small black spot in front near the base.
The palpal organ is large and has a long slender tube supported only
at the end by short processes. Fig. 4/>. The tarsus has a large
curved process at the hinder corner on the outside, and two small
slender processes at the end. The outer edge is finely toothed. The
tibia and patella have long hairs.
Adult male from Essex, Mass., and young of both sexes from
variou^s places in eastern Massachusetts, and Providence, R. I.
ErO C. Koch.
These spiders have the cephalothorax very short and high in the
middle, from which it slopes abruptly back under the abdomen, which
is also high in front. The abdomen and legs are covered with long
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 3 Sept., 1882.
18 J. H. Mnxerton — New JEingland Therididoi.
hairs and the legs with long stiff spines, as in Linyphia^ espec-
ially on the tibia and tarsi of the two front ])airs of legs. Legs 1,
2, i, 3.
Ero thoracica (Reuss) Thor., Synonyms of European Spiders.
Theridion leormium Hentz.
Plate III, figurks 5 to 5(Z.
This spider resembles very much IVieridiuin tepidarlorHni and rupL
cola, but lias brighter colors and much longer and coarser hairs and
spines. It is 3'"'" or 4'"'" long. The cephalothorax is nearly as high
in the middle as long, and slopes at a sharj) angle toward the abdo-
men. The head is slightly lower than the middle of the thorax and
the front middle eyes project beyond its front. The abdomen is as
high as long, Fig. 5, and has a pair of humps on the highest part.
The cephalothorax is light yellow with a daik irregular stripe each
side, and a middle line crossed by a crescent-shaped mark on the
highest part. The abdomen is white with brown spots of various
shaj)es. The front half of each tubercle is dark brown and a dark
line extends I'rum these down the sides. At the back of the abdomen
there are usually several transverse stripes which are sometimes
reddish, but I have never seen them bright red as figured by Black-
wall. Stiff brown hairs are scattered all over the abdomen. The
legs are ringed with brown and light yellow, and have coarse brown
hairs and long s])ines on the tibia and tarsus. The outside of the
epigynum has a wide middle lobe and narrow, dark-colored lateral
ones. The male palpi have a long tibia and rounded tarsus, each of
which has a strong process near the joint. Figs. 5^>, or. The i)alpal
organ has a long tube, the end of which rests between three shoi-t
processes.
I have found this spider common under leaves in winter, in the
neighborhood of Boston and New Haven, but have not seen its web.
In Europe it is said to make small loose cocoons hanging by a long
stem. I have often foiuid such cocoons, but have not traced them to
this or any other spider.
Steatoda Sund.
Eucharia Mange, Preussische spinnen.
Steatoda, Tliorell's Genera of European Spiders.
These spiders are among the largest of tlu' family, the common aS'.
mannorata measuring (>""" or '7""" long. The legs are shorti-r and
stouter than in 'JJwi'ldlutii. 'Vha abdonu-n is oval and usually
J. H. Eiiierton — New England Tlierididm. 19
slightly flattened on the back. It is smooth and shining-, the hairs
being fine and scattered so as to be hardly visible. The thorax is
thick and hard and in some species marked with hard teeth and
depressions. The head is generally high and narrowed in front.
The front middle eyes are in several species much larger than the
others, and farther forward and wider apart. In others all the eyes
are nearly of the same size. The webs of this genus consist of a flat
sheet supported by threads. The spider stands under one side of the
flat portion like Linyphia. This genus is divided by Menge and
Simon into several : 8. guttata belongs to Crustidina Menge, S.
corollata to Lithyphantes Th., 8. serpentina to Teutana Simon.
Steatoda borealis (Fientz).
Therklion horeale lientz, Boston Journal of Nat. Hist., vol. vi.
Plate IV, figures 1 to \d.
This common spider resembles very closely Theridiuni quadrlpunc-
tatuni of Europe, from Avhich it differs mainly in the palpal organs,
see Menge's figures. The female is 6™"' long. The thorax is orange
brown, darker in old than young specimens, and covered thickly
with short and stifl" dark brown hairs. The head is about one-third
as wide as the thorax and more elevated, the eyes near together and
the front pair projecting forward beyond the head. Fig. Ic. The
legs are brown with faint darker rings and thickly covered with
brown hairs. The abdomen is dark brown, sometimes without any
light marks above, but usually there is a light line running round the
forward half and another in the middle, extending half way back and
sometimes farther and broken in several places. The four depressed
spots on the abdomen are usually very distinct. Beneath there is a
light band on each side of the abdomen connected together behind
the spinnerets. The sternum and mouth parts are dark brown. The
sexes are much alike in size and color. The palpi of the male are
very large. Figs. ]a,lb. They arc the only palpi which are well figured
by Hentz, Boston Journal of Nat. Hist., vol. vi. I have never seen a
good web of this spider. It is found in corners and under fence i-ails,
usually holding close to the wood with the legs drawn up against
the body. In this position, under a fence caj>, I have seen a pair in
copulation in May, and again in April at New Haven, Conn. The pair
stood head to head, as far apart as possible. The left palpus was
kept in, an hour and a quarter after they were first seen. The male
contracted his body suddenly and swelled up the base of the palpal
organ once every two or three seconds. Two days afterward I saw
20 J. H. Emerton — New England Therididw.
the riolit palpus used by the same jtuir for an hour. Tlie adult males
and females occur at all seasons. This species is found also under
stones and logs, with more or less web, which becomes torn in finding
them.
Eastport, Me. ; Montreal, Canada ; White Mountains ; Massachu-
setts; Rhode Island and Connecticut.
Steatoda, guttata (Reuss) Thor., Synonyms of European Spiders.
Plate IV, figures 2 to 21.
This spider is about 2'"'" long. The cephalothorax and abdomen
are about equal in length. The abdomen is nearly spherical and is
hard at the forward end, where it has a horny ring around its attach-
ment to the thorax. The thorax is high and spotted. Fig. 2, with
large dark colored hairs, at the base of each of which is a horny ridge.
Similar ridges occur on the sternum. There are tw^o varieties of
coloring which run into each other. In one variety the abdomen is
yellow or orange, without markings, or only faint indications of them,
the legs are yellow, and the thorax dark brown. In the other variety
the thorax is dark brown, the legs are yellow, with indistinct rings
at the ends of the joints, and the abdomen dark brown, somewhat
like horealis, with light spots and several silvery white spots, usually
two on each side, one in front, one behind, and one or two in the
middle line. There are also light spaces around the four dorsal
muscle-spots. Fig. 2. The two color varieties are equally common,
but I have not found both in the same place. This species is common
under stones at all seasons. Adult males and females found abund-
antly in April and May.
Steatoda marmorata (iientz).
Theridion marmoratwm Hentz.
Steatoda ruralis Keys., specimen named in Mus. Comp. Zool., Caml)ridge, Mass.
Plate IV, figures 3 to 3/
Both sexes 6'"'" or 7""" long. Tlie cephalothorax and legs yellow-
ish brown, dark in old specimens and light yelloAv in young. Legs
covered with fine dark hairs. The markings on the abdomen are
variable. The two extreme forms are shown in Figs. 3, 3a. In most
specimens there is an oblong dark spot that nearly covers the back
of the abdomen. Fig. 3a. This is darkest at the edges, especially
the hinder edge, and is bordered outside by silvery white. The sides
are usually more or less scalloped. The middle is lighter Avith a
central dark stripe. In other individuals of either sex tlie dark
J. H. Emerton — N'eio England Tlier'ididcp,. 21
markinos ui-e broken u^) into four pairs of black spots more or less
connet-tecl with u broken middle line, as in Hentz's figure. These
spotted individuals are usually darker colored than the others. The
head is wider and the eyes smaller and farther apart than in the
other sjx'cies and the front middle eyes are the smallest. The head
is wider in males than females and the mandibles larger. There are
two teeth under the claw of the mandible, Fig. 3e, which are much
larger, especially the inner one, in the males. Fig. 3/. The maxilhe
of males are longer and more pointed than in females. The
epigynum has a small opening outside and a slight notch in the fold
opposite to it. The palpal organ has a stout black tube covered at
the end by two short processes. At the outer end the tarsus has a
notch under which is a soft appendage of the palpal organ. The
various parts are crowded together and not easily made out. The
whole male palpus is about the length of the first femur.
Eastern Massachusetts; Montreal, Canada; New Haven, Conn.
Adults of both sexes in May and June. It is common under stones
at all seasons, under leaves, and occasionally on bushes.
Steatoda nigra, new.
Plate IV, figures 4 to ^b.
Female 2-5""" long. Male I "S""". Abdomen black. Cephalothorax
yellowish, covered with fine black hairs. Legs yellowish at the base
and ends, but dark and covered with black hairs in the middle, except
tike third pair, which is yellow its whole length, or at least lighter
than the other. The cepholathorax is as high as long. The front eyes
largest and projecting forward. The males are much smaller than
females. The palpal organs are simple. Fig. 45, and the opening of
the epigynum very small.
I have specimens from Portland, Me.; Beverly, Mass. and Holyoke,
Mass.
Steatoda COrollata (Linu.) Thor., Synonyms of European Spiders.
I have one $ spider from Maiden, Mass., from H. L. Mo)dy, which I
believe belongs to this European species. It is rather larger than
most females of marrnorata, but the legs are shorter and stouter.
The thorax is dark brown and the legs lighter brown with dark rings
at the ends of the joints. The two basal joints are also dark brown.
The abdomen is yellowish at the sides and has four or five irregular
yellowish spots, or pairs of spots, along the middle of a blackish
brown oval patch, which nearly covers the middle of the back. In
22 J. IT. Enierton — Nein England Tlierldidm.
some European s[)eciiiiens the abdomen is almost black with ])airs of
small yellowish spots. The eyes are all nearly the same size, the
front middle pair slightly larger and farther forward than the others.
The epigynum is very different from the other species.
Steatoda triangulosa (Walck) Thor., Syn. European Spiders.
Theridion serpentinum Hentz.
Teutana triangulosa Simon, Arach. de France, vol. vi, pi. 3, fig. 6.
Female 4'"™ long. Legs longer and more slender than in H. boreale.
First pair twice as long as the body. Thora.x; orange-brown, slightly
rough in females and with short ridges at the base of the haii'S in
males, as in otlier species. The front middle eyes are black and not
larger than the others. The legs are light yellow with slightly
darker rings at the ends of the joints. There are thickened brown
spots at the base of the hairs all over the body. The abdomen is
light grayish yellow with two irregular brown stripes nearly broken
up into spots, sometimes connected witli each other, and with
brown markings on the sides. In the engraving of Ilentz's figure
these markings are much more serpentine than in the original paint-
ing, where they have a much more natural shape. The epigynum
has a triangular opening behind which is a thick ridge. The
palpi of the male are as long as the femur of the second legs. The
tarsus is pointed at the tip and the palpal organ is shaped much as in
the other species.
I have found this species at New Haven, Conn., in the museum,
where it even lives in the glass cases. Mr. Marx has found it in
Washington. Hentz had it from Georgia.
Asagena Sund.
This is much like ISteatoda, but the body is more flattened, like
Drassidce. The abdomen is flat and widest behind the middle. The
cephalothorax is long and narrowed in front. The eyes are small and
near together, the hind middle pair larger than the others. The
usual pattern of marking in Steatoda is entirely wanting in this
genus ; the colors are dark with bright white or yellow spots on the
abdomen. The feet of the male are armed with strong teeth on tlie
under side. Fig. Qb. These spiders are said to make a noise by rub-
bing the abdomen and 'thorax together near the stem, but I have
never heard it in this or any other species.
J. H. Kmerton — New Enyland Therididce. 23
Asagena Americana Keys.
Plate IV, figures G to 6c.
4mm long. Cephalothorax dark reddish brown, sliglitly rongli in
females and with sharp elevations along the sides and edge in males.
Abdomen dark brown with two white spots across the middle. Legs
yellow-brown, in the males, Avith two rows of teeth under each femur,
largest on the hinder pair and near the end of the femur of the sec-
ond pair. Sternum dark brown, rough, and covered with short
hairs. The eyes are about equal in size and separated by their diam-
eter from each other. The males difler from females in having the
cephalothorax lai-ger and legs stouter, and both rougher and
more spiny than in females. The epigynum has a wide opening over
the fold under a hard convex plate between the air sacs. The male
palpus is large and the palpal organ has a long black tube supported
by a hard process on the inside and a soft one near the tip.
Eastern Mass.; Williamstown, Mass., J. S. Kingsley. Schoharie,
N. Y.; New Haven, Conn.; Washington, D. C'., Geo. Marx. Usually
under stones with some web. Females with round, loose cocoons,
July 10, Salem. Males, May lU, in the Boston public garden, and
Schoharie, N. Y., May 28. Young of both sexes are found under
stones in winter.
Argyrodes Simon, Hist. Nat. ties Araignees.
In t+iis genus the abdomen is triangular or prolonged backward to
a point far beyond the spinnerets. The cephalothorax is long and
narrow. The head slopes forward in front of the eyes and the man-
dibles point obliquely forward. The legs are long and slender. The
middle eyes of both rows are farther from each other than from the
side eyes, and are somewhat larger. In xi. Jictilium, which belongs
in Ariamnes Th,, the middle eyes are close to the lateral, forming
two groups of four eyes each, which appears to be the only reason
for separating this from Argyrodes.
Argyrodes trigonum.
Theridion trvjonuin Hentz, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. vi.
Plate V, figures 1 to le.
This I suppose to be the Theridion trigonum of Hentz. It agrees
in size and color with his description and figures, and in the arrange-
ment of the eyes. It has also the peculiar cocoon described by Hentz.
Large females measure 3""" from head to spinnerets. The upper part
24 J. H. Emerton — New England Therididae.
of the abdomen varies in length and shape, and is usually shorter in
the young; seen from above the tip is tvvo-lobed. The back of the
abdomen is usually nearly straight, hut it can be turned down-
ward, as in Fig. 1, This is done when the spider is alarmed. The
abdomen is light yellow, sometimes with a metallic luster. There is
often a black spot each side and behind over the spinnerets, and some-
times the sides are reddish brown. The legs are yellow, covered
with fine hairs. The thoi-ax is yellow, sometimes with three brown
bands that nearly cover it. The head of the female is high ; the part
bearing the eyes slightly raised and separated by a notch Irom the
])art over the mandible, which is somewhat farther advanced than
the eyes. Fig. 1. In males each of these divisions of the front of the
head gives rise to a horn. Fig. Ic. The males are darker colored and
have the abdomen smaller and less angular than females. The mid"
die eyes in both sexes are far apart. Fig. IJ, as is usual in spiders
where the males have middle horns. The e})igynum is dark brown
and much raised. The palpal organs are sinn)le and Tlier'ulion-\(k^^
Fig. \d.
These spiders live amoug the the upper threads of the webs of
Aguleua^ TAnyplda and Theridium, and are most common in woods
of ]nnes and spruce. They look, in the web, like straws, or still more
like the scales from pine buds, which are often caught in the same
webs. I have seen them, however, in small webs, apparently made
by themselves. When alarmed they draw the feet up close to the
body and curl the abdomen under. The cocoons are of a peculiar
bottle-shape, Fig. le, as described by Hentz, and are found in the
borrowed webs in August. I have not seen them disturbed or
noticed by the makers of the webs.
I have them from Eastport, Me.; New Haven, Conn.; and from
Albany, N. Y., and they seem to be common wherever I have col-
lecled in summer. Tiie young are found in winter under leaves.
Argyrodes fictiliuin,
Iheridmi ficlilium Hentz, Boston Jonrn. Nat. Hist., vol. vi.
Plate V, figures 2, 2a.
This is a much more slender species than trigonum. The cei)halo-
thorax is 1""" long, the abdomen 4""", in the largest specimen. The
fourth legs are as long as the body, the first i)air longer. The
general color is light yellow. The abdomen is silvery and lias a dark
stripe on the back, wide at the forward end and tapering behind to a
fine line. Tlie thoi'nx has three ii-regular blackish lines, the middle
J. H. Emerton — Ncxi^ England Therididm. 25
one forked in fi-ont. The eyes are larger and closer than in tr/t/OHitrn,
and are in two groups widely separated in the middle. The front of
the head extends forward beyond the eyes, and the mandibles point
forward at an angle of forty-five degrees with the edge of the thorax.
The maxilhv, lip and sternum are also much lengthened forward. I
have not seen the male, and have only two females from Essex and
Danvers, Mass. They were shaken from bushes, and I have not seen
the web. Hentz had it from Ahibama. He says that the long hump
can be bent nearly double, as in trigonum.
Theridula, new genus.
This genus includes 7! snhmrula (Hentz) and T. gonygaster Simon,
from southern Europe. The cephalothorax is more narrowed in front
than in Tlieridhun. The legs are very short and slender. The abdomen
is as wide or wider than long in the females. The color in both species
is greenish gray, with bright black and white markings. The male
palpi are very simple and diiFer gi'eatly from any species of Therid-
miii. The tibia laps over the tarsus half its length. The palpal
organ projects very slightly from the bowl of the tarsus and appears
to have no appendages except the short tube.
Theridula sphserula.
Theriaion splicerula Hentz, Boston Journal of Nat. Hist., vol. vi.
Plate V, figures 3 to ?>h.
About 1-5""" long and about the same in width. The abdomen is
wider than long, yellowish gray, with a bright, greenish yellow spot
in the middle and a black spot on a slight elevation each side.
There is also a black spot around the spinnerets. The cephalothorax
is yellow and has a wide black stripe in the middle. The legs are
light yellow. In the male the legs and cephalothorax are more
orange and the abdomen is less gray and the markings indistinct.
The palpal organ is one of the simplest in this family and the shape of
the palpus very peculiar, the tibia lapping over the tarsus half its
length.
This spider is found from the White Mountains to Connecticut, on
bushes in summer. Adult males and females in Danvers, Mass.,
June 30th. I have not seen its web.
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 4 Sept., 1882.
26 J. II. Emerton — Neio England Theridkloe.
LaSSeola Simon.
Arachnides de France, vol. v.
Cephalothorax short, wide and high, nearly straight in front and
inclined behind. Upper eyes large, equidistant or the middle pair
farthest apart. Antei'ior eyes in a line curved strongly backward,
the middle much the largest, wide apart, but almost toucliing the
lateral eyes and raised on a slight ridge which projects forward.
The lateral eyes are united in pairs. Abdomen high, rounded or
oval, sometimes pointed behind beyond the spinnerets. Feet 1, 4, 2,
3, or 4, 1, 2, 3.
Lasseola cancellata.
Jheridion cancellatum Hentz.
Plate V, figures 4, 4a.
The whole length is 1*5""". The cephalothorax is oval, about two-
thirds as wide as long. The front middle eyes are the largest and
are neai'ly twice as far apart as the hind middle eyes. The abdomen
is rounded in front and widens backward for two-thirds of its length,
where it abruptly narrows into a short hump that extends back-
ward beyond the spinnerets. The cephalothorax is dark gray
or black. The abdomen has several transverse white marks across
the back and various whitish marks each side, the rest being black
and gray in small spots of irregular shapes. The front legs are twice
as long as the second or fourth and tlie patella, tibia and end of
femur are gray, darker at the joints. The other legs are white with
black rings. The palpi are colored in the same way and thickened at
the ends. I have only one specimen, from New Haven, Conn., under
a stone, April 3, 1881. Hentz describes it from Alabama.
Euryopis Menge.
These are short and stout s})iders, marked with black and silvery
white. The cephalothorax is short and wide. Head narrow and
high. Upper eyes nearly the same size and equidistant. Front row
curved with the middle eyes larger than the others and farther apart.
Abdomen short and wide, pointed toward the spinnerets. Mandibles
small. Feet slender, 4, 1, 2, 3. Palpi of female slightly thickened
at the end.
J. H. Emerton — JSTew England ThericUdce. 27
Euryopis funebris (Hentz).
Theridion fimebre Hentz.
Plate V, figures 6 to 66.
Length about 3™"\ Cephalothorax as wide as long. Front middle
eyes larger, farther apart and fartlier forward than the others. Fig.
6rt. Mandibles and maxillne small. Abdomen flat and in the mid
die nearly as wide as long, truncated in front and tapering to a
point behind. The legs are 4, I, 'J, 3. The general color is black or
dark gray. The cephalotliorax is yellowish gray, black about the
eyes. The legs and palpi are light yellow with black rings on the
tarsi and black stripes along the sides of the other joints connected
here and there by grayish rings. The abdomen has a bright silver
white stri{)e around the hinder half. Inside this the color is black,
broken by light S[)Ots in the middle of the forward part. The
sternum and middle of the abdomen are black. The male is slightly
smaller and has a smaller abdomen and longer legs. The pal])i of
the males have the tarsus rounded and the tibia wider than long.
The palj)al organ has a short tube at the end sup[)orted by a process
of about the same length, both resting in a groove at the end of the
tarsus. Fig. OJ.
Mt. Washington, N. H. ; Swatnpscott, Mass. ; Mt. Tom, Ilolyoke,
Mass. ; New Haven, Conn. Hentz had it from Alabama.
Euryopis argentea, new.
Plate V, figure 5.
Of this I have only young specimens. They are about 2'""' long.
Tlie abdomen is shaped much as in funebre^ pointed behind and trun-
cated in front, black with five or six pairs of white spots along the
middle and others at tlie sides. The cephalothorax is not so much
widened as in funebris. The forward half is black, while the rest,
which is nearly covered by the abdomen, is light yellow, almost
white. The legs are light yellow. The eyes are more nearly equal
than in the other species, though the front middle pair ai-e larger
than the others.
Beverly and Milton, Mass., and New Haven, Conn. Tiie largest
were found in May, the others in winter, so that it probably matures
in summer.
28 ,/. // Emerlon — Nev^ England TherididcM.
Spintharus Ilentz, Boston Journal of Nat. Hisfc., vol. vi, 1850.
Cephalotliora.Y short and round. Eyes nearly equal, the hind
middle pair twice as far apart as the front middle. Abdomen long,
narrowed behind and widest a little in front of the middle. Legs of
1st and 4t]i pairs equal and twice as long as the second pair.
Spintharus flavidus Hentz, Boston .Tounial Nat. Hist., vol. vi.
Plate V, figure 7.
About 4'""' long. Cephalotliorax nearly circular, hind middle eyes
twice as far apart as the front middle pair. Abdomen widest one-
third its length from the front, taj)ering behind. The cephalotlio-
rax and legs are light yellow. Abdomen yellow below and at the
sides. On the back it has two lateral white stripes and between
these on each side a bright red band which becomes lighter toward
the middle. Fig. 7. The middle of the abdomen is gray with two or
three pairs of white spots, between which the red bands nearly meet.
The first and fourth ])airs of legs are twice as long as the second pair.
The tibia3 of the first and fourth legs are bright orange.
I have this from Mew Haven; and from Boston, S. Henshaw.
Hentz found it in Alabama.
Ulesanis L. Koch.
Arachniden Australiens, pp. 242, 245.
Stegamma Cambridge, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, IS?."? and 1879.
Oroodes Simon, Mem. Soc. Roj. Liege, 2d series, vol. v, p. 127; and Arachnides
de France, vol. v.
These are small spiders ivlated to Argyrodes and Euryopis. The
head is narrow and much elevated in both sexes. The abdomen is
higher than long and extends forward over the thorax to the head.
It is raised into a series of humps which are colored so as to resemble
a seed or grain of dirt. A species is found in Europe and described
by Simon under the name Oroodes paradoxus.
Ulesanis americana, new.
Plate VI, pighuks 1 to \g.
This little spider resembles a seed or Iumj» of diit. It measures
1-5""" in length and about the same in breadth and height. The
abdomen cov<'rs the cephalotliorax nearly to the eyes. It has a
jdominent hump in the middle of the back and four or five others
))ehin(l. Figs. 1, 1^^ The ground-color of the abdomen is light yellow.
It has a transvei-se brown slri]>e each sidi' of the middle hum|) ;ind
J. H. Hmerton — Neio England Therididm. 29
various other brown spots in front and at the sides. The abdomen
is nearly covered by circuhar brown spots around the bases of the
hairs, and among them are rows of larger and darker spots which
mark the ends of muscles running through the abdomen. Tlie
thorax is as wide as long, but the head is narrow and twice as high
as the thorax. The cephalothorax is dark brown above and below^
The sternum is as wide as long and the fourth pair of legs are
wide ajjavt. Fig. If?, "^'he palpal organ has a long tube which starts
at the middle of one side, passes round the base and to the outer end,
where it is supported l)y a large tooth and several smaller aj)pend-
ages.
Beverly and Danvers, Mass., and New Haven, Conn., swept from
bushes.
Pholcomma Thorell, Genera of luiropean Spiders.
This genus was separated from llieridiiiin by Thorell, tor P. glh-
hum of Europe. This species has the hard skin on the back of the
abdomen and aixmnd tlie spinnerets and respiratory openings as in
Ceratmella. The body is short and round and the abdomen hairy.
The eyes have an arrangement much like Pholcus, the fi'ont middle
l)air being very small. In the species which I here refer to this genus
tlie eyes are all nearly of the same size. The abdomen has the hai-d
pieces on the back and under side, at least in the males. The back
is covered with scattered stiif hairs. The sternum is short and wide
behind. The palpal organs of the males are Tiierid ion-like, as in the
European P. gibbuni, and not like Veratinelhi.
Pholcomma hirsutum, new.
Plate VI, figure 6.
About the size of Ceratinella Iwtah'dis. The cephalothorax is yel-
lowish brown, alike in both sexes. The sternum is the same color,
and unusually wide at the hind end. The legs are yellow-brown,
somewhat lighter than the thorax. Tlie abdomen is whitish, covered
with scattered long brown hairs. The males only have a hard spot
on the l)ack of the abdomen, as in Ceratinella. In some specimens the
abdomen has some gray spots on the under side. The epigynum is
slightly raised and shows the spermathecje through the skin. The
jialpal organs resemble those of Theridmm. Figs. Qe,/,c/. The tarsal
hook is wanting. The tube is slender and is supported at the end l)y
a short grooved appendage, which rests in a notch in the edge of the
tarsus.
30 J. H. Einerton — New England Therididce.
Common on Mt. Carmel, Ilamden, Conn.; and found in tlie neigh-
liorl)ood of New Haven.
Pholcomma rostratum, new.
Plate VI, figure 5.
About 1""" long. Ccplialotliorax almost as wide as long. Abdo-
men oval, extending over the thorax to the dorsal groove. The
upper half of the abdomen is hard, as in Ceratinella, and covered with
coarse stift' hairs, and there are also hard places around the stem of
the abdomen and the spinnerets. The cephalothorax is very dark
brown ; the abdomen reddish })rown above and darker on the thin
skin at the sides. The legs are dirty brown, lightest toward the end.
The cephalothorax is flat, but the head of the male is twice as high
as the thorax behind it, and has a horn extending forwaid beyond
the base of the mandibles, and having on its tip a bunch of hairs
with flat, fan-shaped ends. The pal])al organs have no resemblance
to Ceratinella. The tibia is widened at the end and has two stout
bristles on the under side. Fig. ba. The tube of the palpal organ
is stout, and coils around the end of the tarsus to a large soft append-
age which supports it at the end.
A few specimens of both sexes under leaves at Waltham and Wa-
tertown, INIass.
PholcUS Walek.
Pholcus phaiangioides Fuessi.
Plate VI, figures 2, 2(/.
This species is common in cellars and dark corners in rooms, but I
have never seen it away fiom houses. It is readily distinguished by
its long leo;s and large size from other cellar spiders. The body,
in full-grown females, may be 7""" or 8""" long, and the front legs
4-r)'^'" to 6'"' long, though both sexes often mature much smaller.
The color is j)ale, almost white, with pale gray spots on the middle
of the thorax, the ends of the leg joints, and sometimes in pairs on
the abdomen. On the back of the abdomen there is usually a dark
transparent band over the dorsal vessel. The hairs are small and
thinly scattered and light brown in color. The cephalothorax is
nearly circular. The part of the head bearing the eyes is raised, and
in the males separated by a deep constriction from the rest of the
head. The abdomen is cylindiical excejjt when swelled out in the
middle ])y food or eggs. The front middle eyes ai'e small and close
too-ether. The other eyes are in two clusti'rs on each side of the
J. n. Emerton — Nexo England Therididm. 31
head. The maxillte are iiiclined inward toward the lip. The mandi-
bles are short, about two-thirds the height of the head, and have a
prominent tooth on the inner corner. The male palpi are large and
com))licated. The tibia is swelled out almost spherical. The tarsus
is round, with a long process on one side extending beyond the palpal
organ. The bulb is round, and has beside the thin transparent tube a
small stocking-shaped process and a larger blunt one roughened on
the convex surface. Fig. 2a. The second joint of the palpus next
the maxillfe has a tooth on the outer side about as long as the joint.
The femur has also a blunt tooth near the middle on the under side.
This is a common European house spider, and is pi'obably imported
here. I have it from eastern Massachusetts; Albany, N. Y.; and
New Haven, Conn. It builds a large web, consisting of a small,
loose, flat sheet, from which irregular threads lead in all directions.
When disturbed it hangs down by the legs as far as possible, and
SAvings its body round in a small circle so rapidly that it cannot be
seen distinctly. In the early part of summer the females lay their
eggs in a very thin cocoon, through which they are plainly seen, and
carry them about in their mandibles until the young hatch.
Spermophora Heatz.
Sphermophora meridionalis Hentz.
Plate VI, figure 3.
This resembles a young Pholcus. It is about 1'"'" long, with the
front legs 5 •5""". Color white, with pale gray spots on the thorax,
and in two or three pairs on the abdomen. The six eyes are in two
clusters like the lateral eyes of Pholcus. The cephalothorax is
round as in Pholcus, but the abdomen is shorter and round, nearly as
in Theridiuni, and covered with long tine hairs.
All my specimens are females found in closets and under furniture.
I have not seen the web.
Salem and Boston, Mass., and New Haven, Conn.
Scytod.es.
Scytodes thoracica (Latr.) Thorell, Synonyms of European Spiders.
Scytodes camer-atus Hentz, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. vi.
Plate VI, figures 4, \a.
Length of female 5™™ to 6"^"'. Abdomen round. Cephalothorax
very high behind and sloping forward to the mandibles. Cephalo-
thorax light yellow with black markings of irregular shape in pairs.
32 J. II. Emerton — Ntxo Eiujland Therididm.
Fig. 4. Legs liglit yellow wkli Mack rings, three on the femur,
and three on the tibia. The abdomen is white with five or six ])jiirs
of black S[)ots along the middle, from which lines of irregular spots
extend obliquely down the sides. Beneath the abdomen is spotted
and there are black spots on the sternum in the middle and at the
bases of the legs. The mandibles and maxilhe are very small. Tliere
are only six eyes. The middle pair are close together near the front
edge of the head over the mandibles. The lateral eyes are higher
and farther back. The male differs but little from the female. The
male's palpi are stouter than the female's. The tarsus has a long
process on the upper side. The bulb is round with a narrow por-
tion extending as far as the tarsal i)rocess and there narrowing into
a fine long tube. The whole palpal organ is as long as the rest of
the palpus.
This is another house spider, perhaps imported from Europe. It
is found in cellars and shaded corners in rooms.
Ceratlnella.
Geratina Menge, Preussisclie Spinnen.
This genus, like Pholcoinma, has tlie upper part of the abdomen
thick and hard, and hard spots around the pedicel and the spinnerets,
but this sometimes is only found in one sex. The cephalothorax and
abdomen are both short and round. The heads of the males are
usually higher than those of the females and in some species very
large and raised into humps. The ])alpal organs are much alike
throughout the genus. Tlie tube is divided into two parts, appearing
as if liroken near the middle, and the corners near the bi-eak are
sometimes lengthened into teeth of ^ arious shapes. At the base of
the bulb is a long hard )»rocess, pointing backward. The tarsal hook
is small and simple. The til)ial hook is large aiul extends outward
from the palpus, varying in shape according to the species. The
length of the patella varies greatly in different species. All the
species are very small, 1 to Ji""", and are found either under leaves or
in summer on low plants.
Ceratlnella emertoni.
Erigone emertoni Oaiiib., Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1874.
Plate VTI, figure 1.
This is of the same size and color as C. ^/issice/is, usually a little
lighter orange with a smaller black mark on the head which seldom
extends backward on the middle of the thorax as in ^A\s.s?'cf7)s. The
J. H. Emerton — Neio England TlierididcK. 3.3
Iicad of tl)e male is higli and rounded and witliout liuni))s, and the
eyes are near each other on the npper part. Fig. I. The palpal
organ is very distinct from the allied species. The tube is like that
o{ jissice.ps ^ but the tooth at its base is much stouter and blacker and
the uppper portion of the bulb is stouter and blacker and has a long-
black tooth that extends nearly to the base of the slender tube. The
tarsal hook is short and stout. Plate 7, figs. Ic/, Ic. The epigynum
is darker and wider than mfissiceps. Fig. \d.
JCastern Massacliusetts ; Mount Tom, Mass.; New Haven, Conn.,
under leaves in winter and on low plants in summer.
Ceratinella fissiceps.
E)-igoneJlssiceps Canib., Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1874.
Plate VII, figure 2.
Length, 1-5""". Color light orange, the thickened circle on the
abdomen very distincl, and more deeply colored than the parts
around it. The head is black and a black line extends backward
half the length of the thorax. The latter mark is found in both
sexes and distinguishes the females of this species from eniertoni, in
which the black color is confined to the neighborhood of the eyes.
The head of the male is extended forward over the mandibles,
carrying the front middle eyes, and has a hump above it with the
hind middle eyes. Figs. 2a, 2b. The female has slight humps on
the head. The epigynum is narrow and easily distinguished from
that of emertoni which it resembles in size and color. The palpal
organ is shown in fig. 2c. The slender spiral tube, with a black
tooth at the base, resembles that of C. alticej^s. The tibial hook is
slender and has usually a short tooth near the base. Fig. 2. The
tarsal hook is nearly straight and lies against the tarsus as in the
two nearest species.
Eastern Massachusetts; Mt. Tom, Mass.; New Haven, Conn., in
low bushes. May to August, and under leaves in winter.
Ceratinella bulbosa, new.
Plate VII, figure 3.
This species resembles fissiceps so closely that for a long time I
thought it a variety of that species. The colors are the same and it
is of the same size or slightly larger. The two humps of the head
are swelled at the top and black. The lateral pairs of eyes are also
raised on smaller humps on each side of the head. Figs. 3, 3«. The
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 5 Oct., 1882.
34 J. TI. Emerton — New Euglcaid Tlierididce.
male palpi rcsoinble closely those oi' fixsiceps, but the tibial hook is
twice as wicl(% darker colored and has longer and sharper teeth at the
end. Fig. 3r'. I have not yet separated the females from those of
Jisslceps.
I have two males taken at different times in Pine Swamp, New
Haven, Conn., under leaves in winter.
Ceratiiiella pygmsea, new.
Plate YII, figure 4.
The only specimen is little over 1""" long. The colors are very
light. Cephalothorax orange-yellow with a dark spot around the ,
eyes from which a dark line tapers backward to the dorsal groove.
The hard ])art of the abdomen is orange-yellow, the rest white. The
head of the male is narrow and projects forward over the mandibles,
but is not much elevated. Though the spider is smaller than /fs.s?*c^jo,s,
the male palpi are as large as those of that species and resemble
them very closely. The tibia, hoAvever, is larger and has the terminal
tooth longer aiu1 sharper. The tube of the palpal organ is stouter
than m fisHceps. The patella is nearly as long as the femur.
One male under leaves in Pine Swamp, New Haven, Conn., in
Octobei'.
Ceratinella atriceps (Gamb.).
Erigone atriceps Cambridge, Proc. Zool. Soc. London. 1874.
Plate VII, figures 5 to 5t?.
Length of male 1 -G""". Cephalothorax orange, darker toward
the humps, which are nearly black, the dark color sometimes
extending backward on the middle line nearly to the dorsal
groove. Abdomen dark gray, in alcohol greenish. The thick-
ened spot on the back is often indistinct and sometimes absent,
but when present is orange colored, darkened by the black hairs
over it. The legs are colored like the abdomen, darker toward the
tip. The e^ palpi are lighter than the legs, except the tij) which is
almost black.
The head of the male is exteiuled forward beyond the mandibles
and has a hump above, bearing the posterior middle eyes. Fig. 5.
The icmale has slight projections of the head at the same points.
Fig. 5'^ The S copulating organs resemble closely those of
Jissiceps. Fig. 5h. The tibial hook is shorter and more curved.
J. a. Emerton — Nexo England Titer Ididoi. 35
May, June, July, on low bushes. Winter, in leaves on the ground.
Mt. Washington, N. H., 4000 ieet up; Eastern Massachusetts,
common; New Haven, Connecticut.
Ceratinella laeta (Camb.)
Erigona Iceta Cambr., Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1874.
Plate YIII, figure 1.
Length 1*6'"'", sliglitly larger than ketabiUs ; both these species are
found under leaves and probably live near the ground all the year,
not spinning high like ^fissice^js. Color dark brown. The tJiickened
spot only on the abdomen of the male. The abdomen of the female
is sometimes almost black. Other individuals have a light stripe
along the middle of the back with three or four cross stripes. The
head is high behind the eyes, especially in the males. The tibia is
short and the tibial and tarsal hooks both long. The tube is stout
ami black, broken in the middle, where each half has a short tooth.
Eastern Massachusetts; Mt. Tom, Mass.
Ceratinella laetabilis.
Erigone latahilis Cambridge, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1874.
Plate VIIT, figure 2.
Length, r.5'""', a little smaller than 6'. IcBta. Cephalothorax
and sternum dark brown, legs dark orange. Thickeneil parts
of the abdomen dark orange, brown, thinner parts gray, broken by
lighter irregular spots. In the females, where the tliickened circle on
the abdoaieu is wanting, the whole back is dai-k gray with lighter
patches and thickened spots at the ends of the vertical muscles.
The head is slightly elevated behind the eyes, a little more in the
male than female. The male has the thickened circle on the abdo-
men very hai-d and distinct. The female usually wants it altogetlier.
The pal])al organs distinguish this easily from C. la-ta. The tibial
hook is short and wide and curved strongly inwai'd. Fig. -lb. The
tube is bent sharply at tlie middle as usual, and the outer edge of the
basal half projects as a very distinct tooth. Fig. 2a. t
The females are less easily distinguished from (J. IcBta. They are
a little smaller and lighter colored and the epigynuin. Fig. 2(7, has its
opening shortei- than the other species.
Mt. Washington, N. H., moss near Halfway House ; Eastern Massa-
chusetts; New Haven, Conn.
36 ./. H. Einerton — Nem Enyland Therididm.
Ceratinella brunnea, new.
Plate Vlll, fiuurk ?,.
Size of C. Iwta, but darker colored. Cephalothorax and tliick
spot on the abdomen dark brown, the thick spot present in both
sexes. Legs lighter but not so bright orange as in other species.
Abdomen below and at the sides dark gray.
The sexes much alike. The abdomen of <5 slightly smaller and the
thickened circle larger than in $ . Head very little elevated in either
sex. The tibial hook of the male palpi is long, Fig, 3, with a re-
curved tooth at the end. The palpal tube is very large, colored black,
and with only a slight break in the middle. Fig. 3a. The epigynum
has a wide oval opening.
Mt. Washington, from Glen to highest trees. Salem, April 20,
under stone. Saugus marsh, Oct, 28. New Haven, Conn., w inter,
Ceratinella minuta, new.
Plate VIII, figure 4.
About 1 "2™"^ long. One of the smallest spiders. Color uniform
reddish brown on the cephalothorax aud legs and the thickened spot
on the abdomen. The thick spot is common to both sexes. The
palpal organs have the tube very long, Fig. 4a, with only slight teeth
at the break. The tibial hook is moderately long and sharp, and
there is a peculiar blunt spur on the inner side of the tibia.
Common at New Haven, Conn., under leaves in winter. One
male from West Qumcy, Mass.
Ceratinella micropalpis, new.
Plate VIIT, figure 5.
Tliis species has the same colors as (7. mhmta and is a little larger,
but the palpi are smaller. The shape of the tarsus is much like tiiat
of C. minnta but the hook is shorter. The tube is not more than
half as long as in minuta. PI. 8, figs. 5, 5a, 5h.
Only one male from West Quincy, Mass.
t
Ceratinopsis, new.
Excejjt interpret, these spiders resemble Ceratinella^ bnt do not
have the thickened spot on the abdomen. Their colors are )):irtly the
same orange-red commou in (\')'(it'unt^ an<l tlu'ir palpal organs have
a similar structure, though the break is not so plain and the end of
the tube is stouter. In Interpres the legs are longer and the whole
J. H. Emerton — N'evj EmjUmd Therididm. 37
appearance resembles t'ondcidariu. The head is high in front in all
the species, and the e3^e-area is wide and black or darker than the
rest of the cephalothorax.
Ceratinopsis interpres (Camb.).
Erigone interpres Camh., Proc. Zool. Soc. Londoo, 1874.
Plate IX, figure 1.
This spider has a length of over 2"'"'. The cephalothorax is bright
orange with black around the eves. Fis^. 1, Tlie le^'s are lio-ht
yellow and long and slender, as in Bathyphantes. The abdomen is
yellow or light orange, with black around the spinnerets. The head
of the male is very high and has stiiF hairs between the eyes. The
male palpi are large, and light orange and black. The tarsus is
nearly straight on the forward edge, and has a sharp, recurved, black
point. The tarsal hook is short and has a few long hairs on its middle
portion. The other parts of the palpal organ are large and strong.
The epigynum is narrower than in mgricepn and runs farther forward.
Adult male and female and several young on Mt. Tom, llolyoke,
Mass. Common at New Haven, Conn., on low bushes in summer,
Ceratinopsis nigriceps, new.
PL.VTE IX, FIGURE 2.
Length 1-5""". Cephalothorax orange with a well-defined black
spot around the eyes, covering nearly the whole head. The head is
wider in the females than the males, and in both sexes the lateral
pairs of eyes are slightly raised on tubercles, giving the head a square
appearance. The legs and pal])i are light yellow, the latter darker.
The abdomen is light yellow, slightly reddish toward the end, espe-
cially in the male. The sternum is orange-brown without the rough-
ness of laticeps. The palpal organ is large with a large black tube
like rdgripalpis. The tibial hool\ is short and turned up toward the
tarsus. Fig. 2r«, 26.
New Haven, Conn., and Dedham, Mass.
Ceratinopsis laticeps, uew.
Plate \\, figure 3.
Length 1""". Thorax large and head wide, elevated in the
middle over the eyes, and with a rounded hump in front below the
eyes. Fig. 3a, which are widely separated. The cephalothorax is
bright orange-brown, darker in front and black around the eyes.
38 J. II. Enierton — N'e^o E)ujland ThericUdm.
Stenium orange with dark irregular markings. The abdomen is
light yellow above and reddish at the hinder ends and sides. The
legs are light yellow and the palpi are somewhat dai'ker. The tarsus
and tibia of the palpi are large. The tarsal hook has two strong
black teeth. The palpal organ is much like nigriceps^ but the tube
is smaller. Fig. 35.
I have two specimens from Dajivers, Mass., and New Haven, Conn.,
both shaken from low bushes.
Ceratinopsis nigripalpis, new.
Plate IX, figure 4.
Length ]-5"'"'. Cephalothorax orange except around the eyes,
where it is black, extending backward a short distance on the middle
line of the head. The femora are oi-ange like the thorax, but the rest
of the legs is gray. The terminal joints of the ])alpi are black. The
abdomen is gray, lighter beneath. The palpal organ has a large
black tube. The tibia of the palpus is short and has a short toothed
hook. Fig. \b. The tarsal hook is short and strongly curved.
Two males from New Haven, Conn., under leaves, in October,
Grammonota, new.
The species of this genus have the abdomen marked with light
spots, in some forming a distinct pattern like Anianroblns. The
head of the male is more or less raised behind the eyes. The palpal
organ resembles that of Cerathiella.
Grammonota pictilis,
Erigone pidilis CRvab., Proc. Zool. Soc. London.
Plate X, figure 4.
1*5'"'" long. Cephalothoi'ax dark yellow-brown. Legs lighter dull
yellow. Abdomen gray with light yellow spots in two rows, the
forward spots somewhat connected together. Fig. -itt. The head of
the male is elevated into a rounded hum]) behind the eyes and a
slight one between the fiont and hind eyes, both with hairs longer
than the rest of the lu'ad. The palpal organs are of the same ty[)e as
CeratineUd. Fig. Ah. The eiul of th(>tube is very long and slender,
and coiled up in three or four spirals. Tlie tibia has a shar]) straight
tooth on the outer side uiidci- the tarsal hook. The epigynuni has
very long tuljes twisted in a double sj>iral, Fig. 4<?, in correspond^
cnce with the long tul)e of the jialpal organ.
J. H. JEinerton — Neii} Englcuid Therididm. 39
This is a common spider on juniper and oilier evergreen trees.
Portland, Me.; eastern Massachusetts; Mt. Tom, Holyoke, Mass.;
New Haven, Conn.
Grammonota ornata.
Erigone ornata Camb., Proc. Zool. Soc. London.
Plate X, pigur?: 3.
Slightly smaller than jjictiiis, but with similar markings on the
abdomen. Cephalothorax dark brown. Head of male slightly ele-
vated behind the eyes, but no distinct hump, the elevated ])arts with
similar sti ft' hairs as \n ^rictilis. The palpal organ has the tube much
shorter, and the tibial hook is curved forward and forked. Only
males.
Near Boston, under leaves, not so common as the last.
G-rammonota inornata, new.
Plate X, riGURE 5.
Length 2"'"\ Cephalothorax dark brown, abdomen dark gray.
Legs yellowish gray. Head of male slightly elevated behind the
eyes. Male palpus with a sliort smooth hook on the tibia. The
tarsal hook is large and so is the spur at the inner end of the pal[)al
organ. The tube is stout and dark colored and the upper bend ex-
tends beyond the end of the palpus.
Two males from Saugus, Mass., under leaves, and two from New
Haven, Conn., one under leaves, and one on a fence in October.
Large numbers under dry eel-grass on the beach at Wood's Holl,
Mass.
SpiropalpUS, new genus.
This s|)ider resembles closely those of the last genus, but has
entirely difterent male palpi, with the tube long and stiif and coiled
in a flat spiral, partly covered by the supporting appendage. The
tibial hook is long and twisted.
Spiropalpus spiralis, new.
PlITE X. FIGURE 6.
Length, 2'""\ Somewhat lighter colored than the last. Cephalo-
thorax, dark brown, lighter behind toward the abdomen and nearly
black on the head. Abdomen dark or light gray, legs yellow. The
sexes are alike in size and color. The epigynum is three-lobed with the
small central lobe extending a little beyond the others. The dark
brown sperraathecae show through the skin. The palpal organ is very
large, the tiibe is stift" and coiled in two large spirals which extend
40 J. H. Emerton — Nen^ Eiu/land Tlierklidm.
over the oflges of the tarsus, each side. A wide thin apj>endage starts
near tlic base of (lie tiihc and lies o\er it as far as the end of the
tarsus. The tibial hook is lialf as long as the tarsus and is Ijent
toward the tarsal hook and a])pears twisted at the end.
Danvers, Essex and C\'vnibridge, Mass., and New Haven, Conn. ; in
the latter place abundant on city fences in November.
Cornicularia Menge.
The spiders of this group are placed by Menge in several genera.
The species wliieh he refers to Cornicnhiria seems to be very near
our C. minata. Most of our species are large and brightly colored.
The males and females differ but little. The males have a hump or
horn on the front of the head between the eyes, and usually orna-
mented by flat stiff hairs. In several species there are two horns, the
lower one being small and partly concealed by the upper. The male
])alpi have a stifl" black tube curved once round the end of the bulb
and supported by a thin appendage near the tip. The tarsus is
round with a small, smooth tarsal hook at the base. The tibial hook
is large and extends over the back of the tarsus. In several species
it is a smooth pointed hook, but in others it has a smaller point on
the inner side, or is modified in various ways according to the species.
The epigynum has a wide and short middle lobe with openings at
the corners. The cephalothorax is usually long, narrowing gradually
toward the head. The eyes are nearly equal in size and close to-
gether, except where displaced by the horns of the males.
Cornicularia directa.
FMyone directa S and Erigone provida 2 Canib., Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1874
and 1875.
Plate XI, figure 1.
The males and females of this species were described by Cambridge
at different times, without opportunity to compare thenj, and were
naturally siipposed to be distinct species. I have since found both
sexes together in considerable numbers, and am now sure that they
belong together. The length is about 2'""'. Cephalothorax uniform
chestnut-brown, from almost black to light yellow in different indi-
viduals. Sternum same color. Legs lighter. Abdomen gray with
the muscular spots light. Both sexes about the same size and color.
The male has two horns between the eyes, the lower slender and
about half as long as the uj)per and lying close under it. The tibia
of the male palpus has a smooth ])c»inted hook over the tarsus.
Eastern Massa(;husetts ; Mt. Tom, Mass.; Providence, 1\. I. In
winter under leaves, and on fences in autumn.
J. H. Emerton — New England Therididm. 41
Cornicularia tibialis, new.
Plate XI, figure 2.
This is a little smaller than directa. The colors are the same.
The horn is shorter and thicker. The tibia of the male palpus is
nearly as large as the tarsus. The hook has a large tooth in the niid-
dle, which is roughened on the edge and inside. Fig. 2a. Both
sexes are alike in size and color.
From Mt. Tom, Hoi yoke, Mass.
Cornicularia communis, new.
Plate XI, figure 3.
Cephalothorax dark orange, darkened with brown toward the
head and nearly black around tlie eyes. Legs brighter orange.
Palpi same color, except the tibia and tarsus which are dark brown.
Abdomen black with the muscular marks light yellow. Under side
of abdomen same color. Sternum dark orange like the back of
thorax.
Horn of male pointing forward, about as long as the distance be-
tween the front and back middle eyes, widened at the end where it
is covered with stiff hairs directed upward and backward. Although
it appears single, the horn really consists of two, pressed closely to-
gether, the upper or posterioi- one forming the greater part of it and
bearing the terminal hairs. The anterior horn is entirely covered
above by the other.
Mt. Washington, New Hampshire, and Eastern Massachusetts,
under leaves ; New Haven, Conn.
Cornicularia indirecta (Camb.)
Erigone indirecta, Oamb., Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 18*74.
Plate XI, figure 4.
Cephalothorax and legs bright orange. Head black. Abdomen
lighter orange than thorax, both above and below. This species dif-
fers from coinmu?iis in the color of the abdomen and in having the
dark spot on the head darker and more definite and the palpi and
mandibles darker. Both sexes agree closely in size and color. The
hinder middle eyes are farther back than in conDminis.
Horn of male like that of cotnmunis, Fig. 4, with recurved
hairs on the end and along the upper side. The palpi of the males
are much alike in these two species,
Eastern Massachusetts.
Trans, Conn. Acad., Vol. VI, S Oct., 1882.
42 ./. II. Eiaerton — New EKylcDid Therididm.
Cornicularia brevicornis uew.
Plate XI, figure 5.
Length about 2'""\ ('ephalothorux orange, a little darker on
the head. Abdomen dark gray. Legs yellow. Palpi yellow with
the hard parts near the end dark brown. Tlie horn of the male is
double, as in directa and cotyinnaiis, but mucli lower and shorter.
The palpal organs differ but little from those of the other species.
The plainest differences are the generally dull color and the short
horn.
Two males from Pine Rock, New Haven, Conn.
Cornicularia minuta, new.
Plate XI, figure 6.
About 1-5""^ long. Color yellowish gray, almost white. One from
the White Mountains, apparently of the same species, has the cephalo-
thorax and legs brownish yellow and the abdomen almost black,
much like directa. The horn is short, hardly longer than thick, and
slightly divided on the end, where it has a tuft of short, stiff hairs.
The tibia of the male palpus has the usual ))ointed liook, at the base
of which is a shorter parallel process, covered at the end with stiff,
black bristles. Figs. 6c, 6d. The palpal organ resembles those of
the larger species.
Males only, from Mt. Carmel, Hamden, Conn., and Mt. Washing-
ton, N. H.
Cornicnlaria pallida, new.
Plate XI, figure 7.
2'""' long. Cephalothorax orange, with black around the eyes, ex-
tending backward along the middle line to the dorsal groove. The
head is higher in the male and has a short hump about as high as
wide between the eyes. Fig. 1, on which are stiff hairs, as in other
species. Legs and palpi yellow or light orange. Abdomen white,
with light gray hairs. Spinnerets and a ring around them gray or
black. The palpal organs and the tibial hooks are much as in the
other species. Fig. la. The only species with which this is likely to
be confounded is directa, and from this it differs in both sexes in the
lighter color, especially of the abdonu'ii and legs, and the closer posi-
tion of the eyes and shape of the liead in males.
New Haven, Conn.
J. H. Emerton — Nev^ England Theridldcv. 43
Cornicularia tricornis, new.
Plate XI, figure 8.
This resembles Menge's Pholojys fKirilhttns, but. tlie ))eculiar hump
is mucli sliorter and tlie upper eyes farther forward. The leiigtli is
1*5""". Cephalothorax dark brown, not much darker toward the
liead. Palpi same color. Legs orange. Abdomen dark gray or
black. The lower horn is much as in pcdlid a, with a few stiiF bristles.
The upper horn is forked at the forward end with bristles on the
outer edges. The head behind the horn is abruptly raised, and car-
ries the upper middle eyes. There is a sharp groove on each side of
this ridge. Figs. 8, 8a.
Three males from Mt. Washington, N. H., June, 1811.
Cornicularia auranticeps, new.
Pl\TE VIII, FIGURE 6.
Smaller than the other bright coloied species, about the length of
direcfa, but stouter. Cephalothorax uniform bright orange. Legs
orange toward the body, blackish toward the tips. Abdomen dark
bluish black. The horn of the male is short and points upward,
spreading into two sliort lobes at the tip, covered with short, re-
curved hairs. The palpal organ is much like that of the other
species, but the tibia has two long, blunt teeth, Figs. 6, Qb, very
different from the others.
Eastern Massachusetts and White Mountains, New Hampshire.
Cornicularia clavicornis, new.
Plate VIII, figure 1.
A small, dark colored species, about 2™™ long. Cephalothorax
dark brown. Abdomen dark gray. Legs orange-brown. Head of
male with a short horn swelled at the end. The tibial hook is long
and has a smaller hook parallel and close to it. Fig. la.
One male from Mt. Washington, N. H.
Lophomma Menge.
The females resemble Eophocarenum and Cornicularia, but the
males have the mandibles smaller and the head extended forward
beyond them and divided into two humps, one carrying the front
middle eyes and the other the hind middle pair. The front middle
eyes are close together on the forward end of the hump, and over
them are a few stiff hairs directed upward. The hinder hump has a
crest of hairs directed forward. The tibia of tlie male })alpus is very
44 J. H. Emerton — NeM^ England Therictidm.
long on the ni)per side, nearly covering tlie tarsus. The end has a
long hook bent s^idewise. PI. X, figs, li, 2c. Menge includes in this
genus several species with two humps on the head, but which
have the holes behind the eyes and otherwise appear to belong
with Lopliocaremim.
Lophomma cristata.
Erigone cristata (Blk.) Thor., Synonyms of European Spiders.
Lophomma hicorne Menge.
Plate X, figure 1.
Qinin long. Cephalothorax dark brown. Abdomen dark gray.
Legs yellowish brown. Both sexes alike in size and color. The eyes
in the female are large and in two rows at about equal distances from
each other. The head of the male is much raised and the lower part
extended forward, Fig. 1, forming two horns. The eyes are smaller
than in the female. The hind middle pair is on the upper horn, the
front middle pair on the lower horn, and the side pairs separated far
from them, below the hind pair. The male palpi have the tibia
expanded as much as the tarsus, and a long hook with a sharp point
bent across the end. Fig. \b. The palpal organ is peculiar in having
the tube short and not coiled as in niost of the neighboring species.
When in use this ajipears to be supported by a strong process near
the end of the palpus and perhaps, also, by the tibial hook, which
could be brought over it by a slight revolution of the tarsus.
I have specimens from Montreal, Canada, under leaves, in winter ;
Boston, Mass., on fences, in October; and Cambridge, Mass., under
leaves.
Lophomma elongata, new.
Plate X, figure 2.
Same colors as cristata^ but smaller, about r5">'" long. In the
female the front middle eyes arc more prominent and farther from
the side pairs than in cristata. In the male the lower part of the
head carrying the front middle eyes is much as in cristata, but the
upper horn or hum)) is larger and lower and the eyes on the top of
it are farther a])art. The male palpi haVe the tibia similarly
expanded, but the hook is longer and wider. The tub<j of the
paljsal organ is short and curved.
Salem, near floating bridge ; Boston, swamp at Clarendon Hills ;
and Mt. Tom, Mass., uiuler leaves.
J. H. Emertoji — Neio England Therididm. 45
Lophocarenum Menge.
These spiders form the greater part of the genus Lophocaremun of
Menge, although so)ne species are included in his LopJiouuna and
T'meticits. By Blackwall and Cambridge they are placed either in
Neriene or Wcdckenaera^ and by other autliors, with the other small
spiders of this family, in Erlgone. I include in tliis genus only those
spiders which have cavities in the heads of the males, opening by
holes near the eyes. Pis. 12, j3. The heads of the males are usually
high and furnished with humps of various shapes, according to the
species. The head of the female usually shows some traces of the
hump, and they resemble the males in color and form, so that after
the males are known the females can usually be identified. Nearly all
the species are small, 1 or 2'"'" long, and dull colored. Most of them
are short and stout with short legs. They live under leaves or on
low plants, though some sjiecies, as L. florens, are found on high
bushes in summer. The palpal organs are of various shapes, but the
tube is usually smooth and slender and the appendages small. The
tarsal hook is small. The tibia is large and of various shapes, accord-
ing to the species.
Lophocarenum castaneum, new.
Plate XII, figure 1.
2.5111111 ioi^o\ Cephalothorax dark reddish brown. Legs orange-
brown. Abdomen black. The back part of the head is abruptly
elevated and carries the hind middle eyes on the front. Each side of
this hump is a groove in which are the holes leading to horn-shaped
cavities in the head. The palpal organs resemble those of Gornicula-
ria. The tarsal hook. Fig. \e^ is curved outward and lias a notch near
the middle Avhen seen sidewise. The tube of the palpal organ is long
and supported at the end by a flexible process. Fig. \e.
Only males, from Beverly, Swampscott and Milton, Mass.
Lophocarenum montanum, new.
Plate XII, figure 2.
A little smaller than the last species, but resembling it very closely.
The cephalothorax is slightly narrower than in the last species, the
hum]) is indented in front below the upper eyes. The color is
yellowish brown on the cephalothorax and gray on the abdomen.
The palpi are much as in castaneum. Figs, ib, 2/. The female is
colored like the male, but has no elevation on the head. The
epigynum is short, with an oblique groove each side. Fig. 2//.
Mt. Washino-ton, N. H.
46 J. H. Emerton — ISTeio England TIterididm,
Lophocarenum florens.
Eriijone florens Camb., Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1874.
Plate XII, figure 3.
This common species is the largest aiul most brightly colored of the
genus. It is 2-5'"'" long. The abdomen is bluish black, the cephalo-
thorax, femara and palpi, bright orange, and the rest of the legs nearly
black. The male has the head very high and slightly bilobed at the
top of the hump. The hind middle eyes are nearly at the top and
widely sepai-ated. The holes are just above and behind the lateral
eyes. Fig. 3a. The male palpi are very large. The tibia has a long,
flat hook, pointed at the tip. Figs. 3c?, 3e. The tarsus has a hump on
the upper side on which are a few stifi" bristles. The tube is large
and stiff and long enough to turn once around the palpal organ. It
is supported at the end by a hard, twisted process. Fig. 3e. The
head of the female is only slightly elevated gt the back. The epigy-
num is large and open in the middle. Fig, 3/! The female is likely
to be mistaken for Cornicidaria cmranticeps^ but when full grown is
larger and has the abdomen larger and thorax Mdder than the
Cornicularia.
This is a very common spider in Eastern Massachusetts, on bushes
in summer, but I have only found the adult male once, in June.
Adult females are common through the summer. I have specimens
from the White Mountains ; Mt. Tom, Mass. ; Albany, N. Y, ; and
New Haven, Conn.
Lophocarenum decem-oculatum, new.
Plate XII, figure 4.
This resembles florens^ but is smaller and lighter colored. The
cephalothorax and legs are yellow, the legs long, as in the male of
florens, the abdomen dark gray. The hump of the male is as high as
in florens, but the hind middle eyes are lower and closer than in
that species and project forward as far as the lower middle pair.
The holes in the humj) are turned forward just above the side eyes,
and look like an extra })air of eyes. Below the eyes there is a
rounded for\vard projection of the head. The ])alpi of the male have
a short truncated hook on the tibiic. The tube is long enough to turn
once around the palpal organ and is sui)ported by a large twisted
appendage, corresponding to the twisted spine of florens. This spe-
cies is very near Walckemira hifroiis iilkw., but the patella of the
male palpus is longer, and the tibia smaller. The black tooth on the
J. IT. Emerton — N'eio England Therididce. 47
upper side of tlie tibia is also smaller and has less prominent corners
in hifrons.
One male, from Mt. Washington, in moss, among the highest trees.
Lophocarenum spiniferum (Camb.)
Erigone spi7iifera Camb., Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1875.
Plate XIII, figure 1.
Lengtli 1'5""". Cephalothorax dark yellow-brown. Abdomen
dark gray, legs and palpi yellow or orange. All the colors light.
Cephalothorax nearly as wide as long. Head of male high in front.
The hump is small and folds forward just behind the eyes, forming a
crease across the head, at the ends of which are two round holes,
which do not extend into the head beyond the depth of the crease.
Fig. 1«. The male palpi have a large hook on the upper side of the
tibiae The tube of the palpal organ is long and stiff and extends
downward beyond the palpus, the length of the tarsal joint.
This is near the English species, Neriene incisa Cambridge, Trans.
Linn. Soc, vol. xxvii, 1870.
Under leaves in swamps, in Beverly and Salem, Mass., in winter,
and on fences on Boston common, in November.
Lophocarenum montiferum, new.
Plate XIII, figure 2.
About 2'"'" long. Cephalothorax dark yellow-brown. Abdomen
dark gray. Legs orange-brown. The male has a hump half as large
as the rest of the cephalothorax, Figs. 2, 2a, containing large (cavities,
which open by holes on either side, as large as the eyes, and are con-
nected by a deep crease which rmis around the front of the hmnp.
The front middle eyes are near together in the middle of the head, in
front of the hump. The other eyes are in two groups at the extreme
corners of the head. In the female the back of the head is consider-
ably elevated, and the hind middle eyes farther apart than usual. Figs.
2c, 2d. The mandibles of the male are smaller than the female's and
are curved apart at the tips. The palpal organs have a tube curved
in a half -circle and supported at the end by a short sharp spine and a
long soft appendage. Fig. 2/. The tibia has a large blunt tooth and
a short sharp one above.
In maple swamps, Brookline, Mass. ; and Salem, Mass., near the
floating bridge.
48 J. H. Emertoil — Neio England Tlierididm.
Lophocarenum quadricristatum, new.
Plate XIII, figure 3.
This is a small species, 1-5"'"' long, and dull colored. The head has
a peculiar hump extending back nearly to the middle of the thorax.
•Figs. 3a, ?>h. The middle of this hump is occupied by four clusters of
flat bristles, and the hind eyes are crowded back over the holes in
the side ol the head. The side eyes are larger than the others, and
the front ])air of these larger than the hind ones. On the male palpi
the tibial hook is turned toward the side. Fig. Sc. The palpal organ
has a long tube as in Cornicularia.
One male, IVom Mt. Washington, above trees. This species is
very near Wulckenoira diceras Camb., and may prove to be the saine
species.
Liophocarenum, longitarsus, new.
Plate XIII, figure 4.
Length 1'5""", Cephalothorax dark reddish brown. Legs orange-
brown. Abdomen gray. The head of the male is wide and not
much elevated, and there is hardly a trace of a hump. The holes are
just behind the eyes and the dark brown conical cavities extending
from them toward the middle of the head can be seen through the
skin. The absence of a hump leaves the eyes nearer together than in
most species. The mandibles are wide at the tip and have the tooth
near the inner angles longer than the others. Fig. 45. The tibia of
the male palpus has the front edge hard and finely toothed and a
large tooth on the inner corner. The tarsal hook is large and sickle-
shaped, with three stiflT hairs in the bend. The tarsus is long, and so
is the palpal organ. The tube is slender and long enough to go
around the end of the palpus.
One male, White Mountains, near Mt. Washington.
Lophocarenum pallidum, new.
Plate XIII, figure 5.
J. 3111111 io,]„_ Cephalothorax yellowish brown, a little darki^'r toward
the head. Legs ligiit yellow. Abdomen yellowish gray. The hum})
of the male is farther back than in most species, and has a deep groove
on each side. The holes in the head are just back of the lateral eyes.
Fig. 5. Seen from in front the head is about as high as wide, and
has the shape of a triangle with rounded corners. Tiie tibia of the
male palpus is short and has a short hook turned inward. The tube
J. H. Emerton — Nev^ England Tlierididce. 49
of the palpus is long enougli to turn one and a half times around the
palpal organ, and the supporting appendages are thin and wide.
White Mountains, near Mt. Washington.
Lophocarenum longitubus, new.
Plate XIII, figure 6.
Length, r5""", Cephalothorax yellow-brown. Legs yellow. Ab-
domen dark gray. The hump is rounded and does not extend far
back on the head. The hind middle eyes are on the front of the
hump. Each side of the hump is a horizontal groove, in the middle
of which are the holes in the head. The tibia of the pali)iis has tw^o
prominent black teeth. The tarsus is irregularly shaped and trun-
cated at the outer end. The tube is long and stiff", and bends around
the flat end of the tarsus.
Three males from moss, east side of Mt. Washington.
Lophocarenum rostratum, new.
Plate XIY, figure 1.
Length, 2"'"'. Color light brownish yellow on the cephalothorax and
legs, and gray on the abdomen. It varies in different individuals,
some having the abdomen almost black and the other parts proportion-
ally dark. The hum)) of the male extends forward beyond the front of
the head. Fig. \a. The hind middle eyes are on the top of the hump
near the middle. The holes are in oval grooves just back of the side
eyes. The tibia of the male palpus has a long and slender hook
as long as the tarsus. The tube of the palpal organ passes round it
once, and is supported at the end by a stout spine. The female is
much like the male, but has no trace of the hump on the head.
New Haven, Conn., under leaves in woods, common.
Lophocarenum scopuliferum, new.
Plate XIV, figure 2.
This is a small dull-colored species, i-5'""' long. The head is ele-
vated about as much as in spinifera, and the holes are in grooves
above the side eyes. The male palpi have the tibia as large as the
tarsus, which it partly covers. On its outer side is a row of long stiff
hairs curved forward toward the end of the joint. The palpal organ
is simple, all the parts being very small and short. The female has
the head slightly elevated at the back part, and is about the same
size and color as the male.
Cambridge, Waltham and Roxbury, Mass., under leaves.
Trans Conm. Acad., Yol. VI. 7 Oct., 1882.
50 J. II. Emertou — N'ew Emjhnid Therididm.
Lophocarenum erigonoides, new.
Plate XIV", figure 3.
Length, 1*5""". Cephalothorax yellow-broAvn. Legs same color but
lighter. Abdomen dark gray. Thorax and abdomen both low, and
head but little elevated and slightly narrowed at the sides. Figs. 3, 3a.
The holes are close behind the lateral eyes and are not in grooves.
The tibia of the male palpus extends over the tarsus, and has an
oblique black tooth at the end and a rounded lobe below it. The
tarsal hook is short and wide like Erufone. The tube is coiled half
round the end of the palpus, along with a slightly longer flexiV)le
appendage. Fig. 36.
Beverly, j\Lass., E. Burgess,
Lophocarenum latum, new.
Plate XIV, figure 4.
This is a short and wide species. The cephalothorax is nearly as
broad as long. The grooves on the sides of the hump extend
obliquely backward from the lateral eyes, and have the holes at the
lower end. The tibia is widened and has a rounded tooth half its
width at the end. Fig. 4J. The tube and its support are both
small. Fig. Ac.
One male, Watertown, Mass., under leaves in winter.
Lophocarenum simplex, new.
Plate XIV, figure 5.
A small species, l"5""" long. Lighter colored than most species.
Legs and cephalothorax light yellow-brown. Abdomen gray. Head
slightly elevated. Holes behind and above the lateral eyes in shallow
grooves, a slight depression in the front of the head below the upper
eyes. The male palpus has the tibia extending half its length over
the tarsus, and lias a small hook at the end. The tube and append-
ao'cs of the pali»al organ are short. Figs. 5c, bd.
One male under leaves in a maple swam}) near the floating bridge,
Salem, Mass.
Lophocarenum depressum, new.
Plate XIV, figure 6.
Leno-th, 2'"'". Colors the usual dull brown and gray. The legs in
niv specinun are dark brown, but are ]irobably discolored by drying
O" dirty alcohol. The ^ cephalotliorax is very low for this genus, and
the hump just behind the eyes is lower in the mi«ldle than at the
J. H. Emertoa — Ne'io England lliericUdie. 51
sides, where it widens slightly over the lateral grooves, in which are
the holes in the head. The male palpus has the tibial hook straight
and toothed on the inner side toward the tip. The tube of the jjalpal
organ is very small and is supported by a stout smooth spine.
One male from Mt. Washington, N. H., in moss.
Lophocarenum crenatum, new.
Plate XIV, figure 7.
Length, 2""". Cephalothorax dark brown. Abdomen black. Legs
orange-brown. The cephalothorax is very hard and solid above and
below, without the usual soft space between the legs. The head
portion is much elevated in both sexes but slightly more in the male,
where it is narrowed up behind the eyes, and has the usual holes in
shallow oval grooves. The edge of the thorax is scolloped between
the legs. P"'ig. 7. The palpi of the female have the two end joints
twice as thick as the others. The abdomen of both sexes is short and
pointed behind. The male palpi are not much larger than those of
the female. The tibial joint is wide and truncated on the upper side,
and the tarsus is short and round. Fig. 7c. The palpal organ itself
has a very short tube and appendages.
This was found twice in Beverly, Mass., under leaves, and abund-
antly on fences in New Haven, Conn., during the autumn flights.
Lophocarenum vernale, new.
Plate XIV, figure 8.
About IS""™ long. Legs light yellow. Cephalothorax same color,
a little darker. In the male the head is darkened with gray, and in
the only specimen I have all the colors are deeper than in the female.
The head of the male is but little elevated. The eyes are all below
the hump and close together on the front of the head. Fig. 8.
The holes in the head are very small and behind and above the lat-
eral eyes in a dark brown stripe. The tube of the palpal organ is
long and curved round the end of the tai'sus. The tarsal hook is
flat and sharply curved and has three stiff" hairs in the l)end. The
tibia has a short straight hook where it reaches over the tarsus, and
a thicker process farther back on the outer side. Figs. Sa, Sb. The
epigynum is wide and the edges curve forward and inward at the
sides. In the middle is an indistinct ridge which widens at the end
like a middle htbe.
I found a male and female of this species under a stone together, in
March, on Fine Rock, New Haven, Conn.
5^ -/ H. Emerton — Nein England Therididm.
TmetiCUS Menge.
These spiders are all small and dull colored, many of them appear-
ing like young of larger species. They usually have short legs and
a low body like the smaller species of TAnyphia^ between which and
this genus it is hard to draw a line. The males do not have any
horns or humps, though they sometimes differ in size from the females.
The males of several species have a prominent tooth on the front of
the mandibles near the inner coi-ner. Plate XV. The male palpi have
the tibia? widened at the distal end and furnished with various teeth
and hooks, the shape of whicii is characteristic of the various species,
and is the plainest ditterence between this genus and the smaller
Linyphia. The tarsal hook is smaller than in Linyphla and less
variable. Plate XV. They are found under leaves in winter and but
seldom on bushes even in summer.
This group corresponds tolerably well with Menge's Tinetictis, and
I have accordingly adopted that name for it. It also includes many
of Blackwall's Neriene.
Tmetictis probatus (Camb.)
Erigone prolata Camb., Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1875.
Plate XV, figure 1.
Leno-th I'S to 1-8°^"'. Cephalothorax yellowish brown. Legs dull
yellow. Abdomen gray with five or six pairs of obscure yellowish
transverse markings. The amount of color varies in different indi-
viduals, some being almost black and others very pale. The mandibles
are longer than the head is high and taper slightly toward the tips.
Except in the sexual organs, there is but little difference between the
sexes. The male palpi are large and dark colored. The tibia is as
wide as long with a hollow in the middle surrounded by various
processes. Figs. 1, \a. The tarsal hook is short and thick and partly
covered by the teeth of the tibia. The tube of the })alpal organ is
short and sixrrounded by short and complicated appendages. Fig,
la. Theepigynum has a smooth edge just over the fold, and in light
colored specimens the external parts show through the skin just in
front of it.
This is found commonly on fences in autumn in Boston, Mass., and
New Haven, Conn., and occurs under leaves in the neighborhood of
both these places.
./. IJ. Emerton — Kew England l%ericUdce. 53
Tmeticus tridentatus, new.
Plate XY, figure 2.
Length, 2""". Legs orange-brown. Cephalothorax dark brown.
Abdomen dark gray with five or six pairs of lighter spots. The
mandibles of the male have a row of hooked teeth on the outer front
edge. The female has slight traces of the same teeth. The male
has a strong tooth on the front of the ends of the mandibles, which
is wanting in the female. The male palpus has the til)ia as wide at
the outer end as long, with a wide tooth projecting over the tarsus.
Fig. 2e. The palpal organ has three teeth attached by the base to a
semicircular hard portion of the organ. Fig. 2e. The epigynum
has the upper edges united in the middle and prolonged backward at
the corners, forming a triangular opening over the rounded middle
lobe.
Providence, R. L, and New Haven, Conn., under leaves ; S and ?
on fences in November.
Tmeticus plumosus, new.
Plate XV, figure 3.
Length, 1'5™"\ Abdomen gray. Cephalothorax yellowish brown.
Legs yellow, much like many other species. The male palpi have
the tibiae widened, and with several lobes and teeth on the edges. Fig.
3a. The tarsal hook is large and stout, with two teeth at the end.
The palpal organ is of a complicated shape, but has in plain sight on
the unde]' side a peculiar aj^pendage covered with stiff bristles. Fig,
■ih. The mandibles have a small tooth in front.
Males only, from Montreal, Canada ; Mt. \A^ashington, N. H. ; and
Beverly, Mass.
Tmeticus trilobatus, new.
Plate XV, figure 4.
Length, r6 to 1-8™"', Cephalothorax and legs dull yellow-brown,
the legs a little lighter. Abdomen yellowish gray. The mandibles of
the male have a tooth on the inner corner of the tip. Tlie palpal or-
gan is very similar to that o? tridentatus. The tibial hook is narrower
and more twisted. The three teeth on the palpal organ are not so
distinctly united at their base to a horny ridge as in tridentatus. The
outer edge of the epigynum, Fig. 46, is deeply divided in the middle,
showing the pointed middle lobe beneath. The two lobes of the
upper edge extend backward half their length beyond the fold of the
54 J. II. Emertot) — New Emjland Therididm.
abdomen. The colors and whole appearance of this spider make it
resemble the young of larger species.
I have found it under leaves near Fresh Pond, Cambridge, Mass.,
and abundantly on fences at New Haven, Conn., during the autumn
flights.
Tmeticus contortus, new.
Plate XV, figure 5.
This is another immature appearing species, slightly wider
across the thorax than the last and darker colored. The shape of the
palpus is very distinctive. Figs. 5, 5a. The tibia is turned aside at an
angle of 45° with the rest of the palpus, and carries the triangular
tarsus at the outer end. On the curved part of the tibia is a lai-ge
and a small tooth. Fig. 5a.
Cambridge and Waltham, Mass.
Tmeticus longisetosus, new.
Plate XVI, figure 1.
About 2""" long, light grayish yellow. The mandibles of the male
have a prominent tooth on the inner corner projecting forward. Figs.
la. The ]>arts of the palpal organ are small but the tarsal hook is
large with two teeth on the end, as in the preceding species. Near
the base of the tarsal hook are two stout bristles as long as the
tarsus and curved so as to fit against its edge. Figs. 15, <*, d.
New Haven, Connecticut, under leaves Oct. 15, 1880.
Tmeticus pertinens,
Erigone pertinens Camb., Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1875.
Plate XVI, figure 2.
Length, 2-5""". Cephalothorax wide and ))alj)i short. Cej)halo-
thorax vdlow-brown, legs same color but lighter. Abdomen dark
gray. The sexes are much alike. The male has the usual tooth on
the front of the mandibles. The male palpi have the tibia expanded,
with the two large teeth tui'ued o\it\vard on the upper side. The
tarsal hook is flat with two teeth. Fig. 2. The appendages of the
palpal organ are large and C()ns[)icuous. The e[»igynum lias the
two upper lobes about as wide as the middle one and sei)arated
more than their width from each other. Fig. 2^'.
J. II. Emerton — New ErKjland Therldidw. 55
Tmeticus montanus, new.
Plate XVI, figure 3.
About 1-5""" long and dull colored. Abdomen dark gray. Ceph-
alothorax yellow-brown. Legs same color, but paler. The cephalo-
tliorax has an indistinct dark stripi; each side near the edge. Males a
little smaller than females. Mandibles of male without teeth in froiU.
Tibia of male palpus as wide as long with a short curved tooth on the
upper side. Tarsal hook wide, like Erigone^ with a tooth at the
outer corner. The tube of the palpal organ is moderately long and
supported only at the tij) by a thin appendage. Fig. 36. The
epigynum is slightly raised and dark brown, the middle lobe very
narrow and separated from the side lobes by shallow grooves ending
in slight notches at the edge.
From moss on various parts of Mt. Washington, New Hampshire,
from Hermit T^ake to the highest trees.
Tmeticus pallidus, new.
Plate XVI, figure 4.
This spider is little over 1""" long and very pale colored. I^egs
and ce)>ha]othorax light yellow. Abdomen pale gray, almost white.
Eyes with black rings. Epigynum without any distinct grooves or
notches and showing the dark brown spermathecte through the skin.
The males are of the same size and color as the females. The mandi-
bles have no prominent teeth in front. The tibia has a very long
hook which extends nearly to the end of the tarsus. It has a wide
tooth near the middle and a very narrow and slightly curved tip.
The palpal organ has the tube and its appendages very narrow and
simple. Fig. 4a.
New Haven, Conn., and neighborhood.
Tmeticus maximus, new. t
Plate XVI, figure 5.
This is a large species nearly 3""" long. The colors are dark.
Cephalothorax yellowish brown, darker and reddish toward the head.
Legs lighter yellowish brown. Abdomen gray. The mandibles
have a prominent tooth on the front inner side. The tibia of the
male palpus is small and has a short j^rocess i-oughened at the tip on
the upper side. The tarsus is long. The tarsal hook is large and
dark colored, with two teeth on the curved end. The palpal
organ is large and dark brown, l)ut the tube and its supporting
appendages are small.
56 fJ. IT. Eniertou — Nevi Enxjlmid TherididcB.
One male only, from Mt. Washington, New Hampshire, in moss,
half way up.
Tmeticus tibialis, new.
PlATK XVI, FIGURK 6.
The c-ephalothorax, legs and paljii aie of a nearly uniforni light
hrownish yellow and the abchirnen is nearly the same color. The
male palpi are short. The tibial joint is short and wide and has a
long curved process on the outer side nearly as long as the
tarsus. The tarsus is short and truncated at the tip. The tarsal
hook is wide nt the base and turned abruptly backward at the end.
The palpal organ is small. The tube is curved ami su))ported
by two short appendages. The female supposed to be of this
species is about the same size and color. The epigynum is short and
wide. The middle lobe covers over half the width and is slightly
narrowed toward the edge. The side lobes are darker colored and
thickened and separated by a shalloAV notch from the middle lobe.
A male and a female from the up])er part of Mt. Washington,
between it and Mt. Clay, in June.
Tmeticus bostoniensis. new.
Plate XVII, figure 1.
A large species, about 2".5'"'" long. Cephalothorax yellowish brown.
Legs yellow. Abdomen dark gray. Legs slender. Mandibles with-
out the front tooth. Tibia of male palpus short with a large double
process on the outside, half as long as the tarsus. The tarsal hook
has a very peculiar shape, it is curved outward at the end as usual,
but the end is nearly as wide as the hook is long and has two spread,
ing teeth. The tube of the palpal organ is long and curves
across the truncateri end of the tarsus.
One male from a fence in Boston, in October.
Tmeticus bidentatus, new.
Plate XVI F, figure 2.
Length, ••5""". C\'))halothorax yellowish gray. Legs sanu' color,
but lighter. Abdomen gray, darkest beneath, in some specimens
dark, in others almost white. Cephalothorax oval. The small size
and dull coloi's make the lemMles look like young of some larger
species. The tibia of the male pal[)us is wide and extends slightly
over the tarsus, where it has two short rounded teetlv. The outer
J. H. Etnerton — New England Therididm. 51
half of the tibia is dark colored. The tarsal hook is small and lies
partly in a holloAV in the edge of the tarsus.
Several places on Mt. Washington, N. H.
Tmeticus concavus, new.,
Plate XVII, figure 3.
Length, I'.j""". Abdomen gray. Cephalothorax l)rownish yellow
with black edges. Legs dull yellow. Male palpi small. Tarsal
hook half as long as the tarsus, with a hollow in the middle bounded
by two ridges, one near the base of the hook and the other parallel
to it just beyond the notch. The palpal organ has two
sharp black points and a curved soft appendage at the end. The
tarsus is much longer and thicker than the tibia.
Maple swamp at Clarendon Hills, near Boston, in large numbers.
Pine swamp. New Haven,
Tmeticus microtarsus, new.
Plate XVII, figure 4.
Length, 1-5""". Cephalothorax and legs dull grayish yellow. Ab-
domen gray. IMale palpi very small, the tarsus oval and the palpal
organ small and without any large projecting processes. The tarsal
hook is flat and fits close against the palpal organ. It has a short
hook at the end. The tibia is about half as long as tlie tarsus and at
the outer end nearly as wide as the tarsus. Its edge has no teeth or
large notches.
Mt. Washington, IST. H., in moss, under the highest trees.
Tmeticus truncatus, new.
Plate XVII, figure 5.
Length, about 2""". Cephalothorax and legs brownish yellow.
Abdomen light gray. Head wide just behind the eyes. Eyes small,
surrounded by black rings. The tibia of the male palpus is nearly
as long as the tarsus. It is widened at the distal end, and as seen
from above has a nearly straight front edge. On the outer side is a
deep notch. The tarsus is short and blunt at the end.
Mt. Washington, in moss, under tJie highest trees.
Tmeticus terrestris, new.
Plate XVII, figure 6.
Length, about l-5"'"\ Cephalothorax dark yellow-brown. Legs
and palpi same color but lighter. Abdomen gray. The mnle palpi
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 8 Oct., 1882.
58 J. 11. Einerton-New Eiujland Therididm.
are sliort luul small. The tibia is widened at the end but does not
extend much over the tarsus. The tarsal hook is Hat and curved
backward at the end, under whi(;h is a blunt tooth. The palpal
organ is small.
]\[t. Tom, Holyoke, Mass., and Salem, Mass., under leaves.
Tnieticus brunneus, now.
Plate XVII, figure 7.
Cephalothorax, i-2"'"" k>ng and dark brown. The head is wide and
round, and the eyes small. The mandibles are long and without a
large tooth in front. The legs are stout and brownish yellow. The
palpi are short, a little longer than the femur of the tirst legs. The
tibia of the male palpus is short except on the upper side, where it
extends over the tarsus. The tarsal hook is large and wide
at the base, curving outward at the tip, which is slightly widened.
The tarsus and palpal organ are dark brown and about as
wide as long. The tube appears to be partly hidden under the edge
of the tarsus and supported at the end by various short processes.
One male only, from Mt. Washington, N. H.
Erigone (Menge.)
In this genus I include only those spiders of wliich the males have
long palpi with a tooth under the end of the patella. The maxillaa
and the mandibles are much thickened at the base. The tarsus and
palpal organ are small. The females diifer but little from those of
the related genera.
Erigone anttimnalis, new.
Plate XYII, figure 8.
This is smaller than the other species, being little over a millimeter
long. The colors are lighter than usual. The abdomen is yellowish
gray, the legs orange-yellow, and the cephalothorax bright orange,
especially on the head and mandibles. The eyes are surrounded
with black. The bright color of the head makes this spider easy to
recognize among the species which fly in autumn. The males and
females are of the same size and color, though the latter are slightly
paler. The mandibles of the male are large* and have two rows of
strong teeth inside the tip. The palpi have a long and pointed spur
on the patella. Fig. 8J. The tibia is short but expanded as iisual
at the end. The palpal organ is much like the other species.
This species is common on fences in October and November, in
J. IT. Enierton — New England TherkUdce. 59
Boston, Mass., and New Haven, Conn. 1 have also found a few
specimens under leaves in woods.
Erigone longipalpis?
Plate XVII, figures 9 and 10.
Of this group, whatever it may be called, I have a large number of
specimens, which I am unable to separate into distinct species,
though there are great differences among them. The size varies
from i'5™°^ to 2'5'""\ The color of the cephalothorax and legs varies
from dark gray to bright orange-brown. The maxillae are thickened
at the base more in the males than in the females. The mandibles of
the males are long and thick in the middle but narrowed toward the
base. The male palpi are very long but the length and shape of the
different joints varies greatly in different individuals. The most
common form, an average specimen of which is drawn in Fig. 9, has
the patella and tibia of nearly equal length and both together about
as long as the femur. This, however, varies in different individuals.
The palpal organ has the tube short with a curved tooth on the end
beyond the opening. Near the tube are two soft appendages and
various teeth and processes as in other varieties. I have found these
abundant in Boston and New Haven on fences in November and
October. They have been named Erigone dentigera by Cambridge,
in Proc. Zool. Sec. London, 1874. With the above occurred another
variety, Fig. 10, which Cambridge identiiied with the European longi-
palpis. It is somewhat larger and brighter colored on the cephalo-
thorax and legs. The head is more abruptly elevated, the palpi are
longer, and the teeth on the femur and around the edge of the thorax
are larger. The palpal organ is longer and the tube has a longer and
straight point, Fig. 10a, beyond its opening. A male from Essex,
Mass., has the head higher and the palpi nearly as long, but the tibia
is shorter and much widened at the end. Another male from Danvers,
Mass., has the same flaring tibia and similar palpal organ, but is
smaller and has much shorter palpi than most of the others. The
epigynum in the most common form has a large opening covered by
a projecting hood, around the edge of which is a thickened rim that
may be mistaken for the tubes of the spermatheca3. I have numer-
ous females which I am unable to classify or to connect Avit-h the
varieties of males.
Bo J. H. Emerton — New England TJiericticM.
Gonatium Menge.
Gonatium rubens (Meuge.)
Neriene rubens Blk., Spiders of Great Britain.
Gonatium cheliferum Menge, Preiiss. Spinn.
Plate XXIII, figuee 6 to 6c.
The males of tliis species are distinguished by the large femoral
joints of the palpi. Fig. 6. Both sexes are 2-5""" long. The
cephalothorax is bright orange with a little black between the eyes,
from which two or three indistinct lines run back to the dorsal
groove. The head is slightly elevated in females and the front
middle eyes project beyond the others. In males the part of the
head about the eyes is narrowed and much higher. The legs and
palpi are light yellow or orange, and the abdomen is gray, usually
light, bi;t in some specimens almost black. The epigynuni is dark
brown and raised slightly beyond the surface of the abdomen. Fig.
6c. The palpi of males are very stout. Figs. 6, Q>h. The femora are
thick and extend upward to a point opposite the eyes, and this point
is covered with short black teeth. The patella and tibia are short ;
the latter has a long hook which bends over the tarsus. Fig. 6.
The palj)al organ, Fig. 6a, has a long slender tube supported by an
equally slender process about half its length. Between these is a
thin flat aj^pendage, and near the tip several soft appendages with
finely-cut edges. The front legs of the male are also modified. Fig.
6. The femur has a row of long hairs on the front or under side.
The tibia is bent and has a line of long hairs on the under side.
The metatarsus has a row of 'still stronger hairs on the under side
and is slightly bent at the upper end.
I have not found this spider common anywhere but have specimens
from Beverly, Sal-em, Lynn and Qnincy, Mass., and Meriden, Conn.
Some were sifted from leaves, others taken on fences in autumn.
Linyphia (Latr.) Menge.
These are the largest s[)iders in this sub-family. They live in
comparatively open situations and are brightly colored. The cephalo-
thoi'ax is long and the legs long and slender with distiiu-t spines.
The abdomen is slightly flattened on the back except in L. phrygiana,,
and in iiiarinoratd and convti/uiifi it is widest behind the middle.
The ei)igynutn has two large openings without any complicated
parts over them. The tarsal hook of the male i)alj>us is very small and
sickle-shaped. The tube of the i)al})al organ is short and supported
by a thick spirally-grooved i)rocoss, except in Dumdibulata, which
J. H. Emerton — New England Therictidoe. 61
has the tube extremely long. The males of several species differ
greatly from the females.
Linyphia marginata C. Koch.
Linyphia scrijjta Hentz, and probably L. marmoraia ITentz.
Plate XVIII, figure 1.
Length of either sex about 4'"'". Cephalothorax of female yellowish
brown with a light stripe on the edges each side. The abdomen is
egg-shaped, thickest behind and somewhat flattened at both ends.
In the middle of the back of the abdomen, Fig. 1, is a dark stripe
consisting of several partly separate patches in which are two or
three pairs of light spots. Each side of this strij^e the back is yel-
lowish vvliite, and whitish and brown stripes extend irregularly down
the sides. The under side of the abdomen is dark brown,
with two rows of whitish spots along the sides. The sternum is also
dark brown. The legs are light yellow with long, dark colored
spines. The claws are slender with sharp teeth. They become stiff
and brittle in alcohol. The front legs are 9™™ or 10™™ long. The
males are about as long as the females, but have the thorax larger
and abdomen smaller. The cephalothorax is redder and the lighter
margins less distinct. The abdomen is dark brown or gray with the
light markings almost covered up, except one spot on each side which
is usually distinct. The eyes of the male are smaller than those of
the female, but the head has nearly the same shape and height. The
mandibles of the male are wider at the tip, with two prominent teeth,
one at the inner corner and the other in the middle. Those of the
female have three teeth near the inner corner. The male palpi have
a slender sickle-shaped tarsal hook. Fig. 1/. The tube of the palpal
organ is short and thick and it is accompanied by a thin forked
appendage and a softer rough one, all of which i-est against a large,
■ dark brown, twisted process. Figs. Ig, \h. Another process of the
palpal organ has an irregular toothed edge where it approaches the
spiral process and tapers backward to a point near the base of the
tarsus. Fig. \g. The epigynum has a very large opening directed
backward, covered by a dark brown skin. The male and female
may be seen pairing in the web in June^for hours at a time, the male
taking out his palpus and putting it in again every minute or two.
The web consists of a large irregular net of threads in which is a
smooth and finer sheet, concave below and held by threads running
in all directions. The spider stands under the middle of the concave
part of the web and catches what falls down from the irregular
62 J. H. Emerton — ISTeto England IVierididce.
tlireads above. There is often an imperfect sheet of web below,
which I suppose to be an abandoned web and not a necessary part of
the one in use. The threads of this web often look purple in the sun-
light. This is one of the most common spiders in the woods, making
its webs among the underbrush, a foot or two from the ground. It
also spins among rocks and in stone walls.
Common all over New England. Hentz found both marmorata
and scripta in Alabama. It is also common in Europe.
Linyphia communis Hentz, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. vi.
Plate XVIIl, figure 2.
The sexes of this spider dilFer greatly in size and color. The
female is 3 '5™"' to 4'"'" long. Longest legs, 6""". The cephalothorav,
mandibles, and sternum are yellowish brown. Legs and palpi dull
yellow. Abdomen chocolate-brown above and below, with five
pairs of white markings on the sides. The cephalothorax is high in
front. The abdomen is proportionally larger than in marmorata and
similarly truncated behind. The male is 2*5""" long with legs as
long as those of the female but more slender. The cephalothorax,
mandibles and palpi are bright orange-brown, but the sternum is
darker, like the female, as is the under side of the abdomen. The
back of the abdomen is light yellow-brown, with indistinct markings
on the sides similar to those of the female.
The web of this species consists of a net of irregular threads one
foot or more high, under which is a closer flat- sheet 4 to 5 inches
wide, and convex below, where the spider stands. Below this, at a
distance of 1 inch, is another similar sheet of web held in place by
threads running in all dii-ections. Small insects flying into the upper
part of the web strike their wings against the threads and fall gradu-
ally down to the close web at the bottom, where they are caught and
drawn through by the spider, as in the concave web of marginata.
What the use of the lower sheet of web is, I have not seen. Males
and females are found in the web together in July. The upper part
of the web is often occupied by Argyrodes trigomim.
This spider is found from Mt. Washington, N. II., to New Haven,
Conn. Ilentz says it is common in the South.
Linyphia Clathrata 8uud. Tlior. Sjmonyms European Spiders.
Plate XVIII, figure 3.
This species is 3""" long. The cephalothorax is yellowish brown,
with a darker strii)e on llie middle. The legs are yellow or orange
J. II. Emertoii — New Unglaiul Theridklm. 63
and shorter and stouter tlian in the other species. The abdomen is
long-oval, light yellow above, with dark brown markings which
sometimes nearly cover it. The under side of the abdomen and
sternum are dark brown. The epigynum has a large opening in the
middle. Fig. 3cZ. The palpal organ has a spiral spine at the end
crossed by radiating lines. A large triangular appendage near the
base shuts over the others. Figs. 3(?>, 3c. The tarsal hook is-very
small and slender. I have only a few specimens of this spider. The
web is Hat and near the ground. The spider stands at one side like
L. Phrygian a.
Eastern Massachusetts. I have compared the American specimens
with a few European clathrata and believe they are the same.
Linyphia phrygiana c. Koch.
L. costata Heutz.
Plate XIX, figure 1.
Length, 5'"™. Cephalothorax light yellow, with a black line in the
middle forked at the forward end, and a black line each side on the
edge of the thorax. Legs light yellow, with a dark I'ing on the end
of each joint and the middle of each tibia and metatarsus. The legs
have also many dark spots, especially on the femora. The spines of
the legs are black and conspicuous. The abdomen is yellowish with
brown spots at the sides and beneath, and a dark brown or reddish
herring-bone stripe along the middle of the back. The head of the
male is twice as high as that of the female, and has a cluster of stiff
hairs on the top. The male palpi have a long spur on the patella.
The tarsal hook is longer than in the neighboring species but thin
and sickle-shaped. The palpal organ itself is small and resembles
that of cotnmimis. Fig. le. The epigynum has two openings
partly covered by a triangular lobe, which extends backward over
the middle of the epigynum.* Fig. 1/*.
This is a very common species, both in town and country. It
builds in fences and low bushes a large flat web, and stands concealed
under one corner of it, running out quickly if anything touches it.
Mt. Washington, N. H. ; Eastport and Portland, JMe. ; Boston,
Mass. ; Albany, N. Y. ; Connecticut. Probably all over the United
States and Europe.
64 J. II. E)iierton — New England Therididm.
Linyphia mandibulata, new.
Plate XIX, figure 2.
About tlie same size as communis, or a little laru:er. The female
resembles the other species, but the male diifei's from them in the
great length of the mandibles and the tube of the palpal organs. It
resembles closely X. pusilla of Europe, but in my specimens the
males liave the back of the cepluvlothorax straight, not arched as in
pusilla. The mandibles are slightly longer and wider at the end an<l
the four teeth are more prominent than m pusilla. The palpal organs
are almost alike, but the epigynum o( pusilla has two separate and
moderately large openings, like marc/inuta, while in mandibulata the
openings are covered. P^ig. 2b. The colors of the female are variable,
but the light markings are smaller and the whole body darker than in
pusilla. The cephalothorax is yellowish brown, without markings. The
abdomen of the females is usually dark brown, almost black, with
several light yellow spots, usually two across the front part of the
back and several around the sides and behind, forming in some a
continuous line around the middle of the abdomen. Fig. 2, The
males are slightly smaller than the females and have the abdomen
much smaller and narrower, with no light markings, except the spots
on the front of the abdomen. The head of the male is much length-
ened forward beyond the mouth, and the mandibles are very long and
slant backward toward the maxillae. Fig. 2b. At the ends the man-
dibles are widened and have four teeth on the inner corner. The
mandibles have a large process in the middle on the inside Fig. 2a.
The epigynum is simple externally the lateral lobes forming a notch
over the middle one. The tube of the palpal organ is long and stiff,
and turns one and a quarter times round the end of the palpus. Fig.
2d. The web is flat, in short grass, and males and females are found
together there in the last of May.
Peak's Island, near Portland, Me. ; 31 1. 'Washington, N. H. ; Quincy
Mass. ; and Albany, N. Y.
Stemonyphantes Menge.
Stemonyphantes buCCUlentUS (Clerek) Thor., Syn. Kuropean Spiders.
S. trilineata Mciige.
Plate XX, figure 1.
Female, about 6""" long. Color yellowish gray. Cei)halotlu)rax
with a black stripe in the middle and one each side. Abdomen with
three rows of black S|)Ots, more or less connected. Femur and til)ia
with black spots at the end and in the middle. The spots are bright"
j. H. Emerton — N'ew England Therididm. 65
est on the under sides of tlie legs. The sternum is black ai'ound the
edge, and the abdomen has irregular black spots at the sides and
beneatli. The abdomen of the female is large and oval, slightly
pointed behind. Tlie epigynnm is small, opening by deep notches at
the sides of the short and wide middle lobe. The male is very much
like the female, but the abdomen is smaller and the three teeth on
the front of the mandibles are larger. The pal))al organs are large
and long, with three prominent spines at the end. Figs. 1^>, Ic. The
tarsal hook is flat and wide, and the forward corner of the base runs
to a shai-p point. The tibia is slightly widened at the end, and has
several large hairs on the inner side.
This species lives under stones and logs, and I have occasionally
found it under leaves in woods in winter. Salem, Mass.; Providence,
R. I. ; and New Haven, Conn. It is also a common European species.
Diplostyla.
Stylophora Mcnge.
These spiders resemble Bathi/phaiites, except in their copulatory
organs. They are all small spiders, living under leaves and low
plants. The tarsus of the male palpus is long and the tube of the
palpal organ extends outward to its truncated tip, where the tube is
coiled in a flat s]>iral. PI. XX. The tarsal hook is large and
curved forward. The tube is supported by several strong pro-
cesses near its base, and has a soft fringed appendage near its tip.
The epigynum has two large openings, between which two soft
appendages project backward.
Diplostyla nigrina (Werst.) Thor.
Bit thy})] Hint es terricolus Menge.
Plate XX, figure 2.
This spider is about 2"5"'"^ long. Cephalothorax and legs yellow-
brown. Abdomen black or dark gray, with five or six transverse
light markings, usually in the male and sometimes in the female,
broken into pairs of spots. The epigynum has long flexible processes,
one from the upper and one from the under edge. The openings are
at the base of these processes. Figs. 2c, 2d. The tarsus of the male
palpus is truncated at the end and slightly narrowed in the middle.
The tai'sal hook is long and conspicuous. It is bent in a short curve
at th.e end and is widened at the tip. The tube and one of its
large appendages are twisted in a circle round the end of the tarsus,
Trans. Conk. Acad., Vol. VI. 9 Oct., 1882.
66 J. TI. Emerton — Nexo England Therididce.
witli tlie ends of the soft appendages inside tlie circle and a stout
straight appendage outside,
Mt. Washington, N. H. ; Eastern Massachusetts; Providence, R. I.,
under leaves.
Diplostyla concolor (Reuss).
Stylophora concolor Menge.
Plate XX, figure 3.
Length about 2"'°' in both sexes. Cephalothorax yellow-brown.
Legs yellow. Abdomen dark gray or brownish. The copulatory
organs, are unlike any other native species. The epigynum has a
long flexible process on the upper edge, extending back to the middle
of the abdomen. Under the base of this process are the two holes of
the epigynum, between which is another soft process more slender
and half as long as the upper one. Tlie tarsus of the male palpus is
long and tapering. The tarsal hook is thickened at the base and
extends half the length of the tarsus, it is curved outward at the end,
and the tip is rounded and lias a slight notcli near the end. The
tube and other appendages parallel with it curve upAvard from the
base of the tai'sus and extend in nearly a straight line to its extremity,
over which this tube is twisted round in nearly a circle. The soft
tips of the inner appendages are also twisted around with it.
This is common under leaves in winter. I have it from Cambridge
and Salem, Mass.; Montreal, Canada; and New Haven, Conn.
Diplostyla canadensis, new.
Plate XXI, figuke 1.
This species resembles I). n![/rina but is smaller and has no
markings on the abdomen. It is about 2'""' long. The cephalothorax
and abdomen dark. Legs light yellow-brown. The male palpi are
short and the palpal organ shorter than in nigrina. The tarsal
hook is as long as in nigrina, but narrower at the end, one corner of
which ends in a fine point. The tube is similar to that of nigrina.
One male from Montreal, Canada.
Drapetisca Menji;e.
Contains only 7>. sociaUs, which has long spines on the palpi and
leo-s the abdomen flat and wide behind with peculiar black and
white markings. PI. XXI. The male palpus has :\. large curved
process at the base of the tarsus behind the tai-snl hook. The epigy-
num. Fig. 2i, is long and not folded, and extends backward along the
under side of the abdomen.
J. H. Emerton — JSTeto England TherkUdce. G7
Drapetisca socialis (Siuid.) Menge.
Plate XXI, figure 2.
Length, 2'5""". Cephalothorax Avhite Avitli black edges, a black
spot in front under the eyes, and a black mark in the middle, from
which indistinct dark lines radiate toward the edge. The abdomen
is white with black or dark gray markings. On each side of the
front of the abdomen is a distinct black stripe. In the middle is a
row of irregular spots in pairs, connected together and with a middle
line. The legs are white with dark rings at the end and middle of
each joint ; they have long spines. The nnder side of the body is
white. The epigynum is long, widened toward the end. Fig. 2h, and
not folded. Male with the iisual differences from female. The
tarsus of the male palpus has a long process curved behind it,
besides the tarsal hook.
The mandibles have six teeth in front of the claw and several thick
hairs at the upper part along the edge of two black marks.
Eastport, ^le., on bark of spruce trees, which they closel)^ resemble
in color; Mt. Washington, in moss among highest trees; Beverly and
Danvers, Mass., on bark and under leaves. It lives also in Europe.
Menge found it common in Prussia on bark of spruce trees, without
any web.
Helophora Menge.
Contains oidy H. insignis. The epigynum is long and straight,
covered with hairs nearly to the end. The tube of the palpal organ
is long and slender, supported by a short thin appendage at the end,
and by a longer one which curves ai'ound the base of the palpal
organ. The tarsal hook is small and the tibia has various spines and
processes.
Helophora insignis (Blk.) Thor., Svn. Eur. Spiders.
Helojjhora 2yallescens Menge.
Plate XXI, figure 3.
Length 3'"™. Cephalothorax and legs light yellow. Abdomen
dark gray to white, without markings, or with gray stripes at the
sides across the back. The cephalothorax is twice as wide across the
middle as at the head. Legs without markings. Epigynum long
and straight, reaching to the middle of the abdomen, with openings
at the end, Fig. 3b, the tubes inside showing indistinctly through the
skin. The palpal organ has a long curved tube, supported by a short
thin appendage at the end, and both are nearly surrounded by a long
thin appendage, under the end of which is a soft finger-like process.
68 J. IT. Emerton — Neio England TherididiB.
Tlie tarsal liook has two hard ])oiiits near where it touches the tibia,
one of wliich is curved outward. The tibia lias just behiiul tlie tarsal
hook three strong bristles, each of wliicli is raised on a rounded
pi'ocess.
Beverly, Mass., in low bushes.
Bathyphantes JMenge.
lucluding Leptliyphantes Menge.
This genus includes most of the small species of the old genus
Linyphia. I do not see why the two species of Eepthyphmites
should be separated from Bathyphantes, as they differ but little
except in size. The abdomen in this geiuis is oval and high in front
and pointed l>ehind. The colors are usually gray and black, in
transvei'se stripes or pairs of long spots, but some species have bright
yellow or orange on tlie head and legs. The epigynum in this genus
is long and folded, so that the end with the opening is partly concealed
under the outer fold. This may be seen with the naked eye in the
larger species. The male palpi have the tarsal hook very large and
of complicated shapes. The tube of the palpal organ itself is short
and thick, and usually hard to distinguish from the large appendages
by which it is surrountled. The legs are long and slender, and the
spines large and distinct. In the latter characters it differs from
Microneta.
Bathyphantes minuta (Blk.) Thor., Syn. European Spiders.
Lq>lliy2)hantes inuscicola Menge.
Plate XXJ, figure 4.
This is 3'""' long, a little smaller than nehtdosa. The ce])halo-
thorax is yellowish brown, darker at the edges but without any
middle line. The dark markings on the abdomen nearly cover it, so
that it appears dark gray with transverse light markings, or three or
four pairs of white spots. The legs are light broAvnish yellow with
dark rings on the ends and middle of the tibije and fenu)ra. The
epigynum is folded twice and when exteiuled is as long as the abdo-
men. The ])alpal organ has the same long thin a])pendage, toothed
at the end, as in nehtdosa, and the swollen tul)e is plainly seen at
its side. Fig. 4a, The tarsal hook is very large and has a narrow
tip. At the base of the tarsal hook is a prominent ridge on the tar-
sus, and the tarsus has on the outer side, at the base, a conical point
without hairs and roughened with short ridges. Fig. 4, x.
It lives in cellars and similar places, sometimes in company with
nehidosa. Salem, Cambridge, and Beverly, Mass,
J. H. Emerton — Ne\o England Theridldm. 69
Bathyphantes nebulosa (Simd.) Thor., Syn. Eur. Spiders.
Lepth'ijplumtes cryptkola Meuge.
Plate XXII, figure 1.
Perhaps Linyphia autumnalls lleiitz. Length 4""". Color liglit
brownish yellow with gray or blackish markings. Some specimens
are almost white, others are very dark with the black spots covering
a large part of the body. The cephalothorax has a forked dark
stripe along the middle and dark stripes near the edge on each side.
The abdomen lias six or seven pairs of irregular dark spots more or
less connected with a dark central line. The under side of the
abdomen and steinum have black spots which in dark individuals
are run together, making these parts entirely black. The legs
have dark rings on the ends and middle of the femoi-a and tibite.
The spines on the legs are long and darker yellow than the skin.
The epigynum is folded twice over the middle lobe of the end, with
its opening just visible beyond the outer fold. Fig. 2c. The palpal
organ is one of the most complicated in the family, though the parts
are folded together so closely that oidy the outer long appeiulage
with a toothed end and the tips of the inner parts are visible.
I have figured the palpus of this species, with the parts separated
by pressure, in the reprint of Hentz's Araneides of the United States,
under the name of Linyphia autumnalis Hentz. The tarsal hook is
large and complicated, and the tibia has a hard process grooved and
toothed at the end. (Fig. \d.) I liavo found this spider in cellars
and other damp and shady places about houses, with flat webs, under
which they stood near the edge or corner. I have compared several
European suecimens and believe this to be the same as Lepthypliantes
crypticola Menge. This species is perhaps imported.
Salem and Cambridge, Mass., and Albany, N. Y.
Bathyphantes zebra, new.
Plate XXII, figure 2.
Length, 2""". Cej^halothorax bright yellow-brown, with indistinct
gray stripes in the middle and at the sides, and very black around
the eyes. The abdomen is crossed above by five or six gray and
whitish stripes, with scattered silvery white spots. Below, the thorax
and abdomen are both dark gray. All the parts of the palpal organ
are twisted across it. The tarsal hook has a very characteristic shape
too complicated to describe. Fig. 2. The epigynum is short and
wide, folded under except the tip. Fig. 2a. This is very near and
possibly identical with JB. zebrinus Menge.
70 J. H. Emerton — Isfew England Therididm.
I have this from many ])laces in Eastern Massachusetts and from
New Haven, Conn., under leaves in woods.
Bathyphantes subalpina, new.
Plate XXII, figurk 3.
Length, 2""". My specimen has been dried and kept for a longtime
in alcohol, so that the colors are darkened. The cephalothorax and
legs were evidently light brownish yellow, and the abdomen whitish
above, with five or six pairs of transverse l)lack spots. The under
side of the abdomen and the sternum are black. The male palpi are
large. The patella has a large bristle on the upper side. The tarsal
hook is wide and turned up at the end. Fig. 3. The long append-
age of the palpal organ has a sharp bend at the part over the tibia
and turns upward, covering a large part of the organ. This resem-
bles li. alpiita, but is larger and the hair on the patella and the three
slits in the palpal organ are smaller.
Mt. Adams, White Mountains, N. H.
Bathyphantes alpina, new.
Plate XXII, figure 4.
About 2'5""" long. The colors are bright. Cephalothorax light
bi'ownish yellow, slightly darker at the edges. Legs and paljii light
yellow. Abdomen whitish above, with a black or dark band each
side, irregularly scolloped on the inner edge. On the front of the
abdomen is a dark median line, and behind it four or five pairs of
black spots that do not extend quite to the tip. On the under side
the abdomen is black, this color extending round the spiinierets.
The sternum is also black. The epigynum is large and extends
bej^ond the surface of the abdomen. The folded portion is small and
narrow. Figs. 4^;, Ac. The male palpi are short and light colored.
The tibia is short and wide, with vai'ious short processes on the edge.
The tarsal hook is wide at the base and curves outward. The tip is
flat and widened, and below it are three or four blunt teeth. On the
patella is a long serrated spine. The largest appendage of the palpal
organ is wide and divided into three teeth at the end ; it folds around
the base of the palpal organ, and extends upward nearly to the end
of the tarsus.
Mt. Washington, N. 11., from Hermit Lake uj) to the highest trees.
J. H. Emerton — Nexo England Therididce. 71
Bathyphantes angulata, new.
Plate XXII, figure 5.
Length, 1"'"'. Color dull gray, slightly tinged with yellow on the
cephalothorax and legs. Palpal organ brownish. The tarsus of the
male palpus has a prominent angle on the upper side and a short spur
at the base where it overlaps the tibia. The tarsal hook is flat as in
B. micaria, which this species much resembles in its palpal charac-
ters. I do not know the females.
Mt. Carmel, Hamden, Conn., and Mill Rock, New Haven.
Bathyphantes formica, new.
Plate XXII, figure 7.
This species resembles B. micaria, but is larger and darker colored.
The male is 2'""' long. The cephalothorax is about two-thirds as
wide as long. The front of the head is nearly as wide as the widest
part of the thorax. The abdomen is long and narrow and slightly
constricted in the middle. The cephalothorax, palpi, sternum and
femora are dark brown. The two basal joints of all the legs are
white and the rest of the legs beyond the femur light yellow. The
al)domen is black above and below. The femora of the palpi have
stout strong spines near the outer end, three on the outer side and
two on the inner. Figs. V, Ih. The tibia is short and wide and very
irregular in shape. The tarsus is angular. The tarsal hook is flat as
in micaria. Fig. la.
Adult male, on a fence at New Haven, Conn., May, 1882, and
young males in the same place in October.
Bathyphantes micaria, new.
Plate XXII, figure C.
Length, 1 •5""". Legs long, the front pair twice as long as the
body. Cephalothorax wide in front, yellow-brown, darkened at the
sides with gray, black around tlie eyes. Abdomen long and narrow,
whitish, with a transverse gray mark in front and two pairs of oblique
gray stripes at the sides, grayish underneath. The legs are light
yellow and grayish at the ends of the joints. The tarsus of the male
palpus is angular, and has a sharp jtrocess half way between the most
prominent corner and the til>ia. The tarsal hook is flat and wide,
with a tliiu sharp point. Fig. 6.
On fences in Octol^er, at New Haven, Conn. One adult male and
several young.
V2 J. TI. Emerton — JSTevi England Therididcu.
Bathyphantes complicata, new.
Plate XXIV. figure 8.
Lengtli, 1-2""". Ceplialothorax and legs liglit orange. Abdomen
gray. The most distinctive mark of this species is the complicated
tarsal hook. Fig. 8. This has a short tooth in the uj)per and
another in the lower side of the bend, and at the end has an oblique
groove that makes it appear twisted. I'he palpal organ is also com-
plicated, one long thin appendage bends around its base and extends
nearly to its tip, where it meets the end of the tube which is short
and thick.
Halfway up Mt, Washington, N. H.
Bathyphantes bihamata, new.
Plate XXIII, figure 4.
Length, 1'5""". My specimen has been dried, so that the colors are
not natural, but the cephalotliorax appears to have been dark yellow-
ish gray, the legs yellow, and the abdomen dark with indistinct
light spots. The legs are long with some long spines. The male
palpi are large. At the base of the the tarsus, near the tarsal hook,
is a small process resembling the spur in several species of Mlcroneta.
The tai'sal hook is large and bent around in a half circle. It has two
small, thin teeth on the outer side. Fig. 4.
Lower part of Mt. Washington, N. IL
Bolyphantes (Koch.) Wenge.
The following species belongs to this genus, as limited by Menge.
The body is long and slender in both sexes. Menge figures the epigy-
num as folded or three-lobed, but this does not. show in my specimens,
which are probably immature. The male palpi have a large process
on the tibia, which fits against the hinder edge of the tarsus, and has
at its base a hollow into which fits the; long spur of the tarsal hook,
which extends backward nearly to the patella. The tube of the
palpal organ is long and slender, but partly concealed 1)}^ the long
appendages over it. The heads of the males are high, and in some
species-Avith a. distinct hump.
Bolyphantes drassoides, now.
Plate XXII I, figure 5.
Length, 1 -S""". Abdomen long and straight. Cephalothorax and
legs light yellow. Abdomen whitish with gray markings, a median
J. U. Emerton — N'eio England Theridiclce. 73
gray line on the front, extending half the length of the abdomen
beyond the end of which are two or tliree transv^erse pale gray mark-
ings, and another distinct one just over the spinnerets, extendino-
nearly round them. Beneath are two longitudinal gray bands. The
abdomen is covered with long hairs which do not obscure the mark-
ings. The head of the male has a crest of stiff hairs just behind the
eyes, the front one much larger than the others, and curving forward
over the head. There is a slight hump on the head, which raises the
bases of these hairs half their length above the eyes. Fig. 5. The
epigynum is large and extends outward from the abdomen. The
palpi of the male ai-e very complicated. The tibia has a long process
which bends round against the hinder edge of the tarsus. Fig. 6a.
The tarsal hook has a long curved tooth that extends backward
nearly to the base of the tibia, and a shorter tooth parallel to it
nearer the base. The tube is long and slender, curving once round
the palpal organ and nearly hidden by the other appendages.
Mt, Carmel, Hamden, Conn., under leaves in October.
Microneta Meuge.
This group differs but little from Bathyphantes on one side and
Tiiietlcns on the other. The body is longer and lower than in Bathy-
pluintes and the legs shorter and stouter, as in Tnieticiis. The colors
are ol'tener brown than in that genus, and there are no distinct mark-
ings. The palpal organs are like Bathyphantes. The tarsus usually
has a spur at the base, which in some species extends backward over
the tibia. PI. XXIII. The tarsal hook is large and varies in shape
accoi'ding to the species. The tube is short and thick, with the same
complicated appendages as in Bathyphantes. The e})igynum is also
folded as in Bathyphantts. Menge's genus Microneta consists almost
entirely of these spiders, but other species are included in his genera
Micryphantes and Bathyphantes.
Microneta viaria.
Erigone viaria Camb., Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1S75.
Neriene viaria Blk.
Microneta quisquiliarum Menge.
Plate XXIIT, figure 1.
This is one of the most common spiders under leaves in woods.
Specimens from my collection were identified by Cambridge in 1875.
It is 2"'"' to 2-5™'" long. Cephalothorax and legs bi-ownish yellow.
Abdomen gray or brownish, darker tlian the thorax. The epigynum
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 10 Oct., 1882.
'74 J. 11. Emerton — Nem England Theridklm.
is folrled under so that only the end sliows beyond tlie outer hairy
portion. The tarsus of the male palpus has a short spur at the base.
The tarsal liook is short and curved outwai-d. Fig. 1, ri. The tube
of the palpal organ is very large with two smaller appendages near its
base. Fig. 1 cy, t.
Mt. Washington, N. H. ; Montreal, Canada ; Eastern Massachu-
setts; New Haven, Conn.; also common in TCurope.
Microneta cornupalpis.
Erigone cornupalpis Camb., Proc. Zonl. Soe. London, ISTi.
Plate XXIII, figure 2.
Length, 2°"" in both sexes. Legs and cephalothorax brownish
yellow. Abdomen dark gray. The basal part of the epigynum is
two-lobed, and the narrow terminal fingei- extends between and
below them. Fig. 2h. The tarsus of the male [)alpus has a long,
slightly curved spur about as long as the rest of the tarsus. The
tarsal hook has two teeth curved outward at the end, the upper one
bilobed. Fig. 2, h.
Waltham and Milton, Mass., under leaves; New Haven, Conn.
Microneta persoluta.
Erigone persoluta Camb., Proc. Zool. Soc. London.
Plate XXIII, figure 3.
Males about 1*5"'"' long, some a little larger and others smaller.
Cephalothorax and legs light brownish yellow, blackish between the
eyes. Females collected at the same time and apparently the same
species are considerably smaller, little over 1""" long. The colors are
the same in both sexes. The abdomen is dark gray with several
pairs of indistinct light spots on the hinder part. The epigynum in
my specimens is perhaps immature. Fig. 'ib. It has a narrow
finger in the middle, on each side of which is an oval, smooth brown
spot. The palpus of the male has a short and small tibia. The tar-
sal hook is large, turning outward at the end without any sharp teeth.
The tarsus has a short curved spur at the base. The basal part
of the palpal organ, Fig. 3a, x, is curved half round the tarsus and
colored dark brown. The appendages of the palpal organ, including
the tube, are small and crowded together on the inner side.
Mt. Washington, N. H. ; and Beverly, Lynn and Saugus, Mass.
J. H. Emerton — Nevi E)i gland ThericUdce. ' 75
Microneta discolor, new,
Plate XXIV, figure 1.
Length, 2*5'"'" to 3""", Males larger than females. Cephalothorax
and legs orange-brown. Abdomen whitish below and brownish gray
above, darker toward the front. In some specimens the dark stripe
on the back is very distinct. The mandibles of the male, Fig. 1,
are larger and darker than those of the females and have a large tooth
on the front inner corner. The tarsal hook of the male })alpiis is
large and has a narrow point turned back nearly to the base. Fig,
lb. The epigynum is small and light colored, showing the inner
tubes plainly through the skin. Fig. la.
Waltham, Mass., and New Haven, Conn., under leaves in winter.
Microneta quinquedentata, new.
Plate XXIV, figure 2.
Length, 2 '5'"'" to 3""". Legs aiid cephalothorax brownish yellow,
cephalothorax with dark edges. Abdomen dark gray. A slightly
larger and darker species than viaria. The upper fold of the epigy-
num is narrowed toward the end and transversely wrinkled like the
hook of the e|)igynutii of some Epehuv. Fig. 2b. The male palpus
has the tarsal hook wide and blunt with a curved ridge on which is
a row of teeth. Fig. 2. The most characteristic part of the palpal
organ is a row of five short teeth on the middle. Fig. 2a. Under
this is the large, dark brown part, with a sharp spine directed for-
ward and two blunt spines toward the base. The inflated tube lies
between this and the tarsal hook.
Montreal, Canada ; Mt. Washington, N. H, ; Beverly, Swampscott
and Quincy, Mass.
Microneta crassimanus, new.
Plate XXIV, figure 3.
Length, about 3'"'". Cephalothorax and legs light orange-brown.
Abdomen gray. The ej'es are small, and the head twice as wide as
the eye-area and rounded in front. The femora of all the legs are
stout. The tarsus of the male palpus has a prominent process on the
edge just over the tarsal hook. The tibia is unusually thick and with-
out any hook. The tarsal hook is large and strongly curved, the
end is flat and wide, and divided into two teeth, one twice as large as
the other. Over the hook is the end of a large appendage of the
palpal organ fringed with fine teeth.
Hermit Lake, Mt. Washington, N. H.
76 J. II. Eynerton — New England Therklidce.
Microneta latidens, new.
Plate XXIY, figure 4.
Length, 2'""' to 2-5"''". Cephalothorax and legs light yellow-brown,
or slightly reddish in dark-colored specimens in alcohol. Abdomen
light gray, darkest toward the end. The tarsus of the male palpus is
wide and angular at the base. The tarsal hook is as wide at the base
as half the length of the tarsus. It turns outward at the end and has
a deep bend with a sliai'p hook extending forward. Fig. 4. The
palpal organ is small.
New Haven, Conn., in several places under leaves in winter.
Microneta furcata., new.
Plate XXIV, figure 5.
Length, I'o"'™. Cephalothorax and legs yellow-brown, abdomen
gray. The tibia of the male palpus is short and wide. The tarsal
hook is wide at the base and deeply curved. It has a ridge on the
outer end. One of the appendages of the palpal organ, with two
sharp black points near the end, curves round its base near the end
of the tarsal hook. The end of the palpal organ is much as in
longihnlhus.
White Mountains, N. H., on the ridge between Mt. Washington
and Mt. Clay.
Microneta longibulbus, new.
Plate XXIV, figure fi.
Length, 2'"'". Cephalothorax and legs dull brownish yellow. Ab-
domen gray. The palpal organ extends back to the tibia, where its
narrow end curves around toward the tarsal hook. Fig. <6a. Over
the middle of the palpal organ is a small black process with a flat
end, and at the top are two small hooked appendages. Fig. 6a.
The tarsal hook is wide at the base and deeply curved. The end has
an irregular ridge on the outer side. The tibia is short and as wide
as long.
Milton, Mass., under leaves in winter.
J. H. Emerton — Neto England Therididm. 77
Microneta olivacea, new.
Plate XXI Y, figube 7.
Length, nearly 2'""\ Ceplialothorax yellowish gray, darkest at the
edges and in the front of the head. Abdomen darker graj^, yellowish
in front. Cephalothorax almost as wide as long, but the head is
narrow and eyes close together. Legs and palpi pale. The tarsus
of the male palpus is large and angular. When the palpi are curved
downward in a natural position, a sharp corner of the tarsus is
directed forward, and the inner sides are nearly flat and parallel.
The tarsal hook is blunt with a short and wide tooth near the end.
Fig. 7. The palpal organ is large and complicated. Over the tarsal
hook is a hard appendage with two teeth.
Two males from the upper part of Mt. Washington, N. H.,
between it and Mt. Clay.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Plate I.
1. Theridium diffe7-e7is^ doTsa,\ markings oi female x 8; la, male x 8; 16, male pal-
pus; T, the tube; x, soft terminal appendage; y. hard roughened corner of the palpal
organ ; Ic. epigynum, outer side, showing no openings ; \d, epigynum made transparent,
showing the openings a; a; on the under side, the spermatlnjcag s s, the long tubes y y
leading to the outer openings, and the short tubes leading to the oviduct.
2. Theridium sjnrale, dorsal markings of female x 8 ; 2a, dorsal markings of male
X 8 ; 26, male palpus : T, the long tube ; 2c, epigynum, showing the openings outside ;
2d, epigynum made transparent, showing the spermathecse s s, the long tubes y y, and
the short tubes z z.
3. Theridium montanum, dorsal markings of female x 8 ; ?,a, dorsal markings of
male x 8; 36, male palpus, the hard toothed appendage of the palpal organ at the
right; 3c, epigynum, showing the single hole in the middle and a hard depression each
side.
4. Theridium zelotyimm, dorsal markings of female X 8 ; 4rt, epigynum with a single
opening and short tubes to the spermathecas.
5. Theridium murariufrt, dorsal markings of female x 8; 5a, male palpus; T. tlie
tube. At the left of the tube is a hard tooth.
6. Theridium pundo-sparsum, dorsal markings of female x 8 ; 6«, epigynum witli
a single opening partly divided at the hind edge.
Pl.ite ir.
1. Theridium fej'nVZarw'j^m C. Koch, abdomen of fennale x 8; Ir/,- male palpus ; 16,
epigynum with a single opening partly divided at the forward edge.
2. Theridium ruincola, ahdomen oi ^QvaRlQ x 8; 2a, male palpus ; 26, epigynum from
below, showing a single opening covered by a horny ridge; 2c, epigynum from the
right side.
3. Theridium globosum Tlentz, side of female x 8.
4. Theridium unimaculatum, side of female x 8; 4a, male palpus; 46, epigynum,
showing a single opening near the edge, and the internal parts indistinctly through the
skin.
5. Theridium seximnctatum, dorsal markings of female x 8 ; 5a, mandibles of male ;
56, male palpus; 5c, epigynum with a single large opening, through wliicli the openings
of the two tubes show indistinctly.
Plate III.
1. TJieridium frondeum llentz, \a to 1/, dorsal markings of females x 4; \ I, , ccpha-
lothorax of male x 8, showing form of head and mandibles ; Ij/, male palpus ; 17i, epigy-
num, showing the single opening directed forward.
2 and 2a. Theridium lineatum, dorsal and venlr:il markings of fciiiale x 4.
3. Mimetm interfectur Wmt-A, iewvAk' x 1; :!a, licad; :16, epigynum.
J. H. Mmerton — Neio England Tlierididca. 79
4. Mimetus epeiroides, dorsal markings of male x 4; 4a, tarsus of male palpus; 46,
palpal organ, twisted to the right by contraction in alcohol.
5. Ero variegaia, side of female x 8 ; 5a, dorsal markings of female x 8 ; 5& and 5c,
male palpus ; bd, epigyimm.
6. Steatoda triangulosa, dorsal markings of female x 6 ; Ga, male palpus.
Plate IV.
1. Steatoda horealis, dorsal markings of female x 4; la and 16, male palpus; Ic, eyes
of female ; \d, epigynum.
2. Steatoda gutta.ta, dorsal markings of female x 8 ; 26, male palpus.
3. Steatoda marmoraia, 3 and 3a, dorsal markings of two varieties; 36, eyes of male;
3c, male palpus; 3(;, epigynum; 3e, ends of mandibles of female; 3/, end of mandible
of male.
4. Steatoda nigra, head of female x 16; 4a, epigynum with small central opening:
46, male palpus.
5. Steatoda coroU'ita, dorsal markings of female x 4; So, eyes of female ; 56, epigy-
num.
G Asagena aviericana Keys, dorsal markings of female x 8; 6a, head of male; 66,
under side of sternum and femora of male ; Qc, male palpus.
Plate V.
1. Argyrodes trigonum, side of female; la, tip of abdomen seen from above; 16,
cephalothorax from above; Ic, side of cephalothorax of male; ^d, male palpus; le, egg-
cocoon.
2. Argyrodes fictilium, side of female ; 2a, cephalothorax from above.
3. Theridula sjyhwrula, female x 8 ; 3a, 36, male palpus.
4. Lasoeola canceUata, female x 20 ; 4a, side of female x 20.
5. ^'wryoj^zs arp'ejifea, dorsal markings of young female x 20.
6. Euryopis funehris, female x 4 ; 6a, head of male ; 66, male palpus.
1. Spinthancs flavidus, female x 4.
. Plate YI.
1. Ulesanis americana, side of female x 20; la. female from above; 16, side of
male; Ic, cephalothorax of female ; IcZ, sternum of female ; le, side of cephalothorax of
female; 1/, Ig', male palpus.
2. Pholcus ptlialangioides, female and male natural size, and cephalothorax of female
enlarged; 2a, palpus of male.
3. Sp)ermoplwra meridionalis, cephalothorax of female enlarged.
4. Scytodes ihoracica, cephalothorax of female ; 4a, palpus of male.
5. Pholcomma rostrata, male; 5a, 56, male palpus.
6. Pholcomma hirsuta, male; 6a. mandibles of female; 66, sternum; Gc, Qd, epigy-
num ; Ge, 6/. Qg, male palpus.
Plate VII.
1. Ceratinella emertoni, side of male ; la, 16, male palpus ; t, the tube ; H, tarsal hook ;
tib., tibia with tibial hook; Ic, tibial and tarsal hooks seen from above; Id, epigynum.
2. Ceratinella fissiccps; 2, 2a, 26, side of cephalothorax of male, showing variation in
shape of the head; 2c. male palpus; n, tarsal hook; </6., tibial hook seen edgewise;
2c?, palpal orgMn; 2e, tibial hook ; 2/j epigynum.
80 J. 11. Einerton — New England Therididm.
?>. Ceratinella buUxisa, side oi male ; 3a, cephalothorax of male from above ; 3b [):ilpal
organ : 3c, tibial hook.
4. Ceratinella jnjgmma, side of male ; 4«, 4h, 4c, male palpus.
5. Ceratinella atriceps, side of male ; 5a, side of cephaluthorax of female ; 5b, be, male
palpus ; 5d, epigynum.
Plate VIII.
1. Ceratinella keta, side ot male; la, 16, male palpus; Ic, tube of palpal organ; \d,
epigynum.
2. Ceratinella Icetabilis, side of male : 2a. 2b, male palpus ; 2c, tube of palpal organ ;
2d, epigynum.
3. Ceratinella brimnea, male palpus; 3a, bend of tube of palpal organ; 36, epigynum.
4. Ceratinella minuia ; 4, 4a, male palpus; 46, epigynum.
5. Ceratinella micropalpis, male palpus.
6. Cornicularia auranticeps, head of male seen from in front, showing horn, eyes, and
top of palpi ; 6a, side of head of male ; 66, tibia and tarsus of male palpus ; 6c, male
palpus, showing palpal organ; 6d, epigynum.
7. Co7-7iicularia clavicornis, side of cephalothorax of male ; 7a, tarsus of male palpus ;
76, male palpus, showing palpal organ.
Plate IX.
1. Ceratinopsis interjrres, side of cephalothorax of male ; la, eyes of male ; 16, head of
male from the side; \c, end of mandible of male; Id, le, male palpus; 1/. tibial and
tarsal hooks ; Ig, epigynum.
2. Ceratinopsis nigriceps,head ol hm&\ei\'om shove; 2a, 26, male palpi ; 2c, tibial and
tarsal hooks; 2cZ, epigynum.
3. Ceratinopsis laticeps, male from above; 3tt, cephalothorax of male from the side •
36, 3c, male palpi.
4. Ceratinopsis nigripalpis ; 4, side of male ; 4a, 46, 4c, male paipi.
Plate X.
1. Loj)hornma cristatum, side of cephalothorax of male; la, male palpus, showing
palpal organ ; 16, tibia and tarsus of male palpus.
2. Lophomma elongatum, side of cephalothorax of male; 2a, top of cephalothorax of
male; 26, head of male from in front; 2c, 2d, male palpus.
3. Grammonofa ornata, side of cephnlothorax of male; 3a, dorsal markings of abdo-
men ; 36, male palpus; 3c, tibial and tarsal hooks.
4. Grammonota pictilis, side of cephalothorax of male ; 4a, abdomen, showing dorsal
markings; 46, male palpus, showing coiled tube near the top; 4c, tibial and tarsal
hooks; id, epigynum and soft process in front of it; 4e, internal parts of epigynum,
the tube x from the outer opeuing twists around twice to the point z, where it turns
abruptly backward and makes two turns between the first back to the spermatheca s.
5. Grammonota inornata, cephalothorax of male; 5a, 56, male palpus.
6. Spiropaljms spiralis, side of cephalothorax of male; 6a, male palpus, showing pal-
pal organ; 66, tibia and tarsus of male palpus; 6c, epigynum ; 6t/, abdomen of male,
showing indistinct dorsal markings.
J. H. Eiiierton — New England Therididce. 81
Plate XL
1. Cornicularia directa, side of male; la, side of head of male; 1^, top of head of
male ; Ic, tibial hook.
2. Cornicularia tibialis, side of cephalothorax of male , 2a, 2h. 2c, tibia and tarsus of
male palpus.
3. Cornicularia communis, side of head of male ; 3ff, top of head of miile; 3&, epigy-
num.
4. Cornicularia indirecta, side of head of male ; 4a, top of head of male ; Ah, epigynum.
5. Cornicularia hrevicornis, side of head of male ; 5a, tibial and tarsal hooks.
6. Cornicularia minula, side of cephalothorax of male ; 6a, front of head ; Q>h, top of
head; 6c, male palpus; Qd, tibia and tarsus of male i>alpus.
7. Cornicularia x>allida, side of head of male; 7((, tibia and tarsus of male palpus.
8. Cornicularia tricornis, top of head of male; 8a, side of head of male; 8&, tibia of
male palpus.
Plate XII.
1. Lophocarenum castawewm, cephalothorax of male; lo, front of head of male; \b.
side of cephalothorax ; Ic, male palpus; \d. palpal organ; le. tibia of male palpus.
2. Lophocarenum montanum, side of t-eplialnthorax of male ; 2a, top of cephalothorax ;
2&. front of head and palpi ; 2c, front of head and mandibles of male ; 2d, to':^ of cephalo-
thorax of female ; 2e, front of head and mandibles of female; 2/, tibial hook; 2g. epigy-
num.
3. Lopjliocarenum florens, ivoni of head of male; 3a, sid>' of cephaloihurax of male ;
2>h, top of head of female ; 3c, side of head of female ; M. 'Ac, male palpus; 3/, ei>igyniim.
•4. Lophocarenum decemoculatum, side of cephalothorax of male; 4a, front of head;
46, tibia and tarsus of male palpus; 4c, palpal oigan.
Plate XIII.
1. Lophocarenum spiniferurn, hack of male; la, siile of male; 1&, side of cephalo-
thorax of female; Ic. back of cephalothorax ot femdle ; Ic?. male palpus, showing inner
side ; at the top is the long stiff tube, below at the left, the tibial hook ; le. male palpus,
showing tursal and tibial hooks; 1/, ventral sideof epigv num; 1^, rear view of epigynum.
2. Lophocarenum montiferum, side of cephaloihorax of male: 2a, top of cephalothorax
of inale ; 2?;, tibia of male palpus; 2c, 2c/, cephalo horax of female; 2e, epigynum ; 2/,
palpal organ.
3. Lopihocarenum quadricrisiatum, ce^\i-A\ci\ho\'a-!i of male from above; 3a, head of
male ; 3&, side of head of male; 3c, tibia of male palpus; 3rf, male jmlpus.
4. Lophocarenum longitarsuSyhaek oi ce^haloihoms. oi ms\e\ 4a, side oi cephalothorax
of male ; 4&, mandibles "f male ; 4c, Ad, male palpus.
5. Lophocarenum pallidum, side of male: 5a. front of head; 5b. tibia and tar.sal hook;
5c, tarsal hook from the side; 5c?, palpal organ.
6. Lophocarenum longitubus, top of cephalothorax of male; 6a, side of cephalothorax
of male ; G6, &c. palpus of male.
Plate XIY.
I. Lo})hocarenum rostratum. top of cephalothorax of male; la. side of cephalothorax of
male; \b, Ic, cephalothorax of female; Vd, tibia and tarsus of male palpus: le. palpal
organ.
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. II Oct., 1882.
82 J. H. Emertoti — Neto England Therididm.
2. Lophocarenum scopuliferuvi, side of male; 2a, 2&, cephalothorax of female; 2c,
male from above ; 2d, 2e, 2/, male palpus.
3. Lojyhocarenuin erigonoides, side of male ; 3a, top of ceplialolliorax of male ; 3i,
palpal organ ; 3c, tibia and tarsus of male palpus.
4. Lophocarenum brevis, top of cephalothorax of male ; 4a, side of cephalotborax of
male ; 46, tibia of male palpus ; 4c, palpal organ.
5. Lophocarenum simplex, side of cephalothorax of male ; 5a, top of cephalothorax of
male ; 5c, 5d, male palpus ; 5e, tibia and tarsus of male palpus.
6. Lophocarenum depressum, side of cephalothorax of male; 6a, front of head; 6/^, 6c,
tibia of male palpus; 6c?, palpal organ.
7. Lophocarenum crenatum, back of male; 7a, side of cephalothorax of male; ^h, pal-
pal organ ; 7c, tibia and tarsus of male palpus : 7rf, epigynum ; 7e, side of cephalolhorax
of female.
8. Lophocarenwrn vernale, side of cephalothorax of male; 8a, 8b, male palpus; 8c,
epigynum; 8d, tibia of male palpus.
Plate XV.
1. Tmeticus probafus, tibia and tarsus of m.\\e palpus; la, tibia, tarsal hook, and pal-
pal organ ; 16, maBdible of male ; Ic, top of cephalothorax of female ; ](l, epigynum.
2. Tmeticus tridentatus, side of cephalothorax of male ; 2a, mandible of male ; 26, man-
dible of female ; 2c, male palpus ; 2rf, tibia of male palpus from above ; 2e, palpal organ;
2/ epigynum.
3. Tmeticus plumosus, male palpus, showing tarsal hook and feathered appendage of
palpal organ; 3a, tibia and tarsus of male palpus; 36, palpal organ.
4. Trne^icMS <r?7o6a<MS, mandible of male , 4a, mandible of female; 46, epigynum ; 4c,
4c?, 4e, male palpus.
5. Tmeticus conlortus, 5, 5a, male palpus.
Plate XVI.
1. Tmeticus longisetosus, side of male; la, front of head and mandibles; 16, tibia and
tarsus of male palpus, at the left the tarsal hook with long bristles; Ic, \d. male palpus.
2. Tmeticus pertinens, 2, 2a, male palpus.
3. Tmeticus montanus, male palpus, showing tarsal hook and i^aliial organ; 3a, tibia
and tarsus of male palpus ; 36. male palpus.
4. Tmeticus paUidus, maxillaj and mandibles from below ; 4rt, male palpus frotu below ;
46, tibia of male palpus; 4c, epigynum.
5. Tmeticus maximus, male palims.
6. Tmeticus tibialis, 6, 6a, male palpus.
Plate XVII.
1. Tmeticus bostoniensis, male i)ali us. The shaded appendage just above the tibia
is the tarsal hook.
2. Tineticus bidentatus, male palpus, showing tibia and tarsal hook.
3. Tmeticus concavus, male palpus.
4. Tmeticus microtarsus, 4, 4a, male palpus.
5. Tmeticus truncatus, tibia and tarsus of male palpus; i>a, palpal organ.
6. Tmeticus terrestris, male palpus.
7. Tmeticus brunneus, male palpus.
J. H. Emerton — N'eu^ England Therididce. 83
8. Erigone autumnalis, side of cephalothorax of male; 8a, mandibles, maxillfe, and
sternum of male ; 86, palpus of male ; 8c, epigynum.
9. Erigone longipalpis, side of male ; 9a, palpus of male, showing palpal organ ; 96,
epigynum ; 9c, mandible and maxilla of female ; 9rf, mandible and maxilla of male.
10. Erigone longipalins, male of another variety ; 10c, palpus of same ; 10a, cephalo-
thorax from above ; 1 Oa. palpus of another male from Danvers, Mass.
Plate XVI II.
1. Linyplda viarginata, dovnal markings of female x 8; la, head of female from
above; lb, front of head and mandibles of female; Ic, top of head of male; Id, front of
head and mandibles of male; le, maxilte of female; 1/, epigynum ; 1 (7. male palpus ;
Ih, end of palpal organ, showing the tube T, the large twisted appendage and two soft
appendages ; ]j, the tarsal hook.
2. Linypliia communis, dorsal markings of female x 8 ; 2a, side of male ; 26, front
of head and mandibles of male ; 2c, front of head and mandibles of female ; 2c?, 2e,
male palpus ; 2/, epigynum.
3. Linyphia dafhrata, markings of abdomen; 3a, fiont of head and mandibles of
female ; 36, male palpus; 3c, largest appendage of palpal organ ; 3d, epigynum.
Plate XIX.
1. LinypJiia 2jJirygiana,(\orsii\ markings oi abdomen x 8; la, head of male ; 16, head
of female ; Ic, mandible of female ; Irf, mandible of male ; If, male palpus; 1/, palpal
organ; 1^, tarsal hook ; 1/i, epigynum.
2. Linyphia mandibulata, dorsal markings of female ; 2a, front of mandibles of male ;
26, side of cephalothorax of male ; 2c, epigynum; 2d, male palpus; H, the tarsal hook.
Plate XX.
1. Stemonyp)liantes trilineata, dorsal markings of abdomen; la, mandible of female;
16, Ic, male palpus: \d, epigynum.
2. Diplostyla nigrina, dorsal markings of abdomen ; 2a, male palpus ; H, tarsal hook ;
T, end of tube of the palpal organ ; 26, palpal organ ; T, the tube with soft appendages
inside the coil ; a. 6, hard .supporting appendages; H, the tarsal hook; 2c, epigynum
from ventral side ; c, c, openings ; 2d, same from the side ; a, outer, and 6, inner soft
appendages.
3. Diplostyla concolor, male palpus; t, the tube; 3a, male palpus from the side; T,
the tube ; H, tarsal hook ; 36, side of epigynum ; a, 6, soft appendages ; 3c, epigynum
from ventral side ; a, outer soft appendage ; , c, c, openings.
• Plate XXI.
1. Diplostyla canadensis, male palpus.
2. Drapeiisca socialis, dorsal markings of abdomen x 8 ; 2a, front of head, mandibles,
and palpi of female ; 26, epigynum ; 2c, base of tarsus, showing at the left a curved
process, and at the right the tarsal hook h.
3. Helopilwra pallescens, male palpus; 3", tibia and tar.sal hook ; 36, epigynum.
4. Bathyphantes minula, male palpus ; h, the tarsal hook ; x, roughened corner of
tarsus; -16, epigynum from ventral side; 4c, side of epigynum partly unfolded.
84 -/. TI. Emerton — Nevi England Therididce.
Plate XXII.
1. Bathyjjhantvs 7iebulosa, dorsal markines of abdomen x 8; la, maadible; 16, side
of epigynum ; Ic, ventral view of epigynum; \d, male palpus.
2. Ba If lyph antes zebra, male palpus : 2a, epigynum.
3. Bathyphantes svb-alpina, male palpus.
4. Bathyphantes alpina, male palpus ; y, long, split appendage of palpal organ ; x,
spine on patella ; 4a, male palpus ; H, tarsal hook ; 46, epigynum, outside ; 4c, epigy-
num, inner side.
5. Bathyphantes angulata, male palpus.
6. Bathyphantes micaria, male palpus.
7. Bathyphantes formica, male palpus; la, palpal organ; 76, femur of male palpus,
showing teeth on both sides.
Plate XXIII.
1. Microneta viaria, male palpus; T, the tube; H, tarsal hook ; la, male palpus, from
inner side; T, the tube; x, spur at base of larsus; 16 epigynum folded up.
2. Microneta cornupalpis, male palpus; x, spur of the tarsus; H, tarsal hook: 2a, tar-
sus from above ; 26, epigynum.
3. Microneta persoluta, tarsus of male palpus ; x, spur ; .'Ja, palpal organ ; H, tarsal
hook; X, bulb of the palpal organ; 36, epigynum.
4. Bathyphantes bihamata, male palpus.
5. Bolyphantes drassoides, side of male ; 5a, tibia and tarsus of male palpus ; H, tarsal
hook; 56, palpal organ ; T, base of ihe tube ; h, tarsal hook.
6. Gonalium rubens, side of male cephalothorax, front leg, and palpus ; 6a, male pal-
pus; T, the tube; x, process of tibia; 66, palpus seen from in front, in natural position;
Qc, epigynum.
Plate XXIV.
1. Microneta discolor, side of cephalothorax of male ; la, epigynum; 16, male palpus.
2. Microneta quinquedentata, male palpus, showing tarsal hook ; 2a, palpal organ ;
26, epigynum.
3. Microneta crassimanus, male palpus.
4. Microneta latidens, male palpus.
5. Microneta furcata. male palpus.
6. Microneta longibuibus, male palpus ; 6a, palpal organ.
7. Microneta olivacea, male palpus.
8. Bathyphantes complicata, male palpus.
II^DEX
Argyrodes fictilium 24
Argyrodes trigonum 23
Asagena americana 23
Balhyphaiites alpina 70
Bathyphantes angulata .71
Bathyphantes bihamata 72
Bathyphantes complicata 72
Bathyphantes formica . . 71
Bathyphantes miearia -- 71
Bathypiiantes minuta .. 68
Bathyphantes nebulosa. 1)9
Bath\'phantes sub-alpina 70
Bathyphantes terricolus 65
Bathyphantes zebra 69
Bolyphantes drassoides. 72
Ceratiiiella atriceps 34
Ceratmella brunnea 36
Ceratiaella bulbosa 33
Ceratinella emertoni 32
Ceratinella fissiceps 33
Ceratinella ]a;ta 35
Ceratinella Ijetabilis 35
Ceratinella micropalpis .36
Ceratinella minuta 36
Ceratinella pygmsea 34
Ceratinopsis interpres ..37
Ceratinopsis laticeps 37
Ceratinopsis nigriceps ..37
Ceratinopsis nigripalpis. 38
Cornicularia auranticeps 43
Cornicularia brevicornis 42
Cornicularia clavicornis. 43
Cornicularia communis . 41
Cornicularia directa 40
Cornicularia iudirecta ..41
Cornicularia minuta 42
Cornicularia pallida 42
Cornicularia tibialis 41
Cornicularia tricornis ..43
Diplostyla canadensis . . 66
Diplostyla concolor 66
Diplostyla nigrina 65
Drapotisca socialis 67
Erigone atra 59
Erigone atriceps 34
Erigone autumnalis 58
Erigone cornupalpis 74
Erigone cristata 44
Erigone dentigera 59
Erigone directa 40
Krigone emertoni 32
Erigone fissiceps 33
Erigone floreus . _ 46
Erigone indirecta . . 41
Erigone interpres 37
Erigone Iseta 35
Erigone tetabilis 35
Erigone multissima 4
Erigone longipalpis 59
Erigone ornata 39
Erigone persimilis 3
Erigone persoluta 74
Erigone jsertinens 54
Krigone pictilis 38
Erigone probata 52
Erigone provida 40
Erigone spinifera 47
Erigone viaria 73
Ero thoraciea 18
Eucharia IS
Euryopis argentea 27
Euryopis funebris 27
Grammonota inornata .. 39
Grammonota pictilis 38
Grammonota ornata 39
Gonatium rubens . . 60
Gonatium cheliferum 60
Helophora insignis 67
Helophora pallescens .. 67
Lasajola cancellata 26
Lepthyphantes crypticola 69
Lepthyphantes muscicola 68
Linyphia clathrata 62
Linyphia communis 62
Linyphia costata . . 63
Linyphia mandibulata . . 64
Linyphia marginata 61
Linyphia marmorata 61
Linyphia phrygiana 63
Linyphia pusilla
Linyphia scripta 61
Lophocarenum castaneum45
Lophoearenum crenatum 51
Lophocarenum 10-oculatum
46
Lophocarenum depressura
50
Lophocarenum erigonoides
50
Lophocarenimi florens .. 46
Lophocarenum latum 50
Lophocarenum longitubus49
Lophocarenum longitarsns
48
Lophocarenum montanum45
Lophocarenum montiferum
47
Lophocarenum pallidum 48
Lophocarenum quadricris-
tatum 48
Lophocarenum rostratum 49
Lophocarenum scopulif-
erum 49
Lophocarenum simplex. 50
Lophocarenum spiniferum
47
Lophocarenum vernale . 61
Lophomma bicorne 44
Lophomma cristata 44
Lophomma elongata 44
86
J. II. Emerton — New England TherididcB.
Microneta cornupalpis.. 74
Mieroneta crassimanus _ 75
Microneta discolor 75
Microneta furcata 76
Microneta latidens . . 76
Microneta longibulbus.. 76
Microneta olivacea 77
Microneta persoluta 74
Microneta quisquiliarum 7H
Microneta 5-dentata 75
Microneta viaria 73
Mimetus epeiroides 17
Mimetus iuterfector 16
Neriene rnbens. . 60
Neriene viaria 73 i
Oroodes 28 j
Pholcomma hirsutum .. 29
PhoI,comma rosiratum . . 30 j
Pholcus atlanticus 30 j
Pholcus phalanffioides . . 30
Phyllonethis lineata 16]
Phyilonethis placens 15 i
Scytodes cameratus 31
Scytodes thoracica 31
Spermophora meridionalis 3 1
Spintharus fiavidus 28
Spiropalpus spiralis 39
Steatoda borealis 19
Steatoda coroUata 21
Steatoda guttata ... 20
Steatoda marmorata 20
Steatoda nigra 21
Steatoda ruralis 20
Steatoda triangulosa 22
Stcgasoma.. 28
Stemonyphantes bucculen-
tus . 64
Stylophora concolor. ... 66
Teutana triangulosa 22
Theridion boreale 19
Theiidion cancellatum.. 26
Theridion lictilium 24
Theridion frondeura 15
Theridion fnuebre 27
Theridion globosum 14
Theridion leoninum 18
Theridion marmoratum. 20
Theridion serpentinum . 22
Theridion sph;eriila 25
Theridion trigonum 23
Theridion vulgare 13
Theridium dillerens 9
Theridium frondeum ... 15
Theridium globosum 14
Theridium lineatum 16
Theridium montanum .. 10
Theridium murarium 11
Theridium rupicola 14
Theridium puncto-sparsum
12
Tlieridium sexpunctatum 12
Theridium spirale 10
Theridium tepidariorum 13
Theridium unimaculatum 15
Theridium zelotypum . . 11
Theridula sphaerula 25
Tmeticus bidentatus ... 56
Tmeticus bostoniensis .. 56
Tmeticus brunneus 58
Tmeticus concavus 57
Tmeticus contortus 54
Tmeticus longisetosus ..54
Tmeticus ma.ximus 55
Tmeticus microtarsus ..57
Tmeticus montanus .... 55
Tmeticus pallidus 55
Tmeticus pertinens 54
Tmeticus plumosus 53
Tmeticus probatus . . . i . 52
Tmeticus terrestris 57
Tmeticus tibialis 56
Tmeticus Iridentatus . . 53
Tmeticus trilobatus 53
Tmeticus truncatus .... 57
Ulesanis americana 28
II. — Dipterous Larv^ from the Western Alkaline Lakes
AND their use AS HuMAN FoOD. By S. W. WiLLlSTON.
Through the kindiiess of Professors G. J. Brush and S. I. Smith I
have recently received a quantity of tlie larvje and iraagos of a dip-
terous insect that is of interest not only as one of the very, few inhab-
itants of the strongly alkaline lakes of the West, but as forming an
article of human food, the only instance that I am aware of in this
order of insects. The specimens, belonging to the genus Ephydra^
were received with a quantity of the rare mineral Gay-lussite from
the Soda Lakes near Ragtown, Nevada. 1 find the following
description of the larger lake by Arnold Hague in King's Descrip-
tive Geology, vol. ii, pp. 746-749.
" The lake is about five-eighths of a mile in diameter, with water of
a clear blue color, it has no outlet and is fed by a spring of cool fresh
water. The water is highly charged with alkaline salts and is so
dense that the human body floats in it without exertion, and, after
drying, the skin is left with a thin white covei'ing.
" The water appears to be wanting in animal life, with the exception
of a minute fly, the larva of which is a small worm, accumulating in
such large quantities as to form a belt a foot wide along the shore.
It is occasionally gathered by the Pah-Ute Lidians, and, after drying
and pulverizing, made into a sort of meal or flour." From analyses of
the water made by Professor Allen its sj)ecific gravity is 1-0975, the
fixed residue in 1,000 jiarts being 114*7. This residue consists of
common salt, 64*94; sulphate of soda (Glauber's salts), 13-76; car-
bonate of soda, 29-24 ; sulphate of potash, carbonate of magnesia,
etc., 4-63.
By comi)arison of these larvae with a number collected by Pro-
fessor Silliman, from Lake Mono, and kindly lent me by Professor
Verrill, I find them aj)parently quite the same. At my request Pro-
fessor Wm. H. Brewer has kindly given me the following description
of the lake and the flies, which will be read with interest.
"My Dear Sir:"
" You asked about the flies from Lake Mono, and, although I have
a sufiiciently vivid recollection of them, I have turned to a file of old
letters written to my friends at home at the time and on the spot."
Tkans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI., 1883. 12 July, 1883.
88 *S'. JV. WUliston — Dipterous Larvwfrom Alkalhie Lakes.
"At tlie time, I was first assistant on the State Geological Survey
of Caliiornia, and had charge of a party doing field work. In this
work I camped with my party at Lake Mono, July 9th, 1863, and
remained there several days visiting the islands in the lake, alHo a
camp of Indians (J^ily f 1th) who were camped on the north shore
gathering ^co-cAa/i-See. Our guide called them Pah-Utes and said
they were there at that particular time gathering the worms — an an-
nual visit. They were one of the small tribes of Mono Indians (we
saw others, also Monos) there for that purpose, the guide using the
term Pah-Utes as a sort of generic term, including many of the
Indians of the Basin.
"My letter, written on the spot, tells that it is a closed basin, altitude
about 6,800 feet ; the waters very saline from various salts, impreg-
nated with soda, borax, and boracic acid, the latter doubtless from
the hot springs in and about it. It is in a volcanic region. 'The
waters are clear, very heavy, have a nauseous taste, and when still,
the lake has a look as of oil and is not easily disturbed. The water
feels slippery to the touch, and will wash grease from the hands or
from clothes, cold, move readily than common soap-suds will when
hot. It is said that no fish or reptile lives in it, but it swarms with
countless millions of larvaj, that develop into flies which rest on the
surface of the water, as well as cover everything on the immediate
shore. The number and quantities of these flies and larvie are abso-
lutely incredible. They drift up in heaps along the shore, and hun-
dreds of bushels could be collected! They only grow at certain sea-
sons of the year, and then Indians come from far and near to gather
them for food. The worms are dried in the sun, the shell rubbed off
by hand, when a yellowish kernel remains, like a small yellowish
grain of rice. This is oily, very nutritious and not unpleasant to the
taste, and, under the name of Jcoo-chah-bee (so pronounced), forms a
very important article of food. The Indians gave me some of it ; it
does not taste badly, and, if one were ignorant of its origin, it would
make nice soup.' It tastes more like patent ' meat biscuit ' than
anything else I can compare it with.
" I will say in addition that koo-chah-bee was rather palatable.
The waves cast these larva? in little windrows on the shore; the quan-
tity is large, the chief difficulty in collecting is to get it as free from
sand as is possible, and it is then dried on clothing or blankets. My
guide, an old hunter there, told me that everything fattens in the
season of the koo-chah-bee; that ducks get very fat, but their flesh
*S'. W. Williston — Dipterous Lamm from Alkaline Lakes. 89
tastes unpleasantly from it, and that the Indians get fat and sleek.
There are many gulls about the lake at that season,
"The flies settle on twigs, spires of grass, etc., until nothing of the
perch can be seen, merely a wand of closely clinging flies. They also
at times rest on the water in great numbers."
In addition to these larvae a Phyllopod crustacean belonging to the
genus Artemia i^A. Monica Verrill) is, according to Professor Verrill,
found in large numbers in the waters of Lake Mono. This genus,
like Ephydra^ is, as stated by Professor Verrill, " remarkable for its
habit of living and flourishing best in very saline and alkaline waters
such as the natural salt lakes of Egypt, Utah, etc., and artificial
brines." (Am. Jour. Sci., xviii, p. 244, 1869, and Proc. Am. A. A. S.,
1869.)
The fly is small, black, and scarcely more than the sixth of an inch
in length. It belongs to the genus Ephydra, the larvae of many spe-
cies of which are known to inhabit saline or alkaline waiers. The
present species is perhaps new, but in deference to the opinion of
I^rofessor Packard, who compared these same Mono Lake larvae with
the larva? he described and named from Clear Lake, California, I
here describe the adult fly for the first time under the name of E.
Californica Pack. In a large number of larvte examined the difter-
ences were slight, the one here figured being one of the more slender.
Larva of Ephydra (?) Californica.
By comparison with the figure given of E. Californica (Am. Jour.
Sci., 3d ser., vol. i, p. 103) diflei'ences will be apparent. It differs
from the description in that the anterior end tapers abruptly, not
gradually, and the end is not truncate; the first four abdominal legs
are scarcely apparent, their presence being only indicated by the
short bristly booklets. Their identity will only be determined by
the comparison of the adults from Clear Lake. The description of
the'fly from the Soda Lakes is as follows :
90 /S. W. W'dliston — Dipterous Larvae, from Alkaline Lakes.
Ephydra Californica.
? Ephydra Californica Packard, Am. Jour. Sci.. ."^d ser., vol. i, 103, 1871 (described in
the larval aud pupal stages only).
$, $. Black, nearly opaque ; tliird Joint of antennae without lateral
pile, arista pubescent ; epistonia of female with numerous lateral
bristly hairs ; in the male nearly bare. Length 3^-3i^'"''\
Black, very slightly shining, nearly opaque, lightly cinereous poUi-
nose, on the face somewhat ochraceous, apparently the same in both
sexes. Front, except the lateral margins, shining, slightly greenish.
Antennae black, third joint bare, arista pubescent. Face with its
greatest convexity in the lower part, in the females the sides above
the oral margin with numerous long, black bristly hairs, in the male
the face is almost wholly bare, except some short hairs in the middle
above. Legs black, cinereous pollinose, the anterior and posterior
tarsi with golden pubescence on the under sides. Wings with a
grayish or blackish-gray tint, the veins black. Soda Lakes, Nevada.
This sj^ecies must strikingly resemble E. subopaca Loew, from
Connecticut, and it is not impossible that it is the same. The larvse
of two undescribed species of this genus have been taken by Profes-
sor Verrill from the sea-water of New England. E. halophila Pack.
was bred from strong salt brine from salt works in Illinois. E. gra-
cilis Pack, was described from larvfe from the great Salt Lake,
Utah, wheie they also exist in great <piantitics. They will be readily
distinguished from E. Californica by their greater slenderness and
more elongate respiratory tube, which is two-thirds as long as the
body or more.
Since writing tlie above I have had the pleasure of examining,
through the kindness of Prof. Riley and Dr. E. A. Barber, specimens
of another species of Ephydra, most pi-obably E. Jiians Say, sent by
Prof. Antonio Penafiel from Mexico. In a letter just received from
this gentleman, he says in regard to them : " Mosca que se encuentre
en las orillas del Lago de Tetscoco, y cuyns larvas en cantidades
verdaderemente asombrosas se desarrollan en luia agua niuy alcaline,
que contiene grandes cantidades de sesquicarbonata de sosa."
Ill, — North American Conopid^ : Stylogaster, Dalmannia,
Oncomyia* By S. W. Williston, M.D,
The following pages contain the result of studies made some time
ago, the publication of which has been deferred in the hopes of adding
the remaining species of the family belonging to the genera Zodion
and Myoiya. The greater diificulties that these genera present, how-
ever, will require for their elucidation a lai-ger amount of material
than is at present at my command. In a future paper I hope to
complete the family, so far as it is at present known in Noilh America.
There must be many new species.
Stylogaster.
Macquart, Tlist. Nat. des Dipt., ii, ,38, 1835. Dipt. Exot., ii, 3, 17, 1845.
Stylomyia Westwood, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1850, p. 270.
Ptyclioproctus Bigot, Revue et Mag. de Zool., No. 7, 1859, pi. xi, fig. 4.
But four species of this genus are known, so far as I can learn,
from Africa, North and South America. The genus was first
described by Macquart and fignred from AViedemann's description of
BIyojxi stylata (Fab.) As might be expected, the figure is ludicrously
incorrect, and his description not much better. Hence it was that
Westwood described the genus more correctly as Stylomyia. The
genus may be characterized as follows :
Antennae with a subterminal arista ; face carinate, narrow ; eyes
large, with an area of enlarged facets in front near the face ; proboscis
very long, twice bent ; abdomen cylindrical, ending in the female in
a long slender ovipositor ; anal cell of the wing small, obtuse, not
extending toward the border of the wing. Small slender species, in
large part yellow.
Second joint of antenna? short; third elongate. neylecta, new.
Second joint nearly as long as the third. hiannulata.
Stylogaster neglecta, new species.
5 ? . Eyes in life bright green, with an area of enlarged facets
directly in front near the facial border. The eyes are separated by a
*0u the N. A. species of Gonops, see vol. iv, pp. 325-342.
92 S. W. Williston — North American Conopidoe.
nearly equal distance above and below, and narrowed in the middle
of the profile to about one half. Face nearly perpendicular, silvery
white, and with a well-pronounced median carina; below the eyes the
cheeks are very narrow. Antenna?: first joint short, scarcely longer
than broad, directed obliquely upward, usually of a light yellow
color; second joint small, nearly equilaterally triangular; third joint
somewhat falciform, about five times longer than wide, widest on its
proximal half, reddish yellow, narrowly black along its upper border.
Proboscis black ; at base and tip whitish yellow. Front, when seen
obliquely, with a somewhat grayish reflection, with two blackish
opaque divergent stripes meeting each other at the yellow base of the
antennae and thence extending to the angles of the eyes, the enclosed
triangle grayish or brownish ; between the stripes and the eye the
silver of the face (but less distinct) reaches to an acute point; in addi-
tion to the small bristles near the ocelli there are two strong vertical
ones. Thorax black with black bristles and short recumbent golden
pile ; humeri and pleura3, except a broad blackish stripe extending
down from in front of the wings to the middle coxae, light yellow.
Abdomen mostly a reddish or brownish yellow with short black
recumbent pile; first segment black above; third, fourth and fifth
segments whitish with white pile on the anterior boi'der ; fourth and
fifth segments usually quite brownish, sometimes blackish above; in
the female the sixth segment is very short, the seventh continued
into a long slender blackish ovipostor, quite as long as the body ; at
its base it is reddish, just before the tip conspicuously white annulate,
at the extreme tip black. Legs: anterior and middle coxa?, femora,
tibiae, and metatarsi yellowish white, three last joints of tarsi black-
ish ; hind coxae blackish behind, hind femora yellow with short black
pile and two brownish or blackish rings on basal and outer thirds ;
hind tibiie straight and slender on the basal three-fifths, the distal
portion somewhat thickened with a conspicuous white ring before the
black tip, tarsi deep black. Wings hyaline, veins black, posterior
cross-vein quite oblique, first posterior cell closed just before the tip.
Length, 5^-6'""' ; length of ovipositor, 6'""'.
This species I have found very common in the latter part of July
in Connecticut. They frequent in numbers the flowers of the Button
JJall {(JephalantJius).
S. W. Williston — North American Conopidm. 93
Stylogaster biannulata (Say).
MyojKi hiannuloia Say, J. Acad. Phil., 81, 3; Compl. Wr., ii, 72.
? Stylogaster stylaius (Fab.) Macq. Dipt. Exot., ii, 3, 17 ; tab. ii, f. 3; Fabricius, Syst.
Antl., 177, 11 (Oonops); Wied., Atis. Zw.. ii, 243, 2 {Myopa).
Stylomyia confusa Westwood, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1850, p. 271.
^ . Ratlier larger than S. neglecta. Second joint of antennae
nearly as long as the third, the third scarcely three times longer
tlian Avide, blackish on outer part ; face silvery white ; front black-
ish, yellowish or silvery on the sides. Proboscis black, with whitish ,
base and tip. Dorsum of thorax black, with black l>ristles, the sides
and pleurae whitish yellow. Abdomen yellow, on the posterior bor-
ders of the second to sixth segments brownish ; pile blackish ; hypo-
pygium rather smaller than in S. neqUeta. Anterior and middle coxa?
and legs light yellow, two or three last joints of tarsi blackish;
hind femora biannulate as in 8. neglecta ; on the under side of basal
third there is a conspicuous brush of fine long black pile; hind tibise
on basal three-fifths yellow, short black pilose at the base, whitish
pilose near the middle, distinctly angulated and bent away on distal
])ortion, blackish and with longer fine black pile, leaving a space, when
tibijB are flexed, that is filled by these bi'ushes of pile ; hind tarsi
black. Wing distinctly broader than in 8. neglecta^ the posterior
cross-vein less straight, the first posterior cell shorter and broader,
and the last section of the fourth vein more deeply curved. Length,
7""". One specimen. Conn.
The present species has been the subject of no little confusioi].
Wiedemann, who considered Say's species a synonym of Cono})s sty-
latus Fab., evidently had two distinct species before him, as is evi-
denced by his description of the third joint of the female's antennae,
which he says was increased in size at the cost of the second joint.
Numerous specimens of the preceding species have satisfied me that
there is no such diflTerence between the male and female antennae.
The type specimen of Co'nops stglatzis Fab. was a female, and the
North American specimen that Wiedemann had was a male, which
from the smaller third antennal joint seems to have been this. As
Wiedemann could not have had the same species as Fabriciiis' type,
there is of course no evidence that the present is S. stglata, and
indeed the piobabilities are that it is not. Macquart's figure and
descriptions are utterly worthless, as he evidently never saw a speci-
men nor even a figure of the insect.
Say's description of the third joint of the antennae being yellowish
rufous, the extreme joint dusky, the margins of the thorax and the
94 K W. Williston — North American Conopidoe.
pleiirfe Leing white, the ahdomen reddisli yellow, with the posterior
niargiiis of the segments l)rowii, together with the length {-^ of an
inch), must apply to this and not to the preceding species. That it
is also Westwood's S. coufnsd seems certain from the length of the
second and third joints of the antenna?.
Dalmannia.
Dalmannia Rob. Desvoidy, Ess. ^^yod., 248, 1830.
Dalmania id., Myopaires ; Loew, Centuries.
Stachyma Macquart, Dipt, du Nord, 1830-34; Hist. Nat. des Dipt., ii, 36.
Third joint of the anteniue with a distinctly dorsal bristle; pro-
boscis not longer than the body, bent near the middle, tlie terminal
division folding back; abdomen moderately contracted toward the
base, somewhat depressed, the ovipositor not as long as abdomen,
incurved and folded up beneath the abdomen ; anal cell short, but
little longer than the second basal cell.
Shining black species with bright yellow markings.
Dalmannia picta, new species.
? . Face and cheeks light yellow. Front blackish, yellow on the
sides. Anteniue black, rather shorter than in D. nl(/rlceps. Thorax
black, shining; humeri, a small viltula in front of the wings, and tip
of the scutellum bright yellow ; pile white. Abdomen black, with
white pile; first segment with a broad posterior yellow ci"<)ss-l)and,
broken uj) into three angles on its anterior jjart ; third segment similar,
but the angles developed into thi-ee processes, the middle one acute, the
outer ones obtuse, rectangular ; in the fourth segment these processes
are produced nearly to the anterior border, the side ones larger and
each enclosing a small black spot ; fifth with a median triangle and
two oblique side spots. . Legs yellow ; anterior femora above nearly
the whole length, and the posterior above toward the end, deep black ;
tarsi black. Wings nearly hyaline. Length, 54^""". One specimen.
New Mexico.
This species agrees rather closely with 7iigriceps^ but there can be
no doubt of their distinctness. The male will probably show similar
differences in the color of the legs and cheeks.
Dalmannia nigriceps.
Dalmannia nigjiceps Loew, Contiir., vii, 71.
$ . Black, moderately shining. Front opacpie black, narrowly yel-
lowish near the eyes, ocellar tubercle shining. Face and narrow poste-
rior portions of the cheeks yellowish white, the cheeks broadly black.
*S'. W. Will/'stou — North American Conopklce. 95
Antennae black, the second and third joints of nearly equal length ;
the divisions of proboscis rather longer than anterior tibitu. Tho-
rax with whitish pile ; humeri, a small vittula in front of the root of
the wings, and a circular spot near tip of scutellum yellow. Abdo-
men with similar whitish pile; first segment whoU}' black, second
segment with a narrow posterior yellow border, slightly dilated in
the middle ; third and fourth segments similar except that the trian-
gular is successively larger and acutely prolonged anteriorly ; fifth
segment with a narrow spot. Venter yellow, with a black basal tri-
angle. Coxa3 black. Legs yellow ; anterior femora, except the apex,
jiosterior femora with a rather broad subapical annulus, and all the
tarsi black. Halteres yellow. Wings subinfuscated, lighter toward
the base.
$ . Like the male, except that the front is more broadly yellow on
the sides ; the face, cheeks and anterior coxfe are yellow, and the
black of the anterior femora confined to a subapical dorsal spot.
Length 6i"'"', Connecticut, New York (Prof. Comstock).
In the absence of black on the head and legs, the female differs
strikingly from the male. Specimens of both sexes were, however,
taken at the same time and place, and doubtless belong together.
Loew described the male.
Oncomyia.
Occemyia Rob. Desvoidy, Dipt. des. Euvir. de Paris, 50 (1853).
Oncomyia Loew, Centiir., vii, 73.
Medium size to small species, nearly bare, moderately shinhig,
dark colored, very similar to Zodion in appearance. Face rather
larger than in Zodion, along the oral margins with a row of hairs ;
cheeks narrower than the vertical diameter of the eyes. Second
joint of antennte elongate, third as long or shorter than the second,
oval. Proboscis slender, elongate, with a hinge near the middle,
the terminal portion folding back as in 3fi/opa. Abdomen elongate,
moderately narrowed tow^ard the base, very convex above ; process
of the fifth segment below in the female large. Anal cell of the
wing acute, extending toward the border.
The species of Oncomyia are very difficult to distinguish, and the
coloration, especially of the legs, is variable. The only way that a
certain knowledge of them will be obtained is by the study of large
collections, made in the same localities, and properly labeled. For
this reason T have not thought it desirable to describe isolated speci-
mens, though by so doing several additional species would have been
added.
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI, 1883. 13 July, 1883.
96 S. W. Williston — North American Conopidm.
Second joint of the antennae but little or not at all longer than the
third. Small species (5-5^"""). Baroni, new.
Second joint of antennse considerably longer than the third.
Large species (8-9°"") ; femora and tibiae wholly reddish yellow.
modesta, new.
Smaller species (5^-7'"") ; femora, or at least tibiae, in large part
blackish. abbreviata.
For 0. lor aria see below.
Oncomyia modesta, new species.
$, ? . Front reddish, black above at the vertex, below the vertex
with a large blackish V-shaped spot. Face obscurely yellowish
white, the excavated portion shining, the sides and cheeks with a
silvery luster extending up along the eyes narrowly to the middle of
the front. Cheeks scarcely as broad as the horizontal diameter of
the eye. Antennae : first joint blackish, second joint black on its
upper half, yellowish red below ; third joint black at its tip and upper
border, yellowish red on its basal portion, more especially on tlie
inner side, not more than two-thirds as long as second joint, scarcely
more than once and a half longer than its width; the two joints of
the proboscis of nearly equal length. Dorsum of thorax black, in
well preserved specimens with whitish dust, leaving a median
narrow blackish line. Abdomen black, with the same conspicuous
dust on the sides of second and third segments and nearly covering
the remainder; in the female the fifth and sixth segments are very
short, the seventh wholly shining. Anterior coxa> mostly yellowish
red, with silvery luster; middle and posterior coxa? black, the latter
with silvery luster. Legs yellowish red, the tips of the tibiae some-
times somewhat blackish. Tarsi blackish toward the tip. Wings
with a distinct blackish shade, yellow at the base. Length 72-9""".
Eight specimens. Washington Territory. California (Baron).
A single female specimen from Mt. Washington (Mr. W. \\.
Patton) resembles the western specimens very closely, but the third
joint of the antenujc is nearly as long as the second, and rather more
than twice as long as wide. The femora are black on the distal and
upper portions, the tibia) are blacker at their tips and the tarsi almost
whollv so. These differences make me very much inclined to believe
that it is specifically distinct, but a single specimen is not sufficient
to decide it.
tS. W. Williston — North American Conopidm. 97
Oncomyia abbreviata.
Oncomyia ahh-eviata Loew, Centur., vii, 73.
5 $ , Black with clilutely cinerescent, subopaque pollen. Face
and cheeks light yellowish, with a silvery luster on the sides, ex-
tending up narrowly on the sides of the front. Front lutescent,
with a black V-shaped spot above, sometimes only blackish on the
upper part. Antennae red, black along the upper border, second
joint nearly half as long again as the third. Second joint of the
proboscis a little shorter than the first. Dorsum of thorax grayish
pollinose, in well preserved specimens with two faint, more thickly
pollinose, median, slender sti'ipes on front part of thorax. Abdomen
cinereous pollinose, more shiny along the middle. Legs, varying
from blackish, except the bases of femora, tibite and tarsi, to yel-
lowish red, with a blackish spot on the end of femora, the distal
half of all the tibia? and terminal joints of tarsi black. Wings
lightly infnscate, veins obscurely fuscous, towards the base reddish.
Length 5|-7'"''\
The hind femoi'a always show the base more broadly reddish, and
when the spot is confined to the tips of the femora it is only fus-
cous in the hind pair. These differences would make me doubt the
unity of the species were it not that nearly a dozen specimens were
taken at the same time and place (Conn., June 25). I do not think
it at all doubtful that it is Loew's species ; he had light colored
specimens, in which the front was more reddish, and the faint dorsal
stripes wholly imperceptible, A single specimen from Washington
Territoi'y I can in no wise distinguish unless, perhaps, the second
antennal joint is a little shorter. Other specimens I have from New
York, also District of Columbia (Lw.)
Oncomyia Baroni, new species.
(5 ^ . Closely related to O. abbreviata, but the second joint of the
anteiniiB is shoi-ter, scarcely longer than the third; the color is more
shining black and the specimens are all distinctly smaller. Front
blackish above, shiny, except two opaque elongate spots convergent
in fi-ont, yellow on lower part. Antennre black ; the second joint
below, and the third joint, except the upper anterior part, reddish.
Second joint of proboscis shorter than the first. Legs in most of the
specimens reddish yellow at the base of front and middle femora,
basal half of hind femora, base of all the tibia? and tarsi ; the remain-
98 S. W. Williston— North Aiiicrkum Conopidm.
cler blackish, in some specimens with less reddish. Wings inluscate
on outer part, yellowish toward the base. Length 5-.5|""".
Eight specimens from California (O. T. Baron) and one, which
appears to be the same, from North l*ark, Colorado, (G. B, Grinnell).
Oncomyia loraria.
Oncomyia loraria Loew, Ceutur., vii, 74.
Translation: "(J ?. Black, lightly whitish pollinose, antenme
black, below red, legs in large part black, second joint of the pro-
boscis exceeding the first a little in length. Long. corp. lf-2^ lines;
of wings l^^-lf lines."
" Black, lightly whitish pollinose, moderately shining. Head di-
lutely yellowish, face with a white lustre. Front sordid reddish, near
the vertex black-fuscous or black. Antenna? black, reddish below
except the tip (' hiteribus adversis praoter marginem superum et prae-
ter apicem, aversis in margine infero rnfis'). Second joint of proboscis
a little longer than the first. Occiput black. On the dorsum of the
thorax three lines denuded of pollen are indistinctly visible. Legs
black, knees and base of posterior femora always, anterior coxa?, base
of front and middle femora, and base of all the tibije and front joints
of all the tarsi frequently testaceous. Wings cinereous, or dilutely
infuscate, base narrowly lutescent. (New Hampshire)."
A single specimen from Connecticut I would identify with this,
except that the second joint of the proboscis is considerably shorter
than the first, a character, however, that seems to be of little value ;
the smaller size, Ci-4^'"'", would seem to prove its distinctness
from 0. Baroni.
IV. — On the Anatomy of Libinia emargmata Leach, the Spider
Crab. By E, A. Andrews.
The body of this common crab is spheroidal in form, prolonged
in front so that this part has a triangular outline. It is covered with
a firm chitinous shell, densely clothed with minute flattened pro-
cesses, setse, wdiose edges are armed with spines, and with longer,
more hair-like, setfe, similarly armed. The dorsal surface bears also
many stouter seta3 with recurved tips. All these processes serve to
entangle algoe, hydroids, and dirt.
The stout carapace completely covers the dorsal surface of the
animal and is prolonged between the eyes to form the emarginate or
slightly forked rostrum (rs, fig. 1). It is set with numerous blunt
spines and divided by grooves into regions, which take their names
from the internal organs lying below them. A short transverse
groove, part of the cervical groove, near the center of the carapace
separates a broad swollen anterior area, the gastric lobe, from a
narrow central area, the cardiac lobe. The outward and forward
prolongations of this transverse groove, together with a longitudinal
groove extending back from each of its ends, separate the above
mentioned lobes from the large lateral areas or branchial lobes. On
either side of the anterior part of the gastric lobe a small swollen
area marks the place of attachment of the large adductor of the
mandible, but is known as the hepatic lobe. Above the bases of the
legs the carapace is reflected inwards and, passing upwards as a
thin, translucent, chitinous membrane (c, fig. l), is attached to the
upper edge of the flanks. A large branchial cavity is thus left on
each side, betAveen the flanks and the overhanging carapace. Poste-
riorly the carapace overhangs the basal portion of the abdomen, with
the anterior edge of the dorsal surface of w^hich its delicate reflected
portion (w, fig. 1) is continuous (o). In advance of the legs the
reflected carapace forms on each side of the body a smaller, flattened
cavity, the efterent canal (/, fig. 1), leading from the branchial cavity
to the side of the mouth. The entire dorsal surface of the cephalo-
thorax is thus protected by the carapace.
The abdomen is small and flat and closely bent under the body.
It is composed of seven joints or segments whose integument is well
Tkans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI., 1883. 14 July, 1883.
100 E. A. Andrews — Anatomy of the ^nder Crab.
calcified in the exposed or true <lorsal surface and less eo on the pro-
tected or ventral surface.
In the male (fig. 2) the abdomen is narrow-triangular, and habit-
ually lies in a correspondingly narrow groove on the ventral face of
the thorax. The ventral surface is more membranous than in the
female. The male abdomen is also peculiar in being held in position
in the groove by means of a pair of small cavities (o) in the outer
edges of the sixth segment, which fit upon a pair of pivot-like ])ro-
cesses on the sterum of the second thoracic segment bearing ambu-
latory legs. The triangular terminal segment (a-a'i), however, which
bears the anal opening, is free to move downward without the move-
ment of the rest of the abdomen.
In the female (fig. 3), the abdomen is broad-ovate, and when
not in use for carrying the eggs lies closely against the concave ven-
ventral surface of the thorax, almost completely covering the area
between the ambulatory legs.
The abdomen may be raised till at right angles with the body.
The muscles moving the segments of the abdomen are small and lie
close to the upper and lower walls. The extensors on the dorsal sur-
face extend from processes on the anterior edge of each segment to
slight ridges in the preceding segment. Between each two succes-
sive segments there are two muscles, one on each side of the median
line. The segments are connected by a flexible membrane, and also
furnished with an articular process between each extensor and the
outer edge of the segment. On the vcnti'al surface the flexors of the
abdomen are similarly arranged, joining chitinons ridges on the suc-
cessive segments. The flexors of the first segment extend from the
calcified ventral ridge to the integument of the thorax.
In front of the horizontal abdomen the ventral surface of the body
rises at an obtuse angle and, becoming again horizontal, terminates
in the rostrum. On this inclined surface a quadrangular depression^
the pei-istomc, bounded on either side by the pterygostomial plates or
quadrant-shaped reflexed portions of the carapace is filled by the
mouth appendages. On the sternal plastron (the sternal surface of
the cephalothorax behind the peristome), four pairs of transverse
grooves pass towards the center and indicate the boundaries of the
five segments bearing the ambulatory legs. In the male a deep
median groove separates the two halves of the sternal surface of the
last of these segments. The inclined walls of the sides of the body
forming the floors of the branchial cavity are also marked with faint
corresponding lines or grooves. All these grooves are formed by
E. A. Andrews — Anatoniy of the Spider Crah. 101
infoldings of the iiitegument, wliicli project into the body civity as
firm, tliin, calcified partitions.
The partitions, or apodemes, arising from the pleural region unite
with those from the stei'nal region and form two tiers of apodenial
cells or chambers, communicating with one another and with the
central part of the body cavity. For each of the five segments bear-
ing ambulatory legs, there are two of these cells, an upper and a lower
one, except for the last segment, which has only one. Since the
pleural apodemes arise a little behind their corresponding sternal
apodemes, each upper cell is a little Ijchind the lower cell of the same
segment; and in the first of these segments the lower cell is produced
upward to the pleural wall of the body in fi'ont of its corresponding
upper cell. The sternal apodemes, being as long as the grooves on
the sternal plastron, pass nearer to the center of the body than do
the pleural apodemes and terminate on sides of the swollen inner
surface of the plastron. The two tiers are separated on the inner
aspect by a broad cliitinous band formed by the union of their walls,
the posterior wall of the first lower cell being greatly produced back-
ward and that of the fifth cell forward over the united intervening
partitions. These bands are continuous posteriorly with the shoi't
median apodeme, which in the male is indicated by an external
groove. In front of the ambulatory legs the apodemes are much
smaller, forming, for the posterior three segments bearing mouth
appendages, mere frameworks, still with upper and lower openings
corresponding to the cells. The apodemes of the two preceding seg-
ments form, chiefly, two pairs of flat processes projecting into the body
cavity and joined across it by tendinous bands. A pair of similar
processes is formed by the apodemes between the second and third
of the three segments just mentioned.
The chitinous covering of the body is lined by the true dermis (<?,
fig. l), from which it is secreted, and which also envelopes the
apodemes and tendons. Over the dorsal surface and in the legs this
skin is beautifully mottled with red, black and yellow.
The Appendages. — The various appendages of the crab may be
distinguished according to their functions : as sense organs, belong-
ing to the head ; manducatory organs, belonging to the head and
thorax; locomotive organs, belonging to the thorax; and the organs
subservient to the reproductive function, which belong to the abdo-
men. Of these the last, those of the abdomen, difler greatly in the
two sexes.
The abdomen of the male (fig. 2) bears two pairs of simple, tlu-ee-
102 £^. A. Aitdreios — Anatomy of the Spider Crab.
jointed, well calcitied organs, arising from the first and second seg-
ments. The basal joint of the first pair (/y, fig. 4) is large, trian-
gular, immovably united to the sternum, and projects backward so that
the following joint appears to arise from the second segment. The
third joint {d) is a long, styliform organ, curving outward and
bearing a small, membranous, triangular process (/j>) near the tip.
The second joint (c) is small, and serves to make flexible connec-
tions between the first and third.
The second pair of appendages are much smaller than the first,
and Avhen at rest lie in cavities on the posterior face of the latter, at
the base of the third joint. They have, like the first pair, an immova-
ble basal joint (6', fig. 4) followed by a small second joint ; but the
third joint {d') is short, straight, and terminates in a membranous
papilla (/>').
In the female there are four pairs of abdominal apijeudages (fig. 3)
borne near the outer edges of the broad sterna of the second, third,
fourth, and fifth abdominal segments. Each consists of two long
slender branches [ex, en, fig. 5), articulated to the abdomen by a par-
tially calcitied membrane (jyr) representing a basal joint. The outer
branch, exopodite (ex), curves inwards and is densely covered with
soft setffi on its outer face. The inner branch is composed of a shorter
proximal and a longer distal portion freely articulated to the i)roxi-
mal. The distal portion stands nearly at right angles with the
proximal, which is directed toward the medial line, and is divided
into about fifteen imperfect joints by grooves on the upper or pos-
terior face. A few similar grooves exist on the proximal portion ;
from the edges of all, lung setae arise. These appendages, like those
of the male, are ordinarily turned backward against the sternal sur-
face (fig. 3), and are concealed by the abdomen. They difterbut lit-
tle on the different segments, the length becoming less and the
breadth of the outer branch greater tOAvard the end of the abdo-
men. They are used for carrying the eggs.
The locomotive organs are five pairs of long, cylindrical, slendei-,
six-jointed legs, attached between the edge of the carapace and that
of the sternal plastron.
The anmdar basal joint (e, figs. 6, 7) moves horizontally on two
pivot-like processes fitting into small cavities or sockets, a pivot on
the lower edge [x) playing in a socket in the plastron, and a socket in
the upper edge (s) receiving a pivot from the pleural wall, except on
the fifth pair, where the upper socket is replaced by a pivot. Each
of these joints is moved forward by powerful muscles attached to
E. A. Andreios — Anatomy of the Spider Crab. 103
tlie walls of the lower apodeiiial cell of its own segment and con-
nected with the anterior edge of the joint by a chitinoiis, tendon-like
process of that edge.
Backward movement is produced by muscles attached to the walls
of the upper cell of the segment and similarly connected with the
posterior edge of the joint. The articulations between the joints,
except between the second and third, are similar pivot and socket
arrangements, set at right angles to the plane of movement, which
is alternately vertical and horizontal. With the exception of the
third joint, each is moved by two sets of muscles connected with
opposite edges of the proximal end by two tendons, and arising from
the walls of the preceding segment, but the first joint being short
the muscles of the second extend into the lower apodemal cell and
are thex*e attached. The articulation between the second and third
joints is peculiar ; they are united obliquely by a very firm mem-
brane, which allows of a slight twisting or rotary motion of the
third upon the second. The muscles arising from the walls of the
second joint are connected by two short tendons with the posterior
edge of the third joint.
The first pair of legs (fig. '7), which are not so truly locomotive in
function as the others, differ in having the fifth joint enlarged, flat-
tened, with the tip prolonged so as to form with the modified termi-
nal joint a chela or claw, and in bearing a sjjine (t) on the proximal part
of the third joint.
In the other legs (fig. 6) the terminal joint is conical and dark
amber-colored at the tip. These chelate appendages differ, also, in
the two sexes.
In the female (fig. V) they are short, scarcely longer than the fifth
or shortest pair of legs. In the male these chelate legs become
nearly or quite as long as the second pair of legs and much stouter
than in the female. The third and fifth joints are also longer in pro-
portion to the length of the leg in the male than in the female, and
the sockets at the proximal end of the fifth joint are not so promi-
nent. These appendages present only slight and inconstant differ-
ences on the two sides of the body.
The manducatory appendages, which prepare the food and pass it
to the mouth, are contained in the peristomial depression, and in-
clude one pair of mandibles and five pairs of flattened organs directed
forward and overlapping one another. The densely calcified mandi-
bles stand on either side of the mouth, at the center of the peristome,
and bear two-jointed palpi on their anterior faces. The right mandi-
104 E. A. Andrexo8 — Anatoni)/ of the t^pider Crab.
l)Ie, whicli glides over tlie edge of the left in chewing, presents a
slight tubercle at the apex of its curved cutting edge (c, fig. 8)-
Each mandible (fig. S), projecting downward from the sternal wall, is
articulated along its outer edge to the edge of the endostoina {en,
fig. 20, this is the calcified sternal plate which forms the roof of the
anterior part of the peristome and sends back a branch on either side
of the moutli), while the inner edge {a, fig. 8) articulates pos-
teriorly to a process from the sternum of the following segment.
Near this latter articulation a very long tendon {t') arises from the
edge of the mandible, and, passing obliquely upward by the side of
the stomach, is connected with an adductor muscle (///, fig. l), origi-
nating from the carapace. The mandible is continued within the body
cavity as a stout process, hollow on the posterior face, and is divisible
into a vertical («, fig. 8) and a horizontal or posterior branch {in).
The former, extending up by the side of the stomach, is articulated
externally to a large tendon {t), to which is attached the large trian-
gular mass of abductor muscles extending outward and fastened to
the carapace («<, fig. 1). From the inner face of this vertical process a
large slender abductor muscle j)asses downward and inward in front
of the long tendon oi'the smaller mandibular adductor, and is attaclied
to the apodemal process arising between the first and second maxillae.
The j)OSterior part of the process {ui, fig. 8) is articulated with the
anterior side of the framework to which the second maxilla is
attached ; and bears on its horizontal edge a slender tendon [t")
which arises vertically and is joined to the carapace by a small
abductor muscle [a, b, fig. J), which is accompanied by a long muscle
running down to the first maxilla. The mandibles thus move trans-
versely, with a slight I'oUing motion.
Inserted close behind and partly overlying the mandibles are the
first pair of maxillje (fig. 9), small delicate organs, divided into three
lamelliform lobes or branches, the central and inner ones of which
(c, b) bear stout bristle-like seta\ The external portion {en, fig. 9)
bears only filiform setaj.
The second pair of maxilhe (fig. 10) are more important as acces-
sory respiratory organs than as organs of mastication. They arise
behind the first, but noticeably farther fi-om the median line. The
two lobes nearer the median line {b, c, en) are small and delicate,
the outer {b) is cleft. The external lobe (en) bears long delicate seta'.
Far the largest part of the appendage is the scaphognathite {s(/),
the large outer lobe which forms a curved lamina, prolonged longi-
tudinally, and lying horizontally in the efterent canal. It acts con-
E. A. Andreics — Anatomy of the Spider Crab. 105
tinually, baling out the water from the branchial cavity through
the efferent canal.
The pair of appendages arising behind the second maxillje are the
first pair or ma.xillipeds (fig. 11). Eacii bears two smaller lobes {h,c)
near the median line : the innermost (c) which is much thickened, set
with stout setse, and projects forward from the side of the terminal
point of the sternal plastron to the posterior edge of the mouth ; and
two long somewhat united lobes {en^ ex), which run forward between
the mandible and the opening of the efferent canal. The outermost
of these latter lobes {ex) bears a slender palpus [p).
Still farther from the median line, the maxilliped gives rise to a
long lamina {ep)^ which extends far back into the branchial cavity
over the surface of the branchiae and is called the epipodite or gill-
scraper (s, fig. 1). Its basal part is much broadened and lies under
the posterior half of the scaphognathite.
In the next pair of appendages, the second maxillipeds (fig, 12),
the inner lobes (6, c) are less prominent, while the long external
lobes [ex, i-d) are entirely separate. The epipodite bears on its basal
stem-like portion a small, symmetrical branchia (br). This epipodite
extends below the branchioe, in the upper part of the branchial
cavity (s', fig. 1).
The most posterior of the mouth ap])endages, the third maxilli.
peds (fig. 13) resemble the second maxillipeds; but the two long
lobes {ex, i-d) are much broader arid thicker, forming a stout covering
to all the preceding mouth parts. The long, stout stem of the epipo.
dite bears an unsymmetrical branchia {hr) and extends outward
above the basal joint of the chelate leg, forming a sort of valve to
the efterent opening of the branchial cavity, and then turns back
nearly at right angles, as a lamina, under the branchiae in the lower
part oi' the branchial cavity (s", fig. 1).
The appendages of the head, which bear the sense organs, are the
pair of eye-stalks and the two pairs of antenna? or feelers. The most
anterior, the eye-stalks (fig. 14), are short, cylindrical, two-jointed
organs, arising side by side from the upper edge of the perpendicular
portion of the sternal wall and directed outward (e, fig. 1). The
basal joint {a, fig. 14) is imperfectly calcified on the posterior
side, but the second joint {b) is well calcified, constricted about the
middle, and terminates in a convex, transj)arent surface, serving as a
cornea (c). The entire appendage lies in the orbit, a cavity formed
by the union of processes of the rostrum and carapace with the basal
joint of the >:'econd antenna, and when not in use its corneal surface
106 E. A. Andrews — Anatomy of the Spider Crah.
is concealed by being folded back against the concave surface of the
process arising from the carapace, as at e, fig. 20.
The first pair of antennae, or antennules (fig. 15), are inserted
immediately below the eye-stalks, but are directed downward and
forward. They lie in the antennulary cavity, which is bounded
below by the basal joint of the antenna on either side, and is roofed
over above by the rostrum. The large cuboidal basal joints (a)
nearly fill the upper part of the cavity, and are separated from one
another by a median partition formed by a process of the rostrum
and one from the epistoma or antennary sternum. Three joints beav,
on the side farthest from the median line, a slight groove (A) marking
the entrance to the auditory sac or ear. The remaining joints of the
antennule may also be folded up within the cavity and thus protected.
The second (i) and third (c) are more slender than the first, and cyl-
indrical; the third bears at its extremity two short, jointed filaments
( /■, (j). The lower or posterior filament {g) is composed of about
nine joints ; the anterior (/), of about twenty-nine, which, except
the large basal one and the terminal three, are very short and bear
on their lower sides light colored seta with dark brown bases,
forming a dense brush.
The second antenna, or antennae proper (fig. 16), arise below and
exterior to the antennuliK and project forward horizontally («, fig. l).
Tlie basal joints («, fig. 16) are very large, rectangular in outline,
and are firmly soldered at their bases to the antennary sternum. and at
their tips to the rostrum, thus bridging over the passages joining the
orbits with the antennulary cavity. Near the base of each, is the
opening of the duct of the green gland, which is closed by an ellip-
tical plate {a, fig. 16), produced within the body cavity as a slender,
chitinous process. The two following joints of the antenn:>? {li) are
much smaller than the first, resembling the corresponding joints of
the antennuhe, and lie by the edge of the rostrum. From the eX;
tremity of the third joint a single slender filament (<7), composed of
about fifteen joints, projects forward a little beyond the tij) of the
rostrum (fig. 1).
Alimentary System. — The alimentary canal (fig. 19) includes the
(esophagus, stomach, and intestines, with their appendages.
The mouth is a longitudinal, quadrangular opening at the center
of the peristome, bounded anteriorly by the large fiesliy lobe, the
labnim (/6, fig. 1 9), laterally by the mandibles, and posteriorly by
the forked metastoma, a lobe of wliidi lies in the cavity on the pos-
terior face of each m.-nulible.
E. A. Andrews — Anatomy of the Spider Crab. lo*/
From the month the sliort, wide oesophagus {oe) leads upward and
slightly backward to the large stomach, which lies partly above the
mouth and fills most of the cavity of the head region {g, fig. 1 ). The
stomach includes a large spherical anterior portion (c, fig. 19), the
cardiac region, and a smaller, cylindrical, posterior part (jy), the py-
loric region, which is inclined downward. Like the oesophagus it is
lined \vith a thin chitinous cuticle continuous with the external chiti-
nous body wall ; and which in the pyloric and posterior part of the
cardiac regions becomes folded and thickened to form the numerous
chitinous ossicles and ridges which make up the complicated grinding
and straining apparatus (figs. 17, 18).
On removing the muscular walls of the stomach th(; chitinous cuti-
cle is seen to have a very irregular surface, the ossicles projecting
and deep cavities corresponding to some of the internal projections.
A deep dorsal, and deeper ventral cavity serve to make a constric-
tion between the pyloric and cardiac regions.
The chief pieces of the grinding apparatus of the cardiac region
are three stout ossicles bearing internal, dark-colored, toothed prom-
inences. Of these a long, median one, the urocardiac ossicle (?<c, fig.
18), extends along the dorsal surface from the dorsal cavity in front
of the pylorus to near the center of the cardiac region, where it is
closely united to a small triangular ossicle, the cardiac ossicle (c),
which articulates on either side to a long transverse piece {pt), the
jtterocardiac ossicle, which at its outer end articulates to the supero-
lateral cardiac ossicle {si, figs. 17, 18, 19). This urocardiac ossicle
bears at its posterior end a blunt median tooth-like process with a
more acute one on either side of, and a little in advance of it (/, fio-,
18). The two supero-lateral cardiac ossicles complete the main part
of the grinding apparatus, being broad plates posteriorly jn-oduced
within the cavity of the cardiac region as stout, horizontal, lono-itu-
dinal ridges (r, fig. ] 7), armed with blunt, tooth-like prominences {t,
fig. 1 8). These ridges may be made to meet one another and, with
the toothed surface of the urocardiac ossicle which descends, must
aid in crushing the food. The large lateral ossicles above mentioned
articulate posteriorly with a pair of but slightly calcified plates, the
pyloric ossicles {^:>o, figs, 17, 18), which lie on the dorsal surface of
the anterior part of the pylorus and serve to connect these lateral
ossicles with the median, prepyloric ossicle (^j). This latter ossicle
forms the anterior face of the upper part of the pylorus and articu-
lates at its lower end with the urocardiac ossicle. These three me-
dian ossicles and three pairs of paired ossicles (including the pyloric
Trans. Conn. Acad., YoL. VI, 1883. 15 July, 1883.
108 E. A. Andreios — Anatomy of the Sjyider Crab.
ossicles) are the only ones visible on the dorsal surface of the
cardiac region.
On the ventral surface a single median cartilaginous plate forms
the posterior face of the cardiac region and projects as a tongue-
shaped process into the mouth of the pylorus. This is the posterior
cardiac ossicle, and leads from near the oesophagus to the opening
into the pylorus where it is fringed with setae. Between its forked
lower extremity and the opening of the oesophagus a median lamella
projects into the cardiac cavity. The posterior cardiac ossicle is
closely united on each side to a slender ossicle (wp, fig. 17), which
forms a rim along the lower posterior edge of the cardiac region.
Each of the slender ossicles articulates at its upper posterior end
with a slender vertical ossicle {2^1, fig. 17), the postero-lateral, which
joins above to the supero-lateral ; and it is also joined to the lower
anterior ossicle {ij)", fig. 1 7) of the pylorus. Just above and parallel
to each of these rim-like ossicles («;;, fig. 17) a more slender ossicle
{il), the infero-lateral, supports a delicate fringe of setai lying
parallel to the posterior cardiac plate and to a sipiilar fringe arising
just above the infero-lateral ossicle. The ciu'ved lower end of this
ossicle («, fig. 17) is attached to a papilliform process, covered
with long setfe, which stands at the lower end of the double fringe.
Its curved upper end (Z>) articulates to the lateral cardiac piece {be).
This is a small infolding of the cuticle projecting into the cardiac
cavity as a five-clawed, calcified process, below the large toothed
surface of the supero-lateral ossicle. It is joined to the latter ossicle
by a long curved ossicle {ac), the accessory cardiac ossicle, which
passes forward and upward and is connected by a short cartilaginous
piece [Tc) with a projection on the slender anterior part of the supero-
lateral ossicle.
There are thus twenty distinct ossicles visible on the external sur-
face of the chitinous lining of the cardiac portion of the stomach, four
median and sixteen in pairs. There are also two slightly calcified
areas on either side above the ceso])hagus (>/?, ri, fig. 17) which inter-
nally are covered with scta^ Moreover, behind each supero-lateral
and each lateral toothed process, and on each side of the jjra^pyloric
ossicle, behind the urocardiac, a cushion-like process set with numer-
ous seta^ projects into the cavity of the stomach.
The chitinous cuticle of the pyloric region of the stomach is much
compressed along its lower half; but its lower edge projects outward
as a broad shelf, formed posteriorly by the well calcified lateral
pouch (t>, fig. 17) on either side. TJ»e upj)er more, cylindrical portion
E. A. Andrews — Anatoniy of the Spider Crab. 109
may be dividied into three dilations or pouches. The most anterior
of these and the largest, lies behind the praepyloric ossicle, and bears
on its upper surface the two pyloric plates and on each lateral sur-
face a slender ossicle (s, fig. 11) whose anterior end, is inserted between
the pyloric ossicle (^>o) and the superodateral cardiac ossicle [si).
The middle pouch is narrower and on a lower level than the first, it
bears four meso-pyloric ossicles. A pair of these lie along the upper
surface {ms, figs. 17, 18), one on either side of the median line, and
articulate at their posterior ends with a pair of somewhat triangular
transverse ossicles (ta). These latter are articulated to the upper
posterior processes of the lateral pyloric ossicles (Ij)). This lateral
pyloric ossicle on either side is a broad vertical piece, descending
across the compressed part of the pylorus, and is articulated by a
slender process at its lower anterior edge with the small plate (Zy fig.
17) forming the upper surface of the anterior part of the shelf-like
projection of the pylorus, while a process from the lower posterior
end joins it to the postero-lateral pyloric plate (^:>^j), fig. 17). At this
point of union a delicate, spatulate process projects from the wall of
the pylorus {^y, fig. 18), The posterior pouch is formed by the origin
of the chitinous lining of the intestine and is broader than the com-
pressed part of the pylorus, projecting on either side. Its anterior
edge is formed by an arch of five delicate uropyloric ossicles, a
curved median dorsal one {up^ fig. 17, 18) and two pairs of lateral
ones (up', up"), of which the lower are much the smaller. From this
framework a delicate chitinous cuticle extends backward a short dis-
tance into the intestine in the form of a funnel (/") open on the lower
side ; it is then reflected back on itself fiar more than half its length
and is attached to the muscular wall of the intestine. The folded
portion, which thus projects freely into the intestine, must form a
valve preventing the contents of the intestine from passing forward
into the stomach. Below this posterior pouch the lateral pouches (o)
connect with a pair of three-pronged ossicles ((7, fig. 17) forming the
posterior boundary of the pylorus and including between them the
opening of the bile ducts into the posterior end of the pylorus (h).
The horizontal upper surface of each lateral pouch or capsule is con-
tinuous with the broad, vertical, postero-lateral pyloric plate (pp)
which forms part of the wall of the compressed lateral portion of the
pylorus. These capsules are articulated anteriorly with a single
median, transverse, infero-pyloric ossicle {ip'), the anterior edge of
which articulates to a similar infero-pyloric ossicle (ip). This latter
ossicle is larger and forms the posterior boundary of the deep cavity,
1 10 E. A. Andrews — Anatomy of the Sjnder Crab.
Hepju'iiting tlie lower part of" tlie cardiac and j>yloric regions, on the
sides of wliicli two processes {ip") run forward to join the posterior
cardiac ossicle, or rather the ossicles forming its rim. The pi'ineipal
chitinous pieces vi^iljle on the exterior of the pylorus are thus twenty-
seven in number, three median and twenty-four in pairs.
The inner walls of the lateral pouches (o) are continued into the
cavity of the pylorus as a stout median ridge, filling most of the nar-
row space between the postero-lateral pyloric plates {pp) and giving
rise at its posterior edge to a transverse, lanceolate, valvular process
which extends upward into the cavity and with the posterior ))air of
superior valves nearly closes the more open upper part of the pylorus.
The two pairs of superior valves are lanielliform processes arising
from the upper walls of the pylorus, fringed with setre, and forming,
when brought in contact, a straining apparatus. The anterior pair
are prolonged backward from the upper wall of the middle pouch
and have free triangular terminations. The posterior pair are curved
ridges arising from the anterior edge of the thii'd pouch. There is
also a setose ridge on either side of the cavity of the pylorus, imme
diately above the postero-lateral plate, and a small setose papilla in
advance of the origin of each antero-superior valve.
The chief muscles by which the chitinous skeleton is set in motion
so as to bring the toothed processes in contact with one another, and
which also aid in holding the stomach in place, are the anterior and
the posterior gastric muscles {ag.pg^ figs. 1, 19). The former pair
extend from the cardiac and pterocardiac ossicles forward to a pair
of laraelliform processes, arising from the sternal wall a little above
the insertion of the optic peduncles. The pair of postei'ior gastric
muscles pass back from the prepyloric and pyloric ossicles to the
carapace, where they are attached to small transverse ridges on each
side of the median line. There are also two other pairs of muscles on
the dorsal face of the stomach, the cardio-pyloric {cp^ fig. 1), extend-
ing from the pterocardiac ossicles to the prtepyloric ossicle, and the
supero-pyloric muscles {sp^ fig. 1, 19), extending directly upward
from the triangular mesopyloric ossicles to the carapace, where they
are attached to a pair of disk-shaped processes.
On each lateral face of the stomach there are three extrinsic mus-
cles: a stout, long muscle (»*, tig. 19) extending from the interior of
the two calcified areas on the side of the cardiac portion of the
stomach forward to the roof of the efferent canal in advance of the
mandi))le {in. fig. 20), and attache<l to a ridge on the surface ; and
two long, slender muscles (wi', ?//', fig. 19), extending from the lower,
E. A. Andreivs — Atiatoviy of the Spider Crab. Ill
anterior edge of the pylorus downward and forward, and attached to
the apodenial framework of the first maxilla. Among the intrinsic
muscles on the lateral face, are four broad muscles («, n', n", n'", fig.
19) arising from the posterior lower edge of the cardiac region. The
upper two of these (w'", n") are attached to the super o-lateral ossicle
the next {)>') to the accessory cardiac ossicle, the lowest {?i) to the
calcified area on the side of the cardiac region. A pair of smaller
muscles connect the posterior part of the cardiac with the anterior
part of the pyloric region. From the latter, also, two muscles (o, o',
fig. 19) run upward on each side to the middle pyloric sac.
The oesophagus is connected with the endostoma by two muscles
(l, I' fig. 19), on each side, one above and one below the commissure,
and by a pair from the anterior face («, figs. 19, 20). From the
posterior face a pair of muscles {b) pass backward and outward to the
points of attachment of the large mandibular abductors. The in-
trinsic muscles of the oesophagus may bring its walls in contact with
one another, and valvular folds at the opening of the cardiac region
act, in addition, to prevent the contents of the stomach from passing
into the oesophagus.
The two ducts of the so-called 'liver' (I, fig. 1) enter the pylorus
at its extreme lower posterior end (A, fig. 19). They divide into
large branches Avith delicate walls at a short distance from their com-
mon opening ; and the numerous branches ramify throughout the
entire cephalotliorax and basal portion of the abolomen, receiving the
secretions of innumerable small, yellow, tubular sacs which make
up the mass of the liver. The liver thus occupies all the spaces left
between the other viscera and extends even a short distance into
the apodemal cells.
The muscular wall of the stomach is continued posteriorly as the
wall of the intestine (i, fig. 19). The latter viscus is a tubular organ
extending back from the pylorus to the anus (an), which is on the
ventral face of the telson, or seventh abdominal segment, without
convolutions ; but it is not entirely straight, bending down under
the heart and then rising at the posterior part of the thorax on one
side of the median line, and in the reflexed abdomen necessarily run-
ning forward.
The chitinous integument is continued inward at the anus as a
delicate cuticle lining the intestine as far as into about the fourth
abdominal segment where it terminates in a valvular arrangement
formed by five thickened ridges. Corresponding to this valve
there is a raised muscular ring (s) about the wall of the intestine
112 E. A. Andrews — Anatomy of the Spider Crab.
marking oft'tlie anterior portion {i), which is without cliitinous lining,
from the posterior, straight portion {i') which is tlius lined. The
anterior portion receives the secretion of a pair of cylindrical glands
or Cffica («, figs. 1, 19), wliich are coiled vertically, side by side,
above the posterior part of the pylorus. They open into the origin
of the intestine immediately behind the union of its muscular
wall with the reflexed cliitinous cuticle (f, figs. 17, 18), which forms
the valve guarding the opening of the pylorus into the intestine.
Slightly in advance of the valve separating the two regions of the
intestine, a long tubular cajcum (i/, fig. 19) arises and runs forward,
either on the I'ight or the left of the intestine, and is coiled either
horizontally or vertically by its side, in the upper posterior part of
the thoracic cavity. On entering the intestine, its diameter is nearly
half that of the latter, but it diminishes to a slender tube in the
terminal coiled portion.
Reproductive System. — The internal reproductive organs are large
and conspicuous, being of a clear white color in the male and bright
red in the female, and lying partly exposed when the carapace and
the underlying dermal covering are removed (^, fig. 1),
In the mature female the ovary consists of a pair of large cylin-
drical sacs filled with red ova, and which unite under the anterior
edge of the heart. In advance of this union each lobe extends for-
ward, by the side of the stomach, close to the carapace and then
turns sharply back and extends upon the roof of the branchial cavity
towards its apex. Behind the point of union the two lobes or sacs
pass backward under the edges of the branchial cavities, and then
turning downward unite with the posterior faces of two white sacs,
the spermatheca3. The spermathecje communicate with the exterior
through cylindrical cliitinous infoldiugs of the integument, the
external openings of which are on the sternum of the third segment
bearing ambulatory limbs. These two openings are on the anterior
faces of two ridges or swellings of the integument at the inner ends
of the grooves separating this segment fi'oni the preceding one. The
ovary, before turning down to these spermathecpo, sends back, either
on the right or the left, a jjrolongation which extends into the
abdomen and fills the median portion of its first two or three
seo-ments. Occasionally this backward prolongation is somewhat
developed from both lobes of the ovary at the same time, and the
organ then becomes more symmetrical.
In the male the generative organs occupy the same general position
that the ovaries do in the female. The testes (<, fig. l) are two very
E. A. Andrews — Anatomy of the Spider Crab. 113
long, slender tubules forming on either side of the stomach a much
convoluted mass, which resembles in shape and position the corre-
sponding lobe of the ovary and is like that united to its fellow under
the anterior edge of the heart. Behind this union the tubules expand,
forming on either side, beneath the heart, a convoluted tub6 {f, fig.
1), which becomes posteriorly still larger and less convoluted and
extends back to the opening in the chitinous roof of the posterior
apodemal cell. Befoi-e passing through these openings these tubes
or ducts receive the secretions of a pair of large glands {t", fig. 1)
filling most of the space between the carapace and the posterior
apodemal cells. These glands are composed of large, translucent,
irregiilarly branched sacs or tubes containing a viscid adhesive
substance. The ducts having passed- into the posterior apodemal
cells become much more slender, but have a much firmer wall.
They pass forward and then turn backward through these cells
and enter the basal joints of the posterior ambulatory legs, where
their walls become continuous with the chitinous, cuticular covering
of the penis. These organs ai-e short papillae arising from the lower
inner edges of the basal segments of the posterior legs and are
clothed with setse on the side towards the median line. The tip
can be somewhat invaginated.
Circulatory System. — The heart (/i, fig. 1) is a large pentagonal
disk lying in the pericardial sinufe immediately under the central por-
tion of the carapace, between the apices of the two branchial cham-
bers. It communicates with the pericardium through six apertures,
four on the u})per surface and one on each of the antero-lateral faces,
which are guarded by valves opening inward. It is held in place by
three fibrous bands connecting its upper surface with the integument,
by a similar band on each side connecting it with the edge of the
branchial chamber, by its contact with the floor and anterior wall of
the pericardium («^9, fig. 1) and by the arteries arising from it.
Of these arteries, three arise from the anterior angle of the heart.
The median one (?•'), the ophthalmic artery, runs straight forward
close to the integument over the stomach, without giving oif many
branches, and passing between the anterior gastric muscles it ex-
tends down in front of that organ, giving branches to the eye-pedun-
cles and to the rostrum. The other two (r), arising on either side of
the median one, are the antennary arteries, and run forward and
outward parallel to the stomach and close to the dermis till they meet
the portions of the reproductive organs which turn outward ; under
these they pass and continue forward into the antennae. From them
114 E. A. Andreics — Anatomy of the {Spider Crab.
arise mimerous branches wliich suj)})ly the dermis, reprofluctive
organs, and the muscles of the stoniacli ami mandibles. P^roni the
lower edge of the anterior face of the heart there arise two he})atic
arteries, one between each antennary artery and the lateral side of
the heart. These arteries and their branches have a yellow color
which renders it easy to trace them. They descend into the mass of
tlie liver and give off" numerous branches, which ramify throughout
the entire liver and cover the intestine in the thoracic cavity with
numerous fine vessels.
From the posterior angle of the lieart and a little to one side of the
central line, the sternal artery (?•", fig. !■), the largest of all, arises.
From near its origin, between the cavity of the heart and the valves
of the sternal artery preventing the blood from flowing back into the
heart, there arises the slender superior abdominal artery {r'"). The
sternal aitery passes downward and slightly forward, sometimes on
the right and sometimes on the left of the median line, till near the
apodemal processes, when it sends off" from its posterior side the
slender inferior abdominal artery (;■"", fig. 20), and passing between
the two nervous cords which enter the abdomen, it turns forward
parallel to and but little above the sternal surface of the body.
From the descending portion a few delicate branches pass into the
liver mass; and two long ones run forward under the floor of the
pei-icardium. This large horizontal part of the sternal artery gives
off" six pairs of large branches (6-11, fig. 20), one to each segment
bearino" the ambulatory legs, and one to that bearing the thii-d max-
iliiped. As the artery closely follows the sternal surface it rises
with the cephalic flexure, and from this inclined portion gives off
two pairs of smaller branches, the posterior (5, fig. 20) supplying
the second maxillipeds, the anterior (3, 4, fig. 20) forking and sup-
ijlyino; the first maxillipeds and the second maxilhe. Behind the
moTith the artery forks, and each part giving off a branch to the first
maxilla (2), goes forward around the cesophagus, giving off a
branch into the mandible (1) and others to the muscles of the (i>so])h-
ao-us and forward over the endostoma. The six pairs of branches
iriven ofl" from tlie horizontal path of the sternal artery continue out
throut^h the apodemal cells into the appendages of the six posterior
thoracic segments, but each gives off besides numerous small branches
a laro-e branch (7'-ll', fig. 20) which subdivides and supplies the
adductor and abductor in both cells of tlie same segments. The
small superior abdominal artery (r'", fig. 1), which arises on the inner
side of the sternal artery at its origin, continues back close to the
E. A. Andrexos — Anatomy of the Spider Crab. 115
carapace, througli the thorax and enters the abdomen. It gives off
two branches in tlie tliorax and several small ones in the abdomen,
along the dorsal part of which it passes a little to the left of the
median line. The inferior abdominal artery (/'", fig. 20) is of abont
the same size as the superior. It runs back along the sternal part of
the abdomen, turning to one side of the median line, and gives
branches to the ilexor muscles. Near its origin a long slender
branch passes up to the intestine on the surface of which it ramifies.
The blood from the arteries collects in sinuses and then in cavities
under the branchije, whence it passes into the afferent vessels of
those organs («/", fig. l).
In each branchial chamber the branchiro are nine in number; they
form a conical mass, resting on the lateral walls of the body at an
angle of about forty-five degrees. The four larger ones are attached
in a longitudinal row, the posterior two [hr 6, hr 1, fig. 1), each to an
opening in the pleural wall above the insertion of second and third
ambulatory limbs respectively, the anterior two {br 4, br 5), to the
articular membrane of the first or chelate leg. Three smaller
branchite {br 1, br 2, br 3), the shortest of which does not extend
quite to the apex of the branchial chamber, ai-e attached in a trans-
verse direction, owing to the constriction of the body in front of the
ambulatory legs. The outer two (br'', br^) are attaclied to the
articular membrane of the third maxilliped ; the innermost and
smallest {br 1), to that of the second maxilliped. Closely applied
to the bases of these branchiae and filling out the general conical
outline, are the two remaining branchije, which are mucii smaller and
are attached to the epipodites of the first and second maxillipeds
{br, figs. 12, 13).
Each branchia consists of an anterior and a posterior series of
closely set horizontal laminae, connected by two vertical vessels, an
outer, afferent {af, fig. 1), and an inner, efferent {ef, fig. 1), which
communicate with cavities in each lamina. The whole has the shape
of a quadrangular pyramid attached at its base. The integument of
the branchise is a thin chitinous cuticle continuous with the integu-
ment of the body. To aerate the blood in the laminaj water is con-
stantly drawn into the chamber through the afferent opening just in
advance of the basal joint of the chelate leg, being forced out
through the efferent canal by the working of the scaphognathite
{sg, fig. 10) ; and it is kept in motion by the epipodites {ep, figs. 11,
12, 13), within the chamber.
The efl'erent vessels of the branchiae open into the branchio-cardiac
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI, 1883. 16 July, 1883.
110 E. A. Andrewfi — Anatomy of the Spider Crab.
ciiiials {I>c^ titf. 1) which run ui)\vartl just l)enoath the floor of the
l)iaiicliial chamber and communicate witli the pericanlium. Tlie
canals from the posterior two branchia' unite to form one, and those
from llie anterior branchiie also unite. The two large canals thus
formed have a common opening into the pericardium, nearly opposite
to the lateral ^■alve of the heart, and Iteneath the apex of the bran-
chial chamber.
Nervous System. — The nervous system (fig. 20) comprises the two
large ganglionic masses connected by commissures ; the nerves ema-
nating from them ; and the stomato-gastric system connected with
the commissures.
The thoracic ganglion {tg) is a large, flattened, oval mass, lying
horizontally immediately above the sternal artery in the central part
of the thorax. From its anterior end two stout commissural cords
(c) run upward and forward to the cei)halic ganglion {eg), passing on
either side of the cesophagus {pe) just behind which they are connected
by a transverse cord {Jc).
The cephalic ganglion is large, but much smaller than the thoracic
ganglion, flattened, transversely elongated, and lies against the up-
turned antennulary sternum. From each outer anterior angle of this
cephalic, or cerebral, ganglion, a large optic nerve (i) passes outward
and forward into the ophthalmic peduncle ; it is closely accompanied
along its posterior side by a smaller motor nerve [mo) supplying the
muscles of the pedunc'.e. From the lower face of the ganglion,
somewhat behind the origin of the optic nerves, a pair of smaller
nerves pass downw^ard and forward into the antennules. From
each lateral edge a large nei-ve runs directly outward and forks near
the edge of the carapace {chi), the anterior and posterior branches
supplying the dermis. From the posterior edge the two cireum-
oesophageal commissures {c) pass back to the thoracic ganglion.
Between the lateral dermal nerves and the commissures, but from
a loAver level, there arises on each side a nerve which passes down-
ward and forward into the antenna (iii). Thus the cerebral ganglion
gives off" five pairs of nerves.
From the posterior end of the tlioracic ganglion two nervous
cords, unequal in size {an), run horizontally backward and enter the
abdomen, passing on either side of the descending sternal artery (/•").
In the abdomen the filaments of these cords become separated, some
l)assing back toward the anus below jmd by the sides of the intes-
tine, while each appendage receives one nerve which j)asses outward
from near the median line.
E. A. Andrews — Anatounj of the Spider Crab. 117
From eacli side of this oanoHon five lary'e nervous cords (x-xiv
fig. 20) pass outward horizontally through the apodemal cells and
into the five ambulatory legs where they supply the muscles moving
the various joints. These cords are flattened and inclined, those to
the first pair of ambulatory legs forward, those to the remainino-
ambulatory legs backward. A portion of each cord (x'-xiv') sepa-
rates from the rest not far from its origin and continues upward into
the apodemal cells as a smaller cord supplying the muscles of the
two cells of the segment whose appendage the main part of the cord
supplies. The quadrant which is left between the anterior of these
five large nervous cords, on either side, and the commissure, is occu-
pied by the delicate nerves radiating outward to the mandible,
maxillae, and maxillipeds (iv-ix). The most posterior of these is the
largest (ix) ; it passes outward into the third maxilliped, and is
divided into an upper (ix) and a lower portion (ix') which are
separate almost from their origin. The smaller nerve (v^iii) in
advance of this is likewise divided into an upper and lower part ;
it passes into the second maxilliped. The first maxilliped is sup-
plied by a slender nerve (vii) passing forward and outwai'd on the
same low plane as those of the other maxillipeds and therefore
below the nerve of the second maxilla. This nerve (vr), passing-
upward and forward, runs directly above the former and turns
outward into the second maxilla between two of tlie apodemal
processes. Between this nerve to the second maxilla and the com-
missui'e, and close to the latter, the delicate nerves pass forward to
the mandible and first maxilla. That to the first maxilla (v) is
similar to the nerve to the second maxilla, but nearer to the com-
missure ; and it gives off near its origin a delicate bianch which runs
forward in close contact with the nerve to the mandible till opposite
the first maxilla where it turns outwaid (v') and supplies the muscles
of that appendage. The nerve to the mandible (iv) lies very close
to the commissure and turns outward into the mandible between the
oesophagus and the endostomal plate. A finer nervous filament (it')
lies between this last nerve and the commissure, and is continued
outward by the side of the oesophagus to the abductor and the
adductor muscles of the mandible.
The thoracic ganglion thus gives origin to a pair of single or
double nerves, supplying each of the ten pairs of appendages of the
cephalothorax, besides the pair of commissures connecting it with
the cc])halic ganglion and the double nerve extending back into the
abdomen. In addition to these radiating horizontal neives, a pair
118 E. A. Andreios — Anatonnj of t/ie Spider Crab.
of ascending nerves (re) arises from the u|)|>er surface of the thoracic
ganglion. These nerves arise behind the commissures, in advance
of the point of origin of tlie nerves to the chelate feet, and are
of about the same diameter as the conmiissures. They extend
forward and upward and passing over the edge of the endostomal
framework of the gnathites, turn back over the branchial cavity close
to the membrane forming its roof as the recurrent cutaneous nerves,
subdividing near the apex of that cavity. On turning backward
each gives off a large bianch which extends outward over the roof of
the efferent canal.
The nerves supplying the third maxilli])eds (vi, fig. 20), and the
first ambulatory legs (vii) coincide in direction at tlieir origin with
the arterial branches lying beneath them and supplying the same
appendages ; but the nerves to the other appendages do not so
coincide, the anterior ones (i-v) arising behind the origins of the
corresponding arteries, the posterior ones (viii-xi) arising in front of
them.
The stomato-gastric system comprises the delicate nervous fila-
nients arising from the commissures and supplying the muscles of the
stomach and cesophagus. There are three of these arising from a
slightly swollen portion of each commissure ((/, fig. 20) opposite the
oesophagus. The smallest of these arises from the upper surface and
l)asses up on the side of the oesophagus. A larger nerve passes down-
ward from the lower surface and then forks, the longer fork running
forward between the oesophagus and the endostoma towards the
labrum. The third nerve passes from the under surface forward,
around the oesophagus, just below the commissure, and, sending off
two branches upward u])0n the oesophagus and stomach, unites with
its fellow on the median line some distance in front of the (esopha-
gus (>/). From this union a median nerve passes forward uiuler the
cardiac region of tiie stomach till it meets the descending ojihthahuic
artery, to the lower or posterior surface of which it closely adheres,
and thus passes up <)ver the dorsal surface of the stonuich, supplying
the muscles there. From the same ])oint of union a nerve passes
downward and soon forks, the branches extending backward on each
side of the lower part of the (esophagus.
E. A. Andretos — Anatomy of the /Sjnder Crab. 119
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Plate XXV.
Fig. 1. — Male, witli the carapace removed: about natural size. On the left the
dermis has been folded outward, as has also the cuticnlar lining of the posterior
part of the branchial cavity. On the right these have been removed, and also the
portion of the liver, testis and antennary artery, lying over the anterior part of the
branchial cavity, and the branchiae have been turned outward, showing the floor of
the cavity. On this side, also, the carapace has been removed from about the eye
and the attachment of the autero-gastric muscle :
a, antenna ; ab, abductor of mandible and mu.scle from the first maxilla, here
attached to the carapace; af, afferent vessel of branchia; ag, antero-gastric muscle;
op, anterior wall of the pericardium ; b, muscular bands connecting the cuticular cov-
ering of the anterior part of the branchial cavity with the carapace; be, branchio-car.
diac canal: br\-br1, branchiae: c, cuticular covering of the branchial chamber; cp,
cardio-pyloric muscle; d, dermis ; e, eye; e/, efferent vessel of branchice; /, roof of the
efferent canal ; g, stomach ; gg, portion of the green gland ; h, heart, with four orifi-
ces and five supporting bands ; i, intestine; I, liver; m, m', great and small adductors
of the mandible ; the latter, on the right, is separated from the postero-gastric mus-
cle to show the testis passing below their common origin ; o, line of union of the dor-
sal surface of the abdomen and the refiexed part of the carapace ; p, prolongation of o,
connecting it with the edges of the flanks ; pg, postero-gastric muscle ; pt, pterocar-
diac ossicle ; r, antennary artery, with main branches ; r', ophthalmic artery ; r",
origin of sternal artery ; r"", superior abdominal artery ; rs, rostrum ; S, S', S", epi-
podites of the first, second and third maxillipeds ; sp, supero-pyloric muscle ; t, tes.
tis ; f, posterior, less convoluted portion ; i", accessory organ connected with the
vas deferens ; u, i^yloric ca^cal appendage ; u', posterior unpaired ctecal appendage ;
w, refiexed cuticular portion of the carapace covering the origin of the abdomen ; x,
muscular bands joining the upper inner edge of the apodemal framework of the
carapace; z, muscles which appear to assist in respiration by raising the fold of the
carapace, which partly closes the posterior opening of the branchial cavity.
Fig. 2. — Upper, or true ventral surface of male abdomen ; about natural size.
The first appendage has been removed on the right to show the second : a
anus ; 6, c, d, joints of the first appendage ; ?/, c', d\ those of the second ; o, cavity
into which a projection of the thorax fits and holds the abdomen in place ; p, process
by which the abdomen is attached to the edge of the fianks ; xv-xxi, seven termi-
nal segments forming the abdomen.
Fig. 3. — Upper or true ventral surface of female ; about natural size. The
appendages of the right side have been removed : en, ex, pr, endopodite, exopodite
and protopodite of the first appendage ; other letters as in fig. 2.
Figs. 4, 4a. — Appendages of the male abdomen; anterior face of the first and
second appendage on the right side ; enlarged about two diameters : b, c, d, b\ c', d',
joints of the first and of the second appendages ; p. membranous process near the
tip of the first appendage ; p', membranous papilla-like termination of the second
appendage.
Fig. 5. — Posterior face of the right abdominal appendage of the second pair ;
female; enlarged about two diameters: ex, exopodite; en, endopodite; pn-, membra-
nous articulating portion, representmg the protopodite.
120 E. A. Andrews — Atuitomy oftlie Spider Crab.
Plate XXVI.
Fig. 6. — Anterior face of locomotive appendaj^e of female ; about natiir;il size :
c, coxa ; cp, carpus ; hi, joint representing the basis and ischium ; d, dactylus ; pr,
propodus; to, merus; s, articular cavity; x, articular process.
Fig. 7. — Anterior face of right chelate appendage of female ; about natural size :
t, spine; other letters as in fig. 6.
Fig. 8. — Inner face of right mandible of male ; enlarged about two diameters : a,
inner edge to which is attached the cuticle bordering the mouth ; c, cutting edge ; p,
two-jointed palpus; n, m, vertical and horizontal portions of the internal part of the
mandible ; t, t\ tendons of the large and small adductors ; t'\ tendon of ascending
abd victor.
Fig. 9. — Inner or posterior face of the first maxilla, right side ; male ; enlarged
about two diameters : ft, c, setose basis and coxa ; an, endopodite.
Fig. 10. — Posterior face of the second maxilla, right side ; male ; enlarged about
two diameters: c, coxa; &, basis; en, endopodite; ex, lobe, which may represent the
exopodite ; sg, scaphognathite.
Fig. 11. — Posterior face of the first maxiUiped, right side; male; enlarged about
two diameters : h, c, basis and coxa ; en, endopodite ; ex, exopodite, with its palpus,
p) ; e/», epipodite.
Fig. 12. — Posterior face of second maxiUiped, right side; male; enlarged about
two diameters : Ir, branchia ; cp, carpus ; d, dactylus ; i, ischium ; j^r, propodus ; in,
merus ; other letters as in fig. 1 1 .
Fig. 13. — Posterior face of the third maxiUiped, right side ; male ; enlarged about
two diameters. Letters ns in fig. 12, but the portioti, h, is not separated from i, oven
by a groove.
•pxQ. 14. — Upper face of eye-stalk, right side; male; enlarged about four diam-
eters: a, basal joint, membranous on the posterior face ; h, second joint, firmly calci-
fied and terminating in the cornea, c.
Fig. 15. — Outer face of right antennule; male; enlarged about four diameters:
a, b, c, joints, the distal bearing the filaments, /, g ; h, opening to the auditory sac in
the basal joint.
Fig. 16. — Lower surface of the right antenna; male; enlarged about four diam-
eters : a, h, c, joints, and d, many jointed filament terminating the appendage ; o,
plate closing the opening of the duct of the green gland.
Plate XXTII.
Fig. 17. — Lateral view of the right side of the chitinous lining of the stomach ;
enlarged about two diameters : ac, accessory cardiac ossicle ; ap, ossicle forming a
rim to the postero- cardiac ossicle ; he, lateral cardiac ossicle ; d, three-pronged ossi-
cle, surrounding with its fellow the opening of the bile ducts; /, funnel-shaped
cuticular termination of the pylorus ; g, cardiac region ; h, opening for the bile ducts ;
il, infero-lateral cardiac ossicle, with its upper end, h, and its lower end imited to
the rim of a cavity, a, corresponding to the projection on the interior; ip, ip', ip",
infero-pyloric ossicles ; k, imperfectly calcified piece connecting the accessory and
supero-lateral ossicles ; Ip, lateral pyloric ossicle ; m, n, thickened areas set with setai;
ms, longitudinal mesopyloric ossicle ; o, lateral pouch or capsule ; ce, oesophagus ; p,
prepyloric ossicle ; pi, postero-lateral cariliac ossicle ; po, pyloric ossicle ; py, pylorus ;
E. A. Aiidreics — Anatomy of the Spider Crab. 121
r, ridge forming the lower edge of the supero-lateral ossicle ; s, imperfect ossicle on
the side of the anterior pyloric pouch ; si, supero-lateral ossicle ; ta, transverse meso-
pyloric ossicle ; ujj, up\ up", uropyloric ossicles ; x, projecting spatulate process ; 2,
small plate forming part of the rim at the lower edge of the pylorus.
Fig. 18. — Dorsal view of the cuticular lining of the stomach; enlarged about two
diameters : c, cardiac ossicle ; I, lateral tooth of the urocardiac ossicle ; pt, pterocar-
diac ossicle ; t, teeth of the supero-lateral cardiac ossicle; other letters as in fig. 17.
Pig. 19. — Right side of the alimentary canal; about natural size: «, one of the
two anterior muscles of the oesophagus ; ag, antero-gastric muscle ; an, anus ; h, one
of the two posterior muscles of the oesophagus ; c, cardiac region ; h, opening
of the left hepatic duct ; i, anterior part of the intestine ; i', posterior part hned
with a chitinous cuticle ; lb, labrum ; I, I', lateral muscles of the oesophagus ;
m, m', m", lateral extrinsic muscles; n, n', n", n'", lateral intrinsic muscles; 0, 0',
lateral intrinsic muscles of the pylorus ; p, pylorus ; 5, muscular ring surrounding the
valvular opening between the two portions of the intestine ; u, left anterior csecal
appendage ; w', posterior unpaired csecal appendage.
Fig. 20. — Somewhat diagrammatic view of the nervous system of a male ; about
natural size. The right side has been cut away to a lower level than the left
and the nerves to the mouth parts, three of which are cut on the right, are farther
apart than in nature : a, anterior extrinsic muscles of the oesophagus ; an, nervous
cords passing into the abdomen ; c, commissure ; eg, cephalic ganglion ; dn, cephalic
nerve supplying the dermis ; e, orbit ; era, endostomal plate ; g, swollen portion of
commissure; gg, green gland; i, intestine; fc, nervous cord connecting the commis-
sures ; V, superior lateral extrinsic muscle of the cesophagus ; m, altachmemt of the
large lateral cardiac muscle ; mo, motor nerves of the eye-stalk ; n, united pneumo-
gastric nerves arising from g ; ce,, oesophagus ; r", sternal artery ; r'", inferior
abdominal artery ; re, recurrent cutaneous nerves ; vd, terminal portion of the vas
deferens; I-ll, branches of the sternal artery supplying the appendages of the
cephalothorax, with I'-ll', their upper branches, supplying the muscles of the
apodemal cells ; i-xiv, nerves supplying the fourteen pairs of appendages of the
cephalothorax.
TRANS. CONN, ACAD., Vol. VI,
E. L. UbFokest— Unstmmktricai, Law of Erbor in the Position of a Point in Spacb.
V. Ox AX UXSYMMETRICAL LaW OF ErEOR IX THE POSITION OP
A PoiXT IX Space. By E. L. De Forest, Watertown, Coxx.
^HE law for space of one dimension has been treated of in my
articles " On an Unsymmetrical Probability Curve," which appeared
in The Analyst (Des Moines, Iowa), vols, ix, p. ]35, and x, p. 67.
The curve was obtained as a limiting form of the series of coefficients
in the expansion of a polynomial to a high power, special means
being employed to secure close approximation. Its equation is
-TT- 1 /i I "^^j^'^—i —ax ^
11 ( ^ '
When «=Gc , this curve becomes identical with the common or sym-
metrical probability curve,
xr 1 -a;'-f-26 ,^,
^=v("2^*r ■ <'>
I had previously shown in the same journal, vols, vi, p. 140, viii,
p. 3, and ix, p. 33, that the symmetrical law of error in the position
of a point in space of one, two or three dimensions can be obtained
as a first approximation to tlie limiting form of the system of coeffi-
cients in the expansion of a polynomial of one, two or three variables.
In like manner the unsymmetrical law in space can be found by
extension of the method so as to secure a closer approximation to the
true form of the system of coefficients.
We will first consider space of two dimensions only. The known
formula for symmetrical differences, where u is a function of an
abscissa a //cc, is
«„ = ?/+- J, +— J + _?^ ^^oH '^ ~^Z/4+etc. (3)
"1 1 1.2 ^ 1.2.3 ^ 1.2.3.4 ^ '
Starting from the middle term u^^ in the series
'^—2' ^—1? ^^0' *'l' ^2 5
the common interval Jx between consecutive terms being the unit of
abscissas, this formula gives any required term z<„, where a may be
either a positive or a negative number. The differences A^, z/g, etc.,
of the function u are formed from terms similarly situated on either
Trans. Conn. Aoad., Yol. YI. 17 March, 1884.
124
E. L. De Forest, — Un symmetrical Lun^ of Error
side of ^l^^. {Analyst, ix, 135.) If now u is a function of both an
abscissa aAx and an ordinate hAy, so that the terms form a double
series or rectangular table, thus,
«_i
'-2.-1' "-!■
"no? "^"10'
1^ (4)
the formula for any desired term ?/„.,, is
a , a2 . «.(a3_i2)
-^,.0 +
aft
a^b . a(a^-]^)b
1 0-1 ].l *"■ 1.2.1 --1 1.2.3.1
a2j2
Txr2
52 , «^~ ,
1.2 '••-1.1.2
4-
-J3.1 +
+ ^^— Jo:a+ \^., /^ -^8-2+ • • •
(5)
1.2.3.1.2
The coefficients of the differences in the upper row are the same as
those in (3), and those in the left hand column likewise, only substi-
tuting b for a, Avhile the coefficient for any other difference is the
product of the corresponding ones in the upper row and the left hand
column. For example, the coefficient of Z/3 3 is the product of those
of Jg.Q and ^o-2- '^^^^ reason is, that the values of « in (4) are sup-
posed to represent ordinates to an algebraic surface, and conse-
quently any one row or column will i-epresent equidistant ordinates
to an algebraic curve. Denoting any term in the middle column by
U(i 4, its value by (3) is
b . b
-J„ o+etc.
(6)
and the value of any term ii^j, in the same row with i<o j is found by
applying (3) to each term in the second member of (6), giving the
expression (5). Any difference z/„,„ is the result of differencing ni
times in the a direction and 71 times in the b direction, so as to keep
u^ Q always in the middle. If the difference in either the a or the b
direction is of an odd order, we must take half the sum of the two
nearest corresponding differences on either side of Wq.q; while if the
difference in both directions is of an odd order, we take the mean of
four differences nearest to «^ g. For example,
■M -2"i.o +«"o.o -6?<-i.o
+ 2y_
^2-1 "'"1-1
■6?/.,
+ «3._i— 3*^,._j +3Wo..
-« 1.1
(7)
in the Position of a Point in Space. 125
In this way the symmetry with respect to u^^^ is preserved, ami J.,;,
is supposed to be located at ^'q.q.
Denoting by L tlie coefficients in a polynomial of two variables
/• and s, we locate these coefficients Avith reference to any assumed
rectangular axes by coordinates proportional to the exponents of the
variables, and give the polynomial a square form by adding terras
with zero coefficients if necessary, so that the whole number of terms
in it is (2?/« + l)". Denoting by I the coefficients in its expansion to
the nth power, we locate them in like manner with reference to the
same axes. The polynomial is supposed to have been originally
divided through by the sum of its coefficients, so that ^X=l and
^7=1. The first power and its expansion may be written
X"!-,. XZ"-,n (La., r S"), ^Ill'L XZ-ran (4.6 ^" s') . (S)
Then as shown in Analyst, viii, pp. 9 and 41, with only a change of
notation, the coefficients I in any square group of (2m + 1)^ terms in
the expansion will be connected with the coefficients L of the given
polynomial by the relation
I
XZ1,.,XZ':. (*L_„,_, W.),o-W =;^^^- J
The common unit intervals between consecutive coefficients in the
polynomial or its expansion are Jx and ziy, and a and b are integers
which, used as sub-indices, locate any L at the distance aJx and 6z/y
from the axes of reference, while i and ,;' are similar integers used to
fix the position of the middle coefficient of the supposed group of
(2wi(-f 1)- terms in the expansion, with regard to the same axes.
This middle coefficient then is l;^j, and its coordinates are
x=iJx, y=J^y. (10)
When the exponent n is made very large, or infinite, the coeffi-
cients I become ordinates z to the surface which represents the lira,
iting form of the expansion, and we suppose them to be set closer
together so as to be consecutive. This Z/cc and Jy are reduced to
dx and dy, and (10) becomes
x=idx, y=Jdy. (11)
The extent of the group of (2m + l)^ coefficients / under considera-
tion is infinitesimal in comparison with that of the whole {2mn + l)^
terms in the expansion, especially as we shall i-egard n as an infinity
126 h\ L. JJe torest — Uitsymrnetrical La u- of Error
of the second order, that is, of a magnitude comparable with the
quotient arising from dividing a finite area by {cl.c)'^. This supposi-
tion extends the expansion to infinity througliout the plane XY, and
the small portion of the limiting surface included within the group
above mentioned might be regarded as approximately a plane surface.
{Analyst, viii, p. 42.) But for greater accuracy, we will now suppose
it to be a surface of the second order. Let z be restricted to mean
the middle one of the coefficients in this group ; we wish to find its
relation to ;*' and y. Let the first and second differentials of z in the
X and y directions be written instead of the corresponding differences
A in (5). Then for any coefficient whose coordinates reckoned from
2:=r/,j are adx and hdy, we have the expression
z + ad^ z + bdyZ + -- d\ z + — djz + abd^d^, (12)
and all the {2m + l)^ coefficients in the group will be successively
represented by assigning to a and b all the integral values between
— ?u and m. Suppose all the coefficients I in (9) to have their values
thus expressed. Collect separately the coefficients of z, d,,z, d^, etc.,
remembering that 21u=.l. Let a^ and a.j denote the sums of the
products of each L into its first and second sub-indices respectively.
Let ^, and ^^ ^^ ^^^ sums of the products of each L into the squares
of its first and second sub-indices respectively. Let y be the sum of
the products of each L into the product of its two sub-indices. Let
d^ and d^ be the sums of the products of each L into the cubes of its
first and second sub-indices respectively. Let 7/j be the sum of the
products of each L into the product of the second sub-index by the
square of the first, and let t^^ be formed in like manner, from the
products of the first sub-index into the square of the second. It will
be found that (9) is now reducible to
z—a^d^—a^d^z + l/i^dlz + ^fJ.,d%z + yd^dyZ=V, ^
— a^z+fi^d^z + yd/.—h6^dlz—^}/.2d^^—t/^d,d„z=i--- V, -^ /^gx
— a.2Z+yd^-\- fi„d,;z—hi^d'^^—hh2d~,^—}]od^d,jZ= — - V.
These are the two differential equations of the limiting surface, a, (?,
y, etc., are constant parameters.
When the coefficients L in the given j)olynomial are regarded as
probabilities of error in the position of an observed point, then L^.j
denotes the probability that an error which occurs will fall at the
point x-=iaJ,i\ y=.bJy. We need not suppose, as was unnecessarily
(14)
hi the Position of a Point in Space. 127
done in Analyst, viii, p. 4, that the origin or place of L^^ is the true
position of the observed point. If each L is also regarded as tlie
mass of a material point, and the center of gravity of these points is
taken as an origin, we shall evidently have a^z=.0 and a.,=iO. And
if the coordinate axes passing through this origin are taken to coin-
cide with the free axes of the system of masses L, we shall also have
^=0. By reasoning similar to that followed at Analyst, viii, pp. 44
to 47, it will appear that (9) and (13) still hold good after this change
of axes, the constants a, ;^, )', etc., referring to the new axes with the
same meanings as before. Now in the expression for V in (13) let
differentials of g of the second order be neglected in comparison with
ar, and we have Yz=z. Also let n be written instead of "i^^ + l, which
is pei-missible because « is infinite. Then giving to i and j their
equivalents from (11), we have (13) reduced to the form
i|.?..-i(<y-^Jr?>.-i(,4-.5>f,e-(,-(?>?X.[ = -=^^ I
ij ^_|(<J^^^J^>-i(';,-4-^Jc?;3- (v,^5J^,^^ I =nf^^- j
If we also write
A =nli^{dxy, B =nf3.-,{dyY, 1
Aj =:/«,(5^((fe)3, A^=nr;^dx{dy)^, y (15)
\-]^=jtch.{ dy) ■•' , B 3 = ;^ // ^ (^a;) ^ dy, j
(14) may Ite put in the form
It will be noticed that in the expressions for A and B, ^^{dx)^ and
^^{dy)~ represent the squared q. m. errors or deviations of the coeffi-
cients or masses L from the free X and Y axes respectively; or
according to the nomenclature which I adopted in Analyst, x, p. 99,
they are the x^ and y~ moments of the system of coefficients L about
those axes. The moments for the nih power are n times as great as
for the first power, so that the constants A and B represent the x-
and y- moments of the system of coefficients I in the nth. power; and
when n becomes an infinity of the second order, they are the a-- and
y2 moments of the ordinates z to the limiting surface, and are con-
stant and finite areas. Likewise the constants Aj and A^ are the x'^
and xy'^ moments, and B, and B^ are the y^ and x'^y moments, of
the ordinates z. The constants in (15) might therefore be expressed
thus.
(10)
12S
E. L. De Forest — Un symmetrical Laxo of Error
dxdy
fj ^'^zdxdy^ B
dxdy
ffy^zdxdy.
(1')
The diiferential equations (14) or (16) cannot, I believe, be inte-
grated in their complete form. But if we neglect the inequalities
?/j and 7/2,. (14) reduces to
d^z-\{d^^fi^)d^^_ -X ^
z nfi^dx^ 'y
d.-h{d^^l3^)d-'^_ -y \
(18)
z rili.^dy j
These equations are of the same form as the one near top of p. 138
in my article on the Ij nsymmetrical Probability Curve. That equa.
tion was
dy—{{b^-h-b^)d'^y —x
y
If we write
it becomes
kh^dx
•lb
kb.^ (dx) '^ = b, kb^ (dx) ^ = — ,
S^KI)-(l)-=o,
(19)
(20)
(21)
a linear differential equation whose exact integral is of a highly
transcendental form. (See Price's Calcidics, vol. ii, p. 652). But as
shown in my article, an appi'oximate integration can be effected, with
a comparatively simple result. In applying the method to (18), we
transfer the origin to another point by putting
X f^ and y-—^-— (22)
in place of it; and y respectively, and write new constants
«.='w' "-=W$' ^=.</^,«'-)n h=«fiM,)^- (-)
Thus (18) will rcdiice approximately to
d^ dx, .,, ^. , <i^ dy . , . , ,
-^= — {a.-b^—\)—a.dx^ ■^=.^{n^ib^ — \) — a.,dy, (24)
z X z y
and integration gives
a{^hi — \ <i.,-b., — \ -UiX—(hy .
z=Cx y e . (25)
To restore the two equations (24), we have only to differentiate
(26) with lespect to ./• and y separately, and divide tlic results by <■•
in the Position of a Point in Space. 129
The value of z becomes zero when we take either x={) or y=0, or
when xz=cti or y=oD . Hence, to determine C, since the sum of all
the values of z is unity, we have
dxd>^J, y„ ^<^^<^y=h (26)
which is equivalent to
C^{dxdy) r^ ,a;^&.-i -a,x^, .
Ti -27 / V^^^) e diax)
or to
When the value of C obtained from this is substituted in (25), we
get
This is the approximate equation of the limiting surface. It will
be most convenient if we restore the origin to the point where it was
at first, the center of gravity of all the masses s, or in other words,
the arithmetical mean of all the points of error, each taken with a
weight proportional to the probability of its occurrence. Comparing
(22) and (23), it appears that the origin was removed from this point
by substituting
./■— ttjjj and y—^^'2p2
in place of a; and y, so that to restore it, we substitute
.'• + «i^j and y + «2^2 ('^'^)
for .1' and y in (29). Employing also the known formula
yT;0 = (-^yVf-Ul+— + -^ - etc.), (31)
\e/ r \/i/\ 12h 288^/2 ^' V 1
with Kj and Kg as auxiliary letters
1 1
K.,=:H irr-\ -. — -„^-T-o — etc.,
12a,'Z»^ 288(a,'6,)'
1 1 , s
K„= 1 H 5-r + T-iT\i — etc., (32)
12rt/6, 288(a„'^'„)' ' ^ ^
we find that (29) reduces to
130 /i". Z. De lorest — Unsymmetrical Laio of Error
cl.i'dy
2;rK^K,^(*,62)
and putting zzziLd^dy^ we have
('^-^6;)"'"-'('^7ir-'^-"'^-"*'.(-*)
Z=i
This final equation of the surface sought is the product of two
functions like Y in (1), one in a; and the other in y. The intersection
of the surface by any vertical plane parallel to either the X or the Y
axis will be a curve whose ordinates have the form (1) multiplied by
a constant. Differentiating (84) we get
dT. „(a^h-\ \ dZ /a:b-\ \ , ,
Tliese become zero for
■"=-«,' "^-h <'"*
at which point Z is a maximum. They are also zei'o when Z=0, and
this, as we know from the properties of the curve (1), will occur when
cc=: — rtj6, or when !/= — «2^2' or when a;=:±co,the + or — sign
being taken according as «, is + or — ; or when yr=±x> according
as «o is + or — . The intersection of the surface by any horizontal
plane is a closed curve of contour surrounding the vertex-point (-'56).
Denoting by Z' the height of this plane above the XY plane, and
writing
e=27rZ'K,K.^(6j/^2), (37)
the equation of the curve of contour, or of its projection on the XY
plane, is
Neither the x nor the y can in general be explicitly expressed, one
as a function of the other. But if «, or «2 i^ infinite, the surface
becomes symmetrical in the .'■ or y direction respectively, and the
form of the curve of contour is simplified. For instance, with '^2=: x> ,
we have the identity
{Analyst, ix, p. 165) ; and (38) may be reduced to
y^=2bA -T-! log ( 1 + — i- )-«,.'•—, *- V. (40)
og e * \ a J) J ' log e i ^ '
in the Position of a Point in Space. \^>\
If we have both a^ = oo and aj^oo, (34) becomes the ordinary
symmetrical probability surface, and the curves of contour reduce to
ellipses
i':+i!.=_l^i-^. (41)
To show the modifications of form which these curves undergo
from the introduction of the unsymmetrical elements represented by
the constants a^ and a^, let ns first consider the ellipses (41) as circles,
with Ji=&2=-*- l*«t,ting x^ -{-y^znr^, the squared radius of such a
cii'cle is
loge
Giving to Z' the values .01, .02, .03 in succession, remembering that
K^ = l and K3=:l, (37) gives for c the values
.25133, ,50266, .75399,
and the corresponding radii r are by (42)
3.324, 2.346, 1.503,
with which the three concentric circles in Fig. 1 are described.
If we now suppose that there is a c. ra. inequality in the x direc-
tion, so that aj has a finite value, for instance «i = ], while b-^ and h^
remain as before, then by (40) the equation of.any curve of contour is
5.262 log ( 1 +-j — 8,<- — 18.421 log c. (43)
Giving to Z' the values .01, .02, .03, .04 in succession, with
K, = 1.0211, K2 = l,
the values of c are by (37)
.25663, .51326, .76991, 1.0265,
which being substituted in (43), give us four equations by which the
four curves of contour can be constructed as in Fig. 2. They sur-
round the point a5= — 1, .V=0, for which Z is a maximum according
to (36). The surface cannot extend beyond the dotted line drawn at
the distance x=i—a^h^z:z—4: from the Y axis, so that all the curves
of contour lie wholly to the right of this line.
Again, suppose that while b^, b^ and a^ remain as before, ci^ has
also the finite value a.^^l due to a c. m. inequality in the y direction.
Then by (38) the equation of any curve of contour is
y
132 E. L. De Forest — Unsymmetrical Law of Error
3log(l +j) + 3log(l +-\ — .43429(;r + ;y)— logc=:0. (44)
Assigning to Z' the values .01, .02, .03, .04, .05 in succession, with
Kj=K2=:1.0211,
the values of c are by (37)
.26205, .52410, .78615, 1.0482, 1.3102,
and substituting these in (44), we have the equations of five curves
of contour surrounding the point x=z — \, y=: — 1, at which the vertex
of the surface is located. The curves can be constructed by approxi-
mation, and appear as in Fig. 3. The surface cannot extend beyond
the dotted lines
.x——a^b^ = — i, y^—a^b^ — — ^,
and is tangent to the XY plane along them. The curves lie wholly
within the angle formed by these lines.
In the foregoing examples we have supposed b^z=b„ and a^^za^.
But if these were not equal, or if a^ or 0^2 were negative, it is evident
that considerable variety would be occasioned in the form and position
of the curves of contour. Moi-eover, the value «,=:±1 or ^2=^1 i^
rather an extreme assumption, and implies a degree of c. m. inequality
beyond anything that would be likely to occur in practical applica-
tions. The peculiarities in the form of the curves are thus exagger-
ated, merely to make them more readily visible.
To find the unsymmetrical law of error in the position of a point in
space of three dimensions, the function which expresses the limiting-
form of the series of coefiicients in a polynomial of three variables is
to be obtained in a manner strictly analogous to the foregoing.
Indeed, the processes for one or two dimensions are special cases of
that for three dimensions, and might be demonstrated as such. The
coefiicients L, regarded as the masses of material points, are supposed
to be arranged equidistantly in the directions of three rectangular
axes, the common intervals between them being /Ix, Jy, Az, and the
polynomial and its expansion to the nX\\ power may be written
Then, as shown in Analyst, ix, p. 36, the relation between the
whole (2m + 1)3 coeflScients L in the first power, and any similar
block of an equal number of coefficients / in the expansion, will bo
in the Position of a Point in Space. 133
== — Wi a^ — Ml • - - .
(46)
(I-.
-4, —
^ ^(Ha), (i+2'), (*+e)) —
V,
1
(«L_,
.— i,
-c ^(;+«,
, (y+i). (i+'^V
— i
V,
(^L_,
I — '',
— ■ '(i+«)
(i+i), a+c))
w + 1
V,
(cL_
, — «,
-c ^(;+«)
C7+i'), a-+»))
_ -A;
n + \
V.
The middle coefficient of this block is l;,j,k-, and its coordinates are
r=^ //..■, y=iz^2/, 2=^-//2. (47)
When the n is made an infinity of the second order, and the coeffi-
cients in the expansion are set close together so as to be consecutive,
the expansion extends throughout infinite space, the intervals J;>',
Jy, Az become <fo;, dy^ dz, the coefficient li^j^k becomes the function w
which represents the limiting form of the series of coefficients I, its
coordinates become
.r=ul'; y=Jdy, z=kdz, (48)
and we wish to express w as a function of x, y, z. For this purpose,
we regard the terms in the block as forming an algebraic triple
series, whose first and second differences ai"e to be taken into account,
and the differences used are to be symmetrical.
The formula for symmetrical finite differences, where ti is a func-
tion of the three variables a/ix, hAy and cAz, is found in a manner
quite similar to that employed in obtaining the formula (5) for two
variables. The coefficients of the differences in the x direction are
like those in (3), while those in the y and z directions are the same,
only writing h and c instead of a. Then for some other difference,
Z/g 3^ for instance, the coefficient will be the product of the coeffi-
cients of zJg ,j.o, J„.3.„ and z/o.,,.^. The method of forming the differ-
ences so as to keep u^.^.y^ always in the middle, is analogous to that
already explained in discussing formula (5). The formula now
obtained, if we stop with second differences, will be
a
b . c
W«,Ae = Wo.O.O+-j-^tO.O +^^0.1.0 +-f ^0.0.1
a^ h^ G^ A
+ ^^2.00 +^-^0-2.0 +]~^^0-0.2
ah , ac . Jc . /.^x
Let the first and second differentials of w in the cc, y and z direc-
tions be written here for the corresponding differences A. Then any
134 M L. De Forest — XJnsyrnmttriccO Law of Error
coefficient whose coordinates reckoned from ?/'=:^,^^ ,(. are adx^ hdy and
cdz will be
^o + adM + hd,w + cd.io -\ — d^ ic^ — d^G -f —dho
+ ahdJlyV: + acd^d^w + bcd/l^ic^ (50)
and all the coefficients in the block will be successively represented
by assigning to a, h and c all the integral values between —m and m.
Suppose that all the values of I in (46) have been thus represented.
Collect the coefficients of w, d^w, d,jio, etc., remembering that ^L=l.
Let a ^^ a'g, a^ denote the sums of the products of each L into its
first, second and third sub-indices respectively. Let (9,, §2-> ^3 ^^^ ^'^^
sums of the products of each L into the squares of its first, second
and third sub-indices respectively. Let y ^, Y21 7 3 ^^ ^'1*^' sums of the
products of each L into the product of its first and second, first and
third, and second and third sub-indices respectively. Let (J,, (J,, 6^
be the sums of the products of each L into the cubes of its first,
second and third sub-indices respectively. Let tf^, 7/2, //g, 7/4, >^^, ij^
be the sums of the products of each L into the product of the second
sub-index into the square of the first, the product of the third into
the square of the first, that of the first into the square of the second,
that of the third into the square of the second, that of the first into
the square of the third, and that of the second into the square of the
third, respectively. Let 0 be the sum of the products of each L into
the continued product of its three sub-indices. We can now bring
(46) into the following form.
w—a^djo—a/IyW—cK^djc + \fi^d^'w -f \fi^d^w -f \fi^d'^o^ 1
+ }\dxdyto + y„d/l,w + y/l„d^w=y.
— a^w -\- fi^d.w + y/7„u' + y/Lw — ^S^d/w—^7/^d,j'w—h/^d,'iP
— // d^djr — ?)d,d.w — 6d„d.w = V.
— c)/„ic -t- y^dxio -f ft„d„v} -h y./l-ji' — hf^d^^io—^d./lJ'w—hj/Vtr \- (51)
— iijIjIm — QdjdM — iid<d.xoz=. — '-- V.
^.
These equations may be simplified by a suitable choice of the
coordinate axes. Any coefficient L^ j_, represents the probability that
an error which occurs will fall at the point .r=(iJ.'\ y=zhJij, z^cJz.
If these coefficients are also regarded as the masses of material points,
and their center of gravity is taken as an origin, we shall have n ,=0,
in tJte Position of a Point in ISpace.
135
(Y„=i<), ^^-3=0. If the coordinate axes through this origin are taken
to coincide with the free axes of the system of masses L, we have
also /j—O, 72=0, 73=0, By considerations like those employed at
Analyst, ix, pp. 38 to 40, it will appear that formulas (46) and (51)
still hold good, the constants a, |5, y, etc., referring to the new axes
with the same meanings as before. Let us neglect second diflFeren-
tials oi w in comparison with /« in the expression for V in (51). This
gives V = /r. Also let n be written instead of n + \. Then giving to
^,,y, k their equivalents from (48), we reduce (51) to
l\d.w-U7^,-^/j,)d;w-Uf^^-^p,)d;w-U^
y (52)
— {^^ft)d/l,;w — {i]^^ P,)d^d.w - (//„H- fJ,)d,d,w
If we write
—zdz
VpjiW
A =nfi^{d>Y, B =np,{dyy, C =nf3,{dz)\
Aj= w^j(c?,(')3^ A.^z=.ni]^d.i'{dyY, A^z=.ni]^d.v{dzY,
B^=7ij]^{d.>'Ydy, Ba= n6.^{dy)'^, B^= mf^dy{dz)^',
C ^=nr/2 {d.r) 2 dz, C 0= n?/^ {dy) ^ dz, L\ = n6^{dz)^,
E ^ ndd.rdydz,
(52) may be put in the form
, A /d'w\ , , /d'iv\ , . /d'w\ ^/d'w\ ,Jdhc\ ]
H7i?)+^''{w)^^''\'d^)^^\d^^^^
r^( d''w\_ ./dw\
\dydz/ \d,v/
^ / dSo \ ^/dw\
,^ / d„'w \ ^/dw\
W53)
"t (54)
136
E. L. De Poretit — Unsym metrical Law of Error
Tlie constants A, B, C represent the squared q. m. errors or devia-
tions of the coefficients or masses I in the >ith power, from the X, Y
and Z axes respectively. In other words, they are the x^, y^ and z^
moments of the system of coefficients I. When n becomes an infinity
of the second order, they are the moments of the system of vahies of
the limiting function ?<', and are constant and finite areas. Likewise
the constants Aj, Bj, etc., are the .»'^, x~y, etc. moments of the sys-
tem of coefficients I in the nth power, all such moments being n times
greater in the wth power than in the first power, as shown in my
article already cited {Analyst^ x, p. 97). When 7i becomes an infinity
of the second order, A, A^, Bj, etc., become the moments of the
system of values of the limiting function ?/;, and might be expressed
thus :
^ =^^%^-^^""^''^^^'
dxdydz
fJ'J'wj' 3 dxdydz,
(55)
^^=^^^^.•^^•^'^''"2/^^%^^,
and so on.
The difterential equations (52) or (54) cannot be further simplified
without impairing their generality. But as they apparently cannot
be integrated in their complete form, we will neglect the seven ?/ and
6 inequalities, and thus reduce (52) to
d^w— ^{6^-^/3 ^)dj'w —.I-
w nfJ^d.r'
dyW-^{S^-^ft^d;w _ -y
w n^^dy'
dgic—\{d^
A. }
■fi^d,h(^_ —z
w n§jdz
These equations are of the same form as (IH).
origin to another point by putting
(56)
We transfer the
Infi^dx
y-
infi^dy
6. '
in place of x, y, z, and assume the new constants
2/3XdxY
2fiXdzy
_2j^{dyy
"•- s^idxy '^- S.Xdyy'
b^ = nfiXd.>-)\ fK=nP^{dyy,
The equations may thus be approximately reduced to
»~ d.xdzy
b,= n/i^idzy
(58)
in the. Position of a Point in Space. 137
- - = - (a/^, - 1 ) -ad.r, -^~- = -" (cCb., -I) -a.. dy
%c z^ ^ ^ J
aud integration gives
^ tti^bi — l a^^i — l a^^ba — l —atX—a^y—aaZ ,^^.
'W=:(Jx y z e . (60)
The value of ?o becomes zero for a;=0 or y=0 or 2=0, or for x=aD
or 2/^oc or 2^00 . Hence, to determine C, we have
-— ,^-- / / / wd,rdydz=zl, (61)
m-aydzt/^ J ^ J^
and as in the«case of (26), this is shown to be equivalent to
cr(a,-6,)7-(aA)r(a;63)^^
ttl'-^fel a2^&2 «3^&3 777'
a J a^ a.^ dxdyaz
When C as thus obtained is substituted in (60), we get
a.axiAxdydz , .ai'^61 — 1, ^a^-b.—i .as'^s— 1
•"=r(«>:)f(OT<*:) '"■•'■' ^"''^ *"•'* .
—a^x—a^y—a^iZ
e . (63)
Now let the origin be restored to the point where it was at first,
the center of gravitj' of all the masses w, that is to say, the arithmet-
ical mean of all the possible points of error, each taken with a weight
proportional to the probability of its occurrence. It appeal's from
(57) and (58) that the origin was removed from this point by sub-
stituting
X — a^b^, y — «2*25 2 — «3*3>
in place of x, y, z, so that we bring it back by substituting
x + a^b^, y + a2^2^ 2 + «3*35 M
for X, y, z in (63). Employing also the value (31) for /"(w), and
writing as in (32)
and putting iv=Wdxdydz, we find that (63) reduces to
w-— ^ (i+^r ■" (,+JL\'
"-(2;r)}K,K,K.V(«,*A)V "A/ \ <'A'
O^i)
tts^ — l
—aiX—aiy—aaZ
(66)
I 3S E. L. De Forent — Unnipmnetrical Lav) of T^'ror, eto.
This final form is the product of three functions like V in (1), «nie
in X, one in y, and one in z. Differentiation gives
ffe Va^&. + z 7 j
These become zero when we take
<— — ^ — ^ — '
~~ a,' " ~ «2' <^3'
and at this point W is a maximum. They are also zero when W = 0,
and this occurs when x:=—a^b^, or when y=^—cioJ>2-> ^^' when
z=— ttgig, and also when either £c, y or z are equal to itoo , the + or
— sign being taken according as a^, «g or a^ are respectively + or
— . If we suppose parallel planes to be drawn at the distances
— a^h^, — agig? ~~^s^
3 5
from the YZ, XZ and XY planes respectively, the values of W will
all be included within only one of tb'e eight solid angles formed by
the planes so drawn. In other words, the law of probability repre-
sented by (66) is such that any error which occurs must fall at some
point within this portion of infinite space. But in the special cas^s
when either »^, cio or a^ is infinite, the limit of possible error is
extended to infinity in the a*, y or z direction respectively, and the
function W becomes symmetrical in that direction, depending on
x'^, y^ or z^^ as (39) shows. If a^, a^i a^ are all infinite, the errors
may fall in any portion of infinite space, and (66) is reduced to the
entirely symmetrical form
w=
where we have put
".'=2^'
"'=w:
K=A-- ('0)
Compare Analyst, vol. ix, p. 68. The expression (69) was there
obtained as the limiting form of the system of coefficients in the
expansion of a polynomial of three variables, when only first ditter-
ences were taken into account. The same result would have been
obtained here, if we had neglected the second differences of )r in (50).
VI. — Second Catalogue of Mollusca recently added to the
Fauna of the New England Coast and the adjacent parts
of the Atlantic, consisting mostly of Deep-Sea Species, with
Notes on others previously recorded. By A. E. Verrill.
[Published by permission of tlie U. S. Fish Commission.]
The following paper was originally intended to form merely a brief
supplement to the Catalogue published by nie, in 1882, in Vol. V. of
these tx-ansactions, to include such con-ections and additions as had
been noticed up to date. But the discovery of a very large number
of interesting additional species, many of them new, during the deep-
sea dredging cruises of the Fish Commission Steamer, Albatross, in
1883, made it desirable to extend the paper so as to include many of
the more important of these discoveries. This has caused delay in
the printing of the paper and much increased its length, and, as I
hope, its value. Many of the additions made in 1883 are from much
deeper water than we had pi-eviously explored (1,000 to 2,900 fath-
oms), and consequently from a greater distance at sea; so that these
cannot properly be regarded as pertaining particularly to the " New
England fauna." They belong rather to the general deep-sea fauna
of the western Atlantic. Others are from the deep waters of the con-
tinental slope, beneath the Gulf Stream, in 100 to 600 fathoms. As
these deep-sea forms are likely to extend all along our coast, at simi-
lar depths, and even to foreign waters, I have not thought it desir-
able to exclude from this paper any deep water species because of
its having been taken even as far south as off Cape Hatteras, which was
nearly the southern limit of the dredgings of the Albatross in 1883.
But I have excluded the strictly southern shallow water forms, dredged
at moderate depths off the coasts of North Carolina and Virginia,
though many of them are new additions to the fauna of our coast.
There are, doubtless, to be added to our list many species of small
and difficult shells, belonging to certain groups that have not yet been
fully examined, or of which we have taken only imperfect examples.
These will chiefly belong to the Bidlidm, Turhonilla, Odostomia,
Cryptodon ^ and Yoldia.
I am greatly indebted to the skill of Mr. J. H. Emerton for the
unusually accurate illustrations, and to the U. g. Fish Commission for
the privilege of using them in this place.
Trans. Conn. Acad.. Vol. VI. 18 April Vl, 1884.
140 A. K Verrlll — Mollusca of the iVev England Coast.
The original assorting and preservation of the deep-sea specimens
taken by the Albatross was laigely done by Mr. Sanderson Smith,
who went on all the cruises of the Albatross, except a few of the
earliest. He was assisted by several other members of the party,
and especially by Ensign W. E. Saffbrd, U. S. N.
My work has also been particularly facilitated by the care and
skill with which the final assorting, cataloguing, and labeling of the
large collections have been done V)y my assistant, Miss K, J. l>ush, who
has, also, made many identifications of the described species, and
given aid in other ways.
When the various lots were first examined and assorted, at Wood's
Holl, last summer, during the dredging season, many of the new
species, especially the largest and most striking, were recognized as
forms not before observed on our coast, both by Mr. Sanderson Smith,
who had special charge of the shells, and myself. For such species,
in this article, " Verrill and Smith " are usually given as authorities,
but the writer is alone responsible for the descriptions of all the
species, as in his previous papers on the same subject.
Some of the previously known species, first discovered on our
coast last summer, were first identified by Mr. Smith, and others by
Miss Bush, but the writer has independently examined and confirmed
all such species, given in this paper.
CEPHALOPODA.
LeptOteuthis Verrill, gen. nov.
Body elongated and slender, pointed behind, with a well developed
terminal fin. Head relatively large, much elongated. Eyes not ex-
sert, with simple thin lids. Mantle free dorsally, with a special dor-
sal and two lateral connective cartilages ; the lateral ones simple,
tubercle-like, corresponding to a roundish cartilage-pit on each side
of the siphon. Arms slender, the ventral ones much the largest and
longest. Suckers depressed, in two rows. Tentacular arms rather
long, slender, with a somewhat ex))anded terminal club, bearing sim-
ple suckers, and with a row of small sessile suckers and rounded warts
along the whole length of the inner surface of the slender portion.
Gills and viscera anteriorly situated. Stomach short, with a saccular
appendage.
This genus has, hitherto, not been distinguished from Leachia and
Loligopsis. Fi'om the typical forms of these groups it ditters greatly
in anatomical characters, as well as in external appearance. From
A. E. Verrill — Molhisca of the New England Coast. 141
Taonius and Des)noteuthis it dilFers still more widely, and evidently
has no near relationship with them. It shows more affinity with
Cheiroteuthis, in the connective cartilages and many other respects,
and like that genus has large ventral arms, with a special row of color
spots on them ; but there is nothing of the peculiar structure of the ten-
tacular suckers seen in the latter. Its nearest allies appear to be Galli-
teuthis V. and Brachiotexithis V., from both of which it is clearly dis-
tinct generically. It may, therefore, be referred to the family Cheiro-
teuthidm, along with the two last-named genera.
Leptoteuthis diaphana Veniii, sp. nov.
Plate XXXII, figure 1.
A small, elongated, very slender, translucent species, with the head
very large and long, as compared to the body, its length being more
than half that of the body and tail taken together, and more than
three-fourths that of the body to the caudal fin. Sessile arms slender,
the ventral arms much larger and longer than the others, about equal
in length to the head and body to the base of the tail. Tentacular
arms long and slender. Caudal fin ovate, acutely pointed posteriorly.
Head elongated, cylindrical, smooth, and nearly transparent, ex-
cept in the region of the eyes. The eyes are of moderate size, not
very prominent, with a broad, thin lower eyelid, but without any dis-
tinct lachrymal sinus. Body, in front of the fin, slender anteriorly,
about equal to the head in diameter, somewhat tapering backward to
the base of the caudal fin, and then abruptly narrowing to a very
slender caudal portion, running along the under surface of the fin like
a raid-rib and terminating in a very slender, acute tip. Anterior edge
of the mantle thin, very evenly truncated ventrally and laterally, but
extending on the dorsal side into a broad, angular, obtusely pointed
lobe. Caudal fin relatively large, elongated, ovate, decidedly broad-
est in the middle, narrowing distinctly anteriorly, with the anterior
lobes small, rounded, and projecting only slightly forward beyond
the inseition ; posteiiorly the fin narrows rapidly to a long, slender,
acuminate tip. Siphon well developed, with the terminal portion
elongated and free for some distance, strongly recurved in our speci-
men. Connective cartilages on the lateral base of the siphon small,
elliptical, somewhat ear-shaped, with a continuous, raised rim, and
with two small interior lobes, one of which is ventral and the other
posterior, leaving between them a small, deep sinus, directed down-
ward and backward. The corresponding cartilages on the inner sur-
face of the mantle are small prominent, somewhat triquetral tubercles,
112 .-1. E. Verrill — MoUmca of the Neio England Coast.
with the corners rounded and the ohtuse tip a little prominent and
directed posteriorly.
The arras increase in size and length from the dorsal to the ventral
pairs. The dorsal arms are very slender and short, in length not
half as long as the head ; the second and third paii's are similar in
form, but increase regularly in size and length, the third pair not
being equal to the length of the head ; the ventral arms are, on the
contrary, very much larger and longer than the third pair, their
length being nearly three times as great ; the tentacular arras are
very slender and considerably exceed the ventral arms in length when
extended ; the club is distinctly larger than the rest of the arm, a
little tialtentd and expanded in a narrow lanceolate form, and covered
by regular, minute suckers, arranged in about four rows along the
middle portion. The slender portion of the arms bears a row of small
sessile suckers and tubercles along nearly its whole length ; these
suckers are usually elliptical in form where the arm is extended, but
circular when contracted ; they are rather larger than the suckers of
the club, but are only a little elevated, and are so numerous that the
intervals between them are often not greater than their own diameter,
but when the arms are fully extended these intervals are increased.
On the ventral arms the suckers are small, oblique cups, constricted at
the aperture and attached by very slender pedicels ; they are arranged
rather distantly in two alternating rows, which occupy only a narrow
median band on the inner face of the arms ; just exterior to the
outer suckers, and alternating with them, there is a row of small,
rounded, slightly raised, reddish brown warts, in diameter eqxial to or
somewhat exceeding the suckers. On the other arms the suckers are
relatively more numerous, and more closely arranged in two regular
rows; on these arms they are about the same in size as on the ventral
ones, but are flatter, less obliquely attached, and have the aperture less
constricted and not so one-sided. On the inner surface of these arms
there are two rows of brown spots, alternating with the suckers.
Color of the body and head, in alcohol, pale, translucent bluish
white, spotted along the middle of the dorsal surface with rather large
chromatophores, which are not very numerous, and with fewer
scattered ones on the sides and ventral surface. Caudal fin yellowish
white, opaque (owing to the eifect of the alcohol), with a median
band of chromatophores along the dorsal surface and with very few
beneath. On the dorsal side of 1?he head, between the eyes, tlie chro-
matophores are more numerous than elsewhere ; a row of similar
chromatophores extends along the outer surface of each arm. 'I'en-
A. E. Verrill — MoUusca of the Neto England Coast. 143
tacular arras and three upper pairs of sessile arms yellowish white and
opaque. Ventral arras bluish white and translucent, like the head
and body.
Length fiom tip of tail to base of dorsal arms, 74"^'" ; to anterior
edge of mantle, 60""" ; to center of eyes, 64™°' ; diameter of head
across eyes, 8™" ; back of eyes, 7""' ; diameter of body, 5-7""" ; length
of caudal fin, 23"'™; its breadth hi the middle, 13™"'; breadth across
anterior lobes, 0"'"' ; length of dorsal arms, ll™""; of second pair,
14™'"; of third pair, 18™™; of ventral arms, 42™™; of tentacular
arms, 60"'™ ; diameter of dorsal arms at base, about 1™'" ; of third
pair, 2™'" ; of ventral arms, 3™™ ; diameter of larger suckers, about
.omin
The gills and viscera are situated far forward. The gills are short,
broad, blunt, with many crowded lamellae. The stomach has a
short, thick, tapering, saccular appendage. The liver is relatively
large, short, rounded. Rectum slender, with two well-developed,
spatulate anal papilht;. Bianchial auricles well-developed, oblong.
The pen is very thin and delicate.
Station 2037, in 1731 fathoms, N. latitude 38° 53', W. longitude
69° 23' 30". No. 38,242. Steamer Albatross, 1883.
The only described species which resembles this is Loligopsis ver-
micolaris Riip., but the latter, if the figures can be relied upon, differs
in its proportions. It has a still longer and more slender head, while
its caudal fin is much larger and has a distinctly cordate outline,
broadest across the anterior lobes, which are much larger and broadly
rounded. It is, however, evidently congeneric with our species, and
should be called Leptotenthis vermicolaris.
Our specimen has the reproductive organs but little developed, and
is, therefoi'e, probably immature.
Abralia megalops Verriii.
Araer. Joiirn. Sci., vol. xxiv, p. 364, 1882; Bulletin Mus. Comp. ZooL, vol. xi, p.
105, pi. 3, fig-. 4, 1 883 (description of young).
Plate XXVIII, figure 2.
The following description is from the type-specimen, in alcohol.
Small, eyes large; caudal fin, about two-thirds as long as the
mantle, and much broader than long, transversely elliptical ; 2d and
3d pairs of arms equal; dorsal a little shorter; ventrals shortest.
Sessile arms with two rows of hooks, which are replaced by small
suckers on the distal third ; tentacular clubs with two alternating-
rows of hooks, and with marginal suckers distally, on each side?
144 .J. E. Verrill — Molhisca of the New England Coast.
alteiTiating with the median hooks, and with proximal and terminal
groups of smaller suckers. Color pale, with numerous small dark
brown chromatophoi'es above, larger and more crowded on the head
and on the bases of the arms ; lower side with several larger, round,
symmetrically placed, puiplish brown spots, and wnth minute ones
between them.
Length of mantle, 1.5"""; diameter of body, 7""" ; length of tin,
11"""; breadth across fins, 18"""; breadth of head, 7'""'; diameter of
eye, 4-5'""^; length of dorsal arms, 13"^"; length of second pair,
j4mnj. of third pair, 14"""; of tentacular arms, 25"^"^ ; of ventral arms,
10""". Probably this specimen is immature.
The specimen described from the Blake collection is still younger,
but the general figure referred to is from the original specimen,
described above.
Off Martha's Vineyard, station 1137, in 173 fathoms, Fish Hawk,
1882. Off Barbados, station 294, in 137 fathoms, Blake Exped.,
1878-9.
Eledonella Verrill, geu. nov.
General appearance similar to that of certain small species of Octo-
pus and Eledone. Body oblong-ovate, soft and saccular, wnthout
fins. Mantle extending forward as far as the eyes. Gill-opening
very wide, extending upward on the sides as far as the dorsal margin
of the eyes, which may be partially concealed by the edge of the
mantle. Arms slender, the upper ones shortest, the third pair largest.
Suckers in a single row. Third arm of the right side hectocolylized
by having the terminal half thickened and somewhat shortened, and
bearing on its distal half a few very large urceolate suckers, very
much larger than any of the others, and quite different in form.
Interbrachial membrane short. Eyes well developed, nearly covered
by the skin ; a mucus-pore close to the anterior ventral border of the
orbit. Siphon moderately developed, free only near the tip ; pos-
teriorly the basal part of the siphon extends into two commissual
muscular bands on each side ; the ventral one runs far back, while
the lateral curves upward to join the mantle. There is a large median
ventral commissure joining the mantle to the visceral mass; thus the
gill-chamber is divided into right and loft com])artments, each of
which is sub-divided into a superior and inferior portion. No special
cartilages could be seen on tlie mantle, nor on the siphon. Repro-
ductive organs large, highly colored with large orange chromato-
phores.
A. E. Verrill — ^folJusca of the Npao England Coast. 145
The principal character in which this genus difibrs from Eledone is
tlie peculiar mode of hectocotylization of the third arm in the male.
Eledone agrees essentially with Octopus in this respect.
Eledonella pygmaea A^erriu, sp. nov.
Plate XXXII, figure 2.
Body smooth, oblong-ovate, somewhat depressed, bluntly rounded
at the posterior end, narrowed a little anteriorly, back of the eyes.
Head rather small, equal in width to the anterior part of the body.
Mantle-edge thin, extending far forward, its lateral edge reaching as
far as the pupil of the eye, and united to the dorsal integument of
the head on a level with the upper surface of the eye. Eyes of mod-
erate size, convex, but not very prominent. Arms rather short,
except the third pair, wliich is much larger than the others ; the dor-
sal pair is considerably smaller and shorter than the others ; the
second pair is a little longer and united to the first by a small inter-
brachial membrane, occupying about its basal third ; the third arm
on the left side, is about twice as long as the dorsal ones and much
stouter, tapering to a slender, acute tip, and united to the second by
the short iuterbrachial membrane, but with only a rudimentary mem-
brane between it and the ventral arm ; the ventral arms are much
smaller and shorter, about equal in length to the second pair, and
have no iuterbrachial web between them. The hectocotylized arm
(fig. 2) is somewhat stouter than its mate, but decidedly shorter, though
longer than any of the other arms ; beyond its middle it bears four
large urn-shaped suckers, quite different in size and form from those
on the basal half; the first of these special suckers is decidedly the
largest, the others decrease in size to the terminal one, Avhich is quite
small. These specialized suckers have a bi'oad, swollen, and nearly
round basal portion, in breadth exceeding the width of the arm,
while toward the summit there is a distinct constriction, and the cup
itself expands somewhat, but is decidedly narrower than the basal
portion of the sucker ; the border of the aperture is somewhat con-
tracted and four-lobed. The basal suckers on this arm and all of
those on the other arms are arranged in a single row. They are of
moderate size, rather elevated, Avith the basal portion sessile and a
little expanded. The number on each arm is from ten to twelve,
besides a few minute ones at the tip; on the basal half of the hecto-
cotylized arm there are four simple ones. Color, a pale bluish white,
spotted with rather large purple-brown chromatophores, which are
equally numerous above and below, and arranged somewhat in rows
on the outer surfaces of the arms.
146 .4. E. Verrill — Molbisca of the Neic E)i(/hntd Coaxt.
Lengtli of the body and head, to base of arm, 27'"'" ; length of
body to edge of maulle above, 20'""^ ; breadth across body, 14""" ;
breadth of head across eyes, ir"""; diameter of eye-ball, 4-5"^™;
length of dorsal arms, 7""" ; length of second pair of arms, 9"^"^ ; length
of third pair, 14'^'"'; length of ventral arms, 7-5'^'"^; length of hecto-
cotylized arm, 11""" ; height of largest specialized suckers, 3""" ;
diameter, 3'""'.
Station 2099, N. latitude 37° 12' 20", W. longitude 69° 39', in 2949
fathoms, (No. 35,268*). Steamer Albatross, 1883.
G-ASTROPODA.
Pleurotomella Verriii.
Amer. Jour. Science, v, p. 15. 1882; Catal. Marine Molliisca, these Trans., v, p.
453, 1882.
This genus was originally proposed for P. Packardii, first taken
in deep water in the Gulf of Maine. This species is remarkable for
the delicacy and beauty of its sculpture and the great depth of its
subsutui'al sinus. The subsequent discovery of numerous other
related species inhabiting the deep waters, off our coast and in other
regions, has rendered it necessary to enlarge the limits of the genus
and to modify its characters.
As at present understood, this genus is intended to include those
species which have a rather broad and very distinct subsutural band,
crossed by excurved lines of growth corresponding to the form of the
posterior sinus of the lip, which is situated a little below the suture
and is always pretty well-developed, but is sometimes broad and
shallow, and at other times narrower and very deep. The outer
lip is always thin and sharp, without any apjsearance of a varix, nor
is there any deposit of callus on the body-whorl, in front of the aper-
ture. The canal is well developed, generally constricted at the base
and somewhat elongated, and usually but slightly curved. In a few
of the species, doubtfully referred to tlie genus, it is short and wide.
The coluniella-margin is more or loss sinuous. The nucleus differs in
sculpture, and usually in color, from the rest of tlie whorls, and is
generally minutely cancellated by line raised lines running obliquely
in opposite directions. The remaining whorls ax'e elegantly sculp-
tured by longitudinal ribs and revolving cinguli, and usually have a
distinct shoulder or carina, which is frequently nodulous, below the
* The numbers given in this paper are those used in tlie permanent catalogue of the
mollusca, in the National Museum.
A. E. Verrlll — JJollusea of the Nevi Enghind (Joasf. 147
subsutural band. The animal is destitute of an operculum, and, in
all the species hitherto examined, is without eyes. The dentition
consists of rather strong uncini, usually with a barbed tip and broad
base.
This genus, therefore, resembles very closely the shallow-water
genus, Defraxcia, to which many of the described species have been
hitherto referred ; but in Defrancia the outer lip is thickened, or has
a distinct varix, and there is usually a deposit of callus on the body-
whorl, especially jjosteriorly, opposite the sinus, while the animal, in
the typical species at least, has well developed eyes.
Pleurotomella Bairdii Venill and Smitli, sp. nov.
Plate XXXI, figure 1.
Shell large, rather stout, fusiform, with an elevated, acute, turreted
spire and eight or nine obtusely shouldered, angular whorls. The
last whorl is large and somewhat inflated, with a broad, flattened or
slightly concave, sloping subsutural band, which is covered with dis-
tinct, strongly receding lines of growth and with more or less evident,
raised, spiral cinguli and grooves. Below the subsutural band the
whorls are obtusely aiigulated, but without a distinct carina. Com-
mencing at the shoulder and extending a short distance below it are
numerous oblique, not very elevated, longitudinal ribs, which fade
out before reaching the middle of the whorls. The whole surface of
the whorls, including the ribs, is covei'ed with conspicuous, raised,
spiral cinguli, between which there are two or three smaller ones, sepa-
rated by deep concave grooves of about the same breadth ; the w^hole
surface is covered by distinct, raised lines of growth. The aperture
is oblong-ovate, rather large ; the columella is nearly straight, some-
what prolonged, its inner edge forming a slight sigmoid curve; the
canal is short, broad, narrowed at the tip and not recurved ; the outer
lip is sharp and thin ; the posterior sinus is broad and rather deep,
with regularly rounded margins, corresponding to the lines on the
sub-sutural band; below the shoulder the lip projects considerably
forward and then is somewhat flattened and recedes gradually to the
base of the short and broad canal. The nxiclear whorls are very
small and generally eroded so far as to appear smooth.
The shell is white or grayish white, without any distinct epidermis ;
aperture clear white. The animal is destitute of operculum and eyes.
In the number of specimens examined there is considerable varia-
tion in the ratio of length and breadth, depending largely on the
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VT. 19 April 12. 1884.
us A. K Verrill — Molhiaca of the JVetr Engla,nd Coast.
sex ; among the several specimens of which tlie sex was determined
the females have the body-whorl slightly more swollen than the
males.
Length of one of the largest female specimens, 55'"'" ; breadth,
26'"'" ; length of body-whoi'l to tip of canal, 40'"'" ; breadth of body-
whorl, 22"""; length of spire, 2G'"'" ; length of aperture, 27'""' ; its
breadth, 12"'".
It was taken at the following stations by the Albatross in 1883 :
Nat. Mu8. No. Station. N. lat. W. long. Fatboms.
37,824 2,037 38° 53' 00" 69° 23' 30" 1721 12 specimens, mostly livinR.
37,806 2,038 38 30 30 69 08 25 2033 1 specimen, dead.
37,814 2,041 39 22 50 68 25 1608 2 specimens, living.
35,253 2,097 37 56 20 70 57 30 1917 1 specimen, dead.
35,275 2,098 37 40 30 70 37 30 2221 1 specimen, dead.
This species is closely allied to P. Agassizli. It is a larger and
stouter shell, with the whorls more angulated at the shoulder, and
has a broader and more angular aperture. The sculpture differs con-
siderably in details, and the columella is destitute of the pink or pale
orange tint usuall)' present in P. Agassizii.
PleurotOmella Benedict! Verrill and Smith, sp. nov.
Plate XXXI, figures 2, 2«.
Shell fusiform, moderately stout, with a high, regularly tapered
spire, and very convex, shouldered whorls, which have strong, oblique,
transverse ribs rendered nodulous by well developed, raised cinguli.
Whorls six, below the chestnut-colored nucleus. The suture is deep,
not very oblique. The subsutural band is rather broad, concave,
nearly smooth, contrasting strongly with the rest of the whorls ; its
sculpture consists only of the deeply concave lines of growth, parallel
with the notch in the lip. Below the subsutural band the whorls are
abrtiptly swollen, forming a rounded shoulder. The transverse ribs,
commencing at the shoulder, are prominently raised, rather oblique,
and extend entirely across the whorls of the spire, becoming smaller
next the suture ; on the last whorl they extend to the base of the
canal ; they ai"e obtuse at summit and separated by wider, deeply
concave interspaces ; on the last whorls there are about sixteen ribs.
Both the ribs and interspaces are crossed by well marked, somewhat
unequal, raised, revolving lines, separated by narrow grooves; these,
in passing over the ribs, produce small, somewhat conical, unequal
nodules, which give a somewhat rough appearance to the surface of
A. E. Verrill — Mollvsca of the New England Coast. 149
the shell. One of the spiral lines just above the suture and one or
two of those at the shoulder are stronger than the rest. Between
the ribs the revolving lines are roughened by fine Hues of growth.
The four nuclear whorls (fig. 2a) are evenly rounded and in strong
contrast with those that follow them. The first one is very minute,
forming a very acute apex ; the surface is finely cancellated by two
sets of lines running obliquely in opposite directions. The aperture
is elongated and rather broad in the middle ; the outer lip has a deep
and broad posterior sinus, below which it projects strongly forward
and is regulaily arched to the base of the canal ; the canal is narrow,
nearly straight, slightly prolonged ; the columella is straight and
tapered, with its inner edge forming a slightly sinuous curve ; the
inner lip is smooth and polished, with a thin coat of enamel which
extends somewhat forward in a regular curve on the body-whorl.
The color is white with a pale grayish tinge, with the exception of
the nuclear whorls, which are deep chestnut-brown.
Length, 17'""' ; greatest breadth, 8""" ; height of spire, 95™™ ; length
of aperture, 8"'™; breadth, 3-5™"\
Station 2084, N. latitude 40° 16' 50", W. longitude 67° 05' 15",
1290 fathoms. Albatross, 1883. (No. 38,087).
This fine species has been dedicated to Mr. James E. Benedict, of
the U. S. Fish Commission, Naturalist, in charge of the Zoological
department on the Albatross.
Pleurotomella Sanderson! Verriii, sp. nov.
Plate XXXI, figures 3, 3a.
Shell small, delicate, fusiform, with an elevated and very acute
spire and a slightly elongated, straight canal. Whorls angulated
and turreted, sculptureil with ribs and revolving lines, which form
rows of small, sharp nodules at their intersection around the per-
ipliery, and especially at tlie shoulder. Whorls about four, below the
nucleus, which is unusually elongated and composed of four pale
chestnut-colored whorls, which are finely and regularly cancellated.
The apical whorl is very minute and prominent, giving the spire a
very acute tip. The nuclear whorls increase rapidly and regu-
larly in size, and are regularly rounded. The sculpture j)asses
somewhat gradually into that of the next lower whorl, which is
distinctly ribbed and carinated, with a single row of sharp tuber-
cles around the middle. The lower whorls of the spire have the
shoulder at about the middle, and below it two or three raised cin-
15(» A. E. VerriU — MoUusca of the Nerr England Coast.
guli, which foiin as many rows of small acute nodules in crossing the
ribs; these are similar to those on tlie carina of the shoulder, hut
usually a little smaller. There is commonly another row of smaller
tubercles of the same kind just above the shoulder. On the last
whorl there are from fifteen to eighteen cinguli, which are unequal in
size and decrease in prominence from the carina to the base of the
canal; most of these form small, sharp nodules in crossing the ribs.
The ribs are a little prominent, rather oblique, sharp at summit,
and separated by concave interspaces of somewhat greater width ;
on the upper whorls they run from just above the shoulder forward
to the suture ; on the body-whorl they curve strongly forward in the
middle and then recede and disappear before reaching the base of the
canal. The subsutural band is very wide, strongly sloping, and
somewhat concave just above the shoulder; it is covered with numer-
ous, rather conspicuous, thin, raised riblets, which are strongly ex-
curved in the middle and bend forward before reaching the suture.
Two or sometimes three cinguli exist on the subsutural band ; the
uppermost of these is just below the suture and forms there a small
carina, above which the suture is distinctly channeled. The surface
between the ribs is everywhere covered by fine, distinct, flexuous
lines of growth. The aperture is long-ovate, rather narrow, angu-
lated externally ; the outer lip is thin and sharp, with a broad, rounded
posterior sinus, just above the shoulder and a little removed from the
suture ; below the shoulder the lip arches forward in a broad curve,
and becomes incurved at the base of the canal, which is rather con.
tracted and a little bent to the right and slightly everted at tip.
Columella short and nearly straight, its inner edge forming a strong
sigmoid curvature. Epidermis indistinct. Color white, with the
exception of the light yellowish brown nucleus.
Length of one of the larger specimens, G-S™™ ; breadth, 8-5™'" ;
length of body-whorl and canal, 4™"' ; length of aperture, :{""" ; its
breadth, 1 -25'"'".
Station 2038, N. latitude 38° 30' 30*, W. longitude 69° 08' 25",
in 2033 fathoms, living, (No. 34,841) ; Station 2043, K latitude
39° 49', W. longitude 68° 28' 30", in 1467 fathoms, (No. 34,851); and
station 2084, N. latitude 40° 16' 50", VV. longitude <61° 05' 15", in
1290 fathoms, living, (Xo. 38,3 3 5). Albatross, 1883. The best speci-
mens occiirrod at the last named station, in 1290 fathoms.
This species bears considerable resemblance to several others of
the same group, but difiers very decidedly from all the rest in the
character of the nucleus, which is remarkable for its relatively large
A . JE. Verrlll — Mollusca of the N'ew England Coast. 1 5 1
size and the number of whorls of which it is composed, and for the
sharpness of the tip, due to the prominence and minuteness of the
apical whorl. The shell is more slender than most of the related
forms and has a rougher appearance, owing to the sharp nodules along
the spiral lines. In the latter character it most resembles P. Bene-
dicti, but the latter is a much larger and stouter shell, with a coarser
sculpture. P. Sajfordi is a very much shorter and thicker shell, with
much stronger sculpture and a very different nucleus.
This elegant species is dedicated to Mr. Sanderson Smith, for
many years a meml)er of the Fish Commission parties, and associated
with the writer in the raalacological work.
Pleurotomella Saffordi Verrill and Smith, sp. nov.
Plate XXXI, figures 4, 4a.
Shell small, thin, delicate, rather short, with very convex and
strongly ribbed whorls, a wide, concave subsutural band, and a nar-
row elongated canal. Whorls five or more, below the nucleus, which
consists of three small, chestnut-brown whorls, enlarging gradually,
and having the surface covered with minute reticulated sculpture ;
its apex is slightly obtuse, owing to the first whorl being rounded
and depressed, and but little smaller than the second. The whorls
below the nucleus enlarge rapidly, the body-whorl being much larger
than the others. The subsutural band is relatively wide, distinctly
concave, and covered with fine, close, strongly receding, curved lines
corresponding to the form of the posterior sinus of the lip ; and not
crossed by spiral scul])ture. Below this band the whorls are suddenly
swollen so as to produce a prominent rounded shoulder; the convex
part of the whorl is crossed by twelve to fourteen prominent, rather
acute, siinious ribs, which are most prominent on the shoulder, where
they bend obliquely forward. The concave interspaces are wider
than the ribs. The whole surface below the subsutural band is
covered by numerous fine, raised, spiral lines or cingiili of unequal
size, and not closely crowded ; these in crossing the ribs form minute,
obtuse nodules. The ribs disappear at the base of the canal, but the
spiral lines continue to its tip. The aperture is broad-ovate, some-
what angulated at the shoulder of the whorl and at the base of the
columella. The posterior sinus is broad and moderately deep. The
canal is rather elongated, narrow, and somewhat sinuous. The colu-
mella is nearly straight for a part of its length, and then its edge
becomes strongly, spirally curved where it borders the canal. Shell
152 A. E. Verrill — Molhtscu of the Nein Enyland Coast.
white and translucent, with the exception of tlie nucleus. Epidermis
not apparent. Operculum wanting.
Length of one of the largest examples, 10'"'" ; greatest breadth,
5mm . length of body-whorl to tip of canal, 7""" ; length of aperture,
5""" ; its breadth, 2-5"^'".
Stations 2041,2042, 2043, 2076, 2084, and 2115, in 906 to 1608
fathoms. Albatross, 1883. The greatest number of living specimens
occurred at station 2084, N. latitude 40° 16' 50", W. longitude 67°
05' 15", in 1290 fathoms, (Xo. 38,308).
This is a small and very elegant species, remarkable for the con-
vexity of its whorls, and its very broad subsutural band. Tiie canal
is narrower and more constricted at its base than is usual in this
genus. The sculpture is strongly marked, but does not give the
rough appearance seen in P. Benedicti^ which is also a longer and more
fusiform shell, but has considerable resemblance in its sculpture. P.
Diomedem is also a more elongated shell, with less convex Avhorls,
and its subsutural band is narrower and crossed by conspicuous
prolongations of the ribs. It bears some resemblance to P. /onnosa
{Defi'cnicia fornwsa Jeif.), but tliat has less prominent ribs, less con-
spicuously shouldered whorls, and a diiferently shaped aperture.
This species is named in honor of W. E. SafFord, Ensign IJ. S. X.,
who was a member of the Fish Commission party, in 1883.
PleurotOlXiella Diomedese Verrill and Smith, sp. nov.
Plate XXXI, figures 5, 5a.
Shell white, delicate, rather small, fusiform, with an acute spire and
distinctly angulated whorls, crossed by prominent flexuous ribs, which
extend upward to the sutui^e, and with rather coarse revolving lines,
usually absent on the wide subsutural band, which is concave at a
little distance from the suture. The posterior sinus is rather broad
and deep, a little removed from the suture. Whorls four or five
below the nuclear wdiorls, of which there are four. Tlie body-whorl
is large and moderately convex, strongly angulated at the shoulder,
which is prominent and bears a scries of small rounded nodules at the
angle of the ribs ; above the shoulder the whorls are decidedly con-
cave in line with the posterior sinus, but have a narrow, convex band
just below the suture. The subsutural band is crossed by thin but
strongly raised continuations of the ribs, which recede in a strong
curvature in crossing the concave portion, but advance abruptly and
rise into small prominent, narrow or compressed tubercles in crossing
the convex portion, close to the snture ; at the shoulder the ribs be
A. E. VerrW—Mollusca of the Nev!) England Coast. 153
come stouter and more prominent, each bearing a small rounded or
angular nodule ; below the shoulder the ribs are moderately stout,
usually rouiided or obtuse at summit, but sometimes, especially on
the upper whorls, angular or subacute. They are slightly oblique
or tiexuous and cross the entire breadth of the upper whorls, but
fade out about the middle of the last whorl. There are about
twenty of these ribs on the last whorl. Strongly marked cinguli
cover the whorls below the shoulder, these become coarser and
more raised on the anterior part of the last whorl and on the canal,
where they are separated by wider concave interspaces, and rough-
ened by the distinct lines of growth crossing them ; on the middle of
the convexity of the whorl they are less conspicuous and but slightly
raised, and not very close together; they are more conspicuous in the
intervals between the ribs, the summit of the ribs being but slightly
roughened by their crossing, except close to the shoulder, where they
often form minute nodules ; they are usually wanting on the subsu-
tural band, but are sometimes faintly marked on that portion. Dis-
tinct lines of growth, parallel with the lip, cover the surface of the
shell and are most distinct on the subsutural band, between the ribs.
The aperture is narrow-ovate, angulated posteriorly. The outer lip is
thin, projecting forward in the middle in a strong, regular curve, but
greatly receding toward the shoulder. The sinus is rather deep and
wide, situated just above the angle of the shoulder and separated from
the suture by the convex portion of the subsutural band. The colu-
mella is sinuous ; the canal is a little prolonged, rathei- narrow,
and straight.
The four nuclear whorls are yellowish or pale horn-color, and form
a very acute apex when perfect. The first is very minute and some-
what upturned and prominent ; the second is also minute ; the third
and fourth increase rapidly ; the first three, in our most perfect speci-
mens, are smooth and somewhat glossy; the fourth is crossed by
numerous, thin, delicate, raised longitudinal lines, which are a little
oblique and recurved in the middle, but not crossed by another
set, as seen in many other species. Color translucent white, some-
times faintly tinged with gray or pink, surface glossy. No epidermis.
Operculum wanting.
One of the largest specimens is n™"^ loug ; breadth, 4-5™'" ; length
of body-whorl and canal, 7-5™" ; of aperture, G'"'" ; its breadth, 2"^"'.,
Other examples are more slender, with a narrower aperture.
Stations 2037, 2038, 2041, 2042, 2043, 2084, and 2096, in 1290 to
2033 fathoms. It occurred in the greatest numbers, living, at station
164 A. K VerrW—Molhisca of the New EmfhunJ Coast.
2038, N. latitude 38° 30' 30", W. longitude 69° 08' 25", in 2033
fathoms (No. 34,827); at station 2041, X. latitude 39° 22' 50", W.
longitude 68° 25', in 1608 fathoms, (No. 34,828) ; and station 2096,
N. latitude 39° 22' 20", W. longitude 70" 52' 20", in 1451 fathoms,
(No. 37,790.) Albatross, 1883.
Named in commemoration of the steamer Albatross, {Diomedea).
Pleurotomella Emertoni Verrill and Smith, sp. nov.
Plate XXXI, figuhe 6.
Shell moderately large, stout, ovate, with the body-whorl very
large in proportion to the rest of the shell, and with some of the upper
whorls ribbed and nodulous, while the two lower whorls have only
spiral lines and lines of growth. Whorls about eight, three of which
form a chestnut-colored nucleus; about three whorls below the nucleus
are covered with prominent, longitudinal ribs, which form a well
marked shoulder and are crossed by several conspicuous, revolving
cinguli and grooves, which render them decidedly nodulous. The
subsutural band is broad, strongly concave, occupying nearly or quite
half the breadth of the upper whorls, and crossed by strongly reced-
ing, raised lines, parallel with the lines of grow^th of the sinus, but
without spiral lines. Body-whorl large and swollen, covered through-
out with very evident lines of growth, which are crossed, except on
the subsutui'al band, by conspicuous, revolving cinguli, which are
separated by spaces considerably exceeding their own breadth. Aper-
ture oblong-ovate, scarcely narrowed at the broad, short, open canal,
and with a very wide and rather deep posterior sinus. The outer lip
is thin and projects well forward beyond the sinus in a broadly
rounded curve. The columella is straight, with a sinuous inner mar-
gin ; the inner lip is marked by a narrow and thin enamel, which
extends but little forward in a sinuous outline. The color is yellow-
ish white under a thin, smooth, glossy, yellowish green epidermis.
Length, 22™""; greatest breadth, 11"""; length of aperture, 14""";
its breadth, 5™"".
Station 2097, N. latitude 37° 56' 20", W. longitude 70° 57' 30", in
1917 fathoms (No. 35,232). Albatross, 1883.
This species very closely resembles the following, in size and form.
It differs in having a wider canal, which is less differentiated from the
aperture, and in having the upper whorls strongly ribbed and nodu-
lous. They may possibly prove to be varieties of one species.
A. E. Verrlll — Moll used of the N'ec Enghijid Const. 155
Pleurotomella Bruneri Venill and Smith, sp. nov.
Plate XXXI, figures 7, la. '
Shell stout-fusiform, with a rather short, regularly tapered spire,
a broad and deep posterior sinus, and a very short and wide canal.
Whorls seven, moderately convex, with a wide, concave subsntural
hand, which is covered with regular, strongly receding, raised lines,
but destitute of spiral sculpture. The slioulder is rather prominent
where the concave band joins the convexity ot the whorl ; the rest of
the surface is covered with conspicuous, ]-aised, obtuse, unequal
revolving cinguli, separated by deep interspaces of nearly the same
breadth, on the spire; on the anterior part of the body-whorl
the cinguli become broader and Hatter, and separated by narrower
grooves, which are covered by numerous rather close, raised, longi-
tudinal lines, or lines of growth, which are less conspicuous where
they cross the cinguli; this arrangement produces a finely cancellated
structure, in which the spiral lines are much more distinct than the
others. Aperture narrow-ovate, continuing backward in a broad and
deep sinus next the body-whorl. The outer lip is thin and sharp, and
projects obliquely forward in a broad curve. The canal is scarcely
diiferentiated from the rest of the aperture ; it is short and rather
broad, and nearly straight. The columella is straight, with a sinuous
inner margin. The inner lip extends forward on the body-whorl in
a broad, regular curve, defined by a thin layer of enamel. Oper-
culum apparently wanting. The nuclear whorls are eroded, but
are small, regularly spiral, and without any strongly marked sculpture.
Color grayish white, with a pale yellowish green epidermis, Avhich
is easily deciduous.
Length 22'"'"; greatest breadth, 11""^' ; length of aperture, 14""" ; its
breadth, S-^"".
Station 2038, in 2033 fathoms (No. 34,846), and station 2041, N,
latitude 39° 22' 50", W. longitude 68° 25', in 1608 fathoms (No.34,834).
Albatross, 1883.
This species is dedicated to Mr. H. L. Bruner, who has been a
member of the U. S. Fish Commission parties, during the past three
years.
Pleurotomella Catharinse Yen-ill and Smith, sp. nov.
Plate XXXI, figures 9, 9«.
Shell thin, translucent, white, very slender, elongated, narrow,
fusiform, with a long, narrow, tapered, nearly straight canal, and a
tali, gradually tapered, acute spire. Whorls eight, evenly rounded.
Trans. Conx. Acau., Vol. VI. 20 April 12, 1884.
156 ^-1. E. VerriJl — Molhisca of the New England Coast.
but not very convex, with a distinct, flattened, smooth siib8utuial
band. Suture well marked, but not deep, decidedly oblique. Sur-
face everywhere covered with conspicuous, regular, raised, revolving
cinguli, in some j^arts with one or more smaller revolving lines in the
spaces between them. The cinguli are obtusely rounded and entirely
smooth, as well as the spaces between them, which are of about the
same breadth ; on the penultimate wliorl there are about fifteen cin-
guli, and on the upper whorls five or six.
The large, acute, brown nucleus consists of about four and a half
whorls, which increase rfgularly ; the apical whorl is small, rounded
and prominent ; the others are distinctly carinated and shouldered ;
the portion above the shoulder slopes at a wide angle and is a little
convex and nearly smooth, excej)t close to the carina ; the part below
the carina of the shoulder is flattened and nearly straight, or even
narrowed toward the suture, and crossed by regularly spaced, thin,
elevated transverse ribs, with wider intervals; these ribs extend a
little above the carina and then fade out; they run nearly straight
across all the whorls, except the first two, where they are more or
less oblique; there is usually, on the larger whorls, a raised revolving
line, or small carina, just above the suture.
The aperture is very elongated and narrowed at the base of the
canal, which is much prolonged and slender, a little curved, owing to
a slight sinuous curvature of the columella-margin. The posterior
notch in the outer lip is rather deep and narrow, situated immediately
at the suture. The subsutural band, corresponding to it, shows faint
cm'ved lines of growth, parallel with its margin. Color white, except
the nucleus, which is pale chestnut-brown.
Length of one of the largest specimens, 23'"'"; breadth, e-o"^'" ;
height of spire, 11"^'"; length of aperture and canal, ll'o"""; breadth
of aperture, 3'^>'".
Living specimens at station 2038, N. latitude 38° 30' 30", W. long-
itude 69° 08' 25", in 2033 fathoms (No. 34,845); station 2041, N.
latitude 39° 22' 50", W. longitude 68° 25', in 1608 fathoms (Xo.
37,871); station 2084, N. latitude 40° 16' 50", W. longitude 67° 05'
15", in 1290 fathoms (Xo. 37,846) ; and at 2115, N. latitude 35° 49'
30", W. longitude 74° 34' 45", in 843 fathoms (No. 35,597). Alba-
tross, 1883.
This elegant species is dedicated to Miss Katharine J. Bush, who
has, for several years, acted as assistant in the working up of the
large collections of mollusca, dredged by the U. S. Fish Commission,
A. E. Verrill — 3Iollusca of the JVew England Coast. 167
and to whom the writer is indebted for important assistance in the
preparation of this paper.
It is not very probable that this species properly belongs to Pleic-
rotomella. I have placed it here, for the present, only provisionally.
G-ymnobela Verrill, gen. nov.
Shell in form and general appearance like BeJa. Spire generally
rather short. Body-whorl swollen. Nucleus with fine cancellated
sculpture. Subsutural band not strongly marked. Posterior notch
of lip shallow and usually not very distinct. Operculum absent.
Gymnobela engonia VerriU, sp. nov. ■
Shell somewhat solid, white, more or less translucent, stout-fusi-
form, with the aperture about equal in length to the spire, which is
shouldered, decidedly turreted, and tapered regularly to an acute
apex.
Whorls five below the nucleus, strongly angularly shouldered at
about the middle, the portion above the shoulder forming a wide,
abruptly sloping subsutural band, which is usually slightly concave in
the middle, but swells a little where it joins the suture ; the whorls
are flattened below the shoulder and a little narrowed at the suture,
which is strongly impressed. The sculpture on the subsutural band
consists of numerous, close, revolving lines, most distinct towards the
shoulder, and of small, slightly raised, thin riblets, which are most
distinct close to the suture and strongly excurved in the middle of
tiie band, but bend forward strongly to the angle of the shoulder,
where most of them disappear or blend with the ribs and lines of
growth a little farther forward. Below the shoulder the surface is
covered by many, rather thin, closely arranged, revolving cinguli,
which on the whorls of the spire are separated by interspaces about
twice their ow n width, but become much closer on the middle of the
last whorl, gradually becoming coarser and more widely separated
as they approach the canal, those on the anterior part being also
thicker and more obtuse. Numerous rather small and slightly ele-
vated ribs commence at the shoulder and curve obliquely forward
across the convex part of the whorls, extending to the suture on the
upper whorls, but mostly fading out at the middle of the last whorl ;
these ribs are obtusely rounded and wave-like, the interspaces being
shallow, concave, in breadth about equal to the ribs ; on the last
whorl there are from twenty-five to thirty. On the spire-whorls the
1>8 A. E. Verr'dl — MolhiHca of the New Eiujlaiid Coast.
intersections of tlie cinguli and ribs, which are of about the same size,
pioduce a pretty regularly cancellated structure, but on the last
whorl the cinguli are more numerous and less prominent than the
ribs. The nucleus is chestnut-brown and consists of about two and
a half regularly increasing whorls, the apical one being very small
and regularly coiled ; this surface appears to have been minutely
cancellated by microscopic lines. Aperture irregularly oblong or
oblong-ovate, strongly angulated by the shoulder, and decidedly
widest at the base of the columella. Canal short, somewhat con-
stricted, nearly straight; outer lip thin, projecting forward below the
shoulder, with a broad, rounded, rather shallow sinus at the middle
of the subsutural band and a little removed from the suture. Oper-
culum not present in the alcoholic specimens.
Length of one of the largest specimens, 17"""; breadth, 10™"';
length of aperture, 10"""; its breadth, 3-5™'"; length of body-whorl
to tip of canal, 12""". Another more slender specimen is 15*5"""
long ; 8""" broad ; length of aperture, 9"'"^ ; its breadth, 3"'"\
Station 2041, N. latitude 39° 22' 50", W. longitude 68° 25', in
1608 fathoms (No. 34,835); and station 2084, N. latitude 40° 16' 50",
AV. longitude 67° 05' 15", in 1290 fathoms (No. 37,818).
Gymnobela curta Verriii, sp. nov.
Plate XXXI, figure 10.
Shell small, short, fusiform, or subovate, with a low spire and very
large body-whorl, forming about tliree-fourths the total length. The
surface is finely decussated by longitudinal and spiral lines of nearly
equal size. Whorls four below the nucleus, very rapidly increasing,
strongly convex, but frequently slightly flattened at the periphery,
and sometimes distinctly angulated at the shoulder, but more com-
monly evenly rounded; last whorl very ventricose. Suture strongl}'
impressed, often slightly channelled. The nucleus consists of two or
three small, light chestnut-brown whorls, with very finely cancellated
sculpture. The apical whorl is very small and regularly coiled.
Sculpture on the rest of the shell consists of numerous, rather fine,
thin, regular revolving cinguli, which are separated by interspaces
about twice their own breadth on the lower whorls, but more crowded
on the upper ones. Two or three of the cinguli on the shoulder are
usually coarser and a little farther apart than the rest, and tlie largest
of these often forms a slight carina around the most proniiiieut })art
of the shoulder. On the subsutural band the cinguli are less distinct
■iiid less regular, and often })artially obsolete. Anteriorly they cover
A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the New Erxjland Const. 159
all the surface to the tip of the canal. The cinguli are everywhere
crossed by very numerous and regular, thin, raised lines or riblets,
which ai-e usually of nearly the same size as the cinguli, but frequently
are somewhat less conspicuous and a little farther apart. The riblets
are nearly straiglit on the peripliery of the vvhorls, but are somewhat
angularly bent at the shoulder, and run obliquely forward across the
subsutural band to the suture ; on the subsutural band they are dis-
tinctly elevated, but rather thinner than elsewhere. By the crossing
of these two sets of lines the surface is generally finely and regularly
cancellated, except on the shoulder and subsutural band, Avbere the
cancellation becomes more or less irregular or indistinct. Aperture
rather large, broad-ovate, a little angulated at the shoulder, and with
a very slight constriction at the base of the very short and rather
narrow canal. The posterior sinus is nearly obsolete, and indicated
only by a shallow indentation just above the shoulder. Columella
short, straight, its inner margin with a rather strong sigmoid curv-
ature. The canal is nearly straight, very slightly recurved at the
tip, narrowed by a slight constriction of the outer lip, at its base.
Epidermis thin, not very distinct. Color of the fresh alcoholic speci-
mens pale giayish or greenish white, more or less translucent.
Length of a medium sized specimen, 10""" ; breadth, 6™"' ; length
of body-whorl and canal, 8""" ; aperture, 6™"' ; its breadth, 2:o"'"',
One of the largest specimens is 16™™ in length ; breadth, 9-5""" •
length of body-whorl and canal, 12™'"; aperture, 9"'™; its breadth.
Station 204:3, in 1467 fathoms (No. 34,854); station 2076, in 906
fathoms (No. ;57,812) ; station 2077, in 1255 fathoms (No. 37,798) •
station 2084, in 1290 fathoms (No. 37,795) ; and station 2097, in 1917
fathoms (No. 35,227, one dead specimen) ; station 2115, in 843 fathoms
(No. 37,794), It occurred in the largest numbers at station 2084,
N. latitude 40° 16' 50", W. longitude 67° 05' 15", in 1290 fathoms,
(twenty specimens, living and dead) ; and at station 2076, N. latitude
41° 13', W. longitude 66° 00' 50".
Gymnobela curta, var. subangulata Verriii, nov.
Similar in form and size to the preceding, with which it is often
associated. It differs in having the whorls more distinctly angulated
at the shoulder, with one of the cingidi forming a distinct carina,
which is sitrmounted by a row of small, often acute nodules, produced
by the intersection of the longittidinal riblets. There is often another
somewhat smaller spiral line below the carina, which also freqtiently
160 A. K Verrill — Molhisca of the N'eir EnghDid Cotist.
bears minute nodules. The rest of tlie surface is cancellated nearly
as in the typical form, but the riblets are frequently more conspicuous
than the cinguli. Forms intermediate between the variety and the
type are of frequent occurrence.
This variety occurred, with the typical form, at stations 2043 and
2084, (No. 37,81V and 37, 796). It was also taken at station 2038, in
2033 fathoms (No. 37,797, one dead); and at station 2096, in 1451
fathoms (No. 37,793, one living).
This species may readily be mistaken for Bela hehes^ especially
when somewhat broken and eroded. The nucleus, however, is en-
tirely diiferent and the aperture is narrower anteriorly and shows a
more distinct constriction at the base of the siphon, which is narrower
and less open than in the latter. The sculpture is also more distinctly
and more regularly cancellated.
Bela subvitrea Verriii, sp. nov.
Shell translucent, white, thin but firm, fusiform, moderately stout,
with a high, regularly tapered, acute spire, consisting of about six
rounded whorls, which are crossed by rather thin, prominent ribs,
strongly bent in a sigmoid curve, and having on the lower whorls
rather faint spiral sculpture.
Whorls four to five below the nucleus, strongly convex and a little
swollen at the rounded shoulder, which is rarely somewhat angulated,
and wnthout a definite subsutural band. Suture strongly impressed, the
upper part of the whorl rising rather abruptly from it. The nucleus
consists of about two small, prominent whorls ; the first is small,
rounded, slightly mamilliform, and a little prominent ; the next, con-
stituting the greater part of the nucleus, increases rapidly and is de.
cidedly prominent and somewhat obliquely placed, and bears about
four or five raised, revolving lines, which are sometimes crossed by
distinct lines of growth. The suture between tlie last nuclear whorl
and the next is strongly marked and more oblique than any of the
others. The remaining whorls are crossed by rather conspicuous,
sharp, and rather elevated ribs, which are strongly excurved at and
just above the shoulder, curving forward rapidly to the suture, and
bending forward more gradually below the shoulder, forming a dis-
tinct sigmoid curve. The interspaces between the ribs are much
wider than the ribs themselves, distinctly Qoncave, ami crossed by
rather feeble cinguli, which arc usually not apparent ou the ribs
themselves. On the upper whorls the spiral lines are usually more
conspicuous than on the lower ones, but are often indicated chietiy
A. E. Vei'rUl — Molh(s<;a of the Nexc England Goast. 161
by rather close, shallow furrows. On the last whorl the ribs extend
to the base of the canal before they fade out, and the spiral sculpture
becomes coarser and a little more evident on its anterior part and on
the canal. The surface is also a little roughened by faint lines of
growth, parallel with the ribs. Aperture oblong-ovate, rather nar-
row ; outer lip sharp, thin, projecting forward in the middle in a
broadly rounded curve, and slightly receding just above the shoulder,
so as to form a broad and shallow sinus a little removed from the
suture. Canal nearly straight, a little prolonged, distinctly constricted
at its base by the incurvature of the outer lip. Columella straight,
tapering anteriorly, its inner edge forming a well-marked sigmoid
curve. Epidermis indistinct. Color translucent bluish white. The
surface is not glossy, but the texture is more vitreous and delicate
than in the more northern and shallow-water species of BeJa.
Off Cape Hatteras, station 2115, N. latitude 35° 49' 30", W. longi.
tude 74° 34' 45", in 843 fathoms (No. 35,601, twenty-five living and
dead). Steamer Albatross, 1883.
Length of one of the larger specimens, 13*5™"; breadth, 6""";
length of body-whorl and canal, 9™™ ; length of aperture, 7""" ; its
breadth, 2 •5'""'. Among the specimens collected there is some varia-
tion in portions ; some individuals having the body-whorl relatively
large, with the aperture broader and more ovate than in the specimen
measured.
This species, in form and genex'al appearance, bears some resem-
blance to B. pleurotoniaria^ but it is a thinner and more delicate
shell, with a translucency not seen in the latter. The whorls are
also more convex, the last more ventricose. The ribs are thinner,
less numerous, and more strongly recurved below the suture ; the
spiral sculpture is not so strongly marked, and the nucleus is lai-ger,
with much finer spiral sculpture. The aperture and canal are similar
in the two species, but somewhat narrower in B. pleurotomaria.
Bela SUbturgida Verrill, sp. nov.
Shell of moderate size, white, translucent, stout-fusiform, with swol-
len, angulated whorls, and a distinctly turreted, rapidly tapering
spire, the sculpture consisting of rather distant ribs and much finer
spiral cinguli.
The largest specimen, w^hich is probably immature, has four whorls
below the nucleus. The three upper whorls are abruptly angularly
shouldered, the portion forming the subsuLural band rising nearly at
right angles to the shoulder, below which the whorls are flattened
1()J .1. ]^. ^Wn'U — Molhisco, of the Neir Kn<ihiii(J Coaxt.
and strongly ribbed by about sixteen prominent, rather narrow, ob-
tuse, nearly straight ribs, which rise into angular points or small,
obtuse nodules at the shoulder ; the interspaces are wider than the
ribs and strongly concave. The ribs and interspaces also extend
across the subsutural band to the suture, becoming small above the
shoulder. The whole surface is covered by rather slender revolving
cinguli, in the form of thin, raised lines, which are most conspicuous
in the interspaces and more or less obsolete on the ribs. On the sub-
sutural band the spiral lines are finer and closer, and often indistinct
toward the sutui-e, but on the anterior part of the body-whorl they
become somewhat coarser and wider apart. The last whorl is much
swollen and has the shoulder somewhat rounded, while on the upper
whorls there is often a distinct carina at tlie shoulder. The nucleus is
small and prominent, smooth, and consists of about one and a half
whorls, of which the apical is turned up obliquely and incurved. The
aperture is ovate, broadly rounded externally, and more strongly ex-
cavated at the base of the columella. Canal a little elongated, nar-
row, constricted at the base by the incurvature of the outer lip, and
with the opening oblique, owing to the form of the columella margin,
but not bent. Columella nearly straight, its inner margin forming a
well-marked sigmoid curve, and strongly obliquely twisted at the
anterior end.
Length, 9""" ; breadth, 5""" ; body-whorl and canal, (j-S™"' ; length
of aperture, 5""" ; its breadth, 2""".
Station 2115, N. latitude 35° 49' 30", VV. longitude 74° 34' 45", in
843 fathoms (No. 35,602, two specimens). Steamer Albatross, 1883.
This species has some resemblance to certain forms of the northern
Bela scalaris. It is a thinner and much more delicate shell, Avith
finer sculpture, and having the whorls less strongly angulated and the
form of the aperture and canal somewhat different.
Spirotropis ephamilla Verriii, sp. nov.
Shell elongated-fusiform, \yith a high, somewhat turreted spire,
and a moderately elongated, slightly curved canal. Posterior sinus
situated considerably below the suture, close to the shoulder. Whorls
moderately convex, strongly angulated near the middle. Below the
suture is a broad, flattened (tr slightly concave subsutural band,
covered with coarse and slightly raised spii-al lines, with a series of
small, rounded nodules close to the suture, and crossed by strongly
excurved, sinuous lines of growth, parallel to the edge of the jjosterior
sinus, and receding most at the shoulder, where there are usually two
A. E. Verrill -Molluso.a of the New England Coa.^f. J«i3
raised cinguli, or small carinse, more strongly marked than the others, '
and bearing each a series of small, rounded nodules where they are
crossed by the stronger lines of growth ; sometimes these nodules are
present only on the uppermost of these two carina, which are sepa-
rated by a narrow interspace. Below the carinse the whorl rapidly
decreases in size, the anterior slope being nearly the same as the pos-
terior one, and of about the same breadth on the spire ; this portion
of the whorl is crossed by three to five rather coarse, raised, irregular
spiral lines, and numerous fine lines of growth, which bend abruptly
forward at the shoulder and then curve obliquely downward and for-
ward, crossing both the spiral lines and their interspaces, which are
about the saute in breadth. On the body-whorl the spiral lines cover
the whole surface below the shoulder, becoming coarser and farther
apart below the middle, and again becoming smaller and closer to-
gether on the base of the siphon. Aperture narrow-ovate and some-
what angulated by the shoulder. Outer lip sharp-edged, with a
rather broad and deep posterior sinus, which is deepest at the shoulder ;
below the shoulder the lip projects forward in a broad even curve to
near the base of the canal, where it is somewhat contracted. The
canal is moderately long, somewhat contracted at the base, and a
little sinuous. The columella has a strong sinuous curvature, and is
strongly excavated at the widest part of the aperture. Upper whorls
and nucleus eroded in our examples. Epidermis yellowish horn-
color, closely adherent. Shell bluish white within the aperture.
Operculum well-developed, ovate, dark horn-color.
Length of the shell without the tip, 25""" ; length of body-whorl
to tip of canal, 17™™; greatest breadth, 10"""; length of aperture,
13-5""'"; its breadth, 5-5"'".
No. 35,287, station 2098, N. latitude 37° 40' 30", W. longitude 70°
37' 30", in 2221 fathoms. One living specimen with only the four
lower w^horls present. No, 35,220, station 2097, N. latitude 37° 56'
20", W. longitude 70° 57' 30", in 1917 fathoms. Another similar
specimen, but dead and much eroded.
Typhlomangelia Tanneri Verriii and Smith, sp. nov.
Plate XXXI, figure 8.
Shell long-fusiform, witli a high, turreted, regularly tapered, acute
spire, all the whorls having, at some distance below the suture, a
well-marked, angular shoulder, which is crowned by a series of
oblique nodular riblets on all the whorls except the last.
Trans. CoNif. Acad., Vol. VI. 21 April 12, 1884.
164 A. E. Verrlll — Mollusca of the New England Coast.
Whorls about eight, ratlier convex, strongly aiigulated, with a
broad, concave subsutural band above the shoulder. The subsutural
band is crossed by delicate, strongly excurved, distinctly raised lines
of growth, which recede most at the middle of the band and bend
far forward next the suture ; a little below the suture there is usually
a thin, raised spiral line; the rest of the band is destitute of spiral
lines, except close to the shoulder. The upper whorls, just below the
nucleus, are crossed by numerous very oblique, moderately elevated,
but somewhat conspicuous ribs, of which the number is about eighteen
to twenty, and these are separated by concave interspaces, about
equal to their own breadth. The libs terminate abruptly at the
shoulder, so as to form there small, obtuse, somewhat angular nod-
ules ; but they decrease rapidly in crossing the whorls, and mostly
fade out before reaching the suture. The spiral sculpture consists of
numerous rather fine, thin, raised cinguli, which cross the ribs and
interspaces alike, and are separated by intervals greater than their
own breadth. On the last whorl the ribs disappear and only the
spiral sculpture remains ; the cinguli are here thicker and more ele-
vated, and are roughened by nuraeroiis close, raised lines of growth,
which cross both the cinguli and their interspaces ; at the base of the
canal the spiral lines become finer and closer. The nuclear whorls
are somewhat eroded in our specimen. There are apparently two
small, rather prominent, regularly spiral whorls. The aperture is nar-
row, oblong-ovate, strongly angulated at the shoulder and contracted
above it, at the notch. The outer lip is thin and sharp, projecting
considerably forward and broadly rounded below the shoulder. Pos-
terior sinus a rather deep and very broad, well rounded notch, separa-
ted a little from the suture, the deepest part corresponding to the
middle of the wide subsutural band. Canal rather broad and short,
scarcely differentiated from the aperture. Columella nearly straight,
its inner margin with a slight sigmoid curvature ; inner lip somewhat
excavated in the middle and covered by a thin layer of enamel.
Color brownish white, without luster. Epidermis inconspicuous.
Operculum dark horn-color.
Leno-th of the single specimen obtained, 21"""; breadth, 9"'"';
length of body- whorl and canal, 14"'"' ; length of aperture, 10"'"' .
its breadth, 3""".
Station 2084, N. latitude 40° 16' 50", W. longitude 67° 05' 15",
in 1290 fathoms. (One specimen, No. 38,06'7.)
This species bears considerable resemblance to 2\ nivale (Lov.)
8ars, of Europe, but is distinct in the character of its sculpture. It
A. E. Verrill — Molhiscn of the Neio England Coast. 165
also resembles Spirotrojns ephaniilla, but the latter has a deeper
notch, more remote from the suture, its subsutural band is broader,
and the shoulder of the whorls less marked, while the canal is longer
and more constricted at its base.
RACHIG-LOSSA.
Marginella borealis Verriii, sp. qov.
Marginella earnea Verrill, Catal. Mar. Moll., Trans. Coan. Acad., v, p. 489, (rwn
Storer.)
Plate XXIX, figure 4.
Shell of medium size, solid, smooth, somewhat shining, with a
rather elevated, acute spire, showing all the whorls, of which there
are about five. Last whorl somewhat swollen, wath a slightly prom-
inent, rounded shoulder, considerably below the suture.
The whorls of the spire increase regularly in size and are slightly
convex ; the nuclear whorls are smooth, polished, shining, evenly
rounded. Suture distinct, though filled up with the thin coating of
enamel that covers the spii'e, but does not conceal its structure. The
aperture is narrow, expanding a little anteriorly, towards the canal,
which is evenly rounded at the tip. The outer lip is thickened by a
stout rib, evenly rounded externally, and faintly crenulated on the
inner margin, especially on the anterioi; half. Tlie posterior sinus is
distinctly marked as a smooth, rounded groove, surrounded by callus,
at the junction of the lip with the body-whorl. The inner lip has a
conspicuous, raised, ovate patch of white callus along the posterior
half, covering the adjacent portion of the body-whorl, and extending
backward more or less on the spire ; on the anterior half there are
four oblique, stout, prominent ]>lications, nearly equal in height ; the
most anterior of these is formed by the twisted inner edge of the
columella, forming the inner border of the canal ; the most posterior
is less oblique and often a little smaller than the others. The callus
extends along the lower lip, outside of the plications, to the anterior
border of the canal, sometimes, when best developed, forming by its
outer margin a slight groove. Shell yellowish flesh-color, varied with
whitish ; sutural lines, callus deposits, plications, and inner margin
of the outer li[), white; external surface of the thickened outer lip
usually with three orange-yellow spots, the largest of which forms a
narrow, elongated patch along the anterior and outer border of the
canal, extending somewhat backward along the lip ; the next is usually
a broader, oblong patch, just below the shoulder ; the third is a
small, rounded spot close to the suture. Frequently the anterior
166 A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the New England Coast.
spot is divided into two by a patch or band of whitish at the base of
the canal ; sometimes the middle spot is also divided into two, and
in other cases the posterior spot is as large as the middle one. There
is usually a faint, whitish revolving band at the shoulder and another
at the base of the canal. Interior salmon-colored.
Length, 14""" ; breadth, 7-5""" ; length of body-whorl, 12">'° ; length
of aperture, 10'"'" ; its breadth, about 1""".
Several perfect living specimens were taken by the Albatross, in
1883, at stations 2011 and 2012, in 81 and 66-5 fathoms, oif Norfolk,
Va. (Nos. 85,307 and 35,375.) Dead specimens were taken off
Martha's Vineyard by the Fish Hawk, in 1880 and 1881, in 64-5 to
100 fathoms.
The occurrence, so far northward, of a large and well developed
species of this almost tropical genus is remarkable. It inhabits, how-
ever, only the warm zone along the inner edge of the Gulf Stream,
where it is associated with Solarium, Dolium, Avicida, and other
southern genera.
This handsome species bears some resemblance to J/, carnea and
2L rosckla, from our southern coasts, in size and color, but differs
from both those species in having a much higher and more acute
spire, with all the whorls distinctly visible, and in the form and ar-
rangement of the plications.
This species is also related to Mai'ginella limatula Conrad, of
which I have examined several specimens from the Miocene of Pagan
Creek, Va. The latter differs, however, in being a stouter and
broader-shouldered shell, with a much lower spire, in which the su-
tures are more concealed by the deposit of callus. The fossil form
is, therefore, evidently more closely related to, if not identical with,
M. apiclna* and M. rosckla, found in shallow water on our southern
and Gulf coasts, than to the present species. The number and posi-
tion of the plications on the columella and the crenulations on the
outer lip are the same as in 31. horealis.
Volutella lachrimula Gould.
Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., viii, p. 281, 1862 ; Otia Conch., p. 238.
Taken in considerable numbers at station 2109, off Cape Hatteras,
in 142 fathoms, by the Albatross, 1883.
♦This form seems to me essentially identical with M. rtwiotda/w Kiener, of the West
Indies. It seems to me probable that both are identical with the fossil M. limatula.
M. roscida is probably only a local variety.
A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the New England Coast. 167
Originally described from off Georgia, in 400 fathoms. According
to Mr. W. H. Dall, it is found in shallow water on the west coast of
Florida (Proc. Nat. Mus,, vol. vi, p. 324, 1883).
BUCCinum abysSOrum Vemll and Smith, sp. nov.
Plate XXXI, figures 11, 11a, 11&.
Shell thin, white, with a high, acute spire and strongly carinated
whorls. Whorls seven to eight, strongly convex, angulated by the
sharp revolving carinse, of which there are usually three very prom-
inent ones on the whorls of the spire. The upper one of these is
situated at a considerable distance from the suture and forms a prom-
inent shoulder, above which the surface of the whorl is somewhat
concave and covered with several much finer, raised, spiral lines, of
which one, usually at about the middle, is a little more prominent than
the rest; the second carina is situated below the middle of the whorl
and is separated from the upper one by a broad, concave interspace,
which is covered by rather fine, distinct, raised spiral lines, separated
by very distinct grooves of about the same breadth ; the third carina
is usually situated just above the suture, but is sometimes concealed
by it; it is separated from the second carina by a concave, spirally
lined interspace, a little narrower than that betvveen the first and
second carina. On the last whorl there are usually two or more
similar, but somewhat less prominent, carinse below the middle of the
whorl, and the surface is everywhere covered by regularly spaced
spiral lines or cinguli and grooves. Aperture rather small, some-
what semicircular ; the outer lip is nearly regularly rounded from
the suture to the base of the canal, but is slightly angulated at the
cariniB. In some of the larger specimens it somewhat recedes, and is
slightly everted just below the suture. The canal is short, somewhat
narrowed, nearly straight, or sometimes with the anterior end a little
everted. The columella is nearly straight, its inner margin having a
slight sigmoid curvature ; the inner lip is covered by a very thin
coat of smooth enamel, which extends out only a slight distance be-
yond the edge of the lip, with a broadly curved outline. The nuclear
whorls are small and regularly spiral, consisting of rather more than
two turns, and have the surface smooth and glossy. On the succeed-
ing whorl there are about four distinct carinse. The epidermis is
inconspicuous or wanting. The operculum is rounded-elliptical, con-
siderably smaller than the aperture, with the nucleus situated near
the outer edge, in front of the middle. The animal is destitute of
eyes; the tentacles are long, slender, and gradually tapered.
168 y|. E. VerriH — Moll i ism of the Neio England Coast.
Length of one of the largest specimens, a female, 43'"'" ; its breadth,
24""" ; length of spire, 25"^'" ; length of body-whorl to end of canal,
29mm . length of aperture, 21'°'" ; breadth, 12""° ; length of operculum,
11"""; breadth, 8'""'.
This species was taken at station 2051, in 1106 fathoms; 2052, in
1098 fathoms; 2074, in 1309 fathoms; 2076, in 906 fathoms; 2077,
in 1255 fathoms; 2094, in 1022 fathoms; 2102, in 1209 fathoms;
2103, in 1091 fathoms ; 2111, in 938 fathoms. It was most abundant
at stations 2074, K latitude 41° 43', AV. longitude 65° 21' 50", where
twenty-five living and seven de-:;d specimens were taken (No. 38,319);
station 2077, N. latitude 41° 09' 40", W. longitude 66° 02', eighteen
specimens, nine living (No. 35,008) ; and station 2094, N. latitude
39° 44' 30", W. longitude 71° 04', twelve specimens, seven living,
(No. 34,691).
This species shows considerable variation of length to breadth,
many specimens being more slender than the one mensured above.
The carinoe also vary in prominence ; in some specimens they are
strongly raised and very conspicuous, and in others they are but little
more elevated than the revolving lines that cover the rest of the sur-
face. It shows scarcely any resemblance to the several species
hitherto known from our coast. In general api)earance it resembles
the Buccinopsis striata Jeff., figured in the " Depths of the Sea,"
p. 464, fig. 76, but not described.
Sipho obeSUS Verrill, sp. nov.
Shell of moderate size, stout-fusiform, with a rather short, rajjidly
tapering and bluntly pointed spire, sculptured by many strong trans-
verse ribs and numerous spiral lines. Epidermis with slender hairs
along the spiral lines.
Whorls four to five, besides the nucleus, increasing rapidly, evenly
rounded, but only moderately convex. On the upper whorl, next
the nucleus, the spiral cinguli are somewhat prominent and nearly as
broad as the concave interspaces; on the second whorl below the
juicleus there are seven or eight cinguli, which are crossed by the
conspicuous lines of growth and by distinct, but not very prominent
ribs ; on the next whoi-1 the ribs are about sixteen in number,
and become much more prominent, separated by concave inter-
spaces, which about equal the ribs in breadth ; the ribs arc most
prominent on the convex part of the whorls, where they are excurved.
On the body-whorl the ribs become less conspicuous, but extend be-
low the middle of the whorl, fading out towards the base of the canal.
A. E. Veirlll—Mollusca of the Nevn England Coast. 169
The cingiili, which are very iiumeruiis on the lower whorls, are mostly
thin, fine, and much elevated, but are rendered conspicuous by the
close row of fine, sharp, epidermal hairs rising from each spiral line.
The lines of growth are very numerous and close, thin, raised lamellae.
The suture is not very oblique and a little impressed, and has a wavy
01' crenulated outline, due to the ribs, which extend to the suture, both
above and below. The nucleus is rather small, composed of about
two whorls. The apical whorl is very small, smooth, and regularly
coiled, but only a little exposed ; the second whorl shows traces of
spiral lines. The outer lip is sharp, thin, regularly curved, and not
very convex. The coluraella-lip is strongly excavated in the middle,
and the columella-margin has a strong sigmoid curvature and a spiral
twist. The canal is rather broad, moderately long, rather strongly
bent to the left, and a little turned up at the end. The aperture is
elongated-ovate, with the inner margin a little more convex than the
outer. The operculum is long-ovate, rounded posteriorly, but with
the anterior end narrowed and a little incurved on the inner mar-
gin^ near the anterior end, but somewhat dilated into a rounded lobe
in the middle ; the nucleus is situated on the inner margin, close to
the anterior end. Epidermis distinct, finely hairy along the spiral
lines, dull greenish yellow in color. In alcohol the shell is dull
pinkish white, and the young specimens are more or less translucent.
Length of one of the larger specimens, 25™"' ; breadth, 14""^ ;
length of body-whorl and canal, 19-5'"'"; length of aperture, 15™"";
its breadth, 5-5'"'".
Station 2115, N. latitude 35" 49' 30", W. longitude V4° 34' 45", in
843 fathoms (No. 35,600). Many specimens, both young and adult,
part of them living.
Some of the specimens show considerable variation from the type
described. In some the spiral cinguli are larger, more prominent, and
more unequal in size, three or more smaller ones being usually situated
between the more prominent ones on the lower whorls. The suture
in some cases is deeper and slightly channelled.
This species is more nearly related to S. ccalatus, var. hebes, than
to any other described species, but it is a larger, much stouter and
coarser species, with the spiral sculpture more conspicuously developed,
and with a distinctly hairy epidermis. The canal is longer and much
more bent. The nucleus is larger and somewhat different in form.
The typical form of S. coelatus is still more slender, and has a deci-
dedly higher and more regularly tapered spire, with the suture much
more impressed.
170 .1. II. Verrlll—MolhiHni <>fthe New England Coast.
Sipho profundiCOla Vemll and Smith, sp. nov.
Plate XXXT, figure 13.
Shell thin, stoiit-fusifortu, with very convex, evenly rounded
whorls and a moderately elevated, somewhat acute, turreted spire,
which occupies nearly one-half the length of the shell. Whorls six
or seven, the apex eroded in all of our specimens, apparently with a
small regularly spiral nucleus. The whorls increase i-ather rapidly
and are separated by a deeply impressed suture. The sculpture on
the two lower whorls consists of strongly marked, narrow, promi-
nent spiral cinguli, which are somewhat unequal in size, and
sepai'ated by wider, concave interspaces, which are crossed by dis-
tinctly raised, but delicate and close, lines of growth, due largely to
the epidei'mis rising in scale-like forms. These lines of growth are
less conspicuous over the sjnral ribs, which they render somewhat
uneven. The upper whorls have, in addition to the small spiral
cinguli, a pretty distinctly marked carination at the shoulder, and
are crossed by slightly elevated, longitudinal ribs or folds, which
produce a series of slightly raised nodules where they cross the
larger carina at the shoulder. On the penultimate whorl there are
from fourteen to sixteen revolving cinguli. Aperture long-ovate,
broadly rounded in the middle. The outer lip is thin and evenly
rounded from the suture to the base of the canal, where it forms a
sinuous curve. The canal is short, narrow, somewhat constricted at
the base and nearly straight, except near the end, where it is slightly
recurved. Columella not much bent, its inner edge with a slight
sigmoid curvature. The operculum is thin, ovate, with the inner
margin more convex than the outer, and with the posterior margin
evenly rounded and the anterior end slightly curved to the obtuse
tip, which shows no spiral structure. The operculum is rather
small as compared with the size of the aperture. Epidermis is thin
but distinct, not hairy, though rising into scale-like edges along the
lines of growth. Its color is pale brownish yellow.
The only sj>eciraen Avith the animal is a male (from station 2038),
the largest in the collection. The tentacles are long, slender, taper-
ing to acute tips. No eyes can be detected in the preserved
specimen. The other specimens show some variation in the propor-
tion of length to breadth and in the size and closeness of the revolv-
ing cinguli, which are sometimes pretty regularly alternately larger
and smaller.
Length of the largest specimen, male, 40""" ; breadth, 23'"'" ; length
A. E. Verrill — Mollnsca of the JVeto England Coast. IVl
of body-whorl aud canal, SO'""" ; length of aperture, 25™'" ; its
breadth, 12"""; breadth of canal at base, 6"'™; height of spire, 18™'" ;
lengtli of operculum, 12""" ; its breadth, 8'""^.
This species occurred at stations 2037, N. lat. 38° 53', W. long,
69° 23' 30", in 1731 fathoms, four dead (No. 37,999); station 2038,
K lat. 38° 30' 30", W. long. 69° 08' 25", in 2033 fath., one living
specimen (No. 38,411); station 2097, N. lat. 37° 56' 20", W, long.
70° 57' 30", in 1917 fath., four dead (No. 35,250); and station 2106,
N. lat. 37° 41' 20", W. long, 73° 03' 20", in 1497 fath., one dead
(No. 35,465).
Sipho profundicola, var. dispar, nov.
Shell of medium size, stout-fusiform, with very convex, rounded
whorls, the upper ones with both transverse ribs and spiral lines;
the lower ones with spiral lines only. Whorls about six, besides the
nucleus, which is eroded. They are slightly shouldered and some-
what turreted and increase rapidly in size. The upper ones have
stout, raised spiral lines or cinguli, of unequal size, and mostly
acute at summit, separated by wider, concave interspaces ; they are
also crossed by many rather feebly marked transverse ridges, most
distinct at the shoulder ; these disappear on the lower whorls, on
which there are numerous, conspicuous, unequal, mostly strongly
raised, spiral lines, which cover the whole surface. One of these,
considerably larger than the rest, forms the angle of the shoulder;
above this the whoi'ls descend somewhat abruptly to the suture, but
with a convex outline ; just below the angle the whorls are a little
flattened and then are convexly rounded. The more prominent of
the cinguli are somewhat thickened and obtusely rounded ; between
these there are from three to five smaller and thinner ones. The
interspaces are strongly concave aud broader than the raised lines ;
both the cinguli and interspaces are crossed l)y crowded, thin, raised
lines of growth, along which the epidermis rises into small, short
hairs, or thin scales. Aperture ovate, rather broad, slightly angu-
hited at the shoulder. Canal moderately long, rather narrow, some-
what bent to the left, and slightly turned up at the end. Columella
strongly sinuous, with the inner margin sharp and decidedly twisted
along the margin of the canal. Body-whorl decidedly excavated
along the inner lip. Operculum broad-elliptical, with the nucleus at
the anterior edge, yellowish horn-color. Shell internally bluish
while. Epidermis pale greenish yellow.
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 22 May 26, 1884.
172 A. E. Verrill — MoUusca of the New England Coast.
Length of the largest specimen, 80'"'"; breadth, 1/""'"; length of
body-whorl to tip of canal, 23""" ; length of aperture and canal, 19'""';
breadth of aperture, 8""".
A living specimen was obtained at station 2042, N, lat. 39° 33',
W. long. 68° 26' 45", in 1655 fathoms (No. 37,955), by the Albatross.
This species bears little resemblance to any of those previously
described from our coast. It is a larger and much stouter shell than
S. pygmmus., with much more convex whorls, and the latter species
is without transverse ribs on the upper whorls. The last named
character shows an affinity with 8. coelatus and S. glyptus, but these
are both smaller and more slender, and are ribbed in a much higher
degree.
Sipho cselatus, var. hebes Vemll, nov.
This variety differs from the typical form in having the spire
shorter, and more abruptly tapei-ed toward the tip, and in having
the'whorls somewhat flattened, with the suture shallower, so as to
give the shell a more cylindrical form. The ribs are numerous and
well developed on all the whorls below the nucleus, and are distinctly
excurved on the most convex part of the whorls. The lines of
growth are thin and close, but are distinctly raised, and run parallel
with the ribs. The spiral cinguli are very numerous, rather thin, not
very prominent, often nearly obsolete on the last whorl. The oper-
culum is ovate or pear-shaped, with the anterior end obtusely ])ointed
and a little incurved, with the nucleus at the inner edge, near the
anterior end, and showing a very slight tendency to the subspiral
structure.
This form occurred at station 2003, N. lat. 37° 16' 30", W. long.
74° 20' 36", in 640 fathoms, three specimens, one living (No. 35,659) ;
station 2077, N. lat. 41° 09' 40", W. long. 66° 02', in 1255 fath., one
living specimen (No. 38,015) and station 2103, N. lat. 38° 47' 20",
W. long. 72' 37', in 1091 fath., one living and one dead (No. 35,424).
Sipho (Mohnia) caelatulus Verriii, sp. nov.
Shell small, fusiform, with an elevated, acute spire, the lower
whorls with transverse ribs and raised spiral lines, the upper ones
usually without ribs; in general appearance resembling 8. cad at ns^
but with the spire more elevated and acute and the ribs less strongly
developed. Whorls about seven, moderately convex, not distinctly
shouldered; suture rather deep, simple. The nucleus is small,
smooth and little prominent, consisting of about two whorls; the api-
A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the New England Coast. 173
cal whorl is very small, closely and regularly coiled, largely covered
by the next whorl, which is at first smooth, then shows delicate spiral
lines which gradually become stronger ; the next two whorls are
covered with rather strong, elevated, spiral cinguli, unequal in size
and obtuse at summit, separated by interspaces of about the same
width. The first whorl below the nucleus has four or five cinguli ;
the next has one or more smaller lines in each of the interspaces be-
tween the primary ones ; the succeeding whorl has about ten to
twelve prominent cinguli, with some additional ones of smaller
size; on the lower whorls the cinguli become much more numerous,
covering the whole surface, the most prominent surrounding the
periphery and having three to five smaller ones between them; just
below the suture the cinguli are often less prominent than elsewhere,
and are rendered wavy by transverse ribs. The two upper whorls,
below the nucleus, are generally destitute of transverse ribs, or have
them but slightly developed ; on the succeeding whorls they become
somewhat more conspicuous ; they are broad, low, rounded at the
summit, nearly straight, but a little receding just above the middle
of the whorls, and are evenly spaced, having concave intervals about
equal to their own breadth. On the lower whorls there are about
twelve to fourteen of these ribs. Both the ribs and interspaces are
equally ci'ossed by the revolving cinguli, and their entire surface is
covered by fine, close, raised or slightly lamelliform lines of growth.
Outer lip sharp, thin, rather evenly rounded, contracted at the base
of the canal, which is moderately long, narrow, twisted, and a little
recurved. Aperture long-ovate, rather narrow, regularly incurved
on the inside. Columella strongly bent and spirally twisted in a
sigmoid curve. Operculum broad-ovate, obtusely rounded at the
anterior end, with the nucleus situated slightly Avithin the margin of
the inner edge, from which the lines of growth diverge in a sub-
spii'al manner. There is often a slight notch on the innei* margin,
just back of the nucleus. Epidermis inconspicuous. Color, in alco-
hol, pale pink or pinkish white, translucent, usually white or
yellowish white when dried.
Length of one of the larger specimens, 21'"'"; breadth, 9""" ; length
of body-whorl and canal, 14""" ; length of aperture, 10"'"' ; its breadth,
4"'"'. Other specimens are decidedly stouter than the one measured.
Station 2048 (No. 34,832) ; sta. 2051 (No. 35,259) ; sta. 2052 (No.
35,229) ; Sta. 2072 (No. 38,052) ; sta. 2076 (No. 35,149) ; sta. 2077
(No. 35,248); sta. 2084 (No. 35,185), in 547 to 1290 fathoms. It
occurred in most abundance at stations 2076, N. lat.. 41° 13', W,
174 A. E. Verrill — Molhisca of the Nevj England Coast.
long. 66° 00' 50", in 906 fathoms, one hundred and- twenty-five speci-
mens, seventy-five living; station 2077, N. lat. 41° 49' 40", W. long.
66° 02', in 1255 fatlioms, fifty-five specimens, twenty-five living ; and
station 2084, N. lat. 40° 16' 50", W. long. 67' 05' 15", in 1290
fathoms, one hundred and fifty specimens, seventy-five living.
Tliis species might readily be mistaken for S. cmlatus V., but the
latter has a shorter, less acute and more abruptly tapered spire, a
shallower suture, and the transverse ribs are prominent even on the
whorls next to the nucleus. The sculpture, however, on the lower
whorls agrees very closely. The operculum differs in form and
structure. aS'. ylyptas has the spire longer and more acute, with the
nucleus more prominent and diflferent in form. Its spiral sculpture
is more highly developed and quite distinct in appearance from that
of the present species. Although this species is referred to the sub-
genus Mohnia, on account of the subspiral structure of the opercu-
lum, this feature is less marked than in Mohuia Mohnii, the type of
the group, as established by Friele, in this respect agreeing nearly
with Sipho [llohnia) pai'vus V. and S. In fact, in respect to the
operculum, it is somewhat intermediate between typical Sipho and
Mohnia.
Sipho (Mohnia) simplex Veniii, sp. nov.
Shell small, short-fusiform, thin, delicate, somewhat translucent,
with evenly convex whorls, and with numerous fine spiral lines and
raised lines of growth, but without ribs. Canal short, nearly
straight. Spire rather short, regularly tapered, acute. AVhorls five
or six, evenly rounded, rather convex. Suture well impressed, sim-
j)le. The nucleus is very small, smooth, with the apical whorl mi-
nute, regularly spiral and largely concealed by the next whorl. Faint
spiral lines commence on the second whorl. On the first whorl be-
low the nucleus there are four or five thin, sharp cinguli ; on the
next these increase to ten or twelve, which are nearly equal, mod-
erately raised, and separated by interspaces of about their own
width ; on the body-Avhorl the cinguli become very numerous and
very regular, covering the whole surface to the base of the canal, but
some of those around the periphery are somewhat thicker than the
rest, with the summit somewliat obtuse or flattened ; alternating
with tliese are others of smaller size and thinner. The whole sur-
face, both of the cinguli and interspaces, is crossed by very nume-
rous, close, thin, raised, lanielliform lines of growth, which recede
on the more convex part of the whorl, but bend forward toward the
A. E. Verrill — MoUnsca of the Nevi England Coast. 175
siitnre. Aperture rather broad-ovate, narrowing gradually to the
canal, without any marked constriction. Canal short, rather broad,
wide at base, narrowing toward the tip. Columella nearly straight,
slightly sigmoid tow^ard the tip. Operculum small, pear-shaped,
narrowed anteriorly, with the inner edge slightly incurved, and with
a minute notch close to the tip, just behind the ihinute subspiral
nucleus, which is situated just within the margin, much as in the
preceding species and S. parvus. Epidermis thin, occasionally rising
into minute scales and points along the lines of growth, especially
near the suture. Color, in alcohol, dull pinkish white. Nuclear
W'horls pale brownish.
Length of one of the largest specimens, 14""" ; breadth, 7-5"'"' ;
length of body-whorl and canal, 10"""; length of aperture, S'""' ; its
breadth, 8-5""".
Station 2115, N. lat. 35^ 49' 30", W. long. 74° 34' 45", in 843
fathoms, three living specimens (No. 35,573) ; and station 2055,
N. lat. 42' 32", W. long. 68° 17', in 99-5 fathoms, one dead specimen.
This species has some resemblance to 3fohnia Mohnii Friele, for a
specimen of which I am indebted to tlie kindness of Mr. Friele.
The latter is a less delicate shell, with coarser spiral lines, and with
much larger nuclear whorls, and the operculum is much more dis-
tinctly spiral, its nucleus being larger and farther from the edge.
S. concinn.Ks [Eitsus concinnus Jeff.), is also similar to our species
in form and size.
Sipho leptaleUS Verrill, sp. nov.
Plate XXXT, figure 14.
Shell small, fusiform, glossy white, with five whorls, which are
very convex, slightly carinated and angulated in the middle, on the
lower whorls. Suture well impressed. Spire elevated, regularly
tapered, acute. The sculpture consists of numerous regular, thin,
delicate, raised, longitudinal ribs, which are bent in a sigmoid curve,
the part corresponding to the most prominent angle of the whorls
strongly receding ; and of fine, microscopic, wavy revolving lines
between the ribs. There is usually a distinct internal line, just
below the suture. Aperture irregularly ovate, rather narrow, elon-
gated. Outer lip thin, rounded to the base of the canal, which is
somewhat lengthened, oblique, and a little twisted. The columella-
margin of the canal forms a sigmoid curve. Nucleus prominent,
rounded, consisting of about one whorl and a half, covered with fine
spiral lines.
176 A. E. Verrill — 3follusca of the Neto Enqland Coast.
l^ength, 3-5""" ; breadth, 2""" ; leiiglli of body-whoil and canal,
2-3'""'; length of aperture, 2'""'; its breadth, about 1'""".
Ofl' Martlia's Vineyard, station 1143, in 452 fathoms, soft mud,
1882. One specimen.
The affinities of this shell are doubtful, as the animal and oj)ercu-
luni are both unknown. The sculpture resembles that of some
Pleurotomidje.
Trophon Lintoni Vemll and Smith, MSS.
A'erriU, Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. xiiv. p. 365, November, 1882.
Plate XXIX, figure 1.
Shell stout, rough, with six very convex, somewhat shouldered
whorls, crossed by about nine very prominent, thick, obtuse ribs ;
whole surface covered with strong, elevated, obtuse, scaly, revolving
cino-uli, usually alternately larger and smaller, separated by narrow,
deep grooves; they are crossed by arched scales or lines of growth.
Aperture broad ; canal short, narrow, a little curved ; umbilical pit
distinct, but small.
Length, 28"""; breadth, 17"""; length of canal and body-whorl,
19'"'"; length of aperture, 15-5""" ; its breadth, 7-5'""'.
Xamed in honor of Professor E. Linton, a member of the Fish
Commission parties in 1882 and 1883.
Off Martha's Vineyard, station 1118, in 70 fathoms, Fish Hawk,
1882. One specimen. No other example has been taken.
Trophon clavatus G. 0. Sars.
Moll. Keg. Arct. Norvegia;, p. 249, pi. 15, fig. 12; pi. 23, fig. 14, ami pi. IX, fig.
17 (dentition).
This species is rather common in our deeper drcdgings.
It ao-rees very well with Sars's descriptions and figures. Among
our numerous sfftcimens there is considerable variation in form,
and in the number and prominence of the thin elevated ribs.
It occurred at station 2035, in 1362 fathoms; sta. 2037, in 1731
fath. ; sta. 2(^38, in 2033 fath. ; sta. 2041, in 1608 fatli. ; sta. 2042, in
55 fath. ; sta. 2043, in 1467 fath. ; sta. 2076, in 900 fath. ; sta. 2084,
in 1290 fath.; sta. 2096, in 1451 fath.; sta. 2115, >iu 843 fath.
It was most abundant at sta. 2038, N. lat. 38° 30' 30", W. long.
69° 08' 25", in 2033 fath., twenty specimens (No. 34,847) ; sta. 2076.
N. lat. 41° 13", W. long. 66° 00' 50", in 906 fath. (No. 38,041),
A. E. Yerrill — Mollusca of the Nexo England Coast. 177
eighteen living specimens; and sta. 2115, N. lat. 35° 49' 30", W.
long. 74° 34' 45", in 843 fath. (No. 35,583), forty living. It was
taken by Sars, off Lofoden, in 120 to 200 fath.
T^NIOG-LOSSA.
Benthodolium YerriU, gen. nov.
Shell rather large, shape somewhat intermediate between Bncci-
mnn and Dolhan. Spire moderately elevated. Whorls convex,
last one ventricose. Aperture large, broad, somewhat semicircular,
('anal very short, scarcely differentiated from the aperture, formed
chiefly by the eversion and turning np of the anterior end of the
colum^ella-margin. The coluraella-lip is thickened and sinuous, ex-
tending over the umbilical region. A distinct, w^ell defined layer of
enamel, on the body-Avhorl, connects the outer lip with the colu-
mella. No umbilicus. The operculum is large, moderately thick,
horny, ovate or subcordate, with a large, spiral nucleus, situated a
little within the margin of the broad anterior end, which is slightly
emarginate in the middle, opposite the nucleus.
The animal, in alcohol, has a broad head, with large, stout, taper-
ing, acute tentacles, apparently without any trace of eyes. Pro-
boscis moderately long. The siphon is indicated only by a short
rounded fold of tlie mantle-edge. The foot is short and broad,
bhintly rounded behind, with a deep transverse groove in the front
margin. Gills very unequal in size, the lower only about half the
length of the u]^per.
The odontophore, in the type-species, is small and short, with
teeth somewhat like those of Dolium. The rachidian tooth is broad,
Avith a large, shaj-p central cusp and six or more small denticles on
each side ; the inner lateral tooth is large, strongly curved, with a
sharp terminal cusp, and several small lateral denticles on the outer
margin; the tw^o outer rows are much alike; these teeth are long,
slender, curved, with sharp tips. On each side of .^jthe cavity of the
proboscis there is a chitinous patch, closely covered with small chiti-
nous scales or denticles, which are closely crowded together and im-
bricated ; the largest of these denticles are flattened and have their
free end lanceolate and acute.
Benthodolium abySSOrum Verrill and Smith, sp. nov.
Plate XXXI, figubes 12, 12a, \1h.
Shell large, thin, stout, with inflated whorls, and a short, obtuse
spire. Whorls five, below the nucleus, rapidly increasing, evenly
178 A. K Verrill — Mollusca of the Neio England Coast.
rounded, strongly convex, the last wliorl occupying more than one-
half the length of the shell. Suture deep, well impressed, the whorls
rising abruptly from the suture produce a well rounded shoulder.
Aperture broadly ovate ; outer lip thin, sharp, with a nearly evenly
rounded outline, the edge receding a little at the shoulder and
slightly everted near its junction with the whorl ; inner lip continued
as a thin lustrous coat of white enamel on the previous whorl, becom-
ing raised, sharp, and- slightly sinuous in the umbilical region, and
turning outward so. as to nearly conceal a narrow umbilical chink.
Columella short, not much thickened, with a slight sigmoid curva-
ture. Canal very short, and wide, scarcely projecting beyond the
margin of the outer lip, with which it is directly continuous.
Sculpture consists of numerous small, but very distinct, elevated,
spiral cinguli, somewhat unequal in size, but rather evenly spaced,
and separated by much wider concave interspaces (aboiit 1"*"^ broad),
crossed by rather conspicuous and regular, raised lines of growth,
which also cross the ribs. There is no indication of longitudinal
ribs. Epidermis distinct, thin, brownish yellow, not hairy. The
apical whorls are eroded. Operculum spiral, large, thin, ovate, in-
equilateral ; the outer edge evenly rounded ; the inner edge not so
strongly convex and slightly sinuous posteriorly ; the anterior edge
slightly eraarginate, where the spiral portion turns inward. The
anterior portion shows a distinct spiral whorl, having its center a
little distance from the anterior border, and tlie lines are curved
radially from the center.
Color of the shell white and translucent beneath the yellowish
epidermis. The operculuni is horn-color, translucent.
The only specimen in the collection is a female. The tentacles
are large, broad, stout, rapidly tapering to the acuminate tips. No
eyes can be detected in the preserved specimen.
Length, 45"'"'; breadth, 35"'"' ; length of spire, 18""" ; length of
aperture, 37"""; its breadth, 18"'"'; length of operculum, 19'""';
breadth, 14'""'.
Station 2098, N. lat. 37° 40' 30", W. long. 70° 37' 30", in 2221
fathoms, one living specimen (No. 35,273), and station 2105, N. lat.
37° 50", W. long. 73" 03' 50", in 1395 fathoms, one dead specimen
(No. 35,364).
Trichotropis inflata Krioie.
Catalog;- ijorweg. Nurdiueer-exp. Si)ilzl)0if>'Oii fiul'iiud. Mollnsken, p. 275, 1871).
Shell ;sniall, ovate, witli llie last wlioil large and sunu'wiiat viMitri-
cose, spire small, turreted, with a rather acute apex antl a strongly
A. E. Yerrill — Mollusca of the New England Coast. ITO
marked, somewhat impressed suture. Whorls four, increasing rap-
idly, rising abruptly from the suture to the strongly convex shoulder,
and somewhat flattened at the periphery. The apical whorl is not
very small, but rather prominent. The body-whorl forms much the
larger part of the shell, and is rather evenly rounded in the middle,
strongly produced anteriorly, and narrowed gradually to the tip
of the short canal. The sculpture consists of very thin, raised,
rather close and regularly spaced revolving cinguli, of which there
are about twelve on the penultimate whorl ; on one specimen one of
these is a little more prominent than the rest. Fine, close, regular,
and distinctly raised flexuous lines of growth also cover the whole
surface of the lower whorls, crossing both the cinguli and their inter-
stices, but most distinctly the latter; these lines of growth are much
finer and more numerous than the cinguli ; the two upper whorls are
smooth. Aperture somewhat crescent-shaped, not very broad,
pretty evenly rounded on the outside, prolonged anteriorly into a
short rudimentary canal, and with the inner margin rather flexuous,
the columella-margin being straight or a little convex in the middle,
while there is a marked excurvature in the umbilical region; the lip
is thin, simple, but striated within by revolving lines which show
through. The canal is not difierentiated from the aperture by any
constriction, and ends in a simple and slightly prominent notch ; the
columella-lip is reflexed over the umbilicus, nearly concealing it in a
front view. The umbilicus seen in an end view is narrow and deep.
Length, 6"""; breadth, 3'8'"""; length of body-whorl, 5'"'"; length
of aperture, 3 •S'"'"; its breadth, l-S"'".
Station 2084, N. lat. 40° 16' 50", W. long. 67° 05' 15", in 1290
fathoms. Two living specimens (No. 38,077).
The original specimens described by Friele were from 223 and 656
fathoms, and from 650 fathoms, ofFTromso.
This shell agrees closely with the description and figure quoted.
It seems to me very doubtful whether it really belongs to the genus
Trichotropis. It may prove to belong to Admete.
Cingnla brychia Verrill, sp. nov.
Plate XXXII, figure 9.
Shell brown, small, rather thick, short and stout, composed of
about three rapidly increasing whorls, which are crossed by strong
transverse ribs, but are destitute of spiral lines. The apical whorl is
relatively rather large, regularly rounded, making a small, obtuse
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 23 May 26, 1884.
180 A. E. Verrill — Molluscd of the Nev) England Coast.
tip. The second whorl is crossed by about twelve rather prominent
and obtuse ribs, which are most elevated at the periphery ; their in-
terspaces are concave and wider than the ribs. On the last whorl,
which forms the greater part of the shell, there are about fourteen
ribs, most prominent on the shoulder, fading out a short distance
below the periphery, and also disappearing close to the suture ; the
base is somewhat produced and is destitute of sculpture. There is a
minute umbilical chink or groove, partially concealed by the edge of
the lip. The suture is strongly impressed. Aperture rather large,
obovate, broadly rounded posteriorly, narrowing nearly to a point
anteriorly, at the junction of the outer lip and columella ; the outer
lip is rather thin, without a varix, strongly convex at the shoulder,
and a little produced anteriorly, where it forms a distinct, prominent
angle at its junction with the columella-margin, which is straighter
than in most species, though somewhat excurved. In some speci-
mens there appears to be a rudimentary notch at tlie anterior angle
of the lip, somewhat like that of Trichotropis and LHiopa. The
inner lip is usually not continuous on the body-whorl. Color dark
reddish brown, varying to light brown and brownish yellow, fre-
quently more or less coated with iron oxide.
Length, 2-3™'"; breadth, 2'"™; length of aperture, 1'"'".
Station 892, in 487 fathoms (No. 38,021), 1880; five living, one
dead, station 1093 (No. 38,086), in 349 fathoms, 1882; dredged by
the steamer Fish Hawk,
Stations 2072 (No. 38,089) ; 2076 (No. 38,073) ; 2078 (No. 38,074);
and 2084 (No. 38,099), in 499 to 1290 fathoms, 1883, steamer
Albatross.
In color and general appearance this species resembles the young
of C. Jan-May eni. It is, however, a shorter and stouter species, and
is destitute of the spiral lines, which render the ribs on the shoulder
conspicuously nodulous in the latter.
Cingula syngenes Verrill, sp. nov.
Plate XXXII, figure 11.
Shell small, white, long-ovate, with a regularly tapering, blunt-
tipped spire ; a strongly impressed suture ; and four to five evenly
convex whorls, which are rather finely and regularly reticulated by
transverse ribs and revolving cinguli of nearly equal strength, except
on the base, which has only the spiral sculpture. Apical whorl rela-
tively large, obtusely rounded, nearly smooth ; on the second turn a
A. JS. Yerrill — Molhisca of the JVeto England Coast. 181
few revolving lines appear ; the lower whoi-ls are crossed hy about
fourteen to sixteen, regular, rather elevated, but not broad, rounded
ribs, which are nearly straight and separated by pretty regular inter-
spaces, usually about twice as broad as the ribs. On all except the
last whorl, the ribs extend from suture to suture ; on the last whorl
they fade out a little below the periphery. The whole shell, excejit
the nucleus, is covered with well developed, rather thin, revolving
cinguli, which are about the same height as the ribs, though rather
thinner, but in crossing the ribs they do not form nodules, so that
the surface is cancellated with a regular net-work, of which the
meshes are squarish, or elongated in the direction of the revolving
lines, but below the periphery of the last whorl the cinguli become
stronger and the ribs fainter, while the greater part of the base is
occupied with cinguli only, which are here rather closely crowded.
On the penultimate whorl there are about six or seven cinguli ; on
the body-whorl there are sixteen to nineteen, of which eight or nine
are posterior to the lip, and six or seven anterior to it. The surface
is also marked with very fine revolving stri®, visible under the
microscope. Umbilicus none. Aperture rounded or very broadly
ovate, usually "slightly narrowed and obtusely angled posteriorly ;
broadly rounded and slightly flaring in front ; outer lip sometimes
thin and sharp, sometimes distinctly thickened, but without a varix ;
anteriorly it is slightly effuse, and sometimes forms there a faint
rounded angle; the inner lip is continuous, forming a regular curve,
but not quite so convex as the outer margin ; the portion in contact
with the body-whorl has a free edge, and in the umbilical region the
margin is a little reflexed, often leaving a slight furrow beneath it.
Length, 3"^"^; breadth, 1-6"""; length of aperture, 1-2"'^; its
breadth, "S"^"'. Other specimens are somewhat more slender than
the one measured.
Station 2109, in 142 fathoms, off Cape Hatteras, N. lat. 35° 14' 20",
W. long. 74° 59' 10". Several specimens, living and dead (No.
35,453).
This species belongs to the same group as C. arenaria, C. carinata^
and C. areolata of our northern coasts. From all these it differs in
having a finer and more regular sculpture, both the ribs and revolv'
ing lines being much more numerous and more regular. Nor do
either of the northern species possess the microscopic striae. In this
last character it resembles C. harpa and C. leptalea; but C harpa
is a stouter shell, with much finer and more numerous revolving
lines, which do not give it a cancellated appearance. C. leptalea is
182 A. E. Verrill — MoUusca of the New England Coast.
entirely destitute of the transverse ribs. The present species also
resembles C. abyssicola of northern Europe, as figured by G. O.
Sars, but tlie latter has a stronger sculpture, with fewer revolving
lines, and the outer lip has a distinct varix. C. Jeffreysi diifers in
nearly the same manner.
Cingula leptalea Vemii, sp. nov.
Plate XXXII, figure 10.
Shell of moderate size, thin, slender, composed of four very con-
vex whorls sepai'ated by a deep suture, and with small spiral cinguli
and microscopic, wavy, revolving lines. The apical whorl is rather
large, smooth, regularly coiled, forming a small rounded apex. The
lower whorls are covered with small, rounded cinguli, of which there
are from eight to ten above the suture, on the penultimate whorl,
those just below the suture becoming indistinct ; on the body-whorl
there are about twenty ; they are separated by concave interspaces
of somewhat greater width, the spaces becoming greater on the
upper part of the whorl. Both the interspaces and cinguli are cov-
ered by very delicate, microscopic, raised lines, which are bent into
minute, close waves, giving the whole surface a microscopically ver-
miculated appearance ; of these wavy lines there are mostly from
four to six in the interspaces and four or five on the cinguli. The
whorls are crossed by raised lines of growth, which in some places
are pretty regular and nearly as prominent as the cinguli, which they
cross so as to produce a finely reticulated sculpture ; this is seen
most frequently near the shoulder, but is not constant, often fading-
out both near the suture and anteriorly. There are also more or less
distinct microscopic lines of growth which cross the minute revolv-
ing lines, but are less distinct than the latter. The aperture is rather
large, regularly ovate; the outer lip is a little thickened, but without
a varix; it is regularly arched exteriorly and a little etfuse in front;
the inner lip is well developed and continuous, though closely
adherent to the body-whorl. There is no umbilicus, but a small
chink is formed by the eversion of the columella-lip. Color, in alco-
hol, pale yellowish white willi a tinge of greenish, and translucent ;
when dry, white and opa<|ue.
Length, 3'"'"; breadth, 1-8'"'"; length of aperture, J""".
Station 2072, N. lat. 41° 53', W. long. 65° 35', in 858 fathoms (No.
38,060). One living specimen.
A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the Nexo England Coast. 183
This species- is easily distinguished by the jjeciiliar, elegant, spiral
microscopic lines, combined with the numerous spiral cinguli, visible
under a lens. There are no regular transverse ribs.
Cingula apicina Verriii, sp. nov.
Plate XXXII, figure 8.
Shell conical, rapidly tapering to a very acute, sub-stiliform tip.
Nuclear whorls about four, smooth, dark brown ; the first is minute
and obliquely incurved ; the others very gradually increase, so as to
form a slender, somewhat stiliform nucleus, below which the normal
whorls increase much more rapidly. The normal whorls, of which
there are five, are very convex, evenly rounded, with a strongly
impressed suture, and everywhere crossed by fine, distinct, obliquely
raised, slightly flexuous lines of growth, some of which often appear
as distinct riblets, but without any distinct spiral lines. Aperture
nearly round, faintly angulated, a little in advance of the middle, by
a very slight and rather indistinct ridge, which surrounds the base
near the periphery. ' Columella-margin thin and somewhat reiiexed
over the umbilical depression ; inner lip short, formed by a thin
layer of enamel closely adherent to the body-whorl. Umbilicus
small and deep, partially concealed in a front view by the reflexed
edge of the lip, but distinctly visible in an end view. Epidermis
thin, closely adiierent, light horn-color, Avithout much luster, and
having a distinctly fibroiis appearance, under a lens. Shell grayish
white. Operculum nearly round, very thin, pale horn-color, with
very indistinct subspiral lines of growth.
Length, 7'6™'"; breadth, 5'"™; length of body-whorl and canal,
5"'"'; length of aperture, 2-5'^"' ; its breadth, 2""".
Station 2041, N. lat. 39° 22' 50", W. long. 68° 25', in 1608 fathoms.
Steamer. Albatross, 18.83 (No. 38,070).
A single living specimen of this species was obtained. The
animal, in alcohol, has rather i-hort, stout, tapering tentacles, and is
apparently without eyes. Its generic affinities are doubtful. It has
some resemblance in sculpture and appearance to Lacuna glacialis,
but the latter is a stouter shell, with a less distinct umbilicus, and
without the j)eculiar stiliform nucleus seen in the present species.
In the last character it approaches Litiopa., but it has not the notch,
or rudiraentarv canal, characteristic of that sceiius.
184 A. K Verrill — Jlollusea of the Neio Englaiid Coast.
Cithna tenella, var. costulata Jeff.
Lacuna tenella Jeffrejs, Brit. Couch., p. 204, pi. 101, fig. 7.
Cithna tenella, var. costulata Jeffreys, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1883, p. 110.
This species was taken at station 2038, N. lal. 38° 30' 30", W.
long. 69° 08' 25", in 2033 fathoms (No. 38,069). One living specimen.
It has been taken on the European coasts at several localities, in
114 to 2050 fathoms, from ofl' the Faroe Islands to the Azores and
Mediterranean. It was taken off Pernambuco, Brazil, and east of
Japan by the Cliallenger (Jeffreys). It occurs in the Pliocene of
Sicily and Calabria, according to Jeffreys.
Cithna cingulata Verriii. sp. nov.
Plate XXXII, figure 7.
Shell small, rather solid, depressed, with a low spire, and angu-
lated, spirally striated Avhorls. Rase broad, convex ; umbilicus
small and deep. The nucleus is relatively large, nearly smooth,
glossy, deep chestnut-brown, composed of about three rapidly in-
creasing whorls, the last of which is finely spirally striated ; the
apical whorl is minute and regularly coiled, not prominent; the
change from the nucleus to the normal whorls is abrupt. Aside
from the nucleus, there is rather more than one whorl, which
increases rapidly and constitutes the bulk of the shell; this whorl is
very convex at the periphery and more or less distinctly bicarinate ;
one carina surrounds the periphery ; the other at a short distance
above this forms a slight, rather indistinct shoulder ; the band
between the upper carina and the suture is slightly convex and joins
the preceding whorl nearly at right angles, bending inward at the
suture so as to form a narrow and rather deep sutural groove. The
whole surface, below the nucleus, both above and below, is covered
by numerous, pretty regular, close, spiral cinguli, separated by
grooves of about the same breadth on the periphery, but more
crowded on the base ; the surface is also roughened by fine and
minute lines of growth. On the last whorl there are four or five cin-
guli between the carinte. The umbilicus is regular, somewhat fun-
nel-shaped, narrow and deep. The aperture is rather large, roundish,
with the anterior and inner borders slightly patulous, and the outer
border expanded and more or less angulated at tlie carin:^; the
inner lip is continuous, with a distinct edge along the narrow pai't,
which is attached to the pillar. Columella-margin somewhat fiat-
A. E. Yerrill — Ilollusca of the New England Coast. 185
tened and a little effuse anteriorly. Color white, below the brown
nucleus.
Height, 2-2"""; breadth, 3-6'"'"; breadth of aperture, 2""".
A young specimen, preserv-ed in alcohol, and apparently of the
same species, has a distinct epidermis, bearing small hair-like pro-
cesses, most prominent on the carinse. Its nucleus is somewhat
smaller than in the specimen described above, but has the same
form and color.
Station 2076, N. lat. 41° 13', W. long. 66° 00' 50", in 906 fathoms
(No. ;J8,101); station 2084, N. lat. 40° 16' 50", W. long. 67° 05' 15",
in 1290 fathoms (No. 38,105). The young alcoholic specimen re-
ferred to is from station 2043, in 1467 fathoms, N. lat. 39° 49', W.
long. 68° 28' 30" (No. 38,104). Albatross, 1883. One specimen
was taken at each locality,
Cithna(?) olivacea Verriii, sp. nov.
Plate XXIX, figure 5.
Shell thin, translucent, naticoid, as broad as high, subglobular,
with about four rapidly expanding, rounded whorls. Suture distinct,
scarcely impressed. Surface smooth, glossy, covered with a green-
ish yellow, thin, closely adherent epidermis. The upper whorls are
obscured by a thin, smooth, chitinous deposit, which also fills the
suture; beneath this the niiclear whorls appear to have a delicate
sculpture, consisting of two or more revolving cinguli crossed by
delicate lines of growth. Aperture very broad, ovate ; the outer lip
is evenly rounded, forming nearly a semicircle. Columella-lip nearly
straight, a little excurved in the middle, with the edge everted and
a little thickened, slightly effuse, and forming a distinct, rounded
angle and a rudimentary notch, where it joins the outer lip. The
inner lip is continued from the columella-margin to the outer lip by
a very thin smooth deposit of enamel, without a free edge. Spire
very short, apex obtuse. Umbilicus wanting.
Length, 4™'°; breadth, 4™"^; length of aperture, 2'25™'" ; breadth,
omm
Off Martha's Vineyard, station 1154, in 193 fathoms, 1882. An
additional specimen from station 2084, in 1290 fathoms, 1883.
Both specimens were without the animal, though fresh in appear-
ance. The affinities of this shell are, therefore, very doubtful.
186 A. K Verrlli — Mollusca of the New England Coast.
Family SEGUENZID^.
The beautiful deep-sea shells included in the genus Seguemia., ^nth
the closely allied forms [Basilissa, etc.), present several remarkable
characters which ought, certainly, to entitle them to rank as a dis-
tinct family.
The shell is trochiform, with elegant revolving and transverse
raised sculpture, and usually translucent, with more or less pearly
luster, when fresh. Umbilicus open or closed. Aperture irregular,
usually with a marked posterior sinus, a short or rudimentary canal,
or anterior sinus, and sometimes with two anterior sinuses. Oper-
culum thin, rounded-ovate or ear-shaped, with a subcentral nucleus
and fine concentric lines. Jaws ovate, with tesselated surface and
denticulated edge. Odontophore (in Segxienzia) minute, Tcenioglos-
sate/ the central tooth small, with one denticle ; the inner laterals
smaller, with ciirved unarmed tip; the two outer laterals slender,
sharp, strongly curved.
By Jeffreys this group was placed near kiolariimi (Ptenoglossa) ;
by Watson in the Trochidm (Rhiphidoglossa).
It has really no affinity with either of those groups, but belongs to
the Tmnioglossa. It seems more nearly related to Aporrhais and
allied forms, than to any of our other shalloAV water groups.
Seguenzia formosa Jeffreys.
Jeffreys, Proc. Roy. Soc. London, vol. xxv, pp.200, 201, 1876 (wood-cuts); Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., p. 319, April, 1876.
Boog "Watson, Molhisca Chajlenger Exp., Part III, Journ. Linn. Soc, vol. xiv, p.
587, 1879.
Plate XXXI, figures 14, 14o. \lh.
Several living specimens were dredged by the Albatross in 1883,
in 1290 to 2033 fathoms. Station 2037, N. lat. 38° 53', W. long. 69°
23' 30", in nsi fathoms, one young specimen (No. 38,232) ; station
2038, N. lat. 38° 30' 30", AV. long. 69° 08' 25", in 2033 fathoms, two
living specimens (No. 38,078) ; station 2084, N. lat. 40° 16' 50", W.
long. 67° 05' 15", in 1290 fathoms, two living specimens (No. 38,247).
These specimens sliow some variation in sculpture and in the
presence or absence of a small umbilical perforation or channel.
In the typical form of formosa the body-whorl is surrounded by
three principal carinas, Avhich are prominent and rather sharp. One
of these, around the periphery, is coincident with the posterior angle
of the aperture, and, therefore, with the suture, which it usually con-
A. E. Verrill — MoUusca of the Nevi England Coast. 187
ceals ; both above and below this, at about equal distances, there is
another less prominent carina, the lower one defining the basal area;
the upper one is about midway between the median carina and the
suture. The intervals between these carinse are bi'oadly concave
and crossed by numerous pretty regularly spaced, thin, raised and
curved riblets ; those between the upper carina and the suture have
their concave side toward the aperture and terminate posteriorly in
a small, slightly prominent lobe or crest in crossing the sutural
carina; those in the two peripheral zones have their convex side
toward the aperture and do not cross the carinse, On the base there
are about seven to nine rather prominent revolving cinguli, besides
the carina already refei'red to ; the intervals between these are con-
cave and variable in width, and are crossed by numerous, small,
oblique riblets. The surface of the whorls between the riblets is
covered by fine revolving lines, visible with a lens. The umbilicus
is represented only by a narrow spiral groove or channel, nearly
concealed by the strongly recurved or reflected margin of the colu-
mella-lip, and boimded outwardly by a spiral ridge. The aperture
is rather large and angulated, or lobed, with a deep, rather broad
posterior sinus, which is deepest just above the upper carina, where
the corresponding riblets are most strongly excurved ; below this the
outer lip is thin, and bends outward and inward, corresponding to
the external carinas and their interspaces ; below the periphery and
opposite the most convex part of the base the outer lip bends out-
ward and shows another shallow sinus ; there is also a small sinus or
rudimentary canal at the junction of the lip with the extremity of
the columella, which terminates in a small, somewhat prominent
angle. The columel la-margin is strongly spirally twisted, much
excurved opposite the umbilical region, beyond whicli it curves
strongly forward and outward, forming there a small, prominent,
sometimes slender tooth, which is often broken. The operculum is
ear-shaped or broad-ovate, with an emargination on one side, thii),
translucent, pale yellow, with a very delicate, concentric structure.
The nucleus is sub-central ; around it are numerous thin, close, con-
centric lines, most distinct about midway between the center and
margin ; the outer part is transparent and shows no distinct lines ;
the muscular attachment is ovate, not very large, and excentric to
the center.
Jaws thin, brown, irregularly ovate, the outer half covered with
small tesselated elevations, becoming more prominent, blunt or
spatuate at the mai'gin.
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 24 May 26, 1884,
188 A. E. Verrill — Molhisca oj the Nein England Coast.
Odontophore very small and slender; median tooth minute, thiu,
with the tip bent forward and ending in a minute central denticle;
inner laterals, with the tip small, curved forward, flat, unarmed,
almost half as wide as the median ; outer laterals long, slender,
very acute, strongly curved.
Length of the largest specimen, 5""" ; breadth, 4™"" ; breadth of
aperture, 2"™.
At station 2084, two younger specimens were obtained. These,
while agreeing with the larger specimens in form and sculpture,
have a narrow but deep umbilical peiforation, which is only partially
concealed by the reflexed columella-margin. One specimen has five,
the other six spiral carinae on the base. The columella-margin is
thin and shows only a small tooth at its extremity. The nucleus, as
in the typical form, is small, smooth, turned up oblitjuely, and some-
what prominent. The presence of the umbilical perforation seems to
be due only to immaturity.
Seguenzia formosa, var. nitida Yerriii, nov.
This shell agrees nearly in form and size with typical S. formosa,
but is thinner, more translucent, with the spire a little less acute,
and with more delicate sculpture. It differs chiefly in having more
numerous and closer spiral lines on the base, the number below the
median carina of the whorl being ten to twelve, the intervals be-
tween them diminishing as they approach the umbilical region.
Our specimens have a narrow, spirally twisted, deep umbilical perfo-
ration and channel, mostly concealed in a front view by the reflexed
edge of the columella-lip ; the umbilical pore is bordered externally
by the innermost spiral ridge. The columella is much excurved at
base, strongly spirally twisted, and projects at the end in a some-
what prominent, excurved angle, forming a small canal, but has no
distinct tooth on the inner margin like that seen in the typical S.
formosa, but this may be due to injury; the outer lip is more regu-
larly convex and has a less developed posterior sinus. The two
principal carina^ on the whorls are elevated and rather prominent,
with the edge a little thickened, often obtuse and finely spirally
lined, not interrupted by the transverse riblets, which fade out at a
little distance below the crest, except on the sutural carina, which
they cross. The riblets are rather thinner, more delicate, and more
numerous than in the typical S. formosa, and are less elevated.
They- are also more strongly curved and decidedly closer together,
especially those between the two peripheral carina\ There is, also,
A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the Nevi England Coast. 189
in some cases, a distinct, subsutural raised line. Tlie fine spiral
lines between the carinje are rather more regular and distinct than
in the typical form. The nuclear whorl is a little prominent and
turned uj), rounded, smooth, glossy, and rather larger than in the
latter.
Lengtli, S-"'" ; breadth, 4""" ; length of aperture, 2-8'"™ ; its breadth,
2 mm
Station 2038, in 2033 fathoms, with S. formosa^ three living
examples (No. 38,078).
Seguenzia eritima Veniii, sp. nov.
Plate XXXI, figure 15.
Shell thin, delicate, stout-conical, with a rather high, regularly
tapered, acute spire, a narrow, deep umbilical ])ore, and a somewhat
produced base, which is sculptured by numerous (15 to 20) small,
spiral cinguli.
Whorls seven, rapidly increasing, strongly angulated and cari-
nated in the middle. Suture distinct, very slightly impressed,
boi'dered below by a small, slightly i-aised, spiral ridge ; from this
the wide subsutural band rises, at an abrupt angle, to the carina of
the shoulder, forming a flat or somewhat concave upper slope on the
whorls. On the spire the shoulder is situated at about the middle
of the whorls, and the periphery, below the carina, is flattened and
descends nearly perpendicularly to the suture. On the last whorl a
second sharp carina surrounds the periphery, the space between the
two being a little greater than that above the first carina, the per-
ipheral band being here somewhat concave. Below the peripheral
carina the base is covered by fifteen to twenty smaller and distinctly
raised, thin cinguli, of which the two or three outermost are but
little smaller than the carinse, and separated by spaces two or three
times their own breadth ; near the umbilicus the spirals again
become a little stronger and wider apart, while over the greater part
of the base they are slender and very close set, the grooves between
being scarcely as wide as the lines; midway between the center and
circumference there is a low, ill-defined spiral ridge, corresponding
to the anterior einus of the lip; the innermost spiral line forms a
thickened border for the umbilicus. The spaces between the carinse
are crossed by numerous, very delicate, flexuotis, raised riblets,
which are close and very regularly spaced, and rather more promi-
nent on the last whorl than on the spire; those on the subsutural
ino A. E. Verrill — MoUiisea of the New Eiigland Coast.
band, which are closer together than the others, are excurved in the
middle, bending abruptly forward to join the shoulder-carina, which
they do not cross, nor do they form prominences on the sutural
carina; those of the peripheral band curve in the opposite direction,
their convex side being toward the aperture. In the narrower
spaces between the outer basal cinguli similar riblets are also
present, but are here oblique, iiner, and less distinct; the spaces
between the carinae are also marked by fine, raised spiral lines, visi-
ble with a lens, which do not interrupt the riblets; often some of
these, near the median carina, are larger than the rest. The apical
whorl is a little prominent, small, regular, smooth and glassy. The
suture often appears slightly channeled, when the sutural carina is a
little removed from it, owing to the fact that the peripheral carina of
the previous whorl is nearly coincident with the suture. The carina
defining the shoulder often appears double or grooved at its summit,
on the last whorl. The umbilicus is narrow, but deep and spirally
twisted, being more or less encroached upon by the incurved colu-
mella-edge. The aperture is irregularly angulated and somewhat
three-lobed, with two distinct, somewhat j^roduced, narrow sinuses
in front ; a deep., rather wide notch or posterior sinus corresponding
to the subsutural band ; and a strongly excavated, rounded sinus at
the base of the columella. The outer lip is thin, sharp, angulated at
the terminations of the carinae, and projects strongly forward at the
periphery and bends outward in the form of two very short, rather
narrow, rounded canals anteriorly. These are nearly equal in size,
the outermost corresponding to a slight convex ridge on the outer
part of the base, the inner one corresponding to the termination of
the columella-margin ; the latter projects forward as a rudimentary
canal. The columella-margin is short, somewhat thickened, very
strongly spirally curved, and much excurved near its junction with
the body-whorl, opposite the umbilicus, beyond which it bears a
small, slightly prominent, obtuse tooth. Color translucent white,
with a pearly luster or iridescence in fresh specimens. Operculum
thin, pale yellowish horn-color.
Length, 4-5™"' ; breadth, 3""" ; length of body-whorl and aperture,
3'"'"; breadth of aperture, i-7™m
One living specimen from station 2038, N. lat. 38* 30' 30", W.
long. CO" 08' 25", in 2033 fathoms (No. 38,092), the figured type ;
four specimens from station 2084, K lat. 40° iC 50", W. long. 67"
05' 15", in 1290 fathoms (No. 38,249), one living ; station 2043, in
1467 fathoms, one dead (No. 38,269).
A. E, Verrill —Mollusca of the New England Coast. 191
In size, form, and the general character of the sculpture this spe-
cies resembles /8. formosa J., from which it differs mainly in the
more delicate character of the sculpture, less acute carinoe, finer and
closer ribiets, and much more numerous and finer lines on the base.
The typical form of jS. formosa is destitute of an umbilicus, although
a narrow one appears in some of the small specimens. This species
seems to be a thinner and more delicate shell than any of the varie-
ties of S. formosa, and has a more convex base and a smaller
nucleus, but a less acute spire. From S. carinata Jeff, and *S. ionica
Watson it differs in having a higher and more acute spire, and decid-
edl}^ in the sculpture and the narrowness of the umbilicus, which in
this form is a deep, narrow, spiral perforation. I have seen no de-
scription of S. elegans Jeff., other than the statement that it is
umbilicated.
PilisCUS COmmoduS (Middendorff.)
Pilidium coriiinoduin Middendorff, Beit. Malacozoologia Rossica, pi. 17, figs. 4-11,
1847.
f Pilidium radiatum M. Sars ; G. 0. Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norvegiaj, p. 144, pi. 8,
figs. 6, a-d, pi. V, figs. I, a,h (dentition).
Pilidium commodum Friele, Nyt. Mag. Naturvid,, xxiii, 1877, [sep. copy, p. 2], pi.,
figs. 2, 2a, dentition.
Shell very thin, translucent, bonnet-shaped, with the antei'ior slope
rising gradually to the apex, which recurves and overhangs the
posterior margin. Aperture very large, broad-ovate, a little nar-
rowed posteriorly, broadly rounded in front. Apex prominent, situ-
ated near the posterior end, curved backward and inward, and
twisted obliquely to the right ; the extreme apex is rather large,
bluntly rounded, incurved, and appressed against the body of the
shell posteriorly ; this nuclear portion expands at first only grad-
ually, and appears to be minutely punctate under a lens. The body
of the shell is covei'ed with rather conspicuous, close, raised lines of
growth, but is destitute of any i-adiating lines. The whole surface,
except the apex, is covered with a thin, fibrous, concentrically corru-
gated, yellowish white epidermis, which easily peels off when dried.
Margin very thin and sharp, flaring, especially in front. Internally
the cavity of the shell corx-esponds closely with the exterior form, the
apical portion running up into the nucleus of the shell and becoming
subspiral. Muscular scars very indistinct. Posterior slope abrupt,
almost perpendicular, and somewhat concave in a side view, and
overarched by the projecting apex, which is situated rather to the
192 A. E. Verrill — Mulhisca of the Nexo England Coast.
left of the central line, so that tlie sliell is a little one-sided, with the
lateral slope on the right side longer and more gently sloping than
on the left.
Length of shell, across aperture, 20""" ; greatest breadth, 1 8""" ;
height, 9""" ; front margin to apex, 20™"'.
The animal resembles that of Capnliis Hungaricus, but the mus-
cle by which it is united to the shell is far less developed. The ten-
tacles are large, stout, blunt, with well developed eyes on a basal
swelling. There are two large plumose gills situated in a large cer-
vical cavity and attached on the left side, but extending entirely
across the back of the neck, so that the tip of the larger gill is
visible back of the right tentacle. The foot is rather small, in
the alcoholic specimen, and has the anterior corners produced into
short obtuse auricles. The dorsal part of the animal is moderately
convex and does not show, in the preserved specimen, a subspiral
form corresponding to that of the shell. The apical portion contains
a large cluster of ova, which is distinctly visible through the integ-
ument.
Station 2062, near Le Have Bank, oif N. S., on rocky bottom in
150 fathoms. One living specimen (No. 35,274). It was associated
with Primnoa reseda and other arctic forms.
This species has not been previously recorded as living in the
Noith Atlantic, south of Iceland, unless P. radiatum Sars, from
West Finmark, be a variety of it. It was originally described from
Okhotsk. Friele records it from oft' Iceland, in 290 fathoms. It
occurs in the post-pliocene at Uddevalla, and in the Coralline C'rag
of England (as Captdus fallax S. Wood, t. Jettreys).
G-YMNOG-LOSSA.
Eulimella lucida Veniii, sp. nov.
Plate XXXTT, fkuires 3, 3a.
Shell rather large for the genus, long and slender, with a tall, reg-
ulnrly tapered, acute spire, composed of about eleven whorls besides
the nucleus, which is small, prominent and strongly upturned.
The whorls are much flattened and but little convex. The suture is
distinct, but scarcely at all impressed, especially on the upper half of
the spire, and not very oblique. The surface is everywhere very
smooth and polished, with a very brilliant luster, without any sculp-
ture whatever, and with oxcecdingly indistinct lines of growth.
The aperture is almost regularly ovate, narrowed posteriorly, where
A. JE. Verrill — MoJhisca of the Neio England Coast. 193
it ends in a slight sutural notch ; anteriorly it is evenly and obtusely
rounded. The outer lip is sharp, evenly arched, and projects consid-
erably forward in the middle ; in front it is somewhat produced and
flaring, but passes into the columella-lip in a regular curve ; the col-
umella-lip is regularly excurved, with the outer margin somewhat
everted. There is no umbilicus. Color translucent pinkish white.
Length, 8™'"; breadth, 2-3'""\
Station 2038, N. lat. 38° 30' 30", W. long. 69° 08' 25", in 2033
fathoms. One living specimen.
This species is closely related to E. charissa, but it is larger and
stoutei', with a decidedl}'- larger nucleus, and with more flattened
whorls and a less distinct suture, and it has a smaller number of
whorls in the same length. It is remarkable for its smoothness and
brilliant polish, in this respect resembling Eulhna.
Eulimella charissa Verriii, sp. nov.
Plate XXXII, figures 4, 4«, 4&.
Shell small and delicate, translucent white, very slender, with the
spire attenuated toward the upper end and very acute, composed of
about eleven whorls.
The apical whorl is very small, strongly upturned and reversed;
the succeeding whorl is scarcely larger. The suture is slightly but
distinctly impressed and not very oblique. The whorls are moder-
ately convex in the middle, though somewhat flattened. The surface
is nearly smootti and brilliantly polished, without sculpture, except
fine, microscopic, and rather indistinct, flexuous lines of growth,
usually most evident close to the suture. Aperture ovate, narrowed
to a point })Osteriorly, Avhere it terminates in a shallow, sutural
notch ; the outer lip is moderately and regularly convex, projecting
forward in the middle, slightly produced and a little flaring in front;
it blends with tlie columella-lip in a regular curve ; the columella-
margiu is regularly excurved, and forms a sinuous curve with the
edge of the bodj^-whorl. No umbilicus. Color translucent white,
sometimes with a tinge of pinkish.
Length, 5-6"""; breadth, 1-8""". Other specimens are somewhat
more slender than the one measured.
Station 2038, in 2033 fathoms, with the preceding species. Four
specimens, three of them living.
This species is very similar to the preceding, but is distinguished
by its smaller size and much more slender spire, having a greater
194 A. .E. Verrill — Molliisca of the New England Gocbst.
Duiiibev of wliorls in tl)e same IcMigtli, and l)y the smaller apical
whorl. The whorls are also somewhat more convex and the suture
more impressed. In one specimen the spire is somewhat crooked.
Eulimella nitida Vemii, sp. nov.
Plate XXXII, figure 5.
Shell smooth, polished, rather large for the genus, moderately
elongated, with a tall, regularly tapering spire, of more than eight
whorls (apex V)roken), separated by a well defined, somewhat im-
pressed, rather oblique suture.
Whorls moderately and regularly convex. Last whorl much
larger than the preceding ones, with the base produced. Aperture
long-ovate, much narrowed posteriorly, and terminating in a narrow,
rather deep sutural notch, regularly arched and somewhat flaring
anteriorly ; outer lip thin, sharp, receding in a rather deep notch
where it joins the previous whorl, from which it projects forward in
a rather strong regular curve, most prominent in the middle, from
whence it recedes again anteriorly to the front margin, which is
somewhat produced and distinctly efluse. The eolumella-margin is
somewhat excurved, and joins the anterior margin without forming
an angle. There is no umbilicus. The surface is everywhere smooth
and polished, showing only very faint and indistinct lines of growth.
The sutural line often appears double, owing to the inner edge of
the suture showing through the translucent shell.
Length of the specimen, lacking the nuclear whorls, 6'5""" ;
breadth, 2'"'".
Station 2038, N. lat. 38° 30' 30", W. long. 69° 08' 25", in 2033
fathoms. One specimen.
This species appears to be closely related to E. hiclda, though the
absence of the nucleus prevents a close comparison. It differs in
the greater convexity of the whorls, in the more oblique and more
impressed suture, the longer body-whorl, more produced anteriorly,
and the narrower and more elongated aperture, which is more effuse
anteriorly. From E. charissa it differs still more decidedly in most
of these characters, and the latter is also a smaller and much more
slender species, with more numerous whorls.
A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the Neio England Coast. 1 95
Eulimella (or Menestho) lissa Verriii, sp. nov.
Plate XXXII, figure 6.
Shell small, white, polished and somewhat lustrous, slender, some-
what obelisk-shaped, composed of about eight flattened wliorls,
witliout any sculpture. Apical whorl very small, abruptly u})-
turned, its diameter only about half that of the next whorl.
The succeeding whorls increase ra})idly at first, but the later ones
loss rapidly, so that the shell has a somewhat Pupa-like form. The
whorls are only slightly convex in the middle, but the suture is dis-
tinctly impressed. The aperture is irregular ovate, acutely angled
posteriorly, broadly rounded anteriorly, with the inner margin sinuous
and pretty strongly emarginate at the base of the columella. The
outer lip is thin and shar]», only moderately convex in the middle, and
projecting only slightly or not at all, there being no distinct sutnral
notch ; anterior margin evenly rounded, only very slightly etfuse,
sometimes slightly flaring, at other times not at all so ; columella-
margin regularly excurved, passing into the anterior margin with-
out forming an angle, its outer edge usually everted ; the inner lip,
at the junction of the columella-margin with the body-whorl, some-
times has a perceptible emargination, but in other examples a
strongly excurved outline. The base of the shell is only moderately
produced, without any sculpture, nor any trace of an umbilicus.
Length, 6""" ; breadth, 1-8""" ; length of body-whorl, 2-8'""> ; length
of aperture, 1-2""".
Station 2109, ofi' Cape Hatteras, in 142 fathoms (No. 35,433), nu-
merous specimens, living and dead. Steamer Albatross, 1883.
This species has the general. appearance of certain species of Odos-
toviia, but there is no trace of a tooth on the inner margin. It is
remarkable for the small size of the apical, as compared with the
succeeding whorls, and also for its pupiform or obelisk-shaped out-
line. In these characters it differs from the species oi Eulimella
herein described, and from those previously discovered on our coast.
The aperture, also, is smaller than in most of the related species, and
the outer lip projects less distinctly forward. It resembles in form
species of Menestho^ but has no spiral grooves. It seems to have
been very abundant at the locality where these specimens were
taken.
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 25 May 26, 1884.
196 A. E. Verrill — Jfollusca of the Nkw England Coast.
Odostomia tornata Temii, sp. nov.
Sliell small, conical, consisting of about six whorls, which are flat-
tened and taper regularly to a very acute apex. Each whorl is sur-
rounded by two very strongly marked, broad, revolving grooves,
with nearly perpendicular edges; one of these is situated just above
the suture ; the other, which is somewhat broader, surrounds the
middle of the whorl ; the two are separated by a raised, flattened
revolving band, about as wide as the grooves ; a similar but some-
what wider raised band intervenes between the upper groove and the
suture, which is not impressed and not very distinct, as it lies at the
edge of the groove. The apical whorl is very minute and upturned.
The base of the shell is somewhat produced and nearly smooth.
Aperture irregularly ovate, acute above, broadly rounded and flar-
ing anteriorly. The outer lip is flattened laterally and a little pro-
duced and eflTuse anteriorly, forming a rounded angle where it joins
the columella, which has a somewhat reflexed, nearly straight, outer
margin. The inner lip has a strong, prominent, acute tooth or fold
at the junction of the columella with the body-whorl. There is a
narrow umbilical chink, somewhat concealed by the everted margin
of the columella.
Length, 3'"™ ; breadth, 1-5'""'; length of aperture, 1™"'.
Station 2109, in 142 fathoms, off Cape Hatteras, 1883. One speci-
men.
This species is remarkable for the size and depth of the two
revolving furrows.
Odostomia disparilis Yeniii, sp. nov.
Shell elongated, slender, regularly tapering to an acute tip.
Whorls about seven, moderately convex, or a little flattened in the
middle. The whorls of the spire with both longitudiiuxl libs and
revolving lines, while the last whorl is nearly smooth, having only
very faint revolving lines.
Suture conspicuous, decidedly impressed. On the lower whorls
of the spire the ribs are prominent, thick, and obtuse, about ioiirteen
to sixteen in number, separated by intervals narrower than tliiir own
bi-eadtli, and running neai'ly straight across the breadth of the whorl ;
the narrow and deep interstices are crossed by numerous fini' revolv-
ing lines, which are not distinct on the ribs. On the last whorl faint
indications of ribs occasionally a])pear as subsutural crenulations,
disappearing a short distance below the suture. -Aperture rather
A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the New England Coast. 197
narrow-ovate, much narrowed posteriorly, and terminating in a sliglit
sutnral sinus; anteriorly broadly and evenly rounded, without any
angle next the columella-margin ; lip thin, broadly rounded on the
outer margin, evenly rounded anteriorly, passing into the thin colu-
mella-margin in a regular curve; the inner lip is continuous, with a
free margin along the body-whorl, which is oblique and almost in
line with the columella-margin. This margin is interrupted by a
small but distinct tooth, about at the middle, just opposite the minute
umbdical chink, formed by the reliexed margin of the lip. Apical
whorl broken.
( Length, 3-2""» ; breadth, 1'"'" ; length of aperture, O-S™"".
Station 2109, in 142 fathoms, off Cape Hatteras, 1883. One speci-
men.
This is a very slender and delicate species, remarkable for the
very sudden change in sculpture on the penultimate whorl. This,
however, may not be a constant character of the species, but due to
some injury to the single specimen we have had for examination.
But in other respects the species is quite unlike any of those hitherto
described from our coast. The aperture is remarkable for its evenly
arched anterior and inner margins, which, with the free iimer mar-
gin, gives it the form and appearance of certain species of Gingula
(some varieties of C. acideus). The presence of a distinct tooth
shows, however, that it is undoubtedly a true Odostomia. The
sculpture on the upper whorls is, however, more like that found in
Turbo7iiUa.
RHIPHIDOG-LOSSA.
Leptothyra induta Watson.
Leptothyra {induta, var.) albida Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. ix, p. 48, 1881.
Several specimens of this species were taken at station 2109, off
Cape Hatteras, m 142 fathoms (Nos. 35,369 and 35,385).
These have been identified by direct comparison with West Indian
specimens given to me by Mr. Dall, with which they agree in all
respects.
Very young specimens, about two millimeters in diameter, have a
well developed spiral umbilicus ; somewhat larger specimens have only
a small perforation ; while in all the mature specimens the umbilicus
is entirely closed. The specimens recorded by Mr. Dall are from the
Gulf of Mexico and "West Indies, in 125 to 2805 fathoms,
198 A. K Verrill — Mollusca of the New England Coast.
Cyclostrema cingulatum Yerriii, sp. nov.
Plate XXXII, figure 14.
Shell small, thin, translucent, spirally lined, depressed, with a low
s{)ire, an oblique base, a large funnel-shaped umbilicus, and a wide,
oblique aperture.
Whorls about three and one-half. The nuclear whorl is smooth,
small, rounded, a little prominent and incurved at tip ; the next is
strongly convex, swelling a little more strongly below the suture,
which is decidedly impressed and slightly channeled. The body-
whorl is very large, constituting the greater part of the shell, very
convex, and more broadly rounded above than beneath, the most
convex portion being on the base, below the periphery. The sur-
face of the whorls, except the nucleus, is minutely roughened by fine,
close, oblique and somewhat flexuous lines of growth, some of which
are a little raised, especially near the suture, where they run
obliqtiely backward, and have an indistinctly fibrous and wavy
appearance. The upper whorls have no spiral lines, but the last
whorl is surrounded by a number of thin, sharp, distinctly elevated,
distant spiral cinguli, the intervals between them being from five to
ten times their breadth; the uppermost is at some distance from the
suture and there are only about six or seven above the periphery ;
below the periphery and on the base they become closer together and
more numerous, eight to ten being visible in a view of the under sur-
face; on the base the intervals between are mostly four or five times
their breadth. The umbilicus is funnel-shaped, rather large and
deep, and not defined by any definite border. The aperture is large
and very oblique, broad-ovate, somewhat narrowed posteriorly, and
broadly and evenly rounded in front; the outer lip is tliin and sharp,
evenly arched; the pillar-lip is attached only for a short distance to
the body-whorl, and shows a thin, free edge. Color translucent
grayish white. Animal not known.
Length, 2"""; breadth, 2-2'""' ; breadth of aperture, 1-2""".
Station 2048, N. lat. 40° 02', W. long. 68" 50' 80", in 547 fathoms
(No. 38,100). One specimen.
This species is remarkable for its very obliq\ie aperture; the wide,
funnel-shaped umbilicus, and the peculiar, thread-like spiral lines,
which surround the body-whorl and base. Whether it belongs to
the genus Cyclostrema i» somewhat doubtful.
A. E. Verrill — Mollvsca of the Nexo England Coast. 199
Cyclostrema affine Verriu, sp. nov.
Plate XXXII, figure 15.
Shell rather large for the genus, with a moderately elevated spire,
a prominent, convex base, a narrow umbilical perforation surrounded
by spiral lines, and evenly rounded, nearly smooth whorls, separated
by a distinctly impressed suture.
The nuclear whorl is moderately large, smooth, chestnut-brown,
rounded, slightly prominent, and a little incurved. The succeeding
whorls are evenly rounded, increasing rapidly, with a smooth and
somewhat glossy surface, and marked by faint lines of growth, and
occasionally with a few indistinct spiral lines below the suture, and
by numerous thin, raised, and well defined cinguli on the base ; the
innermost of these, immediately around the umbilicus, are stoutest
and most elevated, the size and elevation decreasing outwardly until
they disappear, iisually about midway between the umbilicus and the
periphery ; the inner ones are separated by intervals mostly about
equal to twice their breadth ; the outermost ones are relatively
farther apart, while the intermediate ones are usually nearest
together ; sometimes one or two of those revolving within the um-
bilical depression are decidedly larger than any of the others, taking
the appearance of small carina, but the outer ones are always fine
and thread-like. The aperture is somewhat oblique, large and nearly
round, but slightly flattened or indented opposite the body-whorl and
umbilicus ; the lip is thin and the inner portion is attached to the
body-whorl for only a very short distance, and shows a distinct, free
edge. The umbilicus is narrow, spirally twisted and often partially
concealed by the margin of the inner lip. Color grayish white,
often a little iridescent and somewhat lustrous. Operculum yel-
lowish horn-color.
Length, 2'""'; breadth, 2-2"""; breadth of aperture, 1-3°"".
Station 2115, N. lat. 35° 49' 30", W. long. 74" 34' 45", in 843
fathoms, five living specimens.
This is closely allied to C. baslstriatum J., and C. rugulosum
Friele, of the European coasts.
Cyclostrema diaphanum VerriU, sp. nov.
Plate XXXII, figure 16.
Shell small, depressed, trochiform, thin, translucent, white, with a
smooth shining surface, without sculpture except around the small
umbilicus, where there are numerous fine, close, spiral lines.
200 A. K Verrill — Mollusca of the New England Coast
Whorls about three and one-half, very convex and evenly rounded,
separated by a deeply impressed suture. The nuclear whorl is very
minute and regularly spirally coiled, slightly prominent. The last
whorl constitutes the greater part of the shell and is shallow and
very evenly rounded. The aperture is oblique and very nearly cir-
cular, with only a slight angle posteriorly. The outer lip is a little
flaring and projects forward anteriorly. The columella-lip is as
regularly curved as the outer margin ; the inner lip is in contact
with the body-whorl only for a short distance, and shows a distinct,
continuous, thin edge. The umbilicus is very small, but deep, being
scarcely more than a pore or perforation, and is partially overarched
by the edge of tlie columella-lip. The umbilical area is covered by
exceedingly fine, close, impressed lines, of which about twenty to
twenty-five may be counted ; the outermost being about midway
between the center and margin of the base ; elsewhere the surface is
very smooth and polished, with only faint and indistinct lines of
growth, except that in one case a very few fine, microscopic spiral
lines were noticed just below the suture.
The operculum is thin, yellowish horn-color, circular, composed of
many very narrow turns.
Length, 2-5"™; breadth, 3"'"; breadth of aperture, 1-8""".
Station 2004, N. lat. 37° 19' 45", W. long. 74° 26', in 08 fathoms,
1883.
This species resembles the preceding in form, the small size of the
umbilicus, and in having spiial lines around the umbilicus, with the
surface elsewhere smooth. It difiers, however, in being a thinner,
more polished, translucent shell; in having the last whorl projecting
more obliquely forward, and especially in the much smaller and
more regularly coiled nuclear whorl.
From station .2038, K lat. 38° 30' 30", W. long. 69° 08' 25", in
2033 fathoms (No. 35,165), there is a specimen of a similar shell of
larger size, which is, perhaps, a distinct species. It has, like the
species above described, a minute, regularly coiled nucleus and
smooth rounded whorls, separated by an impressed suture, and with a
very narrow umbilical perforation, but the spiral lines surrounding it
are less numerous, less distinct, and farther apart. Tiic aperture is
large and nearly circular, but more distinctly angulated posteriorly.
Length, 3-25"""; breadth somewhat greater.
A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the N'ew Migland Coast. 201
Ganeza, sp.
A single specimen, referred to tliis genus, was found adhering to a
Gorgnia, taken by the Blake, off George's Bank, in 980 fathoms, in
1880.
The shell is small, white, smooth and glossy ; the spire is moder-
ately elevated and somewhat obtuse at the apex. AVhorls four, very
convex, with a deeply impressed suture. ' The nuclear whorl is
small, regularly coiled, and not prominent. The base is somewhat
produced and well rounded. There is no umbilicus, but its position
is marked by a small depression, or slight groove. The aperture is
regularly rounded, except on the side next the body-whorl and um-
bilical margin, where it is somewhat flattened ; the lip is indicated
on this side by a closely adherent and thin layer of enamel, which
appears to be continuous. Sculpture none, except very fine and
indistinct lines of gi'owth.
Length, 2-5'^"' ; breadth, nearly 3'""\
This form might be, with equal propriety, referred to Cydostrema.
The distinctions between the latter and Ganeza and Tharsis seem to
me trivial, and no more than specific characters, at most.
Tharsis, sp.
Shell small, white, smooth and lustrous, composed of about three
and one-half whorls, which increase very rapidly, the last whorl
forming a very large part of the shell. The spire is moderately
elevated and the whorls evenly convex, with an impressed suture.
The base is considerably produced and convex, and the aperture is
oblique. The umbilicus is represented by a small and narrow chink,
behind the pillar-lip. Sculpture none, though a faint internal subsu-
tural line is visible, and there are traces of microscopic lines of
growth. Aperture broad-ovate, somewhat nan-owed and angulated
posteriorly, broadly rounded on the outer side, and a little produced
and rounded in front. Columella-margin regularly excurved, while
the portion that joins the body-whorl is decidedly flattened. The
inner lip along the body-whorl is represented by a thin but continu-
ous and closely adherent deposit of enamel, not showing a free edge ;
the lip anteriorly and on the columella-margin is distinctly thickened.
Length, 2-3">" ; breadth, 2'""'.
Station 2115, off Cape Hatteras, in 843 fathoms, one specimen
(No. 38,244).
202 A. E. Verrill—Molliisca of the New England Coast.
This species resembles the preceding in general appearance and in
the smooth, polished surface, but it is not so broad in proportion ;
the a])erture is more oblique, and ovate instead of circular, and there
is a small umbilical perforation, not found in the other.
Cocculina leptalea Yen-ill, sp. nov.
Plate XXXII, figures 20, 20a, 20&.
Shell small, oblong-ovate, rather high, with a promiueut, small
compressed, strongly recurved, apex, Avith the tip small, strongly
incurved, in eroded specimens becoming free and overarching, situa-
ted at about the posterior third of the shell.
The anterior slope of the shell is decidedly convex and consider-
ably longer than the posterior slope, which is nearly straight, but a
little concave beneath the apex ; the side-slopes are moderately con-
vex. The sculpture consists of strongly marked, raised, very thin,
and pretty regular concentric cinguli, which usually become finer
and much closer towards the apex, but continue nearly to the
extreme tip in perfect specimens; the intervals, on the lower part of
the shell are four times as wide as the cinguli, and are crossed by
numerous, fine, wavy, radiating lines, much finer and closer than the
cinguli, but easily visible with a lens ; in crossing the cinguli they
become a little thickened and give the margin of the latter a slightly
crenulated appearance when viewed from above. In some cases
these slight thickenings have the appearance of minute beads strung
along the upper margin of the cinguli. The aperture is oblong-
ovate, a little narrower anteriorly, with the sides a little compressed,
but still somewhat convex, and with the anterior and posterior mar-
gins bluntly rounded. The margin is thin, sharp and plain. Color
pale yellowish white. Epidermis indistinct.
Length of the largest s|)ecinien, 4""" ; its breadth, 2-8""" ; height
2-5"'"'.
Station 203G, N. lat. 38° 52' 40", W. long. 69° 24' 40", in 1735
fathoms (No. 35,128), one dead ; and station 2038, N. lat. 38° 30' 30",
W. long. G!>° 08' 25", in 2033 fathoms (No. 38,079), one in wood, liv-
ing, figured type; and station 2105, N. lat. 37" 50', W. long. 73° 03'
50", in 1395 fathoms (No, 35,371), one living.
At station 2038 a specimen occurred in decayed wood whicli liad
been bored by Xylophaga or lercdo. It was associated with
Cofciditia spiniiftra Jt'tl". :ind Idaa aryentea Jefl".
A. JS. Verrill — Mollusca of the Nev) England Coast. 203
The animal, in alcohol, has a large rounded foot, a broad head,
witli small tentacles and a large frontal area, extending back on each
side in the form of a wide lobe. The mouth is conspicuous, with
a swollen, fleshy lobe on each side, and one in front.
This species somewhat resembles C. concentrica Jeflf., which
occurred, according to Mr. Jeffreys, in the same way, in Teredo-hoYQdi
wood, associated with G. spinigera and Idas argentea. But C.
co7icentriGa is both figured and described by Mr. Jeffreys as desti-
tute of radiating lines between the concentric ribs, while in our
species the radiating lines are distinctly visible on all parts, even
close to the extreme tip ; therefore it is probable that they are dis-
tinct, though closely related, species.
Cocculina spinigera Jeffreys.
Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 393, pi. 44, figs. 1-lc, June, 1883.
Shell small, thin, rather depressed, with the outline pretty regu-
larly elliptical; apex moderately elevated, small, acute, curved back-
ward, but not distinctly incurved, unless at the extreme tip, situated
at about the posterior third of the shell. The sculpture consists of
numerous fine radiating lines, which are more or less obscured by
extraneous growths, but appear to bear, each, a row of minute epi-
dermal spines, as described by Mr. Jeffreys. In our specimen, how-
ever, the spines are mostly concealed by minute sponges, etc., which
cover the whole surface of the shell. The animal appears to resem-
ble closely that of the preceding species.
Station 997, N. lat. 39° 42', W. long. 71° 32', in 335 fathoms, 1881,
in Teredo-bored wood (Nos. 38,091 and 38,095), fifteen living; sta-
tion 2115, N. lat. 35° 49' 30", W. long. 74° 34' 45", in 843 fathoms
(No. 38,094), one living specimen, 1883.
This is a somewhat doubtful species. Mr. W. H. Dall, to whom I
sent some of ray specimens, thought that they might be the young of
C. Beanii Dall.
Cocculina Dalli Verrill, sp. nov.
Shell moderately elevated, with the front slope long and convex ;
the apex is small, acute, situated far back, nearly over the posterior
margin, and not turned to either side ; the posterior slope is abrupt
and concave. Aperture broad oblong-elliptical, with the margin
sharp and plain, muscular scars distinct. The sculpture consists, on
the anterior half, of numerous well-marked but small, raised, radiat-
Tbans, Cokn. Acad., Vol. VI. 26 May 26, 1884.
204 A. JEJ. Verrill — Mollusca of the New England Coast.
ing ribs, which are crossed by thin, raised, conceutric lines of growth,
so as to form a row of small granules or vaulted scales along each
rib. Along the sides the ribs are fainter, and posteriorly they are
nearly obsolete, while the concentric lines remain distinct. Color
grayish white.
Length of aperture, 6'°'" ; breadth, 4-3""" ; height, 3""" ; length of
anterior slope, 6""".
Station 1096, in 317 fathoms, N. lat. 39° 53', W. long. 69° 47',
1882 ; one specimen (No. 38,081).
This species resembles C. Beanii in form, but has very different
sculpture.
Cocculina conica Vernii. sp. nov.
Shell very small, thin, translucent, white, rather high, conical, with
a very bi'oad-ovate or nearly round base and a prominent, sub-spirally
twisted apex, which is turned strongly backward, and obliquely to
the left. The sub-spiral apex is relatively rather large, and the
extreme tip seems to have been deciduous. The anterior slope of the
shell rises at first rather abruptly, and then becomes very convex,
forming the central and highest part of the shell, from which it
descends a little to the apex ; the posterior slope is concave under
the overhanging apex, and then descends with a short, abrupt slope
to the margin, which extends back but little beyond the apex. The
sculpture consists only of rather irregular, concentric raised lines of
growth, which run sub-spirally on the upper poi'tion of the shell.
The animal, in alcohol, has a nearly round foot and two small,
slender, cylindrical tentacles, and is apparently without eyes.
Length and breadth, about 1"'" ; height, about the same.
Station 2078, in 499 fathoms, N. lat. 41° 12' 50", W. long. 66° 12' 2()".
Puncturella (Fissurisepta) eritmeta Veniii, sp. nov.
Plate XXXII, figures 19. 19a.
Shell small, thin, delicate, translucent white, glossy, moderately
elevated, with the base between elliptical and ovate, somewhat nar-
rowed anteriorly, having both ends evenly rounded and the sides
somewhat compressed, but still moderately convex. The apex is
minute, nearly central, compressed, turned backward, but scarcely
incurved, and with tlie extreme tip smooth and glossy. The pore is
very small, situated very close to the apex, and it a|>pears to be
divided by a slight transverse septum, across the niiddlo. The
A. E. VerriJl — Mollusca of the New England Coast. 205
sculpture consists of very numerous radiating striae, which are decus-
sated by fine and close, raised, regularly concentric lines of growth
of about the same size as the radii on the u])per portion, where the
shell is minutely cancellated, but on the lower part of the shell the
concentric lines become larger and more distant, and have the form
of regular raised cinguli ; the intervals between these, which are two
or three times as wide as the ridges, are crossed by the much finer
and closer radiating lines, which do not produce a regular cancella-
ted appearance on this part. Both the radiating and longitudinal
lines are so fine as scarcely to be visible without a lens. Internally
the surface is nearly smooth and lustrous, and the external sculpture
shows through the substance of the shell. In the apex there is a
minute transverse lamina, forming a small flattened tube.
The anterior slope of the shell, seen in profile, is broadly rounded ;
the posterior slope falls ofli* abruptly at fii'st, near the apex, and then
slo]ies regularly to the posterior margin, with a nearly straight, or
but slightly convex outline. The side-slopes ai"e steep, regularly
and slightly convex.
Length, 5™'" ; breadth, 3""" ; height, 2""".
Station 2096, N. lat. 39" 22' 20", W. long. 70° 52' 20", in 1451
fathoms (No. 35,174). One living specimen.
The animal has well developed, moderately stout, blunt tentacles ;
frontal disc broad, semicircular, with the lateral angles prolonged
backward.
Propilidium elegans Verriii, sp. nov.
Shell small, very thin and fragile, translucent bluish white, rather
depressed, elongated-elliptical, with the recurved apex situated at
about the posterior third. The nuclear whorl is very minute,
smooth, glassy, compressed, strongly involute and turned a little to
the left, forming a complete whorl, visible in a side view. The
whole surface, under the microscope, has the appeai'ance of a very
fine shagreen. This is produced by very minute, short, wavy, raised
lines, which are mostly arranged in zigzag or in herring-bone style ;
in some parts the two sets of lines, running obliquely, cross each
other at nearly right angles ; on other portions one or both sets are
replaced by minute punctations, or granulations. This sculpture is
visible only under a strong lens or with the compound microscope.
The internal lamina or septum is narrow, crescent-shaped, situa-
ted behind and some little distance below the extreme apex, and not
206 A. JEJ. Verrill — Mollusca of the Nexn England Coast.
forming an elongated channel ; it is distinctly visible from the out*
side, owing to the translucency of the shell.
Length of shell, 3-5'"™ ; breadth, 2-5'""'; height, about 1"^'".
Station 2105, N. lat. 37° 50', W. long. 73° 03' 50", in 1395 fathoms
(No. 38,072). Two specimens, living.
The animal has a short, broad-ovate foot, siibtruncate in front,
with the edge frilled. Frontal disk rather large, broad, semicircular
or crescent-shaped, with the angles extending back in a large obtuse
lobe on each side. Buccal area semicircular; mouth surrounded with
four convex elevations, one before and one behind it, and one on
each side. Tentacles slender, tapering, acute. Eyes apparently
M'anting. No cirri on mantle.
POLYPLACOPHORA.
PlaCOphora (EuplaCOphora) Atlantica VerriU and Smith, MSS.
Verrill, Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. xxiv, p. 365, Nov., 1882.
Plate XXX, figures 1, la, \h.
Outline broad-ovate. Marginal membrane very broad anteriorly
and narrow posteriorly. It increases gradually from the posterior
end to a point opposite the fifth plate, where it suddenly expands
into a broad round front, with the breadth one-third greater than the
greatest breadth of the shell, and projecting forward to a distance
equal to one-half the length of the shell. The marginal membrane is
thick, leathery, and scabrous, everywhere closely covered with
minute spinules ; the lower surface anteriorly shows many radiating
grooves (not distinct in the smaller examples) ; between these are
rows of slightly raised small verrucse, covered with small spinules.
The inner edge, or mantle-border, is sharply defined, enclosing an
elliptical area around the head and gills, with a well-marked poste-
rior sinus; its front edge is divided into about seven digitations, the
anteriov ones rather long, tapering, and tentacle-like, but coriaceous
and covered with fine spinules, like the rest of the marginal mem-
brane. Cephalic hood large, broad-lunate ; foot relatively small,
ovate. Gills numerous (in the largest about sixteen on each side),
extending nearly the whole length (more than two-thirds) of the
foot, but reaching neither end of it.
The shell is broad-ovate, slightly carinated in the middle ; valves
short, broad, the posterior ones decreasing rapidly in breadth, the
last one very small. Anterior valve short, very broadly routided in
front ; posterior edge with a very obtuse reentrant angle and a
A. E. Verrill — MoUufica of the New England Coast. 207
slight, rounded, median notch ; the surface is marked with faint
radiating grooves, and is uniformly covered with small rounded
granules. The succeeding valves have their posterior border nearly
straight, with a slightly projecting, obtuse, median beak, from which
run well-marked, elevated, rounded diagonal ribs; the lateral areas
are somewhat raised, with a depression next the ribs, and their sur-
face is covered with small, low rounded granules, more distinct than
those on the median areas, which appear nearly smooth to the naked
eye, but are crossed by evident transverse lines of growth. The
posterior valve has the posterior edge a little upturned, and slightly
emarginate in the middle, with a submarginal, raised rib near the
posterior margin above ; the upper edge overhangs the lower
lamina but slightly, or not at all, in the gmaller specimens, with a
deep groove between ; the lower lamina is more deeply emarginate,
in the middle, than the upper one, with wider laminae each side of
the notch, but in the largest example the upper portion is divided
into several laminae, and projects decidedly beyond the lower, while
the notch is obsolete, (Perhaps this is due to injury during life.)
When detached, the inserted edges of the valves are very narrow,
the front edge of the anterior valve is narrower than the upper,
lamina thickened and divided into numerous (about thirty) small,
rough and unequal denticles, which become obsolete near the lateral
angles. The median ])lates have the lateral insertion plates small,
truncate, not i)rojecting beyond the uppei' lamina, with a well-
marked groove between, and separated from the anterior insertion
plates by a deep narrow notch, in line with the diagonal ribs ; the
anterior plates are broadly rounded, not very wide, separated by a
rather wide rounded median notch.
Color of marginal membrane dull rusty or yellowish brown ; shell
grayish white, stained with brown.
Length of the largest specimen, in alcohol, 32""" ; its greatest
breadth, 26'"™ ; length of shell, 21'"™ ; greatest breadth, 18""" ; length
of anterior valve, 4"""; its bi-eadtli, 15-5"'"'; length of exposed part
of 3d valve, 4"'"^ ; of posterior valve, 4*7""" ; its breadth, 8"'™ ; ex-
tent of mai'ginal membrane beyond the shell, anteriorly, 12""" ;
length of foot, 12'""'; breadth of foot, 8™"'; length of head, 3""";
breadth, 7""'".
A sjiiall specimen is 21""" long; breadth, 16'""'; expanse of mem
branein front of shell, 6-5"""; length of shell, 16'""' ; its breadth, 13-5"'"'
When living the marginal membrane was relatively broader.
208 A . K Verrill — Molluaea of the New England Coast.
Station 1124, N, lat. 40° 01', \V. long. 68'' 54', in G40 fathoms, oft'
Nantucket Island, 1882; station 2067, N. lat. 42° 15' 25", W. long.
65° 48' 40", in 122 fathoms, 1888.
Trachydermon exaratus (G. o. Sars).
Lophyrus exaratus G. 0. Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norvegiae, p. 113, pi. 8, figs. 1, a-k,
pi, II, fig. 1 (dentition.)
Trachydermon exaratus Verrill, Airier. Journ. Sci., vol. xxiv, p. 365, Nov., 1882.
Plate XXX, figures 2, 2a, 26.
Elongated, oblong-elliptical, strongly convex ; valves distinctly
obtusely carinated medially. Anterior valve nearly semi-circular in
front; the posterior edge forming an obtuse reentrant angle, with a
rounded notch in the middle; surface distinctly radially grooved
with single rows of rounded granules between the grooves, becoming-
larger toward the margin.
Median valves are moderately wide, nearly straight posteriorly,
the hinder ones with a slight median beak with distinct diagonal
fuiTows and ridges, dividing them into median and lateral areas ; the
median areas are covered, on the sides, with fine but very distinct
longitudinal grooves, with the intervening ridges narrow and
rounded, more or less confluent and broken up into granules, near the
diagonal lines, toward the median ridge becoming finer and irreg-
ular, and finely granulous anteriorly and along the carina. The
lateral areas ai*e more elevated and covered with stronger radiatingf
ridges, broken up into oblong and rounded, flattened granules, and
separated by narrow radial furrows. The lateral insertion-plates of
the median valves project but little beyond the upper lamina; they
are subtruncate, with a thin notch or slit corresponding to the diag-
onal line above. The posterior valve is transversely elliptical, with
the posterior edge evenly rounded ; the front area as in the preced-
ing ones ; the posterior area is covered with fine radial and
concentric grooves, dividing it into radiating I'ows of small rounded
granules ; the articulating plates of its front edge are rather wide,
broadly rounded or subtruncate, and separated by a broad, rounded
median sinus; posteriorly the inner sui face is marked by about six-
teen radiating lines, terminating in thin notches of the inserted edge,
which is very narrow and simj)le.
The marginal membrane is rather nan-ow and covered with
rather stout, prominent, oblong and obtuse spinules, regularly
arranged in quincunx, their ends looking like granules ; at the edge
and on the lower side these are replaced by small, slender spinules.
A. JE. Verrill — Mollusca of the New England Coast. 209
Head rounded ; hood lai-ge, the sides produced backward into
rounded lobes. Foot long and rather narrow. Gills about twenty-
four on each side, extending from the posterior end of the foot to
about its anterior third.
Length, IV"'"; breadth, 8"""; height, 5-6'""' ; length of shell,
15-5'"'"; breadth, V'"™; length of 1st yalve, 3'""'; breadth, 6°"^^;
length of 3d valve, exposed part, 2""" ; breadth, V'"'" ; length of pos-
terior valve, 3-5™'"; breadth, 6°"".
Station 1120, in 194 fathoms, oiF Martha's Vineyard, 1882; station
2069, in 101 fathoms, N. lat. 41° 54' 50", W. long. 65° 48' 35", 1883.
This species is readily distinguished from 7\ albus by the very
distinct differentiation of the valves into median and lateral ai'eas,
having lines of sculpture running in different directions, and by the
much coarser granulation of their surfaces. In T. albus there are no
distinct lateral areas ; the radiating grooves and ridges are absent ;
and the granulation is so fine and obscure as to be scarcely visible
without a lens. The spiiiulation of the marginal membrane is sim-
ilar in the two species.
TECTIBRANCHIATA.
Scaphander nobilis Yerriii, sp. nov.
Plate XXXIT, figures 18, 18a, 18&, 18c, \M. ■
Shell large, swollen, stout, broad-ovate in outline, thin, translu-
cent, and of an exceedingly delicate texture. The body-wiiorl is
very large in proportion to the rest of the shell. The aperture is
large, broad-ovate in the anterior part, narrowed and curved poste-
riorly, extending to the apex of the shell, where it terminates in a
notch, the outer lip extending back considerably beyond the notch.
The aperture is much encroached upon by the convexity of the body-
whorl, but about the middle the inner lip is strongly excavated and
forms a broad and somewhat sinuous curve ; the outer lip is very
broadly and evenly rounded throughout most of its extent; ante-
riorly the curvature forms the arc of a circle ; posteriorly it extends
back beyond the apex of the shell in the form of an obtuse and
slightly everted process, with its posterior margin concave, somewhat
sinuous and spiral, and a little thickened. The surface is smooth and
polished, somewhat shining, and everywhere covered by spiral lines
formed by series of oblong, dots, which are decidedly sunken below
the surface, and separated by intervals about equal to or less than
210 A. E. Verrill — MoUusca of the New England Coast.
their own length. The spiral lines are unequal in fineness, the
broader ones alternating with finer ones in which the dots are very
narrow; the intervals between the spiral lines are also variable in
breadth. None of the specimens appear to have a distinct epidermis.
Length of shell to apex of one of the largest specimens, 35"'"' ;
breadth, 25"'"'; length of aperture, 37"""; greatest breadth of aper-
ture, 18"'"^.
Off Martha's Vineyard, at stations 2052, in 1098 fathoms; 2074, in
1309 fathoms; 2076, in 906 fathoms; 2077, in 1255 fathoms; off
Delaware Ray, stations 2102, in 1209 fathoms; and 2103, in 1091
fathoms (No. 35,374). It was most common at station 2102, N. lat.
38° 44', W. long, 72° 38', in 1209 fathoms, where thirteen specimens
were taken, ten of them living (No. 35,641).
This species bears some resemblance to S. piinctostriatics (Migh.)
H. and A. Ad., but is much thinner, with a far more delicate texture.
Its form is much shorter and more swollen in the middle, and the
spiral lines are less numerous, with wider intervals, and have the
punctations larger and not so close together, giving a much smoother
appearance to the surface, although the punctate character is quite
as evident. The aperture is also much broader, especially in its
anterior half, while the body-whorl projects into it much more
strongly. The inner lip is much thinner and shows only a slightly
thickened fold along the columella-margin. Posteriorly the shell is
not at all narrowed, but is evenly rounded instead of being pinched
up as in /iS. p^inctostriatvs. The posterior process of the outer lip is
more fiaring, and extends farther backward beyond the apex. The
apex of the shell is nearly plain and smooth, though sometimes
slightly indented, and does not have a thickened deposit of enamel
extending beyond the edge of the notch, as in the latter.
Actaeon melampoides Ball.
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. ix, p. 95, 1881.
Station 2115, off Cape Hatteras, in 843 fathoms, one speoinun (No.
35,565).
The original specimens, described by Mr. Dall, were from the (iulf
of Mexico, in 310 fathoms, Blake Expedition. I have com])ared our
exam])le with Mr. Dall's specimens.
A. E. Vei'v'dl — MoUasca of t/ie ISFew Eni/land Coast. 211
HETEROPODA.
Atlanta inclinata Souieyet.
Souleyet, Voy. de la Bonite, vol. ii, p. 315, atlas, pi. 19, figs. 9-15, 1852.
Station 2084, N. lut. 40° 16' 50", W. long. 67° 05' 15", at tiie sur-
face, one living specimen (No. 38,227) ; station 2110, N. lat. 35° 12'
10", W. long. 74° 57' 15", three dead specimens (No. 35,493) ; station
2115, N. lat. 39° 49' 30", W. long. 74° 34' 45", one dead specimen
(No. 38,316).
According to Souleyet, tliis sjjecies is found both in the Atlantic
and Pacific Oceans.
Atlanta rosea Souleyet.
Souleyet, Voy. de la Bouito, vol. ii, p. 377, atlas, pi. 19, figs. 16-20, 1852.
Station 2084, with the preceding, one living specimen (No. 35,180) ;
and station 2099, N. lat. 37° 12' 20", W. long. 69° 89', at the surface.
One living specimen (No. 38,258).
This species is more common in the warmer parts of the Atlantic.
Atlanta G-audlchaudii Eydoux and Souleyet.
Voyage de la Bonite, Zool., vol. ii, p. 379, atlas, pi. 19, figs. 29-34, 1852.
Station 2038, N. lat. 38° 30' 30", W. long. 69° 08' 25", four living
sj^ecimens (No. 38,372) ; station 2046, N. lat. 40° 02' 49", W. long.
68° 49', two living (No. 38,273) ; station 2100, N. lat. 39° 22', W.
long. 68° 34' 30", two living (No. 38,369).
Atlanta Lamanonii Eydoux and Souleyet.
Voyage de la Bonite, Zool., vol. ii, p. 371, atlas, pi. 18, figs. 30-37, 1852.
Station 2037, N. lat. 38° 53', W. long. 69° 23' 30", one dead speci-
men (No. 38,366). A single dead specimen is referred to this species
with some doubt, although it agrees pretty closely with the descrip-
tion and figures referred to.
Atlanta pulchella Verrill, sp. nov.
Shell minute, composed of about four whorls, very thin, transpar-
ent and lustrous, compressed, with a rather high, exceedingly thin
keel, commencing just back of the notch of the aperture and extend-
ing around rather more than half the circumference of the last whorl.
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 27 June, 1884.
212 A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the Neio England Coast.
The spire is small, scarcely obliqiie, slightly elevated, its apex not
rising above the level of the last whorl. Suture of the last whorl, well
marked. The umbilicus is small, and shows within it only about one
and a half whorls. The extreme apex is smooth, but the succeeding
two or three whorls are covered with four or five well marked, revolv-
ing lines, which fade out on the penultimate whorl. The last wdiorl,
which constitutes the greater part of the shell, is a little inflated on
the ventral side, with the sides slightly convex and the dorsal por-
tion compressed ; its surface is polished and marked by faint lines of
growth, and sometimes shows faint, microscojiic, spiral lines on the
left side. The aperture is nari'ow-ovate, acute above and rounded
below. The notch is rather wide and moderately deep.
Color, transparent white, with a faint, chestnut-brown, sutural line.
In alcohol the animal show^s several very distinct black spots.
Diameter, about 1-25""".
Taken in abundance, from the surface, at station 2100, off Delaware
Bay, N. lat. 39° 22', W. long. 68° 34' 30", October 3rd, 1883 (No.
38,397), with the temperature of the surface water 69° F.; and in
smaller numbers at station 2038, N. lat. 38° 30' 30", W. long. 69° 08'
25", July 26th, 1883 (No. 38,410), temperature of the surface water
76-5° F.
This minute shell is easily distinguished from onr other species by
its compressed form, with closely coiled whorls and small, erect spire,
and especially by the distinct spiral sculpture of the earlier whorls.
It appears to be the most abundant species off our northern coast.
Firola Keraudrenii Eyiioux and souieyet.
Voyage de la Bonite, Zool., vol. ii, p. o4.9, atlas, pi. 16, figs. 8-10, 1852.
Station 2038, N. lat. 38° 30' 30", W. long. 69" 08' 25", twciity-tive
living; station 2039, N. lat. 38° 19' 26", W. long. 68° 2o' 20", five
living. Also at other stations, usually in company with Sag'Uta.
PTEROPODA.
Cavolina quadridentata (Lcs.)
Ilyalijea quadridentata Rang and Soiiloyet, Hist. Nat. Moll. Pteropodos, p. ;{9, pi. o,
figs. 13-15.
Souieyet, Voy. de la Bonite, vol. ii, p. 147, atlas, pi. 4, tigs. 25-32, 1852.
Station 2043, N. lat. 39° 49', West long. 68° 28' 30", (No. -34,878) ;
station 2084, N. lat. 40° 16' 50", W. long. 67° 05' 15", (No. 38,260);
and station 2109, N. lat. 35° 14' 20", W. long. 74° 59' iO", (No. 38,252).
yi. K VerriJl—MoUvsca of the New England Coast. 213
Cavolina angulata (Souieyet.)
Ilyakea angulata Soulej^et, Toy. cle la Bonite, vol. ii, p. 152, atlas, pi. 5, figs. 1-6,
1852.
Rang and Soiileyet, Hist. Nat. Moll. Pteropodes, p. 42,'pl. 12, figs. 3-4.
Station 2038, N. lat. 38° 30' 30", W. long. 69° 08' 25"; one living
specimen, (No. 38,251.)
Cavolina gibbosa (Rang.)
Hyakea gibbosa Rang and Rouleyet, Hist. Nat. Moll. Pteropodes, p. 38, pi. 10,
figs. 3, 4.
Souieyet, Voyage de la Bonite, p. 144, atlas, pi. 4, figs. 13-19, 1852.
Hyakea flava D'Orbigny, Voy., vol. v, p. 97, pi. 5, figs. 21-25, (t. Soule} et.)
Dead specimens of this species occiu-red at -stations 1154, 2062,
2096, 2115. The most northern was 1154, N. lat. 30° 55' 31", W.
long. 70° 89', 1882.
Styliola SUbulata (Quoy and Gaimard.)
Gleodora subidata Quoy and Gaimard, Ann. des so. nat., vol. x, p. 233, pi. 8, figs.
1-3.
Creseis spinifera Rang, Ann. des sc. nat., vol. xiii, p. 314, pi. 17, fig. 1.
Gleodora suhidaki Rang and Souieyet, Hist. Nat. Moll. Pteropodes, p. 55, pi. 6,
figs. 2-6.
Cleodora subulaia Souieyet, Voy. de la Bonite, vol. ii, p. 192, atlas, pi. 8, figs. 5-9,
1852.
Station 2039, N. lat. 38° 19' 20", W. long. 08" 20' 20", four living
specimens (No. 35,151) ; station 2043, N. lat. 39° 49', W. long. 68°
28' 30", live specimens (No. 35,154) ; station 2108, N. lat. 35° 10', W.
long. 75° 02' 30," one specimen; also at- stations 2109 and 2115, off
Cape Hatteras.
This species is common in the tropical parts of the Atlantic and in
the Mediterranean.
Styliola virgula (Rang.) ,
Cleodora virgula Rang, Ann. des sc. nat., vol. xiii, p. 31G, pi. 17, fig. 2.
Cleodora virgula Rang and Souieyet. Hist. Nat. Moll. Pteropodes, p. 57, pi. G, fig.
2, pi. 13, figs. 20-24.
Souieyet, Voy. de la Bonite, vol. ii, p. 19G, atlas, pi. 8, figs. 18-25, 1852.
Station 2038, N. lat. 38° 30' 30", W. long. 09° 08' 25", three living
specimens (No. 38,236); station 2039, N. lat. 38° 19' 26", W. long.
68° 20' 20", five living specimens (No. 38,250) ; station 2099, N. lat.
214 A. E. Yorrm—Mollusca of the New England Coast.
37° 12' 20", W. long. 69° 89', one living specimen (No. 38,233) ; sta-
tion 2100, N. lat. 39° 22', W. long. 68° 34' 30", eleven living speci-
mens (No. 38,243).
Styliola virgula, var. corniformis (D'Orb.)
Hyalcea cormformis WOrh., Voy., vol. v, p. 120, pi. 8, figs. 20-23, (t. Souleyet).
Cleodora virgula, var.. Rang aud Souleyet, Hist. Nat. Moll. Pteropotles, p. 57, pi. 1.3,
fig. 22.
Cleodora virgula, var., Souleyet, Voy. de la Bouite, atlas, pi. 8, fig. 24, 1852.
This shell is very similar to the preceding, except that the posterior
part is strongly curved to one side.
Living specimens occurred at stations 2039 and 2100, with tlie
normal form, as given above.
Triptera columnella (Rang.)
Cuvieria cobimnella Rang, Ann. des sc. nat., vol. xii, p. 323, pi. 45, figs. 1-8.
Rang and Souleyet, Hist. Nat. des Moll. Pteropodes, p. 59, pi. 4, figs. 1-11, and
plate 14, figs. 1-6, 1852.
Station 947, off Martha's Vineyard 89 miles, one dead specimen
(No. 38,196), 1880; station 1095, N. lat. 39° 55' 28", W. long. 69° 47',
one dead specimen (No. 38,163), 1882. Dead specimens were also
dredged at stations 2041, 2043, 2084, 2096, 2109, 2110 and 2115. At
the last named locality, off Cape Hatteras, twenty specimens occurred
(No. 35,614). The most northern station was 2084, N. lat. 40° 16'
50", W. long. 67° 05' 15', where four specimens were taken. It is
common in the tropical parts of the Atlantic.
Spirialis trochiformis Souleyet.
Atlanta trochiformis D'Orb., Voy., p. 177, pi. 12, figs. 21)-31, (t. Souleyet).
Sinrialis trochiformis Souleyet, Rev. Zool., p. 2.39 ; Toy. de la Boiiite, vol. ii, p. 223,
atlas, pi. 13, figs. 27-34, 1852.
Rang and Souleyet, Hist. Nat. Moll. Pteropodes, p. G4, pi. 14, fig.'j. 27-31.
Station 2100, N. lat. 39° 22', W. long. 08° 34' 30", at the surface,
numerous living specimens, (No. 35,222).
This species is common throughout the warmer parts of the Atlantic.
It is particularly abundant in the Gulf Stream, off the coast of
Florida.
A. E. Yerrill — Mollusca of the Kew England Coast. 215
Spinalis bulimoides Souieyet.
Atlanta hulimoides D'Orb., Voy., p. 119, pi. 12, figs. 3r,-38.
Spirialis hulimoides Souieyet, Rev. Zool., p. 138; Voy. de la Bonite, vol. ii, p. 224,
atlas, pi. 13, figs. 35-4-2, 1852.
Rang and Souieyet, Hist. Nat. Moll. Pteropodes, p. 64, pi. 15, figs. 3-4.
Station 2100, K lat. 39° 22', W. long. G8° 34' 30", at the surface,
eight living specimens (No. 38,235).
This species occurs abundantly in all the tropical parts of the At-
hintic, but has not previously been observed so far north, oif the
American coast.
Clione longicaudatUS Souieyet.
Souieyet, Voyage de la Bouite, Zool., vol. ii, p. 286, atlas, pi. 14, figs. 17-21, 1852.
Rang and Souieyet, Hist. Nat. Moll. Pteropodes, p. 80, pi. 15, figs. 28-32, 1852.
Station 2100, N. lat. 39" 22', W. long. 68° 34' 30", off Delaware
Bay, eight living specimens (No. 38,367).
Trichocyclns Dumereilii (Oken) Esch.
Chenu, Man. Conch., i, p. 117, fig. 514.
Station 2100, N. lat. 39° 22', W. long. 68° 34' 30", off Delaware
Bay, four living specimens (No. 38,379).
SCAPHOPODA.
Dentalinm solidum. Veniii, sp. nov.
Shell Large, robust, thick and strong. Posterior third pretty regu-
larly curved, but only moderately so; anterior half nearly straight,
the amount of curvature varying in different individuals. Anterior
aperture large, circular, moderately oblique, with the edge, when
perfect, plain, thin and sharp, the shell rapidly increasing in thickness
farther back, in the posterior half becoming very thick and solid.
Posterior end tapering to a small extremity, tlie opening, when per-
fect, small, pear-shaped, with a moderately deep notch on the dorsal
side and a shallower and more rounded one beneath. Surface, in per-
fect specimens, somewhat glossy, but covered with numerous close,
very distinct, oblique lines of growth; the posterior half is also
marked by shallow longtitudinal striations, or small impressed
grooves, which are separated by intervals usually miich wider than
the grooves, but variable in width, with the margins of the grooves
well rounded ; at about the middle of the shell these lines become
216 A. E. Verrill — Molhtsca of the New England Coast.
faint, or entirely disappear, though a part of them sometimes continue
to the anterior end, where they are distant and appear only as slightly
indented furrows or depressions; at about the posterior third the
number of grooves varies from twenty to forty.
Color, usually grayish or slaty brown externally, bluish white
within; more perfectly grown and younger specimens arc white on
the anterior portion and only faintly bluish white within.
Length of an average specimen, 82"""; diameter, at the anterior
end, 10'"™ ; at the posterior end, 2'"'". A more slender specimen is
75™"" long; diameter of the oral end, 9"""; of the posterior end
1 . ( mm
This species was taken in considerable numbers at numerous sta-
tions by the Albatross. Station 2050, in 1050 fathoms; 2052, in 1098
fathoms; 2077, in 1255 fathoms, numerous specimens, living and
dead (No. 34,904) ; 2083, in 959 fathoms, two specimens (No. 34,687) ;
2084, in 1290 fathoms, numerous specimens, living and dead (No.
34,911 and No. 34,688) ; 2102, in 1209 fathoms, one specimen; 2103,
in 1091 fathoms, numerous living specimens (No. 35,636) ; 2104, in
991 fathoms, two. dead ; and oft' Cape Hatteras, at station 2111, in
938 fathoms, numerous living specimens (No. 35,635); 2115, in 843
fathoms, one fine specimen (No. 35,645).
This fine large species might readily be taken for a gigantic form
of Z>. striolatum or D. occidentale. It is, however, a much stouter
shell than either of these, of a thicker and firmer substance, and
with a relatively larger aperture. It differs also in the character of
the lono-titudinal sculpture. In D. occidentale the longitudinal
grooves are more numerous, broader and deeper, having more the
character of true furrows, with the intervening ridges mostly nar-
rower than the grooves, irom which they rise rather abruptly, with
well-defined border, while in the present form the grooves are merely
depressions in the general surface of the shell, with indefinite borders.
In I), striolatum the longitudinal sculpture is almost obsolete, ex-
cept near the posterior end ; and such lines as exist have the same
character as in I), occidentale, though fainter, the two forms possibly
bein<>- only varieties of one species. The most perfect specimens of
J), soliduni have also two posterior notches, while in />. striolatum
there is usually a single notch on tlie dorsal side, but the character
of the posterior aperture seems to be variable in most of the species
of this group.
A. £J. Verrill — Mollusca of the New England Coast. 217
Dentalium occidentale, var. sulcatum, nov.
Shell of moderate size, thin, translucent white tinged with very
pale yellowish or bluish, moderately curved, more decidedly behind
the middle, tapering regularly and rather rapidly from the anterior
to the very slender posterior end. The entire surface is covered by
well marked, nearly i-egular, narrow raised ribs with nearly perpen-
dicular sides and rounded summits, separated by well-defined,
strongly marked, concave grooves, which are about twice the width
of the ribs anteriorly, but posteriorly are of about the same width.
The ribs and furrows show on the interior of the shell within the
aperture, in reverse, the whole thickness of the shell conforming to
the sculpture as if they were corrugations of its substance. The oral
aperture is relatively large and circular, very little oblique, and
usually with the very thin edge more or less broken. Posterior aper-
ture very small, usually plain and without any notches, but in one of
the most perfect specimens it has a slight lateral notch on each side ;
in others there is a small dorsal notch.
Length of one of the largest specimens, 20""" ; diameter at the
anterior end, 3'"'" ; at the posterior end, •6""". Some specimens are
slightly more slender than the one measured.
Station 2076, in 900 fathoms, one living S2Jeciraen ; station 2077, in
1255 fathoms, four living (No. 35,093), and station 2079, in 75 fath-
oms, one living specimen.
This variety resembles D. candidum Jeffreys in its form and lon-
gitudinal sculijture, but lacks the transverse lines between the ribs ;
the posterior end is also more slender and more curved than shown
in his figure. It also closely lesembles some young specimens of the
typical jD. occidentale, but the latter has not so strongly marked and
regular ribs and grooves, nor does the sculpture extend entirely
through the thickness of the shell so as to appear on the inside, as in
the present form. Specimens often occur, however, that are evi-
dently intermediate between the two forms, in the character of the
sculpture and thickness of the shell.
Dentalium, sp. g.
Shell small, very slender, considerably curved. Surface covered
with very numerous, regular, microscopic, longitudinal lines, separated
by narrower striae. Anterior aperture circular, slightly oblique.
Posterior aperture very small, squarely truncated in one specimen,
oblique in the other, without any slit.
218 A. JS. Verrill — MuUusca of the New Eiujland Coast.
Length of the largest example, 6""" ; diameter of the oral end,
•8'""' ; posterior end, -S""".
Station 2037, in 1731 fathoms; and station 2038, in 2033 fathoms.
(No. 35,142).
These specimens are probably young, but difler from all of our
recognized s^iecies in the peculiar sculpture, in the form of regular,
microscopic, longitudinal striie. They may, however, prove to be
the young of D. capillosum J., which we have not yet recognized
among the specimens dredged on our coast. There is, also, a slender
shallow-water species, from off Cape Hatteras, which has, when
young, simihir tine striations, but the lines are not so numerous and
the shell is straighter.
Dentalium, sp. h.
Shell small, slender, nearly straight, or very gently curved. The
sculpture consists of fifteen to twenty narrow, elevated, angular i-ibs,
which diminish in size posteriorly and become nearly obsolete near
the tip ; auteriorh^ they are separated by much broader, clearly
defined, concave grooves, the scul2:)ture showing in reverse on the
interior surface. Oral aperture circular, somewhat oblique. Poste-
rior opening small, circular, squarely truncated.
Length, 15"""; diameter at the oral end, 1-5"""; at the posterior
end, -8'"'".
Station 2038, in 2033 fathoms, three specimens (No. 35,165). One
specimen, difl:ering from those described in being more slender and
having more numerous and finer longitudinal ribs, was taken at sta-
tion 2115, in 843 fathoms.
These specimens are probably the young of one of the larger spe-
cies. They resemble the young of some of the varieties of I), occi-
dentale^ except that they are more slender and straighter. It is not
improbable, however* that they may prove to be forms of that vari-
able species.
Siphodentalium teres Jeftreys.
Jeffreys, Troc. Zool. Soc. London, for 1882, p. GGl, pi. 49, fig. 5.
Station 2072, in 858 fathoms (No. 38,088) ; station 2084, in 1290
fathoms (No. 38,084) ; and station 2115, ott' Cape Hatteras, in 843
fathoms (No. 35,025).
It was taken ott" the coast ol' Eui'ope by the Porcupine Expedition,
in 1870.
A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the New England Coast. 219
Cadulus grandis Verrill, sp. nov.
General appearance of the shell much like that of C Pandionis,
but more than twice as large, without the abrupt bulging at the
largest part, which is a characteristic feature of the latter, and with
a relatively larger posterior aperture.
The shell is, for the genus, large and strong, translucent bluish
white when living, n^ilk-white when dead, with a highly polished
surface, only faintly marked by the lines of growth when perfect.
The shell is moderately curved, the greater part of the curvature
being behind the middle, and is largest at about the anterior third,
the decrease being very gentle and regular in both directions, but a
little more rapid towards the anterior end. The dorsal side is a
little flattened towards the aperture, which is decidedly oblique and
very broad-elliptical. The posterior aperture is relatively rather
large, circular, with the edge a little thickened and divided into four
rounded notches, the two upper ones being usually a little deeper and
farther apart than the two ventral ones.
Length of one of the largest examples, 15™"' ; greatest diameter,
3.51111.1. transverse diameter of the oral end, 3"'"^; vertical diameter,
2'5""" ; diameter of the posterior end, 1-3™"'. Some s})ecimens exceed
these dimensions.
This species occurred at station 2052, in 1098 fathoms; station
2076, in 906 fathoms, sixteen specimens, mostly living (No. 34,735);
station 2084, in 1290 fathoms, three specimens (No. 35,184); station
2103, in 1091 fathoms, one specimen; station 2111, in 938 fathoms,
one dead specimen; station 2115, in 843 fathoms, six dead speci-
mens. From station 2043, in 1467 fathoms, one large malformed
specimen occurred, apparently belonging to this species (No. 38,116).
This species might readily be mistaken for a large form of C. Pan-
dionis, but it difters from the latter in having a larger posterior aper-
ture, a more nearly circular oral aperture, and especially in the
absence of the abrupt bulging at the largest part. The form is
usually less curved, although in this respect both species ai-e some-
what variable. This shell is, however, much thicker and in every
way more robust.
Cadulus "Watsoni Daii.
Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. ix, p. 34, 1881.
Tlie specimens referred to this species resemble, in size and general
character, C. Pandionis, and, like that species, have the mouth
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 28 June, 1884.
220 A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the Neic England Coast.
decidedly oblique and slightly elli[»tical, though somewhat more
nearly circular than in the latter. The posterior portion is somewhat
less tapered and has the terminal opening a little larger. Its border,
Avhen perfect, is usually furnished with four shallow notches, the two
nearest the dorsal side being somewhat larger than the others. The
most marked distinction is in the more gently tapered form and in
the absence of any distinct gibbosity or swelling at the widest
portion, the decrease in size being very gradual toward both ends,
while in G. Pandionis the widest portion forms a somewhat abrupt
enlargement, often amounting to a slight rounded angle when seen
in a dorsal view. This feature, with its smoothness, renders it some-
what difficult to pick up fresh and moist specimens of the latter with
forceps. Both species differ considerably in the amount of the cur-
vature of the posterior part of the shell.
One of our larger specimens is 1 1""'" long ; greatest diameter, 2'1'"'" ;
transverse diameter at the anterior end, 1*9 ; diameter at the posterior
end -g'"*".
This species occurred at station 2048, in 547 fathoms, eight living
specimens (No. 34,814); station 2092, in 197 fathoms, nine speci-
mens (No. 38,122); and off Cape Hatteras, at station 2111, in 938
fathoms, one specimen (No. 35,765) ; and station 2115, in 843 fathoms,
thirty-six specimens (No. 35,623).
This species is also closely related to a shallow-water species taken
in abundance by the Albatross, off Cape Hatteras, in 14 to 48
fathoms. The latter is, however, a smaller species, with a more
slender posterior portion and a perfectly circular aperture.
Cadulus cylindratus Jeflfreys.
Jeffreys, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., February, 1877, p. 158; Proc. Zool. Soc. London,
for 1882, p. 664, pi. 49, fig. 6.
The few specimens I'eferred to this species show some variation in
form, some being decidedly curved, others only very slightly so.
Tiie shell tapers very slightly from the middle toward both ends,
which are very nearly equal in size, circular, and scarcely contracted.
The oral aperture is slightly oblique. The posterior opening, in our
specimens, is finely and irregularly notched, probably accidentally.
Length, 7-3""" ; greatest diameter, i-7""'>; diameter of the oral end,
1 •4™™ ; posterior end the same.
Station 2041, in 1608 fathoms, three specimens (No. 38,030).
Off the coast of Europe, it was taken at several localities by the
A. E. Verrill—MoUusca of the Neio England Coafit. 221
Porcupine and Valorous Expeditions, and in the Bay of Biscay by
the Travailleur Expeditions. It has occurred at depths ranging from
652 to 1450 fathoms.
LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.
Thracia nitida Verriil, sp. nov.
Plate XXXII, figure 22.
Shell thin, tumid, broad-ovate, gaping considerably posteriorly and
slightly anteriorly. Umbos prominent, situated in advance of the
middle, with the beaks strongly incurved and turned forward, leav-
ing a broad, depressed, cordate lunular area, which is not defined by
any definite boundary. The posterior dorsal margin descends
slightly ; the posterior margin is slightly prolonged and bluntly
rounded ; the ventral margin is broadly curved, becoming nearly
straight in the middle ; the anterior margin is obliquely rounded.
The surface is nearly smooth, shining, and iridescent, marked with
inconspicuous lines of growth, and covered with very minute, regu-
larly scattered granule-like elevations, each of which bears a minute
hair-like process, when not rubbed ; towards the posterior end these
are more numerous and conspicuous, and are arranged in regular deli-
cate radiating lines, but over the greater part of the shell they are
scarcely visible to the naked eye. Epidermis very thin, greenish
yellow. Hinge-margin slendei', somewhat thickened alpng the liga-
mental groove, and with a slight notch anteriorly for the reception
of the minute cartilage. No ossicle was detected in the alcoholic
specimen. Pallial and muscular impressions faint.
Length, 21™"" ; height, 18""" ; thickness, 14"".
The animal has a circle of sixteen large, tapered, acute tentacles
around the common base of the siphons, which are brown in alcohol.
The eiferent tube is somewhat prolonged in the contracted specimen,
but the other is entirely withdrawn.
Station 2097, off Chesapeake Bay, in 1917 fathoms (No. 35,267).
Poromya Sublevis Verriil, sp. nov.
Plate XXXII, figure 21.
Shell rather large for the genus, short, high, tumid, with prominent
umbos and large beaks, which are curved inward and forward. The
length of the shell is considerably less than the height from the beak to
the ventral margin. Anteriorly the lunular region is large and some-
222 A. E. Verrill — Molhisca of the New Enf/kmcl Coast.
what excavated, rather indistinctly defined by feeble undulations.
The anterior end is short, very obtusely rounded or subtruncate ; the
ventral margin is broadly rounded, slightly obliquely produced a
little behind the middle, forming there a scarcely distinct, rounded
angle, from which a posterior, ill defined, rounded ridge runs up to
the beak ; posterior end very obtusely rounded and somewhat
oblique ; posterior dorsal margin descending rapidly from the beak
and slightly convex. Surface nearly smooth to the naked eye and
covered with a very thin, pale yellowish epidermis ; under a lens the
whole surface, except on the umbos, is covered with very slight,
rather distinct radiating lines of very minute pointed granules, which
are pretty evenly spaced along the lines, rather distantly on the
middle area of the shell, but becoming much more numerous toward
the posterior end, where they are connected by distinct but very fine
raised lines, which appear to be chiefly epidermal ; one line, more
distinct and more elevated than the rest, runs from behind the beak
to the upper part of the posterior margin, defining a narrow posterior
dorsal area. The minute granules scattered over the surface appear
to be chiefly due to the epidermis, but where the surface is somewhat
rubbed they still appear as minute specks, which become very fine
and irregularly scattered on the umbos ; where most perfect, each
grantile is surmounted by a minute sharp process of the epidermis.
The margin is sharp aud plain, with a thickened interior ridge a
short distance within the edge. The hinge consists of a large, stout,
obtuse tooth, just below the beak, which projects considerably in-
ward and is divided at the sunmiit into three low, romuled lobes or
cusps, of which the most interior is the largest and most prominent,
while the outermost is confluent with the lunular margin ; a support-
ing ridge runs fnmi the inner margin of the tooth both forward and
backward to the margins ; [)osterior]y, between this ridge and the
margin, there is a very narrow and long, curved ligamental groove,
running forward and terminating just under the beak above the
center of the large tooth ; a small, divergent, somewhat raised ridge-
like process, grooved on top, intervenes between the anterior part of
the ligamental furrow and the ))rincipal tooth. The inner surface of
the shell is opaque white, and marked with slight irregular lines and
grooves and with feeble undulations jinrallel with the lines of growth.
Externally the shell is white beneath the thin, pale yellow epidermis.
Length, 13'5'"'"; transverse breadth, (i""" ; height, from apex to
ventral margin, 14-5""".
Station 2097, N. lat. 37° 50' 20", W. long. 70" 57' 30", in li)l7
fathoms (No. 35,203), one dead but fresh specimen.
A. E. Verrill — Molhisca of the New England Coast. 223
This species is very distinct from P. granulata and P. rotmidata
JeiF., both in form and in the character of the surface, which in both
the latter forms is covered with comparatively large, rounded
granules or small pustules, often closely crowded together, while in
this species the granules are almost microscopic in size and separated
by comparatively wide intervals, or they even appear remotely
scattered on some parts, so that the shell presents a nearly smooth
appearance to the naked eye, or when modei'ately magnified, which
is strongly in contrast with both the other described forms. The
form of the shell in this species is also much shorter and more tumid,
with higher umbos and more prominent beaks. The character of the
hinge, however, agrees pretty closely with that of P. granulata^ but
the tooth is larger and stronger.
Neaera undata Yerriii, sp. nov.
A large species remarkable for its short broad form, its abbreviated
siphon and the undulated character of the surface. Shell broad-ovate,
not much swollen, with the beaks not far from the middle. The pos-
terior dorsal margin descends rapidly in a nearly straight line ; the
posterior end is broadly, obtusely truncated and only slightly pro-
longed ; the ventral margin is very broadly curved ; the posterior
margin less broadly roimded. The surface, especially anteriorly, is
covered with undulations formed by narrow, raised, subtriangular
ridges separated by ratlier wide, shallow, concave intervals, much as
in most species of Asiarte. These fade out, more or less, posteriorly
and toward the ventral margin, where they are replaced by regular,
concentric, raised lines. Hinge-margin of the right valve moderately
thick. The cartilage-pit is not very large, descending, directed
obliquely backward. Posterior lateral tooth is not very prominent,
having the form of an elongated, thickened ridge, its most promi-
nent point only a short distance back of the cartilage.
Length, 24"""; height, 18"^™; thickness, 13"^™.
Station 2098, off Chesapeake Bay, in 2221 fathoms. A single
valve, considerably broken, (No. 35,256).
Neaera gigantea Yeniii, sp. nov.
Shell very large, thick and opaque, short, stout, with prominent
umbos, and short, wide beak, with the muscular scars and pallial lines
deeply sunken. The shell is swollen and broadly rounded in front,
with the ventral edge broadly rounded, narrowing gradually to the
224 .-1. E. Verrill — 3Iollusca of the New England Coast.
beak, wliicli is scarcely differentiated from the ventral line of the
shell. The beak is very short and broad, rapidly narrowing to the
blunt tip, which is a little bent to one side ; the dorsal line, behind
the beaks, is nearly straight, sloping pretty regularly to the beak.
The umbos are large, prominent, swollen, strongly incurved and
turned somewhat backward. The cartilage-pit is of moderate size,
ovate, and directed obliquely backward, its posterior border adhe-
rent to the posterior hinge-border, while its inner and anterior edges
are more or less free. Lateral tooth apparently but little developed,
but the left valve has the anterior hinge-line broken. There is a
notch in the edge of the shell opposite the cartilage-pit, in each
valve. The sculpture consists only of irregular, concentric, raised
lines or ridges, most of which are not continuous; these become
strong or more irregular on the beak ; they are often crossed very
obliquely by the finer, raised lines of growth.
Length, about 38"'"' ; height, about 26'"'" ; transverse breadth,
Station 2097, off Chesapeake Bay, in 1917 fathoms, (Xo. 35,255),
The only specimen obtained consists of both valves, but neither is
entire, so that the measurements cannot be accurately made. In
these the shell is remarkably thickened by a calcareous deposit on
the inside of the shell, so that all the muscular scars appear as
sunken pits ; this great thickening of the shell, however, may be
abnormal. This shell appears to be larger and more massive than
any known species. It is remarkable for its short, swollen form, and
short, broad beak. It has no radial sculpture.
Abra longicallis (Scacchi).
Tellina loiujicaUis Scacchi, Not., p. 16, pi. 1, fig. 7, (t. Dall).
Abra hngicullis G. 0. Sar.s, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norvegiie, p. 74, pi. 6, fig. 3 ; pi. 20,
fig. 4, 1878.
Syndosmya longicallis Hall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., i.x, p. 133.
Scrobicularia longicallus Jeffreys, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, for 1884, p. 145.
Station 2043, N. lat. 39» 49', W. long. 08° 29' 30", in 1467 fath-
oms, one valve.
The specimen referred to, I have compared with those taken by
the "Blake" in the Gulf of Mexico, in 860 fathoms, and identified
by Mr. Dall as this species. They do not differ in any respect. The
shell of Abra lioica (Dall) is shorter, rounder, and more swollen.
A. E. Verrill — Molliisca of the New England Coast, 2 '2 5
Tellimya ferruginosa (Mont.)
Mya ferruginosa Montague, Test. Brit., p. 44, pi. 26, fig. 5.
Tellimya ferruginosa G. O. Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norvegite, p. 10, pi. 20, figs. lo-c.
Plate XXX, figure 13.
This species was taken living, in considerable numbers and on
several occasions, at and just below low water mark, in sand and
mud, at the Gutters, on Naushon Island, near Wood's Holl, August,
1883, by the Fish Commission parties. It bad not previously been
definitely determined as inhabiting the American coast.
On the European coast it occurs from the Gulf of Lyons to north-
ern Norway, at Lofoten and West Finmark, and from 7 to 85 fathoms
in depth. It has also been found in the Coralline Crag in England,
and in the Post-glacial deposits.
The animal is active and opens freely and widely. It often lies
for a long time on the back with tlie valves gaping widely, the foot
more or less extended and twisting about, and the elegantly frilled
mantle edge broadly exjjanded and extending considerably beyond
tlie edge of the shell, all around. Animal translucent white. The
foot is long, ligulate, very flexible, in full extension longer than the
shell, in partial contraction broad at base with a long groove on the
edge and an ill-detined white stripe in the center. It can be flattened
out so as to be used as a creeping foot. The foot issues from the
middle of the ventral edge of the shell. Mantle with the outer edge
broad and delicately frilled and undulated and with small papillae.
It projects all around the edge of the shell, except close to the
hinge. Ventral opening for the foot long, and large, bordered with
small papillse. Posteriorly a pouch-like lobe of the mantle often
protrudes below the anal opening, which is widely separated from the
ventral slit ; it is a simple opening of the mantle, often a little promi-
nent, but more often not at all so. Several (7 or 8) large and small
ones lived several days in confinement.
Montacuta tumidula Jeff"reys.
Jeffreys, Brit. Conch., vol. v, p. 1*7 1, pi. 100, fig. 5, 1869.
G. 0. Sars, Mol. Reg. Arct. Norvegiaj, p. 69, pi. 19, figs. 18a-b.
Station 2103, off Delaware Bay, in 1091 fathoms; and station
2115, oif Cape Hatteras, in 843 fathoms, one specimen (No. 38,190).
Off Lofoten, 100-120 fathoms ; off Hebrides and Shetland, 40-80
fathoms ; Mediterranean.
226 A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the Neio England Coast.
Cryptodon tortUOSUS (Jeffreys.)
Axinm iortuusus JeOreys, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, for 1881, p. "702, pi. 61, fig. 6.
Station 2078, in 499 fathoms, two specimens; station 2084, in 1290
fathoms, four living specimens (No. 38,175) ; and station 2115, oft'
Cape Hatteras, in 843 fathoms, two living S])ecimens (No. 35,611).
Off the European coast, it was taken by the Porcupine Expedi-
tion, in 1870, and by the Travailleur Expedition, in the Bay of
Biscay. It occurred in 645 to 1012 fathoms.
Malletia obtusa (M. Sars) Morch.
Toldia obtusaG. 0. Sars, Remarkable Forms of Animal Life, p. 23, pi. 3, figs. 1(5-20,
1872.
Malletia obtusa G. 0. Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norvegise, p. 41, pi. 19, figs. 3, a-b.
Jeflfreys, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, for 1879, p. 586.
This species occurred at stations 2018, 2041, 2042, 2043, 2076,
2077, 2084, 2095, 2096, 2102, 2105, 2106, 2110, 2115, in 516 to 1608
fathoms. It was most common at station 2043, N. lat. 39° 49', W.
long. 68° 28' 30", in 1467 fathoms, fifteen specimens (No. 38,180);
and at station 2090, N. lat. 39° 22' 20", W. long. 70° 52' 20", in 1451
fathoms, forty-five dead specimens (No. 34,782).
Yoldia hyperborea Toreil.
Torell, Spitzbergens MoUuskfauua, p. 149, pi. 2, figs. 6, a-b, 1859.
Yoldia limatula G. 0. Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norvegiiu, p. 40, pi. 4, figs. 12, a-b,
1878 {7wn Say).
This species is closely allied to Yoldia limatxda and Yoldia viyalis,
but is evidently distinct from both. Hitherto it has not been recog-
nized as an inhabitant of the American coast, but it is not uncommon
off" the coast of Nova Scotia.
It was dredged by the U. S. Fish Commission at station 55, in 33
fathoms; stations 61-63 and 63-67, in 20-41 fathoms, 1877.
Yoldia sericea Jeffreys, var. striolata J.
Jeffreys, Mollusca Valorous Ex[)d., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, 1876, p. 432; Proc.
Zool. Soc. London, for 1879, p. 579, pi. 4(;, fig. 1.
This species occurred at stations 2035, 2037, 2041, 2042, 2043,
2052, 2076, 2084, 2096, 2103, 2100, 2110, 2111, 2115, in 516 to 1731
fathoms. It occurred in greatest abundance at station 2076, N, lat.
41° 13', W. long. 00° 00' 5o", in 006 fathoms, one hundred and sixty
A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the Neio England Coast. 227
specimens (No. 35,148); station 2084, N. lat. 40° 16' 50", W. long.
67° 05' 15", in 1290 fatlioms, seventy specimens (No. 34,862) ; and at
station 21 15, off Cape Hatteras, N. lat. 35° 49' 30", W. long. 74° 34'
45", in 842 fathoms, lifty living specimens (No. 35,581).
It is recorded by Jeffreys, off the coast of Ireland, in 13G6 to 1380
fathoms; off the coast of Portugal, in 7i0 to 1095 fathoms; and
from the "Valorous Expedition," at station 12, in 1450 fathoms.
Our specimens are regularly concentrically sculptured with narrow
grooves and I'aised lines. They agree closely with specimens labeled
as var. striolata, in Mr. Jeffreys' collection, at the National Museum,
with which I have compared them. They also resemble some of the
varieties of Y. pusio.
Yoldia messanensis (Seguenza.) Variety.
Leda acuminata Jeffreys, Anu. Mag. Nat. Hist., July, 1870, p. 69 (non Von BucL).
Seguenza, Nuculidi terziarie merid. d'ltal., R. Acad. Lincei, 1877, p. 1175, pi. 3,
figs. 15, 15a, 15e.
Leda 7nessa?iensis Jeffreji^, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, for 1879, p. 576.
The specimens referred to this species most resemble the variety
brevirostris Seguenza, and differ considerably from the typical form.
Our specimens are small, broad-ovate, rather thick and swollen, with
the beaks nearly central and a little prominent. The postei'ior end
is somewhat acute, though blunt at tip, and a distinct, rounded ridge
runs from the beaks to the posterior extremity, and just in front of
this there is a distinct inflection of the surface and ventral margin,
without definite boundaries; the rest of the ventral margin is evenly
rounded and the anterior end is obtuse and regularly curved. On
the posterior dorsal margin, above the extreme tip, there is a slight
rounded angle, and from thence to the beak the outline is nearly
straight. The anterior dorsal margin is convex. The surface, when
fresh, is somewhat lustrous and iridescent, and covered with a pale
yellowish epidermis. The sculpture generally consists of very fine
concentric lines of growth, but in some specimens there are, toward the
margin, distinct concentric grooves and ridges, the grooves being
shallow, concave, with the ridges much narrower. The hinge-margin
is wide and strong, with large and broad teeth, of which there are
about nine on each side of the center; the cartilage-pit is very small.
Length, 4'""'; ventral margin to beak, 3'"™.
Station 2038, in 2033 fathoms (No. 35,212), two dead; station
2041, in 1608 fathoms; station 2042, in 1555 fathoms; station 2043,
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 29 June, 1884.
228 A. K Verrill — Mollusca of the N'ew England Coast.
ill 1467 fatlioms, two living and throe dead (No. 38,209) ; and station
209o, in 1451 latliorns, one dead (iS'o. 38,211).
This species has been taken at uiuiierous localities off the European
coast hy tlie Valorous, Porcui)ine and other expeditions, and between
the Azores and Bermudas by the Challenger Expedition ; its range
being from 100 to 1*750 fathoms.
It was also taken in the West Indies and Gulf of Mexico by the
Blake Exi^editious, in 100 to 1002 fathoms, according to Mr. Dall.
It is also found in the Pliocene of southern Italy,
The specimens from the Blake Expedition, which I have examined,
are much more acutely pointed posteriorly, and have much stronger
concentric striations than our examples. It is quite possible that the
two forms are not identical.
Yoldia regularis Yerriii, sp. nov.
Shell small, nearly regularly oval, with both ends obtusely rounded,
and with the ventral edge broadly and regularly curved. The pos-
terior end is a little nairower and more tapered than the anterior.
The posterior dorsal margin is convex and rounded about as much as
the ventral edge. The anterior dorsal margin is distinctly concave
in front of the beak, but there is no defined lunule. The umbos are
somewhat prominent, of moderate size, and curved forward. The
beak is situated at about the anterior third. The surface is smooth,
polished and iridescent, without any sculpture except slight and
irregular lines of growth. Epidermis is thin and yellowish white.
The hinge-margiji is rather strong and curved, the posterior portion
much longer than the anterior, and bearing about eight rather large
and stout, prominent leeth. The anterior portion is short and nearly
straight, and bears ibiir or five prominent, erect teeth, the last tooth
situated onl-y a short distance from the beak. The cartilage-|)it is rel-
atively large and oblique and extends back a little ways from the
beak.
Length, 3-5""" ; height, 2-5""".
Station 1093, off Martha's Vineyard, in 349 fatlioms, 1882. Three
specimens (No. 38,420).
This small species differs from all others recognized from our coast
in its very regular ovate form, w^ith the beak directed anteriorly, so
that it resembles externally a minute Tapes or Maetra, or a com-
pressed species of Calllsta. It is also remarkable for the shortness
of the anterior hinge-margin and tlje small number of anterior teeth,
as well as for the umisually large cartilage-pit.
A. M Verrlll — Mollusca of the Nev) England Coast. 229
Yoldia subequilatera (Jeffreys.)
Leda subequilatera Jeffreys, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, for 1879, p. 579, pi. 46, fig. 3.
Station 2037, in 1731 fatlioms, eight living specimens (No. 35,201) ;
station 20 7S, in 499 fathoms, twenty-five living specimens (No.
35,1 38) ; and station 2 1 15, off Cape Hatleras, in 843 fathoms, one dead
specimen (No. 38,191).
It has been taken by the Lightning, Porcnpine, and Norwegian
Expeditions, in 459 to 778 fathoms, and off" tlie Azores, in 1622 fath-
oms, by the Talisman Expedition.
Yoldia Jeffreysii (Hidalgo.)
Leda lata Jeffreys, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Nov. 187G, p. 431.
Leda Jeffreysi Je&rejs, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, for 1879, p. o79, pi. 4G, fig. 2.
Station 1093, in 349 fathoms, 1882 ; and station 2084, in 1290
fathoms, 1883, several fresh specimens (No. 38,415).
It has been taken at numerous localities off the coast of Europe,
and between the Azores and Bermudas, at depths ranging from 452
to 2199 fathoms.
Our specimens are not full grown and have the hinge plate light
and thin, with very slender teeth, but in other respects they agree
well with Mr. Jeffreys' original specimens, with which I have com-
pared them at the National Museum.
Leda Bushiana Verriii, sp. nov.
Shell narrow-lanceolate in form, compressed, with the front end
simple and bluntly rounded, much shorter than the posterior end,
which tapers gradually and ends in a narrow, truncated tip, which is
not upturned, or but very slightly so. The umbos are a little prom-
inent and rather sharp. From the apex two rounded ridges run to
the posterior end ; the lower one, running to the lower angle of the
ti]), is pretty strongly marked, and causes a slight undulation of the
surface and of the margin below it. The posterior dorsal margin is
compressed, rising in the form of a sharp, smooth keel, which has
usually a slightly convex outline. The dorsal area is pretty clearly
separated from the rest of the surface by the upper angular ridge
running from the beak. In front of the beak there is a small but
pretty well defined lunule. The surface, in all but one specimen, is
covered with rather strong, sharply defined, raised concentric lamel-
la;, which are separated by concave intervals of variable width, those
towards the umbos being narrower than those near the margin. The
230 A. E. Verrlll — MoUusca of the N'ew England CooM.
lamellae in crossing the lower posterior ridge become a little more
prominent, or form small crests, but fade out at the upper ridge. In
one specimen, which does not differ in other respects, the sculpture is
much more feeble, consisting of very numerous fine and close con-
centric lines, which are but little elevated, but some of these, at vari-
able distances apart, are a little stronger than the rest ; the posterior
ridges are also nearly obsolete. The epidermis is thin, closely adhe-
rent, light yellowish green. The interior surface is bluish white and
lustrous, tlie concentric ribs showing through by translucency. The
teeth are prominent, sharp, rather slender, strongly compressed, and
connected by a tliin, well marked ridge along the inner edge. The
anterior hinge-margin is gently curved, and bears, in the larger spe-
cimens, about twelve well-formed teeth, besides four or five minute
ones close to the cartilage. Just in front of the small triangular
cartilage-pit, a small, somewhat prominent, obtuse tooth is developed
on the inner surface of the hinge-margin. The posterior hinge-
margin is decidedly longer than the anterior, nearly straight, and
bears about fifteen distinct teeth, besides a few minute ones close to
the cartilage-pit. A distinct ridge runs from the beak to the lower
angle of the posterior tip.
Length of the largest example, 15'"™; height, from ventral margin
to beak, 7""" ; from beak to anterior margin, 6""" ; from beak to pos-
terior end, TO""".
Station 2110, ofl" Cape Hatteras, in 51G fathoms (No. 35,729).
This species somewhat resembles, in size and form, L. tenuisulcata
and L. miniita, but it is a thinner, more compressed, and more deli-
cate shell, and is quite distinct in its scul])ture and in the structure
of the hinge.
Phaseolus ovatus? (Jeff, mss.)
Seguenza, Nuculidi terz. mer. Italia, R. Accad. Lincei, Ser. Ill, vul. i, p. 1182, pi.
V, fig. 29-29C, 1877.
Station 2084, in 1290 fathoms, six living specimens.
Our specimens are small and shaped nearly like Yoldia Jeffreysii,
with a smooth, lustrous, iridescent surface and yellowish green
epidermis. The hinge-margin is thin, with a few very oblique and
appressed, low, feeble teeth, three or four in front and four or five
behind the small cartilage-j^it. Its identification is doubtful.
A. E. Verrill — MoUusra of the JSfeAO Mngland Coast. 231
Nucula. cancellata Jeffreys.
Nucvla rdiculala Jeffreys, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1876, p. 429; Proc. Zool. Soc.
LoDdoQ, for 1879, p. 583, \)\. 4G, fig. 7, (name preoccupied by Hinds).
Nucula cancellata Jeffreys, Proc. Zool. Soc. Loudon, for 1881, p. 951.
This species occurred in great abiiiulaiice at station 2076, N. lat. 41°
13', W. long. 66° 00' 50", in 906 fathoms (No. 34,76.5), and station
2084, N. lat. 40° 16' 50", W. long. 67° 05' 15", in 1290 fathoms (No.
34,860), one thousand specimens, living. Tt also occurred in less
numbers at stations 2035, in 1362 fathoms; 2037, in 1731 fathoms;
2038, in 2033 fathoms ; 2043, in 1467 fathoms, 2052, in 1098 fathoms ;
2072, in 858 fathoms (one dead); 2096, in 1451 fathoms; 2102, in
1209 fathoms; 2103, in 1091 fathoms.
Off the European coast, it was taken by the Porcupine and Valor-
ous Expeditions, in 420 to 1470 fatlioms, and by the Challenger
Expedition, oif the Azores, in 1000 to 1100 fathoms.
Glomus nitens Jeffreys.
Jeffreys, Mollusca Valorous Exped., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 187G, p. 43.3; Proc.
Zool. Soc. London, for 1879, p. 573, pL 45, fig. 5.
Station 2041, N. lat. 39° 22' 50", W. long. 68° 25', in 1608 fathoms,
one dead specimen.
This species was taken by the Porcupine Expedition, in the North
Sea, in 567 fathoms; oif the coast of Ireland, in 1180 to 1476
fathoms, and at station 9, in 1750 fathoms.
Limopsis cristata Jea"reys.
Jeffreys, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Nov. 187G, p. 434; Proc. Zool. Soc. Loudon, for
1879, p. 585, pi. 46, fig. 8.
Station 2048, N. lat. 40° 02', W. long. 68° 50' 30", in 547 fathoms,
two valves.
These specimens have been compared by me with tyj^es in the col-
lection of Mr. Jeffreys at the National Museum. They appear to
agree in all the essential characters.
It was taken, off the coast of Europe, by tlie Porcupine and Valor-
ous Expeditions, in 292 to 1095 fathoms ; and by Travailleur Expedi-
tion, in the Bay of Biscay, in 341 to 1693 fathoms.
232 A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the New England Coast.
Limopsis tenella Jeffreys.
JeflVeys, Aun. :Mag. Nat. Hist., Nov. 187G, p. i.-i.S.
Station 2037, K lat. 38° 53', W. long. 69° 23' 30", in 1V31 fathoms ;
and 2038, N. lat. 38° 30' 30", W. long. ()9° OS' 2.")", in 2033 fiitlioins.
I have compared tliese specimens with types in Mr. Jeffreys' col-
lection at tlie National JMuseuin.
It was first taken by the Valorons Expedition, in 14.')0 fathoms.
Pecten leptaleus Vemii, sp. nov.
Shell small, thin, delicate, well rounded, resembling P. puslitlosus
in form, but with much finer sculptnre. The umbos small, pointed.
The anterior ear is prominent with a rather deep, rounded notch in
the upper valve and a narrower and deeper notch in the lower valve ;
the posterior ear is small and short. The sculpture on the upper
valve consists of numerous, thin, rather close, concentric riblets which
become fewer and less elevated toward the umbos of which the most
])rominent part is nearly smooth ; these concentric lines continue over
tlie ears, becoming qnite prominent on the antei'ior ear, but fine and
close on the i)OSterior one. The intervals between the concentiic
lamellfe are crossed by numerous, very thin, raised lines which
become obsolete on the umbos, and nearly so on the anterior ear.
These radiating lines in crossing the concentric lamella^ form minute,
rounded granules which are most distinct on those near the margin,
where they are very numerous, appearing like strings of minute beads
along the lamelhv. Hie lower valve is smaller and less convex than
the up])er, with the outer portion of its margin 1)ent downward. The
sculpture c()nsists only ol a very fine, close, concentric lines, except on
the eais which are covered with numerous, close, radiating lines, which
are roughened by the concentric lines. Color yellowish white.
Length, 7""" ; height from venti'al margin to dorsal edge, (j'5""" ;
length of dorsal mnrgin, 4""".
'^Fwo sjtecimens were taken, ott' (Jape llatteras, at station 2lo9, in
142 fathoms (No. 38,413).
Pecten fragilis .Teffrey.s.
Jeffreys, Aim. Mag. Nat. Hist., Nov., 187G, p. 424; Proc. Zool. Soc. London, for
1879, p. 56J, pi. 45, fig. 1.
Station 2115, oft' Cape Ilatteras, in 843 fathoms, two sj)ecimens
(No. 35,5GG).
A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the New England Coast. 233
It has been taken off the European coast by the Porcupine and
Valorous Expeditions, in 1450 to 1750 fathoms; and by the Norwe-
gian Arctic Expedition, in G56 to 1353 fathoms.
Pecten striatus Muiier.
Miiller, Zool. Dan. Prodr., Xo. 2994 (t. Jeffreys).
. Jeffreys, Brit. Conch., vol. ii, p. 69; vol. v, p. 168, pi. 23, fig. 4.
One valve, which has been identified as this species by Mr, Dall,
occurred off Martha's Vineyard, at station 949, in 100 fathoms, 1881
(No. 38,179). No other similar specimen has been taken by us.
Avicula squamnlosa? Lam.
A small Avicula, taken alive at the surface at station 2099 (No.
34,781), is referred to ihis species with some doubt. The shell is
rather broad and rounded for the genus, and but little oblique. Tiie
tail (cauda) is almost obsolete, forming only a slightly prominent
angle, shorter than the body of the shell, and separated from it only
by a slight emarginalion. The anterior auricle is small and rounded.
The Ijyssal notch is narrow and moderately deep. The body of the
shell is ornamented with from twelve to fourteen radiating rows of long,
narrow and slender scales, wliicli are transversely banded with purple
and white. The lines of growth are slightly lamellose toward the
margin and the whole surface appears under a lens to be minutely
punctate. The color is light yellow, becoming white on the umbos,
and irregularly and concentrically streaked with reddish brown.
The lower valve is concave toward the margin, but has scales and
coloration similar to the upper valve.
Total length, 15"""; length of hinge line, 12™"'; height from the
ventral to dorsal margin, 11""".
BRACHIOPODA.
Discina Atlantica King.
King, Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Dublin, 1868, vol. v, p. ITO.
Jeffreys, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, for 1876, p. 252 ; Proc. Geol. Soc. Loudon, for
1878. p. 415, pL 23, fig. 7.
Several specimens of this species were taken by the Albatross in
1883. I have identified these with specimens in Mr. Jeffreys' collec-
tion, now in the U. S. National Museum.
Station 2043, in 1467 fathoms, two specimens (No. 38,429) ; station
2096, in 1251 fathoms, ten specimens (No. 35,170).
2;U A. E. Verrill — Molhcsca of the Nevj England Coast.
AccordiuiL'- lu Jeffreys, this species lias been taken off the European
coast, in 090 to 1450 fathoms. North Atlantic, on telegraph cable,
ill 2400 Tathoins ; near St. Paul Island, in 1850 fathoms ; off Berraucla,
in 2180 fatlnnns; and in the North Pacific, in 1875 and 2050 fathoms;
off the coast of North Australia, in 200 to 1400 fathoms (Challenger
Expedition).
Waldheimia cranium (Muiior) Davidson.
Terthratula cranium Miiller, Zool. Dan. Prodr., p. 249, 1776.
Jeffreys, Brit. Conch., vol. ii, p. 11 ; vol. v, p. 163, pi. 19, fig. 1, la; Prnc. Zool.
Soc. London, for 1878, p. 405.
Waldheimia cranium Friele, The Development of tlie Skeleton in the Genns W;ild
heimia, in Archiv. Math. Naturvid., pp. .380-386, pis. 1-3, 1877.
A single living specimen, which Mr. W. H. Dall has identified as
this species, was taken by the Albatross, at station 2035, off Martha's
Vineyard, in 1362 fathoms. When first taken it was supposed to
belong to W. tenera Jeffreys. No authentic instance of the occur-
rence of this species on the N. American coast has been recorded.
On the coast of Europe it is not uncommon in 30 to 700 fathoms,
and ranges from Norway to France. It has also been recorded from
Greenland, Northern Asia and Japan.
The following two species have not yet been taken south of Labra-
dor, but may be regarded as belonging to tlie North American fauna.
Waldheimia tenera (Jeffreys).
Terehratula feraera Jeffreys, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept., 1876, p. 250; Proc. Zool.
Soc. London, for 1878, p. 405, pi. 22, fig. 7.
This species was taken by the Valorous Expedition, far off the
coast of Labrador, in 1450 fathoms, N. lat. 56" U', W. long. 37° 41'.
It has not yet been recorded from any otlier locality, but is likely to
occur off our coast at similar depths.
Atretia (jnoraon Jeffreys.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept., 1876, p. 251 ; Proc. Zool. Soc. London, for 1878, p.
412, pi 23, lig. 4.
This species was recorded by JefiVeys, from oil" tlie coast of north-
ern Labrador, N. lat. 59° lo', W. long. 50° 25', in 1750 fathoms, and
also from N. lat. 56° 11', W. long. 37° 41', in 1450 fathoms.
On the European coast it has been taken, according to Jeffreys, at
several localities, in 650 to 1750 fathoms, and off Marocco and the
Azores, in 1192 to 2199 lathoins.
A. M Verr ill —Moll usca of the New Eyigland Coast. 235
Addenda.
After the preceding pages were mostly in type, an additional lot
of mollusea, dredged in 1883, by the Albatross, mostly from oft' Cape
Hatteras, was received from the National Museum. It contained
many additions to the list. A few of the most important ones are
here included.
Octopus Carolinensis Veniii, sp. nov.
Body, in the alcoholic specimen, rather small, somewhat oblong,
obtusely rounded posteriorly and slightly emarginate beneath. Head
large, and with the basal web larger than the body. Eyes large and
prominent, occupying nearly the whole of the sides of the head, and
in contact, or nearly so, dorsally. Entire surface of the body, head
and upper surface of the umbrella and arms covered with minute but
prominent verructe, which are somewhat larger and more crowded on
the back than beneath. There are no cirri on the back nor above the
eyes, but the upper eyelid is covered with small verrucse like those of
the back, and is marked with radiating wrinkles. Siphon moderately
long and rather slender. Arms angular, long, slender ; the two lat-
eral pairs about equal in length ; the ventral and dorsal pairs about
equal in length and slightly shorter than the lateral ; the ventral
arms are a trifle longer than the dorsal and appear to have the
suckers a little larger. The web is more than one-fourth the length
of the dorsal arms, and extends farther out between the lateral arms
than between the ventral or dorsal. A rather wide marginal mem-
brane runs along the arms, even to the tips; it is most developed on
the lower side of the lateral arms. The suckers are moderately
large, rather closely arranged in two regular rows, and diminish very
regularly from near the base to the very slender tips of the arms.
Length of body, 22"^'"; its breadth, 20™""; breadth of the head,
the same ; length from the posterior end of the body to edge of
web between dorsal arms, 45™°^ ; length of dorsal arms from mouth,
g4mm. of 2d pair, 72'"'"; of 3d pair, 70'"'^^ ; of 4th pair, 66™'°; diameter
of dorsal and lateral arms, d'o"^"" ; diameter of largest suckers, 2'"'".
Color, in alcohol, rather dark purplish brown above, due to abund-
ant, closely crowded, minute chromatophores ; lower surface, yellowish
white, rather thickly specked with orange and brown chromatophores.
Inner surface of arras, suckers and eyelids white.
Station 2109, oft' Cape Hatteras, in 142 fathoms (No. 35,673).
One female.
Trans. CoNx\. Acad., Vol. VI. 30 July, 1884.
236 A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the New England Coast.
Octopus gracilis Verrill, sp. nov.
Size of our only specimen small. Body slender, elongated, broadest
just back of the gill openings, obtusely rounded posteriorly. Whole
surface, above and beneath, smooth, with neither cirri nor verrucae.
Head moderately large. Eyes rather large and prominent, with
smooth lids. Umbrella small, the web extending only a short distance
and about equally between the dorsal and lateral arms. Arras very
slender, elongated, tapering to very thin tips, the third pair much
longer than the two upper pairs, but all of about the same thickness
at base. The dorsal arras are not half the length of the third pair ;
the second pair is but little longer than the dorsal and about the sarae
in thickness ; the ventral arras are both broken off near the base. The
suckers are small and diminish very regularly frora the base to the
tip of the arras. Those on the two lower pairs of arms are rather
raore openly arranged, the spaces between the consecutive suckers,
being about double that on the upper arms, while the two I'ows are
closer together ; on each of these arms three to five of the suckers
near the base stand nearly in a median line, which is not the case
on the upper pairs of arms.
Length of body, 11"'"^; greatest breadth, V""'; breadth of head,
6'5™™; frora posterior end of body to edge of web between the arras,
17™"; length of dorsal arras from mouth, 19"""; diameter near base,
l.gmm. length of 2nd pair, 21"'"'; length of 3rd pair, 42""".
Color, in alcohol, yellowish white, covered with large purplish
brown chroraatophores, darkest on the upper surface of the head,
between the eyes. Inner surface of the arras and suckers yellowish
white with a purplish spot in front and behind the base of each sucker.
Station 2084, in 1290 fathoras, one specimen, female (No. 38,431).
This specimen is probably young of a species that grows to a larger
size. It differs, however, frora all described species in the remarkable
elongation of the third pair of arras corapared with the first and
second pairs ; all the arms are also remarkably slender, and the body
is peculiarly elongated and smooth. It is very certain that it is not
the young of any of the known species.
Bela Rathbuni Verriii, sp. nov.
Shell large, rather stout, sub-fusiform, witli an elevated acute
spire, forming more than half the total length of the shell. Whorls
seven besides the nucleus, moderately convex, with an impressed, not
very oblique suture. The whorls of the spire are pretty strongly
angulated or cariiialed a little above the middle by a revolving
A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the New England Coast. 237
carina, which appears double at the summit, and slightly nodulous
where it is crossed by the longitudinal lines. Above the carina
there is a rather Avide, sloping, flattened or slightly concave sub-
sutural band, which is crossed by somewhat raised, moderately
exciirved lamella?, parallel with the lines of growth and with the
sinus in the lip; there is also a rather faint revolving cingulus a little
below the middle of the band. Below the principal carina there is
a rather wide concave interspace, which surrounds the middle or
most prominent part of the whorls, and is bounded below by a carina
like the upper one, but not quite so strong ; anterior to this there
are, on the body-whorl and siphon, numerous similar double revolv-
ing cinguli, decreasing in size and becoming closer anteriorly ; of
these there are about twelve above the base of the siphon ; the con-
cave interspaces between the upper ones are about equal in width to
the cinguli. The whole surface is covered by numerous slightly
raised, longitudinal lines, which are parallel with the lines of growth
and are most conspicuous in the interspaces between the cinguli.
The apex, in our single specimen, is badly eroded. The aperture is
narrow-ovate, not very large, with a distinct obtuse angle at the base
of the columella, which is rather short and nearly straight. The
siphon is short and straight, distinguished from the body-whorl only
by a slight undulation. The canal is short, straight and rather open.
Length, without the nuclear whorls, 27"""; breadth, 13"'"'; length
of aperture, 13"^"'; its breadth, 5™"\
Station 2105, off Chesapeake Bay, in 1395 fathoms (No. 35,704),
one dead specimen.
The single specimen of this species is considerably eroded, so that
the sculpture, especially the longitudinal lines, appears more strongly
marked than it would in a fresh specimen. Perhaps the double
character of the revolving carinae is more obvious for the same
reason. They may originally have been more elevated and sharper.
The species bears but little resemblance to any other known from
our coast, but the character of the sculpture is not unlike B. hicari-
nata, but the largest specimens of the latter are pygmies, in com-
parison with the present species.
Urosalpinx Carolinensis Vemii, sp. nov.
Shell small, pretty regularly fusiform, with an elevated, rather
acute spire, which forms nearly one-half the total length of the shell.
Whorls six to seven moderately convex, with an impressed suture.
The sculpture consists of about twelve rather prominent, stout longi-
238 A. E. Verrill — Molhisca of the New England Coast.
tudinal ribs, wliicli run nearly straiglit across the whorls, and on the
last whorl extend to the base of the siphon ; these are separated by
deeply concave intervals of about the same width. The whole sur-
face is covered by strongly marked revolving cinguli, which cross
both the ribs and their interspaces, and thicken so as to form small,
rounded nodules where they cross the ribs ; these are separated by
interspaces of about the same width, in the middle of which there is
a much smaller, thin revolving cingulus, alternating pretty regularly
with the larger ones around the periphery. On the anterior part of
the body-whorl, and sometimes at the periphery, there are two or
three small revolving cinguli in some of the interspaces. On the
penultimate whorl there are usually five to seven of tlie primary cin-
guli, and on the body-whorl and siphon there are about eighteen to
twenty. The whole surface is also covered, in perfect specimens,
with fine, slightly elevated, wavy lines of growth, which are most
conspicuous on the intervals between the ribs; they are usually
worn off from the more prominent parts of the ribs and nodules.
The nucleus consists of about two and one half regularly coiled
Avhorls ; the first two are small, smooth, translucent and somewhat
lustrous; the last is covered with rather faint revolving lines, crossed
by the lines of growth, which gradually merge into the longitudinal
sculpture of the normal whorls, there being no very distinct demarca-
tion between the nucleus and the next whorl. The apical whorl is
minute, regularly increasing. Aperture elongated, ovate-fusiform;
outer lip thin, sharp, regularly curved; inner margin regularly
arched. Collumella somewhat elongated, its margin sinuous and
somewhat excurved at the tip. Canal narrow and somewhat elon-
gated, a little curved. Color bluish white. Epidermis very thin,
pale grayish or yellowish white.
Length of one of the largest specimens, 15"""; breadth, V'"'" ;
length of aperture, 8"^"^ ; its breadth, 3""".
This species was taken, off Cape Hatteras, at station 2109, in 142
fathoms, in considerable abundance (No. 35,735) ; station 2110, in
516 fathoms (one dead) ; and station 2111, in 938 fathoms, one living
(No. 35,764). Possibly the two latter specimens may be due to
accidental misplacement.
This species bears considerable general resemblance to the shallow-
water species ( JJ. cmerea), but it is a much smaller and more slender
species, with a narrower aperture and longer canal. The sculpture
is more simple, there being usually but two sets of revolving cinguli,
the larger and smaller ones alternating pretty regularly.
A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the New England Coast. 239
Urosalpinx macra YerriU, sp. nov.
The shell is nearly regularly fusiform, consisting of seven whorls,
separated by an impressed suture. The spire is somewhat elongated,
regularly tapered, and forms one-half the length of the shell. The
nucleus is mamilliform, consisting of about two regularly coiled,
convex, rounded whorls, of which the first is nearly as large as the
secoiul. The lower whorls are crossed by about ten broad, strongly
marked, nodulous ribs. The spiral sculpture consists of stout,
rounded, rather elevated, revolving cinguli, which rise into oblong
nodules or tubercles in crossing the ribs ; of these there are about
eight on the body-whorl, besides five or six on the sijjhon without
nodules, Ou the penultimate whorl there are five or six primary
cinguli, of which two or three around the periphery are considerably
larger and farther apart than the others; one, below these, is coinci-
dent with the suture and makes it undulating. Between the primary
cinguli there are three to five much smaller rounded cinguli, sepa-
rated by thin, incised grooves; these cinguli are about equally prom-
inent on the ribs and interspaces and do not form nodules. The
surface is also covered with fine, close, raised lines of growth, except
on the nodules, which ai'e smooth at summit. The aperture is ovate,
continiied anteriorly in a rather long, narrow canal, and having a
slight posterior notch or sinus at the suture. The outer lip is sharp
and regularly arched ; the inner lip is strongly excavated, its curva-
ture posteriorly being greater than that of the outer lip. Columella
rather elongated, straight, with a somewhat sinuous inner margin.
The canal is straight, somewhat elongated and constricted. Color
yellowish white ; interior grayish white.
Length, 13'"'"; breadth, 5-5"""; length of aperture, 7-5"""; its
greatest breadth, 2-5'""'.
Off Cape Hatteras, station 2109, in 142 fathoms (No. 35,772), one
fresh specimen,
SiphO hispidulUS Verrill, sp. nov.
Shell small, short, broad-ovate, with a rather short, bluntly tapered
si^ire, obtusely rounded at the tip, and with a swollen body-whorl,
constituting the greater part of the shell. Whorls four, rapidly
enlarging, convex, with a distinctly carinate, angular shoulder above
the middle, above which there is a concave subsutural band, sepa-
rated from the suture by an angular, interrupted revolving ridge,
next the suture. Besides these two nodose, revolving carinas, there
•240 A. B. VerrUl—Mollusca of the New Emjland Coast.
are two additional ones, nearly as strong, around the periphery,
and one or two faint ones on the subsutural band. On tlie last
whorl there are eight or nine revolving carinre below the shoulder,
besides six or seven on the siphon. The longitudinal sculpture con-
sists of numerous, rather narrow, angular, longitudinal ribs, which
run nearly straight across the whorls, parallel with the lines of
growth, which are rather conspicuous, distinctly raised and lamelli-
form, covering both the ribs and their interspaces. The ribs in
crossing the revolving carinse form small, rounded or subconical
nodules, of which those on the shoulder and on the sutural carina are
the most prominent and most compressed. The ribs are continued
across the subsutural band, on the lower whorls, in the form of thin,
raised lamellie, somewhat larger than the intervening lines of growth ;
but on the upper whorls the ribs, across the entire breadth, are thin,
lamelliform, and bent forward, rising in the form of small angles in
crossing the revolving cinguli. The surface is covered by a closely
adherent epidermis, which bears minute, sp:>rsely scattered hairs,
especially along the summits of the revolving cinguli. The nucleus
is minute, regularly coiled, depressed, and largely covered by the
succeeding whorl. The first or apical whorl is smooth and translu-
cent, but on the second the normal sculpture is gradually developed.
The aperture is rather broad-ovate, more than half the length of the
shell. Columella is straight, with a strongly sinuous inner margin.
The canal is rather short and broad, not constricted. The opei'culum
is thin, yellowish white, translucent, ovate, somewhat pointed poste-
riorly, and slightly truncated on the postei-ior part of the outer
margin ; the nucleus is at the extreme posterior tip. Color of the
shell white, with a pale flesh-colored tint on the spire.
Length, 7-5""" ; breadth, 4""" ; length of aperture, 5""^^ ; its breadth,
omra
Station 203S, N. lat. 38° 30' 30", W. long. 69° 08' 25", in 2033
fathoms, one living specimen (No. 34,840).
The generic relations of this shell are somewhat doubtful. Tn
general appearance and sculpture it resembles certain species of Bela,
but the character of the nucleus and the hairy epidermis, together
with the character of the operculum, indicate that it belongs to or
near iSlpho. This is also indicated by the fact that there is no
distinct sinus in the outer lip, nor are the lines of growth distinctly
excurved in crossing the snbsutural band. In size and shape the shell
resembles J3ela hebes and Gymnohela curta^ var. angidata, from both
of which it differs decidedly in sculpture. The specimen described
may, however, be the young of a much larger species.
A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the New -England Coast. 241
Cingula Sanderson! Verrill, sp. nov.
Shell moderately large for the genus, thin, fragile, long-ovate, with
a rather tall, somewhat turreted, acute spire. Whorls six to seven,
strongly and evenly convex, separated by a deep, impressed, simple
suture. Body-whorl large, rather swollen, well rounded, and con-
stituting more than one-half the length of the shell. Nuclear whorl
small, smooth, somewhat prominent, regularly coiled. Base rather
strongly produced, destitute of an umbilicus, but sometimes with a
slight chink, produced by the everted edge of the inner lip. Aperture
pretty regularly ovate, rather broad, obtusely rounded in front, and
with the posterior end narrowed and sometimes forming a slight
sutural sinus ; outer lip thin and regularly curved ; inner lip con-
tinuous, usually with a thin, free edge along the body-whorl. The
sculpture consists of very fine, close revolving lines, visible with a
lens, and of still finer, but usually distinct lines of growth, which
interrupt, more or less, the spiral lines.
Color white in our specimens, all of which appear to have been
dead when dredged.
Length, 4"""; breadth, 2""" ; length of body- whorl, 2-5"""; length
of aperture, rS'"'". A large specimen, with broken apex, is 2'7'"™
broad; length of body-whorl 3-5""". Most of the specimens are
smaller than those measured, and some are more slender in propoi"-
tion.
Station 2109, off Cape Hatteras, in 142 fathoms, numerous speci-
mens (No. 35,447).
In form, this species resembles C. turrlcida Lea, but the latter is
described and figured as smooth and umbilicated. It is evidently
allied to C. aculeus, but differs in its stouter form, deeper suture,
and much finer sculpture. The sculpture is somewhat similar to
that of C. leptalea, but the latter is very different in the form of the
shell and aperture. Dedicated to Mr. Sanderson Smith, by whom
it was dredged.
Rotella cryptospira Verriii, sp. nov.
Shell minute, strongly depressed, with the spire not at all elevated
and mostly concealed by the overlap] ng of the last whorl. Surface
smooth and polished, without any lines of growth. The last whorl
constitutes nearly the entire shell, overlaping and nearly concealing
the previous whorls, but sometimes leaving a slight central depression
in which the minute spire is imperfectly visible. Base flattened or
but slightly convex ; the umbilical region is completely covered by a
242 A. M Yerrill — Mollusca of the Neio England Coast.
small smooth callus. The aperture is oblicjue, nearly circular,
encroached upon a little by the body-whorl. The lip is slightly
thickened, with the margin rounded. In some specimens there is a
slight, angular, posterior sinus, at the suture, and sometimes the
inner lip is a little thickened in the umbilical region. Color of all
our specimens white, but none of them appear to have been living,
although many are fi'esh and have a polished surface.
Greatest diameter, 2-5™™; height, 1-5""° ; diameter of the aperture,
about 1""".
Off Cape Hatteras, station 2109, in 142 fathoms (No. 35,731), about
thirty specimens.
This species bears some resemblance to H. anomala D'Orb., but is
peculiar in having the whorls of the spire concealed, or nearly so, by
the last whorl.
Ethalia multistriata VerriU, sp. uov.
Rotella striata? D'Orbigny, Moll. Cuba, atlas, pi. 18, figs. 29-31.
This shell, although resembling in most respects that figured by
D'Orbigny, differs in being more depressed, with a lower spire and
less prominent base. The spiral lines are much finer and more
numerous, and the inner lip is distinctly thickened opposite the
umbilicus.
Shell small, much depressed, with the spire rising but very little
above the body-whorl, and with the base distinctly flattened.
Whorls about three and one half, separated by a distinct and slightly
impressed suture. The upper side of each whorl is depressed, but the
periphery is very convex and obtusely rounded. The nuclear whorl
is moderately large, smooth, translucent, and regularly coiled. The
entire upper surface,, below the nucleus, and most of the base, are
covered by very numerous fine, impressed, revolving lines, with
interspaces which are a little wider than the lines themselves. On
the inner half of the base, around the umbilicus, the spiral lines are
obsolete. Just below the suture there is a stronger groove or slight
depression, defining a small, subsutural, slightly raised ridge. The
surface is also covered with very fine, but distinct, impressed lines of
growth, which, in crossing the spiral lines, give them a slightly wavy
or })unctate appearance, and sometimes produce a minute and feeble
reticulated structure. The aperture is very oblique, broader than
long, with the anterior border somewhat flattened, the outer side
very convex, and with a slight, angular, posterior corner, or sutural
sinus, below which the body-whorl projects slightly into the aperture,
.1. E. Verrill — Molhisca of the Nevi England Coast. 243
while the columella-margin is regularly excurved. The inner lip is
continued across the body-whorl in the form of a thin, closely adhe-
rent callus deposit ; the columella-margin, in advance of the umbili-
cus, is distinctly thickened, but does not form a tooth, nor a distinct
angle. The umbilicus is moderately large and deep, showing part of
the whorls.
Height of the largest specimen, 2*5'""; breadth, 4*5'"™; length of
aperture, i-?"""; breadth, 2'""'.
Oft Cape Hatteras, station 2109, in 142 fathoms, sixteen specimens,
all dead, but fresh (No. 35,733).
This species resembles Rotella striata D'Orb. It is a much more
depressed shell than he figures, and the spiral lines appear to be
much more numerous and finer, nor does his figures show any distinct
thickening of the columella-margin.
Notes o's Species previously recorded.
Mastigoteuthis Agassizii Yerriii.
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. \riii, p. 100, pi. 1, fig. 1 ; pi. 2, figs. 2, 3-3e, 1881.
These Transactions, vol. v, p. 297, pi. 47, pi. 49, figs. 2, 3-3e, 1881.
Additional specimens of this species were taken in 1883, at station
2050, in 1050 fathoms; station 2072, in 858 fathoms; station 2076,
in 906 fathoms.
It bad not previously been taken by the Fish Commission,
Chiroteuthis lacertosa Yerriii.
These Transactions, vol. v, pages 299, 408, 450, pi. 47, figs. 1, \h; pi. 56, figs. 1-1/.
Additional specimens of this species have been taken at station
2074, in 1309 fathoms; station 2098, in 2221 fathoms; station 2094,
in 1022 fathoms, and mutilated arms from a fish stomach, from station
2099, in 2949 fathoms.
Calliteuthis reversa Verriii.
These Transactions, vol. v, p. 295, pi. 46, figs. 1-16, 1881.
Additional specimens of this species were taken in 1883, at station
2034, in 1346 fathoms; station 2039, in 2369 fathoms; station 2041,
in 1608 fathoms (head only) ; station 2076, in 906 fathoms.
The young specimen of this species, from station 2076, has one of
the tentacular arms preserved. These arms have been absent in all
the other specimens that I have examined, and seem to be very easily
detached. In this example the tentacular arm is long, very slender.
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 31 July, 1884.
244 A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the New England Coast.
being about twice the length of the sessile arms, and not half as thick
at the base as the smallest of the sessile arms. The proximal half is
strongly flattened, and tapers from the base outwardly. The distal
half is much more slender and is somewhat angular or triquetral,
becoming somewhat sub-cylindrical and very slender toward the
club, which is well developed, narrow-lanceolate in form, somewhat
expanded toward the base, and gradually tapered to the tip. The
slender distal half of the arm bears a row of very small, rather dis-
tant, smooth edged, sessile suckers, alternating with minute tubercles
on its inner surface ; these are evidently intended, as in allied genera,
for attaching the two arms together. Close to the base of the club,
these sessile suckers become closer and more numerous. The club
itself bears, on its broader, basal portion, about six rows of suckers.
One row, which is nearly central, consists of about seven, rather
broad, cup-shaped suckers, decidedly larger than any of the others,
and of these, three central ones are decidedly the largest ; their horny
rings are very finely and sharply denticulate around the entire margin,
which is but little oblique ; just below the horny ring there is a con-
striction, and the body of the sucker is considerably swollen. Alter-
nating with these are other similar, but smaller, suckers, forming a
second median row ; on each side of these are two marginal rows of
still smaller and somewhat more oblique, cup-shaped suckers. The
distal half of the club is crowdedly covered with numerous, small
suckers, which are apparently arranged in six rows, and decrease
gradually in size to the tip of the club, the number of rows appar-
ently decreasing to four, and the size becoming very minute near the
tip, which is very narrow, simple, and, in this specimen, strongly
curled spirally. These tentacular arms differ in color from the rest
of the arms, the inner surface being orange, the edges yellowish
white, and the outer surface covered with definite orange-brown
chromatophores, while the other arms are darker externally, owing
to the much more crowded chromatophores, and are covered with
prominent verructe, each of which is marked on one side with dark
brown, while the tip is white ; the inner surface of the sessile arms
is deep brown, and the suckers are white at base, tinged with orange-
brown near the margin. The general color of the body and head is
like that of the outer surface of the arms, but as in the original speci-
men, the color is much deeper and the verructx3 more numerous on
the ventral surface than above. The caudal fin is thin, translucent,
and destitute of color, except close to the base, where there are a few
orange-brown chromatophores. The lobes of the fin extend back
A. E. Verrill — Mollu^ca of the NeAC En.glmul Coast. 245
considerably beyond the end of the body on each side, but are united
to its extreme tip, leaving a distinct notch beyond the end of the
tail. Each half of the caudal fin, taken by itself, is somewhat trian-
gular in form, with the angles rounded, or rather it is between semi-
circular and triangular, the length longitudinally being decidedly
greater than the distance from the base to the lateral border.
The specimen above described is 27™"' long, from the end of the
body to the front edge of mantle, above ; length, from end of body
to base of dorsal arms, 34"""; breadth of body and head, 12""°;
breadth across caudal fin, 18™"'; length of caudal fin. 9"^"' ; length of
third pair of arms, 20™"'; length of tentacular arm, 67'""'.
Brachioteuthis Beanii Verriii.
These Transactions, vol. v, p. 406, pi. 50, figs. 3-36; pL 56, figs. 2-2«, 1881.
An additional specimen, considerably mutilated and apparently
from a fish stomach, was taken at station 2115, ofi" Cape Hatteras, in
843 fathoms.
Desmoteuthis tenera Vemii.
These Transactions, vol. v, p. 412, pi. 55, figs. 2-2c?; pi. 56, fig. 3, 1881.
An additional specimen of this species was obtained in 1883, at
station 2034, in 1346 fathoms.
The original specimen was taken in 388 fathoms.
Rossia megaptera Yerriii.
These Transactions, vol. v, p. 349, pi. 38, fig. 1 ; pi. 46, fig. 6, 1881.
Body large, stout, swollen, well rounded posteriorly, longer than
broad ; integument entirely smooth and soft, but not flabby ; fins
large, not very prominent, most so in front of the center, thick, soft,
and fleshy, colored like the body ; the line of attachment extends
from near the front edge of the mantle to about the posterior fifth
of the body, the anterior end being more dorsal than the posterior ;
the front end of the fin is free at base and projects forward con-
siderably beyond the edge of the mantle in a broad, rounded lobe;
the outer edge of the fin forms a very broad, even curve, narrowing
backward and closely adherent to the body posteriorly. The front
dorsal edge of the mantle extends forward in the middle region in a
very obtuse angle, and receding in a broad, sinuous curve behind the
eyes, it advances again below the eyes, and recedes to form a broad
ventral notch below the siphon. The head is very large, as broad as
246 A. K Verrill — Molhisca of the Neto England Coast.
the body, or even broader, with very large prominent eyes ; lower
lid prominent, a little everted, not much tliickened ; pupils large,
surrounded with a black circle in the preserved specimen. Siphon
large, stout at base, rapidly tapering to a small tip. The basal web
between the arms is short, extending farthest between the 3d and
4th pairs of arms. The arms are rather large, stout, well-i'ounded
externally; those of the 3d and 4th pairs are larger than the others;
the 1st and 2d pairs nearly equal ; all the arms bear two crowded
rows of suckers, which are similar in size and arrangement on all the
arms, and decrease regularly to the tips. These suckers are mode-
rately large, oblong, very oblique, with a very small orifice ; the
suckers are thickly specked with small chromatophores, except on
the under surface. Alternating with the suckers, on each side there
are rather large, fleshy, triangular, oblique, marginal lobes, the acute
inner ends running in between the suckers. The tentacular arms are
large, rather long and stout, but more slender than the other arms,
triquetral, with rounded corners, and nearly destitute of chromato-
phores ; the terminal club is scarcely as wide as the rest of the arm,
rather long, nari'ow-lanceolate in form, tapering to a blunt tip ;
along the upper margin of the arm, opposite the commencement of
the suckers, but well separated from them, there is a sharp, elevated
crest or keel, which does not extend to the tip of the arm ; the
suckers are very small, much smaller than those of the sessile arms,
cup-shaped, nearly equal, very numerous, forming eight or more indis-
tinct, crowded rows.
The color is nearly the same over all parts of the body, head and
outer surfaces of the sessile arms, except on the lower surface of the
head around the base of the siphon, where it is paler. This color in
alcoholic specimens is dark brownish purple, due to large numbers of
rather large irregular chromatophores scattered on a yellowish
white ground-color. The sui-face in many parts, especially around
the eyes and on the dorsal surface of the body, has a glaucous blue
tint ; the under surface of the head, around the siplion, the tip of
the siphon, and the inner surfaces of the arms and siackers are
yellowish white, with small scattered chromatophores, which become
more numerous on the exposed surfaces of the suckers; outer sur-
faces of the arms like the body. The tentacular arras throughout
are yellowish white, witli the exception of a few scattered chromato-
phores on the outer surface.
A. E. Verrill — Mollitsca of the New England Coast. 247
Measurements.
Length to end of sessile arms 123"".
Length of body 52
Length of head to base of dorsal
arms - _ 24
Breadth across body and fins 76
Breadth of body 40
Breadth of head 44
Diameter of eyes 25
Diameter of pupil. 8
Length of fins, longitudinally 40
Length of insertion of fins. 35
Breadth of fins, transversely 18
Insertion of fin to front edge of
mantle 9
Length of dorsal arms 43"",
Length of 2d pair 45
Length of 3d pair 50
Length of 4th pair 49
Length of tentacular arms 75
Length of club 18
Breadth of club 4
Diameter of tentacular arms 4 to 5
Diameter of largest suckers of ses-
sile arms 1-5
Diameter of dorsal arms 6
Diameter of lateral arms 6"5
Diameter of largest suckers 2
Station 1124, in 640 fathoms, off Martha's Vineyard, 1882.
The only specimen previously known was from off Newfoundland,
in about 150 fathoms, probably from a fish stomach.
AllopOSUS mollis Verrill.
American Joum. Sci., vol. xx, p. 394, 1880; these Transactions, vol. v, p. 366, pi.
50, figs. 1, la, 2, 2a, pi. 51, figs. 3, 4.
This species was taken by the Albatross, in 1883, at station 2034,
in 1346 fathoms, one young; station 2036, in 1735 fathoms, frag-
ments; station 2037, in 1731 fathoms (one arm).
At station 2034, in 1346 fathoms, a very young female specimen
of this species was taken by the Albatross in 1883. In form and
general appearance it differs but little from the large specimens
described and figured by me. But the body is relatively shorter and
broader, and the chromatophores are larger, more regularly scattered
and more distinct.
Total length, 29'^'" ; length of mantle beneath, 10"""; length of
body and head to front side of eye, 17^™ j breadth of body, 13™™.
Argonanta argo Linne.
YSrrill, these Transactions, vol. v, pp. 364, 420.
Plate XXVIII, figures 1, la, 1&.
A young living specimen of this species was captured while swim-
ming at the surface, about 100 miles south of the eastern end of Long
Island, by Dr. Kite, surgeon of the Fish Hawk. From this specimen,
after it had been in too strong alcohol for two or three days, the fig-
ures on Plate xxviii were made. Owing to the strength of the
248 A. M Verrill—3I(AlHSca of the New Ertfjland Coast.
alcoliol tlie expanded distal portion of the dorsal arms were very
badly shriveled. The color of this example, in alcohol, was deejj
purplish brown above, paler beneath, the chromatophores being most
crowded on the upper surface and having a tendency to be arranged
so as to form small ocellated spots or circles, which, however, were
not very distinct in the preserved specimen.
Octopus piscatorum Verrill.
American Joiirn. Sci., vol. xviii, p. 470, IStS; these Transactions, vol. v, p. 377,
pi. 36, figs. 1, 2, 1881.
A good specimen of this species was taken by the Albatross at
station 2035, in 1362 fathoms.
Previously all the specimens known had been received from the
Gloucester fishermen, who had taken them on the banks off Nova
Scotia and Newfoundland.
Eledone verrucosa v^erriu.
Bull. Mus. Comp. ZooL, vol. viii, p. 105, pis. 5 and 6, 1881; these Transactions,
vol. V, p. 380, pis. 52 and 53, 1881.
A large male was taken by the Fish Hawk in 1882, at station 1123,
off Nantucket, in 787 fathoms. It was taken in 1883 by the Alba-
tross at station 2050, in 1050 fathoms; station 2051, in 1106 fathoms;
station 2077, in 1255; station 2102, in 1209 fathoms.
The male, from station 1123, which is larger than the one orig-
inally described, had lost the left arms of the 1st and 2d pairs; the
former was in process of being reproduced in the form of a small,
conical, white process, with a small row of minute suckers.
The body, while still living, was provided with a fold of skin
along the sides and around the posterior end ; the back was covered
with small papilUe, not very distinct while living, and not so large
as in the original specimens. The arms were nearly smooth. The
lower eyelid was papillose and dark purple in color. The web be-
tween the arms, while living, was broader than described in the
original examples ; the marginal membrane extended to the tips of
the arms, and was broadest on the ventral side, so that the tips of the
arms were strongly curled by the contraction of the membrane. The
hectocotylized arm bears but thirty-nine suckers proximal ,to the
modified tip; the papilla at the base of the modified tip is prom-
inent, conical, Avith a white groove; the terminal appendage is
crossed by about seven faint transverse folds. The color was dark
purplish brown, with obscure roundish lighter spots on the dorsal
A. E. Verrill — MoUusca of the Neio England Coast. 249
surface, mostly surrounding the verruca?. Although still alive, when
brought on deck, this specimen was, of course, much injured, and
lived only for a short time.
Three of the specimens taken by the Albatross are smaller than
any previously seen, but have the same general character as the large
ones. In life the verrucse showed but slightly.
Measurements of the large male specimen above described :
Total length 292"
From tip of body to center of eye 7 8
Breadth of the body 75
Breadth of head across the eyes. 72
Length of dorsal arms from mouth 235
Length of 2nd pair of arms 250
Length of 3rd pair of arms (left
side 222
Length of hectocotylized arm 157
Length of modified tip 11
Length of spoon-shaped organ . . 7
Length of ventral arms 197
Greatest breadth of the lateral
arms 15
Diameter of the largest sucker. 5
Stauroteuthis syrtensis Verrill.
American Journ. Sci., vol. xviii, p. 468, 1879; these Transactions, vol. v, p. 382,
pi. 32, figs. 1-5, 1881.
The Albatross took a very young specimen of this remarkable
species at station 2034, in 1346 fathoms.
The total length of this specimen is 21"'"; length of head and
body, 11™™; length of one of the fins, from base to tip, 9"""; from
front to back edge, 3™™, In all essential characters this young-
specimen agrees well with the larger mutilated specimen originally
described by me. The siphon and branchial opening have the same
remarkable form and structure. The interbrachial membrane is
nearly as broad as the length of the arms, and as a broad margin,
extends to their tips.
The only specimen previously known was taken by the Gloucester
fishermen, on Banquereau, off Nova Scotia, in about 250 fathoms.
Bela mitrula Loven.
Bela concinnula Verrill, these Transactions, vol. v, p. 468, pi. 43, fig. 15 ; pi. 57,
fig. 11.
Bela mitrula Bush, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. vi, p. 237, 1883.
Dr. H. Friele has sent me typical specimens of Bela mitrula
Loven, from the coast of Norway, which appear to be perfectly
identical with my Bela concinnula^ var. acuta, which is found on
the American coast from off Cape Cod to Labrador. Since the
typical concinnula seems to be ouly a variety of the same species,
it may be best to designate it as Bela mitrula, var. concinnula,
250 A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the Neio England Coast.
Bela Sarsii Veniii.
Verrill, these Transactions, vol. v, p. 484, 1881.
Bush, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. vi, p. 237, pi. 9, fig. 8, 1883.
Miss Bush has recorded this species from Labrador, at Forteau
Bay, L'anse a_u Loup, in 10 to 20 fathoms, and from Murray Bay,
mouth of the St. Lawrence River,
These specimens agree well with those fi"om the Norwegian coast.
This species is closely allied to £. hnjyressa Morch, from Spitz-
bersren.
Pleurotomella bandella (Daii).
Pleurotoma (Mangilia) bandella Dall, op. cit., p. 59, 1881.
Pleurotomella Biomedece Verrill, this volume, p. 152, 1884.
Plate XXXI, pigubes 5, 5a.
After the earlier pages of this article had been printed I had an
opportunity to compare our species of Pleurotomidse with those
obtained by the Blake Expedition in the West Indian seas, and now
in the hands of Mr. Dall, who has described most of them, and who
kindly aided me in making the comparisons.
The species described above as P. Diomedece appears, on com-
parison of the type-specimens, to be identical with P. bandella
Dall. The other species described by Mr. Dall all appear to be
distinct from those described by me, but our P. Emertoni (p. 154)
is identical with one of his undescribed species.
Mangilia cerina (Kurtz and Stimpson) Verrill.
These Transactions, vol. v, p. 488, fig. 1, 1881.
Plate XXIX, figures 16, 16rt.
Animal translucent white, with flake-white specks on the foot and
other parts. Foot short, truncate, or obtusely rounded in front, with
the angles little or not at all prominent. Tentacles rather long,
very slender, with conspicuous black eyes close to the ends, the tips
extending slightly beyond the eyes, as small papilhe. Head small.
No operculum.
Found living in Buzzard's i>ay, at Quisset, Mass., in 3-5 fathoms,
Sept, 4, 1882,
A. E. Yerrill — Moltusca of the JSFeio England Coast. 251
Taranis Morchii, var. tornatus Veniii, nov.
Two specimens from station 2077, in 1255 fathoms, arc somewhat
stouter than those previously obtained, and have the principal carina,
forming the shoulder, larger and more prominent than usual, but it
bears only very minute tubercles, corresponding to the very fine and
close riblets which cross the wide and abruptly sloping subsutural
band obliquely, and are about twice as numerous and much finer
than in the ordinary variety. On the last whorl there are about six
prominent, distant, revolving cinguli below the shoulder, besides
some faint ones on the base of the canal ; the space between the
uppermost of these and the shoulder-carina is greater than usual.
The lines of growth are much finer than in the ordinary form and
do not take the appearance of riblets on the last whorl, nor do they
render the cinguli nodulous. The suture is sharply impressed, and
the raised revolving line usually present just below the suture is
absent. This form, therefore, is characterized by the relative pre-
dominance of the spiral sculpture over the transverse, and by the
absence of distinct nodnles at the crossing of the two systems of
lines.
Length, 5"^™ ; breadth, 3""'' ; length of aperture, 2-6'"'" ; its bi-eadth,
Tinm
Sipho lividus (Morch).
Verrill, these Transactions, vol. v, p. 507, 1881
Bush, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. vi, p. 238, pi, 9, fig. 12, 1883.
Miss Bush has recorded this species from Labrador, at Henley
Harbor and Dead Island, in 1 to 8 fathoms.
The figure referred to represents the same form as that which was
described by me from the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and which has been
referred by Whiteaves and others to S. Spitzbei'gensis.
TritonofusTis cretaceus (Reeve.)
Tritonofusus Kroyeri Verrill, these Transactions, vol. v, p. 510 {non Moller.)
Tritonofusus cretaceus Bnsh, Proc. IT. S. Nat. Miis., vol. vi, p. 238, 1883.
Miss Bush has recorded this species from Labrador, in 3 to 10
fathoms.
A comparison of our American shell with specimens of the true
7. Kroyeri, from the coast of Norway, sent to me by Dr. Friele,
shows that they are two entirely distinct species.
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 32 July, 1884.
252 A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the New England Coast.
YolutopsiUS NorvegiCUS (Chemn.) Morch.
Verrill, these Transactions, vol. v, p. 511, 1881.
Shell ovate in outline, with a large expanded mouth. Spire short ;
Avhorls five, rapidly eidarging. Nuclear whorls smooth, rather large,
mammilliform, making the spire obtuse at tip, the two first whorls
increasing but little in breadth. The body-whorl is very large, with
the shoulder well rounded, suture well-marked. Aperture large,
almost semicircular, the outer lip regularly curved, the margin
everted and sharp. Columella with a concave bend in the middle
and a slightly prominent twisted lobe at the base of the siphon, which
is short, broad, open, and but slightly curved. No obvious sculpture,
except rather conspicuous lines of growth, parallel with the edge of
the lip. A large, smooth, glazed area in front of the columella on
the body-whorl. Color externally white, tinged with brown ; nucleus
yellowish ; interior pink, the edge of the lip flesh-coloi-.
Length, 72"^™ ; breadth, 44™™ ; length of aperture, 54™'" ; its
breadth, 24"'™ ; diameter of the first nuclear whorl, 6™"\
From the Flemish Cap, E. of Grand Bank, in 75 fathoms, Wm,
Garrett, 1878.
Buccinum Tottenii stimpson.
Verrill, these Transactions, vol. v, p. 496, 1881.
Bush, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. vi, p. 239, pi. 9, fig. 13, 1883.
This species has been recorded by Miss Bush from Henley Harbor
and Temple Bay, Labrador, in 8 to 15 fathoms.
The excellent figure referred to, illustrates the typical, well devel-
oped form of this species.
Anachis Haliaeeti (Jeffreys).
Columhella haliceeti Jeffreys, Brit. Conch., iv, p. 35G, 18G7.
Anachis Haliceeti Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci., vii, pp. 405, 503, 1874.
Pyrene coslulata Gr. 0. Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norvegi;c, p. 252, pi. 23, fig. IG [non
Fusus cQstulatns Cantraine.)
Anachis costulata Verrill, these Transactions, vol. v, p. 513, pi. 43, fig. 7.
Columhella, haliceeti Jeftreys, Proc. Zoo!. Soc. London, for 1883, p. 392 (synonymy.)
Although Mr. Jeflfreys, in some of his recent papers, followed
Monterosato and G. O. Sars in the identification of this species with
the Eiisus costulatus of Cantraine, in the paper last quoted he states
that the true F. costiilatus belongs to the genus Pleurotoma. He
therefore restores the name, JTalimetl^ for this species, T have no
A. E. Verrill — 3Iollusca of the New England Coast. 253
reason to doubt the correctness of this decision, and therefore follow
him in making- this cliange,
Dolium Bairdii Ven-ill and Smith (MSS.)
Verrill, these Transactions, vol. v, p. 515.
Plate XXIX, figures 2, 2a, 26.
This species was taken in 1882 at station 1092, in 202 fathoms, one
young dead ; station 1097, in 158 fathoms, two young dead, with large
fragments; station 1109, in 89 fathoms, one young dead; station
1113, in 192 fathoms, one living; and fragments were also taken at
stations 1117, 1120, 1121, and 1151, in 89 to 234 fathoms. An.
unusually large living specimen was taken by the Albatross at
station 2004, K lat. 37° 19' 45", W. long. 74° 26', in 98 fathoms,
March 23d, 1883 (No. 35,655).
Mr. Dall thinks this species is identical with one from the Medi-
terranean.
Assiminia modes ta (Lea) Yerriii.
Cingula modesta H. C. Lea, Proc. Boston See. Nat. Hist., i, p. 205, 1845; Boston
Journ. Nat. Hist., v, p. 288, pi. 24, fig. 5, 1845.
Assiminia Grayana Verrill, Amer. Journ. Sci., xx, p. 250, September, 1880 {7wn
Leach); Trans. Conn. Acad., v, p. 525, pi. 58, fig. 1, 1882.
Shell small, conical, with a regularly tapering, acute spire, with a
smooth, somewhat glossy surface, usually light chestnut-brown in
color. Whorls about six in the largest specimens, moderately
convex, with the sutui-e well impressed, but not deep, usually show-
ing by translucency an internal sutural line just below the suture.
There is no distinct sculpture unless microscopic and very indistinct
lines of growth. Apical whorl very minute, regularly spirally coiled,
slightly prominent, so as to produce a very acute apex. Last whorl
very large, somewhat swollen, forming more than half the length of
the shell. Base moderately produced, without any umbilicus, and
destitute of sculpture. Aperture short-ovate, with an acute angle
posteriorly, broadly rounded in front, with the inner margin oblique
and only slightly sinuous ; the outer lip is thin and sharp, convex
and evenly rounded ; the columella-margin is excurved, with the
edge thickened and slightly everted, closely covering the umbilical
region ; it joins the anterior margin in a regular curve and continues
along the margin of the body-whorl in a slightly sinuous line, form-
ing there a distinct but closely adherent inner lip, consisting of a
thin deposit continuous with the deposit of the umbilical region.
Operculum subspiral, translucent, chestnut-brown. The shell is
254 A. E. Verrill — 3Iollusca of the Neio Emjland Coast.
usually light chestnut-brown, more or less lustrous, somewhat trans-
lucent, but it is sometimes tinged with greenish or grayish brown,
in color conforming to the sea-weeds on which it lives.
Length of the largest specimens, about 3'"" ; breadth, 2™°' ; length
of body-whorl, about 2'"'"; of aperture, about 1""".
Newport, R. I., at high water mark, among decayed sea-weed
1880; Huntington, L. I., between tides, (coll. Telkampff) ; near
Brooklyn (Lea.)
This species, when found by me in 1880, was identified with A.
Grayana^ but the specimens obtained at that time were immature.
An examination of larger and more mature specimens, from Hunting-
ton, L. I., and a direct comparison with a series of specimens of
A.lGrai/ana, sent to me by the Rev. A. M. Norman, has convinced
me that, though closely related, they must be considered distinct
species, unless A. Grayana be more variable than is indicated by
European writers. Our species, when with the same number of
whorls, is less than half the size of A. Grayana, and it has, propor-
tionally, a much more slender form, with a more acute spire and
more minute nucleus. The aperture is much smaller and narrower
and the whole shell is much more delicate in form and texture. The
color is a. clearer chestnut-brown than any of the European specimens
which I have seen, though this is, perhaps, a character of no great
importance. In habits and in the situations in which it is found, it
agrees precisely with the European species, with which it also agrees
in' the structure of the soft parts, as shoAvn by the figure formerly
published by me.
Eulima stenostoma Jeffreys.
Verrill, these Transactions, vol. v, p. 536.
This species, not previously known on our coast south of the
Gulf of St. Lawrence, was taken in 1888 by the Albatross at stations
2043, 20:6, 2084, 2096, 2103, in 906 to 1467 fathoms, and at station
2115 off Cape Hatteras, in 843 fathoms.
Margarita regalis Verrill.
These Transactions, vol. v, p. 530, pi. 57, fig. 37.
Specimens of this species were taken by the Albatross considerably
exceeding in size those originally described by me. By Jetfreys
(Proc. Zool. Soc. London for 1883, p. 98) this species has been iden-
tified as Trochus Ottoi Philip])!,* which he also considers identical
* Trochus OUoi Pliilippi, Moll. Sic, vol. ii, p. 227, pi. 28, fig. 0.
A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the New England Coast. 255
with T. rhysus and T. ceglees Watson and T. Vaillanti Fischer.
The first named is fossil in the Pliocene of Calabria and Sicily. The
recent form has been taken off the European coast, from off the Faroe
Islands to the Bay of Biscay and Mediterranean, and by the
Challenger in the West Indies, off St. Thomas.
The typical specimen of T. ceglees Watson, which I have examined,
although having some resemblance to our shell, differs so much in
many respects that, considered by themselves, they certainly appear
to me very distinct species. I have not seen the fossil T. Ottoi,
and am, therefore, unable to expi'ess any decided opinion as to the
identity of the recent and fossil forms, especially as Mr. Jeffreys
himself admits a considerable amount of variation in respect to the
sculpture and umbilicus. These forms are doubtless closely allied,
if not identical. T. ceglees appears to be nearer our M. lamellosa^
with which Mr. Dall has even united it.
Cyclostrema Dalli Verriii, var. ornatum, nov.
Cyclostrema Dalli Yerrill, these Transactions, vol. v, p. 513, pi. 57, fig. 39.
Plate XXXII, figure 17.
Among the specimens of this species there is one from station 2115,
in 843 fathoms (No. 35,610) which, although agreeing in form and
condition of the umbilical region with the original type, is very
peculiarly marked on the base by thin, imj^ressed lines, running
obliquely and crossing the concentric spiral lines at a large angle,
so as to produce a sort of " herring-bone " pattern as shown in our
figure. This form, if persistent, should undoubtedly receive a varietal
name. It may therefore be designated provisionally as var. ornatum.
This species would probably belong to the genus Tharsis, accord-
ing to Jeffreys' classification, but as already stated, I doubt the
validity of that generic division.
Fissurella Tanneri Vorriii.
Proc. U. S. National Mus., vol. v, p. 333, 1882.
Plate XXIX, figures 13, 13a.
This species is closely allied to Fissurella redimicula Say,*
originally described from the Miocene of Maryland. The latter,
however, judging from three specimens which I have examined, is
distinct, although it is probably the direct ancestral form from which
the modern species has been derived. The fossil specimens are
* Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., iv, p. 132, pi. 8, fig. 1, 1824.
256 A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the New England Coast.
relatively shorter and broader and more regularly elliptical than the
recent ones, as well as higher and more conical ; they also have the
aperture more central. In sculpture the two forms are very similar,
but the fossil specimens have the sculpture decidedly coarser, with
the radiating lines stouter, more elevated, and more unequal, one
sti'onger rib alternating usually with three to five smaller ones,
while in E. Ta)tneri no such marked inequality exists. The apical
pore and the internal callus are very similar in the two shells, but
the pore is perhaps a little larger in the living foi-m. A larger series
of both the living and the fossil form might, however, show that
they are both variable, and possibly grade into one another.
Addisonia paradoxa Daii.
Verrill, these Transactions, vol. v, p. 533.
Plate XXIX, figures 10, 11, 11a, 115.
Mr. Dall has called my attention to the remarkable peculiarities in
the structure of the animal of the male, which differs widely in
appearance from the female (see our fig. 11 J), owing to the fact that
the large verge is closely united at base with the right tentacle.
Additional specimens were taken in 1882, living, at stations 1098,
1109, 1110, 1124, in 89 to 040 fathoms; and in 1883, at station 2011,
in 81 fathoms, off Chesapeake Bay.
Choristes elegans, var. tenera Verrill.
These Transactions, vol. v, p. 541, pi. 58, figs. 27, 27«.
Plate XXIX, figures 9, 9a, 9&.
This species was taken in 1882 at station 1096, in 317 fathoms;
station 1124, in 640 fathoms; and 1154, in 193 fathoms (one dead).
At station 1124 about twenty-five living specimens occurred in the
empty egg-case of a skate {Raia sp.), in the same manner as those
taken in 1881. They were associated with a limpet, PropilkUum
pertenue ? Jeffreys,
Young specimens of various sizes occurred in these instances with
the adults. Three of these young specimens are figured on our plate
29. The youngest examples noticed coiisisted of about one and a
half whorls ; these are very small, white, regularly coiled, with the
whoils well-i'ounded and increasing rapidly in size. The apeilure is
nearly round and somewhat oblicpie, with the li]) perfectly continu-
ous. Tlic uiiibilicus is rather large and open and shows the previous
wliorls to the apex.
A. K Verrill — Molhisoa q/ tlie New England Coast. 251
Cadulns Jeffreysii? MonteroKato.
Verrill, these Transactions, vol. v, p. 559, 1882.
A number of good specimens, referred to this species with doubt,
were taken off Cape Hatteras, at station 2115, in 843 fathoms.
These are pretty regularly fusiform and taper gradually to both
ends, the posterior end being decidedly smaller than the anterior.
The inner or ventral side is usually nearly straight, but often some-
what concave, while the outer or dorsal side is pretty strongly and
nearly regularly curved. The aperture is decidely obliquely trun-
cated, but is nearly circular in a direct end-view. These specimens
differ, therefore, from C. Jeffreysii, as figured and described by Jef-
freys, in being less swollen medially, and more regularly tapered
posteriorly, and especially in not being suddenly contracted and
curved near the posterior end, as figured by him. It is possible,
however, that these differences may be only unimportant variations,
and I therefore refer this shell, for the present, to the European
species.
Our specimens are mostly 5'"'" in length, and about I""" broad, in
the middle.
Cadulus propinquiis? G. o. Sars.
Verrill, these Transactions, vol. v, p. 558, pi. 58, figs. 31, 32, 1882.
This species, like the last, is referred to the corresponding Euro-
pean form with much doubt. It differs especially in having the oral
aperture decidedly obliquely truncated, while in the European R.
propinquus it is described as not at all oblique, and this character is
made an important one by Mr. Jeffreys. Our specimens are consid-
erably smaller, more swollen dorsally, and relatively stouter than
those we have referred to Jeffreysii.
The shell is short-fusiform, considerably swollen in the middle,
and nearly evenly curved on the dorsal side, while the ventral side is
usually nearly straight, but sometimes slightly concave, and usually
slightly convex in the middle. The anterior end is gradually
tapered from the middle to the aperture, which is rather large,
decidedly oblique, nearly round in a front view, though often
slightly compressed laterally. Behind the middle the shell tapers
more rapidly to the posterior aperture, which is about two-thirds the
diameter of the oral. Usually the posterior opening is simple, or
nearly so, and transversely truncated, but in some specimens there
is a shallow lateral notch on each side. The surface is polished and
lustrous.
258 A. E. Verrill — 3Iollusca of the New England Coast.
Length, 3""" ; greatest diameter, -8""". Some specimens are more
slender tlian the ones measured.
No additional specimens have been taken since those already
recorded from the collections of 1880 and 1881.
Mytilimeria lieXUOSa Verrill and Smitli, MSS.
Verrill, Amer. Journ. Sci., xxii, p. 306, 1881 ; xxiv, p. 3C5, 1882; these Transac-
tions, vol. V, p. 567, pi. 58, fig. 38, 1882.
The animal of this shell, in alcohol, has a small and short anal
tube, surrounded by small papillae, and a very much larger incurrent
orifice, occupying a ventral position and surrounded by numerous
long and large tentacle-like papillae; the orifice for the foot is small;
the edge of the mantle is bordered by very small papillae There is
a slender, translucent byssus. The hinge-ligament is strengthened
by a distinct ossicle, placed lengthwise, more or less ovate in form,
with the smaller end next to the hinge-teeth, and somewhat trun-
cated.
Additional specimens were taken at station 1093, in 349 fathoms,
1882 (two living), and at station 2079, in 75 fathoms, 1883 (one
large dead shell).
Pecchiolia gemma Verriii.
These Transactions, vol. v, p. 565, 1882.
Plate XXX, figures 7. 8.
Ossicle longitudinal, with the posterior end broadest and notched
in the middle, the narrower anterior end truncated.
Three additional specimens of this species were taken at station
1(»9;4, in 349 fathoms, 1882 ; living specimens were also taken in 1883
at stations 207() and 2078, in 906 and 499 fathoms; and dead valves
at station 2077, in 1255 fathoms; station 2084, in 1290 fathoms;
and station 2079, in 75 fathoms.
Venericardia granulata Say.
Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., vol. iv, p. 142, pi. 12, fif?. 1, 1824.
Cardita granulata Conrad, Fossils of the Medial Tertiary of the U. S., p. 12, ])1. 7,
fig. 1, 1838.
Cardita borealis Conrad, Amer. Mar. Conch., p. 39. pi. 8, fig. 1, 1831.
Gould, Invert. Mass;, Binney's edition, p. 146, fig. 455.
A direct comparison of fossil specimens from the Miocene of Vir-
ginia with a large series of recent specimens from various localities
alorig our coast, both northern and southern, sIioavs that the fossil
■ A. E. Verrill — Mollxisca of the Nevi England Coast. 259
form cannot be regarded as specifically distinct from the recent
shells. The latter show much greater differences among themselves
than those that distinguish the fossil from the ordinary form, known
as Y. horealis, while all the variations are connected together by
intermediate forms.
I also consider V. JVovanglice Morse, a mere variation of this com-
mon and vai'iable species, hardly to be distinguished as a variety.
It differs mainly in its thinner texture, lighter hinge-plate; and more
transverse form — characters that are due partly to immaturity and
partly to unfavorable conditions of growth.
Living shells, of the typical form of V. horealis., have been dredged
by the U. S. Fish Commission, off the eastern coast of Virginia,
where it is not uncommon, at moderate depths (57 to 150 fathoms).
Loripes lens Yerriii.
These Transactions, vol. v, p. 569, 1882.
Jeffreys, in Proc. Zool. Soc. London, for 1882, p. 685, identifies
our species with the Loripes lacteus of Europe. I am unable to
accept this identification. Although allied forms, they seem to me
as distinct as other species of this group,
Leda acuta (Conrad).
Nucula acuta Conrad, Amer. Mar. Conch., pi. 6, fig. 3.
Leda M?ica Verrill, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., iii, p. 401, 1880; these Transactions, v,
p. 572, pi. 58, fig. 41, 1882 (? non Gould).
Leda acuta Tryon, Amer. Mar. Conch., p. 182, pi. 38, fig. 496 (poor).
? Leda commutata Phiiippi.
Plate XXX, figure 15.
Although this species was referred by me to Leda nnca Gould,
later investigations have rendered this identification doubtful. It is,
however, as indicated in my former papers, probably identical with
L. acuta Conrad, which was described much earlier. By Jeffreys it
has been referred to L. fragilis (Chemn., sp.), which he considers
identical with L. commutata Phiiippi. The identification of Chem-
nitz's figure is doubtful, and moreover he was not a binomial writer ;
it is therefore useless to attempt to restore his name. Not having
seen authentic specimens of L. commutata {L. fragilis Jeffreys)
from Europe, I am unable to express any decided opinion as to its
identity with our shell. In any case, acuta seems to be the oldest
available name for our shell.
In this shell the posterior dorsal area, when seen from the dorsal
Teans. Conn. Acad., Yol. VI. 33 July, 1884.
260 A. E. Verrlll—Molhisca of the Neio England Coast.
side, is regularly elliptical and pretty clearly defined by the ridges
rimning from the beak to the posterior tip ; this area is covered by
rather prominent, thin, or somewhat lamelliform, divergent ribs,
which are regularly and rather closely arranged and somewhat nar-
rower than their interspaces, distally ; these ribs usually cover the
whole surface, close up to the dorsal edge, which forms a somewhat
prominent, sharp and nearly straight carina, but is not compressed
and thin, as in some other related species. Within the dorsal area
there is no circumscribed area, such as figured by D'Orbigny in L.
Ja^naicensis, with which Mr. Dall identifies our shell. Moreover, the
anterior lunule, rei^resented as very distinct in the latter, is obscure
and often entirely wanting in our shell. When visible at all, the
lunular area is narrow, elongated and defined only by the interrup-
tion of the concentric ribs, just before reaching the hinge-margin,
leaving a nearly smooth dorsal area between the umbos. Moreover,
on the anterior end of the shell there are two rather faint, slightly
raised ridges, or waves, a short distance apart, extending from the
beak to the anterior ventral margin, and having the area between
them slightly concave, corresponding to a flattened or slightly con-
cave space on the margin, where it terminates ; this slight undula-
tion, bordered by two small crests, is, however, usually less distinct
than represented in our figure. The posterior end is decidedly acute
with a distinct emargination below it, but the ridge, which runs
from the beak to the posterior tip, though somewhat prominent, is
obtusely rounded and decidedly less developed than in L. Jamai-
censis. The concentric ribs are clearly defined, usually very regular,
obtusely rounded, or frequently with the edge reflexed anteriorly,
and often rising into little angles or points in crossing the posterior
ridge ; the interspaces are rather deep, nearly smooth, and usually
about twice the breadth of the ribs on the sides of the shell. The
epidermis is closely adherent and usually dark olive-green.
Well-grown specimens are frequently 13""" long; 8""" broad; and
6"'"' thick ; from the beak to the posterior tip, 8""".
A species closely related to this, but evidently distinct, which is
most likely the true L. unca Gould, was dredged by the Albatross
off Cape Hatteras in 14 to 48 fathoms, in considerable numbers.
This shell is more solid, more ovate, and more swollen medially,
with the beak nearly central, the posterior end very acute, and the
posterior dorsal margin slightly concave, while the concave dorsal
area is defined by a rounded and not very prominent ridge. The
umbos are nearly smooth, polished and lustrous in the adult dead
A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the New England Coast. 261
shells, but concentrically lined in the young. The surface is else-
where covered with pretty regular and not very close, slightly
elevated concentric lamellfe, which are sometimes more or less
rellexed at the anterior end, while on the posterior dorsal area they
are thin, more elevated, nearly straight and divergent. There is no
distinctly defined lunular area, nor any definite radiating ridges
running from the beak to the anterior margin, though a very indis-
tinct undulation may sometimes be detected. The ventral margin is
pretty regularly curved and shows no indentation below the acute
posterior tip.
Amussium, sp.
Amussium fenestratum Verrill, these Transactions, vol. v, p. 582 (non Forbes).
]Mr. W. H. Dall has called my attention to the fact that the Amer-
ican specimens formerly referred by me to the species quoted are
specifically distinct from the European types. I have been able to
confirm this opinion by direct comparison of our shell with typical
specimens sent to me by the Marquis de Monterosato. Our shell
has a peculiar transverse striation on the hinge-margin not seen in
the European specimens, and not more than two internal ribs, one on
each side. The sculpture, also, is finer.
Pecten puStulOSUS YerriU.
Peden Hoskynsi and yar. pus tulosics Verrill, these Transactions, vol. v, p. 581, pi. 42,
figs. 22, 22a ; pi. 44, fig. 11 {7ion P. Hoskynsi Forbes).
By Mr. W. H. Dall, who has made a special study of the shells of
this group, our American species is believed to be distinct from the
typical Mediterranean form, with which he has been able to compare
them directly. Although they are closely similar in form and exter-
nal sculpture, our specimens difier in the hinge and in the absence of
internal radiating ribs, characteristic of the genus Amussitim, and
which are present in the true A. Hoskynsi.
Possibly P. imhrifer Loven may be identical with P. piistulosus,
and not with A. Hoskynsi, to which it has been referred. In that
case Loven's name would have priority.
Pecten Clintonius Say.
Pecten Clintonius Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., iv, p. 124, 1824, pi. 9, fig. 2.
Pecten tenuicostatus Mighels, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., i, p. 49, 1841 (young).
Pecten principoides Emmonds, Report N. C. Geol. Survey, 1858, p. 280, fig. 198.
A comparison of specimens of this Miocene species, from Surrey,
Va., with the more strongly ribbed, deep-water form hitherto
262 A. K Veirill—Mollusca of the JSfeio England Coast.
recorded by me as Pecten tenuicostatu$, var. aratus, shows that they
are in all resjiects essentially identical. In the fossil specimens the
ribs are much stronger and more regular than in ordinary specimens
of P. tenuicostattis, but not more so than in many deep-water speci-
mens taken in 65 to 125 fathoms, off Martha's Vineyard ; while
among the numerous specimens dredged by us, all gradations be-
tween the strongly ribbed form and those forms, common in shallow
water, in which the ribs are much more slender, indistinct, or almost
obsolete. The forms of the main shell and of the auricles are the
same, however, in all these varieties. The fossils, like all the recent
specimens, show the peculiar, tine, oblique striae or vermiculations
between the ribs, both on the body of the shell and on the auricles.
In the fossil specimens the ribs, especially those towards the ends of
the shell and on the auricles, are crossed by the raised lines of
growth in such a way as to form small, rather close, distinctly
arched, raised scales ; this character, which is not usually seen in the
smoother, shallow-water form, is found in many of the deep-water
specimens quite as prominently, or even more so, than in the fossil.
There being no doubt, therefore, of the identity of the fossil and
recent shells, the name, CUntonius, should be adopted for the spe-
cies, on account of its priority, while the name, tenuicostatics, may
well be retained to designate the ordinary smoothish, mostly shal-
low-water variety, found on the New England coast. This name
was originally given by Dr. Mighels to very young specimens of this
smoothish variety, under the impression that they were a distinct
species, but he afterwards recognized the fact that they were only
the young of the common species, at that time generally known as
Pecten Magellanicns Lam.
The following species should have been inserted on page 206.
Propilidium pertenue ? Jeffreys.
Proc. Zool. Soc. London, for 1882, p. 6U, pi. 50, flg. 1.
Four or five specimens of a small limpet occurred at station 1124,
in 640 fathoms, in the egg-case of a species oi Jiaia, associated with
Choristes elegans. These agree in most respects with P. pertenue
Jeff., but the beak is nearer to the posterior margin, and the shell is
thin and opaque white, without much luster, even when living, but
the surface is nearly smooth, though showing slight but distinct lines
of growth and sometimes faint traces of microscopic radiating lines,
in this respect and the position of the beak resembling more P. coni-
pressurn Jeff.
A. E. Yerrill — Mollusca of the New England Coast. 263
The form is pretty regularly elliptical. The apex is situated near
the posterior margin, prominent, acute, and directed strongly back-
ward ; it consists of rather more than one small coil, which is
regularly incurved and not distinctly turned to one side. The
internal septum is narrow and transverse.
Although not agreeing exactly with either of Jeffreys' species, I
refer it doubtfully to P. pertenue.
List of Deep-xoater and Surface Mollusca tahen off the East Coast of
the United States by the U. S. Fish Commission steatuers, Fish
Haxok and Albatross, 1880 to 1888.
The following list includes all the species hitherto dredged along
the Gulf St7*eam slope, from off" Cape Hatteras to Nova Scotia,
except a small number of minute species, not yet fully identified.
In general, those species that have not occurred below 60 fathoms
are omitted. But the surface species of Heteropoda, Pteropoda, etc.,
belonging to the Gulf Stream region, are included, whether taken
living at the surface or dead from the bottom.
The " Bathymetrical range " refers only to the range as actually
observed in this region by the Fish Commission, unless otherwise
stated. The geographical distribution is indicated, in a general
way, by the abbreviations following the range in depth, but it is not
intended to be complete in this respect. Owing to the uncertainty
in respect to the alleged identity of the species recorded from other
regions with our own, and to the incompleteness of the published
lists of species collected by various recent dredging expeditions,
the knowledge of the foreign distribution of many of these species
is still very imperfect and sure to be largely increased within a few
years, so that any facts of this kind that can now be given will have,
at best, only a temporary value. The abbreviations are as follows :
N. =. northern, indicates that the species ranges northward along
the American coast, beyond New England waters; S., = southern,
southward beyond Cape Hatteras; Arc, = Arctic; Eu., =European;
Med., =Mediterranean ; Af., =West African; P., r=North Pacific;
As., =North Asia; Cb., ^Caribbean Sea and West Indies; Oc, =
Oceanic or pelagic.
After the names, references are given to the pages and plates
where the species are described or figured in this volume (vi) or the
264
A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the Nexo England Coast.
preceding volume (v) of tliese Transactions. As it is always impor-
tant, in giving the bathymetrical distribution of shells, to distinguish
between those taken alive and those of which only dead shells are
obtained (which may have been carried by fishes and various other
agencies far from their true habitats), an asterisk (*) is added to
designate living specimens ; while a dagger (f ) indicates dead shells.
When no sign is added, it is to be understood that the specimens
were living.
In the preparation of the following list I have been greatly aided
by my assistant, Miss K. J. Bush, who has been engaged for several
years in cataloguing and tabulating the shells collected by the Fish
Commission.
CEPHALOPODA.
Lestoteuthis Fabricii (Licht.) V. v, 291, 390, pi. 45, f. l-2d ; pi. 46, f.
1-1/; pi. 55, f. 1-ld.
Bathymetrical range, 255 to 906 fathoms. N., Arc, P.
Abralia megalops V. vi, 143, pi. 28, f . 2.
B. range, 173 f. Cb.
Ommastrephes illecebrosus (Les.) V. v, 268, pis. 28, 29, 37, 38, 39.
B. range, 0 to 1022 f . ; beaks 1091 to 1917 f . N.
Sthenoteuthis Bartramii V. v, 288.
Surface.* Southern. Oc.
Mastigoteuthis Agassizii V. v, 297, pi. 48; pi. 49, f. 2, 3-3gr; vi, 243.
B. range, 640 to 1050 f.
Chiroteuthis lacertosa V. v, 299, 408, pi. 47, f. 1-16, pi. 56, f. 1-1/ ; vi, 243.
B. range, 435 to 2221 f. (2949, arms). N.
Leptoteuthis diaphana V. vi, 141, pi. 32, f. 1.
B. range, 1731 f.
Brachioteuthis Beanii V. v, 406, pi. 55, f. 3-35; pi. 56, f. 2-2rt; vi, 245.
B. range, 183 to 843 f.
Calliteuthis reversa V. v, 295, pi. 46, f. 1-lb; vi, 243.
B. range, 365 to 2369 f.
Histioteuthis Collinsii V. v. 234, 300, 404, pi. 22; pi. 27, f. 3-5; pi. 37, f. 5.
B. range, 372 f. (beaks). Northern.
Desmoteiithis hyperborea (Steenst.) V. v, 302, pi. 27, f. 1-2; pi. 39, f. 1.
B. range, 641 f., off Chesapeake Bay. N., Arc.
Desmoteuthis tenera V. v, 412, pi. 55, f. 2-2d; pi. 56, f. 3; vi, 245.
B. range, 369 to 1346 f.
Stoloteuthis leucoptera V. v, 347, 418, pi. 31, f. 4-5; pi. 54, f. 4.
B. range, 182 to 640 f. N. of Cape Cod.
Rossia piegaptera V. v, 349, pi. 38, f. 1; pi. 46, f. 6; vi, 245.
B. range, 640 f. Northern.
Rossia Hyatti V. v, 351, pi. 27, f. 8, 9; pi. 30, f. 1; pi. 31, f. 1, 2; pi. 46, f. 5.
B. range, 44 to 317 f. N. of Cape Cod. Northern.
A. E. Yerrill — Mollusca of the New England Coast. 265
Rossia sublevis V. v, 354, 419, pi. 30, f. 2; pi. 31, f. 3; pi. 46, f. 4; pi. 47,
f. 2-4.
B. range, 115 to 640 f. N.
Heteroteuthis tenera V. v, 357, 419, pi. 46, f. 2-2d, S-Bb; pi. 47, f. 5-5b.
B. range, 18 to 301 f., eggs 317 f.
Argonauta argo Linne. v, 364, 420; vi, 247, pi. 28, f. 1-lb.
B. range, shells, 64 to 1917 f.; living at surface. Oc. Cb., S., Med,
Alloposus mollis V. v, 366, 420, pi. 50, f. l-2a; pi. 51, f. 4; vi, 247.
B. range, 238 to 1346 f . ; frag. 1735 f .
Octopus Bairdd V. v, 368, 421, pi. 33, f. 1, lo; pi. 34, f. 5, 6; pi. 36, f. 10;
pi. 38, f. 8; pi. 49, f. 4, 4a; pi. 51, f. 1, la.
B. range, 85 to 843 f. ; 28 to 300 f. N. of Cape Cod. N., Eur.
Octopus piscatorum V. v, 377, pi. 36, f. 1, 2; vi, 248.
B. range, 1362 f. Northern.
Octopus lentus V. v, 375, pi. 35, f. 1, 2; pi. 51, f. 2.
B. range, 120 to 603 f. (Blake Exp.) Northern.
Octopus CaroUnensis V. vi, 235.
B. range, 142 f., off Cape Hatteras.
Octopus gracilis V. vi, 236.
B. range, 1290 f.
Eledone verrucosa V. v, 380, pis. 52, 58; vi, 248.
B. range, 787 to 1255 f.
Eledonella j^ygmcea V. vi, 145, pi. 32, f. 2.
B. range, 2949 f., off Chesapeake Bay.
Stauroteuthis syrtensis V, v, 382, pi. 32, f. 1-5; vi, 249.
B. range, 499 f., off Nova Scotia. N.
GASTROPODA.
TOXOGLOSSA.
Admete Couthouyi Jay {=A. viridula Gld.)
B. range, 155 to 1255 f. N., Arc, Eu.
Pleurotoma Dalli V. and S. v, 451, pi. 57, f. 1-la,
B. range, 94 to 142 f.*; 146 f.f
Pleurotoma Carpenteri V. and S. v, 452, pi. 57, f. 2.
B. range, 86 f.f; 100 to 155 f.*
Pleurotoma comatotropis Dall. v, 452.
B. range, 100 f.f Cb.
Daplmella limacina (Dall.) v, 452.
B. range, 368 f. Cb.
Pleurotomella Packardii V. v, 453, pi. 43, f. 9; pi. 57, f. 5.
B. range, 193 f.f; 85 to 110 f. N. of Cape Cod.
Pleurotomella Agassizii V. and S. v, 454, pi. 57, f. 3, 3a,
B. range, 39 to 1309 f.*; 1608 f.f
Pleurotomella Bairdii V. and S. vi, 147, pi. 31, f. 1.
B. range, 1608 to 1731 f.*; 2221 f.f
Pleurotomella Pandionis V. v, 456, pi. 57, f. 4, 4a,
B. range, 238 to 310 f.f; 319 f.*
266 A. K Verrill — Mollitsca of the Nero England Coast.
Pleurotomella Benedicti V. and S. vi, 148, pi. 31, f. 2, 2a.
B. range, 1290 f.
Pleurotomella Sandersoni V. vi, 149, i)l. 31, f. 3, 3a.
B. range, 1290 to 2033 f.
Pleurotomella Saffordi V. and S. vi, 151, pi. 31, f. 4, 4a.
B. range, 843 to 1608 f.
Pleurotomella bandella Dall=P. Diomedece V. vi, 152, 250, pi. 31, f. 5-5a.
B. range, 1290 to 2033 f. Cb.
Pleurotomella Emertoni V. and S. vi, 154, pi. 31. f. 6.
B. range, 1917 f.f Off Chesapeake Bay. Cb.
Pleurotomella Bruneri V. and S. vi, 155, pi. 31, f. 7, 7a.
B. range, 1608 f.*; 2033 f.f
Pleurotomella Catharince V. and S. vi, 155, pi. 31, f. 9. 9a.
B. range, 843 to 2033 f .
Gymnobela engonia V. vi, 157.
B. range, 906 to 1451 f.f; 1608 f.*
Gymnobela curta V. vi, 158, pi. 31, f. 10.
B. range, 843 to 1290 f.*; 1467 to 1917 f.f
Gymnobela curta, var. subangulata V. vi, 159.
B. range, 197 to 2033 f.f; 1290 to 1451 f.*
Bela {?) tenuilirata Dall. v, 463.
B. range, 365 f.f P.
Bela liebes V. v, 459, pi. 57, f. 7.
B. range, 252 to 906 f.*; 1290 to 2033 f.f
Bela pygmcea V. v, 460, pi. 57, f. 8.
B. range, 312 to 1290 f. N.
Bela incisula V. v, 461, pi. 43, f. 12; pi. 57, f. 14.
B. range, 18 to 480 f.-j- N.
Bela Goiddii V. v, 465, pi. 57, f. 6, 6.a.
B. range, 300 f.f (6^ to 122 f., N. of Cape Cod). N.
Bela mitrula, var. concinnula V. v, 468, pi. 43, f. 15; pi. 57, f. 11; vi, 249.
B. range, 100 f.f; 252* to 487 f.* N., Eu.
Bela harpularia (Couth.) H. and A. Ad. v, 473, pi. 43. f. 14; pi. 57, f. 9.
B. range, 10 to 28i f.*; 368 f.f N.
Bela cancellata (Mighels) Stimpson. v, 475, pi. 43, f. 10, 11 ; pi. 57. f. 13.
B. range, 126 to 547 f.f N., Arc, Eu.
Bela pleurotomaria (Couthouy) Adams, v, 478.
B. range, 16 to 208 f.f N., Arc, Eu.
Bela Rathbuni V. vi, 236.
B. range, 1395 f.f Off Cape Hatteras,
Bela subvitrea V. vi, 160.
B. range, 843 f . Off Cape Hatteras.
Bela subturgida V. vi, 161.
B. range, 843 f . Off Cape Hatteras.
Spirotropis ephamilla V. vi, 162.
B. range, 1917 f.f; 2221 f.* Off Chesapeake Bay.
Typhlomaugilia Tanneri V. and S. vi, 163, pi. 31, f. 8.
•^ B. range, 1290 f.
A. E. Verrill — 3Iollasra of tJie Neio Enghmd Coast. 267
Taranis Morchii (Malm) Jeffreys, v, 486, pi. 57, f. 18.
B. range, 365 f.f; 368 to 858 f.* N., Arc, Eu. Cb.
Taranis Morchii, var. toi'natus V. vi, 251.
B. range, 1255 f. Off Nova Scotia.
Taranis pulchella V. v, 487. pi. 57, f. 17; vi, pi. 29, f. 8.
B. range, 849 to 487 f .
Rachiglossa.
Marginella borealis V. vi, 165. pi. 29, f. 4.
B. range, 64 to 100 f.f; 66^ to 81 f.*
Volutella lachrimula Gld. vi, 166.
B. range, 142 f.*; 516 f.f Off Cape Hatteras. S.
Buccinum Sandersoni V. v, 490, pi. 58, f. 9.
B. range, 156 f.f; 208 to 264 f.*
Buccinum undatum Linne. v. pi. 58, f. 10.
B. range, 6 to 123 f.*; 142^ to 843 f.f N., Arc, Eu.
Buccinum cyaneum Brug. v, 492, pi. 43, f. 5; pi. 58, f. 11.
B. range, 101 to 150 f., off Cape Cod. N., Arc, Eu.
Buccinum abyssorum V. and S. vi, 167, pi. 31, f. ll-llt*.
B. range, 49 f.f ; 906 to 1309 f.*
Sipho Stimpsonii Morch. v, 499, pi. 57, f. 24.
B. range, 16 to 300 f. N.
Sipho Stimpsonii, var. lirafulus V. v, 500.
B. range, 18 f.f: 55 to 319 f.* N.
Sipho puhescens V. v, 501, pi. 43, f. 6; pi. 57, f. 25.
B. range, 18 to 179 f.f; 192 to 640 f.* N.
Sipho pygmceus (Gld.) V. v, 501, pi. 57, f. 21.
B. range, 12 to 640 f. N.
Sipho pygmceus, var. planulus V. v, 505 (note).
B. range, 20 to 350 f . N.
Sipho parvus V. and S. v, 504, pi. 57, f. 20-20&.
B. range, 193 to 906 f.
Sipho obesus V. vi, 168.
B. range, 843 f. Off Cape Hatteras.
Sipho profundicola V. and S. vi, 170, pi. 31, f. 13.
B. range, 1497 to 1917 f.f; -2033 f.*
Sipho profundicola, var, dispar V. vi, 171.
B. range, 1555 f.
Sipho glyphis V. v, 505, pi. 57, f. 22; pi. 58, f. 1, la.
B. range, 193 to 547 f.
Sipho ccelatus V. v, 506. pi. 57, f. 19, 19a.
B. range, 75 to 616 f.f; 302 to 516 f.*
Sipho ccelatus, var. hebes V. vi, 172.
B. range, 640 to 1255 f .
Sipho (Mohnia) ccelatulus V. vi, 172.
B. range, 516 to 547 f.f; 906 to 1290 f.*
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VT. 34 July, 1884.
268 A. E. Veri'ill — Mollusca of the New England Coast.
Sipho (Mohnia) simjjlex V. vi. 174.
B. range, m f.f; 843 f.*
Sipho (?) leptaleus V. vi, 175, pi. 31, f. 16.
B. range, 452 f.f
Sipho (9) hispiduhis V. vi, 239.
B. range, 2033 f.* Off Delaware Bay.
Neptunea despecta (Linne) Ad., var. tornata (Gld.)
B. range, 69 to 100 f.f off George's Bank. N., Arc, Eu.
Neptunea decemcostata (Say) H. and A. Ad.
B. range, 6 to 322 f.f: 41 to 86 f.* N.
Nassa nigrolabra V. v, 512, pi. 58, f. 12.
B. range, 155 f.*; 349 f.f
Trophon Lintoni V. and S. vi, 176, pi. 29, f. 1.
B. range, 70 f.f
Trophon clavatus Sars. vi, 176.
B. range, 843 to 2033 f. Eu.
Urosalpinx Carolinensis V. vi, 237.
B. range, 142 to 516 f.f; 938 f.* Off Cape Hatteras.
Urosalpinx macra V. vi, 239.
B. range, 142 f.f
Anachis Hali(Beti (Jeff.), v, 513, pi. 43, f. 7; vi, 252.
B. range, 79 f.f; 115 to 640 f.* N., Arc, Eu.
Astyris diaphana V. v, 513. pi. 58, f. 2.
B. range, 64 f.f; 100 to 487 f.*
Astyris zonalis (Lins.) V. v, 515.
B. range, 9 to 202 f. N.
Astyris pura V. v, 515.
B. range 71 f.f; 100 to 1255 f.*
T^NIOGLOSSA.
Dolium Bairdii V. and S. v, 515; vi, 253, pi. 29, f. 2-26.
B. range, 89 to 234 f.f; 98 to 202 f.*
Benthodolium abyssorum V. and S. vi, 177. pi. 31, f. 12-126.
B. range, 1395 f.f; 2221 f.* Off Chesapeake Bay.
Natica clausa Brod. and Sowerby.
B. range, 13 to 1255 f.f; 238 to 843 f.* N., Arc, Eu.
lAinatia nana (Moll.) Sars. v, 516, pi. 42, f. 9.
B. range, 27 to 28 f.*; 430 f.f N., Arc, Eu.
Lnnatia heros (Say) H. and A. Adams.
B. range, 0 to 238 f. N., S.
Lunatia Groidandica (Moil.) Ad.
B. range, 12* to 65 f.f; 75 to 1290 f.* N., Arc, Eu.
Laniellaria pellucida V. v, 518, pi, 58, f. 4, 5, 5a.
B. range, 86 to 787 f.
Laniellaria pellucida, var, Gouldii V. v, 518, pi. 58, f. 3.
B. range, 44 to 1497 f .
Piliscus commodus (Midd.). vi, 191.
B. range, 150 f., off Nova Scotia. Arc, Eu.
A. K VerriU—MoUusGa of the JVew England Coast. 269
Capulns Hungaricus (Linne). v, 519; vi, pi. 39, f. 6.
B. range, 71* to 458 f. Eu.
Crucibtdum striatum (Say) H. and A. Adams.
B. range, 3 to 65 f.*; 100 f.f N.
Crepidula plana Say.
B. range, 0 to 55 f.*; 155 to 487 f.f N., S.
Velutina laevigata (L.) Gld.
B. range, 15^ to 86 f.*; 100 to 130 f.f N., Arc, Eu.
Torellia fimhriata V. and S. v, 520, pi. 57, f. 27, 27a.
B. range, 142i to 321 f .
Torellia fimhriata, var. tiarella V. v, 521.
B. range, 182 f.
Torellia vestita Jeff, v, 521, pi. 42, f. 5.
B. range, 4i to 86 f.f; 146 to 317 f.* N., Eu.
Tricliotropis (?) inflata Friele. vi, 178.
B. range, 1290 f. Arc.
Litiopa hombyx Rang, v, 523.
Surface.* S., O.
Cingida Jan-Mayeni (Friele) V. v, 524, pi. 42, f. 8.
B. range, 238 to 1290 f. N., Arc.
Cingula brychia V. vi, 179. pi. 32, f . 9.
B. range, 349 to 1290 f.
Cingida carinata Migh.
B. range, 4 to 25 f.*; 18 to 355 f.f N., Arc.
Cingula syngenes V. vi, 180, jdI. 32, f. 11.
B. range, 142 f.f Off Cape Hatteras.
Cingula leptalea V. vi, 182, pi. 32, f. 10.
B. range, 858 f. Off Nova Scotia.
Cingula apicina V. vi, 183, pi. 32, f. 8.
B. range, 1608 f.
Cingula Sandersoni V. vi, 241.
B. range, 142 f.f Off Cape Hatteras.
Cingida actdeus Gld.
B. range, 0 to 349 f. N., Arc, Eu.
Cingida turgida ? (Jeff.) V. v, 524.
B. range, 487 f.f Eu.
Cingida harpa V. v. 523, pi. 58, f. 6.
B. range, 319 to 487 f.f
Cingula areolata (Stimp.) V. v, 524, pi. 43, f. 2.
B. range, 134 to 349 f . N.
Cithna tenella, var. costulata Jeff, vi, 184.
B. range, 2033 f. Off Delaware Bay. Eu., Med., Azores.
Cithna cingidata V. vi, 184, pi. 32, f. 7.
B. range, 906 to 1290 f.f; 1467 f.*
Cithna {?) olivacea V. vi, 185, pi. 29, f. 5,
B. range, 193 to 1290 f.f
Fossarus elegans V. and S. v, 522, pi. 57, f. 28.
B. range, 100 to 142 f.f
270 A. E. Verrill—Molliisca of the New England Coast.
Seguenzia formosa Jeff, vi, 186, pi. 81, f. U-Uh.
B. range, 1290 to 2033 f. Eu.
Seguenzia formosa, var. niticla V. vi, 188.
B. range, 2033 f. Off Delaware Bay.
Seguenzia eritivia V. vi, 189, pi. 31, f. 15.
B. range, 1290 to 2033 f.
Cerithiella Whiteavesii V. v, 522, pi. 42, f. 7.
B. range. 238 to 843 f. N.
Aporrliais occidentalis Beck.
B. range, 34i to 1000 f.f; 115 to 349 f.* N.
Ptenoglossa.
Scalaria Dalliana V. and S. v, 527, pi. 57, f. 33.
B. range, 85 f.f; 115 to 193 f.*
Scalaria Pourtalesii V. and S. v, 527, pi. 57, f. 32.
B. range, 85 to 146 f.
Scalaria Leeana V. v, 526, pi. 57, f. 34.
B. range, 146 f.f
Scalaria Andreivsii V. v, 526, pi. 57, f. 35.
B. range, 100 f.f; 547 f.*
Acirsa gracilis V. v, 528, pi. 57, f. 31.
B. range, 349 to 843 f.f; 487 to 547 f.*
Aelis striata V. v, 528, pi. 58, f. 13.
B. range, 100 f .
Aclis Walleri J. v, 528, pi. 57, f. 36.
B. range, 349 f.f; 365 to 938 f.* Eu.
Aclis tenuis V. v, 528, pi. 58, f. 19.
B. range, 100 f.
Solarium horeale V. and S. v, 529, pi. 57, f. 29, 30.
B. range, 115 f.*; 146 to 193 f.f
lanthina fragilis Desli.
Surface.f S., O.
Rhiphidoglossa.
Rotella cryptospira V. vi, 241.
B. range, 142 f.f Off Cape Hatteras.
Ethalia multistriata V. vi, 242.
B. range, 142 f.f Off Cape Hatteras.
Leptothyra induta Watson, vi, 197.
B. range, 142 f.f Off Cape Hatteras.
Calliostoma occidental (Migh.).
B. range, 207 f.f; 365 to 640 f.* N., Arc, Eu.
Calliostoma Bairdii V. and S. v, 530, pi. 57, f. 26.
B. range, 56 to 640 f.f: 64 to 192 f.* Cb.
Margarita regalis V. and S. v, 530, pi. 57, f. 37; vi, 254, pi. 29, f. 14.
B. range, 64 to 173 f.f; 193 to 1555 f.*
Margarita lamellosa V. and S. v, 530, pi. 57, f. 38.
B. range, 100 to 192 f.f
A. E. Verrill — Molliisca of the JSfeio England Coast. 271
Machceroplax obscura (Couth.) Friele.
B. range, lU to 487 f. N., Arc, Eu.
Machceroplax obscura, var. carinata V. v, 532.
B. range, 100 to 208 f.f; 266 to 335 f.* N.
Cyclostrema Dalli V. v, 532, pi. 57, f. 39; vi, pi. 29, f. 15.
B. range, 487 to 858 f.
Cyclostrema Dalli, var. ornatuin V. vi, 255, pi. 32, f. 17.
B. range, 843 f.
Cyclostrema cingulatuvi V. vi. 198, pi. 32, f. 14.
B. range, 547 f.f
Cyclostrema afflne V. vi, 199, pi. 32, f. 15.
B. range, 365 to 858 f.f; 843 f.*
Cyclostrema diaphanum V. vi, 199, pi. 32, f. 16.
B. range, 1290 f.*; 2033 f.f
Tharsis, sp. vi, 201.
B. range, 843 f.f Off Cape Hatteras.
Oaneza, sp. vi, 201.
B. range, ?f (Blake Exp.)
Scissurella crispata Flem. v, 533.
B. range, 238 or 365 f.f N., Eu., Med.
Fissurella Tanneri V. vi, 255, pi. 29, f. 13, 13a.
B. range, 104 f.*; 142 f.f Southern.
Puncturella noachina (L.) Lowe.
B. range, 16 f.f ; 34 to 640 f.* N., Arc, Eu.
Puncturella (Fissurisepta) eritmeta V. vi, 204, pi. 32, f. 19, 19a.
B. range, 1451 f.
Propilidium elegans V. vi, 205.
B. range, 1395 f. Off Chesapeake Bay.
Propilidium pertenue Jeff. (?), vi, p. 262.
B. range, 640 f. Eu.
Addisonia paradoxa Dall. v, 533; vi, 256, pi. 29, f. 10, 11-11&.
B. range, 66i to 202 f.f; 71 to 156 f.* (? Eu., Med.).^
Cocculina Rathbuni Dall. v, 534.
B. range, 100 to 616 f .
Cocculina Dalli V. vi, 203.
B. range, 317 f.f
Cocculina Beanii Dall. v, 533; vi, pi. 29, f. 12.
B. range, 365 f.f Cb.
Cocculina leptalea V. vi, 202, pi. 32, f. 20-20&.
B. range, 1395 to 2033 f . Southern.
Cocculina spinigera Jeff, vi, 203.
B. range, 335 to 843 f. Eu.
Cocculina conica V. vi, 204.
B. range, 499 f . Off Nova Scotia.
Lepetella tubicola V. and S. v, 534, pi. 58, f. 29-29a.
B. range, 142 to 547 f.f; 134 to 396 f.* Eu.
X By Mr. Jeffreys this species is identified with A. eccentros Jeff. = Gadina exceiitrica
Tib., of the Mediterranean. (Proc. Z. Soc. London, 1882, p. 673.)
272 A. E. Verrill — 3Iollusca of the Neio England Coast.
POLYPLACOPHORA.
Hanleyia mendicaria (Migh.) Carp, v, 534.
B. range, 49 to 317 f. N., Arc, Eu., Med.
Trachydermon albus (Linne.) Carp.
B. range, 99i f., off Nova Scotia. Arc, Eu.
Trachydermon exaratns (Sars). vi, 208, pi. 30, f . 2-2b.
B. range, 101 to 194 f. Eu.
Leptochiton alveolus (Sars) Loven. v, 534.
B. range, 99i to 640 f. N., Eu.
Placophora (Euplacophora) Atlantica V. and S. vi, 206, pi. 30, f. 1, \h.
B. range, 122 to 640 f.
Gymnoglossa. I
Stilifer Stimpsoni V. v, 535. f. 2.
B. range, 6 to 1255 f . N.
Stilifer curtus V. v, 535.
B. range, 410 to 1255 f.
Eulima intermedia Cantr. v, 535, pi. 58, f. 20.
B. range, 85 to 155 f. Eu.
Eulima distorta Desh. v, ^"36.
B. range, 115 f. Eu.
Eulima stenostoma Jeff, v, 536; vi, 254.
B. range, 843 to 1451 f.*; 1467 f.f N., Eu.
Turhonilla Emertoni V. v, 536, pi. 58, f. 14, 14a.
B. range, 238 f.
Turbonilla nivea (St.) Ad.
B. range, 100 to 157 f.f N.
Turhonilla Rathbuni V. and S. v, 536, pi. 58, f. 15.
B. range, 64 to 1395 f.f; 100 to 365 f.*
Turbonilla Bushiana V. v, 537, pi. 58, f. 16.
B. range, 365 to 1290 f.*; 1451 to 1467 f.f
Eulimella Smithii V. v, 538, pi. 58, f. 18.
B. range, 85 to 120 f.*; 146 f.f
Eulimella lucida V. vi, 192, pi. 32, f. 3, 3a.
B. range, 2033 f .
Eulimella chariessa V. vi, 193, pi. 32, f. 4-4&.
B. range, 2033 f .
Etdimella nitida V. vi, 194, pi. 32, f. 5.
B. range, 2033 f.f
Eulimella (or Menestho) lissa V. vi, 195, pi. 32, f. 6.
B. range, 142 f. Off Cape Hatteras.
Menestho sulcata V. v, 539, pi. 58, f. 17.
B. range, 115 to 365 f.f
Menestho Bruneri V. v, 539.
B. range, 487 f.
Odostomia unidentata (Mont.)
B. range, 100 to 115 f.f Eu.
A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the JSfevi England Coast. 27:3
Odostomia tornata V. vi, 196.
B. range, 142 f.f Off Cape Hatteras.
Odostomia disparUis V. vi, 196.
B. range, 142 f.f Off Cape Hatteras.
Odostomia, sp. v, 539.
B. range, 365 f.+
Tectibranchiata.
Actoeon nitidus V. v, 540, pi. 58, f. 21.
B. range, 238 to 843 f.*; 1451 f.f
Actceon melampoides Dall. vi, 210.
B. range, 843 f.f Off Cape Hatteras. Cb.
Ringicula nitida V. v, 540.
B. range, 100 to 547 f.f; 120 to 487 f.* Cb.
Choristes elegans, var. tenera V. v, 541, pi. 58, f. 27, 27a; vi, 256, pi. 29,
f . 9-9& (young).
B. range, 193 f.f; 255 to 640 f.* Fossil in Canada.
Scaphander nobilis V. vi, 209, pi. 32, f. 18-18d.
B. range, 906 f.f; 1091 to 1309 f.*
Scaphander puncto-striatus (Migh.) Ad.
B. range, 46 to 1255 f.*; 1362 to 1467 f.f N., Arc. Eu.
Philine quadrata (Wood) Forb. and Han.
B. range, 20 to 266 f.f; 312 to 480 f.* N., Arc, Eu.
Philine Finmarchica Sars. v, 544.
B. range. 86 f. N., Eu.
Philine cingidata Sars. v, 544.
B. range, 155 to 487 f. Eu.
Philine, sp.
B. range, 100 f .
Philine ainabilis V. and S. v, 544, pi. 58, f. 23, 24.
B. range, 120 to 156 f.
Philine tincta V. v, 544.
B. range, 67 f.
Amphisphyra globosa Loven. v, 543.
B. range, 115 to 155 f.f; 319 to 843 f.* N., Eu.
Amphisphyra pellucida (Brown) Loven.
B. range, 120 f.f ; 20 to 365 f.* N., Arc, Eu.
Diaphana gemma V, v, 543, pi. 58, f. 22.
B. range, 100 to 2033 f.
Diaphana conidus (Desh.) V. v, 543, pi. 58, f. 25.
B. range, 100 f.f; 155 f.* Eu., Med.
Diaphana nitidula (Lov.) v, 543.
B. range, 155 to 906 f . Eu.
Diaphana pertenuis (Mighels).
B. range, 20 f.f; 319 to 386 f.* N., Arc, Eu.
Cylichna alba (Brown) Loven.
B. range, 12 to 1091 f.*; 1290 f.f N., Arc, Eu.
274 A. E. Verr'M — 3Iollusca of the Neic Enghoul Coast.
*
Cylichna {?) Dalli V. v, 542; vi, pi. 29, f. 15.
B. range, 452 to 906 f.f; 938 to 1290 f.*
Cylichna occulta (Migh.) Ad.
B. range, 100 to 1467 f.*: 1608 f.f N., Arc, Eu.
Plenrobranchcea tarda V. v, 546, pi. 58, f. 26.
B. range, 28 to 640 f.
Koonsia obesa V. v, 545; vi, pi. 28, f. 7.
B. range, 192 to 312 f.
NUDIBRANCHIATA.
Heterodoris robusta V. and Em. v, 549, pi. 58, f. 35, 35a, 35b; vi, pi. 28,
f. 5, 5a.
B. range, 458 f .
Issa raviosa V. and Em. v, 547, pi. 58, f. 36, 36a.
B. range, 100 to 321 f.
Doris complanata V. v, 549, pi. 58, f. 34-34&; vi, pi. 28, f. 6.
B. range, 86 to 194 f.
Scyllcea Edwardsii V. v, 550, pi. 43, f. 10.
Surface. Wood's Hole ; off Cape Hatteras. Oc.
Dendronotus robustits V. v, 550.
B. range, 28 to 317 f. N., Eu.
Dendronotus arborescens Aid. and Han.
B. range, 13 to 351 f. N., Arc, Eu.
Dendronotus, sp.
B. range, 146 f.
Doto coronata (Gm.) Aid. and Han.
B. range, 0 to 10 f. Surface. N., Eu.
Fiona nobilis Aid. and Han. v, 551.
Surface. Oc, Eu.
Eolis papulosa (Linne) Forb. and Han.
B. range, 0 to 208 f. N., Arc, Eu.
Coryphella, sp.
B. range, 30 to 168 f.
Tergipes despectus (Johnst.) Aid. and Han.
B. range, 0 to 10 f. Surface, N., Eu.
Facelina pilata (Gld.) V.
B. range, 1. w. to 146 f. Surface.
Hetebopoda.
Carinaria Atlantica Ad. and R. v, 529.
B. range, 65 f.f Oc.
Atlanta Peronii Les. v, 529; vi, pi. 28, f. 4, 4a.
B. range, 15^ to 1608 f.f Oc.
Atlanta Oaudichandii Eyd. and Soul, vi, 211.
Surface.* Oc.
Atlanta rosea Soul, vi, 211.
B. range, 843 to 2369 f.f; surface.* Oc.
A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the JVew England Coast. 275
Atlanta Lamanonii Eyd. and Soul. vi. 211. ^
B. range, 1731 f.f Oc.
Atlanta jyidchella V. sp. nov. vi, 311.
Surface.* Oc.
Atlanta inclinata Soul, vi, 211.
B. range, 516 to 843 f.f; surface.* Oc.
Firola Keraudrenii E. and S. vi, 212.
Surface.* Oc.
Pteropoda.
Cymbulia calceoliis V. v, 553, pi. 58, f. 33.
B. range, 18 to 1467 f.f; surface.* Oc.
Cavolina tridentata Gray, v, 554, f. 6, 7.
B. range, 45 to 2033 f.f; surface.* Oc.
Cavolina uncinata (D'Orb.) Gray, v, 554.
B. range, 64 to 1608 f.f; surface.* Oc.
Cavolina longirostris Les. v, 555.
B. range, 64 to 2033 f.f; surface.* Oc.
Cavolina gibbosa (Rang), vi, 213.
B. range, 193 to 1451 f.f Oc.
Cavolina quadridentata (Leseur). vi, 212.
B. range, 142 to 1467 f.f Oc.
Cavolina angidata (Soul.) vi, 213.
Surface.* Oc.
Cavolina inflexa (Les.) Gray, v, 555.
B. range, 487 to 1467 f.f Oc.
Pleuropus Hargeri V. v, 555; vi, pi. 28, f. 3.
Surface.* Oc.
Diacria trispinosa Gray.
B. range, 64 to 1451 f.f; surface.* Oc.
Clio pyramidata Linne. v, 555.
B. range, 64 to 2033 f.f Oc.
Balantium recurvum Children, v, 556.
B. range, 64 to 1917 f.f Oc.
Triptera columnella (Rang), y, 557; vi, 214.
B. range, 142 to 1608 f.f Oc, S.
Styliola virgula (Rang), vi, 213,
Surface.* Oc, S.
Styliola virgida, var. corniformis (D'Orb.). vi, 214.
Surface.* Oc, S.
Styliola subtdata (Quoy and Gaimard). vi, 213.
B. range, 15i to 1467 f.f; surface.* Oc, S.
Styliola recta Blainv. v, 556.
Surface.* Oc, S.
Spirialis retroversus (Flem.). var. MacAndrei Forbes, v, 557.
Surface. Oc, Eu., Med.
Trans. Conn\ Acad., Vol. VT. 35 July, 1884.
276 A. E. Verrill— Moll usca of the New England Coast.
Spirialis Gouldii St. {? S. balea Moll., vav.).
Surface. Oc, N., Eii.
Spirialis bulimoides Soul, vi, 215.
Surface.* Oc, S.
Spirialis trochiformis Soul, vi, 214.
Surface.* Oc, S.
Clione papilionacea Pallas.
Surface.* Oc, N., Arc, Eu.
Clione longicaiidata Soul, vi, 215.
Surface.* Oc
Trichocyehis Dumereillii (Oken.) Esch. vi, 215.
Surface.* Oc
SOLENOCONCHA.
Dentalium, soUdum V. vi, 215.
B. range, 843 to 1309 f.
Dentalium striolatnm Stimp.
B. range, 25 to 115 f.f; 146 to 1255 f.* N., Eu.
Dentalixim occidentale Stimp. v, pi. 42, f. 16-18.
B. range, 26 to 115 f.f; 146 to 1255 f.* N., Eu.
Dentalium occidentale, var. sulcatum V. vi, 217.
B. range, 75 to 1255 f.*
Dentalium, sp., gr. vi, 217.
B. range, 1731 to 2083 f. Southern.
Dentalium, sp., h. vi, 217.
B. range, 843 f.f; 2033 f.* Southern.
Siphodentalium vitreum M. Sars. v, 557, pi. 42, f. 19.
B. range, 100 f.f; 349 to 1290 f.* N., Arc, Eu.
Siphodentalium teres Jeff, vi, 218.
B. range, 843 f.f; 858 to 1290 f.* Eu.
Siphonentalis affinis (Sars). v, 558, pi. 42, f. 20, a, b.
B. range, 349 to 365 f.f; 499 to 1731 f.* N., Eu., Azores.
Siphonentalis Lofotensis Sars. v, 558.
B. range, 115 f.*; 365 to 480 f.f N., Eu.
Cadulus Pandionis V. and S. v, 558, pi. 58, f. 30, 30a.
B. range, 85 to 487 f.*; 516 f.f (V Eu., Med., Af.)
Cadulus Watsoni Dall. vi, 219.
B. range, 197 to 938 f.f; 547 to 843 f.* Cb.
Cadulus grandis Y. vi, 219.
B. range, 843 to 1467 f.f; 906 to 1098 f.*
Cadidus Jeffreysii 'i (Monteros.) v, 559 ; vi, 257.
B. range, 115 f.*; 516 to 843 f.f Eu., Azores.
Cadxdns propinqims ? G. O. Sars. v, 558, pi. 58, f. 31, 32 ; vi. 257.
B. range, 100 to 115 f.f Eu., Med.
Cadulus cylindratus Jeff, vi, 220.
B. range, 1608 f. Eu.
A. E. Verrill — Molluscu of the Ne\o England Coast. 211
L AMELLIBRANC HI AT A.
Teredo megotara Hanley.
B. range, 55 f.f; 100 to 1467 f.*; surface* in wood. S., O., Eu.
Xylophaga dorsalis (Turt.) F. and Han. v, 559, pi. 44, f. 9.
B. range, 32 to 2033 f. N., Eu., Med.
Ensatella Americana (Gld.) V.
B. range, 0 to 28^ f.*; 64 to 89 f.f N., S.
Mya truncata Linne.
B. range, 15 to 110 f.f N., Arc, Eu., P.
Saxicava Norvegica (Speng.) Woodw.
B. range, 20 to 506 f.f; 300 f.* N., Arc, Eu., P.
Cyrtodaria siliqua (Speng.) Woodw.
B. range, 28 to 258 f.f N., Arc.
Poromya granidata (Nyst.) F. and Han. v, 564, pi. 44, f. 3, 4.
B. range, 64 to 146 f.f; 93 to 120 f.* N., Eu., Med., Cb.
Poromya granulata, var. rotundata (J.) v, 565.
B. range, 64 to 115 f. N., Eu.
Poromya snblevis Y. vi, 221, pi. 32, f. 21.
B. range, 1917 f.f Off Chesapeake Bay.
Necera obesa Loven. v, 563, pi. 44, f. 10, c.
B. range, 192 to 1290 f . ; 20 to 150 f. N. of Cape Cod. N., Arc, Eu.
Azores.
Necera glacialis G. O. Sars. v, 562, pi. 44, f. 10, a, b.
B. range, 64 to 547 f. N., Arc, Eil. .
Necera rostrata (Speng.) Loven. v, 562, pi. 58, f. 39.
B. range, 65 to 487 f.f; 85 to 155 f.* N. , Eu., Med., Af., Azores. Cb.
Patagonia.
Necera lamellosa M. Sars. v, 561; vi, pi. 30, f. 3.
B. range, 319 to 547 f. Eu., Med., Af.
Necera mtdticostata V. and S. v, 559, pi. 58, f. 40.
B. range, 85 to 158 f. (? Arc, Eu., Med.)
Necera multicostata, var. ctirta (J.), v, 560.
B. range, 115 to 120 f.| Eu., Azores, Bermudas, P.
Necera perrostrata (Dall). v, 561.
B. range, 85 to 325 f . Cb.
Necera gigantea V. vi, 223.
B. range, 1917 f.f Off Chesapeake Bay.
Necera undata V. vi, 223.
B. range, 2221 f.f Off Chesapeake Bay.
Necera, sp.
B. range, 142 f . Off Cape Hatteras.
Kennerlia glacialis (Leach) Carp, v, 567.
B. range, 63 to 100 f. N., Arc, Eu.
Clidiopliora tr'ilineata (Say) Carp.
B. range, 0 to 29 f.*; 45 to 126 f.f N., S.
Periploma papyracea (Say) Con.
B. range, 7 to 1255 f. N.
278 A. E. VerriU—MuUusca of the New Emjland Coast.
Cochlodesina Leanuvi Couth.
B. range. 2 to 20 f.*; 65 f.f S.
Thracia Conradi Couth.
B. range, ii to 193 f.f; 34 f.* N.
Thracia nitida V. vi, 221, pi. 32, f. 22.
B. range, 1917 f. OS Chesapeake Bay.
Pecchiolia abyssicola Sars. v. 565.
B. range, 192 to 487 f.*; 516 to 1290 f.f N.,. Arc, Eu.
Pecchiolia gemma V. v, 565; vi, 258, pi. 30, f. 7, 8.
B. range. 75 to 1290 f.f; 499 to 906 f.*
Verticordia ca^lata V. v, 566; vi, pi. 30, f. 9, 9a.
B. range, 100 f.f
Mytilimeria flexuosa V. and S. v, 567, pi. 58, f. 38 ; vi, 258.
B. range, 75 to 319 f.f; 349 f.*
Pholadomya arata V. and S. v, 567, pi. 58, f. 37; vi, pi. 30, f. 4-6.
B. range, 71 to 134 f.f Eu.
Spisida solidissima Gray.
B. range, 0 to 192 f.f; 0 to 18 f.* N., S.
Spisida ovalis Gould.
B. range, 5 to 71 f.f; Si to 15 f.* N.
Ceronia arctata (Con.) Ad.
B. range, 0 to 183 f.f ; 0 to 2 f.* N.
Abra lioica (Dall) V. v, 568; vi, 224.
B. range, 100 f.*; 115 f.f Cb.
Abra longieallis (Scacchi). vi, 224.
B. range, 1467 f.f Eu., Med., Canaries, Af., Azores, Cb.
Macoma sabulosa (Speng.) Morch.
B. range, 30 to 208 f.f; 29 to 1255 f.* N., Arc, Eu., P., As.
Macoma, sp.
B. range, 100 f.f
Callista convexa (Say) Ad.
B. range, 0 to 21i f.*; 85 f.f N., S.
Cyprina Islandica (Linne) Lam.
B. range, 8 to 128 f.*; 130 to 349 f.f N., Arc, Eu.
Astarte castanea Say.
B. range, 0 to 100 f.*; 142 to 435 f.f N., S.
Astarte quadrans Gld.
B. range, 11 to 100 f . N.
Astarte tmdata Gld.
B. range, 8 to 480 f. N.
Astarte crenata Gray.
B. range, 34 i to 640 f. N., Arc, Eu,, As.
Venericardia gramdata (Say) = horealis Con. v, 572; vi, 258.
B. range, 8 to 435 f.f; 9 to 192 f.* N,
Cardium pinnulatum Conrad.
B, range, 1 to 266 f . N.
Cardium peramabilis Dall. v, 569.
B. range, 115 f.f Cb.
A. El. Verrill — Mollusca of the New Englcmd Coast. 279
Loripes lens V. and S. v, 569; vi, 259.
B. range, 5 to 193 f.f; 130 f.* N.
Lucina fllosa Stimp.
B. range, 4 to 349 f.f; 20 to 30 f.* N.
Cryptodon subovatus (J.) V. v, 570.
B. range, 480 f.f : 499 f.* Eu., Af.
Cryptodon Goiddii (Pliil.) Stinip.
B. range, 6 to 1467 f. N., Eu.
Cryptodon obesus V. v, 569.
B. range, 12 to 100 f.f; 115 to 1290 f.* N.
Cryptodon ferruginos^is (Forbes), v, 570.
B. range, 100 to 1467 f. N., Arc, Eu., Med.
Cryptodon tortuosus (Jeff.), vi, 226.
B. range, 499 to 1290 f. Eu.
Axinopsis, sp. nov.
B. range, 1451 f.
Diplodonta turgida V. and S. v, 569, pi. 58, f. 42; vi, pi. 30, f. 10, 11.
B. range, 65 to 98 f.f
Montacuta ovata Jeff, v, 571.
B. range, 8i to 157 f.f Eu.
Montacuta tumidula Jeff, vi, 225.
B. range, 843 to 1091 f. Southern. Eu.
Kelliella, sp. nov.
B. range, 2033 f.
Solemya velum Say.
B. range, 0 to 10 f.*; 9 to 115 f.f N., S.
S. velum, var. borealis (Totten).
B. range, 1 to 349 f.f; 56 to 300 f.* N., S.
Yoldia thraciformis (Storer) Stimp.
B. range, 29 to 182 f.f; 192 to 906 f.* N.
Yoldia sapotilla (Gld.) Stimp.
B. range, 4^ f.f; 13i to 321 f.* N., Arc.
Yoldia limatida (Say) Woodw.
B. range, 3i to 252 f. N., S.
Yoldia expansa Jeff.
B. range, 365 f.*; 1451 to 1467 f.f Eu.
Yoldia lucida Loven. v, pi. 44, f. 1.
B. range, 29 to 1608 f.f; 115 to 1290 f.* N., Arc, Eu., Med.
Yoldia frigida Torell. v, 573, pi. 44, f. 2.
B. range, 157 to 1255 f. N., Arc, Eu., Med., As.
Yoldia Jeffreysi (Hidalgo), vi, 229.
B. range, 349 f.*; 499 to 1290 f.f Eu., Med., Af., Azores, Cb.
Yoldia subequilatera (Jeff.), vi, 229.
B. range, 499 to 1731 f. Eu., Arc.
Yoldia regularis V. vi, 228.
B, range, 349 f.f
Yoldia sericea Jeffreys, var. striolata J. vi, 226.
B. range, 516 to 1731 f. Eu.
280 A. E. Verrill — 3Tollusca of the Neic England Coast.
Yoldia Messanensis (Seguenza), var. vi, 237.
B. range, 1451 to 2033 f.f; 1467 f.* Eu., Med., Azores, Cb.
Leda acuta (Conrad), v, 572, pi. 58, f. 41; vi, 259, pi. 30, f. 15.
B. range, 64 to 225 f.f ; 65 to 115 f.* S. (? Eu., Med.)
Leda Bushiana V. vi, 229.
B. range, 516 f. Oflf Cape Hatteras.
Leda pernula (MtilL). v, 572; vi, pi. 30, f. 14, 14a.
B. range, 216 f.f; 300 to 349 f.* N., Arc, Eu., P.
Leda tenuisulcata (Couth.) Stinip.
B. range, 25 to 120 f.f; 640 f.* N.
Phaseolus ovatiis ? (Jeff. MSS.). vi, 230.
B. range, 1290 f. (?Eu.)
Malletia obtiisa (M. Sars) Morch. vi, 226.
B. range, 516 f.f; 788 to 1608 f.* Eu.. Med.
Glomus nitens Jeff, vi, 231.
B. range, 1608 f.f Eu.
Nucida delphinodonta Mighels.
B. range, 10 to 1290 f. N., Arc, Eu.
Nucida proxima Say.
B. range, 3^ to 302 £.*; 310 to 516 f.f S.
Nucula tenuis (Mont.) Turton.
B. range, 75 to 266 f.f; 302 to 1255 f.* N., Arc, Eu., Med., Cb., P., As.
Nucida cancellata Jeff, vi, 231.
B. range, 858 f.f; 906 to 2033 f.* Eu., Azores.
Nucida granidosa Verrill, sp. nov.:];
B. range, 487 to 858 f.*
Area pectuncidoides Sc v, 573, pi. 44, f. 6.
B. range, 79 to 640 f. N., Eu., Med., Cb.
Area pectuncidoides, var. sejjtentrionalis Sars. v, 573.
B. range, 79 to 640 f. N., Arc.
Area pectunculoides, var. Frielei (Jeff.), v, 574.
B. range, 156 to 487 f. N., Eu., Med.
Area pectunculoides, var. crenidata V. v, 575.
B. range, 85 to 120 f.
Limopsis minuta (Phil.), v, 576.
B. range, 64 to 115 f.f; 120 to 2221 f.* N., Arc. Eu., Mod., Af.,
Azores.
Limopsis cristata Jeff, v, 577; vi, 231.
B. range, 549 f.f Eu., Med.
Limopsis, sp.
B. range, 197 to 2221 f .
X Micula granulosa V. A small species, 2-.5"'"' long, 2™»> broad, broad ovate, with the
beaks anterior and turned forward, posterior end rounded, anterior tip angularly
truncated, a well defined and rather large lunule bordered by an angular ridge. Sur-
face greenish yellow, dull, closely covered witli niicroseopie granules, and with fine
lines of growth. Margin plain, thickened. Ilinge-niargin rather stout, ciu'vcd, with
about 5 anterior and 7 posterior teeth, whicli are relatively strong. Cartilage-pit
large. Stations 892, 1880 ; 2072, 1883.
A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the N'ew England Coast. 281
Limopsis tenella Jeff, vi, 232.
B. range, 1731 to 2033 f. Eu.
Mytilus edulis Linne.
B. range, 0 to 57i f.* (perhaps from surface Fuci); 1608 f.f Oc, S.,
N., Arc, Eu., Med., P., Antarctic.
Modiola modiolus (Linne) Turton.
B. range, 0 to 115 f.*; 202 f.f N., Arc, Eu., P., As.
Modiolaria nigra (Gray) Loven.
B. range, 0 to 27^ f.*; 31 to 65 f.f N., Arc, Eu., P.
Modiolaria. discors (Linne) Loven.
B. range, 15 to 90 f. N., Arc, Eu., Med., P., As.
Modiolaria corrugata (Stinip.) Moi-fh.
B. range, 18 to 45 f.* ; 20 to 25 f.f N., Arc, Eu.
Modiolaria polita V. and S. v, 578; vi, pi. 30, f. 12.
B. range, 238 to 321 f. Cb., Eu.
Crenella glandula (Totten) Ad.
B. range, 0 to 11 f.f; 5 to 100 f.* N.
Crenella decitssata (Mont.) Macg. v, 578, pi. 44, f. 7.
B. range. 5 f.f; 11 to 115 f.* N., Arc, Eu., Cb., P.
Idas argenteus Jeff, v, 579; vi, pi. 30, f. 16, 16a.
B. range, 335 to 2033 f.* on wood. Surface ? (on wood). Eu.
Dacrydiiim vitreum (Moll.) Torrell. v, 579, pi. 44, f. 8, 8a.
B. range, 300 f.f; 312 to 1555 f.* N., Arc, Eu., Med., Af., Azores.
Pecten Clintonius Say. vi, 261.
B. range, 8 to 349 f.f; 13 to 146 f.* N.
Pecten Islandicus Miiller.
B. range, 33 to 122 f.*; 124 to 194 f.f N., Arc, Eu., P., As.
Pecten glyptus V. v, 580.
B. range, 69 to 156 f.f
Pecten striatus Miiller. vi, 233.
B. range, 100 f.-j- Eu., Med.
Pecten vitreus (Gmel.) Wood, v, 581, j)). 42, f. 21.
B. range, 57+ to 64 f.f; 100 to 787 f.* N., Arc, Eu., Med., Af.
Pecten pustidosus V. v, 581, pi. 42, f. 22, 22a; vi, 261.
B. range, 99+ to 321 f.*; 365 to 547 f.f N., Eu.?
Pecten leptaleus V. vi, 232.
B. range, 142 f. Off Cape Hatteras.
Pecten fragilis Jeff, vi, 232.
B. range, 843 f. Off Cape Hatteras. Arc, Eu., Azores.
AimissiuTn, sp. nov. v, 582; vi, 261.
B. range, 79 f.f ; 86 to 317 f.*
Limcea subovata (Jeff.) Monteros. v, 580.
B. range, 100 to 1362 f.f; 252+ to 1290 f.* Eu., Arc, Med., Azores.
Avicida hirundo (L.). v, 582.
B. range, 71 f.*: 89 f.f Eu., Med., Can., Azores, Cb., Oc.
Avicida hirundo, var. nitida V. v, 582, pi. 58, f. 43.
B. range, 64 to 192 f. Oc.
Avicula squamulosa ? Lam. vi, 233.
Surface.* S., Oc.
282 A. M Verrill — Molhisca of the Neio England Coast.
Anomia aculeata Miill.
B. range, 4 to 640 f. N., Arc, Eu.
BRACHIOPODA.
Terebratulina septentrionalis (Coutli).
B. range, 16 to 396 f. N., Arc, Eu., Af.
Waldheimia cranmm (Miiller) Davidson, vi, 234.
B. range, 1362 f.f. Arc, Eu., P.
Discina Atlantica King, vi, 233.
B. range. 1251 to 1467 f.f Eu., Arc, Med., Australia.
l/ist of Sj)ecies found hetioeen 1000 and 2000 fathoms.
The following list comprises those of the species above enumerated
which we have dredged between 1000 and 2000 fathoms, with the
observed bathymetrical range in this region. Those printed in
Italics have not been taken by us in less than 1000 fathoms.
CEPHALOPODA.
Fathoms.
Ommastrephes illecebrosus V. 0-1022
Mastigoteuthis Agassizii V. 640-1050
Chiroteuthis lacertosa V. 435-2221
Leptoteuthis diaphana V. 1731
Calliteuthis reversa V. 365-2369
Desmoteuthis tenera V.
Alloposus mollis V.
Octopus piscatorum V.
Octopxis gracilis V.
Eledone verrucosa V.
Fathoms.
869-1346
238-1735
1362
1290
787-1255
GASTROPODA.
TOXOGLOSSA.
Fathoms.
Admete Couthouyi (Jay) Ad. 155-1255
Pleurotomella Agassizii V. 39-1608
Pleurotomella Bairdii V. 1608-2221
Pleurotomella Benedicti V. & S. 1290
Pleurotomella SandersoniV. 1290-2033
Pleurotomella Saffordi V.
& S. 843-1608
Pleurotomella bandella Dall 1290-2033
Pleurotomella Emertoni V. 1917
Pleurotomella Bruneri V. 1608-2033
Pleurotomella Catharinse V. 843-2033
Gymnobela engonia V. 906-1608
Gymnobela curta V. 843-1917
Gymnobela curta, var. sub-
angulata V. 197-2033
Gymnobela bebes V. 252-2033
TOXOGLOSSA.
Fathoms.
312-1290
1395
1917-2221
Bela pygmfea V.
Beta Rathbuni V,
Spirotropis ephamilla V.
Typhlomangilia Tanneri V. & S. 1290
Taranis Morchii, v. tornatus V. 1255
Rachiglossa.
Buccinum abyssorum V. & S. 49-1309
Siphoprofundicola V. & S. 1497-2033
Sipho profundicola, var.
dispar V. 1555
Sipho caelatus, var. bebes V. 640-1255
Sipho (Mobnia) ctelatulus V. 516-1290
Trophon clavatus Sars 843-2033
Astyris pura V. 71-1255
A. E. Yerrill — MoUusca of the JSfeio England Coast. 283
T^NIOGLOSSA.
Fathoms.
Benthodolium abyssorum V.
& S. 1395-1221
Natica clausa Brod. &
Sowerby 13-1255
Lunatia Groenlandica (Moll.)
H. & A. Ad. 12i-1290
Laniellaria pellucida, var.
Gouldii V. 44-1497
Tfichotropis inflata Friele 1290
Cingula Jan-Mayeni V. 238-1290
Cingula apicina V. 1608
Cingula brycliia V. 349-1290
Cithna cingulata V. 906-1467
Cithna (?) ollvacea V. 193-1290
Aporrhais occidentalis Beck. 34-1000
Seguenzia formosa Jeff. 1290-2033
Seguenzia eritima V. 1290-2033
Rhiphidoglossa.
Margarita regalis V. & S. 64-1555
Cyclostrema diaphanum V, 1290-2033
Fatliomg.
Puncturella (Fissurisepta)
eHtvieta V. 14,51
Propilidium elegans V. 1395
Cocculina leptalea V. 1495-2033
Gymnoglossa.
Stilifer Stimpsoni V. 13-1255
Stilifer curtus V. 410-1255
Eulima stenostoma Jeff. 843-1467
Turbonilla Rathbuni V, 64-1395
Turbonilla Bushiana V. 365-1467
Tectibranchiata.
Actaeon nitidus V. 238-1451
Scaphander nobilis V. 906-1309
Scaphander puncto-striatus
(Migh.) H. & A. Ad. 46-1467
Diaphana gemma V. 100-2033
Cylichna alba (Brown) Loven 12-1290
Cylichna Dalli V. 452-1290
Cylichua occulta (Migh.) H.
& A. Ad. 100-1608
SCAPHOPODA.
Fathoms.
Dentalium solidum V. 843-1309
Dentalium striolatum Stimp. 25-1255
Dentalium occidentale Stimp. 26-1255
Dentalium occidentale, var.
sulcatum V. 75-1255
Dentalium, sp. g. 1731-2033
Dentalium, sp. h. 843-2033
Fathoms.
Siphonodentalium vitreum
M. Sars 100-1290
SiphonodentaUum teres Jeff. 843-1290
Siphonentalis affinis (Sars) 349-1781
Cadulus grandis V. 843-1467
Cadulus cylindratus V. 1608
LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.
Fathoms.
Teredo megotara Han. surface
and
55-1467
Xylophaga dorsalis F. & Han
. 32-2033
Poromya sublevis V.
1917
Necera gigantea V.
1917
Neasra obesa Loven
20-1290
Periploma papyracea (Say)
Con.
7-1255
Thracia nitida V.
1917
Pecchiolia abyssicola Sars
192-1290
Pecchiolia gemma V.
75-1290
Ahra longicallis (Scacchi)
1467
Macoma sabulosa (Speng. )
Morch.
29-1255
Cryptodon tortuosus Jeff.
499-1290
Fathoms.
Cryptodon Gouldii (Phil.)
Stimp. 6-1467
Cryptodon obesus V. 12-1390
Cryptodon ferruginosus
(Forbes) 100-1467
Axinopsis, sp. nov. 1451
Montacuta tumidula Jeffreys 843-1091
Malletia obtusa (M. Sars)
Morch. 516-1608
Nucula delphinodonta Mighels 9-1290
Nucula tenuis (Mont.) Turton 75-1255
Nucula cancellata Jeffreys 858-2033
Yoldia Messanensis (Seguenza),
variety 1451-2033
Yoldia expansa Jeffreys 365-1467
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI.
.^6
July, 1884.
284 A. E. Verrill — Mollasca of the Neio England Coast.
Yoldia sericea, var. striolata
Jeffreys
Yoldia lucida Loven
Yoldia frigida Torell
Yoldia subequilatera (Jeff.)
Yoldia Jeffreysii (Hidalgo)
Phaseolus ovatus ? (Jeff. MSS.) 1290
Fathoms.
516-1731
29-1608
157-1255
499-1731
349-1290
FathoiDB.
Glovnis nitens Jeffreys 1608
Limopsis minuta (Phil.) 64-2221
Limopsis, sp. 197-2221
Limopsis tenella Jeffreys 1731-2033
Idas argenteus Jeff. 335-2033
Dacrydium vitreum (Moll.) 300-1555
Limsea subovata (Jeffreys) 100-1362
BRACHIOPODA.
Discina Atlantica King
Fathoms.
1251-1467
Fathoms.
Waldheimia cranium (Miiller)
Davidson 1362
Ziist of Sjyecies dredged by the TJ. jS. Fish Commission at depths
exceeding 2000 fathoms.
Those species in Italic type were not taken in less than 2000
fathoms. A dagger (f) after a depth indicates that the specimens
were dead shells only.
CEPHALOPODA.
Chiroteuthis lacertosa V.
Fathoms.
435-2221
(2949)
Calliteuthis reversa V.
Eledonella pygmcea V.
; Fatlioms.
365-2369
2949
GASTROPODA.
TOXOGLOSSA.
Fathoms.
Pleurotomella Bairdii V.
& S. 1608-22211
Pleurotomella Sandersoni V. 1290-2033
Pleurotomella bandella D. 1290-2033
Pleurotomella Bruneri V. 1608-2033
Pleurotomella Catharinae V. 843-2033
Gymnobela curta, var. sub-
angulata V. 197-2033t
Gymnobela hebes V. 252-2633f
Spirotropis ephamilla V. 1917-2221
Rachiglossa.
Sipho profundicola V. & S. 1497-2033
Sipho hispidulus V. 2033
Trophon clavatus Sars 843-2033
T^NIOGLOSSA.
Fathoms.
Benthodolium abyssorum
V. & S. 1395-2221
Cithna tenella.vax. costidata Jeff. 2033
Seguenzia formosa Jeffreys 1290-2033
Seguenzia formosa, var. nitidaY. 2033
Seguenizia eritima V. 1290-2033
Rhiphidoolossa,
Cyclostrema diaphanum V. 1290-2023f
Cocculina leptalea V. 1395-2033
Gymnoglossa.
Eulimella chaHessa V.
EuUmella lucida V.
Eidimella nitida V.
Tectibranchiata.
Diaphana gemma V.
2033
2033
2033t
100-2033
A. K Verrill—MoUusea of the Neio England Coast. 285
Dentalium, sji. g.
SCAPHOPODA.
Fathoms. ,
1731-2033 I Dentalium, sp. h
Fathoms.
843-2033
LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.
Fathoms.
Xylophaga dorsalis F. & Han. 32-2033
Necera undata V. 2221f
KeJliella, sp. nov. 2033
Yolclia Messanensis (Se-
guenza) 1451-20331
Nucula cancellata Jeffreys
Limopsis minuta Phil.
Limopsis, sp.
Limopsis tenella Jeffreys
Idas argenteus Jeff.
Fathoms.
858-2033
64-2221
197-2221
1731-2033
335-2033
Species also taken hy the Blake Expeditions in the Gxdf of Mexico,
Caribbean Sea, or Straits of Florida,
The following sj^ecies have been recognized by Mr, Dall, among
the Blake shells, or else have been identified by the writer with those
recorded by him, or by personal comparison of specimens. Probably
other cases of identity will occur when the whole of the Blake col-
lections shall have been fully studied. The identity of some of
these is still doubtful.
Abi-alia megalops Verrill.
Pleurotoma comatotropis Dall.
Daphnella limacina (Dall).
Pleurotomella bandella Dall.
PleurotoDiella Emertoni Verrill.
Taranis Morchii (Malm) Jeffreys.
Seguenzia f ormosa Jeffreys.
Acta3on melampoides Dall.
Ringicula nitida Verrill.
Leptothyra induta Watson.
Calliostoma Bairdii Verrill & Smith.
?Margarita lamellosa Verrill & Smith
(?=: M. aeglees Watson, Dall).
Cadulus Watsoni Dall.
Poromya granulata (Nyst) Forbes &
Hanley.
Neaera perrostrata Dall.
?Neaera multicostata Verrill & Smith
({= N. alternata (D'Orb.) Dall.
Neaera rostrata (Spengler) Loven.
Abra longicallis (Scacchi).
Abra lioica (Dall) V.
Cardium peramabilis Dall.
? Cryptodon obesus Verrill.
?Leda acuta Conrad (?= L. Jamai-
censis Dall).
Yoldia Messanensis (Seguenza).
Yoldia Jeffreysii (Hidalgo).
Area pectunculoides Scacchi.
Nucula tenuis (Mont.) Turton.
Limopsis minuta (Philippi).
Limopsis tenella Jeffreys.
Limopsis cristata Jeffreys.
Modiolaria polita Verrill and Smith.
Crenella decussata (Mont.) Macg.
Ammusium, sp. nov.
286 A. K Yerrill — Mollnsca of the Neui England Coast.
I
^
»
eo
o
o
CO
00
00
CD
lO
CO
CS
OJ
■2
00
CO
CO
T— 1
-*
0*
1—1
05
CO
I-
00
Tt<
o
■I-H
tH
T-H
«
H
•S a
s?
tH
•pH
(M
<?J
T-l
Sp<
mo
— ^ .
CD
t-
CO
OS
o
o?
o
C-
CO
X)
CO
CO
'^
Ci
CO
eo
Ci
•?}
CO
'^
^-o"
^A
ors.
CQ
CQ
CQ
07
t-
J>
o
C5
(N
^
o?
<a o
tH
■r—i
uo.
coo
.' ce
fe'a
eo
S o
o«
^%
i> ^
i^
lO
T-t
tH
t-
05
<D
»o
2
Oi
CO
00
^
2 o
CO
eo
1—1
00
t-
CO
-*
o»
CO
CO
1—*
<S^
T-H
^•§
CQ
(N
1—1
00
CO
^
05
CO
CO
Oi
c^
fg,
'-'
■^
Q^
oo
03
a
o
>*
^
^
^
^
^
;^
^
^
**
+a
CS
«*H
o
o
O
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
lO
o
lO
T— 1
o?
lO
o
■t-t
OJ
o
CO
I— ^
^^
*
fl
-«
^
•*
^
■•'
•*
'o
C6
O
O
«5
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
U
o
o
o
CD
o
o
o
o
a»
c>
to
o
Ci
o
o
tH
c>
a
fl
01
^
0)
VI
^
^
•"
-1^
y
«
OJ
CD
o
"i
a
-
"
~"
~*
■*
^
-
■*
ft
o
N
o
o
OJ
CD
?
^
"eS
Ol
•^
&D
u
£:
a
ct
cc
c;
■"5
^
•2<
1>
o
^
m
a
oj
.2
ft
'C
rH
xn
'o
cc
03
:
::
-
^
-
-
-
-
Ol
"So
a
CO
'3
ft
o
m
"o
0)
Oh
03
&
ft
t
O
a>
CM
'■•
~*
c«
"
••
■-
"•
0)
13
CO
ft
'3
'tS
13
ce
cu
+j
+j
^
a>
o
"o
o
Q
H
H
H
A. E. Verrill — Molliisca of the New England Coast. 287
II. — Table illustrating Bathymetrical Distribution.
All the species and named varieties are counted together, whether
of shallow or deep water origin, except in the second column. Those
species that have not been found in this region in more than 60
fathoms are not included in the eighth column, otherwise the entire
molluscan fauna, living between the shore and 60 fathoms, would
have to be enumerated.
Cephalopoda
Gastropoda
Toxoglossa
Rachiglossa . .
Tcenioglossa
Ptenoglossa
Rhijiliidoglossa
Gymnoglossa
TectibrancMata
JViidibrancMata
Poli/pJiicophora
Heteropoda
Pteropoda
solenoconch a
Lamellibranchiata . -
Brachiopoda . -
Total Mollusca and Brachi
opoda - -.
27
216
36
33
38
10
30
20
23
13
5
8
24
16
115
3
401
27
205
34
29
35
10
28
20
23
13
5
8
23
15
107
3
380
11
36
2
115
12
45
0
148
15
107
15
21
20
3
17
8
15
5
3
9
59
1
191
10
124
12
25
23
7
14
11
19
85
1
228
2
14
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
4
0
8
23
0
3
0
42
III, — Table showing the Progress of Discovery of our deep water
Mollusca.
C3
■a
cS
a
C8
o
2
o
J3
<a
3
2
03
3
(S
C3
a
1
c
o
"3
o
o
"be
o
"Si
O
•o
O
o
o
d
£1
£1
£1
o
c.
o
•a
o
c.
O
P.
o
5
O
Q.
O
•^ X
c
a
o.
>>
S
•c
s
a.
3
a \ O
*
Q H
M
H
Pi
a
(1(
C5
H
z
a
(^
CD
hJ
n
H
Species and named varieties in
list
27
11
16
4
36
5
31
17
33 38
1113
22 25
1814
10
1
9
0
301 520'23
4 2; 2i 8
26 318:15
13
6
7
0
8
1
7
5
24
5
19
10
16
3
13
8
115
52
63
24
8
1
2
2
401
Recorded before 1880
125
Added since 1880
276
Added in 1883 -..
15 0
7 2
121
Described as new by the writer
since 1880
15
26
21
18
8
18
1
18
9
3
1
2
4
19
0
158
Described as new by the writer
since 1883 1 -
416
11
10
0
11 01 6
1
0
1
0
8
9
0
_7_2
288 A. E. Verrill — 3foUusca of the New England Coast.
In the above list are included 380 species and 21 named varieties.
But of these, at least 42 are pelagic species, taken either alive at the
surface or dead at the bottom, viz : Cephalopoda, 2 ; Taenioglossa, 1 ;
Ptenoglossa, 1 ; Nudibranehiata, 4 ; Heteropoda, 8 ; Pteropoda, 23 ;
Lamellibranchiata, 3, Possibly a few other species, now considered
as deep-water forms, may be pelagic, for it is difficult to tell at what
depths free-swimming species of Cephalopods are taken, unless they
also occur in the stomachs of deep sea fishes. Many small Gastro-
pods, etc., living habitually on floating Eucus and Sargassimi^ are
caught with these sea-weeds in the trawl, on its way up or down,
and mingling with the shells from the bottom may give rise to errors
of this kind. Thus some of the species of Hissoa, Cingiila, Cithna^
etc., may not really live at the depths recorded, but at the surface.
When satisfied of this accidental occurrence of some of the common
shore species (Littorina, etc.), I have omitted them from the list, but
have included the strictly pelagic forms, like Litiopa, for convenience.
Of the 343 species and 19 named varieties regarded as living at the
bottom, 89 are also shallow- water species, living habitually in less than
60 fathoms, on this part of the coast. A considerable number, now
considered as deep-water species in this region, occur in shallow water
north of Cape Cod, and some of them may eventually be found to
occur in the cold belt, off Martha's Vineyard, in 25 to 60 fathoms.
Of the 89 shallow-water species, 63 occur also between 200 and 500
fathoms, and 19 below 1000 fathoms. Some of these have a remark,
ably great range geographically, as well as in depth.
Of the 259 species and 14 varieties regarded as belonging to the deep-
water fauna, in this region, 143 occur in the comparatively warm zone,
between 60 and 200 fathoms. A considerable number of these have
been taken only in the more southern dredgings, off Chesapeake Bay
and Cape Hatteras, and some of them only in depths not much exceed-
ing 100 fathoms, where the Gulf Stream has the greatest effect. In this
zone the soiitliern genera, DoUiwi, 3Iarghiella, Solarium., Avicitla,
etc. occur. The number that occupy the zone between 200 and 500
fathoms is 128, besides 63 shallow-water species, while 118 inhabit
the depths between 500 and 1000 fathoms, associated with 30 shallow-
water forms, and 96 have been taken between 1000 and 2000 fathoms,
associated with 19 shallow- water ones. Although but five of our
dredgings have been in more than 2000 fathoms, we are able to
record 35 species from between 2000 and 3000 fathoms, which is a
much greater number than has hitherto been recorded from such
depths in the north Atlantic.
A. E. Verrill — Mollnsca of the Nexo England Coast. 289
The different groups of mollusca differ greatly in the relative pro-
portion of deep and shallow-water species, as shown by the following
tables. Thus the deep-water Cephalopods are 23, against 4 shallow-
water and surface species. The Gastropods exclusit^ely deep-water
are 166, against 38 of shallow-water origin. The shallow-water La-
mellibranchs, however, seem to have a much greater tendency to
range into deep-water, for of these there are but 68 deep-water species,
associated with 46 shallow-water ones.
The species and varieties described as new, in this paper, are V2, as
follows : Cephalopoda, 4 ; Gastropoda, 56 ; Solenoconcha, 3 ; Lamel-
libranchiata, 9. The total number of species of mollusca added to
the fauna of this region by the Fish Commission dredgings, since
1880, is about 300, but only 276 of these are included in the above
list; of these 121 were obtained in 1883.
Among the peculiarities of the deep-water mollusca the occurrence
of an unusual proportion of Toxoglossa, many of which are hand-
somely sculptured and of large size, is a noteworthy feature. Tecti-
branchs are also abundant and some of them large. Rhiphidoglossa are
also relatively abundant and present some striking and elegant forms
of Trochidas, while there are 13 limpet-like forms belonging to this
group, including the genera Coccidina, Addisonia, Lepetella, Pro-
pilidium. The Solenoconcha or Scaphopoda are relatively much
more abundant, and some of the species are much larger in 500 to
2000 fathoms than in shallow-water. This must be regarded as
mainly a deep-sea group.
Among Lamellibranchs the groiips that are relatively most num-
erously represented are the Anatinidcne and Corbulida^, (especially the
genus Neaera) ; the Nuculidte, including the genera Niicula, Leda,
Yoklia, Malletia Glomus, etc. ; and the Arcida?, including Area and
Limopsis. The Lucinidse and Pectenidoe are also well represented.
ERRATA.
Page 152, line 23, for Diomedefe, read liandella Dall (see p. 250).
Page 160, line 9, and page 226, line 23, for Bela hebes read Gymnohela hebcs. An
examination of the animal shows that this species has no operculum. The
nucleus is imperfect in all of our specimens. It is closely allied to G. curta.
The latter may prove to be only a variety, when larger series can be compared.
Page 163, line 34, for Typhlomangelia read Typhlomangilia.
Page 175, line 26, for figure 14, read, figure 16.
Page 193, lines 10 and 15, and page 194, line 33, for charissa, read chariessa.
Page 218, line 23, for 35165, read 35163.
Page 238, line 6, for 306, read 302.
Page 250, lines 2 and 25, for 1881, read 1882.
ERRATA FOR VOL. V.
The following errata have been noticed in the former catalogue.
Page 448, line 15, for Sept. 15, read Sept. 13.
Page 511, hne 7 from bottom, for Morch, read Moll.
Page 520, line 23, for umbiblical, read umbihcal.
Page 523, lines 1, 2, for bombix, read bombyx.
Page 529, lines 27, 28, for Atalanta, read Atlanta.
Page 529, last line, for Bolton, read Bolten.
Page 535, line 21, add off Halifax, 190 fath.; off Block I., G-15 fath.,
Page 539, line 9, for Plasianella, read Phasianella.
Page 540, last line, for perisotraca, read periostraca.
Page 551, line 8, read Cape Breton Island.
Page 553, line 12, for Galvinia, read Galvina.
Page 567, line 31, before Leche, insert Nova Zembla and Kara Sea.
Page 572, line 9, for Nova-anglice, read Novangiice.
Page 578, line 18, for mytilus, read Mytilus.
1874.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Plate XXVIII.
Figure 1. — Argonauta argo Linne, p. 247. From an alcoholic specimen taken off Long
Island. Side view ; natural size.
Figure 1«. — Front view of the shell of the same specimen; natural size.
Figure 16. — Side view of the same shell.
Figure 2. — Ahralia megalops V., p. 143. Type specimen. Front view of one of tha
sessile arms ; x 2 diameters.
Figure 3. — Pleuropus Hargeri Y., p. 275. Tyj^e specimen. Side view of the shell and
animal in alcohol; enlarged.
Figure 4. — Atlanta Peronii Les., p. 274. Side view of a large but somewhat broken
specimen ; x 8 diameters.
Figure 4a. — The same. Front view ; x 8 diameters. The nucleus is broken.
Figure 5. — Heterodoris rohusta V. and E., p. 274. Type specimen. Dorsal view
natural size.
Figure 5a. — The same. Ventral view; natural size.
Figure 6. — Doris complanata V. and E., p. 274. Dorsal view of a specimen having
the gills partially retracted; one-half natural size.
Figure 7. — Koonsia ohesa V., p. 274. Dorsal view of a specimen a short time in
alcohol, but having the dorsal portion of the body much contracted, while the
gill and reproductive organs are more displayed than usual ; one-half natural size.
Figure 8. — Caecum Cooperi Smith. Dorsal view of the extended animal and front
part of the shell from a living specimen ; enlarged about 12 diameters.
Plate XXIX.
Figure 1. — Trophon Lintoni V., p. 176. Type specimen. Front view; x2 diameters.
Figure 2. — Dolium Bairdii V. and S., p. 253. Front view; natural size.
Figure 2a. — The same. Part of the odontophore; x 22 diameters.
Figure 26. — The same. Dorsal \*iew of the partially contracted animal preserved in
alcohol.
Figure 3. — Lunatia levicula V. Front view of one of the largest specimens taken ;
natural size.
Figure 4. — Marginella horealis V., p. 165. Front view of one of the first specimens
taken, which was dead and somewhat eroded ; x 2 diameters.
Figures. — Cithna (?) olivaceaY., p. 185. Front view of the type specimen; x8
diameters.
Figure 6. — Capidus Hungaricus (Linne), p. 269. Dorsal view of the largest specimen;
X 1|- diameters.
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 37 July, 1884.
292 Explanation of Plates.
Figure t. — Pleurotomdla Packardii Y., p. 265. Dorsal view of the anterior part of
the animal from an alcoholic specimen, male ; enlarged about 4 diameters.
Figure 8. — Taranis imlcUella V., p. 2G7. Front view of the largest specimen taken ;
X 8 diameters.
Figure 9. — Chorisies elegans Carp., var. ieneru V., p. 250. Top view of a very young
specimen; much enlarged.
Figure 9a. — The same. Top view of a somewhat older specimen, enlarged to the same
extent.
Figure Sh. — The same. Basal view of a still older specimen, enlarged the same.
Figure 10. — Addisouia paradoxa Dall, p. 256. Part of the odoutophore; much en-
larged.
Figure 11. — The same. Side view; x 2 diameters.
Figure 1 1 a. — Dorsal view of the same specimen ; x 2 diameters.
Figure 11&. — The same. Ventral view of the animal and sheh of a larger specimen
in alcohol ; x 2 diameters.
Figure 12. — Cocculina Beanii Dall, p. 2'71. Side view; x 8 diameters.
Figure 13. — Fissurella Tanneri V., p. 255. Type specimen. Top view; natural size.
Figure 13a. — The same specimen, side view.
Figure 14. — Margarita regalis V. and S., p. 254. Part of one side of the odontophore ;
much enlarged.
Figure 15. — Cylichna Dalli V., p. 274. Type specimen. Front view; x 4 diameters.
Figure 16. — Mangilia cerina V., p. 250. View of a portion of the .shell and extended
animal from a living specimen ; enlarged about 8 diameters.
Figure 16a. — The same. Dorsal view of the head and front part of the foot, more
extended.
Plate XXX.
Figure 1. — Flacophora Atlantica V. and S., p. 206. Ventral view of the type speci-
men; natural size.
Figure la. — Dorsal view of the same specimen.
Figure \h. — The same. Detached valves; a, dorsal side of the anterior valve; 6,
ventral side of the same valve ; c, dorsal side of one of the middle valves ; tZ,
dorsal side of the posterior valve, and e, ventral side of the same valve ; x 2
diameters.
Figure 2. — Trachydermon eaiarato (Sars), p. 208. Dorsal view; x 2 diameters.
Figure 2a. — Ventral view of the same specimen.
Figure 26. — The detached anterior valve of the same specimen ; a, dorsal side ; b,
ventral side; x 4 diameters.
Figure 3. — Necera laiiiellosa M. Sars, p. 277. Side view; x 10 diameters.
Figure 4. — Ffioladomya arata V. and S., p. 278. Anterior view of a large left valve;
natural size.
Figures 5, 6. — The same. View of the beak and hinge of two specimens to show
variations in the hinge ; x 2 diameters.
Figure 7. — Fecchiolia gemma, vi, \). 258. Typo specimen. View of the interior of the
left valve, x 6 diameters.
Figure 8. — The same. View of the exterior of the right valve of a larger example.
Figure 9. — Verticordia ccelata V., p. 278. Type specimen. View of the exterior; x 8
diameters.
Figure 9a. — The same valve, view of the interior; x 8 diameters.
Explanation of Plates. 293
Figure 10. — Diphdonta turgida V. and S., p. 279. Viow of the exterior of the right
valve ; uatural size.
Figure 11. — The same. View of the interior of a somewhat smaller valve; uatural
size.
Figure 12. — Modiolaria politaY. and S., p. 281. Type specimen. Side view of a"
small specimen ; natural size.
Figure 13. — Tellimya ferruginosa (Mont.). Side view of a living specimen with the
animal fully extended ; enlarged about 8 diameters.
Figure 14. — Leda pernula (Miill.), p. 280. Side view of a specimen having the beak
curved more than usual ; x 2 diameters.
Figure 14a. — The same specimen. View of the hinge; x 4 diameters.
Figure 15. — Leda acuta V., p. 259. Side view; x ^ diameters.
Figure 16. — Idas argenteiis Jeff., var. laviellosa V., p. 281. Side view ; x 6 diameters.
Figure 16a. — The same. View of the interior of the right valve : x 6 diameters.
Plate XXXI.
Figure 1. — Pleurotomella Bairdii V. and S., p. 147. Front view of one of the stouter
specimens, ascertained to be a female by examination of the animal; natural size.
Figure 2. — Pleurolometla Benedicti V. and S., p. 148 ; x 2 diameters.
Figure 2a. — The same. Apical whorls ; x 22 diameters.
Figure 3. — Pleurotomella Sandersoni V., p. 149; x4 diameters.
Figure 3a. — The same. Nuclear vs^horl ; x 22 diameters.
Figure i.— Pleurotomella Saffordi V. and S., p. 151 ; x 3 diameters.
Figure 4a. — The same. Nuclear whorls; x 22 diameters.
Figures. — Pleurotomella handella {p&\\)r=zP. DiomedeceY. and S., pp. 152 and 250;
x 3 diameters.
Figure 5a. — The same. Nuclear whorls ; x 22 diameters.
Figure 6. — Pleurotomella Emertoni V. and S., p. 154; x 2 diameters.
Figure 7. — Pleurotomella Bruneri V. and S., p. 155 : x 2 diameters.
Figure 7a. — The same. Profile view of a younger specimen; x 4 diameters.
Figure 8. — Tijphlomungilia TanneriY. and S., p. 163; x 2 diameters.
Figure 9. — Pleurotomella Catharmce V. and S., p. 155 ; x4 diameters.
Figure 9a. — The same. Nuclear wfhorls ; x 22 diameters.
Figure 10. — Gymnohela curta V., p. 158 ; x 2 diameters.
Figure 11. — Buccinum ahyssorum V. and S., p. 167; natural size.
Figure 11a. — The same. Operculum of another specimen ; natural size.
Figure 1 1 &.^The same. Dentition.
Figure 12. — Benthodolium abyssorum Y. and S., p. 177; natural size.
Figure r2a. — The same specimen. * Operculum ; natural size.
Figure 12&. — The same specimen. Dentition; x 75 diameters.
Figure 12c. — The same. Marginal portion of one of the jaws; x 22 diameters.
Figure 13. — Sipho profundicola V. and S., p. 170 ; natural size.
Figure 14. — Seguenzia formosa Jeffreys, p. 186 ; x 8 diameters.
Figure 14a. — The same. Operculum; more enlarged.
Figure 14&. — The same. Dentition ; x 250 diameters.
Figure 15. — Seguenzia eritima V., p. 189; x 8 diameters.
Figure 16. — Sipho leptaleus V., p. 175 ; x 6 diameters.
294 Explanation of Plates.
Plate XXXII.
Figure 1. — Leptoteutliis diaphana V., p. 141. Dorsal view; natural size.
Figure 2. — Ekdonella pygmwa V., p. 145. Side view of the hectocotylized arm;
enlarged about five diameters.
Figure 3. — Eulimella lucida, V., p. 192 ; x 8 diameters.
Figure 3a. — The same. View of the upper whorls ; x 22 diameters.
Figure 4. — EulimeUa chariessa V., p. 1 93 ; x 8 diameters.
Figure 4a, b. — The same. Different views of the upper wliorls; x 22 diameters.
Figure 5. — Eulimella nilida V., p. 194 ; x 8 diameters.
Figure 6. — Eulimella lissa V., p. 195 ; x 8 diameters.
Figure 7. — Cithna cingulata V., p. 184; x 8 diameters.
Figure 8. — Cingula apicina V., p. 183 ; x 4 diameters.
Figure 9. — Cingula bi'ychia V., p. 179 ; x 8 diameters.
Figure 10. — Cingula leptalea V., p. 182 ; x 8 diameters.
Figure 11. — Cingula syngenes V., p. 180; x 8 diameters.
Figure 12. — Turbonilla cosiulata V. One of the original type-specimens from Vine-
yard Sound, shallow water ; x 8 diameters.
Figure 13. — Turbonilla areolata V. One of the original type-specimens from Vine-
yard Sound ; x 8 diameters.
Figure 14. — Cyclostrema cingulatum V., p. 198. Basal view of the type specimen;
X 8 diameters.
Figure 15. — Cyclostrema affine V., p. 199; x 8 diameters.
Figure 16. — Cyclostrema diaphanum V., p. 199. Basal view; x 8 diameters.
Figure 17. — Cyclostrema DalliV., p. 255. Basal view of a peculiarly sculptured spe-
cimen (var. ornatum) from station 2115; x 8 diameters.
Figure 18. — Scaphander nobilis V., p. 209. Front view of a medium sized specimen;
natural size.
Figure 18a. — The same. View of a portion of the surface to show the character of
the punctations ; much enlarged.
Figure 186. — The same. Dentition; x 8 diameters.
Figure 18c. — The same. Side view of two of the teeth ; x 22 diameters.
Figure 18d — The same. Gizzard, side view ; x 2 diameters.
Figure 19. — Fissurisepta eritmeia V., p. 204. Side view of the type-specimen; x8
diameters.
Figure 19a. — The same. Posterior view of the apex ; x 22 diameters.
Figure 20. — Cocculinu hptalea V., p. 202. Side view of the largest specimen with the
apex eroded; x 12 diameters.
Figure 20a. — The same. Basal view of the shell containing the animal preserved iu
alcohol ; x 6 diameters.
Figure 206. — The same. Side view of a nuich younger spccimeti with the apex
perfect ; x 1 2 diameters.
Figure 21. — Poromya sublevis V., p. 221. Interior of the right valve; x 2 diameters.
Figure 22. — T/tracia nitida V., p. 221 ; natural size.
Akt. Vll. — New England Spiders of the family Epeirid^.
By J. H. Emerton.
On account of their bright colors and conspicuous webs, the
Epeiridje are better known than the other families of spiders and
many of our species have been already described. "^J'lie general
works of Koch, 1831 to 1848, and Walckenaer, 1837 to 1847, contain
descriptions of many American spiders, which cannot however be
identified with much certainty. The descriptions of Araneides of
the United States by N. M. Hentz, published in the Journal of the
Boston Society of Natural History from 1842 to 1850, are largely of
southern spiders. I have however identified twenty New England
species with Hentz's descriptions. Since Hentz a few northern
spiders of this family have been described in the following papers.
Giebel : Illinois Spiders. Zeitschrift fur Gesammten Naturwissenachaften, 1869.
J. Blackwall: Spiders from Canada. Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., vol. xvii, p. 77.
O. P. Cambridge: Newfoundland Spiders. Proc. Royal Phys. Soc. Rdinb., 1881.
T. Thorell: Labrador Spiders collected by Packard. Proc. Boston Soc. of Nat. Hist..
vol. xvii, 1875.
T. Thorell: Bulletin of Hayden's U. S. Survey of the Territories. Spiders collected
by Packard in Colorado, 1877.
E. Keyserliug: Beschreibungen neuerund wenigbekaunter Arteu Orbitelte. Siizungs-
berichte der Isis. Dresden, 1863.
Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Orbitelaj Latr. Verhandluugen der Zool.
Botun. Gesellschaft in Wien, 1865.
Neue Spinnen aus Amerika. Zool. Bot. Gesellschaft in Wien, 1879,
1880, 1881, 1882.
H. C. McCook : Epeira radiosa. Proc. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1881, p. 163.
Webs of E. triaranea and other new species. Proc. Phil. Acad., 1876.
Webs of EpeiridfB. Proc. Phil. Acad., 1881, p. 431 and 173; 1878, p. 124.
Besides these species described from Amei'ican spiders, several of
our common Epeiridse are also found in Europe and have there long
been known and described. In identifying these I have been much
helped by European specimens determined for me by Messrs. Thorell,
Cambridge, Simon and Koch. In naming European species I have
followed as closely as possible Thorell's Synonyms of European
Spiders, and have g'iven the synonyms used by Simon, Blackwall and
Menge.
Trans. Conn. Acad,. Vol. VI. 38 Sept., 1884.
296 J. H. Emerton — N'eio Enxiland Epeiridce.
The spiders which I have examined are chiefly from the same
localities as the Therididue described iu Traus. Couu. Acad., vol. vi,
pp. 1 to 80, but owing to the greater ease of finding Epeiridce, the
common species have been taken at many more places and I have had
much more lielp from other collectors. Besides my own collection I
have examined tliose of Bowdoin College, Cornell University, Yale
College, H. C. McCook of Philadelphia and Geo. Marx of Washington.
I have also received specimens from J. B. Tyrrell, Toronto, Canada.
From the Adirondacks and Rocky Mountains from F. A. Bowditch of
Boston. From the neighborhood of Boston from S. Henshaw, and
from many other places and persons.
The Epeiridae are distinguished from other spiders by their
round webs formed of radiating threads crossed by others which are
covered when fresh with a sticky fluid that collects on them in drops.
These webs and the way in which they are made have been often
described. The radiating lines are first spun and tightened by many
irregular short cross lines at the center. Then a spiral line is begun
|)assing around the center, at first with the whorls very close together,
then suddenly widening it is continued to the outside of the web
with the whorls as far apart as the spider can reach. The sticky
spirals aie then begun at the outside close together and as they cross
tlie line of the first spiral, the latter is bitten away, leaving in the
finished web only little thickened spots on the rays to show its
course. PI. xl, fig. 1. Toward the center of the web the sticky
spirals are usually a little closer until al>out the length of the spider's
longest legs from the center, where they stop, leaving a ring witliout
cr<jss lines around the closer part of the first spiral. When the web
is finished the spider is thus left in the center where it can hold itself
without interfering with the sticky threads until something is caught.
Tlie E]>eirida' usually have the abdomen large, short and thick, so
that they walk awkwardly on a flat surface, their natural position
being back downward holding to the web by their feet.
"^Phe ce])halothorax is usually wide and the head low with the eyes
around the front, not over the back as in some families. The lateral
eyes are usually very close together, and separated far from the
middle pairs.
The mouth ))arts are short and stout, except in Tetragnatha, the
niaxilhe and labium rounded at the ti]>s. PI. xl, fig. 6.
The markings of the abdonu'n usually form, as in some TlKridi<la',
a wide scolloped stripe which has been called the " folium,'" usually
bordered by a dark and light stripe and enclosing one or more pairs
J. H. Emerton — New England Epeiridm. 297
of spots on each segtneut ; those of the two front st'gnients being
usually larger and brighter than the others. These markings can be
seen on the figures on Plates xxxiii and xxxiv.
Like Theridid;e the Epeiridie have three claws on the feet and,
under the claws, stiff toothed hairs. The middle <-law is shorter
than the others and has two or three short teeth. The lateral claws
have more and larger teeth varying in different individuals, on dif-
ferent feet and according to the species. The inner chiAv also differs
from the outer as shown on PI. xl, figs. 3, 4, 5, The toothed spines
have also a definite number and arrangement.
The spinnerets are short and closed together when not in use so
that the middle pair are concealed. Between the i'ront pair of spin-
nerets is a short process covered with hairs but witliout s[)inning tubes.
The males are. smaller than the females and have a smaller abdo-
men and longer legs sotne of which are often thickened or otherwise
modified in shape. The difference between the sexes is greatest in
the genus Argiope, in which the females become very large about the
time for laying eggs.
The copulating organs are described in the following descriptions
of the two sub-families.
The genera Uloborns and Hj/ptiotes, which have been placed in
this family by Thorell and others on account of the resemblance of
their webs to those of Epeiridae, seem to me to belong more properly
with the Ciniflonida^ with which they agree in having the calamis-
trum and cribellura and in the structure of the adhesive thread by
which their webs are crossed. This classification is followed by
Simon in Arachnides de France and by Bertkau in Archiv fur Natur-
geschichte, 1882. Leaving out these I divide the family into the
two following sub-families.
Epeirinse.
This group includes all the family except Tetragnatha and P</chi/-
gnatlui. They are generally short and stout spiders with the abdomen
round and plainly marked. The head is low and wide. ThemaxilUe
and labium are short and rounded. The mandibles are short and
stout. Tlie male palpi are large without a movable hook on the
tarsi. The }»al[»al organs are generally rounded and have a short
tube but long terminal hook and other appendages. The epigynum
varies greatly in different genera but always has external hard pai'ts.
The following genera belong in this sub-family. Epeira^ Shiga,
Zilla, Micropeira, Cgclosa, Acrosoma, Cyrtarachne, Argiope, Argy-
roepeira.
29H J. H. Etnerton — New England Epeiridce.
Tetragnathinae.
These differ considerably from the other Ej)eirida\ The maxillae
and laV)inm are shaped at the end as in the EpeiriiKe l)ut are much
longer. The mandibles, especially in the males, are very long and
toothed on the inner edge. The eyes are on the front of the head in
two rows, the lateral pairs not so distinctly separated from the others
as in Epeirinse. The epigynum is internal, consisting oidy of a pouch
with simple spermathecae. PI, xl, fig. 7, The palpal organs are not
enclosed by the tarsus and the tarsus has a long movable hook
jointed to its base. Pi, xl, figs, 5 and 6, The colors are light, usually
yellowish with gray markings and silvery spots and bands. Genera
Tetragnatha, PacJiygnatha.
Epeira,
In Epeira the front of the bead is low and the lateral eyes are
much farther from the middle ones than these are from each other.
The abdomen is usually round, or short oval, sometimes widened
and thickened a little at the front end with two humps or horns on
the back. The epigynum is covered by a hook or finger which is
sometimes narrow and soft and placed between two elevations, and
sometimes Avide enough to cover all the other parts as in E. doniicilL
oriwi and trivittata. The males are always somewhat smaller than
the females and have longer legs, the second pair of which are often
thickened or curved. The palpal organs are large and have a short
tube with a large terminal hook and large hard processes at the base.
The tarsus lias a short curved spur at the base. The tibia and patella
of the male palpi are usually short.
Epeira nordmanni, cinerea, silvatica, angulata, solitaria and corticaria.
All these spiders have two slight humps on the front of the abdomen, which is a
little wider and thicker in front than in other species. The colors are generally dark.
Most of the spiders grow to a large size and are generally found in woods of large
trees. Silvatica, angulata and solitaria resemble each other closely and may be mis-
taken one for the other. Jn angulata the sternum has a yellow middle stripe and the
abdomen yellow spots V)etween the spinnerets and epigynum. In silvatica the sternum
is brown and the abdomen brown beneath with only indistinct markings. The male
angulata has a large spine on the coxa) of the second legs, while in silvatica this spine
is very smalk The enlarged tibia of the second legs in the male angulata is nearly as
long as tibia of the first legs. In silvatica the second tibia is more slender and much
shorter than the tibia of the first pair. The folium of silvatica has a row of oblique
black markings along the edge on each side, while in angulata it is evenly notched.
The male solitaria is much larger tlum tlie other species, it has the spines on the
second coxfc very large and smaller ones on the first coxic. The under side of the
abdomen and sternum are black and the folium indistinct. E. corticaria may be mis-
J. H. Emerton — IVew England Epeiridm. 299
Epeira angulata (Clerck. 1757) Thor., Jilk., Menge.
Plate XXXIII, figures 12, \1a. Plate XXXV, figure 2.
The adult female is 16'"™ long. The colors are brighter than in
silvatica. The dark brown rings on the legs are darker and more
distinct. The sternum has a bright yellow line in the middle. The
under side of the abdomen is black. Between the epigynum and
spinnerets are several irregular yellow spots as in some specimens of
the European angulata. The abdomen is nearly as wide as long
with two large humps on the first segment. The front of the abdo-
men, including the front half of the humps, is dark brown except a
bright yellow mark in the middle and a few small light spots. The
rest of the back of the abdomen is lighter. The folium is dark
brown at the sides and deeply scolloped. The edge is marked by a
dark and light line which is not broken into short black lines as in
silvatica. PL xxxiii, fig. 12, 12a.
The males are colored in the same way. The tibia of the second
legs is thickened and the metatarsus curved. The coxa of the second
pair has a conical spine near the base.
The epigynum is small but the finger is thicker than in silvatica.
The palpal organs are large with the terminal hook short and sharp,
shorter than in silvatica. PI. xxxv, fig. 2.
Two males were found in woods on Mt. Tom, Holyoke, Mass., near
a large web across a path. The females could not be found. A
female was found in a large web eight feet from the ground between
two trees six feet apart in Beverly, Mass.
Adult $ from Illinois, Knox Co., Cornell Univ. Collection.
Epeira solitaria, new.
Plate XXXIII, figure 11. Plate XXXV, figure 3.
This large spider, of w^hich I have only seen one male, is 14™™ long
with the front legs 28™'". The general appearance is like that of the
male angulata. The conical spines on the second cox^e are very
large and there are smaller ones on the first coxae. The palpal organ
has a very long black terminal hook. PI. xxxv, fig. 3. The sternum,
the coxse and the under side of the abdomen are black. Thecephalo-
taken for the young of other species on account of its .=mall size. The colors are
however lighter and the rings on the legs narrower and more numerous. The epigy-
num is nearly as large as that of silvatica and differently shaped. Pi. xxxv, fig. 9.
The finger is liable to be broken off.
ROO .7. H. Emerton — JSfeio^ England Epeiridve.
thorax is dark brown. The usual yellow spot on the first segment of
the abdomen is large and bright. There are two humps as in aiigu-
lata. The folium is black with a few yellow spots and the side areas
are covered with irregular spots of black and yellow. The legs and
palpi are marked as in the male fiAigidata but the femora are darker.
The tibia of the second pair is eularged as in tlie allied species.
This spider Avas found on the fence of the reservoir below Spring
pond in Peabody, Mass., Sept. 20, 1869.
Epeira corticaria, new.
Plate XXXIII, figure 14. Plate XXXV, figure 9.
This little spider may easily be mistaken for the young of angidata.
It is 0""" long, light reddish brown, in color with lighter dull yellow
markings. The cephalothorax has a wide middle dark stri|»e divided
in front behind the eyes. It is also dark on the edges. Tiie legs are
dull yellow, with wide brown rings at the end and middle of each
joint. The abdomen is widest at the first segment and has there
two horns. The front of the abdomen is dark reddish brown with
light spots in the middle and a light line along the hinder edge from
one horn to the other, liehind this dark area the abdomen is lighter
and covered with fine spots. The folium is distinct but not very dark
and has oblique dark brown lines along the edges like silvatica.
The sternum is dark brown. The epigynum is large and has a thick
finger widened near the base. In three out of four of my specimens
the finger is broken of.
Beverly, Mass., and Adirondack Mts., N. Y.
Epeira silvatica, new.
Plate XXXIII, figures 13. 13a. Plate XXXV, figures 1, 4, 5, 6.
T^ength of female from Beverly, 1(V"'" ; first leg, 23""".
The abdomen is nearly as wide as long and has on the first seg-
ment two promiiu-nt humps. The cephalothorax is dark brown with
indistinct darker lines in the middle and on each side. The legs are
brown with dark rings at the ends of the joints and loss distinct ones
in the middle. Thi- aVidomen has a bright yellow spot on the front,
behind wiiich is a median row of smaller light spots. The greater
part of the abdomen is of a light brown color. The front around the
vellow spot is darker and so is the folium which is nuirked on the
edges by five pairs of oblique black liju's surrounded by a lighter
liorder. The under side of the abdomen is <lark brown without
niarkings in the adult female but young females and males have two
J. H. Emerton — Neio Engkmd Epeiridce. SOl
distinct yellow spots in the middle and two smaller ones near the
breathing holes. The epigynum is small for so large a spider. The
finger is long and slender as in angulata. Young specimens appar-
ently of the same species are more distinctly marked. They have
the dark markings on the middle and sides of the head much plainer
than the adults and the yellow spots under the abdomen.
The male is about half as large as the female, (The largest, one
from Beverly, is 10""" long, 1st leg 21'"™) with the front legs propor-
tionately much longer. The tibia? of the second pair are thickened
and have the spines larger and more numerous than in the female.
The coxa of the second pair has a short conical point near its base
and the coxa of the first pair a hook on the under side near the
outer edge. These modifications of the front coxje are found in sev-
eral species. The colors are similar to those of the female. The
dark rings near the ends of the joints of the legs do not extend quite
to the end, the joint having a lighter tip. The folium is more regular
than in the female and the humps are absent. The sternum is black.
The under side of the abdomen has four yellow spots more or less
united at the sides.
Beverly, Mass., E. Burgess ; Mt. Jefferson, N. H.; Chateaugay Lake,
Adirondack Mts., N. Y., from F. A. Bowditch ; Ithaca, N. Y., Cornell
Univ. Collection.
Epeira nordraanni Thorell. Syuouyms of European Spiders.
Plate XXXIII, figures 6, Ha, &h.
Female, 11"^'" long; first leg, 18"^"'.
The colors are white and gray or black. The cephalothorax is gray,
in alcohol yellow, darkest toward the sides. The legs have a dark
ring at the end and a less distinct one in the middle of each joint.
The sternum is light brown or black. The abdomen is narrower than
that of angidata., but has two humps on the first segment like that
species. The folium is narrow and truncated in front in line with
the second pair of muscular spots. The edges of the folium are
marked with five pairs of very black lines converging backward.
The light stripes at the sides of the folium are wide and the lateral
dark markings sharply defined. In front there is a central white
mark, on each side of which are dark areas that extend back so far as
to cover half of the humps and enclose a large spot between them.
In some specimens the folium and other dark markings are nearly
uniform black with sharply marked edges and with some white spots
in the center. In one female from Western New York apparently
302 J. H. Emertoii — N'ev England Epeiriitce.
of this species the dorsal muikings are very obscure, and the light
areas of a reddish color like old specimens of Epeira trivittata. The
ventral markings are as distinct as usual. The under side of the
alxlomen has a middle dark area from the sternum to the spinnerets.
In this area are four yellow spots, two just behind the respiratory
openings and two farther back. In some these spots are connected
by the light stripe along the sides o( the dark area. The finger of
the epigynum is widened at the base somewhat as in corticaria.
I have adult females from Quohaug Bay, 20 miles east of Portland,
Me., where they were abundant on low bushes in September, and
young from Eastport, Me., and the White Mts. Huntington, Mass.,
young ; Philadelphia, H. C. McCook ; Western New York, E. P.
Van Duzee. I have compared specimens from Norway from Thorell's
collection.
Epeira cinerea, new.
Plate XXXIII, figure 10. Plate XXXV, figures 7, 8.
Female 18""" long ; cephalothorax, 6-5"'"'; first leg, 26""".
The color is dirty white with grayish markings. Long white hairs
are scattered all over the body. The cephalothorax is a little darker
at the sides. The legs have gi'ay rings at the end and middle of
each joint which are hardly visible in very light individuals and
nearly black in dark ones. The abdomen has two slight humps on
the first segment. The folium and other markings are like those of
angulata and allied species but very pale and indistinct. The
sternum is dark brown. The under side of the abdomen has a cen-
tral dark stripe boi'dered by light j'^ellow curved markings. The
epigynum is small and has a wide finger turned up at the end, behind
which is a slight hollow.
The male has the same colors and markings as the female. The
tibite of the second pair of legs are not thickened.
This s])ider is common about barns and fences in Maine. Mr,
Howard of New Haven, found it very abundant at Upton, Maine,
near I^mbagog lake. I have it also from Bethel, Me., Gorliam,
N. If., and Au Sable chasm, northern New York. I have never seen
it in other parts of New England nor farther south, except from
C'arter County, Kentucky, where it was collected by F. G. Sanborn
for the Kentucky Geological Survey.
Epeira sdopetaria, E. patogiata and E. skit.
These three house spiders resemble eaeh other closely in size, color and habits, and
are easily mistaken one for the other. Ep. sclopdaria is the most common house
<J. H. Eriierton — New England Epeiridm. 303
Epeira SClopetaria (Clerck) Thorell, Menge.
E. sericata Blk.
Plate XXXIII, figure 4. Plate XXXV, figure 10.
Large female, from Salem, 15""" long; 1st leg, 24""". Average
female, Essex Bridge, Salem, 11""" long; 1st leg, IS""".
The wliole body is covered Avith light gray hairs which obscnre the
color and markings of the skin. When wet in alcohol the dark
markings appear dai-k brown, and tlie lighter parts dull yellow.
The cephalothorax is dark brown or gray without markings. The
legs are marked with light and dark rings. The femur has the inner
half light and the outer half dark. The patella is darkest toward
the tip. The tibia and the metatarsus are dark at both ends and
have a dark ring near the middle. The sternum is dark brown with
a roundish light spot in the middle and the coxa^ liglit. The top of
the abdomen is dull yellow with dark brown or black markings.
The folium has a distinct dark and light line around the scollo])ed
edges, broken on each side between the first and second segments.
These breaks are usually distinct and distinguish this spider from
patogiata^ stria- and other related species in which the edge of the
folium is usually entire. The median dark spot at the front of the
abdomen is large and plain in this species and is followed by a line
Epeira in FAirope and America. It lives in barns and windows of liouses and on
fences, and between the timbers of wharves and bridges, but is rarelj' found on plants
or away from houses. Ep. patagiata is occasionally found about houses in the same
way in both countries and also on plants. It appears to be a northern species and is
not found, as far as I kuow, south of New England nor in southern Connecticut. Ep.
strix is an American species usually found on plants but sometimes about houses hke
sclopetaria. The colors and markings of these three species are usually distinctive,
but occasional individuals of sclopetaria and patagiata resemble each other very
jlosely. In sclopetaria the colors are gray inclining to yellow. The edges of the
folium are broken on the first segment, whicli is not the case in the other species.
The colors of E. patagiata. incline to red, especially in alcohol. The abdomen is usu-
ally flatter than in sclopetaria and the folium wide and unbroken at the edges. In
strix the colors are more as in sclopetaria, the abdomen very oval, the folium narrow
and the sides of the abdomen much lighter colored. The legs of sclopetaria are the
longest and those of strix shortest. The males can be easily distinguished by their
palpi. In sclopetaria the fork at tlae base of the palpal organ is slender and the ter-
minal hook long and blunt. In strix the fork is also slender, the outer tooth longer
than in sclopetaria and the terminal hook is stouter but with a sharp point. The fork
in patagiata is short and twice as thick as in the other species, both teeth turned up
at the ends, and the terminal hook is long like sclopetaria but pointed at the tip. The
finger of 'the epigynum ot piatagiata is flat and widened at the tip, while in sclopetaria
and strix it is round as usual.
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 39 Sept., 1884.
304 J. IT. Emerton — Neio Emfland Ejyeiridce.
of smaller niedian triangular spots. The dark portions of the folium
on the first segment are distinctly separated from the rest by the
gaps in the edges of the folium and a light area extending back to
the scicond ])air of muscular spots. The dark areas at the sides of
the folium on the hinder segments are broken by lighter transverse
stripes on each segment. Beneath the abdo7nen are the usual semi-
circular bright yellow markings, partly enclosing a dark spot which
extends back to the spinnerets. Very dark ijidividuals have the
dark markings of the abdomen black and the lighter marks bright
Avhite, and very light individuals have all the markings light yellow-
ish brown and indistinct. This is the most common Epeira about
barns and fences and especially on wharves and bridges, but is sel-
dom foimd on j)lants and never far from houses. It seems to be com-
mon all over the country, and equally so in Europe. It makes its
web usually toward evening and remains in it during the night, but
in the daytime liides in some crack near by where it makes a slight
shelter of silk. It sometimes holds a thread leading to the center of
tbe web. Adults are found at all seasons but most abundantly in
the summer. I have seen the cocoons in June.
The male differs from the female chiefly in greater length of the
front legs and smaller size of the abdomen. The palpi are short.
The tarsus has a slight notch at the base behind which a blunt pro-
cess turns up toward the end of the palpus. The palpal organ is
twisted together and partly enclosed in the tarsus. The tube is
very short and simple, near the middle of the palpal organ under
the ends of the other appendages. The largest of these is a hard
forked process near the base of the bulb. Beyond this and near the
tube is a thin, flat appendage, and at the end of the organ beyond
the tube is a large hook with a shorter roughened process at itf
base.
The epigynum has two hard prominences between which is a flex-
ible, finger-like a])pendage. In sclopetaria and strir this finger is
narrow and usually turned up at the end. In patayiata the finger
is wide and flat, and dark colored at the end.
Under the name of Ep)cira indffaris, Hentz probably included this
and other allied species. The picture from which his figure of
E. vulgaris is engraved may be from this species, but quite as likely
from some southern spider not described here.
J. H. Emerton — Neio England Epeiridce. 305
Epeira patagiata (Clerck) Thor., Blk., Menge.
Ep. fornwsa Keys., Zool. Botan. Gesellsch., Wien. 1865.
Ep. liilaris Camb., from Newfoundland, Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc, Edinburgh, 1881.
Pl.ite XXXIIT, figures 3, 3a, 3&, 3c. Pl.\te XXXV, figure 11.
Female, from Salem, 9'^"" long; 1st leg, 15"'"\ Female, from Mt.
Washington, 11"""; 1st leg, 14""". Female, from Beverly, 10'"'"
long; 1st leg, 15""".
This spider is slightly smaller than sclopetaria and like that spe-
cies varies greatly in size and the length of the legs. The abdomen
is nearly round, as in sclopetaria, but slightly flatter on the back.
The colors are lighter tlian those of sclopetaria and the light mark-
ings have a reddish color, especially in alcohol, in place of the dull
yellow of sc/opetaria. The cephalothorax is light brownish yellow
with light hairs. The legs are ringed with dark and light, as in
sclopetarla, but the dark parts are brighter reddish brown. The
abdomen is marked with various shades of brown. Tlie folium has
the edges plainly marked and not broken on the second segment
as in iiclopetdria. The color of the folium is usually broken by
lighter transverse bands and spots. The light bands on the second
segment are often very large and united with the light markings on
the first segment while behind they are separated by a sharp line
from the darker part of the folium. Some dark specimens have the
folium of a uniform dark brown color, broken only by irregular small
light spots. Figs. 3, 3a, 3&, 3c.
This species is abundant in the White Mountains and the Adiron-
dacks where it lives on plants away from houses. In Montreal,
Canada; Albany, New York; Eastport and Portland, Me.; Ithaca,
N. Y., Cornell University Collection ; and in eastern Massachusetts
it is a common house and fence spider, and is also found on bushes.
I have not found it in several seasons' collecting at New Haven,
Conn., nor on Cape Cod and Martha's Vineyard, nor is it among a large
lot of house Epeira from Noank, Conn. Mr. McCook, in Philadel-
phia, and Mr. Mai'x, of Washington, have not found it in their
southern collecting, so that it is probably not common south of Mas-
sachusetts and New York. It is a common European species,
Epeira strix Hentz.
Ep. apuclisa Giebel, Illinois spiders, Zeitschrift fur Gesammten Naturwiss., 1869.
Probably E. affinis Blk., from Canada. Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., vol. xvii.
Plate XXXIII, figure 5. Plate XXXV, figure 12.
10""" long; 1st leg, 14""".
This species usually differs considerably in its general appearance
306 J. H. Emerton- — Nev) England Epeiridce.
from patCKjiata and sclo2^etaria. It resembles the lighter individuals
of sclopetaria in color, but differs in form. The abdomen is longer
and the legs shorter and stouter and the whole body is less hairy.
The cei)halothorax is reddish brown with a dark stripe each side and
a less distinct one in tlie middle. The legs are light brownish yel-
low with a dark ring at the end of each joint. The sides of the
abdomen are light. The folium is not much wider in front than
behind, and seldom has larger sjiots or other irregular markings at
the front end. The" folium is dark brown with a light stripe along
the middle, in which is a darker line indistinct e.vcept at the forward
end.
This species is found from Massachusetts to Maryland. It lives
occasionally with sclopetaria about houses, bridges and fences but
more commonly on low bushes. In the daytime it seldom lives in
its web }ior does it hide in a nest near it, but oftener goes down to
the gi'ound or to a distant part of the plant. It is often found under
stones. It becomes adult late in the summer. Young are found
under leaves during the winter. I once saw the process of laying
the eggs and making the cocoon by this species. The spider first
made a bmich of loose silk under which it held itself and forced the
eggs upward into the middle of it. The eggs were soft and adhered
together and to the silk enough to stay in place while tiie spider
spun silk over them till they were entirely concealed.
The male differs but little from the female, less than in the two
related species.
Epeira trifolium iientz.
I'LATE XXXIII, FIGURES 8, 8a, 86. Plate XXXV, figures 13, U, 21, 22.
Large female from Salem, Mass., 18""" long; first leg, 27""".
Average female from Salem, Mass., 13""" long; first leg IS""".
The colors of the female are very variable, some having the al^do-
men dark reddish brown, sometimes with a j)urplish tinge and others
various shades of gray to almost white without any markings on tlie
abdomen. White specimens kept in confinement have changed in a
few days to the usual reddish brown. The usual maikings on the
abdomen are four white spots near the four muscular pits, a median
row of white spots and several irregular transverse rows, all trace of
the edges of the folium being absent except in yonng imlividuals.
The under side of the abdomen is dark brown even in light colored
individuals, and the si'micircuhir bright yellow marks are absent
except in the young where they sometimes show. The cephalothorax
J. H. Emerton — JVe^o England Epeiridm. 307
is white with tliree wide dark brown lines. The legs are wliite with
a dark brown ring at tlie end of each joint and in the middle of the
fonrth feiunr. The sternnin is dark brown with sometimes a light
stripe in the middle.
The male is not more than 6 or V""" long, and light colored. Tlie
markings are similar to those of the female bnt all fainter or indis-
tinct. The legs are long, and the spines long and black. The
tibife of the second legs are not modified as in some species. The
palpal organ of the male is small with a short, stout terminal hook
and a small basal process with a long black curved tooth.
The males are found in August and September and the females get
their full size and lay eggs in October.
They live on bushes, oftenest on small alders around the borders of
open, wet ground. They seldom stand in the web in the daytime
but occupy a tent made of two or three living leaves drawn together
and lined with silk. The spider holds a thread leading to the center
of the web.
Hentz's E. ohesa and E. aureola are probably light individuals of
this species, and E. septuna may be an old female of large size Avith
the colors faded and abdomen shrunken after laying her eggs. I
have seen a few in this condition, in which the light markings were
all browner and the dark markings paler than in younger spiders.
The resemblance between the females of this species and the Euro-
pean E. quadrata is very close. Usually the abdomen of trifoliuni
is rounder, the white markings smaller, and the edges of the folium
less distinct than in quadrata. The finger of the epigynum of tri-
foliuni is not widened at the base but is of about the same size from
base to tip. The finger of the epigynum of quadrata is wide at the
base and tapers toward the tip. Plate xxxv, figs. 19, 20, 21, 22.
The male of trifoUicut is much smaller than that of quadrata.
The tibia of the second legs is not thickened. The palpi are not
more than half as large and the process at the base of the palpal
organ is small as in most species, while in quadrata it is very large,
nearly as long as the rest of the palpal organ. Plate 3, fig. 15.
Canada, New England, Ncav York and southward.
Epeira marmorea (Cierck) Thor.
Plate XXXIII, figure 2. Plate XXXV, figure 17.
Female 10 or 12'""' long ; first leg 15'""'. The cephalothorax is
dull yellow with indistinct darker lines in the middle and at the sides.
The femur of each leg is yellow or oftener bright orange with a
308 J. H. Emerton — Neio England EpeiridcB.
darker ring at the end and sometimes around the middle. The
patella is the same color darker toward the tip. The other joints are
white with orange or dark brown rings at the end. The sternum is
dark hrown, rarely with an indistinct light mark in the middle. The
abdomen is marked on the back with a folium extending its whole
length or with the front portion indistinct or absent in very light
specimens. The light parts are white, yellow or occasionally orange,
the dark parts gray or light brown. The two light spots near the
muscular marks on the first segment and the median stripe form a
cross-shaped marking in the front of the abdomen. The spots on
the other segments decrease in size backward. The edges of the
folium are dark with a narrow light line outside. The sides of the
abdomen are marked with oblique dark stripes not sharply separated
from the lighter spaces between. The under side of the abdomen
has the usual dark area in the middle with a semicircular yellow
marking each side of it. I have never found any marked like E.
pyraniklata of Europe, which is supposed to be a variety of niar-
morea.
A male from Beverly, Mass., measures 8""" long; first leg 16'"™.
A larger male from Mt. Tom, Mass., is 10""" long; first leg IS""".
The only European specimen that I have is 8""" long. The colors
and markings are like those of the female. The tibite of the second
legs are much enlarged and the spines on the inner side are short and
stout. The cox;e of the second pair have a long conical spine near
the base. The palpal organ is large and dark colored. At the base
of the bulb there is the usual process with a blunt tooth at the outer
corner, and a short sharp one just under the end of the tube and
terminal hook. The terminal hook is not so darkly colored as the
other appendages. It is long enough to cover the whole width of
the organ. The tube is short and can be distinguished by its dark
color under the end of the terminal hook. The tube has a large fiat
])rocess near the ti)» which camiot be easily seen without pressing the
appendages apart.
In Beverly, Mass., this species is as common as insulwis and lives
in the same places on bushes near meadows. From the woods on
jMt. Tom, Ilolyoke, Mass., I have two adidt males and several innna-
tiire females taken in July, 187:5, all very large specimens and very
pale, showing hardly any trace of the folium or the rings on the legs.
1 have it also from Kastport, Me., and western Massachusetts. A
male and femah' from Chateaugay lake, Adirondack INFts., from F. A.
IJowdilclr; Canada, J. B. Tyrrell.
J. H. Emerton — Neio England Epeiridce. 309
Epeira insularis Hentz.
E. annulipes CJeihel, Illinois spiders, Zeitsehrift fur Gesammten Naturwissenscliaf-
ten, 1869.
Plate XXXIII. figure 1. Plate XXXV, figure 18.
The females are usually larger and the males smaller than in mav-
morea. The largest female I have seen, a bright orange one from
New Haven, Conn., measured 19""" long ; first leg 24""", One of
the usual size measured 13""" long; first leg 17""". The ce})halo-
thorax is dull j^ellow with slightly darker lines in the middle and at
the sides as in marmorea. The femur and patella of all the legs are
bright orange, darker toward the ends with sometimes a darker ring
in the middle of the femur. The other joints are white with brown
ends as in marmorea. The sternum is light bi'own on the edges
and bright yellow^ in the middle. The light markings of the abdo-
men are bright yellow or occasionally deep orange. The dark
markings are dark brown or purplish. The markings are all sharply
defined. The folium is deeply scolloped and bordered by a wide
yellow line, outside of which is a row of irregular yellow spots. The
spots inside the folium are in the same positions as in marmorea but
are much larger. The wider side of the abdomen is marked as in
marmorea.
The males are V""" long, first leg 13""" and marked like the females.
The dark stripes on the ce})halothorax and the rings on the legs are
plainer than on the female. The co.vie of the second legs have only
a slight hump in place of the spine. The tibiie of the second pair
are enlarged and spiny as in marmorea.
This species is more common in Massachusetts and Connecticut
than marmorea. It lives with trifoltum on high bushes three or four
feet from the ground, usually near water. It makes a tent under
which it is usually found holding a thread leading from the center of
the web. The males are found near the tents of the females in
August and September. This species was found by Hentz in Ala-
bama.
Epeira thaddeus Hentz.
Plate XXXIII, figure 9.
This species may readily be mistaken for young insularis. It is
7""" long, with a wide, round, white or yellow abdomen, with two dark
stripes extending from near the middle of the front around the sides
under the abdomen nearly to the spinnerets. Under the abdomen
there is a light spot just back of the epigynum surrounded by a large
dark area which extends back nearly to the spinnerets. The epigy-
310 J. H. Emerton — New England IHpeiridce.
num is very small and light colored. On some specimens there are
indistinct si)ots and other traces of the folium toward the end of the
abdomen. The cephalothorax is yellow with sometimes dark spots
at the sides. The two front pairs of legs have the femur, patella
and tibia orange, darker at the ends. The tarsi are white with brown
tips. The other legs have the femur and patella orange and the
other joints Avhite with dark rings at the ends. The tibia of the
fourth pair has a Avide dark ring at the tip.
These spiders live in tents near the web, like rnarmorea and irmi-
laris, and are often found on fences. Around New Haven, Conn.,
they are common, and I have them from several places in Eastern
Massachusetts. Hent/'s original painting had the colors much
brighter than any specimen I have seen.
Epeira pratensis Hentz.
Plate XXXIII, figures 15, 15o. Plate XXXVI, figure 9.
Adult females from Chelsea marshes, Mass., are 8'""' long. The
cephalothorax and abdomen are both rather long(!r and narrower
than in trhrfttata. Tlie colors are yellow and yellowish brow'n with,
in some specimens, bright red marks on the edges of the middle
stripe. The cephalothorax is dull yellow with a middle and two
lateral stripes slightly darker but these are often absent in light
specimens. The legs are dull yellow, slightly darker at the ends of
the joints. The abdomen has a middle dark stripe, at the sides of
which are two narrow bright yellow lines which are sometimes
bordered with red near the front of the abdomen. Outside of the
middle stripes are six pairs of black spots partly surrounded by yel-
low which are the only traces of the edges of the folium. The
Epeira pratensis, trivittata and domiciliorum.
These three species resemble each other closely and some inth'viduals of either
species may be mistaken for one of the others. They resemble each other most in
autumn when the colors of all three are darker and the markings more obscure. The
palpal organs are so much alike that they give no help in distinguishing the species.
Females of domiciliorum are larger than the other species and early in the summer
can usually be distinguished by their markings. The males of this species differ from
those of trivittata in having the tibi;e of the second legs a little less curved and in
darker colors. The markings of females of trivittata and 2»"rtfe««/s are often m\ich
alike, but pratensis has generally a longer abdomen and less distinct folium than tri-
vittata. The males of pratensis have the cephalothorax longer and the head more
prominent than in the other species. Trivittata is the most common of the three
species and the most variable. Domiciliorum is most common on fences and in
gardens.
./. n. Emerton — Neic England Epeiridm. 311
colors grow darker witli age, and in September and October old
females are sometimes found of a daik reddish l)rown color with
hardly a trace of the summer markings. The sternum is brown witli
a yellow stripe in the middle. The under side of the abdomen has a
dark area with two yellow curved marks which may be broken into
four spots. There are also two yellow spots each side of the spin-
nerets. The external part of the epigynum is a large hook flattened
at the end. The single opening is directed backward under the
hook. The male has the spots on the abdomen plainer than the
female. The femur of the second leg is thicker than the others and
the tibia is somewhat thickened and curved and has short and stout
spines on the inner side. The palpal organ is small and simple.
Plate XXXVI, figure 9.
This is found in many places in Eastern Massachusetts, but not as
commonly as domicilioruin. It is very abundant on grass on the
Chelsea salt marshes in company with trivittata, where it becomes
adult in the latter part of July.
Epeira trivittata Keyserling, Sitzungsberichte der Isis, Dresden, 1863.
Plate XXXIII, figures 16, 16a. Plate XXXVI, figures 2, 3, 5, 8.
This is one of the most common spiders in New England. It lives
usually in grass and low bushes, but seldom on trees or fences. It
varies much in size, the large females measuring about 7"'" long, and
the first leg 12™"\ Adults however occur not more than half as
large. The color is light yellow with brownish rings on the legs
at the end of each joint and three indistinct dark stripes on the
cephalothorax. The back of the abdomen has a row of light spots
in the middle sometimes nearly united into a stripe. Four light spots
on the front of the abdomen are more or less connected with the
middle row. The edge of the folium is marked by rows of dark
brown spots partly surrounded with yellow, and between these and
the middle spots the folium is dark brown. The sternum is bright
yellow in the middle and the under side of the abdomen is marked
as in doniicilioriini with a dark center and four or six yellow spots.
The epigynum is covered by a strong hook, with the opening under
it directed backward.
The males resemble the females in color and markings. On the
under side of each femur is a single row of long spines. The tibia of
the second pair is strongly curved, Plate xxxvi, fig. 2, and has strong
spines on the inner side, those near the base being much longer than
the others. The palpal organs of trhnttdta. pratensis and domicilii
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 40 Sept., 1884.
3l5i J. H. Emerton — New England Epeir idee.
oriim are much alike. The tube and all the appendages are small
and crowded together near the end of the organ. The plainest differ-
ence between this and the male domiciliorum is in the shape of the
tibia of the second pair of legs. Plate xxxvi, figs. 1, 2.
This species seems to mature earlier in the summer than domicili-
orum^ adults of both sexes being abundant from June to August.
In open places and especially toward the latter part of the summer
the colors become darker and it resembles the next species.
White Mountains ; Massachusetts ; Connecticut and southward.
Epeira domiciliorum Hentz.
Probably E. Hentzii Keys., Sitziingsberichte der Isis, Dresden, 1863.
Plate XXXIII, figure 17. Plate XXXVI, figures 1, 4.
This species is larger than trivitUda and measures 10 to lo'"*" in
length, and the first legs 15 to 20""". The cephalothorax has three
dark stripes more distinct than in trivittata. The femora are orange
red and the other joints light yellow with wide dark brown rings at
the ends and middle of each joint. The abdomen has a straight
light stripe along the middle of the back from which a pair of less
distinct branches extend at right angles on each segment as far as
the edges of the folium. In the end of each of these light branches
is a black spot and between them dark brown areas which become
lighter toward the sides where they divide into fainter branches. In
the autumn the colors become darker and in some individuals the
light markings are hardly visible and occasionally the back is almost
white with the brown marks on the sides very faint. The sternum is
black with a bright yellow middle stripe. The under side of the
abdomen is black in the middle, with four In-ight yellow spots and
two fainter ones near the spinnerets. The epigynum is covered by a
large hook with the opening on its under side, as in trlvittata.
The male is marked like the female with the dark markings usually
more distinct. The palpi are like those of trlvittata. The plainest
difference between this and trivittata is in the shape of the tibia of
the second ])air of legs. In trivittata. this joint is strongly curved
outward, while in domiciliorum it is nearly straight. In domicili'
ornm, the thick spines on the inner side are nearly all of the same
size, while in trivittata the spines near the basal end are much longer
than the others. PI. xxxvi, figs. 1 and 2.
This spider inhabits fences and plants in gardens much more com-
monly than trivittata and is also found in open wootls on low trees,
but seldom in orass. Massachusetts and Connecticut and southward.
J. H. Emerton — New England JBJpeiridm. 313
Epeira displicata Heutz.
Plate XXXIV, figure 4. Plate XXXVI, figure 20.
Full grown females are sometimes 7 or 8""" loiig, but usually
smaller. The cephalothorax and legs are brownish yellow. The
abdomen is light yellow or crimson. The latter color is more com-
mon in young individuals and becomes brighter in alcohol. Some-
times there are two white lines in the middle. At the sides of the
hinder half of the abdomen are three pairs of round black spots sur.
rounded by lighter rings. The under side of the abdomen is colored
like the upper with no distinct markings. The sternum is yellow
like the legs. The legs have no dark rings but are darker toward
the ends and in some individuals, especially males, on the ends of
the joints. The epigynum is small and dark colored with a small
and slender finger.
The male has the legs and cephalothorax darker brown than the
female and the black spots on the abdomen larger and suri'ounded
more distinctly with white which sometimes forms a stripe on each
side. Each femur has a single row of spines on the under side. The
tibiye of the second legs are not thickened. The palpal organs are
dark colored. The double terminal hook is long and the other
appendages are stout and hard.
This is a common species from the White Mountains to Connecti-
cut and southward. It is often found on fences without any web.
The web is usually small, among the leaves of plants.
Epeira juniperi, new.
Plate XXXIV, figure 6. Plate XXXVI, figures 14, 15, 16.
Length of female 5*5™"\ The abdomen is nearly as broad as long,
bright green with three white longitudinal stripes on the back. The
cephalothorax and legs are light yellowish brown, without dark
rings. The male has the same colors, is slightly smaller and has
longer legs. The epigynum has a short wide finger curved toward
one side and widened at the end, which lies between the dark brown
openings.
The palpal organ has a long pointed basal hook and a short dark
colored terminal hook under which is the curved black tube. At the
side is a large white process with a tooth on the outer side.
A male and female from a spruce tree on Peak's Island near Port-
land, Me., July 13, one from Wood's Holl, Mass., in August.
314 J. H. Emerton — New England Epeiridce.
Epeira alboventris, new.
Plate XXXIV, figure 5. Pl/vte XXXVI, figure 12.
Length 4""". Abdomen as broad as long, widest in front. The
whole body is white except a triangular purple spot on the back of
the abdomen. The hairs on the legs are long and white. The spines
are light brown. The eyes are colorless but have some dark color
around them. The epigynum is light brown and has a short white
finger broad and rounded at the end. Plate xxxvi, figure 12. A
spider from Western New York, perhaps of this species, has the
whole upper side of the abdomen veined with light red and eight
darker red spots along the sides.
One from Peabody, Mass., near Ship rock, one from the north of
Maine from F. W. Putnam.
Epeira labyrinthea iieutz.
Plate XXXIV, figure 8. Plate XXXVI, figure 11.
Female about 5'°'" long. The cephalothorax is much longer than
wide, dark brown except a white spot around the eyes and several
smaller spots along the sides. Tlie legs are white with narrow dark
brown rings at the ends of the joints and wider rings of a lighter yel-
lowish brown on the ends of the femora, tibiae and the patellae of the
first two pairs. There is a small black spot around the base of each
spine on the legs of the first two pairs. The abdomen is whitish
marked by a distinct black or dark brown folium on the hinder half
and including four white spots on the first and second segments,
which are more or less connected with each other toward the middle.
The mandibles and maxillae are dark brown. The sternum is dark
brown with a white middle stripe. The under side of the abdomen
is dark brown with a middle white stripe and indistinct light spots
along the edges of the dark area. The male is much like the female
but with longer legs and smaller body as usual.
Besides the usual round web, this species makes on one side and
above it an irregular web like that of Theridiuin in which is a deep
tent with the opening directed toward the center of the round web
with which it is connected by a thread. In the autumn the eggs are
laid in several flat cocoons which are fastened near the top of the
tent, and partly concealed by pieces of leaves and other rubbish
fastened to the web. After the leaves have fallen and the webs are
destroyed by the weather tlie string of cocoons and rubbish remains
fastened, usually to several twigs, l)y strong threads.
J. H. Emerton — Neio England Epeiridae. 315
This species is abundant at New Haven, Conn., and Mr. McCook
finds it equally so at Philadelphia. I have one from Lynn, Mass.,
but none from farther north.
Epeira triaranea McCook.
Proc. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, p. 200 = E. globosa McCook, 1878, p. P24 =
pi'oljably E. haltiinoriensis or E. ylobosa Keyserling.
Plate XXXIY, figure 9. Plate XXXVI, figures 6, 7.
Length five or six millimeters. The cephalothorax is light yel-
lowish brown with a fine dark median line from the eyes to the
dorsal groove and indistinct dark marks on the sides of the head.
The first and second pairs of legs have indistinct dark rings at the
end and middle of each joint. The third and fourth pairs have
darker rings at the ends of the joints only and the tibia of the fourth
pair is half black. The abdomen is as broad as long or broader.
The front half of the folium is covered by four large white, yellow
or reddish spots partly united together into a squarish figure sur-
rounded by an irregular black line. The hinder half of the folium
has a pair of black spots on each segment between which are light
brown markings. The sternum is yellow. The under side of the
abdomen has a black spot around the spinnerets and another trans-
verse dark mark just behind the middle, the rest is light yellowish.
The epigynum is small with a short blunt finger.
The male is smaller than the female but marked in the same way.
The tibijB of the second pair are slightly thickened and curved and
have large spines on the inner side.
The spider makes a very large funnel-shaped tent out of which a
tliread runs to the center of the web, somewhat as in Ep. labyrinthea.
Salem and other places in Eastern Massachusetts ; New Haven,
Conn.; Philadelphia, Pa., McCook.
Epeira carbonaria Koch.
Beitrage z. Kenntniss d. Arachniden fauna Tirols. Zeitschrift d. Ferdinandeums,
Innsbruck, 1869=:J^ew'a pacterda Thorell, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol.
xvii, 1875.
Plate XXXIIT, figure 18. Plate XXXVI, figures 18 and 19.
This is an alpine species from the White Mountains. The female
measures 8'"'" long, cephalothorax 3""", 1st leg 12'"'". The head is
about half as wide as the thorax and light colored. The thorax is
black or dark brown. The legs are ringed with black and white, the
black rings usually twice as wide as the white. The coxas are light
316 J. II. Emerton — Neio England Epeiridm.
colored and the sternum black or dark brown. The abdomen is
black with five or six pairs of white spots down the middle, in
some individuals united into a folium. At the sides are other small
irregular white spots running into two -indistinct stripes underneath.
The middle of the under side of the abdomen is black, with a central
white strip running from the epigynum half way to the spinnerets.
The abdomen is oval, narrower but not pointed behind. The whole
body is covered with long black and white hairs. The epigynum
projects considerably beyond the body, and the middle is covered by
a long finger ininiiing out to a fine point, and usually turned outward
at the end.
The male difiers but little from the female in color and markings,
but has the usual longer legs and longer spines.
These spiders live among the bare stones on the upper part of high
mountains, above trees. On Mt. Washington, New Hampshire, they
are common on the large slopes of bare rock above the Ledge. The
spiders described by Thorell were found by Packard in Labrador.
F. A. Bowditch has found the same on Mt. Lincoln in the Rocky
Mountains, most of them much lai'ger than the White Mt. specimens.
Ep. carbonaria of the Alps seems to me to be the same species. I
have compared many females and find no constant difference, but
have no males of carbonaria for comparison.
In the valleys of the Alps and all over southern Europe there
occurs a closely related species, Ep. ceropec/ia, with similar marking,
but bright colors, yellow and brown in place of the black and white.
I have not seen any similar s})ecies from the White Mountains, but
in the Rocky Mountains there is a species or variety very much like
Ep. ceropef/ia, and some females from Mt. Lincoln have colors and
markings between these two varieties.
Epeira placida iktitz.
Plate XXXIV, figure 2. Plate XXXVT, figures 10, 13.
Length of female 3 or 4'""\ The cephalothorax is brownish yellow
with three brown stripes and black spots around the eyes. The legs
are the same color, a little darker at the ends of the joints. All the
legs have long dark colored spines. The abdomen is longer than
wide, sometimes egg-shaped with the narrow end in front. In the
middle is a brown stripe, with black spots along the edges. This
stripe is narrow in front but wider behind the second pair of muscu-
lar spots and continues the same Avidth to the spinnerets. On the
third segment there is a pair of white spots in the brown band. The
J. IT. Emert07i — JSTew England Epeiridce. 317
rest of the top of the abdoinen is white with sometimes liglit
brown oblique lines across the hinder part. The sides and under
part of the abdomen are dark brown with oblique whitish spots on
the sides, two white stripes below, and four white spots around the
spinnerets. The male differs but little from the female in the usual
way. The finger of the epigynum is short and blunt between two
lobes which extend slightly beyond the edge of the fold. The
palpal organs are large for the size of the spider, and the shape of
the hard parts characteristic, fig. 10.
Massachusetts, and New Haven, Conn.
Epeira gibberosa Heutz.
JSp. maculata Keyserling, Zool. Botan. Gesellsch., Wien, Aug. 2, 1865.
Plate XXXIV, figures 1, la. Plate XXXVI, figure 17.
Female 4 or 6'"™ long. The cephalothorax is dull yellow with a
narrow black stripe in the middle from the eyes to the dorsal groove.
The legs are dull yellow with long black spines and sometimes narrow
longitudinal dark stripes. The abdomen is gray, thickly covered
with yellowish spots. In the hinder part are two black lines partly
broken into spots, and there are black spots and irregular oblique
lines at the sides. The under side of the abdomen is brown with two
white lines and four or six spots around the spinnerets very much as
in E. placidd. The epigyimm has a short blunt finger much like
that of E. placida.
The male is somewhat smaller than the female. The palpal
organs are large and the appendages long and distinct. The basal
process is widened at the end and has a long tooth at each corner,
with several shorter ones between. Near the basal process is a nar-
row, soft appendage wiiich extends outward nearly to the terminal
hook. The other appendages are the tube and a black process of
nearly the same size just below it, and a short black process on the
opposite side of the organ.
Massachusetts ; Providence, R. I.; New Haven, Conn.
Epeira parvula Keys., Sitzimgsberichte der Isis, Dresden, 1863.
Plate XXXIV, figures 12, 12ft, 12i», 12c. Plate XXXVII, figures 1 and 2.
Adult female from Mt. Tom, Mass., 8""'" long. Male from New
Haven, 6'"™ long.
The abdomen is widest in front at the second segment. The back
is flat with a slight hump behind, which projects backward beyond
318 ,t. II. Emerton — N'evj E)igland Ejyeiridm.
the spinnerets, giving a triangular appearance to the abdomen. The
folium is widest on the first segment and tapers backward to a nar-
row stripe. The colors are variable. Usually there are two white
spots in the first segment of the folium, and behind this the folium is
dark gray, darkest at the edges, and surrounded by a white line.
The sides of the abdomen are lighter gray with dark oblique lines.
In the middle of the folium are often several light spots in pairs.
In some specimens the folium is light colored and surrounded by
darker gray. Some specimens have the folium and all the markings
on the back indistinct except a black stripe down the middle. The
sternum is light in the middle and there is a light spot just behind
the epigynum. The cephalothorax is gray, darker at the sides and
behind. The legs are gray with indistinct darker rings at the ends
and middle of each joint. At the end of each femur is a wide dark
ring. The epigynum in the only adult female is covered by a wide
finger tapering to a point.
The male is smaller and darker and has longer spines and wider
dark rings on the legs. The palpal organ has a very large terminal
hook and a large rough process at its base, both of which are folded
down against the palpal organ. On the outer side of the organ is
the tube and a hard curved process which supports the tip.
The adults are found in June and July and great numbers of young
in the autumn and winter. They live in all sizes of shrubs and
bushes and in low trees.
White Mountains ; Massachusetts and Connecticut.
Epeira foliata Hentz.
Plate XXXVII, figures 6, f, 8, 9, 10.
This spider resembles Ep. parvida but the legs are longer and the
abdomen less triangular. The female measures 6"'"' long and the
first leg 12"^"\ The second leg is nearly as long but the fourth is
much shorter. The cephalothorax and legs are grayish or greenish
yellow, darker toward the ends of the joints. The first and second
legs are darker and have dark rings in the middle of the tibia and
tarsus. The abdomen is gray. The folium is slightly darker at the
edges and is bordered by a white line. In the middle is a darker
stripe ending in a point at the third segment, and also bordered by a
black and white line. Beneath the body is dull yellow. The epigy-
num has a finger which is so wide at the base as to cover it. The tip
of the finger is curved backward and slightly flattened.
The male is a little smaller l)ut otherwise resembles the female.
./. H. Emerton — New England Epeiridce. 31 d
The tibia of the second pair is widened in the middle and has four
large spines on the inner side. The palpus has a flat hook at the
base of the tarsus, ending in two teeth. The parts of the palpal
organ are small except the basal process, which is very large and
wide with two prominent teeth.
Swept from bushes in June, New" Haven, Conn.
Epeira stellata Hentz.
Plate XXXIV, figurk 17. Plate XXXYIT, figures 3, 4, 5.
Female 12""" long. The abdomen has a sharp hump on the front,
one behind and five on each side. The hinder hump has a smaller
one under it and the lateral humps on the first segment are some-
times double. The colors are light and dark brown, somewhat modi-
fied by the gray and white hairs. The markings resemble those of
Ep. angulata. The edges of the folium run out toward the humps.
The cephalothorax is wide and the corners of the head are extended
forward a little beyond the eyes. The legs have dark rings at the
end and middle of each joint. The sternum has a light stripe in the
middle. The under side of the abdomen is wrinkled and has several
oblique dark stripes. The epigynum is covered by a hooked finger,
as in doniiclliorton.
The male is slightly smaller but otherwise much like the female.
The palpal organ is small with short appendages.
A common spider in Massachusetts and Connecticut on grass and
low bushes; Dublin, N. H., Jvdy, 1882.
Epeira infumata Hentz.
E. ectypa Keyserling, Sitzimgsberichte der Isis zii Dresden, ISC'..
Plate XXXVII, figures 11, 12, 12«, 126, i;5.
This spider when it draws up its feet has the appearance of a lump
of dirt. The color is dark brown with various black and white
markings and reddish spots on the back of the abdomen. The
cephalothorax is about 2""" long. The head is high and flat in front,
bringing the upper middle eyes directly over the front pair, while
the lateral pairs are turned around so as to lie in a horizontal line.
The upper middle eyes are much larger than any of the others.
The abdomen extends forward over the thorax and is very high in
front, where it has a pair of humps. At the middle the abdomen is
nearly as wide as long and nearly flat on the back from the humps to
the hinder end. The abdomen is marked with a tolerably distinct
folium, with the hinder segments marked by pairs of oblique black
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 41 Sept., 1884.
320 J. It. Emerton — New England Ejyeiridci^.
spots. Toward the front, tlie folium is a little reddish and at the
sides yello'.v. The legs are yellowish, nearly covered by irregular
dark rings and spots. The sternum is bright yellow in the middle
and black around the edge. The abdomen is black beneath. Another
specimen is much paler with the legs almost white, and the markings
of the back broken up into a few gray spots.
Both specimens are females.
New Haven, Conn., June and July.
Microepeira, new.
This genus is distinguished by its small size and large epigynum
and palpal organs, and also by its web, which according to McCook
has the rays united in groups of three or four, and is drawn into a
conical shape by a thread attached to the center,
Microepeira radiOSa (McCook), Proc. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1881.
Plate XXXIV, figure 7. Plate XXXVIII, figures 1, 2, 3, 4.
This spider is only 2"'"' long. The cephalothorax is gray without
any distinct markings, except black rings round the eyes and slightly
darker stripes on the thorax. The legs are yellowish white, darker
at the ends of the joints. The abdomen is nearly spherical. The
back is white with brown markings. The folium is not well defined
but is plainer behind than in front, and consists of two rows of irreg-
ular brown spots, the pair on the first segment being separate from
the others. In the middle is an irregular brown line. The sternum
has a light stripe in the middle and is brown at the sides. The
under side of the abdomen is dark. The epigynum is very large and
triangular seen from behind. The opening is round and partly cov-
ered by a thin plate that extends across the abdomen just behind the
epigynum.
The male differs but little in size and color from the female. The
palpal organs are very large. The tube is black and long, sup}>orted
by a hard brown appendage. Fig. 1.
I have this species from the White Mountains, N. H., and from
Waverly near Boston, Mass.; and from H. C. McCook from Phila-
delphia, Pa.
I have never noticed the web, but according to Mr. McCook (Proc.
Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1881) the rays instead of all pointing to one
center are united in groups of three or four, each group connected
with the center by a single thread. The web is drawn into the shape
of an inverted umbrella by a thread extending from the center to a
J. H. JEmerton — New England Epeiridce. 321
neighboring twig and held tight by the spider, who releases it sud-
denly to aid in entangling insects in the web.
Cyclosa Menge.
Preiissische Spinnen, 1866. Simon, Arachnides de France.
Cyclosa COnica (Pallas) Menge = Ep. caudata Hentz = Ep. conica Blk.
Plate XXXIV, figures 3, 3a. Plate' XXXVIII, figure H.
This spider is about 6"'"' long. The color is white and gray, vary-
ing from almost white to almost black. The abdomen of tlie female
has a prominent hump at the hinder end varying in size in diiFerent
individuals. In the male there is only a slight trace of the hump.
The cephalothorax is longer than wide and highest behind the middle.
The color of the cephalothorax is dark gray or black with some-
times a light area just behind the eyes. The legs are white with
dark rings at the end of each joint and in the middle of each joint
except the femora on which there is only a mark on the under side.
On the first and second femora the dark ring is very wide, covering
sometimes more than half the joint. In light individuals the mark-
ings on the abdomen are obscure, but in well marked specimens
there is a dark foliujn widest near the base of the hump and broken
in two places at the sides. The sides of the abdomen and the back
part between the hump and the spinnerets are marked with irregular
black and white ov yellow lines. The under side is black with a pair
of very distinct light spots across the middle. The sternum is dark.
The male is smaller than the female, has a smaller hump and a
wider and darker thorax. The palpi are large. The tarsus is small
and pointed at the end and does not cover the large palpal organ.
The tube is long and hair-like, supported at the end by a stout hooked
process. Fig. 11. The epigynum is nearly all external. It is widest
at the outer end and has a small finger.
Mt. Washington, N. H. ; Eastport, Me. ; Albany, N. Y. ; Eastern
Massachusetts ; and New Haven, Conn.
This species seems to live all the time in the web. Across the
web there is usually a line of dead insects and other rubbish fast-
ened together with a quantity of loose web in which the cocoons are
also concealed. The spider standing in the middle of this band
where it crosses the center of the web looks like part of the rubbish.
Singa,
In Singa the metatarsi of the first and second feet have only very
small spines or none. The eyes are smaller than in Z«7?a and the
322 J. H. Emerton — Neio England EpeiridcB.
head higher. The colors are .orange, brown and black, usually
bright. They live on low plants in open fields near water.
Singa variabilis, new.
Plate XXXIV, figuhks 16, U)a, 166, 16c. Plate XXXVII, figures 19, 20, 21.
Female 4""" long, a little smaller tlian ^wa^e?<«es. The legs and
cephalothorax are light orange except the front of the head around
the eyes which is black. Tiie abdomen varies considerably in color.
In a large proportion of them it is entirely black. In others there
are two white stripes of various lengths along the sides, all the
rest being black. Others have a light stripe in the middle in addi-
tion to the side stripes. Still lighter individuals have a white stripe
in the middle and others at the sides. Between these are brownish
areas in which are two or three black patches of various sizes and
shapes. These latter individuals resemble in markings the other
species. The males are smaller but similarly marked. The palpal
organs are black.
This is found in grass in wet meadows with the other species, all
varieties of color occurring together.
Peak's Island, Portland, Me. ; Eastern Massachusetts ; New Haven,
Conn.
Singa pratensis, new.
Plate XXXIV, figures 15, ir)rt. Plate XXXVII, figures 14, 15, 16, 17.
Female 5 or 0""" long ; cephalothorax 2"'" ; first leg 5""". Ce-
phalothorax light yellow in the middle and on the head, brownish at
the sides. Legs dull yellow, dai'ker at the ends of the joints. Abdo-
men light brown with a double white stripe in the middle and a
white stripe each side. Underneath there is a brown patch io the
middle with a yellow stripe each side and small yellow spots around
the spinnerets. The sternum is dark brown. The abdomen is large
and regularly oval. The legs are short and small. The metatarsi
of the first and second pairs have only very small and few spines.
The epigynum is small.
The male has the abdomen much smaller than the female and the
markings less distinct. The cephalothorax is as largo as that of the
female, but the head is a little narrower and the middle eyes a little
farther advanced. The legs are stouter than in the female and have
much longer spines especially on the tibia?.
In grass on wet ground, Salem and Holyoke, Mass., and New
Haven, Conn.
J. H. Emerton — IVew England Epeiridce. 323
Singa maculata, new.
Plate XXXVII, figure 18.
Length 3""". The head is as high as wide, narrowed a little
around the eyes. The front middle eyes project forward over the
mandibles in both sexes. The front half of the head is black, the
rest of the cephalothorax and legs oi-ange. The abdomen in my
specimens is orange with indistinct blackish markings across the
hinder part, but the pattern is probably variable as in other species.
Beneath, the colors are pale Ijrown and orange. The epigynum
resembles that of S. variabilis.
Male and female. New Haven, Conn., June 24.
Zilla.
These spiders resemble Steatoda. The abdomen is large oval and
smooth and the legs short. The head is narrow and the lateral eyes
as near the middle pairs as these are to each other. The colors are
dull, black, gray and white.
The webs have a segment without cross lines in which a stout
thread I'uns from the center to the nest. Insects caught in the web
are rolled up in silk, attached to the spinnerets and carried along the
thread to the nest. Plate xl, fig. 2.
Zilla montana c. Koch.
Plate XXX [V, figure 1-4. Plate XXXVII, figures 22. 23, 26, 28.
Length of female 6 or 7""". Cephalothorax yellowish white with
dark edges and an indistinct gray stripe in the middle with radiat-
ing branches to the legs and side eyes. The legs are the same color
with dark rings at the end of each joint and less distinct rings in the
middle of each joint. The abdomen is oval and flat above like that
of Steatoda and the markings resemble those of Steatoda marmorata.
The folium is black at the edges but nearly white in the middle
where there is a median dark line or row of spots. On the front end
of the abdomen is a white spot surrounded by black which indents
the sides and front end. The folium is broken near the hinder end
as in Steatoda viannorata. The sternum is dark with a middle yel-
low stripe. The under side of the abdomen has a black stripe in the
middle with a yellow stripe on each side. The male has longer legs
with longer and darker spines but otherwise resembles the female.
324 J. H. Emerton — Neio England Epeiridm.
I have this spider from the White Mountains and young from the
Adirondaeks. The web has a narrow segment without cross lines,
Plate XL, figure 2, in which is a single thread by which the spider
passes from the center of the web to the nest. Near Hermit Lake
on Mt. Washington I saw one of these spiders capture a fly and
after tying it up with silk carry it along the thread to its nest.
I have compared the females with one from Switzerland with
which it agrees very closely, but have not compared males. In the
male characters it agrees with descriptions of Z. montana.
Zilla X-notata c. Koch.
Plate XXXIV, figure 13. Plate XXXVII, figures 24, 25, 27. Plate XL, fig. 2.
This species is about the same size as Z. montana and similarly col-
ored. The legs are whitish with dark rings at the ends of the joints,
and less distinct ones in the middle. The spines of the legs are black
Avith black spots around the base. The cephalothorax is whitish with
a fine black line on each side and a wide dark stripe in the middle of
the head and nearly covering it, and tapering to a point near the
dorsal groove. In this dark stripe are three black lines converging
behind. The abdomen is marked with a grayish folium scolloped at
the edges, which are black in irregular spots. The middle of the
folium is whitish, lightest in front, where it is bordered by black.
In the hinder part are two or three pairs of black spots which are
sometimes united into transverse black stripes, in front of each of
which is a white line or pair of spots. Outside the folium is a white
line, and beyond this the sides are covered with oblique black bands
that in some individuals nearly touch each other. Under the abdo-
men is a middle black stripe from the stem to the spinnei'ets. The
epigynuin is black and much smaller than in Z. montana. The
males have the first and second pairs of legs much longer than the
female, the palpal organs are smaller than those of mo)itana, and the
tibia of the i)alpus is more slender.
This spider was abundant at Wood's IIoll, Mass., in the summer of
1883, chiefly under the Light House wharf, where it lived in company
with Epeira sdopetaria in about equal numbers. The nest is a tube
usually open at both ends attached in a crack or corner. The webs
were of the usual Zilla pattern with a vacant segment near where
the thread passes to the center from the nest. Where the nest was
so placed that this thread formed a large angle with the plane of the
web, the web was sometimes complete as in Epeira.
The web is begun like that of an Epeira, but after the smooth
J. H. Emerton — New England Epeiridce. 325
spirals bave been placed over about a quarter of tbe web the spider
begins to turn back on reaching the ray next the thread to the nest
and passes around to the next on the opposite side. When the final
spirals are put on, this segment is left open from the circumference
to the center. After catching and tying up an insect she attaches
it to the spinnerets and carries it to the nest.
Many trees have been brought to Wood's Holl from the north of
Europe for cultivation, so that it is possible for these spiders to be
imported. I have not seen them nor heard of their presence else-
where in New England.
Cyrtarachne Thoreii.
Voyage of the Swedish frigate, Eugenie, 1868 = Cyrtogaster KeyserHng, Sit-
zuDgsberichte der Isis, Dresden, 1863.
The name Cyrtogaster was used earlier for a genus of Hymenoptera.
These spiders are all short with the abdomen wide in front and
partly covering the thorax and usually have spines on both thorax
and abdomen.
Cyrtarachne bisaccata, new.
Plate XXXIV, figures 11, 11a.
Female 8""° long. Abdomen 8™'" wide. The head is low and wide.
The eyes all small, the four middle forming nearly a square on a
slight elevation. The head is slightly narrowed behind the eyes.
The cephalothorax is slightly scolloped at the sides. It rises from
the eyes backward and has at the highest part behind the middle
two large horns. The back is covered with conical scattered points.
The cephalothorax is light brown darkest in front. The abdomen is
wider in front than long and extends over the thorax as far as the
two horns. The four principal muscular spots are large and dark
brown. The front of the abdomen is light brown with various
whitish irregular markings, the back part is yellowish white. The
under side of the body and legs are white except the ends of the
first and second femora which are grayish.
Only one specimen of this was found on a beech tree at New
Haven, Conn., Oct. 22, 1882, with two cocoons. These were dark
brown, as dark as the bark of the tree and as hard. Around the
middle of each was a circle of irregular points. PI. xxxiii, fig. 12,
One of the cocoons was attached by a strong stem to the bark and
the other was attached in a similar way to the first cocoon. The
spider held on to one of the cocoons. The following spring another
similar pair of cocoons were found on a low oak tree in Pine Swamp,
326 e/. //. Ernerton — New 'England Epeiridm.
New Haven, still tinnly attached to the bark. From these the
young came out in June.
Acrosoma Perty.
These spiders have the abdomen flattened on the back and sur-
rounded by several pairs of spines of various sizes and shapes. The
abdomen is large and extends backward beyond the spinnerets
which appear to be in the middle of the under side. The cephalo-
thorax is not as wide as long. The legs are slender and the hinder
pair as long as the first or longer. The colors of the abdomen are
bright. The males differ much from the females, resembling the
young in form and color.
Acrosoma rugOSa = Epeira mgosa Hentz.
Plate XXXVIII, figure 10.
This is about the same size as A. spinea. The legs are shorter and
stouter. The cephalothorax has three dark stripes. The legs and
cephalothorax are both covered with short hairs at the base of each of
which is a slight elevation. The abdomen is higher than in s^^inea
and dull yellow with irregular black spots above and below. The
abdomen extends backwards half its length beyond the spinnerets.
It is square at the posterior end and has five pairs of spines of which
three pairs are along the edges of the flat upper side and two pairs
behind.
The male is described by Hentz, who saw them pairing. It differs
very much from the female, having a long narrow abdomen without
any humps or spines.
This species is evidently not common in New England, the only
one I know is in the museum of Yale College from New Haven,
Conn. The figure is from a specimen from Indiana.
Acrosoma spinea = Epeira spinea Hentz.
Plate XXXVIII, figurks 5, G, 7, 8.
The adult female of this species is distinguished from all the other
native EpeiridiM by its triangular abdomen with the hinder angles
extended to two sharp spines half as long as the rest of the abdo-
men. The abdomen is bright yellow or white above. The s[)ines
are black at the tip and reddish or orange at the base. There are
two black spots at the front end of the abdomen and the muscular
spots are black. Besides the two jjosterior spines there are two
J. H. Emerton — New England Epeiridw. 327
other pairs, one pair near tlie front end of tlie alxlomon and another
smaller on the sides half way back. The body of a fidl grown
female is about Y""" long, and the distance between the tips of the
spines is equal to the length of the body. The legs and cephalotho-
rax are yellowish brown, the latter with whitish edges. Underneath,
the abdomen is strongly wrinkled and marked wMth black bands and
yellow spots. The posterior spines are lighter on the under side.
The young differ greatly from the adult female. The abdomen is
longer than wide. The posterior spines are short and blunt and the
general color of the body is dark brown. There are two light spots
just in front of the base of the spines and other smaller ones on vari-
ous parts of the abdomen. The two hinder pairs of legs are whitish
with longitudinal dark stripes. The first and second pairs are dark
toward the base and white at the tips.
The males resemble the young. They are about 4'^"" long. The
abdomen is long and \videst behind and truncate without any spines
except slight humps. On each side of the abdomen are three black
spots in which are slight humps. Across the hinder part of the
abdomen are four light spots as in the young. The cephalothorax is
dark brown and the legs liglit yellow with dark markings as in the
young.
They become adult the last of Jidy and are found till October.
They are common in Massachusetts and Connecticut. The webs are
usually in low bushes and the adult females seem to hang all the
time in the webs. '
AcrOSOma mitrata = Epeira nutrata Ilentz.
Plate XXXVIII, figure 9.
This is a much smaller species than spinea, measuring 4 or 5™'"
long. The abdomen of the female extends forward so as to cover
half the cephalothorax. It is three-fourths as wide as long and
' square at the hinder end where it has two pairs of spines. The abdo-
men is white or yellow above. There is a dark spot of variable size
and shape over the first segment and a dark middle stripe between
the hinder spines. There are also numerous black muscular spots.
Below the abdomen is wrinkled and marked with black and yellow
very much as in spinea. The cephalothorax and legs are brownish
yellow. The cephalothorax is shorter than in spinea, the front of the
head square and the sternum nearly circular.
Common at New {laven, Conn. I have not found it in Eastern
Massachusetts nor farther north.
Trans. Conx. Atad., Vot,. VI, 42 Sept., 1884.
328 J. II. Emerton — New England E2yeiricl(P.
Meta.
I U8e this genus for Meta menardi, meriance and the like, not
including tlie slender bright colored species placed here by Keyser-
ling which, as suggested by Thorell, better form another genus.
They have longer mouth parts than Epeira and the abdomen is
deeper, more like Theridium. They live in caves or shady places.
Meta menardi (Latr.) Thorell — Epeira fusca Blkw.
Plate XXXIT, figures 18, 18a. Plate XXXVII, figure 33.
Adult female, 14'""' long; cephalothorax, 5"^™ long, 4'^"' wide;
first leg, 28""". The hinder part of the cephalothorax is as high as
the head except a deep pit in the middle. The legs are yellow with
wide dark-brown rings at the end and middle of each joint. The
cephalothoi-ax is brownish yellow, darker in the middle and at the
sides. The abdomen is high in front and pointed behind, as in
Theridium tepidariorum. It is dark brown and dull yellow. At the
front end are two dark-brown patches, between which is a light
stripe which spreads out toward the four principal muscular spots.
Behind this are several light cross lines. Underneath the abdomen
is brown with two yellow stripes. The epigynum is covered by a
wide, short and thick hook turned backward. The cocoon is large
but so loose that the eggs can be seen through it. The webs are
horizontal or inclined, with a hole through the center.
The male is about half as large as the female and colored the same.
Both patella and tibia of the male palpi are wide as long. The tarsus
is large and nearly as wide in the middle as long. At the base is a large
hard process turned upward, and on the outer side of this is a light
colored branch covered with hairs. The palpal organ itself does not
fill the hollow of the tarsus. The tube is straight and lies by the side
of a liard process of ecpial length. At the base of the tube is a
shorter rough process.
This species lives in caves and other damp and shady places, Berlin
Falls, N. n., Boston, Mass. Caves in Kentucky and Virginia.
Argiope.
In Aryiope the eyes and mouth parts are as in Epeira. The
abdomen is longer than wide and pointed behind. The sexes differ
greatly in size, the males being extremely sjnall. The females live
all tli(^ time in the web having no nest or tent. The thorax and, in
the young, the abdomen are covered with silvery hairs. The colors of
the abdomen aiv very bright often black cross stripes on a yellow
J. n. Eme,rto7i — New England Epeiridm. 329
ground, or as in rlparia the middle portions of these stripes are
united together into a longitudinal black middle band. The webs
are crossed in the middle by a wide zigzag white band that partly
conceals the spider when young. The cocoons are large and stiif
like pa[)er on the outer surface. The eggs are laid in autumn, and
the young hatch during the winter and leave the cocoons early in
the summer, becoming adult in August.
Argiope riparia = EjteJra H/paria Hentz and E. suirix Hentz.
Plate XXXIV, figure 19. Plate XXXVIII, figures 13, 14, 19.
This is one of the largest and most conspicuous native species of
the family. A large female measured 20"'"' long ; cephalothorax,
8""" ; first legs, SO""". The cephalothorax is nearly as wide as long
and covered with silvery white hairs, except around the eyes where
it is black. The front legs are entirely black, the others have the
femora reddish or yellow and the rest black. The abdomen is oval,
a little pointed behind and slightly notched in front, with two humps
at the corners. The folium is black, narrowed between the humps,
and widening again around the large yellow spots of the second
segment. It extends to the end of the body about the same width,
with scollops and branches on each segment. Along the sides of the
folium are two bright yellow longitudinal bands or rows of irregular
spots, and in the folium are two pairs of rounded j^ellow spots on the
second and third segments. Underneath the color is black with a
yellow stripe on the sternum, and four pairs of small yellow spots in
the middle and two wide yellow stripes on the sides of the abdomen.
Around the spinnerets are two large triangular yellow spots and one
or two pairs of smaller ones. The sides of the abdomen below the
large yellow spots are marked with irregular oblique lines of black
and yellow. The epigynum is covered by a long brown process
-directed backward and covering the openings entirely.
The young of this species differ considerably from the adult.
Until nearly full grown the legs are distinctly marked with dark
rings on the ends and middle of each joint, the ground color being
white or pale yellow. When very young the abdomen is more
slender, the color is pale yellow, and the markings gray without any
of the strong black and yellow of the adult. Hentz's E'peira satrix is
perhaps the young riparia at this stage.
The male differs greatly from the female. It is only 5 or 6"'"' long.
The colors and markings resemble those of the female but are gener-
.330 ./. H. Emerton — New Eiujland EpfJridcp..
ally less bright and sli!ir|). The dark marks on the sides of the
thorax, which are nearly concealed hy the hairs in the female, are
more distinct in the male and cover a large part of the thorax. The
legs are dark brown, lighter toward the tips and covered with dark
hairs and black spots. The palpi are very large iu proportion to the
size of the spider. The palpal organ is large and nearly all exposed
outside the tarsus. The tube is Hat and slightly barbed at the end,
and is supported by a long, thin paddle-shaped appendage, and a
shorter one with a thin tooth on one side. Fig. 14.
This species makes a strong web, usually more or less inclined, in
grass or low bushes, genei-ally near water or on wet ground. The
middle of the web is usually crossed by a white zigzag band of silk,
which is of no apparent use to the adult spider, but when young
helps to conceal it, especially when the web is much inclined. On
one or both sides of the round web and within an inch or two of it,
the spider often makes a loose irregular web. The female seems to
remain all the time in the center of the web, making no tent or nest
for concealment. The male often occupies a corner of the female's
web, among the irregular threads to which he perhaps adds some of
his own. In copulation the male lays flat against the under side of
the female's abdomen, clasping his legs around it. While seeking to
do this he runs about lightly over the female, and if attacked by her
drops oft" the web to the ground.
In September the female lays in a large pear-shaped cocoon with a
brown paper-like surface liung by numerous threads in grass or
bushes. Inside the ))apery surface is a mass of loose web surrounding
the eggs, which are pa(;ked (closely together under a cup-shaj)ed cover
attached to a thick stem of silk running through the middle of the
cocoon. From cocoons found unftnished it appears that the stem and
cup are first made and the eggs attached in a lump underneath, and
afterward covered with the loose thread. The young hatch in the
fall or winter Init remain in the cocoon until May or June.
Common in Massachusetts and southward.
Argiope transversa = Epeira fasdata Iloiitz.
Plate XXXIY, fkjuhks 2(), 20-^. Plate XXXVIII, fkiuke.s 15, IC, 17, IS.
This species is somewhat smaller than rlparia. Tlie cephalolhorax
is 5""" long and the whole body measures 15 to 20""". The first leg
is 25""" long. The abdomen is more pointed behind than in yi/xiri'i
and the markings very ditt'erent. The ground color is white or
J, H. Emerton — New England Epeb'idm, 331
yellow an<l is crossed by a great number of black transverse lines,
three on each segment, which are sometimes obscured, especially in
yonng spiders, by a thick covering of silvery white hairs. The
cephalothorax is covered with white hairs through which the dark
markings on the sides of the thorax shoAV indistinctly. The legs are
light yellow with black bands around the ends and middle of each
joint. The femora of the first legs are sometimes entirely black.
The epigynum is uncovered, showing two openings separated by a
slight ridge. The colors and markings under the body are like those
of A. riparia. The young of this species have the back entirely
white until nearly full grown.
The male is about 5'""* long. The legs and cephalothorax are
yellowish and the abdomen white. The markings underneath are
similar to those of the female but paler. The legs are yellowish,
mai'ked with black spots but no rings. The cephalothorax is rather
wider than in the male of riparia and does not have the dark mai'ks
along the sides. The palpi are very different from those of riparia.
The tube is coiled once around the end of the bulb, the tip turned
slightly outward. It is accompanied by two hard appendages, as in
riparia, but these are shorter and somewhat twisted with the tube.
This has the same habits as riparia, and is found with it in the
same bushes. It remains in its webs rather later in the fall than the
other species. The cocoons are flat on top, not narrowed into a stem.
I have females from the Adirondack Mountains, collected by F. A.
Bowditch, and from Ottawa, Canada, J. B. Tyrrell. In Eastern
Massachusetts it is very common, especially near the sea-shore.
Near New Haven, Conn., it is found with riparia but neither is
common. It extends southward probably as far as Florida.
This species was called Epeira fasciata by Hentz, who supposed
that it might be identical with the Epeira fasciata or hruennichii of
Europe. The differences in the epigynum and male palpi are
enough to separate the two species. In hruennichii the epigynum is
covered by a process directed backward as in rip)aria, while in trans-
versa, the two openings are uncovered. The males of hruennichii are
proportionately larger than those of transversa and have more distinct
markings on the abdomen and thorax. The tube of the palpal organ
is less twisted than in transversa.
Argyroepeira, new.
These spiders have long slender legs like Tetragnatha. The abdo-
men is lonsx and round but often thicker in the middle and never as
332 J. n. Emerton — Kew Eufjland Epeiridm.
slender ov long as in TetragtuUlui. The colors are bright green and
yellow with black and silvery markings on the abdomen. The max-
illfe arc long as in Meta. The lateral eyes are widely separated from
the middle ones. The mule palpi are long and the palpal organ large
and rounded and only partly covered by the tarsus. Keyserling
includes these hi the genus Meta^ and Walckenaer in Tetragnatha,
2nd tamily.
Argyroepeira hortorum (Hentz) = Epeira Im riorum Hentz.
Plate XXXVII, figures 29, 30, :U, 32.
Length 5 or ()""" ; first leg 14""". The abdomen is round and
aV)out twice as long as wide and nearly as thick at the hinder end as
in front. The iibdomon is silvery with transparent marks over the
dorsal vessel and its branches. Sometimes there is a black line
along the middle and another each side. On each side there is also
sometimes a bright yellow stripe. Underneath the body is black
mixed with greenish spots. The legs are green or yellowish with
narrow black rings at the end of each joint. The cephalothorax is
green or yellow with a fine black line on each side. The epigynum
is dark brown and only very slightly raised and divided at the edge
of the fold into three parts by shallow grooves.
The male is about half as large as the female, with the legs much
longer, the tiist pair being 17"'"' long. The male palpi are longer
than the cephalothorax. The patella is about as short as thick, and
the patella and tibia together are nearly as long as the femur. The
tarsus is small and oval. The other ap})endages of the palpal organ
project beyond the tip.
New Haven, Conn.; Milton, Mass.
Tetragnatha.
In TelrfU/natlia the body is long and slender. The eyes are in
two rows variously curved. The legs are long and slender, and when
the spider rests in the web, are extended in front and beliind parallel
with the l)ody. The colors are light brown and yellow with silvery
spots and bauds above and darker with yellow stripes beneath.
Sometimes the whole body is bright green with white and red mark-
ings. The mandibles are long, and longer in males than females.
Besides the teeth on the inner side of the mandibles, the males have
an additional tooth on the upper side near the tip which curves for-
ward and is usually forked at the end. The webs are otten inclined or
horizontal and are usually near water on low [)lants.
S, Jff. Emerton — Neio England Epeiridm. 333
Tetragnatha vermiformis.
Plate XXXIX, fkiures 12, 13, 14.
The females of this species have tlie abdomen long and straight
and measure 10 or 12""" long, cephalothorax o""", mandibles 2'""',
first leg 2l™"\
The upper row of eyes is curved backward as in lahoriosa. The
front lateral eyes are widely separated from all the others, twice as
far from the middle pair as these are from each other. The cephalo-
thorax is dull yellow with dark stripes in the middle and on the
edges. The abdomen has a distinct folium with scolloped edges and
a light line in the middle.
The male is smaller than the female. The mandiV)les are not much
longer than those of the female, and the teeth are not much larger.
Beverly, and Middleton, Mass,
Tetragnatha extensa Linn., Thoreii, etc.
Plate XXXIX, figures 9,10.
Length of female 7 to 10™"' according to size of abdomen, cephalo-
thorax 3'""', mandibles 2'"'", front legs 20""", palpi 5"'"'.
The legs and cephalothorax are browner yellow than in most
species and sometimes the cephalothorax has three indistinct brown
stripes and the legs brown spots at the ends of the joints, and around
the bases of the hairs. The sternum is the same color as the legs, ,
occasionally showing a lighter stripe in the middle. The abdomen
has various dark and light lirown markings, sometimes forming a
narrow folium on a light ground, on each side of which is a dark
and liglit line. The abdomen is comparatively short, being ^ to \ as
wide as long. The rows of eyes are only slightly curved backward.
The lateral eyes are nearer together than the middle ones, and are
usually surrounded by black rings so that they appear to touch each
other. The mandibles are two-thirds as long as the cephalothorax,
and not much inclined forward.
The male is somewhat smaller and more slender than the female,
but the legs are no shorter, and the mandibles slightly longer and
more slender. The palpi are 4"'™ long, the femur 2"'"\ The tibia is
nearly twice as long as the patella. The second tooth on the upper
side of the claw groove of the mandibles is much longer than the
others.
Northern New York ; White Mts, ; Massachusetts and Connecticut.
834 -/. 11. Emerton — Nev^ England E]>elridcf,.
It a])pears to be the species common all over Europe. I have com-
pared specimens from France and Germany.
Tetragnatha grallator nentz.
T. grallator Keysorliiig, Beitrage zur Kenntuiss der (Jrbitflarice Verliandlutigeu Zool.
Bot. Gesellsohaft, Wien, 1865.
T. elongata (Walck.) Tliorell in bulletin of Hayden's U. S. Geological Survey of the
Territories, vol. iii, no. "2. Tliurell describes several varieties aad thinks it prob-
able that this is the same as the Kiii-o])ean T. extensa.
Plate XXXIX, figures 1, 2. 3, 4, 5. G.
T. grallator is the largest New England species. The female is 10
or 12"'™ long, ceplialothorax 3^""", mandibles as long as the cephalo-
thorax, front legs 35""" long. Colors as in extensa, varying from
light yellow to dark brown. In dark individuals, three stripes on
the cephalothorax and the markings on the abdomen are very distinct.
The abdomen is often twice as wide near the front end as farther
back. The mandibles are turned forward in some individuals nearly
horizontal. On the upper edge of the mandibles are two teeth near
the end, one large and one small, and seven small ones toward the
basal end of the claw groove. The lateral eyes are close together.
The male is somewhat smaller, and has jaws longer than the cephalo-
thorax. The spines on the under side of the claw groove are very
small except one near the end, which is curved forward. On the
upper side of the groove the second tooth is large and prominent.
Behind this are five teeth of the usual size, followed by five or six
very small ones close together. Palpi G'""' long, tibia twice as long
as the patella and both together as long as the femur.
Eastern Massachusetts ; Central New York.
Tetragnatha laboriosa iientz.
Keyserling, Zool. Botan. Gesellsehaft iu AVieii, 1865.
Plate XXXIX, figures 7, 8, 11, 19. Plate XL, figukk 7.
Length of female about 7""". ' Smaller than extensa and grallator,
Cephalothorax 2-2^">"' ; first leg 12-17'""'. Mandibles short, about
half as long as the cephalothorax. Latei'al eyes as far apai-t as the
middle ones. The legs and cephalothorax are light yellow. The
abdomen is dark beneath with two light stripes. The back of the
abdomen is sometimes silvery white with transparent stripes ovei-
the dorsal vessel. In other individuals there is a very plain folium
with dark and light stripes along the sides. A few, apparently of
this species, had the abdomen bright green with a white stripe each
J. H. Emerton —New England Epeiridm. 335
side of the folium along the lower edge of which and on the front end
of the abdomen were irregular red spots. They were found in white
pine trees, Essex, Mass.
The males are a little smaller and have the abdomen more cylin-
drical. The mandibles are two-thirds as long as the cephalothorax.
The tibia of the palj^us is short, not much longer than tlie patella,
and both together are a little more than half as long as the femur.
The second tooth on the u[)per side is the longest, and from this
four or five other teeth decrease gradually in length to the base.
White Mountains to Connecticut.
Tetragnatha straminea, new.
Plate XXXIX, figures 15, 17, 20, 21.
Female 10""" long; cephalothorax 2^'"'" long, U""" wide; first
leg 22"'° ; mandibles 1^"^"\
The hinder row of eyes is curved backwards more than in kiboriosa,
and the lateral eyes are farther apart. The abdomen is silvery white
above and dark beneath with two light stripes. The cephalothorax
is light yellow with two parallel gray stripes. The legs are light
brownish yellow. The abdomen extends backward about half its
diameter beyond the spinnerets. It is long and slender, thickest
toward the front end and seldom swelled out in the middle as in
laboriosa.
The males are smaller and more slender but their legs are no
shorter than those of the females. The palpi are longer than those
of laboriosa. - The tibia is as long as the tarsus and nearly twice as
long as the patella. The mandibles are about two-thirds as long as
the cephalothorax. The arrangement of the teeth ditfers but little
from that of laboriosa.
Eastern Massachusetts ; New Haven, Conn. Adults from May to
July.
Tetragnatha caudata, new.
PL.A.TE XXXIX, FIGURES 16, 22.
Two females from Maiden and Dedham, Mass., resemble very
closely T. straminea, except in the shape of tlie abdomen, which is
longer and has a tail about a quarter its length, extending backward
beyond the spinnerets. The shape of the abdomen of straminea
seems to be very constant, so that this is probably another species.
Trans. Conn, Acad., Vol. VI. 43 Sept., 1884.
336 J. H. Emerton — New England Epeiridce.
Pachygnatha.
The genus Pachygnatha has been generally classed with the
Therididce near Steatoda and Erigone on account of its terrestrial
habits and the absence of any apparent web. In structure it how-
ever resembles Tetragnatha^ especially in the copulatory organs of
both sexes. It resembles Tetragnatha also in the large mandibles
and in the colors and markings. It does not, however, spin a geo-
metrical web, nor apparently any web, but is always found under
leaves and stones near the ground. The feet do not have toothed
hairs under the claws. In general appearance these spiders resem-
ble Steatoda. Tlie abdomen is oval and rounded and smooth on the
back. The cephalothorax is widened in the middle. The sternum is
wide and hard.
Pachygnatha brevis Keys.
Zool. Bot. Gesellschaft, Wien, 1883 = Pachygnatha tristriata Keys., Zool, Bot,
Gesellschaft, Wien, 1882.
Plate XXXIV, figure 21. Plate XL, figures 8, 10.
This is the common large and light colored species. The whole
body is 5 or 6'"™ long, the abdomen and cephalothorax about equal
in length. The legs and cephalothorax are light brownish yellow,
the latter with three dark brownish bands. The abdomen is light
yellow with an indistinct grayish folium, in the middle of which is a
white band. The mandibles, maxillae and sternum are dark reddish
brown. The under side of the abdomen is gray except two yellow
longitudinal stripes. There is but little difference between the sexes
in size, color or the general shape of the body. The middle eyes
nearly form a square, the hinder pair being slightly the farthest
apart. The lateral eyes almost touch each other. The mandibles
are stout and in both sexes moi-e than half as long as the cephalo-
thorax and as far apart at the tips as they are long. Under the
claw groove are three or four small spines and above the groove
three larger ones which are larger and the terminal one more promi-
nent in the males. The maxilliTi are obliquely truncated at the ends
as in Erigone^ and thickly haired on the inner edges beyond tlie lip.
The lip is shorter than wide. The sternum is in front nearly as wide
as long but tapers backward so that the coxre of the hind legs almost
touch. The opening of the reproductive organs is just back of the
spiracles in the male, but as far back as the middle of the abdomen
in the female.
J. H. Einerton — Nev) England Epeii'idce. 337
Males and females are I'ouiid under leaves in damp woods at all
seasons and occasionally under stones without webs.
Montreal, Canada ; Eastern Mass. ; New Haven, Conn.
Pachygnatha autumnalis Keys.
Zool. Bot. Gesellsch., Wien, 1883.
Plate XXXIV, figure 22. Plate XL, FmuRE 9.
This is smaller than the other species, measuring about 4™'" in
length. The markings are similar but the colors are brighter. The
cephalothorax is narrower than in hrevis and the front part of the
head including the upper middle eyes is abruptly raised in both sexes.
The three dark stripes on the cephalothorax are united together
toward the head which is nearly black especially in the males. The
folium is dark brown on the edges and has a light stripe in the
middle which is yellow along the edges and sometimes bright red in
the middle. The upper middle eyes are much larger than the others
and on the sides of a hump in both sexes. The legs are stout and
stiff and brownish yellow in color, the front pair the darkest.
Beverly, Cambridge and Lexington, Mass., and New Haven, Conn.
Keyserling's specimen came from Pennsylvania.
338 J. It. Emerton — Neio England EpeirictcB.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Plate XXXIII.
1. Epeira insularis, dorsal markings of female x 2,
2. Epeira marmorea, dorsal markings of female x 2.
3. 3a, 36, 3c. Epeira patagiata, dorsal markings of female x 2.
4. Epeira sdopetaria, dorsal markings of female x 2.
5. Epeira strix, dorsal markings of female x 2.
6. 6a. Ej)eira nordmanni, dorsal markings of female; 6&, ventral markings x 2.
7. Epeira insularis^ male x 2.
8. Epeira trifolium, female x 2 ; 8a, abdomen of light colored female with indistinct
markings x 2; 86, male x 2.
9. Epeira thaddeits.
10. Epeira cinerea, dorsal markings of female x 2.
11. Epeira solitaria, male x 2.
12. Epeira angulaia, female x 2; 12a, male x 2.
13. Epeii-a silvatica, male x 2; 13a, abdomen of female x 2.
14. Epeira corticaria, female x 4.
15. Epeira prateiisis, abdomen of female x 4; 15a, male x 4.
16. 16a. Epeira trivittata, dorsal markings of female x 4.
17. Epeira doinicilio7-um, dorsal markings of female x 4.
Plate XXXIV.
1 and la. Epeira gibberosa, markings of female x 8.
2. Epieira placida, markings of female x 8.
3 and 3a. Oyclosa conica x 4.
4. Epeira dispHcata, dorsal markings of abdomen x 4.
5. Epeira alboveniris, dorsal markings x 4.
6. Epeira jwiiperi, dorsal markings x 4.
7. Microeptiru radiosa x 16.
8. Epeira lahyrinthea x 4.
9. Epeira triaranea, dorsal markings x 4.
10. Epeira foliata x 4.
11 and 11a. Gyrtarachne bisaccaia x 4.
12. 12a, 126, 12c. Epeira parvula, dorsal markings.
13. Zilla X-notata, dorsal markings x 4.
14. Zilla wontana, dorsal markings x 4.
15. Sinya praieiisis, female; 15«, mule x 4.
16. 16a, 166. Sinya variabilis, female x 4; 16c, male x 4.
17. Epeira stellata, female x 4.
J. H. JErnerton — New England Epeiridm. 33d
18 and 18a. Meta menardi, female x 4.
1 9. Argiope riparia, female, natural size, dorsal markings.
20 and 2()a. Argiope transversa, female, natural size.
21. Parhygnatha brevis, male x 8.
22. Pachygnatha autumnalis, male x 8.
Plate XXXV.
1. Male palpus of Epeira silvatica.
2. Male palpus of Epeira angulata.
3. Male palpus of Epeira solitaria:
4. 1 St and 2d coxaj of Epeira silvatica,
5 and 6. Kpigynum of Epeira silvatica.
1 and 8. Epigynum of Epeira cinerea.
9. Epigynum of Epeira corticaria.
10. Male palpus of Epeira sclopetaria.
11. Male palpus of Epeira jnitagiuta.
1 2. Male palpus of Epeira strix.
13 and 14. Male palpus of Epieira trifoliinn.
15 and 16. Male palpus of Epeira quadrata; same scale as 13.
17. Male palpus of Epeira marmorea.
18. Male palpus of Epeira insularis ; same scale as 17.
19 and 20. Epigynum of Epeira quadrata.
21 and 22. Epigynum oi Epeira trifolium.
Plate XXXVI.
1. Second tibia of Epeira domiciliorum.
2. Second tibia of Epeira tricittata.
3. Male palpus of Epeira trivittata.
4. Male palpus of Epeira domiciliorum.
5. End of palpal organ of Epeira trivittata.
6. Palpal organ of Epeira triaranea.
7. Epigynum of Epeira triaranea.
8. Epig3^uum of Epeira trivittata.
9. Male palpus of Epeira j)ratensis.
10. Male Tpal^us of Epeira placida.
1 1. Male palpus of Ejjeira labyrinthea.
12. Epigynum of Epeira alboventris.
13. Epigynum of Epeira placida.
14 and 15. Male palpus of Epeira juniperi.
16. Epigynum oi Epeira juniperi.
17. Male palpus of Epeira gibberosa.
18 and 19. Male palpus of Epeira carbonaria.
20. Male palpus of Epeira displicata.
340 J. II. Emerton — Ne^o England Epeiridce.
Plate XXXVII.
1. Male palpus of Epeira parvula.
2. Epigyuum of Epeira parvula.
3 and 4. Male palpus of Epeira stellata.
5. Epigynum of Epeira stellata.
6. Eyes of Ejteira foliaia.
7 and 8. Male palpi of Epeira foliata.
9. Epigynum o( Epeira foliata.
10. Second tibia of male Eieir a foliata.
11. Hide oi Epeira i7ifit7nata.
12. Abdomen of Epeira infuinata.
12a and 126. Epigynum of Epieira infumata.
13. Eyes of Epieira, infumata.
14 and 15. Tibia of male palpus of Singa pratensis.
16. Epigynum of Singa pratensis.
17. M&le -gaX^ns oi Singa pratensis.
18. Epigynum of Singa maculata.
19. Epigynum of Singa variabilis.
20 and 21. Male palpus of Singa variabilis.
22 and 23. Male palpus of Zilla moyitana.
24 and 25. Male pali)us of Zilla X-notata.
26. Byes of Zilla moniana.
27. Epigynum of Zilla X-notata.
28. Epigynum of Zilla montana.
29. Argyroepeira Jiortorum, male.
30. Argyrcepeira hortorum, female.
3 1 . Male palpi of Argyrmpeira hortoruin.
32. Epigynum of Argyroepeira hortorum.
33. Male palpus of Mela menardi.
Plate XXXVIII.
1. Microepeira radiosa, male.
2. Microij^eira radiosa, female.
3 aud 4. Epigynum of Microepeira radiosa.
5. Acrosoma spinea, female.
6. Acrosoma spinea, male.
7. Acrosoma spinea, young female.
8. Acrosoma spinea, male palpus.
9. Acrosoma mitrata.
1 0. yl crosoma rugosa.
1 1. Male palpus of Cyclosa conica.
12. Cocoon of Cyrtarachne bisaccata.
13. Argiope riparia, male.
14. Argiojie riparia, male ])alpus, upper and under sides.
15. Argiope transversa, male.
J. H. Emerton — Weic England Epeiridm. 341
16 and 17. Argiope transversa, male palpus.
18. A)(/io2:ie transversa, epigynum.
19. Epigynum of A7-giope riparia.
Plate XXXIX.
1. Tetragnatha grallalor, inandU)le of female, under side.
2. Tetragnatha grallator, mandible of male, under side.
3. Tetrngnalha grallator, mandible of small male.
4. Tetragnatha grallator, mandible and eyes of male, upper side.
5. Tetragnatha grallator, maxilh« of male.
6. Tetragnatha grallator, maxillae of female.
7. Tetragnatha laboriosa, eyes of female, from above.
8. Tetragnatha laboriosa, mandibles and eyes of male.
9. Tetragnatha extensa, mandibles and eyes of male.
10. Tetragnatha extensa,, mandibles of female.
11. Male palpus of Tetragnatha laboriosa.
12. Tetragnatha vermiformis, male mandililes.
] 3. Tetragnatha vermiformis, male palpus.
14. Tetragnatha vermiformis, female mandililes.
1 5. Tetragnatha straminea, male mandibles and eyes.
16. Tetragnatha caudata.
17. Tetragnatha straminea, mandibles of female.
18. Tetragnatha straminea, eyes from above.
19. Tetragnatha laboriosa, female mandibles.
20. Tetragnatha straminea, male palpus.
21. Tetragnatha straminea, abdomen.
22. Tetragnatha caudata.
Pl.^te XL.
1 . Part of web of Epeira sclopetaria.
2. Part of web of Zilla X-notata.
3. Epeira sclopietaria, foot of first or second pair, showing two teeth on the front or
inner claw longer than the others.
4. Epeira sclopetaria, foot of third pair, showing two longer teeth on inner hind
claw.
5. Epeira sclopetaria, foot of fourth pair, showing two long teeth on hind or inner
claw.
6. Maxillas of Epeira insularis.
1. Internal epigynum of Tetragnatha laboriosa.
8. Internal epig\'num of Pachygnatha tristriata.
9. Male palpi of Pachygnatha autumnalis.
10. Male palpi of Pachygnatha brevis.
I IS! D E X
Acrosoma mitrata. -. 327
Acrosoma rugosa -..- 326
Acrosoma spinea 326
Argiope 328
Argiope transversa 330
Argiope riparia 329
Argyroepeira 331
Argyroepeira hartorum 332
Cyclosa conica 321
Cyrtarachne bisaccata. 325
Epeira 298
Epeira alboventris -.. 314
Epeira angulata .... 299
Epeira carbonaria --. 315
Epeira caudata 321
Epeira einerea 302
Epeira corticaria 300
Epeira displicata 313
Epeira doniieiliorum . _ 312
Epeira fasciata 330
Epeira f oliata ... 318
Epeira gibberosa 317
Epeira hortorum 332
Epeira infumata 319
Epeira insularis 309
Epeira juniperi 313
Epeira labyrintliea 314
Epeira marmorea 307
Epeira mitrata .- --. 327
Epeira nordmanni. 301
Epeira packardii 315
Epeira parvula --. 317
Epeira patagiata 305
Epeira placida 316
Epeira pratensis 310
Epeira radiosa 320
Epeira riparia 329
Epeira rugosa 326
Epeira selopetaria 303
Epeira silvatica ...--. 300
Epeira solitaria 299
Epeira spinea 326
Epeira stellata 319
Epeira strix 305
Epeira tliaddeus 309
Epeira triaranea 315
Epeira trif olium 306
Epeira trivittata 311
Epeira vulgaris 303
Epeirinae - 297
Meta nieuardi - . 328
Micro?peira radiosa — 320
Pachygnatha autumnalis . 337
Pachygnatha brevis . . 336
Singa - 321
Singa maculata 323
Singa pratensis ... 322
Singa variabilis 322
Tetragnatha - 332
Tetragnatha eaiidata 335
Tetragnatha extensa 333
Tetragnatha grallator 334
Tetragnatha laboriosa 334
Tetragnatha straminea 335
Tetragnatha vermiform is 333
Tetragnatliinaj 298
Zilla montana. 323
Zilla X-notata - -. 324
VIII. — Thk Diastatic Action of Saliva, as Modified by various
Conditions, Studied Quantitatively. By R. H. Chittenden
AND Herbert E. Smith.
The chemical changes resulting irom the action of unorganized
ferments are among the most interesting and important of those
which occur in the animal organism. Ferment action plays such an
important part in the chemical processes incident to life that definite
knowledge of the conditions favorable and inimical to the action of
any ferment occurring in the animal body must necessarily be of
great physiological value.
Since Leuchs in 1831 discovered the diastatic action of saliva
much has been learned regarding this digestive fluid, both as to
its chemical action and the nature of the products formed. Still
thei-e has been lacking, until recently, definite knowledge of the
conditions which influence the diastatic action of the salivary fer-
ment, and it has been the object of the present investigation, taking
advantage of previously acquired knowledge, to ascertain the exact
influence of those conditions which suggest themselves as being most
important in view of the destination of the ptyalin, and concerning
which there has been of late a lack of agreement.
Method used in determining the rate of diastatic action.
In testing the rate of action of the salivary ferment we have in all
cases employed quantitative methods, similar in their general nature
to those previously used by one of us,* The amount of reducing sub-
stances Ibrmed by the amylolytic action of the ferment, which for the
sake of convenience we have calculated as dextrose, admit of accurate
determination by means of the improved Allihn'sf method, and thus
enable us to give a concise expression of the relative diastatic action,
even in those cases where the differences are very slight. As recent
experiments]; have plainly indicated, the ultimate product of the dias-
* Chitteaden and G-riswold, Amer. Chem. Jour., iii, 305. Chittenden and Ely, ibid,
iv, 107.
f Zeitschrift fiir analytische Chemie, 22 Jahrgang, p. 448.
\ V. Mering and Musculus, Zeitschrift, fiir pliysiologische Chemie, i, 395. 0. Sulli-
van and E. Schultze, Berichte d. deutsch. Chem. Gesell., vii, 1047. Musculus and
Grruber, Zeitschrift fiir physiolog. Chemie. ii, 177. v. Mering, Zeitschrift fiir physi-
olog. Chem., v, 196.
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 43 March, 1885.
344 Chittenden and Stuith — Diastatic Action of Saliva.
tatic action of ptyalin is dextrose ; the sugar intermediate between this
body and the de.vtrins, and which is formed in much larger quantity
is maltose, with a relative reducing power of 66 as compared with
dextrose, 100; while the achroodextrins and other intermediate pro-
ducts have very small reducing power ; consequently the reducing
power of a digestive mixture must necessarily express the relative
diastatic action of the ferment present, since increased action means
an increased formation of reducing bodies, of which the final product
has the highest reducing power. In this connection it is well to re-
member that diastase and ptyalin both convert only a limited quan-
tity of starch into sugar or reducing bodies,* and that no matter how
great the excess of ferment or the length of time the action is con-
tinued, the percentage of starch changed into sugar does not ordi-
narily exceed 53 per cent.f The general method employed in our
work for testing the diastatic action of saliva was as follows : the
volume of the digestive mixture was in every instance 100 c.c. ;
the amount of starch| present, 1 or 2 grams, previously boiled in
a definite amount of water ; the temperature of digestion 38-40° C. ;
the length of time generally 30 minutes. When the digestion was
finished, diastatic action was at once stopped by boiling the mix-
ture ; when cold, the mixture was diluted with distilled water to
200 c.c. and filtered ; 25 c.c. of the filtrate or ^th of the entire
fluid was then precipitated with Fehling's solution according to
Allihn's§ data and method ; the reduced copper was filtered through
an asbestos filter in a small weighed glass tube and ignited directly
in a current of hydrogen gas and weighed as metallic copper.
By means of Allihn's tables of reduction equivalents the correspond-
ing amount of sugar, calculated as dextrose, is easily obtained,
from which the percentage amount of starch converted into reducing
bodies can be computed, calling dextrose 0^1,^0 j, and the
starch C H ^O^.l The following experiment illustrates the accuracy
of the method and the reliance which can be placed upon it; two
solutions of 100 c.c, each containing 2 grams of starch and 4 c.c. of
* Schulze and Marker, Chem. Centralbl. 1872, 823. Chittenden and Ely, Amer.
Chem. Jour., iv, 120.
+ Miisculus and v. Mering, Zeilschrift fiir Physiolog. Chem., ii, p. 415.
I The starch was exactlj'^ neutral ; made so by long and thorough washing witli pure
water. § Loc. eit.
II The actual amount of stiirch changed is, liowever, somewhat greater than would
appear by this eifuation, since, as has already been mentioned, considerable of the
sugar formed is mallose, which has only two-thirds the reducing power of dextrose.
Chittenden and Smith — Diastatic Action of Saliva. 345
filtered saliva were wanned at 40° C. for 4 hours, then examined with
the f olio win o- results :
Wt. Cuin
one-eighth.
Total amount
of sugar.
Starch converted
into sug.ir.
I.
0-1530 gram.
0-6248 gram.
28-13 per cent.
II.
0-1523
0-6216
27-91
Relation of dilutioyi to diastatic action.
It is a fact well understood that the chemical action of a ferment
is out of all proportion to the amount of ferment present; indeed, a
given solution ofa ferment can be diluted again and again without
any marked difference in its chemical activity, or at least none at all
proportionate to the degree of rlilution. It is only when the dilution
has been carried to the extreme limit that the relative power of the
mixture can be taken as a measure of the amount of ferment present.
The following experiments illustrate the foregoing statement.
Each digestive mixture was 100 c.c. in volume, and was warmed at
40° C. for 30 minutes. The only variations in the different mixtures
consisted in the amount of saliva and starch.
starch converted
into sugar.
34-87 per cent.
32-26
29.67
26-14
23-48
16-92
7-23
3-66
32.87 per cent.
30.18
Series I.
With 1
per
cent, starch.
wt. Cu in
one-eighth.
Total amount
of sugar.
20
c.c.
sal
liva,
0-0951 gram.
0-3872 gram.
10
0-0878
0-3584
5
0-0809
0-3296
4
0-0710
0-2904
3
0-0635
0-2608
2
0-0452
0-1880
1
0-0178
0-0792
i
0-0080
With 2
per
0-0408
cent, starch.
20 :
c.c.
sal
iva,
0-1784 gram.
0-7304 gram.
10
0-1641
0-6704
Series II.
a.
with 1 per cent, starch
and 30 minutes at 40"
C.
wt. Cu in
one-eighth.
Total amount
ot sugar.
Starch converted
Into sugar.
4 c.c. saliva,
0-0721 gram.
0-2944 gram.
26-50 per cent.
2
0-0480
0-1992
17-93
1
0-0211
0-0920
8.28
h. with 2 per cent, starch and 30 minutes at 40° C.
4 c.c. saliva, 0-1006 gram. 0-4088 gram. 18-40 per cent.
2 0-0408 0-1704 7-67
1 trace
346 Chittenden and Smith — Diastatic Action of Saliva.
c. with 1 per cent, starch and 10 minntes at 40^ C.
Wt. Cn in Total amount Starch converted
one-eightli. of sugar. Into sugar.
4 c.c. saliva. 0-057H gram. 0-2352 gran). 21- 15 per cent.
2 00213 0-0928 8-35
1 0-0091 0-0456 4-11
kSekies
III.
a. with 1 per cent, starch and 30 minutes at 40°
C.
wt. Cu in
one-eifflith.
Total amount
of sugar.
Starch converted
into sugar.
4 c c. saliva, 0-0650 gram.
0-2664 gram.
23-98 per cent.
2 0-0313
0-1336
12-01
1 0-0139
0 0644
5.79
h. with 2 per cent, starch and 30 minutes at 40° 0.
4 c.c. saliva. 0-0769 gram. 0-3136 gram. 19-26 per cent.
2 0-0250 0-1080 4-86
1 0-0103 0-0504 2-27
c. with 2 per cent, starch and 4 hours at 40" C.
4 c.c. saliva, 0-1530 gram. 0-6248 gram. 28-13 per cent.
2 0-1058 0-4312 19-41
1 00681 0-2784 12-53
From these results it is seen that only when the dilution of
normally alkaline saliva is as 1 : 50 or 100 does the diastatic action at
all correspond to the amount of ferment present. The same is to
be noticed in Griitzner's* experiments, where the principle employed
by Gruenhagen in the estimation of pepsin was used; the amount of
starch dissolved by the saliva being directly proportional to the
amount of ferment only when very small quantities of saliva were
employed and the time limited to 10 or 15 minutes. Increasing the
amount of starch beyond 1 per cent, tends to diminish somewhat the
amount of sugar formed in a given time, when the dilution of the
saliva is as 1 : 50 or 100, which fact agrees well with what we already
know concerning the influence on ferment action of the clogging of
digestive fluids in general by the products of digestion, or by the
substance to be digested; series III, a and h. Increasing the length
of time for the ferment to act, however, causes a corresponding in-
crease in the amount of sugar formed, as is well seen in series III, c.
It would not be at all impossible therefore by suitable dilutions to
use this method as a means of determining the relative amounts of
ptyalin present in different salivary or pancreatic secretions. The
following results, taken from those already given, in addition to
others, lends favor to this view. All the experiments were made in
* Plliiger's Arehiv dur Pliysiolugie, -xii, p. 294.
Chittenden and Smith — Diastatic Action of Saliva. 347
the usual way, and the results are expressed in percentage of starch
converted into suo-ar.
1
2
3
2 c.c. saliva,
12-01 per cent.
8-35 per cent.
4-73 per cent.
1
5-79
4-11
2-21
4
5
6
1 c.c. saliva,
6'93 per cent.
26-81 per cent.*
24-00 per cent.*
1
3-56
13-72
11-34
The degree of dilution to be employed depends, of course, upon
the amount of ferment present. We have usually diluted the saliva
5 or 10 times, and then added an amount of the diluted fluid cor-
responding to 0-5-2-0 c.c. of saliva, which in the 100 c.c. of digestive
mixture makes a dilution of from 50 to 200. As we shall have
occasion to state later on, neutralized saliva needs even a greater
dilution. The method certainly appears as advantageous as that pro-
posed by Dr. Robertsf a few years ago, and has the advantage of
giving gravimetric results, instead of being dependent upon the dis-
appearance of a shade of color. In using the method with different
solutions it will always be found necessary to exactly neutralize the
ptyalin-containing solutions, before diluting them, since variations of
alkalinity, even though infinitesimal in amount, may produce dis-
cordant results. Moreover, it is better to warm the ptyalin solution
with the starch for not longer than 30 minutes.
The amount of dilution which saliva will endure and still show
diastatic action depends naturally upon the amount of ptyalin
present in the secretion and also upon the reaction of the fluid,
whether it be alkaline or neutral. The following series of experi-
ments show the average of our results on this point.
Series IV.
Normally alkaline saliva, 1 per cent, starch.
Wt. Cu in Total amount Starch converted
one-eighth. of sugar. into sugar.
1 C.C. saliva, 0-0152 gram. 0-0704 gram. 6-33 per cent.
I 0-0057 0-0272 2-44
i 0-0037 0-0176 1-59
\" . y less than 1 per cent, of starch converted.
./^i\ trace )
It is thus seen that when the dilution is as 1 : 250, an appreciable
* Neutralized saliva.
f William Roberts : Jahresbericht fiir Theirchemie, 1881, 290.
X To ensure greater accuracy the saliva was diluted ten times and amounts of the
diluted fluid added corresponding to the above.
348 Chittenden and Smith — Diastatie Action of Saliva.
atnoiint of starch is converted into sugar in ;^0 minutes at 40° C.
Even with a dilution of 1 : 1000 or 2000, a recognizable amount
of sugar is formed under these conditions. This degree of dilution,
however, cannot l)e considered as being the limit at which diastatie
action will show itself, for with even greater dilutions, the starch is
converted into soluble modifications, colored blue by iodine, without
giving any recognizable amount of reducing substance; that is,
in ^th of the digestive mixture. Longer continued action at 40°
C. might yield some reducing substance ; it would seem, however,
from our experiments, that when a certain degree of dilution is
reached, the action of the small amount of ferment, in contact with
the larger amount of starch (1 gram) is devoted exclusively to con-
verting the granulose into soluble starch or other like body with non-
reducing action. This agrees with the results obtained by Griitz-
ner,* who found that the nature of the products obtained by the
action of ptyalin was dependent upon the intensity of the ferment
action ; with a small amount of ferment, erythrodextrin was the
main product, while with a large amount of ferment, sugar was
mainly formed. Diminishing the amount of starch in large dilutions
of the saliva tends, as might be expected, to increase the amount
of sugar formed.
Comparison of the diastatie action of neutralized and normally
alkaline saliva.
Human mixed saliva, when freshly secreted, almost invariably pos
sesses a distinctly alkaline reaction. Some time ago one of us published
a series of experiraentsf on this point, in Avhich it was shown that the
average alkalinity of 51 samples of human mixed saliva, expressed as
sodium carbonate, was 0*080 per cent. The extreme variations of
alkalinity in the saliva from 14 individuals amounted to 0'085 per
cent, calculated as sodium carbonate (0"144-0"059 per cent).
We have had occasion to make determinations of alkalinity in 15
additional samples of saliva, all collected by one person. We give
the results here, as affording additional data regarding the average
alkalinity of this secretion. The alkalinity is calculated, as hereto-
fore, in the form of sodium carl)onate,J The indicator used was deli-
cate litmus paper.
* Pfliiger's Archiv der Physiologie, xii, p. 297.
■\ Chittenden and Ely, Amer. Cliem. Jour., iv, 329.
X Uudoiil)tedly tlio alkaline reaction of saliva is due in part to alkaline phosphates,
and probably the percentages given are only an approximation to the truth.
Chittenden and Smith — Diastatic Action of Saliva. 349
ered
saliva.
0-2 per cent. HCl used
in neutralizing.
Amount of alkalinity.
20
c.c.
6-25
c.c.
0-091 per cent.
40
10-70
0-078
40
12-00
0-087
25
9-10
0-116
20
6-00
0-087
20
6-25
0-091
20
6-75
0-098
20
5-30
0-07.7
40
12-50
0-091
20
7-00
0-102
40
12-20
0-088
20
7-80
0-113
20
6-80
0-099
20
8-30
0-120
20
7-60
0-110
Average alkalinity of the 15 samples, 0-097 per cent.
It was demonstrated some time ago by one of us* that neutralized
saliva had as great a diastatic power as the unneutralized or normally
alkaline. In fact, the single result which we recorded plainly indi-
cated a greater diastatic power on the part of the neutralized saliva,
since from the digestion with normally alkaline saliva, one-tenth of
the mi.vture gave 0 0905 gram" metallic copper, while the same quan-
tity of the saliva neutralized, gave under like conditions 0-0943 gram
copper; thus showing that the alkaline saliva had converted 41-58
per cent, of the starch into sugar, while the same quantity neutral-
ized had changed 43*28 per cent. In these two experiments, how-
ever, the amount of saliva used was large, being one-fourth of the
entire digestive mixture, viz., 25 c.c.
Recently Langley and Evesf have made the statement that " neu-
tralized saliva converts starch into sugar much more actively than
unneutralized saliva," without, however, giving any data. These are
the only two statements recorded bearing on the relative diastatic
action of the neutralized and normally alkaline secretion.
Our experiments, however, show that there is a very great difier-
ence in the action of ptyalin in neutralized and unneutralized saliva;
a difference which is more manifest when the saliva is greatly diluted
and seemingly out of all proportion to the amount of alkali present, in
cases where the dilution is 1: 100 or more. The following experi-
ments show the amount of difference.
* Chittenden and K\y. Amer. Cliem. .Jour., iv, 112.
f On certain conditions which influence the amyloU'lic action of saliva. Journal
of Pliysiology, vol. iv, No. 1.
3/JO Chittenden and Smith — Diastatic Action of Saliva.
Series Y.
The saliva used in this series contained 0'091 per cent, alkali, cal-
culated as sodium carbonate :
20 c.c. of the saliva were diluted to 100 c.c. and used in a.
20 c.c. of the same saliva were neutralized and then diluted to 100
c.c. and used in b.
a. normally alkaline saliva.
Wt. Cu in Total amount Starch converted
one-eighth. of sugar. Into sugar.
4 C.C. saliva, 0-0652 gram. 0-2672 gram. 24-05 per cent.
2 0-0282 0-1208 10-87
1 0-0094 0-0464 4.17
h. neutralized saliva.
4 c.c. saliva, 0*0867 gram. 0-3536 gram. 31-83 per cent.
2 0-0730 0-2984 26-72
1 0-0373 0-1560 14-04
The ditterence in diastatic action in this instance, particularly
where the dilution is as 1 : 50 and TOO, is very great, yet in the case
of the greatest dilution of the unneutralized saliva the alkalinity of
the digestive mixture is but 0-00091 per cent, calculated as alkaline
carbonate. Moreover, there is a greater proportional diminution of
diastatic action in this case, and also -in the next greatest dilution
where the amount of alkalinity is 0-00182 per cent., than in the presence
of 0.00364 percent. ; a fact due either to the greater susceptibility of
the ferment to alkaline cai'bonate in a dilute solution or else to some
modifying influence of the larger amount of albuminous matter
present, a point which we shall return to later.
Carrying the dilution of the saliva still further we tind that the
difference between the diastatic action of the neutralized and unneu-
tralized fluid, shows itself to the limit of decisive diastatic action.
Series VI.
This sample of saliva contained 0"116 per cent, of alkali calculated
as sodium carbonate. The percentages of starch converted into
sugar dtiring 30 minutes at 40° C. alone are given.
Amount
of saliva.
Alkali in the 100 cc.
of dinpstive mixture.
Allialiae s
aliva.
Neutralized saliva.
1 C.C.
0-001 16 percent.
6-33 per
cent.
16-34 per cent.
i
0-00058
2-44
6-62
i
0-00029
1-54
2-07
A.
0-00011
trace
result lost.
1
20
0-00005
trace
1.25 per cent.
Thus in a dilution of I : 2000 in the case of neutralized saliva, dias-
Chittenden and Smith — Diastatic Action of Saliva. 351
tatic action is still sufficiently pronounced to convert 1*25 per cent,
starch into sugar daring 30 minutes warming at 40° C,
The above results, indicative of such a mai'ked susceptibility of
the ferment in a dilute solution to the action of the alkali naturally
present in saliva, suggest the possibility of there being a direct con-
nection between the alkalinity of the natural secretion and its diastatic
power. While the results already given plainly indicate that very
slight changes in the alkalinity, everything else being equal, mate-
rially modify the diastatic power of the fluid ; still the amount of
ferment itself, as well as the amount of proteid matter, may vary in
different salivas so much as to counterbalance the direct influence of
changes in the alkalinity.
This, the results of our experiments seem to indicate, as we have
been nnable to trace out any direct connection between the natural
variations of alkalinity and diastatic action.*
Influence of diflereyit percentages of sodium carbonate on the dias-
tatic action oj saliva.
«
In 1882, while studying the influence of peptones on the diastatic
action of alkaline saliva,f data were then obtained showing a constant
diminution of diastatic action in the presence of the alkaline carbon-
ate : the conversion of starch into sugar being diminished in propor-
tion as the percentage of alkali was increased. The digestions at 40°
C, were then continued for 45 minutes and the ptyalin was present in
large amount, 25 of the 100 c.c. of digestive mixture being undiluted,
unneutralized saliva, thus making a very powerful diastatic fluid.
We give the data then obtained in the percentage of starch or glyco-
gen converted into sugar.
a. Influence of 0'05 per cent, sodium carbonate.
Saliva alone. Saliva + Na2Co3=0-05j^. Difference.
Glycogen, 28-68 per cent. 20-20 per cent. 8-48 per cent.
h. Influence of 0*15 per cent, sodium carbonate.:!^
Starch,
Glycogen,
Saliva alone.
Sal
iva + NaoCo3 = 0'
15^.
Difference.
40-23 per
cent.
17-48
per cent.
22-75 per cent.
37-15
14-72
22-43 *
37-55
15-48
22-07
38-36
13-57
24-79
28-68
9-40
* Compare Chittenden and Ely, Amer. Chem. Jour., iv, 329.
f Chittenden and Ely, Amer. Chem. Jour., iv, 121.
X The alkalinity is somewhat greater, owing to the unneutralized alkali of the saliva.
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 44 March, 1885.
352 Chittenden and Smith — Diastolic Action of Saliva.
c. Influence of 0"30 per cent, sodium carbonate.
Saliva alone. Saliva + NazCoa = 0 30j^. Difference.
Starch, 40-27 per cent. 10-83 per cent. 29-44 per cent.
40-23 9-87 30-36
" 3715 9-52 27-63
" 38-80 9-79 29-01
" 37-55 1001 27-54
" 38-36 9(;0 28-76
Glycogen, 29-11 693
The action of the sodium carbonate is here very marked and very
constant.
We have repeated tliis series of experiments in part, varying the
conditions only by using neutralized saliva, so that the percentages
of alkali present niiglit be exact.*
Series VIII.
Per cent. NaoCoa.
Starch converted.
Difference.
0
41-16 per cent.
0-005
39-47
1-69 per cent.
0-025
34-84
6 '3 2
0-050
29-81
11-35
0-150
17-88
23-28
0-300
10-88
30-28
It is evident from these results that the presence of a definite per-
centage of sodium carbonate will produce approximately a constant
diminution in the diastatic action of the saliva. This result, how-
ever, is constant only when the saliva acts in the above dilution.
Diminish the amount of ferment — or rather dilute the saliva — and
then the above peicentages of alkali produce quite a different result.
The above results were obtained where the dilution of the saliva was
as 1 : 4. Adding now neutralized saliva to the alkaline mixtures of
starch and water in such proportion that 10 c.c. of the original saliva
are present in 100 c.c. of digestive mixture; i. e., a dilution of 1 : 10,
the results are different.
The following figures were obtained with the above dilution, the
mixtures being warmed at 40° C. for 30 minutes.
Series IX.
Per ceht. NajCoa. Wt. Cu in one-eighth. Total amt. sugar formed.
0 0-0998 gram. 0 4064 gram.
0-005 0-0898 0-3(i64
0-025 0-0437 0-1816
0-050 0-0277 0-1184
0-100 0-0182 00808
0-300 00105 0 0504
0-500 0-0091 ()-()448
* The standard solutions of sodium carbonate were made from the chemically pure,
anhydrous salt.
Chittenden cuid Smith — Diastatic Action of Saliva. 353
These figures lead to the following percentages of starch converted
Into sugar under the different degrees of alkalinity.
Per cent. NaoCos.
Starch converted.
Diflerence.
0
36-57 per
cent.
0-005
32-98
3-59 per cent.
0-025
16-35
20-22
0050
10-66
25-91
0-100
7-27
29-30
0-300
4-53
32-04
0-500
4-03
32-54
By comparing the two preceding columns of diffei'ences it is very
manifest that the alkaline carbonate has a much greater retarding
action on the more dilute saliva than on the stronger solution ; very
noticeably so in the mixtures containing 0-025 and 0*050 per cent, of
the alkaline salt.
By diluting neutralized saliva still more, and then using quantities
of the fluid equal to 2 c.c. of the original saliva, making in the 100 c.c.
of digestive mixture a dilution of 1 : ')0, even 0'005 per cent, of sodium
carbonate is sufficient to retard the diastatic action of the ferment
almost completely ; thus, in one experiment with the above amount
of saliva in the presence of 0*005 per cent, sodium carbonate but
4-03 per cent, of the starch was converted into sugar in 30 minutes
at 40° C, while the same amount of saliva alone converted 27*08 per
cent, of the starch into sugar. By increasing the percentage of
alkaline cai'bonate the diastatic action was stopped completely.
It is thus evident that the percentage of alkaline carbonate which
absolutely or to a certain extent hinders the diastatic action of saliva
can be designated only for a definite mixtui-e, and not in a general
sense. Langley and Eves* state that sodium carbonate of O'OOIS
per cent, causes a retardation in the action of ptyalin ; our experi-
ments with unneuti-alized saliva diluted, plainly show that even much
smaller percentages of alkalinity may decidedly retard the action of
the ferment, wiiile in similarly diluted saliva 0*005 percent, of sodium
carbonate may prevent diastatic action almost entirely.
Again Langley and Evesf state that the "amylolytic action of saliva
becomes less the more alkaline salt there is in the solution, the rate of
decrease is, however, slow compared with that which occurs when
hydrochloric acid is added in similarly increasing quantities."
The rate of decrease, however, as our experiments plainly show, is
dependent greatly upon the amount of dilution.
* Journal of Physiology, vol. iv, Xo. 1. f Ibid.
354 Chittenden and Smith — Diastatic Action of S(diva.
Destruction of salivary ptyalin hy sodium carbonate.
To how great an extent is the retarding influence of sodium car-
bonate due to destruction of the ferment? Langley and Eves* state
that " sodium carbonate has a very slight destructive action on
ptyalin, its retarding power is out of all proportion to its power of
destrnction."
The following experiments demonstrate the exact action of the
sodium carbonate.
Series X.
70 c.c. of filtered saliva (the same saliva as used in Series IX),
were exactly neutralized witli 0*2 per cent. HCl and diluted to
140 c.c.
The following mixtures were then prepared :
1
2
3
4
5
Diluted saliva,
20 c.c.
20 c.c.
20 c.c.
20 c.c.
20 c.c;
NajCOs sol.,
0
20 " 0-1^
10 " 0-6^
20 " 0-6^
20 " 1
H^O.
20 "
0
10 "
0
0
Per cent. NaoCos, 0 0-05 0-15 0-30 0-50
These were warmed at 40° C. for 30 minutes, then neutralized
with the amounts of dilute acid given below, water and starch
added, and the mixtures again warmed at 40° C. for 30 minutes.
1
2 3
4
[ 5
HOI 0-2 percent., 0
6-88
C.c. 20-6 c.c.
41-3
c.c. 68-8 c.c.
Starch + HjO, 60 c.c.
53-2C
\ 39-4
18-7
20-0
100 c.c.
100 >
c.c. 100 c.c.
100
c.c. 128-8 c.c.
Wt. Cu in one-eiglith,
Total amount sugar.
starch converted.
I 0-0998 gram.
0-4064 gram.
36-59 per cent.
2 0-0991
0-4032
36-30
3 0-0992
0-4040
36-40
4 0-0474
0-1968
17-71
5 0-0278
01192
10-73
In the above digestive mixtures the ultimate dilution of the saliva
is the same as in series IX, 1 : 10, and being the same saliva, the
above results are directly comparable with those of series IX.
Warming saliva of the above strength with 0'05 and 0'15 per cent,
sodium carbonate for 30 minutes causes no destruction of the ptyalin
whatever, as the results of experiments 2 and 3 indicate, consequently
any diminished diastatic action in the presence of the above percen-
tages of alkaline carbonate must be due to a simple retardation of
* .Joui-iial of l'hysiol()fi;y, vol. iv, No. 1.
Chittenden and Smith — Diastatic Action of Saliva. 355
the action of the ferment and not to its destruction. On the other
hand, 0-3 and 0-5 per cent, sodium carbonate under like conditions
and with the same strength of saliva cause a marked destruction of
the ferment, as the results of experiments 4 and 5 plainly show.
We have repeated the above series of experiments with a saliva,
neutralized and diluted 5 times, using in each experiment 10 c.c. of
the diluted fluid, equal to 2 c.c. of the original saliva. The only
otiier deviation from the conditions already given consisted in wai'm"
ing the saliva with the alkaline carbonate for 1 hour instead of 30
minutes. We will not give the details of the experiment, as the
results were mostly negative. With this amount of saliva, 0-15 per
cent, sodium carbonate almost completely destroyed the ferment
in 1 hour's warming at 40° C, and even 0*05 per cent, of the alka-
line carbonate showed under these conditions a very great destruc-
tive action ; thus, after heating the diluted saliva with 0*05 per cent,
sodium carbonate for 1 hour at 40° C, and then neutralizing the
mixture it was able in 30 minutes to convert but 5*69 per cent, of
starch into sugar, while the same quantity of saliva simply warmed
with water, converted under like conditions 27'08 per cent, of starch
into sugar.* Under these circumstances, then, the destructive action
of dilute sodium carbonate is very great. To what is due this great
difference in the action of sodium carbonate of the same strength ?
Probably to the presence of the larger amount of albuminous matter
which in the less diluted saliva possibly combines with the alkaline
carbonate. It would follow, moreover, from our results, that any
proteid compound formed, has in itself no destructive action on the
ferment, even to a slight extent. 0*005 per cent, sodium carbonate
causes no destruction of the ferment in 1 hour's warming at 40° C. ;
that is, in saliva of this dilution.
Influence of proteid matter on the diastatic action of saliva in
nentral sohitions.
It was formerly demonstrated by one of usf that the presence of 1
per cent, peptone tended to increase the diastatic action of saliva in
a neutral solution to such an extent that on an average about 4 per
* The amount of destruction produced in saliva of this solution by the above per-
centage of sodium carbonate does not appear to be constant, since we have found in
several cases a much greater diastatic action after an hour's warming at 40° C.
than in the above instance, due prol)ably to the larger amoimt of ptyalin or proteid
matter present.
f Chittenden and Kly, Amer. Cliem. .Jour., vol. iv, 107.
356 Chittenden and Smith — Diastatic Actio?i of Saliva.
cent, more starch was converted into sugar during 45 minutes at 40°
C. ; this with 25 c.c. of saliva in 100 c.c. of the digestive mixture.
This effect we attributed to a direct stimulating action on the part
of the proteid matter. Langley and Eves,* however, object to this
conclusion, although they bring forward no facts to prove the con-
trary. Considering that litmus will not detect less than O'OOi per
cent, acid or alkali they state that there may be in the neutralized
fluid an excess of acid or alkali to this extent, and if, as may well be
the case, ptyalin acts best in a neutral solution, the effect of the pep-
tone might be due to its putting hors de combat the slight excess of
acid or alkali which remains on apparent neutralization. But as
Langley himself has shown, the proteid matter naturally present in
25 c.c. saliva, or even much less, is far more than sufficient to combine
with and render inert any such amount of free acid or alkali. We
see no other possible explanation of the action of peptones on the
diastatic action of saliva in a neutral solution than a direct stimula-
tion of the ferment. Moreover, Langley and Eves have found that
when neutralized saliva is diluted a hundred times, peptone is still
able to increase the rate at which it converts starch into sugar, from
which they are forced to conclude that the small amount of acid or
alkali which may be present, cannot exert, in such a dilution, any
retarding influence. We present the following ^ additional results
confirmatory of our previous experiments.
In our present experiments we have, however, used much less
saliva, and also smaller percentages of peptone.
Series XL
20 c.c. of filtered saliva were neutralized and then diluted to 100 c.c.
0*8 gram of pure albumin-peptone was dissolved in water, made
exactly neutral with Na^Co^ and the solution diluted to 100 c.c.
10 c.c. of the diluted saliva were employed in each digestion, and
of the peptone solution quantities equivalent to 0*05, O'l, and 0*2
gram of peptone. Length of digestion, 30 minutes.
Per cent.
peptone.
\vt.
Cu in oneelKlith.
Total amt. sugar.
Starch converted.
0
0-0834 grain.
0-;U00 gram.
30-61 per cent.
0-05
00875
0-3568
32-11
0-10
0-0868
0-3544
32-01
0-20
0-0873
0-35GO
32-04
Here, with tlie smaller amount of ferment, tl)e increase is not so
great as with tlic larger quantity of saliva and with the longer
I Journal of Ph3'siology, vol. iv. No. 1.
Chittenden and Smith — Diastatic Action of Saliva. .357
period of digestion ; still, the amount of starch converted is
increased on an average about 1 -50 per cent. It is interesting to
note that under these conditions the full effect of the proteid matter
is produced by even 0*05 per cent. Langley and Eves found the
maximum effect with saliva ten times diluted to be produced by
about O-l per cent, peptone. In our experiment, however, the dilu-
tion of the saliva in the digestive mixture is 1 : 50.
Influence of proteid matter on the diastatic action, of saliva in
alkaline solutions.
It was previously demonstrated by one of us that the presence of
1 per cent, peptone in a digestive mixture containing 25 per cent,
saliva and 0-3 and 0-15 per cent, sodium carbonate respectively, tended
to nearly double the diastatic action, bringing it up almost to the
action of saliva unmixed with alkaline carbonate.
We give here a few additional experiments bearing on this point.
The very noticeable difference in the action of small percentages
of sodium carbonate on the diastatic activity of moderately dilute
and very dilute saliva at once suggests the possibility of some con-
nection between the dilution and the reduced percentage of proteid
matter. What, now, is the influence of small amounts of peptone
on very weak alkaline solutions of saliva ? We will give the
I'esults of one series of experiments in answer to this question.
Series XII.
20 c.c. of saliva with an alkalinity equal to 0"110 per cent, sodium
carbonate were diluted to 100 c.c, 10 c.c. of the diluted saliva were
used in each digestion of 100 c.c; consequently the alkalinity of the
digestive mixture was equal to 0*0022 per cent, sodium carbonate.
Neutral peptone was added in varying quantities. The mixtures
were warmed at 40° C. for 30 minutes.
Per cent.
peptone.
Wt
;. Cu in one-eighth.
Total amt
. sugar.
Starch converted.
0
0-0761 gram.
0-3104 1
gram.
27-94 percent.
0-05
0-0823
0-3352
30-18
0-10
0-0841
0-3424
30-82
0-20
00S53
0-3480
31-33
The same saliva neutralized converted 30*61 per cent, of the starch
into sugar; consequently the neutral peptone (0"2 per cent.) caused
the alkaline saliva to show a diastatic action considerably greater
than the neutral saliva, but not equal in this case to the action of the
same percentage of peptone on the neutralized saliva. Compare
series xi, made with the same saliva.
358 Chittenden and Sinith — Diastatic Action of Saliva.
Still other experiments of the same nature liave sliown like results,
and even more marked. Thus, while neutral saliva without peptone
converted in one instance 1S"16 per cent, starch into sugar, a like
quantity of the normally alkaline saliva (z=0"002 per cent. Na.^Co, in
the digestive mixture) with O'l per cent, peptone converted 31'90
per cent, starch into sugar.
Increasing the percentage of carbonate to a point where previous
experiment had shown almost complete stopping of the action of the
ferment, it was found that O'l per cent, of neutral peptone would, in
the above dilution, bring the diastatic action up, almost to that of
the neutral saliva.
Series XIII.
Thus, 20 c.c. of saliva were neutralized and diluted to 100 c.c, 10
c.c. used in each digestion.
0 NasCOa 0-005^ NaaCO;, 0-005^ Na^COs
0 Peptone, 0 Peptone. 0-10$? Peptone.
Wt. Cu in one-eighth, 00803 gram. 00181 gram. 0-0708 gram.
Total amt. sugar, 0-3272 00800 0-2896
Starch converted, 29-45 per cent. 720 per cent. 26-07 per cent.
With 0'025 and 0*050 per cent, sodium carbonate, 0"l per cent,
peptone availed but little : there was slight diastatic action, but not
enough sugar formed to make the determination of it of any value.
These results would seem to indicate that one action of the peptone
in an alkaline solution is to combine with the alkaline carbonate and
form a compound of quite different power: thus, with 0-050 per cent,
sodium carbonate a corresponding larger percentage of peptone is
required to increase the diastatic power. In addition to this action,
however, there is still manifest the direct stimulating action of the
proteid matter on the ferment ; seen in one case in the increased per-
centage of sugar formed in the alkaline solution over the amount
formed in neutral solution by the same saliva under like conditions.
As to the union of peptone and the alkaline carbonate we have a
strong indication of a combination in that the presence of peptone
tends to diminish somewhat the destructive action of small per-
centages of sodium carbonate in diluted saliva.
Thus, while 10 c.c. of neutralized, dilute saliva (1 : 5) warmed for 1
hour with 0*05 per cent, sodium carbonate converted after neutraliza-
tion 25*05 per cent, starch into sugar, the same amount of saliva
warmed for the same length of time with the same percentage of
sodium carbonate, plus 0*4 per cent, peptone converted after neutral-
ization 32*68 per Qent. of the starch.
Chittenden and Smith — Diastatlc Action of Saliva. 359
The peptone present had evidently in some way prevented the
destructive action of the alkaline carbonate, and the most plausible
explanation seems to be the probable formation of an alkaline-pro-
teid body.
Influence of free acid and of aeid-proteid matter on the diastatic
action of saliva.
The influence of dilute acid solutions on the diastatic action of
saliva is naturally a point of considerable physiological importance.
In view of the rapid passage of the salivary secretions into the
stomach, we need to 'have accurate knowledge of the exact influence
of free acid and acid-reacting fluids on the ferment and its diastatic
activity.
In considering this question we do not need now to take into
account the older observations of Jacubowitsch, Lehmann, SchilF,
Watson, Briicke, Hammarsten and othei's, since these led to no
agreement of opinion and more recently acquired knowledge has
rendered necessary difl^erent methods of procedure.
In 1881 it was announced by one of us* that the ferment of saliva
was destroyed on being warmed for two hours with gastric juice
containing 0'2 per cent, hydrochloric acid; also that the same treat-
ment with 0-2 per cent, hydrochloric acid alone caused great destruc-
tion of the ferment, so that on neutralization diastatic action was
greatly diminished. At the same time it was pointed out that much
smaller percentages of acid, even 0-025 per cent.,f diminished the
diastatic action of the ferment very materially. Shortly after this
similar results were obtained independently by Langley,J who in an
interesting paper on the destruction of ferments in the alimentary
canal, pointed out that ptyalin from the parotids of a rabbit was
destroyed by digestion with a small amount of gastric juice, and
also that weak solutions of the ferment were more or less destroyed
by heating at 40° C. with 0-014 per cent, hydrochloric acid. In
comparing these latter exj^eriments with the preceding it is to be
remembered that the former were made with 25 c.c. of filtered human
saliva, a much stronger solution doubtless, both as regards the fer-
ment and the albuminous matter present.
Later it was pointed out by one of us,§ that peptones have a very
* Chittenden and Griswold, Amer. Chem. Jour., vol. iii, 305.
f Irrespective of the proteid matter.
\ Journal of Physiology, vol. iii, No. 3.
§ Chittenden and Ely, Amer. Chem. Jour., vol. iv, 114.
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 45 Maech, 1885.
360 Chittenden and Smith — Diastatie Action of Saliva.
decided influence on the diastatie action of saliva in acid solutions ;
that while the presence of 0*025 per cent, hydrochloric acid pre-
vented the conversion of but 3-50 per cent, of the starch into
sugar, the presence of 1 per cent, peptone allowed the conver-
sion of 48-85 per cent, of the starch, 7 per cent, more than the saliva
alone would convert under like conditions; a fact which would
indicate something more on the part of the proteid matter, than a
mere union of the peptone and acid. Undoubtedly there was a
combination of the peptone and acid, but in addition there was man-
ifested the direct stimulating action of the proteid matter. At the
time these experiments were made, however, we were unaware of
Danilewsky's* method of testing for free acid with troj^aeolin 00, by
which he proved the union of acids with various forms of proteid
matter ; compounds acid to test papers, but not containing free acid-
Falkf likewise noticed the influence of peptones on diastatie action,
in an acid solution of malt infusion ; thus by adding a small amount
of 00135 per cent, hydrochloric acid to an infusion of malt and this
to some starch paste, no reaction for sugar could be obtained, but by
adding the same proportion of acid and some peptone, then the sugar
reaction soon appeared. This fact Falk considered as evidence of
the union of the acid and peptone.
In view of these results we have repeated some of our previouK
work, under diflerent conditions, trying many additional experi-
ments, especially as in a recent paper on the araylolytic action of
saliva, Langley and EvesJ have arrived at some conclusions not in
accord with our results.
a. Infiuence of acid-proteid matter.
We have used the tropa?olin test for the detection of free acid,
whenever it has been necessary in our work, employing the method
as recommended by Danilewsky. The tropa?olin 00 was dissolvod
in methyl alcohol (saturated solution) and when a test for free acid
was to be made, drops of the alcoholic solution were allowed to
evaporate on a porcelain plate at 40° C, and then while still at 4u° C,
a drop of the fluid to be tested was added and allowed to dry. Free
hydrochloric acid causes the dry residue to take on a violet color.
We have made a number of trials to ascertain hoAV small a percent-
age of free hydrochloric acid can be detected by this test. Using a
* Centralbl. Med. Wiss., 1880.
f Virchow's Ardiivs, Ixxxiv, 1881, p. i:!(). \ Loc. oit.
Chittenden and Smith — Diastatic Action of Saliva. 361
standard solution of hydrochloric acid of known strength,* we have
found that 0-003 per cent, of this acid can be detected with cer-
tainty, a drop of such a mixture giving a distinctly recognizable
violet color. A smaller percentage cannot be recognized and we
have therefore invariably deducted the above amount in our various
tests for free acid.
The amount of proteid matter naturally present in saliva and
which is capable of combining with acids, is apparently quite con-
stant. Langley and Eves found as a mean of several observations
that 5 c.c. of filtered, neutralized saliva contained proteids capable of
combining with 2 c.c. of 0-1 percent, hydrochloric acid. We have
found as a mean of eight determinations that 20 c.c. of filtered, neu-
tralized saliva contained proteids capable of combining with 7*74 c.c.
0*1 per cent, hydrochloric acid. In an attempt to ascertain approxi-
mately how much proteid matter this amount of acid signified, we
took the results of our experiments with peptones, in which we found
that 1 gram of pure neutral peptone required 48*0 c.c. 0*1 per cent,
hydrochloric acid to saturate it. Consequently 1 c.c. of 0"1 per cent,
acid would combine with 0*0208 gram peptone, and assuming that the
combining power of the proteids present in saliva is the same as that
of peptones, the 20 c.c. of saliva would contain 0"16099 gram proteid
matter, equal to 0'804 per cent.; a result which at once shows that
the combining power of the proteids of saliva and peptone must be
quite different, or as is more probable, that considerable of the acid
added, is used up in reacting with the phosphates of the alkalies
present in the saliva.
Saliva, as a rule, does not contain much more than O'o per cent,
solid matter, and Hammerbacher has found in human mixed saliva
0*139 per cent, albumin and ptyalin.f
A comparison of the diastatic action of neutral saliva considerably
diluted, and similarly diluted saliva in which the proteids present
have been saturated witls acid, shows at once that acid-proteid
matter, even though present in but small quantity, has a distinctly
stimulating action on the salivary ferment.
The following experiments will illustrate this point and also show
the extent of the stimulation.
Series XIV.
A. 40 c.c. filtered saliva were neutralized and then diluted to
200 c.c.
* Ail of our standard acid soiulions were of exactly tlie strengtli specified, as was
proved by titration with standard solution of silver nitrate,
f Jahresbericht fiir Thierclieinie, 1881, 269.
362 Chittenden and Smith — Diai^tatic Action of Saliva.
B. 40 c.c. of the above diluted saliva required 6*8 c.c. 0-05 per
cent, HCl to saturate the proteids present = 0-0074 per cent, com-
bined HCl.
Two digestions each were made with A and B, using quantities
of the above salivas equivalent to 4 and 2 c.c. of the original saliva.
Wt. Cii in one-eighth. Total amt. sugar formed.
20 c.c. A, 00913 gram. 0-.3720 gram.
23-4 B, 0-0987 0-4016
10 c.c. A, 0-0850 gram. 0-3472 gram.
11-7 B, 0-0940 0-3832
starch converted. Starch converted.
20 c.c. ^, 33-49 per cent. 10 c.c. ^, 31-26 per cent.
23-4 B, 36-15 11-7 B, 34-49
Increase, 2 66 per cent. Increase, 3 23 per cent.
It is seen that the addition of the acid in this instance causes a very
decided increase in the diastatic activity of the saliva. The amount
of combined acid present in the 100 c.c. of digestive mixture in the
two cases was 0-0017 and 0-0008 per cent, respectively, yet the pres-
ence of this small amount of combined acid manifestly acts as a stim-
ulant to the diastatic ferment.* Even still smaller percentages of acid-
proteid matter have an equally decided action on the salivary ptyalin.
The following series of experiments illustrate this point and at the
same time are confirmatory of the preceding one.
Series XV.
A. 40 c.c. filtered saliva were neutralized and diluted to 200 c.c.
B. 50 c.c. of the above diluted saliva required 4-75 c.c. 0-05 per
cent. HCl to saturate the proteids. The solution was distinctly acid
to litmus paper and contained 0-0043 per cent, combined HCl.
Four digestions were made with both A and jB, using quantities
of saliva in each case equivalent to 4, 2, 1 and 0*5 c.c. of the original
saliva.
wt. Gu in one-eighth. Tolal amt. sugar formed.
20 c.c. A, 0-0925 gram. 0-3768 gram.
21-9 B, 0-0959 0-3912
10 c.c. A, 00827 gram. 03368 gram.
10-95 B, 0-0876 0-3576
5 c.c. A, 00671 gram. 0-2744 gram.
5-6 B, 0-0751 0-3064
2-5 c.c. ^, 0-0305 gram. 0-1296 gram.
2-75 B, 0-0375 0-1568
* Doubtless these percentages of combined acid are too high, since as before men-
tioned some of the acid added probably reacts with the phosphates naturally present
iu the saliva.
Chittenden and Smith — Diastatic Action of Saliva. 363
20 c.c. A,
21-9 B,
Increase,
5 c.c. A,
5-5 B,
starch converted.
33.85 per cent.
35-22
1'37 per cent.
24-69 per cent.
27-58
Starcli converted.
10 c.c.
-1,
30-32 per cent.
10-95
S,
32-19
Increase,
1-87 per cent.
2-5 c.c.
A
11-68 per cent.
2-75
B,
14-10
Increase,
2-42 per cent.
Increase, 2-89 per cent.
Here the same results are to be seen as in the preceding exj^eri-
ment, although the amount of proteid matter is inuch less. In both
series of experiments it is to be noticed that as the percentage of com-
bined acid is diminished the difference between the diastatic activity
of the neutral solution and the corresponding acid solution is increased,
at the same time it is to be seen that in the first series of experiments
where the percentage of proteid matter is larger there is a greater in-
crease in the conversion of starch with the 23*4 c.c. of acid-reacting
saliva than with the 21 "9 c.c. of the acid-reacting fluid of the second
series of experiments with its smaller percentage of proteid matter.
In the last series of experiments where 21-9 c.c. of J3 are used the
amount of combined acid in the digestive mixture is but 0*00094 per
cent. HCl, so that where the smaller amounts of acid-reacting saliva are
used the percentage amount of combined acid is very small indeed.
Increasing the amount of saliva used and thereby the percentage
of acidTproteid matter brought us finally to a point where the acid-
proteid matter failed to stimulate the diastatic action of the ferment
and even began to show a tendency to retard its action. The follow-
ing series of experiments, using saliva wholly undiluted, illustrates
this point.
Series XVI.
100 c.c. of filtered saliva were neutralized requiring 32 c.c. 0*2 per
cent. HCl=.4.
52-8 c.c. ^4=40 c.c. of the original saliva required 12"15 c.c. 0-1
per cent. HCl to combine with the proteids, making saliva H ; the
fluid was distinctly acid to litmus and contained 0-0187 per cent,
combined acid. Three digestions were made with both A and JS,
using quantities of the fluids equal to 20, 10 and 5 c.c. respectively
of the original saliva.
26-4 c.c. A,
32-48 B,
13-2 c.c. A,
16-24 B,
60 c.c. .4,
8-12 B,
Wt. Cu in one-eighth.
0-1083 gram.
0-1065
0-1024 gram.
0-1087
00948 gram.
0-1031
Total amt. sugar.
0-4408 gram.
0-4336
0-4168 gram.
0-4424
0-3864 gram.
0-4192
364 Chittenden and iS/jiith — Dlastatic Action of Saliva.
starch converted.
Combined HCl in the
1(10 c.c. digestive mixture.
26-4 c.c.
A,
39-68 per cent.
0
32-48
Decrease
J,
38-96
0-72 per cent.
0-00608 per cent.
13-2 c.c.
A,
37-52 per cent.
0
16-24
B,
39-73
0-00304 per cent.
Increase
,
2-21 per cent.
6-6 c.c.
A
34-79 per cent.
0
8-12
Increase
B,
37-74
2-95 per cent.
0-00152 per cent.
In this series of experiments where the percentage of combined
acid in the digestive mixture is much greater than before, tlie same
increase in diastatic action is noticed. With the largest quantity of
saliva however where the amount of combined acid is 0-006 per cent,
we seem to have reached a point where the acid-proteid matter ceases
to stimulate and begins to retard the action of the ferment. That
this is actually the case we have proved by another experiment con-
firmatory of the preceding one, using in the digestion however two
grams of starch instead of one.
Thus while an amount of neutral saliva, equal to 20 c.c. of the
original secretion converted 39'08 per cent, starch into sugar, the
same amount of saliva having all of] its proteid matter combined Avith
acid converted under the same conditions 38*21 per cent, "of the
starch, a decrease of 0*87 per cent; in this case however the amount
of combined acid present in the 100 c.c. of digestive mixture was 0-008
per cent.
It thus seems plainly proven that up to a certain percentage the
presence of acid-proteid matter in the saliva tends to decidedly stim-
ulate its diastatic action. We cannot therefore agree with Langley
and Eves that ptyalin a';ts best in evei-y instance in a neutral solution,
for our results certainly show an increased action of the ferment in
the presence of the acid-proteids, except where the latter are present
in comparatively large amount.
The only possible fallacies which suggest themselves here are
traces of undetectable alkali in the starch and the presence of phos-
phates of calcium or magnesium. This result moreover makes clear
many statements previously recorded which would otherwise be diffi-
cult of explanation. Thus it has been recorded by Astaschewsky,*
that the saliva of the parotid gland possesses a very faint acid reac-
* Centralbl. med. AViss., 1875, 15.
Chittenden and Smith — Diastatlc Action of Saliva. 365
tioti and that the maximutn of the diastatic action of j)arotid saliva
corresponds with the strongest acid reaction ; but in these observa-
tions doubtless the acid reaction was in every case due to acid-pro-
teids and not to free acid. Again it was found by one of us* that the
presence of O'OOo per cent. HCl decidedly increased the diastatic
action of saliva, but while the observation was correct the result was
wrongfully attributed to 0*005 per cent, free acid when it should have
been attributed to the same percentage of combined acid, where
doubtless the proteid matter was not wholly saturated. Likewise
Watson'sf oft-quoted result, whei-e the addition of a drop of strong
acid to saliva gave him an increased diastatic action, was doubtless
due to the acid-proteid matter formed and not to free acid, though it
may have been due to partial or complete neutralization.
We endeavored to ascertain whether the acid-proteid matter
formed by the addition of acid to undiluted saliva would have any
destructive action on the diastatic ferment when warmed at 40° C.
Of course only a slight action, if any could be expected, still it seemed
of sufficient importance to warrant the experiment. Accordingly two
mixtures were prepared as follows :
A. . B.
Saliva, 20 c.c. 20 c.c.
HCl 0-2^ to neutralize, 6-8 6-8
" " combine with proteids, 3-2
H2O, 13-2 10
40 0 c.c. 40-0 C.C.
Neutral. 0-016^ HCl combined
These two solutions were warmed at 40° C. for 1 hour, then neu-
tralizing and equalizing! niixtures were added, after which starch
and water to 100 c.c. The results were in ^ a conversion of 38-68
per cent, of the starch into sugar, and in J5 a conversion of 38*26
per cent., so that while there may have been some little destruction
of the ferment, it is plain that the diminished action noticed in the
two preceding cases in the presence of the larger percentages of acid-
proteid matter was probably due to simple retardation, since the
percentage of combined acid was not more than half that in the
above experiment.
We have studied the influence of acid-proteid matter on salivary
* Chittenden and Griswold, Amer. Chem. Jour., vol. iii, 312.
f Jour. Chem. Soc, 1879, 543.
X Equivalent amo"unts of standard acid and sodium carbonate solutions, so that
A for example might contain the same amount of sodium chloride as B.
366 (Jhittetiden and ^mith — Diastatic Action of Saliva.
digestion still further by experimenting likewise with peptones, and
in studying the influence of acid-peptones on the action of the fer-
ment we have been impi'essed with the striking effect of very minute
quantities of acid on the ordinary action of peptones, increasing it
very decidedly. It has already been shown that the presence of
0-05, O'l and 0*2 per cent, of neutral peptone produces, in neutral
solutions, a like increased diastatic action ; with 0*5 per cent, peptone
the increase is as much as with 0*2 per cent. ; that is, in the case of
saliva considerably diluted. With acid-peptones, however, the effect
produced is quite different, and the amount of combined acid neces-
sary to produce this different effect is quite small.
Peptones as usually prepared contain a small amount of combined
acid. The sample we used required per gram 0*014 gram Na^Co, to
make it neutral; this would be equivalent to 0*00964 gram HCl.
Consequently the percentage of combined acid in the peptone,
assuming it to be hydrochloric acid, would be 0*964 per cent. With
such an acid-peptone the following experiments were tried.
Series XVII.
20 c.c. saliva were neutralized and diluted to 100 c.c. ; of this solu-
tion 10 c.c, equal to 2 c.c. of original saliva Avere used in each
digestion. Four experiments were tried, in three of which 0-050
gram, 0*100 gram and 0*200 gram of the above acid-peptone were
added. Following are the results, after warming the mixtures at 40°
C. for 30 minutes.
Per cent.
peptone.
Wt. Cu. in
one-eighth.
Total amt. sugar
formed.
Starch converted.
0
00766
gram.
0-3128 gram.
28-16 per cent.
0-05
0-0873
0-3560
3205
0*10
0-0897
0-3656
32-91
0-20
0-0929
0-3784
34-21
Comparing these results with those obtained by similar percent-
ages of neutral i)eptoue the difference is sufficiently striking, and yet
the pei'centage of combined acid in the digestive mixture, where
there is present 0*20 gram of acid-peptone, is but 0*0019 per cent,
calculated as HCl.
Experimenting with ))eptones completely saturated with acid, and
in this case with what was known to be hydrochloric acid, results
similar to the above were obtained, with, however, several suggestive
deviations. The following series of experiments will serve to illus-
trate the main ))oints of interest.
Chittenden and Smith — Diastatic Action of Saliva. 867
Series XVIII.
40 c.c. filtered saliva were neutralized and diluted to 200 c.c. ; 10
c.c. of this diluted fluid were used in each experiment.
A standard solution of peptone saturated with hydrochloric acid
was also prepared.
The following percentages of peptone and combined acid were
contained in the different digestive mixtures of 100 c.c.
12 3 4 5 6 7
Peptone, 0 0 O-OI^ 0-020jg 0-040^ 0060^ 0-080^
Combined HCl, 0 O-OOOG;?* 0-00057<g 0-00115^ 0-0023^ 000345^ 0-0046<J
Following are the results of the digestions :
Wt. Cu in
one-eighth.
Total amt.
sugar.
Starch converted.
•. 1
0-0872 gram.
0-3560 gram.
31-85 per cent.
2
0-0896
0-3656
32.91
3
0-0901
0-36'72
33-06
4,
00935
0-3808
34-28
5
0-0892
0-3640
32-77
6
0-0775
0-3160
28-45
7
00495
0-2048
18-43
It is to be noticed, first, that in this geries of experiments the
peptones, being completely saturated with acid, are present in much
smaller percentages proportionally than the combined acid is, and the
effect produced is a diminished diastatic action in the case of Nos. 6
and 7, in the presence of an amount of combined acid which, in the
case of the proteids naturally present in saliva, has no retarding
action whatever, but on the contrary a stimulating action. The
addition of a larger amount of peptone to Nos. 5, 6 and 7, for exam-
ple, the percentage of acid remaining the same, tends to bring up
the diastatic action very decidedly.
It would appear from these results, moreover, assuming that the
combining power of peptone is the same as the proteids present
in saliva, that the presence of say 0*003 per cent, combined HCl in
the form of saturated acid-peptone has a retarding action, while the
same percentage of combined HCl in the form of saturated salivary
proteids, has, in the case of saliva of the same dilution, a decided
stimulating action. At the same time it is to be remembered that
when acid is added to saliva some considerable acid may be used by
the inorganic salts with formation of acid phosphates, for example.
These results, moreover, indicate that such is doubtless the case.
Increasing the percentage of peptone to say 1 per cent, admits of
the addition of larger amounts of hydrochloric acid, without partic-
* To saturate the proteids naturally present in the saliva.
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 46 March, 1885.
368 Chittenden and Smith — Diastatic Acfioji of Saliva.
ularly retarding the action of the ferment ; thus, as Langley and
Eves state, " O-OOVS per cent, hydrochloric acid may be added to
saliva diluted 10 or 20 times, provided 1 per cent, peptone be present,
and yet its action on starch be about equal to that of the saliva
without peptone or acid."
Again it would appear that small percentages of acid-proteid mat-
ter, either peptones or the albuminous bodies present in saliva, tend
to increase the diastatic action not only beyond the natural action
of the saliva, but also somewhat beyond the action of the saliva plus
the same percentage of neutral peptone. Thus, while the presence
of a few hundredths of 1 per cent, of neutral peptone in saliva
diluted 1 : 50 caused about 1 'o per cent, increased conversion of
starch, acid-peptone caused in 30 minutes 2"17 per cent, increased
conversion. Again, as has been seen, the acid-proteids of saliva
cause a like increase. Large percentages of acid-proteids, however,
in which the albuminous matter is completely saturated,' distinctly
retard the diastatic action.
These results harmonize in a general way with the previous results
obtained by one of us,* in which it was found that the presence of
1 per cent, peptone in an acid-reacting fluid, which by itself almost
completely stopped the diastatic action of the saliva, increased
the diastatic action of the ferment above the action of the neutral
saliva and also above the action of the neutral saliva plus the 1 per
cent, of neutral peptone.
We next endeavored to ascertain how ranch of tlie retarding
action of the acid-peptone is due to destruction of the ferment.
Without giving details we have found that with saliva ten times
diluted there is a noticeable destruction of the ferment in the presence
of 0-028 per cent, of combined acid, although it is not great. In
this case it is to be understood that the amount of peptone present
is only such as would furnish this percentage of combined acid.
The following percentages of starch converted (after neutralization
and equalization) show the amount of destruction under the difl'erent
conditions.
Series XIX.
LciiKtli of time
at 411" C.
Per cent,
combined HCl.
Per cent,
peptone.
starch converted.
0
0
31-65 per cent.
30 min.
0-014
0-25
31-18
30
0-028
0-50
30-82
60
0-028
0-60
29-74
30
0-051
1-00
27-73
* Chittenden and Ely, loc. cit.
Chittenden and Smith — Diastatic Action of' /Saliva. 269
It is thus manifest from our results that the retarding influence of
the larger perceutages of acid-peptones is out of all proportion to
their power of destruction. Still larger percentages of acid-saturated
peptones produce a much gi'eater destruction. Thus, by warming
10 c.c. of a neutral dilute saliva (1 : 5) with a solution of peptone
saturated with acid, in such proportion that the mixture contained
0*430 per cent, combined HCl, there was in 30 minutes an almost
complete destruction of the ferment.
b. Influence of free acid.
In view of the fact that some time ago one of us* was of the
opinion that small percentages of acidf tended to increase the diae-
tatic action of saliva, it was of especial interest now to ascertain defi-
nitely whether free acid when present in small percentages does inva-
riably retard diastatic action. Langley and Eves state that " although
saliva neutralized to litmus sometimes shows an increase of action on
the addition of 0-0005 to 0*001 per cent. HCl ; yet if the proteids of
the saliva be saturated with acid, there is a diminution of its amylo-
lytic action, although no free acid is present in the saliva." This we
cannot regard as correct without qualification, since our experiments
appear to show that saliva with its pi'oteid matter saturated with
acid has a greater diastatic action in a given time than saliva simply
neutralized, provided the percentage of acid-saturated proteids is not
too large. The same investigators further state "that 0*0015 per
cent. HCl distinctly diminishes the amylolytic action of pytalin,"
and "since 0*0015 per cent. HCl increases amylolytic action it seems
very unlikely that 0*005 per cent, should increase it ;" but as Lang-
ley and Eves, in studying the influence of free acid, apparently used
diluted, neutralized saliva, in which the proteids present were not
combined with acid, depending simply upon dilution to avoid the
influence of these bodies, it seems to us a little uncertain whether
their results are strictly accurate on this point, since saliva even
very much diluted does contain some proteid matter. They, how-
ever, state in this connection that " we have often found that solu-
tions which we have thought carefully neutralized have been in-
creased in action by the presence of still smaller percentages of
acid, viz : 0*0005 to 0*0010 per cent." Here, however, so far as theij
results show, the observed increase of activity may have been due
* Chittenden and Griswold, loc. cit.
f Considered as 0-005 per cent., although we now know the above figure could not
represent free acid, owing to the proteid matter of the saliva.
370 Chittenden and Smith — Diastatic Action of Saliva.
to the small amount of acid-proteid matter present, certainly could
not have been due wholly to free acid.
We have tried a large number of experiments on this point in a
variety of ways, all of which tend to show that a very small trace
of free acid, when the amount of acid-proteids is not large, does,
seemingly, slightly increase the diastatic action of the ferment. It is,
perhaps, questionable, however, whether in the use of such small
percentages of acid, the results are to be strictly depended upon.
The presence of a small amount of phosphate in the starch or a
trace of alkali, not to be detected by litmus, might easily neutralize
the small amount of acid added. Again, non-saturation of the
proteids to only a very slight extent might effect the result. We
subjoin two or three of our experiments.
Series XX.
20 c.c. filtered saliva were neutralized and then sufficient
acid added to combine with the proteids present ; the mixture then
diluted to 100 c.c. The solution contained 0-0114 gram combined
HCl, but no free acid. A.
20 c.c. of the same filtered saliva neutralized, and the proteids just
saturated with acid. 3-1 c.c. O'l per cent. HCl were then added and
the mixture diluted to 100 c.c. The solution contained 0*0114 gram
combined HCl, and in addition 0-0031 gram free HCl. The solution
gave a distinct violet with tropaeolin 00. B.
l^igestions were made, using 1 gram starch in a volume of 100
c.c. Time, 30 minutes. Following are the results.
Amount
diluted saliva.
Wt. Cu in
one-eighih.
Total amt.
sugar.
wt. Cu in
one-eighth.
Total amt.
sugar.
20 C.C.
0-0988 gram
0-4024 gram.
0-0972 gram
0-.S960 gram.
10
0-09n
O-SISG
0-0921
0-3752
5
0-0826
0-3368
0-0861
0-3512
Amount
diluted saliva.
starch converted.
A.
B,
Free HCl in B.
20 C.C.
36-23 per
cent.
35-65 per
cent.
0-00062 per cent.
10
33-53
33-78
0-00031
5
30-32
31-62
0-00015
Here there can be no question but that there was free acid in B.
The saliva gave a distinct reacion with tropaeolin 00 and the starch
used was apparently neutral. In this instance 0*0006 per cent, free
acid slightly diminished the diastatic action, while 0-0003 per cent,
slightly increased it.
A second experiment of like nature gave the following results :
Chittenden arid Smith — Diastatic Action of Saliva. 371
Series XXI.
20 c.c. filtered saliva wei'e neutralized and the proteids exactly-
saturated with HCl, then diluted to 100 c.c. The solution contained
0"0073 per cent, combined HCl, but no free acid. A.
20 c.c. of the same saliva neutralized and the proteids saturated
by the addition of the same amount of acid as in A^ 1*2 c.c. 0*1
per cent. HCl were then added, so that a distinct tropaeolin reaction
could be obtained in the 41 c.c. of fluid. The fluid was diluted to
100 c.c! and then contained 0*0012 per cent, free HCl. B.
20 c.c. of the same saliva, neutralized and the proteids exactly
saturated with acid ; then enough more acid added to give a distinct
tropaeolin reaction, after which the solution was diluted to 1 00 c.c.
The 100 c.c. of fluid contained exactly 0'003 gram HCl. C.
A drop of the latter fluid on being tested gave a distinct violet with
tropaeolin 00.
Following are the results of digestions made with the foregoing
solutions of saliva.
Amount of
diluted saliva.
A.
starch converted. —
B.
C.
20 C.C.
35-65 per cent.
35 5 8 per cent.
35.36 per cent.
10
33-71
33-27
34-14
5
28-81
29"53
30-32
Here it is seen, as before, that the smaller percentages of free acid
arising from the use of 5 and 10 c.c. of saliva, show a distinctly
increased diastatic activity, while with 20 c.c. the results are very
nearly identical; too large an amount of free acid to increase the
action and yet not enough to materially diminish it.
We next tried the influence o^ increased percentages of free acid on
the action of ptyalin.
Series XXII.
30 C.c. filtered saliva were neutralized and the proteids just satu-
rated with acid, then diluted to 150 c.c; 10 c.c. of this diluted
saliva equal to 2 c.c. of the original saliva were used in each diges-
tion. Following are the results, after warming with starch at 40°
C. for 30 minutes in the presence of the percentages of free acid
specified. The acid solutions were mixed with the starch previous
to the addition of the saliva.
cent, free acid.
Wt. Cu in
oue-eightli.
Total amt.
sugar.
starch converted.
0
0-0919
gram.
0-3744 gram.
33-71 percent.
0-0006
0-0924
0-3768
33-92
o-ooio
0-0773
0-3152
28-37
0-0020
00166
0-0744
6-69
0-0030
trace
3Y2 Chittenden and Smith — Dimtatic Action of Saliva.
Here a slight increase is noticed with 0-0006 per cent, followed at
0-002 per cent, by a rapid fall in diastatic action.
With stronger solutions of ptyalin, like results were obtained as
follows :
Series XXIII.
Filtered saliva was neutralized and the proteids just saturated
with HCl. An amount of this fluid equivalent to 5 c.c. of the orig-
inal saliva was used in each digestion. In this amount there was
present 0-00266 gram combined HCl, but no free acid whatever.
Following are the results of digestions with this saliva in the
presence of the percentages of free acid specified.
Wt. Cu in Total amt.
Per cent, free add. one-eighth. sugar. Starch converted.
0 0-0956 gram. 0-3896 gram. 3.5-07 per cent.
0-0005 0-0966 03936 35-43
0-0010 0-0867 0-3536 31-80
0-0020 0-0162 00728 655
00030 trace
Increasing now the amount of saliva still further, so that the per-
centage of combined acid reaches a point where its retarding influence
begins to be felt, the presence of the smallest amount of free acid then
causes at once a decided decrease in diastatic action. Thus, using the
same saliva as was employed in the preceding series, only in such
quantity that 20 c.c. of original saliva were present in each diges-
tive mixture, it was found that the free acid produced a much greater
retarding effect than before. The percentage of combined hydro-
chloric acid, in the form of acid-proteids, contained in each digestive
mixture was 0-01064 per cent. Following are the results of the
diastatic action.
Per cent, free acid.
Wt. Cu in
one-eighth.
Total amt.
sugar.
Starch converted.
0
0-0972 gram.
0-3960 gram.
35-65 per cent.
0-0005
0-0830
0-3384
30-46
0-0010
0-0410
0-1712
15-41
0-0020
0-0061
0-0328
2-95
0-0030
trace
This result accords with the statement made by Langley and
Eves, "that if the proteids of saliva be saturated with acid there is a
diminution of its amylolytic action, although no free acid is present
in the saliva. This diminution is made more marked by the addition
of the smallest quantity of hydrochloric acid." The above quanti-
tative results plainly testify to the accuracy of the latter part of
their statement. As to the action of the acid-saturated proteids that
is wholly dependent upon the percentage present.
Chittenden and Smith — Diastatic Action of Saliva. 373
c. Destructive action of free acid.
It has been clearly shown* that acid approximating to the strength
of the acid of the gasti'ic juice has a destructive action on the sali-
vary ferment. Smaller percentages of acid have a like destructive
action. It has at the same time been shown that the presence of very
much smaller percentages of free acid stops the amylolytic action of
the ferment. Is this stopping of the amylolytic action in every case
due to destruction of the ferment, or simply to the retarding action
of its presence ? Langley, by using an aqueous extract of the pa-
rotid of rabbits, with but little proteid matter, concluded that the
presence of 0*014 per cent, hydrochloric acid is sufficient to destroy
all but the merest trace of ferment in five minutes at 39° C. This
before the action of acid-proteids was known. Chittenden and Ely
by experimenting with human saliva came to the conclusion " that
there may be in the presence of a very dilute acid, a simple stopping
of the diastatic action, without destruction of the ferment ;" in other
words, the retarding influence of very small percentages of free acid is
not necessarily due to destruction of the ferment. Langley and Eves
criticising this conclusion state " that since Chittenden and Ely
apparently used unneutralized saliva and took no account of the
proteids present, it seems to us probable that not only was there
no free hydrochloric acid in their experiments, but that even the
proteids were not saturated with acid." In the article to which they
refer it is, however, explicitly stated in a foot notef that the saliva
was neutralized and then an amount of acid added to equal 0*025 per
cent. Unfortunately, we did not then know of the action of acid on
the proteids of the saliva ; consequently, the above percentage must
have been mainly in the form of combined acid. Still, the smaller
percentages of free acid do not show great destructive action ; their
power of retarding the action of the ferment is out of all proportion
to their power of destruction. Amylolytic action is almost entirely
stopped by the presence of 0*002 per cent, free hydrochloric acid,
but warming saliva at 40* C. with 0*002 or even 0*005 per cent, hy-
drochloric acid for 30 minutes causes little if any destruction of the
ferment. On neutralization, diastatic action goes on as vigorously as
ever.
This is well illustrated by the following experiments:
* Chittenden and G-riswold, loc. cit. ; Chittenden and Ely, loc. cit. ; Langley, loc. cit.
\ Amer. Chem. Jour., vol. iv, p. 119.
374 Chittenden and Smith — Diastati'c Action of Saliva.
Series XXIV.
20 c.c. of filtered saliva were aeutralized, the proteids just satu-
rated with acid and the mixture diluted to 100 c.c. The solution
contained O'OOV per cent, combined HCl.
10 c.c. of this diluted saliva were warmed with the specified per-
centages of acid for a definite time, then neutralizing and equalizing
mixtures were added and the diastatic action determined.
Followino- are the results.
Length of
time at 40° C.
Per cent, of
free HCl.
Starch converted.
30 minutes,
0
32-63 per cent.
30
0-001
34-08
30
0-002
31-38
60
0-002
32-48
30
0-005
31-27
30
0-010
4-60
30
0-030
Complete destnictiou.
Although the results are for some reason a little irregular it is very
evident that up to 0-005 per cent, of free acid there is, under these
conditions, no particular destruction of the ferment. With 0-010
per cent, on the other hand the destruction is very great.
As to the bearing which these results have on the possible amylo-
lytic action of saliva in the stomach, it is plain that when the fluids
of the stomach acquire an acid reaction due to the presence of free
hydrochloric acid ptyalin will soon be destroyed. In the first stage
of digestion, however, when there is no free acid, the conversion of
starch into sugar can undoubtedly go on, and at this stage of the
process the proteid matter present may act as a shield to protect the
ptyalin and at the same time to stimulate it in its action, but as the
acid-proteids increase in amount and come nearer and nearer to
their saturation point it is possible that diastatic action may
entirely stop even before free acid makes its appearance. Certainly
all salivary ptyalin must ultimately be destroyed in the stomach.
General conclusions.
1. The diastatic action of saliva can be taken as a definite measure
of the amount of ferment present only when the dilution of the
saliva in the digestive mixture is as 1 : 50 or 100. The limit of
dilution at which decisive diastatic action will manifest itself with
formation oi reducing bodies is 1 : 2000-3000, under the conditions
previously given.
2. The diastatic action of neutralized saliva is greater than that of
normally alkaline saliva. The difference is particularly noticeable
Chittenden and Sinith — Dlastatic Action of Saliva. 375
where the dilution is as 1:50 or 100, and is apparently out of all
proportion to the amount of alkalinity.
3. Sodium carbonate retards the diastatic action of ptyalin in
proportion to the amount of alkaline carbonate present. The per-
centage of alkaline carbonate, however, which hinders diastatic action
can be designated only for definite mixtures and not in a general
sense, being dependent upon the dilution of the saliva and the
consequent change in percentage of proteid matter.
4. The destructive action of sodium carbonate is modified materi-
ally by the dilution of the saliva ; becoming greater the more the
fluid is diluted. This result is due not to simple dilution but doubt-
less to the diminished amount of proteids.
5. Neutral peptone has a direct stimulating efiect on the diastatic
action of neutral saliva.
6. The presence of small percentages of neutral peptone tends to
raise the diastatic action of normally alkaline saliva, to a point even
beyond the action of the neutralized fluid ; due in part doubtless to
a loose combination of the alkali with the proteid matter, and also
to a direct stimulation of the ferment. Likewise peptone tends to
diminish in a similar manner the retarding action of the various
percentages of sodium carbonate. To accomplish this, however, the
amoimt of peptone must be proportionate to the percentage of
alkaline carbonate.
7. Peptone tends to prevent the destructive action of dilute
sodium carbonate on salivary ptyalin, thus giving proof of the
probable formation of an alkaliue-proteid body.
8. Saliva with its proteid matter saturated with acid appears to
have a greater diastatic action than when simply neutralized ; except
when the acid-proteids thus formed are above a certain percentage.
Small percentages of peptone saturated with acid, similarly increase
the diastatic action of neutralized saliva up to a certain point. In-
creasing the percentage of acid-proteids finally causes a diminution
of diastatic activity.
9. The retarding influence of acid-proteids is out of all proportion
to their power of destruction. Large percentages however of acid-
proteids may cause almost complete destruction of the ferment.
10. The most favorable condition for the diastatic action of ptyalin,
under most circumstances, appears to be a neutral condition of the
fluid together with the presence of more or less proteid matter. The
addition of very small amounts of hydrochloric acid, however, to
dilute solutions of saliva, giving thereby a small percentage of acid-
Trans. Conm. Acad., Vol. YI. 47 March, 1885,
376 Chittenden and Smith — Diastatic Action of Saliva.
proteids, appears to still further increase diastatic action. Under
such conditions a minute trace of free acid appears to still further
increase the action.
11. 0*003 per cent, free hydrochloric acid almost completely stops
the amylolytic action of ptyalin. The larger the amount of saturated
proteids the more pronounced becomes the retarding action of free
acids.
12. The retarding ettects of the smaller percentages of free acid
are not due wholly to destruction of the ferment. Pronounced
destruction takes place with 0*()05-0*010 per cent, free hydrocldoric
acid.
13. Proteid matter, in influencing the diastatic activity of salivary
ptyalin, acts not only by combining with acids and alkalies, but
apparently also by direct stimulation of the ferment.
Sheffield Laboratory of Yale College, Jan., 1885.
IX. — North American Conopid^: Conchtsion* By Dr.
S. W. WiLLISTON.
The present paper completes a monographic review of this
small family of parasitic diptera, with a synopsis of the family,
generic, and specific characters. Forty-three species, six of which are
more or less doubtful, comprise the entire number now known from
North America — more than half as many as are known to occur in
Europe, and about a fifth of the entire number known throughout
the world. Nine genera only are recognized in this family, two of
which have not, so far, been detected in Noith America, viz : S^c^ls
and Glossif/ona. Only one genus does not appear in Europe, Stylo-
gaster, which is here considered the type of a distinct sub-family.
None of our species are known with certainty to occur else-
where. The species are probably all parasitic, living within the
bodies of other insects till ready to escape as imagos. In some cases
they show a remarkable mimicry of certain hvmenoptera.
CONOPS.
Conops gracilis, n. sp.
3. Length, 12'""\ Face and cheeks yellow; facial grooves
wholly yellow. Proboscis reddish, black at the end, base moder-
ately swollen, scarcely once and a half the length of the head.
Antennae black, the first joint and the base of the third red the
second joint reddish brown ; first joint more than half as long as the
second, the second and third of nearly equal length ; process of
second joint of style small, third joint moderately long, the attenu-
ated portion about as long as the thickened part. Front yellow
brownish immediately above the base of the antennae and near the
middle. Occiput and vertex reddish, the under part of the former
like the face ; posterior orbits with a narrow border of light yellow
dust. Thorax red, the dorsum with three broad coalescent black
stripes, the middle one abbreviated behind, the outer ones both in
front and behind ; disk of metanotum blackisli ; a small spot on
the inner side of each humerus yellow pollinose ; the moderately
* For the preceding papers on this family see vol. iv, pp. .^25-342, aud vii, pp.
91-98 (published as separata, pp. 5-12).
378 S. W. WilUston — North American (Jonopidoi.
broad pleural stripe, distinctly limited and not narrowed above,
upper border of disk of metanotum, extending broadly on the sides,
whitish pollinose. Abdomen red, the first, fourth, and fifth segments
blackish above ; the four anterior segments rather broadly bordered
posteriorly with golden or grayish yellow pollen, and nearly the
whole upper surface of the fifth and sixth segments thickly dusted
with the same. Legs red ; basal half of the tibiae yellow, coxae
and outer distal part of the four front tibiae with silvery luster ; tarsi
black, the metatarsi somewhat reddish. Wings brown in front,
hyaline behind ; costal cell, sub-hyaline ; first basal cell, and the
discal cell, except a brown streak in front of the fifth vein, hyaline.
Hab. Arizona !
One specimen, from Professor Conistock.
Conops fronto, n. sp.
5 9. Lengtli, 11^ — 13'"'". Face, cheeks, and front uniformly
lio-ht yellow, a minute spot, immediately above the base of the
antennae, black ; face with a silvery luster, extending narrowly along
the orbits of the front. Antennae blackish, with a reddish cast, the
first joint yellowish red ; first joint about two-fifths the length of the
second, the third very distinctly shorter than the second; attenuated
portion of the style short, the second joint considerably projecting.
Eyes with a noticeable triangular smooth space behind, above the
middle. Occiput reddish yellow, the upper part and the vertex more
obviously reddish ; pollen light yellow, varying in different reflec-
tions. Proboscis about once and a half the lengtli of the head,
black, with a deep reddish cast, base swollen. Thorax light red ;
dorsiim with a white reflection in certain lights, with three broad,
more or less coalescent, black stripes, the middle one abbreviated
posteriorly, the lateral ones both in front and behind ; disk of the
metanotum and the metasterna, black, dust of the humeri and the
vertical stripe of the pleuraj indistinct; dust of the metathorax
behind light grayish yellowish. Abdomen slender in both sexes ;
red the disks of the third and fourth segments more or less black ;
posterior margin of the second segment and the anterior part of the
third yellow; third segment with a narrow posterior band, fourth
with a broad one, evanescent, anteriorly, and the remainder of the
dorsum, thickly golden yellow pollinose; process of the fifth seg-
ment below in the female of moderate size. Legs red ; base of all
the tibiae yellow, tip of the hind tibiae and all the tarsi black, pul-
villi and the claws, except Iheir tip, light yellow ; eoxa' and outer
S. W. Williston — North American Conopidoi. 3V9
side of the four front tib"ue with light golden luster. Wings with a
brown cloud, reaching to the extremity of the submarginal cell ;
costal cell and a streak running over the fourth longitudinal vein
light yellow; the brown does not encroach upon the first basal cell,
except at the base.
Hab. Western Kansas !
Three specimens, August.
ZODION.
Small to rather large species, nearly bare, black or reddish yellow.
Face bare, somewhat receding in profile ; cheeks narrower than the
vertical diameter of the eyes. First joint of antennae short, the
second and third of nearly equal length. Proboscis slender, elon-
gate, directed forward, not bent near its middle. Abdomen moder-
ately long, arched above, curved downward at its tip, modei-ately
narrowed at the base. Femora thickened, the hind pair but little
longer than the others. Wings without distinct picture.
Zodion pictulum, n. sp.
3 ? . Length, 1^ — 8.^™™. Head yellow, cheeks with obscure,
indefinite, brownish spots ; proboscis black, about as long as the hind
femora. Antennae yellow, the third joint reddish or somewhat
brownish, second and third joints of equal length. Face with a
silvery white reflection. Front opaque yellow, blackish at the
vertex, with a triangular expansion in the middle in front ; below
the middle, on each side near the orbit, with a small blackish or
brownish spot. Occiput black, with black pile; and with silvery
pollen, changeable in different reflections. Thorax and abdomen
black, thickly light gray pollinose, leaving deep black opaque spots
as follows: On the dorsum of the thorax with two slender stripes,
broadly separated and interrupted or abbreviated on the poste-
rior part ; on the inner side of each with an elongate spot, some-
times obsolete, situated near the posterior part of a dark, not
opaque, stripe; on each side with two large spots, one before, the
other behind the suture; a spot on the humeri, the outer end of the
suture, the post-alar callosity, the tip of scutellum, and an additional
smaller one on each side ; the pleurse with several less definite ones ;
the dorsum of the abdomen with irregular, rather large spots on the
anterior corners of the second segment and on the posterior part of
the second and following segments. Scutellum projecting, nearly
triangular in shape. Ovipositor shining black. Legs yellow,
380 S. W. Williston — Nortli American Conopidm.
wliitish pollinose ; the upper side of all the femora more or less
broadly black, a spot on the under side of each femur, near the
outer part, and two narrow rings on each tibia, black, the basal one
of the hind tibiae more brownish ; tip of claws black. Wings dis-
tinctly tinged with brownish in front, sub hyaline behind, yellow at
the immediate base, the anterior cross-vein lightly clouded.
Hab. New Mexico !
Two specimens (G. F. Gaumer).
Zodion leucostoma, n. sp.
(5 $. Length, 9-11'°'". Face yellowish white, silvery; front
light yellow below, reddish above ; antennse light red ; occiput,
except the vertex and the sides below, blackish, with light colored
pollen. Thorax red, the pleurae more or less, and the metanotum,
black or blackish ; dorsum, except the sides and behind, black or
brown, visible as a more or less distinct narrow median stripe, and
a lateral stripe or large elongated spot : in the middle there is a
pair of gray pollinose stripes, confluent in front and reaching to
beyond the middle; on the sides of the doi'sum the same pollen is to
be seen, encroaching more or less upon the black or brown ; margin
of the scutellum broadly pollinose. Abdomen yellow or red, or
more or less blackish, but characteristically marked with light gray
pollen as follows : On the second segment, forming a broad band,
leaving the anterior corners and two more or less confluent oval spots
behind ; third segment with an oblique spot on each side, and the
narrow hind margin; the fourth segment, except an oval spot on
each side and the anterior corners ; fifth and sixth segment wholly.
Legs yellowish red, the tip of hind tibitc behind and the tip of the
tarsi blackish. Wings with a brownish tinge.
Hab. Western Kansas, Montana, Arizona !
Three specimens, Montana, Arizona (Professor Comstock), and
Western Kansas, August. In the specimen from Montana the second
abdominal segment is marked like the third.
Zodion fulvifrons Say.
(5 ?. Length, G-9""". Face yellowish wliite, silvery dusted;
front reddish yellow, often brownish above; antenna; red, the second
joint, an<l the third joint at the base, often blackish. Occiput black,
whitish pollinose. Thorax bhick, tiiickly gray pollinose, the dorsum
with two abbreviated, rather distant, slender blackish stripes ; in
addition there is often the beginning ol two median ones in fit^nt
S. W. Williston — North American Gonopidm. 381
Mild two abbreviated and interrupted ones exteriorly ; pile black,
rather long, on the border of the scutellum with a row of hairs.
Abdomen often black, gray poUinose, leaving a pair of median, inter-
rupted, indistinct blackish stripes and minute blackish dots; fre-
quently the sides and tip of the abdomen are reddish or yellowish,
and not infrequently the entire abdomen is reddish or even yellow.
Legs yellow or reddish yellow, the femora often on the upper side
blackish or black. Wings with a brownish tinge, at the immediate
base yellow.
Hab. New England, New Mexico, California, Washington Ter-
ritory !
Numerous specimens. This species is very variable. In the
vicinity of New Haven, and at the same time, 1 have captured
specimens with a yellow abdomen, much smaller than others with the
abdomen entirely black. The different forms insensibly merge into
one another. From this fact, and because I have seen specimens
from the Pacific coast showing all these variations, I must consider
Say's Z. ahdominale as nothing more than a variety.
Zodion pygmaeum, n. sp.
6 ? . Length, 3^-4""°. Face light yellow ; cheeks narrow, not
a third of the vertical diameter of the eyes. Antennae blackish,
the third joint at the base broadly red ; third joint longer than the
second. Front blackish above, yellow below. Occiput black, gray-
ish poUinose. Thorax black, thickly gray pollinose, in the middle
with two slender stripes, and on each side with two small spots,
opaque black. Abdomen black, on the sides and the venter yellow,
thickly covered above with gray pollen, leaving opaque black spots
as follows : Two small, triangular spots (sometimes obsolete) on the
posterior part of the second segment, two similar but very large
ones on the third segment, usually nearly completely coalescent ; two
pairs, successively smaller, on the fourth and fifth segments ; poste-
rior margins of all the segments narrowly gray pollinose ; hypopyg-
ium black ; in the female the spots on the second, third, and
fourth segments larger, the fifth segment very short and the spots
wanting, the ovipositor shining reddish yellow. Legs brownish,
whitish pollinose; the under side and tip of femora, the base of
tibiae, and the base of all the tarsi, yellowish. Wings hyaline.
Hab. California and Colorado !
Ten specimens from California (O. T. Baron) and one from North
Park, Colorado (G. B. Grinnell). All males but one from California.
882 S. W. Williston — North American Conopidoi.
Zodion nanellum, Loew.
Translation. "?. Length, 2f""". Very small, black-cinereous.
Occiput blackish ; front orange colored, near the vertex fuscous ;
antennae fuscous, on the sides, except the tip, rufous ; face and cheeks
dilutely yellowish, the latter narrower, the eyes proportionally
larger than in other species; thorax black-cinereous, pleurae a little
lighter; dorsal stripes black, narrowly interrupted, abbreviated at
both ends. First four abdominal segments above black, opaque, the
posterior margins very narrowly, the sides broadly, cinereous
pollinose ; fifth segment very short, fusco-testaceous ; sixth segment
testaceous, lightly pollinose, sub-shining; seventh segment wholly
destitute of pollen, shining, testaceous, the tip, however, black ;
ventral valve rather large. Legs sub-fuscous ; coxae, tip of the
femora and base of tibia? pallid reddish. Halteros white. Wings
cinereous-hyaline, veins black."
Hab. District of Columbia (Lw.).
This species must resemble Z. pygmmum, but difiers in the greater
extent of the opaque black on the dorsum of the abdomen.
MYOPA.
Rather large to rather small species. Head large, swollen.
Antennae of moderate length, the second and third joints of nearly
equal length, the third joint oval. Face very large, cheeks very
broad, at least as broad as the vertical diameter of the eyes. Pro-
boscis always with a hinge near its middle, the terminal portion
folding backward. Front broad, produced somewhat conically for
the antennas. Thorax short ; scutellum semioval. Abdomen short,
depressed, oval, the terminal part always curved downward and
inward, the ovipositoi- not elongated. Legs rather stout, the hind
femora scarcely elongated. First posterior cell of wings sometimes
closed, the anal cell acute, extending toward the border of the
wing.
Myopa pictipennis, n. sp.
? . Length, 8""". Face and cheeks yellowish white, on each side
of the face in front with some small, black spots (probably some-
what variable) ; above them, in front of the lower part of the
eve, another blackish spot, separated from the blackish color above
the base of the antennae, which extends outward to the orbit ; lower
part of the occiput on the sides much inflated ; cheeks with :i fringe
>S. W. WilUsto)t — Horth Anierican Gonopidm. 383
of white pile below ; proboscis black, the basal joint rather longer
than the femora; front brownish yellowish. Eyes small, their
vertical diameter less than the width of the cheeks. Antennae
reddish brownish. Pile of the front short, sparse, black. Thorax
black, the sides and hind part of the dorsum, the scutellum, and
the larger part of the pleurae reddish ; dorsum with two slender,
indistinct stripes in front, and two spots in front of the scutellum,
brownish yellowish pollinose; pile black, rather abundant and long,
especially on the post-alar callosities and border of the scutellum.
Abdomen not very broad, shining black, the terminal segments
above, in part red ; second and following segments white pollinose, in
the form of a large triangle, which in front may be truncate
or emarginate ; pile black, rather conspicuous on the sides in front.
Legs stout, black, with black pile ; the tip of all the femora, the
base and tip and a median ring of all the tibiae, and the first four
joints of all the tarsi yellow, last joint of the tarsi brown. Wings
in front rather strongly and broadly clouded with brown, the imme-
diate base and a transverse spot at the origin of the third vein
yellow, a blackish cloud on the anterior cross-vein and brownish
spots in the first and second posterior cells.
Hab. Arizona and California !
One specimen from Professor Comstock, and four specimens from
^Ir. D. W. Coquillet.
Myopa pilosa, n. sp.
$ . Length, 6""™. Face yellownsh white, reddish on the sides
above; cheeks rather thickly white pilose below, in width rather
greater than the vertical diameter of the eyes ; proboscis black,
the basal joint very distinctly shorter than the femora ; antennae red,
the second joint brownish above. Front reddish yellow, the upper
part of the occiput similarly colored, with more or less brownish ;
pile of the front long and abundant, black. Thorax black, the
humeri, lateral margins of the dorsum, the posterior part in front of
the scutellum, and the scutellum wholly, red ; pleurae reddish, but
with ill-defined blackish spots ; dorsum with two faintly perceptible
whitish stripes in front, pile long and black. Abdomen rather
narrow, black toward the front, the hind segments becoming wholly
red ; the anterior segments behind on each side, the posterior ones
wholly lightly yellowish white pollinose; pile of the whole abdomen
long, erect, abundant, and black. Legs yellowish i-ed ; rather thickly
black |»ilose ; the femora with an incomplete ring near lip and the
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 48 March, 1885.
384 S. W. WilUston — North American Conopidcu.
tibia? with two narrow rings, black. Wings brownish in front, sub-
hyaline behind, the anterior cross-vein with a blackish, the posterior
cross-vein with a brown cloud ; first posterior cell open.
Hab. California !
One specimen (H. K. Morrison). This species is related to
pictipennis^hvA, may be distinguished by its shorter proboscis,
and the greater jtilosity of the front and abdomen ; it is also
smaller.
Myopa vesiculosa Say.
5 9 . Length, 6""'\ Face and cheeks yellowish white. Antennae
red, the second joint brownish. Front blackish, lighter on the sides
below. First joint of proboscis not as long as front femora, and
scarcely twice as long as the palpi. Thorax black, the humeri, the
sides of the dorsum, the scutellum, and pleurae, deep red ; pile of
dorsum short, inconspicuous, chiefly black. Abdomen rather broadly
oval, black, shining, the lateral margins and posterior segments
red ; pile short, recumbent, white ; the posterior angles of the second
and third segments, the sides of the fourth segment, and all the
remaining segments yellowish gray pollinose. Base and tip of
femora, base of tibiae, and the tarsi yellow, elsewhere brownish red,
the femora more or less blackish. Wings strongly infuscated,
except at the base, where they are light yellow; first posterior cell
closed.
Hab. Atlantic States !
Two specimens, White Mountains (Dr. Uiuimock) and Georgia
(Morrison). A specimen from Virginia agrees, except that the short
pile of the abdomen is black. It is possible that the next species
may not be distinct.
Myopa plebeia, u. sp.
^ $ . Length, 8-9'""'. Head light yellow ; front and iipi)er part
of occiput ferruginous red ; antennae red ; proboscis black, the basal
joint shorter than the front femora, scarcely twice the length of the
palpi; the short sparse pile of the vertex black. Thorax dark led,
dorsum with three obscure black stripes, the lateral ones abbreviated
and interrupted, the middle one abbreviated behind ; pile s ort,
black. Abdomen oval, black, with short black pile ; lateral mar-
gins and posterior segments red ; posterior angles of the second and
third segments, the fourth segment on (he sides, extending across
narrowly on the IiiM<l margin, and all ot the suceee«ling segments
S. W. Williston — North American Conopidm. 385
covered with rather dense yellowish gray pollen. Legs red, the knees
and the tarsi more yellowish. Wings lightly infuscated with brown,
the base yellow.
Hab. Arizona !
Three specimens, male and female, from Professor Comstock.
Myopa clausa Loew.
S ? . Length, 6-7'""". Face and cheeks light yellow. Antennae
red, the second joint distinctly longer than the third. Front darker
yellow, with a large Y-shaped brown marking, expanding transversely
above the base of the antennae. Upper part of the occiput red,
below yellow like the antennae. Dorsum of thorax darker red,
usually in the middle in front (extending more or less back) with a
broad black stripe, often also on either side, near the middle, with a
black spot; pile short, sparse, black. Abdomen lighter red; on
each side of the posterior margin of the second, third, and fourth
segments with an oval white poUinose spot; fifth and sixth segments
with the same pollen, except a semioval space in front. Legs red ;
hind trochanters, base of hind femora, and base of all the tibiae, and
the tarsi wholly, yellow. Wings moderately infuscated, base yel-
low ; first posterior cell usually closed.
Hab. New England !
Eight specimens, Massachusetts and Connecticut. In one the
third joint of the antennae is as long as the second. Tlie third joint
is often yellowish. In a specimen from Montana the antennae are
very distinctly longer, the second joint being elongate ; in another
from California the antennae are short, the second and third joints
being of nearly equal length ; otherwise these specimens seem to
show no differences from the eastern ones. Other specimens from
Arizona, Montana, Wyoming, California, Washington Territory, etc.,
show great variations in size (up to nine or ten mm.) in depth of color,
and even in the more oval abdomen, but I am utterly at a loss to find
distinctive characters.
Myopa obliquofasciata Macquart.
'■'■ Testaeea. Thorace dorso nigro vittis duabus albis. Abdomine
oblique albo-fasciata.
Long. 4 1. $ . Face et front jaunes ; la premiere a duvet blanc ;
vertex fauve. Antennes : less deux premiers articles fauves ; le
troisieme manque. Thorax a dos noir, avec deux bandes longitudi-
886 S. W. Wflli.-ifon — N'orth American Conopidm.
nales de duvet blanc; epaules, cotes, bord posterieur et ecusson
testacos, a l<''gcr duvet blauc. Abdomen testace ; deuxieme,
troisieme et quartri^'me segments a band oblique de duvet blanc de
chaque cote ; les suivants converts de duvet blanc. Pieds testaces ;
jambes a duvet blanc en avant. Ailes a base fauve et extremite
brunatre.
Du Texas, Galveston."
Myopa longicornis Say.
"Body black, hairy ; wings dusky, pale at base: antennje as long
as the head."
"Antennae pale on the inner side and beneath ; hypostoma [face]
pale with a silvery reflection ; front and vertex dusky ; proboscis
black; thorax with two obsolete pale lines; wings blackish, pale
towards the base ; poisers whitish ; anterior pairs of feet with the
thigh beneath, at base and leg [tip], pale ; anterior pairs of tro-
chanters pale, with a silvery reflection; posterior feet, thighs pale on
the basal moiety ; abdomen clavate and hamate at tip."
"Inhabits Missouri !"
" Length about three-tenths of an inch." Say.
Translation : " Blackish, abdomen on each side transvei'sely
spotted with white, legs leather-yellow, the femora black above.
Length, 2f lines. — From Pennsylvania."
"Antennae black, on the lower border luteous. Face yellowish,
with silvery luster. Front yellowish brownish ; occiput nearly
hair-gray, on the upper border blackish. The thorax shows in cer-
tain reflections a broad hair-gray stripe, divided in its middle by a
linear black stripe; also the humeri and spots on the pleune have a
hair-gray luster. Abdomen blackish, with hair-gray glistening pos-
terior borders; second and third segments on each side behind with
a hair-gray s))ot, l)roader outwardly. Wings a little infuscated ;
halteres yellowish. Hind femoia on the basal half wholly leather-
yellow ; tibiae in the middle brown-blackish." Wiedemann.
This species is unknown to me, but I believe it will be recognized
by the above descriptions. Wiedemann's geographical knowledge
of America was not always accurate; the species probably occurs in
the region east of the llocky Mountains.
Myopa vicaria Walk.
" FerriKjinea, capite fulvo, thoracis disco piceo, abdoinine macidis
cano-pubescentihus ornato, aiitennis pedibusque ferrugineis, tarsis
fulvls, alts fuloo cinereoqae variis, venis tranversis fusco nebidosis^
iS. IV. WiUiston — JSTorth American Conopidm. 387
"Body ferruginous, clotlied witli black hairs : head tawny, clothed
with black hairs, very large, pale yellow, and covered Avith whitish
hairs about the mouth: eyes pitchy : mouth black : feelers ferrugin-
ous ; first and second joints clothed with short black hairs; bristle
pitchy towards the tip: disk of the chest pitchy: abdomen longer
tlian the chest, adorned with patches of hoary down : legs ferruginous,
slightly covered with white bloom, clothed with black hairs; feet
tawny; claws black, tawny at the base ; foot-cushions yellow : wings
tawny along the borders of the veins; disks of the areolets slightly
gray ; wing ribs and poisers pale tawny ; veins tawny ; cross-veins
clouded with brown. Length of the body 3 lines. Nova Scotia."
Walker.
CONOPIDM.
Characters of the family. — Thinly pilose or nearly bare species.
Face nearly vertical or gently retreating. Head broader than the
thorax. Oral opening large ; proboscis slender, more or less elon-
gate, sometimes very much so, directed forwards, often with a joint
in the middle, the distal portion folding back. Front broad in both
sexes. Eyes bare. Antennae more or less elongated, usually angu-
lated at the base of the second joint, with a dorsal arista or terminal
style. Thorax large, short ; scutellum small ; tegulae small. Abdo-
men of six or seven segments. Legs simple. Wings elongate;
third longitudinal vein simple ; three posterior cells, the first closed
or much narrowed at the border ; anal cell closed.
Conopinae. — Head large, swollen; face with median divaricate
grooves, large ; cheeks moderately broad ; vertical callosity swollen ;
ocelli present ; antennae elongate, the third joint not compressed ;
elongate, Avith a terminal, three-jointed style. Abdomen pedicillate
or much constricted at the base, club-like at the end, the terminal
segments bent downward, the fifth segment in the female with a
more or less conspicuous process below. Legs moderately stout.
Auxiliary vein of wings connected at its tip by a small cross-vein
Avith the first longitudinal vein ; anal cell acute.
Small cross-vein of wings nearly opposite the tip of the auxiliary
vein and near the middle of the discal cell ;* femora and tibiae
not thickened or dilated, or if so, the thickening is regular ; third
joint of antennae usually as long as the second (plate xli, fig. 1).
Conops.
* I am not aware that this character has hitherto been made use of. It is, I
believe, of greater value than the structure of the legs, and will probably be found
to apply equally well to exotic species. The structure of the antennae is of less
value g-enerical1y.
388 S. W. WilUston — JVorth American Conopidm.
Small cross-vein of wings near the outer third of discal cell ; hind
femora irregularly thickened toward tlie base, the tibiae with irregu-
lar outlines, third joint of antennae shorter than the second (plate
xli, fig. 2). Physoeephala,
Myopinse. — Head large, inflated. Face with median grooves ;
cheeks broad or very broad ; third joint of the antennae oval, with a
short, thickened, two-jointed, median dorsal arista ; vertical callosity
not swollen. Abdomen somewhat narrowed at the base, the
terminal part always curved under; fifth segment of abdomen
usually with a more or less conspicuous process below ; the oviposi-
tor rarely elongated and bent forward beneath the abdomen, tiegs
stout. Auxiliary vein of the wing sometimes connected at its tip
by a small cross-vein with the first longitudinal vein.
1. — Proboscis directed forwai'd, not bent near its middle (plate xli,
figs. 3 and 4). Zodion.
Proboscis bent near its middle, the terminal portion folding
back. 2.
2. — Anal cell short, rectangular; ovipositor elongate (plate xli,
fig. 6). Dalmannia.
Anal cell elongate, acute. 3.
3. — Cheeks not as broad as the vertical diameter of the eye
(plate, xli, fig. 6). Oneomyia.
Cheeks as broad or broader than the vertical diameter of the eye
(plate xli, fig. Y). Myopa.
Stylogastrinae. — Face narrow, carinate, without or with very in-
distinct grooves ; proboscis elongate, the distal part folding back;
cheeks narrow; antennng with a subterminal arista, the third joint
more or less elongate ; ocellar tubercle small, ocelli present. Abdo-
men slender, not narrowed at the base, the tip not curved forward ;
female ovipositor extraordinarily elongated, directed backward.
Legs slender, tibia? with spurs. Auxiliary vein of the wings not
connected at its tip with the first longitudinal ; anal cell small, ob-
tuse (plate xli, fig. 8). Stylogaster.
Larval characters. — "Larvse amphipneustic (perhaps tluring para-
sitism metapneustic), the anterior stigmata very small, point-like,
scarcely perforate, rudimentary. Form of body variable, the ante-
rior segments, however, thinner than the posterior ones, the larvre
hence oval or pear-shaped, with distinctly differentiated segments,
which may be contracted and extended, as in mature Hypoderma
larvae. Anteruue wart-shaped, with two ocelli-like chitinous rings at
the end. Mouth booklets strongly bent, Avith an obtuse downwardly
directed basal process and with thin slender points, thus, in fact,
like Cephatinomyia larvae, two-armed (zwei-arinig). (Ksophagns
S. W. WilUston — North American Gonojndm. 389
distinct, as in general all the organs are visible through the skin,
whicli is roughened with small spines. On the under side, from the
third segment, distinct lateral swellings are distinguishable. On the
last segment are two large, round or kidney-shaped stigmatic surfaces,
which are strongly convex, like a watch glass, and on those inner
border the false stigma openings appear as a clear disk. Sometimes
these surfaces are beset thickly with small conical warts. The anus
lies below. Tlie larva lies with the posterior stigmata against the
base of the abdomen of the insect in which it is parasitic. Between
the mouth booklets appear, sometimes, two additional chitinous
points. • The larva pupigera is oval, with button-like, slightly pro-
jecting anterior stigmata and with the described stigmatic plates at
the posterior end. Segments not sharply distinguished, skin rough
and with folds."*
The larvae are parasitic upon other insects, living within the abdo-
men and consuming the non-vital parts. The pupal transformation
occurs also here, in which stage they pass the winter, escaping the
following spring or summer through an opening made between the
dorsal segments of the abdomen. From my own observations I had
come to the conclusion that the eggs of the parent were laid directly
upon the body of the insect during flight, and I afterward learned
that Robineau-Desvoidy Lad long before observed, as I had done in
Conops tibialis, a species of Conops following a Bombus, and repeat-
edly flying against it. They are usually parasitic upon Hymenop-
tera, and especially the genus Bombus. The following is a list of
the genera upon which they have been observed. f Conops upon
Oedipoda, Eucera, Haliclus, Bombus, Osmia, Vespa, Odynerus,
Pompilus, Sphex and Bembex ; Myopa upon Andrena and Vespa ;
Zodion upon Hylmxis; Stylogaster, it is thought, may be parasitic
upon Termites.
CONOPS.
Conops Linne, Fauna Suecica, p. 1797, 1761.
Leopoldius Rondani, Nuov. Ann. Sc. Nat. Bologna, x, 35, 1843.
Conopai^usV\o\\^2i.m, Gen. Ital. Conop., 1845.
Pleurocina Macquart, Dipt. Exot., iv, Suppl., 164, 1850.
Conopilla Rondani, Dipt. Ital. Prod.,i, 56, 1856.
Spyxosoma Rondani, Dipt. Ital. Prod., i, 56, 1856.
Brachyglossum Rondani, Dipt. Ital. Prod., i, 69, 1856.
Bombidia Lioy, Acta Venet., 3 Ser., ix, 1326, 1864.
Cylindrogaster\j\oy, (non Rond.), I. c.
* Braner, Denksclir. tier matli.-natiir. Dasse der kais Acad, d Wissensch., Band
xlvii, p. 38, 1883.
f Braiier, 1. c, pp. 83, 84.
390 S. W. Williston — NortJi American Conopidce.
1. — Third joint of the anteunte distinctly shorter than the second. 2.
Third joint of anteiiniu nearly or quite as long as the second;
brown of anterior portion of the wings with distinct ontlines.3.
2, — Wings blackish in front, snb-hyaline behind, picture indistinct ;
black species. brachyrhynehus.
Picture of wings distinct; front yellow; red species. fronto.
3. — Attenuated portion of antennal style short, proboscis short ;
a hyaline cross-band before the tip of the wing ; shining
black, dust grayish, front blackish or black. sylvosus.
Attenuated portion of style long; proboscis considerably longer
than the head ; the brown not interrupted before the tip of
the wing. 4.
4, — Stripe of dust on upper half of pleurae indistinct or without
distinct borders. Front black, cheeks brown behind ; probos-
cis about once and a half the length of the head. Dark col-
ored species, bulbirostris.
Stripe of dust on upper half of pleurie as sharply detined as on
the under half. 5.
5. — Proboscis twice the length of head, stripe on upper half of
pleurse narrow. Reddish species. excisus.
Proboscis scarcely once and a half the length of the head ;
pleural stripe not narrowed above ; face, cheeks and under
part of front pale yellow. 6.
6. — Facial grooves with a black spot on each side of the middle.
Black species. xanthopareus.
Facial grooves wholly yellow. Red species. gracilis.
brachyrhynehus Macquart, Dipt. Exot., ii, •<, 15, 13, tab. i,
fig. 8; Williston, these Trans., iv, 341 (x-eproduction of the
original). — Va., S, C, Ga., Mass., Kans.
Conops obscuripen7iis Williston, these Trans., iv, 328.
fronto Williston, these Trans., ante, p. 378.
sylvosus Williston, these Trans., iv, 329. — Mass., Conn., Kans.
excisus Wiedemann, Auss. Zw. Ins., ii, 234 ; Loew, Neue Beitr., etc.,
i, 28 ; Williston, these Trans., iv, 330. — Ga., Fla., N. C.
Conops sugens Wiedemann, Auss. Zw. Ins., ii, 236, 3.
bulbirostris Loew, Neue Beitr. etc., i, 30 ; Williston, these Trans.,
IV, 331.— Ga., N. 0.
xanthopareus Williston, these Trans., iv, 332. — Conn,
gracilis Williston, these Trans., ante, p. 3'7'7.
Unrecognized species of doubtful position.
pictus Fabricius, Ent. Syst., iv, 391, 3 ; Syst. Antl., 176, 5 ; Macquart,
Dipt. Exot., ii, 3^ i3, 9 (ex parte) ; Williston, these Trans., iv,
340 (reproduction of the original).
Co7iops Ramondl Bigot, in Ramon de la Sagra, etc., 80H ; tab. xx,
fig. 6 ; Williston, these Trans., iv, 340 (reproduction of the
original).
flaviceps Macquart, Dipt. Exot., ii, 3, 15, 14 ; Williston, these
Trans., iv, 341 (reproduction of the original).
fulvipennis Macquart, Dipt. Exot., ii, 3, 13, 10; tab. i, fig. 9;
Williston, these Trans., iv, 341 (reproduction of the original).
S. W. Wdliston — North American (Jonopidm. 391
PHYSOCEPHALA.
Physocephala Schiner, Wien. Entoniol. Monatschrift, v Band,
1861 ; Fauna Austr,, i, 375.
1. — The brown of the wing fills out the discal cell to beyond the
great cross- vein. 2.
Outer portion of discal cell from near the small cross-vein
distinctly lighter or hyaline. 3.
2. — Cheeks uniformly black ; dust on the humeri indistinct.
tibialis.
Cheeks with a yellow spot in the middle, brown in front and
behind; humeri with distinct yellow dust. sagittaria.
3. — Cheeks uniformly black or brown ; basal joint of antennse very
short. 4.
Cheeks with a yellow spot in the middle ; first joint of ante^inoe
about as long as the third. 5.
4. — Front with deep black transverse and median divaricate stripes ;
Dark colored species. furcillata.
Front with narrow reddish stripes or wholly yellow ; dorsum of
thorax with a broad, median, posteriorly abbreviated black
stripe. Reddish species. Burgessi.
5. — Ultimate section of fourth vein but little or not at all lonper
than the penultimate. 6.
Ultimate section nearly twice as long as the penultimate ; dorsum
of thorax with a narrow, median black stripe. Reddish
species. Texana.
6. — Facial grooves and frontal stripes black. Dark colored spe-
cies, marginata.
Facial grooves but little or not at all darkened ; frontal stripes
nearly or quite obsolete ; dorsum of thorax with three black
stripes, narrowly separated or confluent, the median one more
abbreviated behind. affinis.
tibialis Say, Jour. Acad. Phil, vi, 171 ; Com p. Wr., ii, 363 ( Conops);
Williston, these Trans., iv, 333 (id.). — Atlantic States.
Conops nigricornis Wiedemann, Auss. Zw. Ins., ii, 236, 4 ; Loew,
Neue Beitr, etc., i, 31.
sagittaria Say, Jour. Acad. Phil., iii, 83, 2; Comp. Wr., ii, 73 [Co-
nop>s) ; Williston, these Trans., iv, 334 (id.). — Penn,, Mass.,
Conn., N. C.
Conops genualis Loew, Neue Beitr. etc., i, p. 32 ; Williston,
these Trans., iv, 335 (translation of the original).
furcillata Williston, these Trans., iv, 336 {Conojjs). — N. H., Can.
? Conops mthlop>s Walker, List, etc., iii, 671.
Burgessi Williston, these Trans., iv, 337 {Conops). — Col., Cal.
Texana Williston, these Trans., iv, 338 {Conops). — Tex.
marginata Say, Journ. Acad. Phil., iii, 82, 1 ; Compl. Wr., ii, 73
{Conojys) ; Wiedemann, Auss. Zw. Ins., ii, 240, 9 {id.) ; Loew,
Neue Beitr. etc., i, 34 {id.)\ Williston, these Trans., iv, 338 lid.)
—Penn., N. H.
affinis Williston, these Trans., iv, 339 ((7ono;^s).— Kans., Cal.,Wash,
Terr.
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 49 April 1885.
392 S. W. Williston — JVorth American Conopidm.
Unrecognized species.
castanoptera Loew, Neue Beitr., etc., i, 33 (Conops)-, Williston,
these Trans., iv, 336 (translation of the original).
ZODION.
Zodion Latreille, Precis des caract, gener. d. ins., 1V96.
1. — Scutellum triangular; thorax and abdomen with opaque black
spots. pietulum.
Scutellum oval. 2.
2. — Very small species, cheeks narrow ; abdomen with opaque black
triangular spots. pygmaeum.
Not very small species ; abdomen without such spots. 3,
3. — Thorax with a pair of median pollinose stripes; abdomen with
* oblique pollinose spots on the third segment at least.
leueostoma.
Thorax pollinose, Avith at least two slender black stripes, abdo-
men more uniformly pollinose. fulvifrons.
" 9 . Very small, black cinereous, abdomen opaque, the sides and
a median longitudinal line of the sixth segment cinereous
pollinose, sixth and seventh segments reddish. Length, 1^ lin."
(about 3™""). nanellum.
nanellum Loew, Centur., viii, 15 ; Williston, these Trans., ante, p.
382. D. C. (Lw.).
f Zodion Occidensis Walker, List, etc., iii, 676. — Ohio.
pygmseum Williston, these Trans., ante, p. 381. — Cal., Col.
pietulum Williston, these Trans., ante, p. 379. — N. M.
fulvifrons Say, Jour. Phil. Acad. N. Sc, iii, 83 ; Compl. Wr., ii, 74 ;
Wiedemann, Auss. Zw. Ins., ii, 241, 1 ; Williston, these Trans.,
ante, p. 380. — New Eng., Cal, Wash. Terr., Ariz.
Zodion abdoniinale Say, Jour. Acad. Phil., iii, 84, 2 ; Compl.
Wr., ii, 74; Wiedemann, Auss. Zw. Ins., ii, 242, 2 (translation
of the original).
? Myopa rubrifrons Robineau Desvoidy, Essai Myod., 247, 17.
leueostoma Williston, these Trans., ante, p. 380. — Mont., Kan.,
Ariz., Wash. Ty.
Unrecognized Species.
Amerieanum Wiedemann, Auss, Zw. Ins., 242, 3. — Montevideo.
splendens Ja^nnicke, Neue Exot. Dipt., 97. — Mexico.
ONCOMYIA.
Occomyia Robineau Desvoidy, Dipt, des environs de Paris, Myo-
paires, 50, 1853.
Thecophora Rondani, Dipt. Ital. Prod., i, 58, 1856.
Oncomyia Loew, Centur., vii, 73.
1. — Second joint of the antennae but little or not at all longer than
the third. Baroni.
Second joint of the antenna? considerably longer than the
third. 2.
S. W. WlUiston — North Anterlcau Gotiopldm. 893
2, — Large species (8-9'""'). 3.
Smaller species ; femora, or at least tibi;e, in large part black-
ish. 4.
3. — Femora and tibiae wholly reddish yellow. modesta.
Femora, at least on outer part, black ; eastern.
Var. melanopoda.
4. — Species 5-7""" long. abbreviata.
Very small species (4-5"""^). loraria,
Baroni Williston, these Trans., vi, 97 (11).— Cal., Col.
abbreviata Loew, Centur., vii, 73 ; Williston, these Trans., vi, 97
(11).— New Eng., ? Cal.
modesta Williston, these Trans., vi, 96 (10). — Cal.
Var. melanopodd Williston, supra et vi, 96. — White Mountains.
loraria Loew, Centur., vii, 74 ; Williston, these Trans., vi, 98 (1 2) ;
(translation of the original). — New Eng.
MYOPA.
Myopa Fabriciias, Syst. Entom., 798, 1775.
Phorosia Robineau-Desvoidy, Fam. d. Myopaires, 1853.
Myopella Rob.-Desvoidy, 1. c.
Pwr^jMre^ZaRob.-Desvoidy, 1. c.
Hiiustella Rob.-Desvoidy, 1. c.
Myopina Rob.-Desvoidy, 1. c.
Fairmairia Rob.-Desvoidy, 1. c.
Lonchopalpvs Rob.-Desvoidy, 1. c.
Pictina Rob.-Desvoidy, I.e.
Gonirhynchus Rondani, Dipt. Ital. Prod., i, 58, 1856.
Arpagita Lioy, Acta. Venet., 3 Ser., ix, 1327, 1864.
Ischiodonta Lioy, 1. c.
1. — Cheeks below very distinctly fringed with pile ; wings with
spots. 2.
Cheeks not fringed with pile below. 3.
2. — Face with black spots. pictipennis.
Face without black spots, pile of abdomen long. pilosa.
3. — Abdomen chiefly black. 4.
Abdomen red. clausa.
4. — Pile of abdomen light yellow. vesiculosa.
Pile of abdomen black. plebeia.
pictipennis Williston, these Tr^ns., ante, p. 382. — Ariz.
pilosa Williston, these Trans., ante, p. 383. — Cal.
vesiculosa Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., iii, 80, 1 ; Compl, Wr.,
ii, 72; Wiedemann, Auss. Zw. Ins., ii, 245, 3; Williston,
these Trans., ante, p. 384, — Penn., N. H., Mass., Ga.
? 3Iyopa apicalis Walker, List, etc., iii, 679.
plebeia Williston, these Trans., ante, p. 384, — Ariz,
conjuncta Thomson, Eugen. Resa, Dipt., 515. — Cal.
clausa Loew, Centur., vii, 72. — New Eng., Montana.
394 S. W. Willistou — North American ConopidcB.
Unrecogn Ized species.
longicornis Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., iii, 83 ; Com pi, Wr.,
ii, 72 ; Wiedemann, Auss. Z\v. Ins., ii, 245, 4 ; Williston, these
Trans., ante, p. 386 (reproduction of Say's and Wiedemann's
descriptions), — Mo.
obliquefasciata Maccjuart, Dipt. Exot. ler Suppl., 141, 1 ; Willis-
ton, these Trans., ante, p. 385. — "Texas."
bistria Walker, List, etc., iii, 679. — N. Am. (A doubtful species,)
vicaria Walker, List, etc., iii, 679. — Nova Scotia.
DALMANNIA.
Dalmannia Robineau-Desvoidy, Essai sur les Myodaires, 248, 1830.
Stachynia Macquart, Dipt, du Nord, 1833.
Dalmania Rob.-Desvoidy, Myopaires, 1853.
Second, third and fourth segments of the abdomen with broad yel-
low hind margins, each with three projections directed for-
ward, picta.
Segments of the abdomen with narrow hind margin, each of
which sends but a single median anterior projection, nigriceps.
picta Williston, these Trans., vi, 94 (8). — Ariz,
nigriceps Loew, Centur., vi, 71; Williston, these Trans., vi, 94 (8).
—Conn., N. Y., D. C, Mont.
STYLOG-ASTER.
Stylogaster Macquart, Hist. Nat. des Dipt., ii, 38, 1835; Dipt,
Exot.,ii, 3, 17, 1845.
Stylomyla Westwood, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1850, p. 270.
Ptychoproctas Bigot, Revue et Magaz. de Zool., No, 7, 1859,
Second joint of antennas short, third elongate, neglecta.
Second joint nearly as long as the third. biannulata.
biannulata Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., iii, 81, 3 ; Compl, Wr.,
ii, 72 {Myojxt); Williston, these Trans., vi, 93. — Penn., Conn.
Myopa styhtta Wiedemann, Auss. Zw. Ins,, ii, 243, 2 (ex parte).
Stylomyla confusa Westwood, Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond., 1850, p.
271.
neglecta Williston, these Trans., vi, 91 (5). — Conn.
Explanation of Plate XLI.
Fig. 1. — Conops xanthopareus Will., female.
2. — Physocophala tibialis Say, male.
3. — Zodion fulvifrons Say, foinale.
4. — Zodioii pygiiiicum Will., male.
5. — Oncomyia modesta Will., female.
6. — Myopa clausa Loew, female.
7. — Dalmannia picta Will., female.
8. — Stylogaster neglecta Will., female.
Errata.
Vol. vi, p. 94, line 22, for "first," read .second. Same page, foiirtli line from
bottom, for '^ Dabnonnia" read Dalmania. Page 95, line 7, for "triangular is"
read triangles are.
X. — Third Catalogue of Mollusca recently added to the
Fauna of the New England Coast and the adjacent parts
OF the Atlantic, consisting mostly of Deep-Sea Species,
WITH Notes on others previously recorded. By A. E.
Verrill,
[Published by permission of tiie U. S. Commission of Fish and Fislieries.*]
The exploration of the Gulf Stream region was continued last
season, under nearly the same conditionsf as in 1883, by the U. S-
Fish Commission steamer Albatross, Lieut. Z. L. Tanner, com-
mander. The total number of stations occupied during the season
was 141. J During the five trips, between July 20 and Sept. 28,
ninety-three dredgings (at stations 2170 to 2262) were made. In
most of these, a large beam-trawl was used very successfully, even
at great depths.
Of these dredgings, 5 were in depths between 2000 and 2600
fathoms (4 successful); 20 were between 1000 and 2000 fathoms;
29 between 500 and 1000 fathoms; 8 between 300 and 500 fathoms ;
16 between 75 and 300 fathoms; and 20 between 18 and 75 fathoms.
The first trip was made while the steamer was on her way north
from Norfolk, Va., and some of those stations were oif the coast of
Maryland, the most southern being in N. lat. 37° 57', but most of
the others were situated in the region south and southeast of
Martha's Vineyard, though some of them were a long way oiF the
coast. The five stations in depths below 2000 fathoms were more
* Number 1 of this series was published in these Transactions, vol. v, pp. 447-
587, 1882; Number 2, in vol. vi, pp. 139-294, 1883.
f The naturalists associated with the writer in the work, in 1884, were Professor
S. I. Smith, Mr. Sanderson Smith, Mr. Richard Rathbun, Professor L. A. Lee, Mr. B.
F. Koons, Professor Edwin Linton, Mr. H. L. Bruner, Mr. J. H. Blake (as artist), Mr.
J. E. Benedict (naturalist attached to the steamer), Mr. A. Baldwin, W. B. Safford,
Ensign U. S. N., Mr. William Nye, and others. Mr. Peter Parker and R. H. Miner,
Ensign U. S. N., worked on the fishes. The parties who went out dredging on the
steamer varied from time to time. Usually not more than three or four naturalists
besides Mr. Benedict were sent out.
:J: A complete list of these stations, with their location, temperatures, etc., has been
published by me in the American Journal of Science, for February, 1885, vol. xxix,
p. 154.
396 A. K Verrill—MoUiisca of the New Euffkmd Coast.
than lialf way to tlie Bermudas, and nearly east of the coast oi
Virginia, between N. lat. 30° 05' 30" and 37° 48' 30" ; and between
W. long. 68° 21' and 71° 55'.
At the end of the season, while on his way south, Capt. Tanner
made another trip for the special purpose of exploring the shallow
water regions in the vicinity of Cape Hatteras, where a very inter-
esting fauna had been discovered by the Albatross in 1883. On this
trip the first three hauls (stations 2263 to 2265) were made oflf Chesa-
peake Bay, Oct. 18, in 70, 167, and 430 fathoms, with interesting
results; and 45 stations (2266 to 2310) were occupied October 19 to
21, in the region oiF Cape Hatteras. Of these, one (No. 2300) was
in 671 fathoms; four were in depths between 111 and 322 fathoms
(Nos. 2266, 2299, 2306, 2310) ; six were between 50 and 80 ftithoms ;
eight were between 30 and 50 fathoms ; three, between 20 and 30
fathoms; and twenty-three, between 7 and 20 fathoms. This shal-
low water region yielded a rich harvest of shells and Crustacea
unknown on our Atlantic coast, including a considerable number of
new forms. In the following list these shallow water mollusca, from
less than 60 fathoms, are not included, but many of them will be
enumerated in a subsequent paper by Miss K. J. Bush, who has been
able to determine a lai'ge proportion of them. But there is still a
large quantity of fine mixed bottom materials to be examined from
the shallower dredgings.
The i-esults this year were highly satisfactory, both in the way of
physical observations and zoological discovei'ies. Large numbers of
additions were made to the fauna, including representatives of nearly
all classes of deep-sea animals. Many pelagic species were also
secured in the surface nets, and especially in the trawl-wings.
Among these there are some new forms and many others, including
some Pteropoda and Heteropoda, that have not previously been
observed so far north in the Gulf Stream.
Character of the deep-sea deposits.
Some very interesting and important discoveries were made in
regard to the nature of the materials com2:)osing the sea-bottom
under the Gulf Stream at great depths. These observations are
very important, as regards the distribution of the animal life, which
often depends directly upon the nature of the bottom, and of great
interest from a geological point of view. Some of these observa-
tions are contrary to the experience of other expeditions, and not in
A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the Neto England Coast. 397
accordance with the generally accepted theories of the nature of the
deposits far from land.
The bottom between 600 and 2000 fathoms, in other regions, has
generally been found to consist mainly of "globigerina ooze," or, as
in some parts of the West Indian seas, of a mixture of globigerina
and pteropod ooze. Off our northern coasts, however, although
there is a more or less impure globigerina ooze, at such depths, in
most localities beneath the Gulf Stream, this is by no means always
the case. The ooze is always mixed with some sand and frequently
with much clay-mud.
In a number of instances* the bottom between 500 and 1200
fathoms has been found to consist of tough and compact clay, so
thoroughly hardened that many large angular masses, sometimes
weighing more than fifty pounds, have been brought up in the trawl,
and have not been washed away appreciably, notwithstanding the
rapidity with which they have been drawn up through about two
miles of water. In fact, these masses of hard clay resemble large
angular blocks of stone, but when cut with a knife they have a con-
sistency somewhat like hard castile soap, and in sections are mottled
with lighter and darker tints of dull green, olive, and bluish gray.
When dried they develop cracks and break up into angular frag-
ments. This material is genuine clay, mixed with more or less sand,
showing under the microscope grains of quartz and feldspar with
some scales of mica. More or less of the shells of Globigerina and
other Foraminifera are contained in the clay, but they make up a
very small percentage of the material.
In other localities, in 1000 to 1600 fathoms,f the bottom is covered
* The following are some of the special localities where these clay masses were
taken :
Station 2192, in 1060 fathoms, N. lat. 39° 46' 30", W. long. 70° 14' 45". Large
blocks of sandy clay, some weighing about 100 pounds. It was estimated that about
a ton was brought up.
Station 2230, in 1168 fathoms, N. lat. 38° 27', "W. long. 73° 02'. Large quantity of
masses of hard, but sticky greenish blue clay, some masses varying to yellowish and
bufi colors.
Station 2171, in 444 fathoms, N. lat. 37° 59' 30", W. long. 73° 48' 40". Large
lumps of bluish gray sandy mud. _ •
f The following are some of the localities where such materials occurred :
Station 2208, in 1178 fathoms, N. lat. 39° 33', W. long. 71" 16' 15". Large quanti-
ties of hard, crusty ferruginous clay. Also a rounded granite bowlder, weighing over
20 pounds.
Station 2228, in 1582 fathoms, N. lat. 37° 25', W. long. 73° 06'. Large quantity
398 A. E. Verrill—Molhisea of the New England Coast.
with, or largely composed of, hard, very irregular, flattened, crust-
like concretions of clay and iron-oxide, with more or less manganese-
oxide in the crevices and worm-burrows with which they are filled.
At some localities a barrelful, or more, of such masses was brought
up. They vary in size from a few ounces up to 20 pounds or more in
weight, and from one inch to six inches in thickness. These masses
afford attachments to many kinds of animals, including several
species of Brachiopods, Chitons, and other shells, which could not
exist on bottoms of soft ooze or mud.
Rounded bowlders and pebbles of granite, gneiss and other crys-
talline rocks occurred at a number of stations. These, like the con-
cretions of clay, etc., often afford attachment for deep-sea Brachio-
pods and other shells, as well as for corals, gorgonians, hydroids,
sponges, etc. One bowlder, station 2208, is referred to above. The
following are other localities: station 2195, in 1058 fathoms, N. lat.
39° 44', W. long. 70° 03'. A rounded granite bowlder, about four
inches in diameter. Its surface was covered with adherent species of
foraminifera and some annelid-tubes. Station 222(3, in 2021 fathoms,
N. lat. '31° 00', W. long. 11° 54'. A large number of pebbles and
small, rounded bowlders of granite, porphyry, etc., and some coal
cinders. The pebbles were more or less covered with adherent
forminifera, bryozoa, etc. Scattered bowlders and pebbles have
also occurred at many other localities along the inner edge of the
Gulf Stream. These have probably all been carried out there by the
ice floating away from the adjacent coasts in spring.*
of irregular crusty and cavernous concretions and masses of ferruginous clay, with
considerable black manganese-oxide lining the holes and cracks. The lower side of
many of the masses consisted of sticky bluish clay. It was estimated that about a
ton of this material came up. There were adhering to these hard masses some
corals, gorgonians, hydroids and bryozoa, with the brachiopods, Discina Atlantica and
Waldheimia cranium, in considerable numbers.
* A curious instance, quite unique in our experience, of the occurrence of abundant
relics of human handiwork was observed this year. At station 2222, in 1537 fathoms,
N. lat. 39° 03' 15", W. long. 70° 50' 45", beneath the Gulf Stream, a large quantity of
common bricks, with mortar and soot still adhering to them, was brought up in the
trawl. Some were nearly entire, but most were in fragments. Annelid tubes, brach-
iopods, and other forms of deep-sea life were attached to them in smaU quantities,
showing that they had not lieen on the bottom very long. One of the Brachiopods,
which occurred on the bricks in considerable numbers, is Atretia gnomon J., which
had not been previously recorded from off our coast. These bricks may have come
from a wreck, or they may have formed the deck-furnace of some whaling vessel,
thrown overboard on the homeward trip. At any rate, the accident of hitting
A. E. Verrill — MoUusca of the N'e^o England Coast. 399
In all our ten localities between 2000 and 3000 fathoms, the
bottom has been " globigerina ooze." We have never met with the
" red clay " which ought to occur at such depths, according to the
observations made on the cruise of the Challenger.
The temperatures observed with the improved thermometers now
used on the Albatross were between 36°-4 and 3'7°'00 F., in 2000 to
2600 fathoms. But temperatures essentially the same as these were
also taken in 1000 to 1500 fathoms, and even in 965 fathoms one
observation gave 36°-8 F. It follows from these observations that
nearly the minimum temperature is reached at about 1000 fathoms
in this region.
CEPHALOPODA.
Ancistrocheirus megaptera Terriii, sp. nov.
Plate XLII, figures 1, la.
Body small, rather short, with an acute posterior end, extending a
little beyond the posterior border of the fin. Fins very large, thick
and strong, attached nearly the entire length of the body, and together
forming a broad, rhombic figure, with the outer angles behind the
middle ; anteriorly the attachment of the fin does not reach quite to
the edge of the mantle, and the front edge forms a slight rounded
lobe in front of the attachment ; posteriorly the fins are nearly united,
across the back, but leave the acute, posterior tip of the body free for
a short distance. The front edge of the mantle i*ecedes in a broad
curve ventrally, but has slightly prominent lateral lobes and a broad
obtuse dorsal angle, which extends farther forward than the lateral
ones. The head is leather large, with large eyes, furnished with thin
free lids. The siphon is rather large, with two small dorsal bridles.
The connective cartilages on its base are rather small, ear-shaped,
much as in Omniastrephes. The arms are rather large, not very
unequal in size, the dorsal ones slightly smaller than the others ; all
are unusually rounded and most of them, in our specimen, have lost
their tips. They all bear two alternating rows of small, prominent
sharp claws, which are not very closely arranged. The inner face is
not separated from the sides by a distinct margin. The tentacular
upon the precise locality of such relics is very curious. Otherwise than in this
instance we have rarely found in deep water any human traces except coal cinders
from steamers.
Trans. Conn. Acatj., Vol. YI. 50 April, 1885.
400 A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the Nevi England Coast.
arms are wanting. Color, in alcohol, orange-hrown, due to nnmerous
purple and brown specks scattered pretty uniformly over the surface,
both above and below; the outer portions of the fins appear to have
been transparent ; the surface of the body appears to have been
entirely smooth and destitute of tubercles, although the specimen is so
much injured as to make this a little uncertain.
Length of body to front edge of mantle, 44"'"' ; length of free
caudal portion, 6"'™ ; length of the attachment of fin, 34""" ; from
front margin of fin to mantle edge, 3-5""» ; breadth across fins, 56'"'" ;
length of head, from dorsal cartilage to base of dorsal arms, 19""";
length of dorsal arms, 24"""; diameter at base, 3 •5'""' ; diameter of
lateral arms, 4'""\ .
A single mutilated specimen (No. 40,128) was taken at station
2235, in Y07 fathoms, 1884.
This species closely resembles A. Veranyi, recorded from the
Indian Ocean, but it apparently differs from the latter in having
larger fins and in being destitute of the rows of tubercles on the man-
tle ; the arras also appear to ditfer in their proportions.
Teleoteuthis (Onychia) agilis Vemii, sp. nov.
Plate XLII, figures 2, 2a.
Body elongated, rather slender, with a rather small caudal fin^
which is confined to about the posterior third of the body, and has a
transversely rhombic form, with rounded angles and margins, the
posterior edge is continuous across the end of the body, without any
notch, and united to the body to its extreme tip. The dorsal mantle-
edge is cut nearly square across, with only a faint angle in the
middle ; below each eye thei'e is a somewhat prominent angle and
the ventral side is regularly concave. The head is moderately large
and the eyes are not very prominent. The arms are relatively long,
prismatic, nearly equal in size and length, but the dorsal ones are
somewhat shorter than the others. The third pair of arms are com-
pressed and have a somewhat prominent keel on the distal half. The
arms bear two regular, well separated rows of moderately large,
suckers, largest along the middle of the arms, becoming smaller
proximally, and disappearing above the base. The suckers are
swollen in the middle and the somewhat contracted horny rim has
the margin entire or nearly so. The sucker-bearing face of the arms
is ratlicr broad and margined on each side by a narrow but distinct
membrane. The tentacular arms are slender, longer than the sessile
A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the Neio England Coast. 401
arms, with the terminal club elongated and somewhat expanded.
The club bears two central rows of prominent, incurved hooks, about
twelve in each row, not counting the very small ones near the tips ;
the hooks in the lower row are much larger than those in the upper ;
alternating with these, along each margin, there is a row of small
suckers, which extend to the extreme tip, becoming there very minute;
towards the tips the hooks are reduced to a single median row. At
the base of the club there is a group of six to eight small smooth
suckers intermixed with small rounded tubercles. The inner face of
the arm below the suckers is flat and white.
The color, in alcohol, is rather deep purplish brown, both above
and below, but paler beneath ; it is due to rather large, rounded and
very distinct, brown, orange and purple chromatophores. Similar
chromatophores cover the outer surfaces of the arms, while the inner
surfaces are specked with very dark brown ones.
Length from end of body to base of arms, 43'"™ ; to edge of mantle,
46'"''^; to front margin of tin, 16™'" ; breadth across fin, 21'""^; length
of dorsal arms, 25'^'" ; length of second pair, 28""" ; length of third
pair, 28"'™; length of ventral arms, 28""" ; length of tentacular arms,
30'"'" ; length of club, 12™™ ; its breadth, 2™™.
The name Teleoteiithis was proposed by me in 1881, in place of
Onychia Les., because the latter was preoccupied for a genus of
insects by Hubner in 1816.
One specimen (No. 40,129), was taken at the surface at station
2225, off" Chesapeake Bay.
Benthoteuthis, gen. no v.
Body rather short, well-rounded, oblong, blunt posteriorly. Fins
small, rounded, with a narrow insertion, situated close to the poste-
rior end. Head broad. Eyes large, with distinct lids and small
anterior sinus. Siphon short and wide, in a smooth groove, without
bridles, internal valve well-developed. The dorsal mantle-edge is
free, with an obtuse median angle, projecting over the back of the
head. Arms small and short, the dorsal ones shortest ; the lateral
ones keeled externally ; web I'udimentary ; marginal membranes on
the inner angles narrow. Suckers small, crowded, apparently in four
rows. Tentacular arms long and slender, the sucker-bearing portion
scarcely enlarged, bearing numerous minute, subequal suckers in
many rows.
The pen is veiy thin, expanded into a broad lanceolate blade pos-
teriorly, very slender, with the edges incurved so as to form a groove
402 A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the Nev> England Coast.
in the middle portion, becoming gradually a little wider to the ante-
rior end, which is thin and pen-like in form. The posterior tip is
imperfect in the specimen dissected.
The connective cartilages on the sides of the mantle are simple,
elongated, broadest posteriorly, tapering anteriorly, and somewhat
curved downward in the middle, with a long, narrow, simple central
fosse. The connective cartilages on the sides of the mantle are low,
simple, longitudinal ridges, running back from the lateral angles of
the mantle-edge. In the female there are two pairs of oblong, flat-
tened nidamental glands, one pair on the ventral side below the
heart, the other pair a little farther forward, lying between the gills
and intestines and surrounding the oviducts, which are symmetrically
developed, one on each side. The ovary is large, occupying the pos-
terior ventral portion of the body-cavity.
This interesting genus shows, in several respects, marke^l embry-
onic or primitive characters, recalling the young stages of Omma-
strephes and Zioligo. These are seen especially in the small size,
posterior position and form of the fins ; in the form of the body, head
and mantle ; in the small short arms, with the dorsal pair shortest ;
in the small simple suckers ; in the want of differentiation of the
tentacular club and the uniformity of its minute suckers. The affini-
ties of the genus are probably with the gi'oup represented by
Ommastrephes, as shown by the distinct eye-lids and sinus, and by
the character of the connective cartilages of the mantle. The pen,
however, is somewhat like that of Loligo in form, but the form of
the pen appears to be of little value in determining the affinities of
the squids.
Benthoteuthis megalops Verriii, sp. uov.
Plate XLIV, figuee 1.
Body rather sliort, thick, rounded, tapering slightly from the ante-
rior margin backward ; posterior extremity bluntly rounded ; fins
small, situated close to the end of the body, attached by rather short
bases to the sides of the body, nearest the dorsal side, but not united
to the end of the body posteriorly. The fins are somewhat rounded
in outline, projecting both forward and backward beyond their basal
or attached portion, the free posterior margin extending backward as
far as or beyond the end of the body, which shows, in a dorsal view,
as a rounded lobe between the fins. The anterior margin of the
mantle extends far forward over the back of the head, whicli it
partially conceals; on the dorsal side there is a slightly prominent.
A. E. Vei'rill — 3Iollusca of the Neiii England Coast. 403
angular, median lobe; at the eyes the lateral margin recedes in a
broad curve, but projects forward in an angular point below each
eye, while the ventral portion is cut away in a broad curve, so as to
expose the tip of the siphon. The head is short, broad, swollen
laterally, owing to the large size of the eyes, which are furnished
with free lids, having a small angular sinus in front. The siphon is
short and broad, with a smooth, shallow cavity behind it, without
any distinct bridles ; within, it has a well-developed valve.
The arms are^mall and short, the ventral ones largest and longest ;
the two lateral pairs are nearly equal ; the dorsal pair decidedly the
shortest and smallest. The arms are united at the base by a rudi-
mentary web ; they are somewhat angular at base and taper some-
Avhat rapidly to slender tips ; the inner surface is thickly covered
with very small suckers, which appear to form about four irregular
rows. The lateral arms have a narrow, membranous keel along the
outer side, and all have narrow marginal membranes along the sucker-
bearing surface. The tentacular arms are very long and slender,
many times the length of the sessile arms, but more slender ; they are
rounded and of nearly uniform size throughout ; the sucker-bearing
portion is neither expanded into a club nor distinctly flattened, but
bears a large number of very minute suckers arranged in many rows
along the inner surface, the number of rows diminishing proximally.
Color, in alcohol, dark reddish brown over the entire surface of the
body, head, and sessile arms, with the tentacular arms yellowish
white. The color is due to very numerous and densely crowded
chromatophores of rather lai'ge size. The color is most intense on
the upper surfaces of the head and sessile arms ; the lower side of the
body is somewhat paler than the upper side. The eyeballs outside
of the pupil are dull blue.
Length of a female specimen, from the posterior end to the anterior
dorsal edge of the mantle, 57"'""; from the posterior end of the body
to the anterior insertion of fins, 9'^"" ; to the posterior insertion, 2-5""" ;
length of fin, 7"™; breadth across both fins, about 26™'"; breadth
across mantle anteriorly, 21'"™ ; length of head from dorsal cartilage
to base of dorsal arms, 17°^™; from anterior edge of mantle to base
of dorsal arms, S'"'^ ; length of dorsal arms, 20°"" ; length of second
pair, 23'"'" ; length of third pair, 23°^"' ; length of ventral arms, 25'""' ;
length of tentacular arms, 85""" ; greatest diameter, 2""^ ; length of
sucker-bearing portion, 13"^"'; its diameter, about 1"'"'.
Off Martha's Vineyard, at stations 2189 and 2205, in 600 and
1,073 fathoms (Nos. 39,967 and 39,968).
404 A. M Verrill — Mollusca of the 'New England Coast.
Cirrhoteuthis plena Verriu, sp. nov.
Plate XLII, figure 3.
Body 1)roa<l, thick and short, hroadly rounded posteriorly, with the
lateral fins inserted well forward, just behind the eyes, their front
edges a little behind the gill-opening. The fins are large, thin and
broad, with the edges nearly parallel to near the end, which is
broadly rounded. The head is as broad as the body and very short.
The eyes are relatively small, wide apart, situated in line with the
siphon transversely ; the lids, in alcohol, are slightly thickened and
surround a small elliptical opening. The siphon-tube is small, but
prominent and well-developed, expanding to the base. The gill-
opening is small and simple, in breadth only slightly exceeding the
breadth of the basal part of the siphon.
The arms are long, rather stout, the four upper ones decidedly
longer than the four lower, the ventral ones shortest. They are
united by a thick, strong web, which, on the upper side between the
dorsal arms, extends about two-thirds the length of the arms. It
decreases in width between the lateral arms. Between the third and
fourth pairs it is about one-half the length of the ventral arms, and
between the veutrals about one-third their length. The suckers are
rather large for the group, largest at about the basal third, those near
the mouth becoming very small. They are arranged rather close
together in a single linear series, but sometimes show a slight tendency
to become alternate at the basal third of the lateral arms ; they are
usually separated along the center of the arms by spaces about equal
to their own diameter. There are about fifty-five suckers on the
dorsal arms, of which about thirty occupy the portion within the
web. The tips of the arms, when perfect, are rapidly tapered, rather
thin and not much elongated, and bear fifteen to twenty small suck-
ers, which are here nearly in contact. The cirri are rather short,
tapered, acute, and usually stand nearly opposite the suckers, forming
a row on each side, along the inner face of the arm.
The color of the body and external surface of the web, in alcohol,
is a yellowish flesh-color, with a somewhat translucent, gelatinous
appearance, with the darker internal organs showing througli more
or less distinctly. The fins are deep brown, darker towards the tips^
The inner surfaces of the arms and web with the cirri, are dark
purplish brown, while the suckers are dull brownish yellow.
Total length, 185""" ; length of body to gill-opening, 57""" ; lengtli
to base of ventral arms, VO"""' ; breadth of body between bases of
A. K Verrill—Mollusca of the New England Coast. 405
fins, 58"'" ; length of fins, 32"'™ ; their breadth near base, 24'""^ ; total
breadtli from tip to tip of fins, 130"""; diameter of eye, 12""";
breadth of gill-opening, 12"'™; length of siphon, 14"'™; length of
dorsal arms, 125"'™ ; length of web between dorsal arras, 70""™ ; length
of second pair of arms, 120™™; length of web between dorsal and
first lateral arms, 60"'™ ; length of the third pair, 110™™; length of
web between third and fourth pairs of arms, 55"'™ ; length of fourth
pair of arms, 95™™ ; breadth of web between the ventral arms, 35™™ ;
diameter of largest suckers, 2-5™™; length of longest cirri, 3 to 4™™.
A single specimen in good condition was taken at station 2205, N.
lat. 37° 35', W. long. 71° 18' 45", in 1,073 fathoms, gray ooze, bottom
temperature 38° F., August 20, 1884. (No. 39,908.)
Cirrhotenthis megaptera Verriii, sp. nov.
Plate XLIII, figures 1, 2.
Body small, very short, depressed, broadly rounded posteriorly,
broader than long. Fins very long and narrow, their length consid-
erably exceeding the breadth of the body, in alcoholic specimens ;
toward the base they are much thickened and supported by an inter-
nal cartilage, which does not appear to be continuous with the thin
cai'tilage that extends across the body, just behind the fins. The
fins are inserted just behind the eyes, and their breadth is somewhat
greater in the middle than at the base; they narrow but little toward
the tip, which is obtusely rounded. Head large and broad, exceed-
ing the body in size and thickness in the preserved specimens, the
greatest thickness being at the base of the arms. Eyes small, lateral,
very far apart, the distance between them being, on the dorsal side,
more than twice their diameter. Siphon short, conical, with a broad
base. Gill-opening small, simple, only a little broader than the base
of the siphon. Arms long, thick and strong, the dorsal ones a little
longer than the others, which decrease successively to the ventral
pair, which are, however, but little shorter than the third pair. The
arms are thick and well rounded, especially on the basal portion,
with the inner surface elevated along the median line, on which the
suckers are arranged in a simple row ; the marginal angles are but
slightly indicated, and bear a row of small, slender, tapering cirri,
alternating with the suckers, which are very small, urceolate, strongly
elevated above the surface of the arms, and of a light yellow color,
in strong contrast with the chocolate-brown of the arms. The dis-
tance between the suckers along the middle portion of the arm usually
40(5 A. E. Verrill — Mollusea of the JSTeic England Coast.
considerably exceeds, and is often double their diameter, but varies
with the state of contractiou of the arms ; at the base of the arms
they diminish in size and become more crowded ; towards the ends
they diminish very gradually, finally becoming very small and
closely arranged. The web between the arms is very thick, swollen
at the base, and on the dorsal side extends more than half the length
of the arms; it is successively a little shorter between the lateral
arms, and still shorter between the ventral ones. The color of the
body and fins in the alcoholic specimens is bluish white, covered
with rather large and irregularly arranged specks and spots of pur-
plish brown. The same color extends more or less on the head, be-
coming paler and more gelatinous or translucent on the web at the
base of the arms, through which the dark brown color of the arms
can be distinctly seen. The arms, the outer portion of the web, and
its entire inner surface are dark chocolate-brown. The suckers are
yellowish white, with brown rims.
Total length, in alcohol, 107™'" ; length of body to gill-opening,
25"^"^ ; breadth of body at base of fins, 20™'" ; total breadth across
outsti'etched fins, 68""" ; length of fins from base to tip, 24'^'" ; breadth
across middle, 9"^'" ; at base, 8""™ ; breadth of head at the eyes, 27'"'" ;
across base of arms, SO™™ ; diameter of eyes, 9'""" ; breadth of gill-
opening, 8'"™ ; length of siphon, 8'"™ ; length of dorsal arms, 95'"'" ;
breadth in middle, 6*7'"'"; diameter of largest suckers, r"™ ; length
of the longest cirri, 2""" ; length of second pair, 85'"'" ; third pair,
80'""'; ventral pair, 78'""'; extent of web between dorsal arms, 45™'";
between first and second pairs, 42™™ ; between the thii'd and fourth,
32'"'". The other specimen of this species has the body and head of
nearly the same size, but these parts may be more contracted by the
alcohol ; the fins and arms are somewhat longer and larger. The
length of one of the fins is 33™™ ; its greatest breadth, H""" ; l)readth
across eyes, 27™™; diameter of eye, 8™™; diameter of largest sucker,
less than 1™™.
The sex of the two specimens described above is uncertain. There
is no positive appearance of hectocotylization in any of the arms, but
in tlie specimen first described the left arm of the second pair has a
blunt, pale tip, before which the suckers cease abruptly, yet this is
most likely due to the early stages of the reproduction of a new tip.
Sketches of this species were made by Mr. A. Baldwin, on the
steamer, when the specimens first came up and had some life. From
his sketches the figures on plate xliii have been made.
Tn the living state, according to these and other sketches, the fins
A. E. Verrill — MoUusca of the JSfeio England Coast. 407
are much larger and broader, witli the end more rounded ; and the
anterior edge is thinner and more convex, than after preservation in
alcohol, though the length is not much greater in proportion. The
web appears broader, and the arms longer. In one specimen, from
station 2224, the body is more elongated behind the fins than in the
others, while the long and very broad fins are placed some distance
back from the eyes, or about midway between the eyes and the end
of the body, and the web does not extend half the length of the
arms. It was at first thought that this individual might represent
another species, but these creatures are evidently capable of changing
their forms and proportions to a great extent, according to the state
of contraction of their various parts.
Both the larger specimens of this species have a curious appendage
on most, if not all, of the arms. This is a fleshy, tentacle-like pro-
cess, with a somewhat thickened base, and a tapering, acute tip. It
is situated at about the distal third of the arm, on the posterior side,
near the edge of the web, and diverges widely from the arm. In one
specimen this is present on all the arms of the left side and on two of
those on the right side. On the other arms they probably have been
destroyed, the arms being injured. The length of this organ is
about equal to the breadth of the arms. When perfect these organs,
which are muscular, were probably united to the web, and served to
support or strengthen it. I am not aware that an organ of this kind
has before been observed among the Cephalopods. But it may,
perhaps, correspond to one of the transverse supports of the mar-
ginal membranes of Sthenoteuthis and Otnniastrephes.
Two specimens (No. 39,963) were taken at station 2,225, N. lat.
36° 05' 30", W. long. 69° 51' 45", in 2,512 fathoms, on yellow ooze,
bottom temperature 37° F.; and two at station 2,224, N. lat. 36° 16'
30", W. long. 68° 21', in 2,574 fathoms, globigerina ooze.
A smalb specimen, from station 2,220, appears to be a younger
stage of this species, with which it agrees, in the small, short body ;
the narrow, elongated fins, and the comparatively small eyes, as well
as in the chocolate-brown color of the inner surfaces of the arms and
web ; but the external surfaces of the body, web and arms are also
strongly colored with deep brown. The arms in this specimen are
nearly equal in length, the ventral ones, being a little shorter than
the others. The web appears to extend farther toward the tips of
the arms than in the larger examples, but this may be due to better
preservation. The suckers are small, prominent, and closely ar-
ranged.
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 51 April, 1885.
408 A. JR. Verrill — Mollusca of the Neio ^England Coast.
The total length of this specimen is 43"'"' ; posterior end of body to
gill-opening, 13"'"'; breadth of body at fins, 13"'"'; length of fins,
9™™; breadth, 4*5"'™ ; breadth of head aci'oss eyes, l^ni"'; diameter
of eye, 7""" ; from center of eye to tip of dorsal arms, 34'"™ ; to edge
of web between dorsal arms, 23'""' ; to tip of lateral arms, 31"""; to
edge of lateral web, 21"'"'.
Station 2,220, N. lat. 39° 43' 30", W. long. 69° 23', in 1,054 fathoms,
(No. 39,916).
This species appears to be closely related to C. plena in most
respects, but has a very much smaller and shorter body, larger
and relatively much longer fins, and the eyes are relatively smaller.
The suckers are also smaller, more prominent, and less closely
arranged, while the cirri are somewhat longer and more slender.
The color of the body and arms is also much darker, and the texture
less gelatinous.
Opisthoteuthis Agassizii Verrill.
Supplement to the Cephalopoda of the Blake Exp., p. 113, pi. 1, fig. 1, pi. 2, fig. 1,
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. xi, No. 6, 1883.
A specimen apparently belonging to this remarkable species was
taken at station 2,196, N. lat. 39° 35', W. long. 70° 03', in 1,058
fathoms, green mud and stones (No. 39,915). Although in good con-
dition when taken, it was accidentally left too long in sea-water until
decomposition had commenced, consequently the greater part of the
body and the contained viscera were destroyed. The body seems to
have been short and rounded. The lateral fins are narrow, elongated,
slightly broadest in the middle, tapered to the blunt tij^s, with the
edges thin. They are situated just behind and in contact with the
posterior side of the eyes. The eyes are exceedingly large, occupy-
ing nearly the whole breadth of the head, nearly spherical, with the
external opening rather large, and with a thin lid on the lower side.
The siphon is prominent, elongated, somewhat tapered, and projects
backward and upwai'd behind the posterior end of the body. The
gill-opening is moderate in size, simple, with a thin, brown margin,
and is situated between the siphon and the postero-ventral surface
of the body, so that it opens upward and backward, when the crea-
ture is in a creeping position. The arms are nearly equal in size and
length, not very long, but with slender tips, moderately stout, espe-
cially toward the base, well rounded, the inner face without any
well-defined margins. The web, as ])reserve(l in alcohol, extends
A. E. Verrill — Molhisea of the New England Coast. 409
about half the length of the arms, and is nearly equal all around,
V)ut is, perhaps, a little broader between the dorsal arms. The
suckers are small, yellowish white, a little prominent, arranged rather
closely in a single median row. The largest ones are near the base
of the arms, about the fifth to the eighth from the base ; beyond
these they decrease regularly to the tips of the arms, where they be-
come small and close. The cirri are rather small, tapered, acute,
placed alternately with the suckers and not very far from them, the
interval being about equal to the diameter of the suckers ; they
commence between the fifth and sixth suckers, and apparently
continue to the tips of the arms, becoming gradually very small.
On each of the arms there are thickened muscular appendages, simi-
lar to those of the preceding species, but shorter and broader. They
arise from the posterior face of the arm, nearly at right angles, at the
point near where the interbrachial web joins (or becomes) the mar-
ginal membrane of the arm, and are closely united to the web, appar -
ently serving to strengthen it. Their length is about equal to the
breadth of the arm.
The color, so far as preserved in alcohol, is deep chocolate-brown
on the inner surface of the arms and web, with a median band of
somewhat darker brown occupying the inner face of the arms. On
the upper surface of the web, head, and body the color is destroyed,
but it appears to have been brown.
Length of longest arms, 66 to 70™"" ; breadth of arras near base,
7"""; breadth of head across eyes, 26'"'"; diameter of eyes, 14""";
length of fins, ll""'" ; breadth, 6"™; length of arms from edge of
intermediate web, 35'"'" ; diameter of largest sucker, 1"^'" ; length of
cirri, 2'""^.
Stauroteuthis syrtensis Veniu.
Amer. Journ. Sci., xviii, p. 468, 1879, Trans. Conu. Acad., v, p. 382, pi. 32, figs 1
—5, 1881; vi, p. 249, 1883.
A small specimen, apparently identical with this species, was taken
at station 2,180. In this the body is small, narrow, somewhat elon-
gated or ovate in form, while the arms are very much elongated, with
a very broad, loose web extending nearly to the end. The cirri are
very long and slender, thread-like. The suckers are rather small, lit-
tle elevated, and wide apart. The fins are relatively large, broadest
at the base, which is placed well forward, lanceolate in form, taper-
ing toward the end, Avhich is blunt. The eyes are moderately large.
410 A. E. Verrill — Mollusea of the Nev) England Coast.
not very far apart, the head being narrower tlian in most of the re-
lated forms. The gill-opening is a small, rounded pore, with a thick-
ened margin, situated about opposite the eyes. The siphon is not
visible ; it may have been broken off, or may be retracted. The
whole texture is extremely soft and gelatinous. The color of the
external surfaces is translucent dull bluish gray; the inner surfaces of
the arms are tinged with chocolate-brown.
The total length is about 125™'"; posterior end of body to gill-
opening, 20'"'" ; breadth of body at fins, 14""'" ; breadth across eyes,
14°""; diameter of eyes, 6"'"'; length of fins, 12'"'"; breadth at base,
gmm. length of longest arras from center of eye, lOV'"™; to edge of
web, 74"'"'; length of cirri, about 10'"'".
Station 2,180, N. lat. 39° 25' 50", W. long. 71° 49' 30", in 523
fathoms, bottom temperature, 39° F, (No. 39,965).
Eggs of Cirrhoteuthis or Stauroteuthis.
Very peculiar eggs, belonging to cephalopods of this group, have
often been dredged by us in deep water. They are usually attached
to the stem or branches of Acanella Nortnani or other gorgonians.
Similar eggs were often found attached to the same corals brought
in from the deep water of the northern fishing banks by the Glouces-
ter halibut fishermen, since 1879. None of these contained embryos
sufliciently developed to render their identification possible, until
some were dredged last summer, at station 2209, in 1,080 fathoms
(No. 39,961), containing well-formed embryos, so far developed as to
show that they belong to Cirrhoteuthis or some closely allied genus.
These embryos have a well-developed body, rounded behind, with
relatively large, rather broad lateral fins, having the outer ends
broadly rounded, situated far forward and as long as the breadth of
the body. The eyes are relatively large and prominent, or some-
what stalked. The arms are slender, rounded, with a simple close
median row of small suckers. The web is but little developed, the
arms being free nearly to the base. The siphon-tube is prominent
and the gill-opening is siini)le and small, but relatively larger than in
Stauroteuthis syrtensis. It is probable, therefore, that this embryo
belongs to one of the species of Cirrhoteuthis described above.
The eo-gs may belong to more than one species, but show no tangible
external differences.
These eggs are contained in a strong but flexible case, about an
iueli lono-j elliptical' in form, but often sonxewhat irregular on the
A. E. Verrill — Molhtsca of the Neto England Coast. 411
sides that are attached to the coral-branches which are usually so
deeply imbedded that they seem to pass through the side of the case.
The inner surface of the case is smooth, but the outer surface is more
or less rough and uneven, and usually covered with a thin adherent
coat of greenish mud. The egg itself is much smaller than the inte-
rior of the case. It is covered with a firm, smooth, transparent shell.
The form is usually a pretty regular ellipsoid, sometimes varying
to ovate. The color is orange or salmon..
The egg-cases are from 20"^"^ to 26™™ long; 14 to 17""" broad.
The eggs in alcohol are 15™™ long; diameter, 12™™. Another one is
16™™ long ; 11"'™ in diameter.
These eggs have been dredged at stations 2051, 2072, 2205, 2209,
2210, 2212, and in other localities, in 428 to 1,106 fathoms.
GASTROPODA.
Pleurotomella Jeffreysii Verriu, sp. nov.
Plate XLIV, figure 3.
Shell rather large, elongated fusiform, with a tall, acute, turreted
spire, consisting of about seven whorls besides the nucleus, which
contains about four brown whorls. The whorls have a rather con-
spicuous shoulder, below w'hich they are flattened, but above it they
have a broad, sloping, decidedly concave, subsutural band. The
suture is distinct, but not at all impressed, owing to the flattening of
the whorls. The sculpture consists of a row of prominent, oblique,
elongated nodules at the shoulder ; those on the upper whorls rela-
tively more prominent and angular than on the lower ones; these
nodules ai"e continued downward in the form of slightly raised,
obliquely curved ribs, which extend nearly across the upper whorls,
but fade out a short distance below the suture on the lower ones.
The whorls are also crossed by distinct lines of growth which curve
strongly forward on the middle of the last whorl and recede in a
strong regular curve on the subsutural band, where they are numerous
and fine, but on the upper whorls part of them become more promi-
nent near the suture. The whorls below the shoulder are also cov-
ered with numerous, impressed, regular, revolving grooves, separated
by intervals of somewhat greater width ; these revolving furrows are
crossed by the lines of growth in such a way as to make them wavy
or crinkled. The revolving lines are mostly absent above the
4 1 2 A. E. Verrill — Molhisca of the Ne\o England Coant.
shouklcr. The nucleus, which consists of four whorls, is chestnut-
brown in color, large, regularly tapered, very acute, the apical whorl
being very minute, but regularly coiled; the three lower nuclear
whoi'ls are very minutely decussated by two sets of very fine, oblique
lines. The aperture is long, rather narrow, with the posterior end
acutely angled ; the siphon is nearly straight, rather long and narrow.
The columella is nearly straight ; the outer lip curves strongly for-
ward in the middle and has a rather broad and deep, rounded sinus
situated a little below the suture.
The entire shell below the nucleus is translucent bluish white in
live specimens, and the surface is lustrous.
Length of the largest specimen, 52"""; breadth, 18™"'; length of
last whorl in front, 36""" ; length of aperture, 2V'""' ; its greatest
breadth, S'""" ; length of nucleus, 2'""\
The largest specimen, which was dead, occurred at station 2,230, in
1,168 fathoms (No. 44,650) ; a smaller, living specimen (No. 44,649),
was taken at station 2,222, in 1,537 fathoms.
Tliis fine species is named in honor of Mr. George Gwyn Jeffreys,
the distinguished conchologist.
Pleurotomella tincta Verriii, sp. nov.
Plate XLIV, figure 4.
Shell moderately large, somewhat stout, nearly regulai'ly fusiform,
rather thin, delicate and translucent in texture, in the living s))eci-
mens having a light chestnut-brown color and a lustrous surface.
The spire is rather short, rapidly Xapered, acute. The largest speci-
men consists of five whorls besides the nucleus, which apparently
contains about two and one-half whorls, but is eroded in both of our
specimens.
The whorls of the spire have a distinct, nodulous shoulder and a
broad, sloping, concave subsutural band, occupying about one-half
the breadth of the whorls ; on the last whorl the shoulder is convexly
rounded and destitute of nodules, but is crossed by numerous, dis-
tinct, flexuous lines of growth which rise into distinct, sharply raised
riblets on the subsutural band just below the suture; the surface is
also covered, except on the subsutural band, by numerous small,
regular, sharply impressed grooves, which appear a little wavy or
crinkled, owing to the crossing of the lines of growth ; the grooves
are separated by smooth, flattened interspaces exceeding their own
width. On the |)receding whorls the nodules on the shoulder are
A. E. Verrill — MoUmca of the New B/u/laud Coast. 418
prolons^ed downward obliquely in the form of small riblets, which,
on the subsntural band, become strongly excurved, thinner and more
shai-ply raised ; these whorls are also sculptured by a few, distinct,
raised, spiral lines, both below the shoulder and on the lower part of
the broad subsutural band. The nucleus appears to have been regu-
larly tapered and finely cancellated, but is eroded in both specimens.
The aperture is rather large, elongated, fusiform, with an acute pos-
terior angle and a short, straight canal a little constricted at the
base ; the columella is nearly straight, with its edge only slightly
sinuous.
The color of the shell within is dull flesh-color, with a patch of
brown on the columella; externally the color is brownish salmon or
pale chestnut-brown.
Length of the largest specimen, 22™"^; greatest breadth, 11'"™ ;
length of body-whorl in front, 17™"^ ; length of aperture, 14"™; great-
est breadth, 4™™.
The living specimen (No. 44,652), described above, was taken at
station 2,225, in 2,512 fathoms, N. lat. 36°, 05', 30"; W. long. 69°,
51', 45". A smaller, dead specimen (No. 44,651), occurred at sta-
tion 2,224, in 2,574 fathoms.
This species bears considei-able resemblance to P. Mnertoni V. in
form and general appearance, but differs very decidedly in color and
the details of its sculpture.
Pleurotomella Frielei Verriii, sp. nov.
Plate XLIV, figure 5.
Shell of moderate size, rather thick and solid, elongate-ovate or
subfusiforra, with a rather long, regularly tapered spire, consisting
of about six whorls below the nucleus, which is small and consists of
two or more whorls, eroded in our specimens. The whorls of the
spire ai*e a little convex and slightly angulated or shouldered just
above the middle, and have a rather broad, slightly concave subsu-
tural band ; the last whorl is more evenly convex and the shoulder is
rounded and rather indistinct.
The surface is covered with numerous rather fine, flexuous riblets,
parallel with the lines of growth ; these curve forward on the middle
of the whorl below the shoulder, but are strongly excurved in cross-
ing the subsutural band, and become thin and more prominent just
below the suture, which is distinctly impressed. The surface is also
covered with very numerous thin, revolving cinguli, which are sepa-
414 A. E. Verrill — MoUusca of the Nev^ England Coast.
rated by intervals of about the same width ; these extend over [the
subsutural band, but are there a little less prominent ; on the convex
part of the wliorls they are wavy and irregularly decussated byTthe
lines of growth ; on the spire the two sets of lines produce a cancel-
lated structure. The aperture is short and rather [broad, "with an
acute angle posteriorly and a short, broad, straight canal in front ;
the columella is short, nearly straight, with the inner edge strongly
sinuous and obliquely cut away at the end. The inner lip is strongly
excavated at the base of the columella; the outer lip 'is regularly
curved, except above the shoulder, where it is slightly^ flattened "and
sloping; in the middle it projects considerably forward in a broad
curve, but the posterior sinus is broad, rather deep, well-rounded, and
deepest just above the shoulder.
Color, grayish or yellowish white externally, blnish white within ;
in one specimen with a conspicuous reddish brown patch on the col-
umella margin.
Length, 22'"™; greatest breadth, 10"''"; length of body- whorl, in
front, 15'""'; length of aperture, ll""" ; breadth of aperture, 5'"'".
Two living specimens (No. 44,653), were taken at station 2,208, in
1,178 fathoms, N. lat. 39° 33'; W. long. 71° 16' 15".
This species is named in honor of Mr. Herman Friele, the able
conchologist of the Norwegian Arctic expeditions.
Pleurotomella vitrea Verriii, sp. nov.
Plate XLIY, figure 6.
Shell small, thin, delicate, translucent bluish white, rather stout,
fusiform, with angular whorls and an acute spire. Whorls four and
one-half, besides the nucleus, which is small, acute and consists of
about three chestnut-brown whorls. The whorls of the spire are
angulated and somewhat carinated at about the middle, where there
is a band of angular tubercles. The subsutural band is broad, slop
ing, flattened or sometimes distinctly concave, and occupies more
than half the breadth of the whorls.
The sculpture consists of about twelve to fourteen oblique, some-
what angular and prominent transverse ribs, separated by broader,
concave intervals, rising at the shoulder into small angular tuber-
cles, on the subsutural band becoming much smaller and strongly
excurved in the middle, like the lines of growth, and rising into
small, sharp lamelUe just below the suture. The surface is also
covered with very distinct, raised, revolving cinguli, separated by
A. E. Verrill — 3Iollusca of the Neio England Coast. 415
intervals usually considerably exceeding tlieir breadth, but becoming
narrower at the base of the canal, much smaller and less distinct on
the subsutural band and usually absent on its upper part. On the
lower whorls of the spire there are usually about four of the larger
revolving cinguli, of which the uppermost forms the carina at the
shoulder; they cross alike the ribs and their intervals, often rising
into little tubercles in crossing the ribs. The nucleus is small, regu
larly tapered, very acute, the first whorl being very minute; its
whorls are minutely reticulated by two sets of fine, oblique lines.
The aperture is fusiform, w^ith an acute posterior angle and a strongly
excavated inner margin ; the outer lip is thin, somewhat angulated
at the shoulder, with a broad, shallow sinus just above it. The canal
is a little elongated, tapered, slightly constricted at its base by the
slight incurvature of the outer lip. The columella is nearly straight,
with a strongly sinuated inner margin. The surface is lustrous and
the texture somewhat vitreous, with a bluish white tint. There is no
operculum.
Length, S'"'" ; breadth, 5"""; length of aperture, 5'""> ; its breadth,
2'"'". A somewhat more slender specimen measures in length, 9"'°^ ;
in breadth, 4-6™'" ; length of body-whorl, 7'"°' ; length of aperture,
5-5™'"; breadth, 2-3"^'".
Station 2,212, in 428 fathoms, one living specimen (No. 44,654) ;
station 2,213, in 384 fathoms, two living specimens (No. 40,472).
This delicate species has a general resemblance to several others of
this genus, such as P. handella Dall., P. Sandersoni V,, and the
young of P. Agassizii, but it differs fi'om all these in its more delicate
texture, greater transparency, and small, very acute nucleus, as well as
in the details of its sculpture. Its subsutural band is unusually
broad, and the whorls are decidedly angulated in the middle,
Pleurotomella Lottae Verriii, sp. nov.
Platk XLIV, figure 1.
Shell small, short, ovate-fusiform, moderately stout, with slightly
shouldered, convex whorls, and a regularly tapered, acute spire.
Suture shallow, but well-marked. Whorls about four and one-half,
besides the large imcleus, which consists of about three and one-half
gradually increasing whorls. The whorls of the spire are obscurely
shouldered at about the middle, above which the broad, sloping sub-
sutural band is slightly concave.
The sculpture on the penultimate whorl consists of about six ele-
vated, rounded, revolving cinguli, with some much finer intermediate
Trans. Coxn. x\cad., Vol. VI. 52 Apkil, 1885.
416 A. E. Yerrill — 3follusca of the New England Coast.
ones ; some of the smaller cinguli are also found on the subsutural
band. The transverse sculpture consists of fine, slightly flexuous
lines of growth, crossing both the cinguli and their intervals, and on
the subsutural band becoming more prominent in the form of oblique,
recurved riblets, which do not take the form of nodules. On the last
whorl the revolving; cinauli continue at about uniform distances over
the entire whorl and canal, but anteriorly the cinguli thicken and are
wider than the grooves, while on the convex part of the whorl they
are narrower than the intervals.
The aperture is broad-ovate, rather large, acute posteriorly ; the
outer lip is thin, strongly convex in the middle, with a broad and
shallow posterior sinus above the shoulder. The canal is short,
straight, not contracted at the base. The columella is straight in the
middle, with an oblique anterior edge; the inner margin of the aper-
ture is strongly excavated and subangular at the base of the colu-
mella. Umbilicus none. The animal is destitute of an operculum.
The nuclear whorls are deep chestnut-brown, very minutely reticu-
lated by oblique lines running in two directions. The whorls are
regularly convex, the apical ones minute and a little prominent, so
that the apex is acute.
Color of the shell below the brown nucleus translucent bluish
white, with a somewhat glossy surface; when dead, yellowish white.
Length of the type-specimen, 11'^™; breadth, 7™'"; length of body-
whorl and canal, 7-5™"' ; length of aperture, 6'"'" ; its breadth, 2-8™'°.
Another somewhat larger and stouter specimen is 11*5™™ long;
breadth, 7'5""" ; length of body-whorl and canal, 8™"; length of aper-
ture, 6-3"'"'; its breadth, 3-8™"\
Station 2,221, N. lat, 39° 05' 30", W. long. 70* 44' 30", in 1,525
fathoms; two specimens (No. 40,498).
This shell bears little resemblance to any of our other species
except P. Hrwieri. It differs froni the latter in having a higher and
more acute spire, with the whorls less strongly shouldered and the
subsutural band mtich less convex; the canal is shorter; the aperture
relatively broader, and the inner margin more excavated at the base
of the columella; the spiral cinguli are fewer, stronger, more promi-
nent, and more sharply cut ; the transverse lines are less strongly
recurved in crossing the subsutural band, but become more promi-
nent close to the suture; tlie posterior sinus of the lip is much shal-
lower and less distinct; the nucleus is similar in the two forms, but
is a little more acute in the present species. From all the other
species it differs so widely that no detailed comparison is necessary.
A. M Verrill — Molhcsca of the JVeio England (Jomt. 417
This beautiful aud delicate species is named in honor of Miss
Charlotte E. Bush, one of the excellent assistants who have aided me
in my work on the concliological collections of the U. S, Fish Com-
mission.
Gymnobela brevis Veniii, sp. nov.
Shell small, short, stout, with a sliort, turreted spire, having
squarely shouldered lower whorls. The nucleus is eroded in all of
our s[)eeimens, but apparently consist of three whorls, which rapidly
enlarge, the thii-d h.aving its surface covered w^ith regular spiral lines
crossed by slight thin ribs ; on the next whorl the revolving lines
become more pi-ominent, about four of them situated below the
shoulder, which is sloping, and one or two above it ; these are crossed
by longitudinal ribs of about the same size, producing a decussated
structure. On the last whorl the spiral lines become thicker and
stronger and the ribs become stouter, more elevated and obtuse,
separated by wider intervals, and run down somewhat obliquely and
fade out at about the middle of the whorl ; the spiral lines form
minute nodules in crossing the ribs ; above the shoulder, which is
strongly angular, the ribs are thin, only little raised, and bend
obliquely forward without much curvature on the subsutural band,
which rises abruptly from the suture, sloping but little, and is some-
wdiat concave in the middle and a little swollen close to the suture.
The aperture is short and broad, angulated at the shoulder, strong-
ly excurved at the base of the columella, which is short and straight,
with a strongly sinuous inner margin; the posterior sinus is broad,
shallow and inconspicuous. The canal is very short and broad, not
constricted, rounded at the end. Color, white.
Length, 8'"'" ; breadth, 5-5™™ ; length of body-whorl, 6"^™; length
of aperture, 5™™ ; its breadth 2-20"'^"°.
Station 2,041, in 1,608 fathoms, one specimen (No. 34,838); and
station 2,084, in 1,290 fathoms, 1883. Station 2,229, in 1,423 fathoms,
1884.
Bela Blakei Yen-ill, sp. nov.
Tlate XLIV, figure 8.
Shell of good size for the genus, stout, fusiform, with turreted
spire and shouldered whorls, having a circle of nodules just below
the suture and another at the shoulder. Whorls about five and a
418 A. E. Verrill — Molhcsca of the New England Coast.
half, of wliich three belong to the nucleus, which is rather large,
regularly coiled, the apical whorl rather small, a little depressed,
white and polished ; the second whorl is also polished, but crossed by
very fine lines of growth ; the last nuclear whorl has about five
raised, revolving cinguli in addition to the lines of growth.
The lower whorls are crossed by numerous rather straight, obtuse
ribs, separated by intervals of about their own breadth ; of these
there are about twenty-four on the last whorl. Each of these ribs
rises into a rounded, rather prominent tubercle at the shoulder ; they
are faintly marked and oblique on the concave subsutural band, but
form another circle of obtuse tubercles just below the suture; an.
teriorly they fade out at about the middle of the body-whorl. The
suture itself is impressed and undulated. The surface, both of the
ribs and intervals, is covered by close l)ut distinct lines of growth.
At the shoulder a distinct revolving carina connects the tul>ercles
together; below this there are pretty regular, well-developed revolv-
ing cinguli, which are rounded and separated by rather wide inter-
vals, and cross both ribs and interspaces, but in crossing the ribs they
become more prominent and form oblong nodules on the upper part
of the whorl ; on the lower part of the whorl and siphon they are a
little wider, more spaced, and roughened only by the raised lines of
growth. On the penultimate whorl there are three or four revolving
cinguli below the carina. The subsutural band is strongly marked,
broad and decidedly concave, and is covered with slightly curved,
oblique lines of growth and faint ribs, and has a single, small, revolv-
ing cingulus in the middle. The aperture is long, ovate-fusiform,
angulated at the outer lip, and with an acute posterior angle ; an-
teriorly it is narrowed into the moderately long straight canal; the
posterior sinus is nearly obsolete. Columella straight, with a sinuous
inner margin. Operculum greenish yellow, ovate, obtusely rounded
posteriorly, subspiral anteriorly, with the nucleus near the inner
anterior edge. Epidermis pale yellow, thin, closely adherent. Color
of the shell within, bluish white ; nucleus white.
Length, 16""" ; breadth, 8'"'" ; length of body-whorl in front,'/""";
length of aperture, 5"""; its breadth, 3-5'"™; lengtli of operculum,
4-5""" ; its breadth, 3™'".
A single living specimen (No. 44,055), was taken at station 2,220,
in 2,021 fathoms, N. lat. 37° 00', W. long. 71° 54'.
This fine species has some resemblance to the northern />. scahiris,
but has a finer and more regular sculpture, and is easily distinguished
by the distinct circle of nodules just below the suture, a peculiarity
A. K Verrill — Mollusca of the Reio England Coast. 419
which is also found in many species of Pleurotomella. The charac-
ter of the nucleus and the presence of an operculum shows that this is
a true Bela.
This shell has been named in honor of Mr. J. H. Blake, who was a
member of the U. S. Fish Commission Party in 1874, 1875 and 1884.
Bela tenuicostata G. o. Sars.
iloll. Arctica3 Nonregia?., p. 237, pi. 17, figs. 1, a, h, pi. ix, fig. 6 (dentition), 1878.
This species occurred living at station 2076, in 906 fathoms ; sta-
tion 2084, in 1,290 fathoms, one living specimen (No. 35,179); and at
station 2115, in 843 fathoms, one living example (No. 35,595).
These appear to be in all respects like the European form, which
is, apparently, a valid species, belonging to the deep sea fauna. The
form referred by me in the first Catalogue Marine Mollusca (these
Trans., v, p. 481), to this species, which was then regarded by me as a
variety of B. decussata, is coarser in sculpture, and is doubtless a
variety of the latter.
The true B. tenuicostata now recorded is remarkable for its deli-
cate texture and fine reticulated sculpture.
Admete nodosa Verrill and Smith, sp. nov.
Plate XLIY, fi&ure 9.
Shell rather small, thick and solid, short, stout, with coarsely
ribbed and rudely nodulous, convex whorls. The spire is short and
rapidly tapered, with the apex apparently blunt, but eroded in both
of our specimens. Whorls apparently four to live ; the last two
whorls are strongly convex with a well impressed suture. The last
whorl is surrounded by five rows of rather large and coarse, promi-
nent nodules, joined together by low, revolving ridges and situated
upon about twelve, broad, low, rounded or wave-like ribs. On the
penultimate whorl the ribs are more prominent and continue across
the whorl and bear about three rows of nodules. The aperture is
short, broad-ovate, more acute behind than in front ; the canal is
very short and broad flaring, widely opened and twisted a little to
the left, but does not cause any interruption or constriction of the
outer lip which is regularly arched, forming nearly a semi-circle and
has a thin flaring edge which is strongly thickened a short distance
within the aperture, anteriorly the outer lip continues round in a reo--
ular curve and joins the columella without a distinct notch; posteri-
orly there is a distinct rounded groove within the aperture at the
420 A. E. Verrill — Mollt/sca of tin Xcin Enfjland Coast.
junction of tlie li)) with the hody-whoil ; the columella is strongly
sinuous and twisted, its anterior margin forms a distinct ridge or fold
and another similar fold is situated at about the middle; the inner
lip is excavated in the middle and is thickened by a layer of white
enamel, which is continuous from the outer lip around to the anterior
margin. There is no operculum. Color white.
Length, 12"""; greatest breadth, 8"""; length of body-whorl in
front, 10"""; length of aperture, V"""; its breadth, 4'""'.
A living specimen (No. 44,646), was taken at station 2,234, in
816 fathoms, N. lat. 39° 09', W. long. 72° 03' 15". Another specimen,
but dead, w^as taken at station 2,217, in 924 fathoms.
The last named specimen differs from the type in having the nod-
ules smaller and less prominent on the last whorl, while there are six
distinct but not very prominent revolving ridges; but the ribs and
nodules are sufficiently prominent on the preceding whorls.
This species is remarkable for its solidity and the coarseness of its
ribs and nodules. It can easily be distinguished from all our other
shells by the character of the aperture, and especially by the colu-
mella-folds.
Marginella Virginiana Verrill, sp. nov.
Shell very small, rather slender, fusiform, with an elevated spire,
composed of three to four whorls, regularly tapered, with a subacute
tip, formed by a small, rounded, prominent nuclear whorl. Suture
distinct. Body-whorl elongated, fusiform, with the basal part much
tapered. Aperture small, oblique, narrow behind, wider in front,
canal a little expanded at the tip. Outer lip thickened within and
without, usually a small denticle stands close to the posterior sinus.
Pillar with four thin prominent folds, the posterior one nearly trans-
verse ; the anterior very oblique. Surface and somewhat polished.
The color is plain, but varies from grayish or yellowish-white to
cream-color and pale chestnut-brown, rarely slightly flecked or faintly
banded with lighter and darker tints.
The largest example from station 2307, in 43 fathoms, is 5""" long ;
breadth, 2-6""" ; length of aperture, 3""". Many specimens are more
slender than this. A small one from station 2265, is 2""" long;
breadth, 1""".
This species occurred in considerable numbers at station 2272, off
Cape Hatteras, in 15 fathoms (No. 44,834) ; also at station 2307, in
43 fathoms; and at station 2265, off" Chesapeake Bay, in 70 fathoms,
one example.
A. K Verrill — Mollusca of the N'ew England Coast. 421
Trophon abyssorum Verriii, sp. nov.
Trophon clavatas Verrill, these Traus., vi., p. IVG, 1884 {non Sars).
Shell rather small, stout-fasiform, with strongly angulated whorls
and a long, slender, straight canal. The spire consists of three or
four whorls besides' the nucleus, which is rather large, consisting of
about two prominent, smootli whorls. Below the nucleus the whorls
are strongly shouldered a little above the middle, the carination of the
shoulder being sharply angulated and usually surmounted by a circle
of strong, acute, hollow spines, usually eight to ten in number, which
sometimes project at right angles, but frequently curve upward more
or less strongly. The suture is impressed and the upper slope of the
whorl rises rather abruptly from the suture and is usually flattened
and somewhat concave near the shoulder, but sometimes a little con-
vex ; below the shoulder the whorl slopes rapidly to the suture. The
last whorl is large and convex below the shoulder, and slopes rapidly
to the base of the canal, which is long, narrow, nearly straight, but
often a little upturned near the tip. The sculpture consists of more
or less distinct lamellae, corresponding with the lines of growth, and
at the shoulder forming the prominent spines. Sometimes the lamellae
are prominent and distinct entirely across the whorls, and to the base
of the canal on the body-whorl, in other cases they are nearly obso-
lete except close to the spines. The aperture is elongated, strongly
angulated at the shoulder of the last whorl and constricted anteriorly
at the base of the canal.
The color is translucent bluish white in alcohol, with the nucleus
sometimes pale flesh-color.
Length of a medium sized example, 8""; breadth, including spines,
5mm . QQ^ including spines, 3"5"'™ ; length of aperture, 5""™ ; its breadth,
l-S'"'" ; length of canal, 2-5'"™.
Variety, liniicola Verrill, nov.
In this variety the transverse lamellae on the whorls are more
numerous and much closer together, but in crossing the shoulder they
do not form spines of so large size, frequently rising into sharp scales
or small spinules, but at other times they assume the character of
spines, more nearly approaching the form already described. The
number of lamelliform ribs amounts frequently to eighteen or twenty.
In shape the shell is very nearly like that of the typical form with
the canal long, narrow and pinched up at the base, but the aperture
is more rounded externally, owing to the less angulated shoulder.
422 A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the New England Coast.
The nucleus appears to be a little larger and more prominent than in
the other form. Some of the specimens of this variety are larger
than the typical ones. One of the largest measures 11™™; breadth
without spines, 5™'" ; length of aperture, 7™'" ; of canal, 4™™.
This variety might readily have been taken for a distinct species
if intermediate forms had not occurred. Both varieties have been
dredged in many localities, in considerable numbers, and many inter-
mediate forms have been met with. The less spinose forms
generally come from the deeper waters, but in some cases both forms
occur together.
This species ranges in depth from 843 to 2,033 fathoms. It was
taken at ten stations in 1883, and at five stations in 1884. The typi-
cal form was most abundant at station 2115, in 843 fathoms, where
over forty specimens occurred (No. 35,583), and at station 20*76, in
906 fathoms, over twenty specimens (No. 38,041). Variety limicola
occurred most abunbantly at station 2221, in 1,525 fathoms, where
nearly one hundred specimens were taken, alive and dead; and at
station 2038, in 2,033 fathoms, twenty specimens (No. 34,847) ; the
largest example of this variety occurred at station 2084, in 1,290
fathoms (No. 38,039).
This species resembles T. davatus G. O. Sars, to which I formerly
referred it, but both Dr. H. Friele and Mr. Gwyn Jeffreys, to whom
I afterwards sent specimens, considered it a distinct species.
Jumala brychia Verrill and Smith, sp. nov.
Plate XLIV, figures 10, 10a.
Shell rather slender, elongated, fusiform, with' a tall tapering spire,
consisting of more than seven whorls (apex eroded). The body-
whorl is somewhat swollen and much larger than the preceding.
The lower whorls are slightly shouldered ; the upper ones distinctly
so. Below the shoulder the lower whorls are somewhat flattened,
but distinctly convex, while the upper whorls are distinctly angulat-
ed at the shoulder and scarcely convex below it. On the body-whorl
the sculpture consists of well-marked, distinctly raised, revolving
cinguli, separated by intervals about twice as wide, one or two of
those at the shoulder being a little more jjrominent than the rest,
while above the shoulder they are fewer and less distinct. On the
upper whorls the cinguli are more prominent, one at the shoulder
forming a distinct carina, above which there are six or eight some-
what smaller ones, while one quite prominently developed is situated
A. E. Verrill — 3follicsca of the Neio England Coast. 423
just below the suture. Tlie upper whorls are also crossed by numer-
ous, regular, nearly straight, narrow, longitudinal ribs which, with
the revolving lines, produce a cancellated structure and at the
shoulder they rise into small, rounded nodules, and form another
row of smaller nodules in crossing the subsutural line. On the lower
whorls the ribs disappear or become indistinguishable from the lines
of growth which cover the whole surface. The aperture is narrow-
elliptical ; the outer lip is regularly arched, except at the shoulder,
where it is slightly angulated ; the columella is excurved and has a
distinct, oblique spiral fold at about the middle; the canal is very short,
broad and open, without any constriction. The shell is translucent
bluish white internally. The epidermis is pale, yellowish green, thin,
firm and close, a little roughened by the fine lines of growth. The
operculum is well-developed, but smaller than the aperture, elongated
and irregularly ovate, nearly straight on the outer margin, convex on
the inner, bluntly rounded posteriorly, terminating anteriorly in a
narrow point, which is slightly falcate, but not spiral ; color yellowish
green.
Length of the shell (consisting of only the five lower whorls),
41'"'" ; the eroded apical whorls may have been 4 or 5'"'" additional ;
greatest breadth, 37'"'^; length of body-whorl in front, 20"°"'; length
of aperture, 22'^'"; its breadth, S'S""" ; length of operculum, 13'"'";
breadth, 6'"'".
A single living specimen was taken at station 2224, in 2,574 fath-
oms, K lat. 36" 16' 30", W. long. 68° 21' 00". (No. 44,647.)
This species appears to be related to J. Ossian-Sarsii Friele. It
is at least probably congeneric with the latter, but is a much more
slender and delicate shell and quite different in its sculpture and
form.
Omalaxis nobiliS Verrill, sp. nov.
Plate' XLIV, figues 12.
Shell strong, coiled closely in a flat spire, which is nearly plain on
the upper or right hand surface and strongly concave on the left or
base. The shell consists of five visible whorls, the apical whorl being
small and concealed by the succeeding one. The whorls are strongly
angulated, nearly quadrangular, with two strong, prominent, rounded
carinfe at the periphery, one at each angle, the upper one somewhat
more prominent than the other. The surface of the periphery, be-
tween these carinffi, is concave and sculptured by several small, spi-
ral ribs, one of which, next the upper carina, is double, while two or
Trans, Conn. Acad., Vol. VI, 53 April, 1885,
424 A. E. Verrill — 3Iollusca of the New England Coast.
three are near the lower carina, leaving a comparatively smooth,
depressed central area around the periphery; small spiral lines also
appear on the surface of the large carinte. The upper surface of the
whorls is nearly flat and distinctly depressed below the level of the
outer carina, wliich is often made double by a groove on its upper
side; close to the suture there is also a slightly raised spiral ridge
rising abruptly from the suture, which is narrow but distinct. The
double peripheral carina appears on the preceding whorls close to
the suture. On the lower side the whorl is strongly depressed
next the outer carina and then slopes inward with a slightly convex
surface, which is covered with fine spiral slriaj, and has a slightly raised
spiral ridge near the inner angle; this ridge and also the outer carina
are visible on the whorls within the broad umbilical depression ; the
nuclear wliorls appear to be smooth so far as they are visible. Tlie
whorls are crossed by very distinct, close, raised lines of growth,
which become prominent and form transverse nodules in crossing
the principal carime, but are elsewhere fine and close. On some
parts the remnants of the epidermis can be seen, which appears to
have been raised into fine lamellas along the lines of growth. The
aperture is four-sided and somewhat trapezoidal, with the outer cor-
ners squarely angled and the inner ones rounded ; the outer side is
flattened, while the inner side is pretty well rounded. The oper-
culum is thin, horny, multispiral, somewhat concave and dark brown
in color. The color of the living shell is pale chestnut-brown, irreg-
ularly iand indistinctly banded with yellowish white.
Greatest diameter, 11"'"^; height, or breadth of last whorl, 3'"'";
diameter of aperture, 2-6"^'".
One living and one dead specimen occurrred at station 2265, off
Chesapeake Bay, in 70 fathoms (No, 41,481).
Delphinula nitida Verrill and Smith, sp. nov.
Plate XLIV, figure 11.
Shell small, fragile, very delicate, with a slight silvery iridescence.
Our specimen, which has lost the apex, consists of three gradually
enlarging whorls entirely disconnected with each other and nearly
round in a cross section. When perfect the spire, must have been
rather elevated, gradually tapering to an acute tip. The surface is
sculptured by thin, elevated riblets, crossed by distinctly raised,
revolving lines of about the same size, producing a pretty regularly
cancellated or reticulated scidpture, in which the meshes are mostly
elongated in the direction of the spire, around the jjeriphery, but in
A. K Verri// — 3foUusca of the New England Coast. 425
the opposite direction on the lateral and inner surfaces; the transverse
riblets are most elevated on the upper sides of the whorls, where they
rise into small, thin lamellae; they also form similar lamellae on the
inner and lower surfaces ; the revolving lines are most conspicuous
around the periphery ; minute but distinctly raised lines of growth
also cross the intervals between the riblets. In a front view of the
base the shell appears umbilicated and the upper whorls can be
partially seen within the umbilicus. Color silvery white, slightly
iridescent.
Length (including only the three last whorls), 5™"* ; breadth, 4™"' ;
diameter of aperture, 1'6""".
Station 2229, in 1,423 fathoms, one dead but fresh specimen. (No.
44,648).
This singular shell bears no resemblance to any other known from
this region. The soft parts and operculum being unknown, it is
referred to this genus only provisionally, but its form and the pearly
structure of the shell indicate that this is probably its proper place.
Margarita, sp. nov.
A broken specimen of a large and handsome species was taken at
station 2265, in 70 fathoms, off Chesapeake Bay. The shell is mod-
^erately elevated, with rather convex whorls and a narrowly canalicu-
late suture. The umbilicus is deep and moderately large, crenulated
within by several spiral ribs. On the outer and lower surfaces of the
whorls there are several sharply cut, elevated spiral cinguli, with deep
furrows between. These are crossed by strong, oblique, raised lines
of growth, which produce small nodules on the upper ones, and above
the shoulder take the form of oblique riblets, running down from the
suture. The upper w^iorls are broken off.
Puncturella abyssicola Verriii, sp. nov.
Shell moderately large, elliptical or ovate in outline, a little nar-
rowed anteriorly* evenly convex along the sides, and rounded poste-
riorly, moderately elevated, with the apex small, not very prominent,
acute and curved backward and inward, situated a little behind the
middle. The posterior slope is at .first a little concave, owing to the
position of the beak ; the anterior slope is gently convex. The
foramen is elongated fusiform, broadest in the middle, tapering both
ways to acute points, but most acute anteriorly ; its posterior end
does not reach the vertex, and terminates some distance from the
426 A. E. Verrill — Mollusra of the New Enffland Coast.
«
apex ; it is thickened and partially filled up within. A slightly
elevated ridge runs from the anterior end of the opening to the front
edge of the shell, but is scarcely larger than the other ribs. The
sculpture consists of about forty rounded, moderately elevated, nod-
ulous, radiating ribs, with an alternating series of similar but smaller
ribs on the lower half. The surface is covered with concentric,
raised lines, which are nearly as prominent as the radii, producing a
cancellated structure and forming the small, rounded nodules where
they cross. The internal septum is highly developed, large, strong
and tubular, extending down in front farther than the foramen, with
narrow lateral ridges extending nearly to the front edge of the shell.
The edge of the shell is thin and slightly crenulated by the ribs.
Length, 10'""'; greatest breadth, 7™™; height, 5™™ ; anteri'or edge
to apex, 8"""; posterior edge to apex, 4-5'""'; length of foramen,
One dead specimen was taken at station 2222, N. lat. 39° 03' 15",
W. long. 70° 50' 45", in 1,537 fathoms, gray ooze, with pebbles, con-
cretions and cinders.
This species differs from P. noachina in being much less elevated,
with the sides not flattened; in having the apex less prominent and
farther back ; in the distinctly and rather coarsely cancellated struc-
ture ; and in having a broader and more fusiform foramen, situated
more anteriorly and not extending so far toward the apex ; the inter-
nal septum is larger and more flattened and prolongations extend
from its anterior edges nearly to the anterior edge of the shell. It
seems to be very distinct from all the species described by Watson,
Jeffi-eys, and Dall.
Cocculina reticulata Verriii, sp. nov.
Shell small, high, with a short-elliptical aperture,' slightly flattened
at the sides, but well-rounded in front and behind. The vertex is
near the center, but the apex curves strongly backward, with a
minute, smooth, prominent, spiral, incurved nucleus, not distinctly
turned to either side. The posterior slope is concave and steep,
owing to the incurvature of the apex ; the anterior slope is longer
and convex, especially toward the summit. The surface is finely and
regularly reticulated by radiating and concentric raised lines of nearly
equal size, scarcely visible without a lens. The radiating lines may
be a little stronger on the sides. Color pale yelloAvish white.
Length of an ordinary specimen, 2-G""" ; breadth, rs'""' ; height,
A. E. Verrill — Mollusm of the Nev) England Coast. 427
Station 2265, off Chesapeake Bay, in 70 fathoms, several living
specimens.
This species resembles in form Tectxira galeola Jeffreys, but differs
in its sculpture.
Turbonilla perlepida Verriii, sp. nov.
Shell long, slender, very glossy, translucent, and snow-white in
color. Whorls twelve, moderately convex, with the suture well-
impressed, narrow, deep, rather oblique. The upper end of the
spire is very slender, regularly coiled, with the apical whorl rather
large, prominent, reversed, and strongly incurved. The sculpture
consists of about twenty transvere ribs on the lower whorls, which
are rounded, not very prominent, and extend across the whorls; on
the Tipper whorls these ribs become less numerous and less distinct,
but are more or less evident on all the whorls below the nucleus,
which is smooth. The aperture is short and broad-ovate, with the
outer lip well-rounded laterally and in front ; inner edge somewhat
angulated at the base of the columella, which is a little excurved.
On the body-whorl the transverse ribs do not extend below the per-
iphery, so that the base is smooth. Umbilicus absent or represented
by a minute depression.
Length, 7™'"; diameter, l-S""™; length of aperture, M"^".
Station 2265, off Chesapeake Bay, in 70 fathoms, one living spec-
imen (No. 44,790),
This elegant species is more slender and delicate, and also more
lustrous, than any of the allied forms.
Turbonilla grandis Verrill, sp. nov.
Shell very large for the genus, with a long, gradually tapering
spire composed of many whorls. Suture a little impressed, shallow,
narrow, not very oblique. The whorls are comparatively short,
rather flattened, and crossed by slightly raised, rather indefinite, and
somewhat irregular ribs, which generally extend entirely across the
upper whorls, but fade out above the middle of the body-whorl.
The ribs are more regular and more elevated on the upper half of
the spire than on the lower half. The surface between the ribs is
destitute of spiral sculpture, but is marked by fine and nearly regu-
lar lines of growth. The base is smooth and there is no umbilicus.
The aperture is short and broad, with an acute angle posteriorly and
a decided angle at the base of the columella, which is nearly straight
428 A. K Verrill — Mollusca of the N'eio England Coast.
and has a large, obtuse, romifled spiral fold above the middle.
There is also a slight, rounded angle, formed by the junction of the
columella with the lip in front.
Length of the seven lower whorls, 18™'"; greatest breadth, 6'""' ;
length of body-whorl in front, 7-5™'" ; length of aperture, 4-5'""' ; its
breadth, 2 -5"'"'. All the upper whorls are broken off.
Station 2228, in 1582 fathoms, one dead specimen (No. 44,791).
This species most resembles 2\ Rathhuni, but it is larger, with
more flattened whorls, and has a distinct fold on the columella.
Actaeon hebes VeniU, sp. nov.
Plate XLIV, figure 15.
Shell not very small, short, stout and swollen, broad-ovate in form,
with a short spire, (the apex is eroded in both our specimens). The
body-whorl is large, swollen, and constitutes the greater part of the
shell. The suture is deeply impressed or slightly channeled, the
whorl just below it rising abruptly with a convex outline. The pen-
ultimate whorl is short, convex, and is surrounded by about three or
four punctate grooves. The body-whorl is strongly convex, but
very slightly flattened in the middle, its upper portion decidedly
swollen ; it is covered by about twenty well-marked, revolving
grooves, which are closely and very distinctly punctate, the puncta-
tions arranged very close together or in contact, and nearly uniform
in size; the intervals between the gi'ooves are rather broad and even,
with a somewhat lustrous, nearly smooth surface, crossed by slightly
sinuous lines of growth. The aperture is ear-shaped, rather broad,
narrowed and rounded at the posterior angles, broadly rounded in
front, with the inner margin sinuous and strongly excavated at the
base of the columella, on which there is an oblique, slightly elevated,
obtuse fold. Our S2)ecimens, both of which are dead, are white.
Length of the largest specimen, consisting only of the last two
whorls, 8""™; breadth, G'S"'™ ; length of the last whorl, 7-5'"™ ; length
of aperture, 6-2'""^ ; its breadth, 3""".
Station 2224, in 2,574 fathoms. (No. 44,656.)
Cylichna eburnea Veniii, sp. nov.
Plate XLIV, figure 14.
Shell moderately large for the genus, firm, solid and thick for a
shell of this group. The shell is somewhat elongated, broadest in
A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the New England Coast. 429
the middle, tapering toward the posterior end and broadly rounded
in front, so that the outline is somewhat conical, but truncated pos-
teriorly. At the tip there is a small, but rather deep pit. The outer
lip is thickened, somewhat constricted below the middle and then
slightly expanded and broadly rounded anteriorly ; posteriorly it
bends inward and projects slightly beyond the tip of the shell, and
forms a distinct, rounded, posterior sinus. The columella-margin is
thickened, without a fold, and moderately excurved. The umbilicus
is narrow but deep. The aperture, in front of the middle, is moder-
ately broad and ovate, but farther back it is much narrowed and en-
croached upon by the body-whorl. The surface is smooth and pol-
ished, without any sculpture except a few faint spiral lines close to
the posterior end and others which are wavy and even less distinct
at the anterior end. Color of the type-specimen, pure white, with a
very thin yellowish white epidermis on some parts.
Length, 6™™ ; gi'eatest breadth, 4'^°' ; length of aperture equal to
that of the shell; its greatest breadth, 1-8™".
Station 2265, off Cape Hatteras, in 70 fathoms. (No. 44,657.)
This species is readily distinguished from all others of our coast by
its thickness and solidity, by its distinct umbilicus, and by the evi-
dent pit at the posterior end. In form it somewhat resembles
Diaphana connhis, but it is less narrowed posteriorly, besides being
a much larger and stouter shell.
Pleurobranchus Americanus Veniu, sp. nov.
Plate XLIV, figure 13.
In alcohol the body is oblong, higher than wide, with the mantle
extending over the greater part of the shell. The foot is large, thick,
with short, rounded, grooved auricles in front, its lateral surfaces,
like those of the mantle, covered with small projecting spicules. Head
bluntly rounded, with two broad, leaf-like oral tentacles and two
smaller and narrower posterior tentacles, which are flattened and
folded; on the left side there is a conspicuous dark blue eye behind
the base of the dorsal tentacle, but on the right side the eye is con-
cealed or wanting, in our specimen. The gill occupies the groove
below the mantle on the right side, and is nearly one-third the
length of the shell ; just in front of the gill there is a low rounded
prominence, with a central orifice. The shell is thin, translucent,
pale yellowish white, oblong, with the sides nearly pai-allel and the
anterior end bluntly rounded. The spire is a little prominent, ter-
430 A. M Verrlll — 3follusca of the New England Coast.
minal, and strongly curved to the left, with the nucleus smooth,
glassy, and incurved, situated at some distance from the margin.
The surface of the shell is covered with numerous strong, irregular,
concentric undulations, and by much smaller and finer lines of growth,
which are crossed by microscopic, interrupted, radiating lines, giving
a very finely reticulated appearance.
Length of the shell, IS'S™""; breadth, 8-5™"'.
Station 2262, off Martha's Vineyard, N. lat. 39° 54' 45"; W. long.
69' 29' 45", in 250 fathoms, green mud and sand ; bottom temper-
ature 42° F. One living specimen. (No. 40,503.)
Glaucus margaritaceus (Bosc).
Glaucus Boscii Lessou, Voyage, la Coquille, Zoologie, vol. ii, p. 288, 1830.
Station 2221, K lat. 39° 05' 30"; W. long. 70° 44' 30". One im-
mature specimen. Station 2224, N. lat. 35° 16' 30", W. long. 68° 21'.
One adult and three young.
This species agrees very closely with the description of Bosc, as
quoted by Lesson, op. cit., p. 283.
Heteeopoda.
Firoloidea LeSUeurii (D'Orb.) Eydoux and Souleyet.
Voyage, La Bonite, Zoologie, p. 342, atlas, pi. 16, figs. 5-7.
Station 2038, 25 specimens; 2039, 5 spec, 1883; 2174, 2 spec;
2194, 12 spec; 2207, 6 spec. ; 2235, 1 spec, 1884. The most northern
locality was 2194, N. lat. 39° 43' 45"; W. long. 70° 07'.
Oxygyrus Keraudrenii (Lesueur).
Edoux and Souleyet, Voyage, la Bouite, Zoologie, p. 364, atlas, pi. 18, figs, 1-17.
Oxygyrus Keraudrenii H. and A. Adams, Genera Recent Moll., vol. ii, p. 92 ; vol.
iii, pi. 69, figs. 6-6&.
Station 2195, N. lat. 39° 44', W. long. 70° 03', 1884. One living
specimen of good size, at the surface.
Pteropoda.
Styliola striata (Rang).
Creseis striata Rang, Ann. dos sol. nat., vol. xiii, p. -i];:*, pi. 17, fig. 3.
Gleodora striata Rang and Souleyet, Hist. Nat. Moll. Pteropodes, p. 55, pi. 6, fig. 3,
1352.
Souleyet, Voyage, la Bonite, Zoologio, vol. ii, \^. 191, atlas, pi. 8, tigs. 1-4.
A. E. Verrill — Molhisca of the New England Coast. 4:51
Station 2,204, K lat. 39" 30' 30", W. long. 71° 44' 30". One living
specimen (No, 38,513) was taken at the surface.
This species is not uncommon oiF the eastern coast of Florida. It
has also been recorded from the Mediterranean and Indian Ocean.
Spinalis rostralis Souieyet, 1840.
Rang, Hist. Nat. Moll. Pteropodes, p. 62, pi. 14. figs. 7-12.
Eydoux and Souieyet, Voyage, la Bonite, Zoologie, p. 21G, atlas, pi. 13, figs. 1-10.
Of this species, living specimens were taken in the trawl-wings at
stations 2,219, 2,229, 2,235, 2,23G. The most northern was station
2,229, K lat. 37° 38' 40", W. long. 73° 16' 30".
Spinalis reticulata (D'Orb.) Rang.
Atlanta retiailata D'Orb., Voyage, p. 178, pi. 12, figs. 32-35 (teste SouleyetV
Spirialis clathrata ? Rang and Souieyet, Hist. Nat. Moll. Pteropodes, p. 64, pi. 14,
figs. 24-26.
Eydoux and Souieyet, Voyage, la Bonite, Zoologie, p. 220, atlas, pi. 13, figs. 17-19.
A single living specimen occurred at station 2,227, N. lat. 30° 55'
23", W. long. 71° 55'.
Pneumodermon Peronii Lam.
Rang, Hist. N.it. Moll. Pteropodes, p. 75, pi. 9, figs. 1-9 ; pi. 11, figs. 14-19.
Eydoux and Souieyet, Voyage la Bonite, Zoologie, p. 274, atlas, pi. 14, figs. 7-16.
Station 2,210, N. lat. 39° 37' 45", W. long. 71° 18' 45". Three
specimens.
SCAPHOPODA.
Dentalium laqueatum. Verriii, sp. nov.
Plate XLIV, figure 18.
Shell rather large, thick, and strong, moderately stout, gradually
tapered, gently curved, chiefly behind the middle. The sculpture
consists of about eleven strong, prominent, broad, obtuse, longitudinal
ribs, separated by deep, concave interspaces, which are wider than
the ribs in the middle of the shell and of about the same breadth pos-
teriorly ; at about the anterior third the ribs decrease in prominence,
fading out, or becoming flattened into mere obtuse angles at the an-
terior end ; along the middle of the shell a smaller rib intervenes
between part of the larger ones ; four of the ribs on the convex side
are closer together and narrower than the rest, while those on the
Trans. Conn. AcAn.. Vol. VI. 54 May, 1885.
432 A. E. Verrill — Mollvsca of the ISTern England Coast.
concave side are widest apart. Between the ribs the whole sur-
face is covered witli regular, fine and close, microscopic longitudinal
lines, which also cover the ribs where they are not worn. Distinct
and rather close lines of growth cover the surface and in some places
make, with the longitudinal stria?, a fine reticidated structure. An-
terior aperture nearly lound, but slightly angulated in line with the
principal ribs ; edges thin, but the shell is thickened and the interior
is circular farther back. The posterior end is rather small, with a
very small aperture, the shell being thickened, but the tip is so eroded
as to render uncertain the existence of a slight notch.
Color dull grayish white.
Length, 45""" ; diameter of large end, 6"""; of small end, 3""".
Station 2,268, off Chesapeake Bay, in 68 fathoms, one living speci-
men (No. 44,671).
This species is easily distinguished from all others of our coast, by
the very large and strong longitudinal ribs, and the fine longitudi-
nal strife between them.
Dentalium ensiculus Jeffreys.
DentaHum ensiculus JeS.TejB, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Feb. 1877, p. 154; Proc. Zool.
Soc. London, 1882, p. 660, pi. 49, fig. 4.
Station 2,174, oflf Chesapeake Bay, N. lat. 38° 15', VV. long. 72° 03',
in 1,594 fathoms, two living specimens (No. 38,635) ; and station
2,221, N. lat. 39° 05' 30", W. long. 70° 44' 30", in 1,525 fathoms, two
specimens, one living (No. 38,636).
This species is easily recognized by its strongly flattened form,
with a sharp edge along the convex side. It is rather strongly
carved and has a deep posterior notch on the convex side.
Mr. JetFreys records it from off the European coast, taken by the
Porcupine Expedition in 1869 and '70; by the Valorous Expedition,
in 1,450 and 1,785 fathoms; and from the Challenger Expedition, in
470 fathoms, oft" St. Thomas, W. I.
Cadulus Spectabilis A^errill, sp. nov.
Plate XLIV, figure 19.
Shell very large for the genus, rather strongly curved, especially
behind the middle, swollen and somewhat angular and gibbous a
short distance back of the aperture. The gibbosity or swelling
affects most the dorsal side, but is distinct, also, on the sides and ven-
A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the New England Coast. 433
trally ; in advance of this swollen part the shell narrows rapidly to
the aperture, the decrease being much the greatest on the dorsal side.
The aperture is oblique and elliptical in outline, the dorsal margin
being distinctly flattened. From the anterior swelling the shell
tapers regularly and gradually backward, with an increasing curva-
ture. The posterior opening is not very large, a little flattened, and
its margin, when perfect, has a moderately deep notch on each side
and a shallower one both above and below. The shell is translucent,
and the surface is everywhere smooth and polished, but shows irreg-
ular alternating bands of lighter and darker shade, due to greater or
less transparency of the substance, and there are also faint longitud-
inal whitish lines visible in the substance of the shell, but not affect-
ing the surface.
Length, 22'"'° ; greatest diameter, 4'""' ; breadth of the oral aper-
ture, 2'"'" ; diameter of posterior aperture, 1'""'.
Station 2,043, in 1,467 fathoms, 1883, (No. 38,116); stations 2,174,
2,221, 2,222, 2,228, in 1,525 to 1,594 fathoms, 1884. Taken in the
largest numbers at station 2,221, Avhere about twenty-five specimens
occurred, part of them living, (No. 40,498).
This species is remarkable for its great size, exceeding even C.
grandis ; for its gibbous swelling close to the anterior end ; and for the
rapid and strongly marked contraction of the oral aperture. By the
last named feature it is readily distinguished from C. grandis. (See
plate xliv, fig. 17).
LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.
Periploma undulata Verriii, sp. nov.
Shell thin, translucent, rather small, compressed, long-ovate, with
the beaks a little prominent, situated somewhat in advance of the
middle. The anterior end is broadest, somewhat produced and
obtusely rounded, with a slight undulation running from the beak to
the anterior ventral margin, which is evenly convex in the middle,
but is so drawn in as to form a slight emargination at the commence-
ment of the posterior portion; a rather broad, shallow, but well-
defined groove runs from the beak to the basal emargination ; back
of this the posterior portion is rapidly narrowed to the rather small,
subtruncate tip ; a slightly elevated and roughened ridge runs from
the beak to the lower angle of the posterior end ; and several finer,
radiating lines cover the posterior surface above it. The anterior
dorsal margin is convex, and slopes very gradually ; the posterior
434 .1. E. Verrill — Molliisca of the New England Coast.
dorsal margin is nearly straight and slopes more rapidly than the an-
terior. The sculpture consists of slightly raised but very evident
concentric undulations, which, like their concave intervals, are cov-
ered with very fine lines of growth. The radial sculpture consists of
the anterior and posterior undulations already referred to, and of
the thin, raised, radiating lines on the posterior area, above described.
The hinge consists of a small, somewhat spoon-shaped cartilage-plate,
free at the end, projecting inward nearly at right angles to the mar-
gin, and supporting a small, somewhat triangular cartilage-pit.
From the posterior margin of this plate a slightly developed, support-
ing rib, or buttress runs downward and backward for a short distance,
A well-defined, narrow, incised notch extends at right angles from
the hinge-margin into the center of the beak, just in front of the
cartilage-plate. The hinge-margin itself is very thin. The inner
surface of the shell is smooth, but wavy, and the muscular scars are
indistinct. The epidermis is very thin, tinged with rusty brown
toward the margins, showing lines of growth ; it is slightly rough-
ened and wrinkled along the posterior radii. Color, pale grayish white.
Length, IS""'" ; height, 10""" ; thickness, about S'S™"".
Station 2,234, N. lat. 39° 09', VV. long. 72" 03' 15", in 816 fathoms
(No. 44,840).
This species bears some resemblance to P. papyracea., but it is
a narrower and more elongated shell, with the posterior end more
produced, and with concentric and radiating undulations not seen in
the latter. The cartil'age-plate is smaller, and the supporting rib
much less developed and more oblique than in P. papyracea.
Pecchiolia granulifera VeirUi, sp. no v.
Shell small, thin, delicate, somewhat three lobed or triangular-cor-
date, with the anterior and posterior ends a little produced and ob-
tusely rounded, while the ventral margin is more produced and more
broadly rounded; the dorsal margin is gently convex behind the beak,
and decidedly concave in front of it. The beak is a little ]trominent,
acute, and turned strongly forward. The umbos are rather promi-
nent, and a rounded, ill-defined ridge runs to the postero-ventral mar-
gin. The whole surface is closely covered with very small, rough
granules, to which minute grains of sand and foraminifera fre<iuently
adhere. On the anterior lialf there are also thin, feebly marked,
raised ra<liating lines, more or less obscured by the granules ;
anteriorly these become more distinct. Internally the shell is smooth
and pearly, but covered with minute white specks. The hinge-margin
A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the New Emjlattd Coast. 435
is thin, but bears, just in front of the beak, a large, strong, crescent-
shaped tooth, convex within, projecting upward nearly at right angles
to the margin, and hollowed out on its upper side, at the lunular
depression, so that the entire thickness of the tooth is situated within
the outline of the edge ; another very much smaller, triangular tooth
is situated under and behind the beak, within and below the margin.
The exterior ligament is small and thin.
Length, 8"^"' ; height, the same.
Station 2,229, oft" Chesapeake Bay, in 1,423 fathoms. One dead
specimen (No. 44,838.)
Tapes, sp.
At station 2,206, in 1,043 fathoms, a single, somewhat eroded left
valve of a Tapes was dredged, which agrees very closely in size,
form and general appearance with T. virgineus of Europe. It is,
perhaps, a little more oblong, or less convex ventrally, and the con-
centric ridges are finer, closer, and less raised, or more like lines of
growth. The hinge-margin is thicker and stronger. The pallial
sinus is smaller, narrower and more pointed.
Length, SB""™; breadth, 22'"'" (No. 40,108.)
Choristodon (?) cancellatus Verrili/sp. dov.
Shell rather small, swollen, triangular-ovate, with the umbos prom-
inent and swollen, and the beaks large, subspiral, and turned forward,
so that in a front view the shell has a strongly^ cordate form. The
anterior end is shoi't and broadly rounded ; the posterior end is
longer and narrower, somewhat tapered, obtusely rounded at the
end. The posterior dorsal margin slopes rapidly, and is subparallel
with the ventral margin. There is a small, depressed, distinct, but
not much differentiated lunular area in front j of the beaks. The
scuhjture consists of numerous narrow, nearly equal, sharply cut,
radiating grooves, separated by wider raised ridges, which are
decussated by thin, sharp, raised, concentric lines ; these two sets of
lines, in crossing each other, jjroduce a rather fine cancellated struc-
ture over the entire surface. The hinge consists of two strong cen-
tral teeth just below the beak, separated by a triangular pit, and
supported on a rather broad plate, extending inward from within
the thickened margin ; the posterior of the two teeth is largest and
thickest, and may have been slightly bilobed when perfect. A thin,
incised ligameutal groove runs from under the beak backward in a
curved line between the thickened inner and outer shell-margins.
Muscular and pallial scars are not visible, owing to erosion.
486 A. E. Verrill—3IoUusc<i. of the New England Coast.
Length, 8""" ; lieight, '/">'"; thickness, 6'""' ; beak to posterior end,
7'"'" ; to anterior end, 2""".
Station 2,265, oif Chesapeake Bay, in 70 fathoms. One dead and
somewhat eroded left valve (No. 44,839).
The precise generic position of this shell is doubtful, owing to the
imperfect preservation of the specimen, which does not show the
muscular and pallial scars.
Cryptodon grandis VerrlU and Smith, sp. nov.
Plate XLIV, figure 22.
Shell rather large, thick, angular, remarkably high, owing to the
great j)rominence of the ventral margin and the elevation of the
beaks, and with the surface strongly undulated by median and pos-
terior folds. The beaks are high, acute and strongly incurved and
turned forward. The lunule is large, cordate, sunken, and defined
by a prominent ridge. The posterior dorsal margin has a long, nar-
row, fusiform ligamental area, bordered by a prominent, rounded
ridge. Another larger and more prominent ridge extends from the
beaks to the angle, leaving a sunken concave area behind it, and ter-
minating in a prominence or lobe at the margin. Another broad and
distinctly elevated, rounded ridge runs from the beak to the ventral
margin, which projects downward in a prominent, rounded angle ;
this median ridge is divided into two parts by a slight furrow just
behind the middle. Anteriorly there is a ridge, not very well marked,
running from the beaks outside the lunular area and terminating in a
rounded projection of the anterior margin. Thus the margin has an
anterior and two posterior prominences, besides the great median
lobe, while the anterior margin, in the lunular region, is strongly con-
cave and the posterior dorsal margin is convex. The surface is dull
grayish white, and closely covered with prominent and often sharply
raised lines of growth, which are irregular and wavy or fibrous in
appearance. The hinge-margin is thin, with a narrow, elongated liga-
mental groove, which is strengthened by a narrow buttress within;
there are rudiments of teeth.
Length of the largest specimen, 21""" ; height, from beak to ven-
tral margin, 24""" ; breadth 15""".
A large living specimen was taken at station 2,231, in 965 fathoms,
N. lat. 38° 29', W. long. 73° 00'. Five valves, some of them nearly
as large, were taken at station 2,228, in 1,582 fathoms. A small dead
specimen (No. 35,757) was taken in 1883, at station 2,111, off Cape
Hatteras, in 938 fathoms.
A. E. Verrill — MoUusca q/ the New England Coast. 437
Cryptodon plicatUS Verrill, sp. nov.
Shell not very small, somewhat swollen, and rather thick for the
genus ; triangular-cordate in form, with very high and acute beaks,
which curve forward but little. The anterior dorsal margin is
nearly straight, but a little concave opposite the rather large,
depressed lunular area ; the posterior dorsal margin is broadly con-
vex and rendered irregular by the strong plications of the margin ;
the ventral margin is well-rounded, strongly angulated or lobed by
the plications, and a little produced in the middle, in a line with the
median ridge. The shell is remarkable for the unusual number of
plications and undulations of its surface. Posteriorly there are two
very large, much raised, sharply angulated plications, with a very
deep concave depression between them, and a deep furroAV between
the hindermost and the edge of the shell ; the second and larger
fold is separated from a rounded or obtusely angulated median
ridge by a broader concave depression. This median ridge is large
and very distinct, and somewhat angular ventrally ; farther forward
there is a similai", but less mai'ked, ridge, extending to the anterior
part of the ventral margin. Anteriorly there is a very large, long-
cordate, nearly smooth, concave lunule, which is bounded by two
small, distinct posterior ridges, which are near together and run to
the antero-ventral angle. The surface is covered by irregular and
rather strong lines of growth, which become somewhat lamellose in
crossing the strong plications. The hinge-margin is considerably
thickened behind the beak, with a deep and conspicuous, curved lig-
amental groove, back of which the edge becomes thin and flaring.
The interior is angulated, corresponding to the exterior plications,
and is marked by irregular radial stride near the ventral margin.
Length of the largest specimen, 11™'"; height, IS"""'; thickness,
omm
The largest and most typical example is a valve from station 2,193^
N. lat. 39° 44' 30", W. long. 70° 10' 30", in 1,122 fathoms (No. 44,825).
A young living specimen, apparent identical, was taken at station
2,205, in 1,073 fathoms (No. 44,826).
This species is closely related to C. grancUs V., but it has more
numerous and more strongly developed plications; its beaks are
more elevated and less curved forward, so that the form is more
triangular ; the ventral margin is less produced in the line of the
median ridge ; the shell also appears to be thicker and more swollen.
438 A. E. Verrill — MoUusca of the New England Coast.
Kelliella nitida Ven-iii, sp. nov.
Shell thill, delicate, translucent white, swollen, subcordate in a side
view ; in a front view regularly broad-cordate. Umbos swollen ;
beaks strongly curved forward; lunular area broad-cordate, running
up between the beaks and bounded by a definitely impressed line.
The posterior dorsal outline is sloping and slightly convex, forming a
slight angle where it joins the broadly rounded ventral margin ; in
the middle of the ventral margin there is a slightly marked, broadly
rounded angle, from which a faint but perceptible ridge runs up to
the umbos. The surface is everywhere covered with fine, close, very
regular raised lines, and usually has an iridescent luster. The hinge
in the right valve consists of a long, thin, flexuous lamina, separated
by a groove from the margin, rising into two somewhat thickened
and more elevated lobes opposite the beaks, and with a small, thin,
partially detached, tooth-like process farther forward. The two ante-
rior lobes, viewed in some directions, appear like two small, thin
teeth, separated by a notch, and projecting somewhat downward. In
the left valve the lamina is more complicated, just behind the beak
it splits into two portions, leaving a groove between ; the anterior
portion forms a long, flexuous lobe opposite the beak, the anterior
end expanding slightly and rising above the margin like a small
curved tooth ; farther forward and separated by a notch, it forms
another similar tooth-like lobe. The ligament is light yellow and
occupies a short, well-marked groove, behind and under the beak.
Length of the largest specimens, 5'5'""' ; height, 5"'"' ; thickness,
4-5'"™.
Station 2221, in 1,525 fathoms, about a dozen specimens, alive and
dead (No. 40,49«). Station 2038, in 2,0;33 fathoms, one dead speci-
men (No. 35,217.)
This species is closely related to K. miliaris of Europe, but is
larger, more angular, and more distinctly and regularly sculptured.
The European species has been regarded by JeftVcys as the young of
Isocardia coi\ but G. O. Sars and others consider it a distinct form.
On the American side no species of 7;sorffrr?^V/ is known, which ren-
ders it probable that the present shell is an adult form.
Nucula trigona Vorriii, sp. nov.
Shell of moderate size, rather thick and solid, conspicuously triang-
ular, with the beaks high, forming an acute angle. The surface is
■smooth and lustrous, marked only with very faint lines of growth.
A. JEJ. Verrill — 3follusca of the JVew England Coast. 439
The anterior margin is nearly straight, the posterior dorsal margin
is slightly convex ; the two form an acute angle, while the ventral
margin is broadly rounded, or sometimes subtrnncate in the middle,
so that the anterior and posterior angles are obtusely rounded, the
posterior end being a little more prominent. The shell is somewhat
swollen in the larger specimen. The beaks are small and curve
directly inward. The hinge-margin is stout, with a rather large
cartilage-pit. The anterior row includes about eight elevated, acute
teeth, nearly in a straight row ; the posterior row is a little curved,
and includes about ten similar teeth. The interior is pearly, with
strongly marked muscular scars. The margin is plain. The epi-
dermis is firm, smooth, closely adherent, and light greenish yellow
in color.
Length of the largest specimens, 1*5"""; height, o'""' ; breadth,
3mm Younger specimens are not quite so high in proportion to
their length.
Station 2,194, in 1,140 fathoms, one valve; station 2,228, in 1,582
fathoms, one live specimen; and station 2,229, in 1,423 fathoms,
N. lat. 37° 38' 40", W. long. 73° 16' 30", six live specimens.
This species is remarkable for its triangular form and the acute
angle formed by its dorsal margins, as well as for its smooth and
lustrous exterior. In all these characters it differs widely from all
our other species.
Area profundicola Verrill and Smith, sp. nov.
Plate XLIV, figures 23, 23a.
Shell rather small, elongated, angular and oblique, very inequi-
lateral, with the posterior end elongated and expanded ; the anterior
end short and oblique, angulated above ; the ventral margin oblique
and incurved in front of the middle.
The shell is covered with a rather coarse, dark brown epidermis,
rising into elongated and conspicuous scales and lamellie, which
become longer and more conspicuous posteriorly, where they form a
fringe beyond the margin. Beneath the epidermis the sculpture
consists of small, wavy, concentric ridges, parallel with the lines of
growth, and of rather fine, regular, radiating grooves, separated by
rather wider, rounded interspaces, which are often a little nodulous
in crossing the concentric ridges. The beaks are prominent, angu-
lar, curved inward and a little forward, and somewhat flattened in
the middle. A flattened or somewhat indented area extends from the
beaks to the margin. The dorsal margin is straight and is about
Trans. Conn. Acad , Vol. VI. 55 May, 1885.
440 A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the New England Coast.
two-thirds the length of the shell ; the ligaraental area is narrow-lan-
ceolate, becoming long and narrow posteriorly ; its surface has only-
faint lines of growth, but its margins are clearly defined. The pos-
terior margin descends obliquely, or with a slight incurvature, and
then expands in a rounded curve. The ventral margin is gently
convex, except where slightly indented by the byssal sinus. The
^anterior end is very short and narrow, ending superiorly in a small,
obtuse angle. The inner margin is simple and plain, without any
crenulations. The hinge-margin is thin and the teeth are small and
rather inconspicuous ; the posterior ones are eight or nine in number,
in the form of very oblique, slightly raised ridges or folds, the two
or three most posterior becoming less oblique and more conspicuous;
the short anterior portion bears about six small but prominent teeth,
which stand nearly transverse to the margin.
Length, 12'"™; height, V""" ; thickness, 5"^"\
Station 2,226, in 2,021 fathoms, N. lat. 37°, W. long. 71° 54' ; seven
living specimens (No. 44,501).
This species is much more elongated and more expanded poste-
riorly than any form of A. pectiinculoides, and the beaks are more
prominent and nearer the anterior end. It is a much larger species.
Limopsis aurita? Jeffreys.
? Area aurita Brocchi, Conch, foss. Subap., ii, p. 485, pi. 11, fig. 9, (t. Jefifreys.)
Limopsis aurita Jeffreys, British Conch., ii, p. 161, pi. 4, fig. 3 ; vol. v, pi. 30, fig. 1.
Shell large for the genus, compressed, very oblique, somewhat
rbomboidal, with rounded corners, and the posterior ventral margin
much produced and broadly rounded. The umbos are not promi-
nent; the beaks are small, acute and curve directly inward. The
dorsal margin is nearly straight, with rounded ends, and is much
shorter than either of the other sides, its length being less than one-
fourth the circumference of the shell. The ligament-area is very
narrow and long, extending nearly the whole length of the dorsal
margin. The cartilage is rather small and triangular. The hinge-
plate is not very broad, considerably curved within, very narrow,
and destitute of teeth at the center, opposite the cartilage.-pit. It
expands regularly and about equally on each side, and bears about
six moderately stout, somewhat oblique, rounded teeth on the poste-
rior side, and six or seven thinner, closer, and more transverse teeth
on the anterior side, the two outer ones becoming more distant and
much more oblique than the rest. The posterior margin is nearly
straight for the greater part of its length, and the anterior margin is
A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the Neio England Coast. 441
nearly parallel with it, though longer and more broadly rounded,
passing insensibly into the curvature of the ventral margin ; the en-
tire margin is flat, beveled, and perfectly plain, with a simple but
distinctly angulated inner rim. Externally the shell, when fresh, is
covered with a thick, lamellose, and fringed, light yellowish brown
epidermis ; over the central portion the epidermal processes are long,
thin, and hair-like, and arranged in radiating lines; toward the mar-
gin, especially ventrally and posteriorly, they become long, flat, thin
and deeply lacerate Or fringed at the end ; on the umbos the processes
become small and ciliated with a distinct radial ai-rangement.
Beneath the epidermis the shell is everywhere covered with pretty
regular concentric undulations, formed by thin, rather sharp, raised
lines, separated by regular concave intervals ; anteriorly the ridges
become less evident and very close; small, but distinct, radiating
striae cross the ridges over the central parts of the shell and are deeper
or incised in crossing the summits of the ridges ; anteriorly the
radiating stria? entirely disappear; toward the posterior end they be-
come stronger and on the jjosterior area they are gradually replaced
by elevated radii which in crossing the concentric lines produce a
distinctly granulated appearance.
The inner surface is nearly smooth and somewhat lus|,rous, but
sometimes minutely radially striated. The muscular scars are small,
but distinct.
Length of the largest specimens, including epidermis, 22""" ; with-
out the epidermis, 19"™ ; height from beak to ventral margin, 17'""' ;
length of dorsal margin, 9™™ ; transverse breadth, 10""".
Station 2228, in 1,582 fathoms, two living specimens (No. 44,822) ;
and station 2221, in 1,525 fathorns. One dead specimen (No. 40,498.)
This shell is larger, more oblique, and has a thinner hinge-plate
than the form described and figured by Jeflreys. Whether it be
identical with the original fossil shell, described by Brocchi, may be
questionable.
Limopsis plana Verrill, sp. nov.
Shell rather large for the genus, broad, moderately compressed,
decidedly oblique, with a thin, straight hinge-margin and a wide,
elongated fusiform ligamental area, interrupted in the middle by a
large, triangular cartilage-pit. The straight dorsal margin is less
than one-fifth the circumference of the shell, and does not extend so
far forward as the convexly rounded anterior margin ; the ventral
margin is regularly rounded and considerably produced backward ;
442 A. E. Verrill — Molhisca of the Nev) Enqland Coast.
the posterior margin is decidedly oblique and nearly straight, form-
ing a distinct angle where it joins the dorsal margin. The umbos
ai'e a little prominent ; the beaks are directly incurved, small, and
situated at about the middle of the dorsal margin. The exterior of
the shell is rather smooth beneath the ei)idermis, but covered with
numerous small, somewhat irregular undulations or ridges, and by
smaller lines of growth ; the radiating lines are very faint or almost
entirely obsolete over the greater part of the shell, but in fresh speci-
mens are indicated by the rows of slender epidermal hairs. The epi-
dermis is light brown, thin, easily removed, and bears numerous radi-
ating rows of fine slender hairs, which become longer and more
crowded near the margin. The thin hinge-plate is nearly straight on
the inside, and bears about three or four teeth on each side of the
lio-ament-pit ; three of those on the posterior side being larger and
more distinct than the rest, while on the anterior side the three lar-
ger ones are but little prominent and decidedly oblique. The inner
surface is smooth, and the margin is thin and plain, slightly beveled
close to the edge.
Length, 14"^'" ; height, 1 4""" ; thickness, 8'"™ ; length of hinge-mar-
o-in, 8'5"'™ ; breadth of ligament area, on one valve, 2"'".
Station 2098, in 2,221 fathoms, two living specimens. (No. 35,-
238.)
This species resembles, in size and form, the shell whicli we here
refer to Ij. aurita, with which it also agrees in having a plain mar-
gin, but it diifers decidedly in having a much broader ligament area,
and a much larger cartilage-pit. Its hinge-margin is very much
thinner, and the teeth fewer, less prominent, and more oblique. Ex-
ternally the surface is much smoother, the concentric lines smaller,
and less elevated, while the radial lines are much less distinct. The
epidermis is thinner and less densely covered with hairs and scale-
like processes.
Liimopsis affiniS Verrill, sp. nov.
Shell of moderate size, rather swollen, very oblique, with a broad
and rather short liganicntal area, and a short, curved hinge-margin,
with few teeth.
The shell is subovate and very oblique ; the dorsal margin is rather
short and nearly straight, joining the anterior and posterior margins
with obtusely rounded angles ; the anterior margin is rounded and
proiects beyond the anterior angle, and then strongly recedes in a
broad regular curve, the posterior ventral margin is obtusely rounded
A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the New England Coast. 443
and strongly produced backward ; the posterior margin is very
broadly rounded, its direction nearly parallel to the opposite part of
the anterior margin. The edge of the shell is crenulated with a row
of small rounded tubercles situated just within the margin, the larg-
est along the ventral edge, disappearing toward the anterior end.
Small radial grooves run inward from between these tubercles for a
short distance. The ligament-area is unusually wide, somewhat con-
cave, with a large cartilage-pit in the middle, which is elongated in
a direction transverse to the ligament, with the sides parallel and the
apex triangular. The hinge-plate is thin in the middle, becoming
rather broad at each end, so that the inner margin is curved or ano-u-
lated in the middle. The anterior end bears about four prominent
rounded teeth, the outermost the largest. The posterior end has
four or five prominent teeth, increasing in size outwardly; the last
two are decidedly larger than the rest and somewhat oblique. The
umbos are rather prominent and the beak curves directly inward
towards the cartilage-pit, and is situated some distance from the
margin, owing to the breadth of the ligamental area. The surface is
covered with small, rather regular concentric undulations or ridges,
which are crossed by radiating lines that are not very distinct over
the greater part of the shell, and become nearly or quite obsolete on
the umbos. The epidermis is light yellowish brown, and rises into
series of slender hair-like processes along the radiating lines ; these
epidermal hairs l>ecome longer and crowded toward the margin,
where they are more or less united and form a marginal fringe.
Length, 10-5™'^; height, 11'^"^; thickness, S""™ ; length of dorsal
margin, 5"™ ; breadth of ligament-area, 2"™.
Station 2092, in 197 fathoms; two living specimens (No. 44,829.)
This species resembles L. minuta in size and general appearance,
but it is more obliqne and more produced ventrally, and is widely
different from that and all our other species, except L. plana, in hav-
ing a broad ligamental area and large cartilage-jjit. It is also pecu-
liar in the character of its hinge-margin, and in its teeth, which are
few in number, prominent, roiinded, and scarcely oblique, except the
outer ones on the posterior side. Externally the surface is smoother
than in most species, the radial lines being but little evident when
the epidermis is oiF. Although resembling L. plana in its broad
ligament-area, it diifers in having the ventral margin strongly crenu-
lated, instead of plain, and in form it is a narrower, more oblique,
and more swollen shell.
444 A. M Verrill — Mollusca of the JVeto England Coast.
Crenella fragilis Verrill, sp. nov.
Shell large for the genus, very thin and fragile, translucent, irides-
cent within, in form oblong-ovate, very ohliijue, the anterior end
short, a little expanded and broadly rounded, while the shell is very
much swollen and prolonged ventrally. The posterior side falls oflF
rapidly from the beak and is only a little convex, so that the margin
of the valve has a nearly elliptical outline, with the longer axis
extending from the beak to the ventral margin. The umbos are
prominent and the beaks are strongly incurved and turned forward,
and separated from the margin of the shell by a deep, narrow
ligamental groove. The hinge-margin is thin and nearly plain, with-
out any denticles. The ligament is long and extends from the front
of the beak back more than a third of the length of the posterior
margin. The sculpture consists of very regular, fine, radiating,
raised lines, scarcely visible without a lens, separated by furrows a
little wider; these are more or less interrupted by numerous fine but
irregular raised lines of growth. The epidermis is very thin, smooth,
pale olive.
Height of the smaller example, from beak to ventral margin, 14""";
length from anterior to posterior margins, 9""" ; thickness, 12'"'". A
broken specimen from the same locality is more than twice as large
as the one measured.
Station 2,265, off Chesapeake Bay, N. lat. 37° 07' 40", W. long.
74° 35' 40", in 70 fathoms, green mud, gravel, and broken shells ;
bottom temperature 68° F. Two dead but fresh specimens (Nos.
40,676 and 41,543).
This species is remarkable for its large size, compared with other
species; the extreme thinness and translucency of the sliell; and for
the fine and regular radiating lines that cover the entire surface.
Pecten UndatUS Verrill and Smith, sp. nov.
Plate XLTV, figure 21.
Shell small, oblique, very thin, fragile and translucent. The valves
are similar in form and sculpture, but the left is a little more convex.
Both are regularly undvilated and everywhere covered by numerous,
i-ather fine and regular raised radiating lines. In the right valve the
anterior ear is considerably prolonged ; with a deep acute notch
below it ; in the other valve the ear is less elongated and the notch
is shallow and broadly concave ; the posterior ear in both valves is
A. JS. Verrill — 3£ollusca of the JVeio England Coast. 445
short-tviaugular, subacute, with a sliallow concave notch. The liga-
ment-pit is small and triangular. The hinge-margin is thin and
simple. Beaks small, rising slightly above the margin in the left
valve, and not quite reaching the margin in the right valve. The
anterior margin of the shell projects considerably forward in a broad
curve; the ventral margin is broadly and regularly arched, but pro-
jects downward a little more strongly behind the middle ; the poste-
rior margin is much less convex than the anterior, and in its upper
part somewhat straightened. The concentric undulations of the sui--
face are broad and regular, the depressions about equal to the undu-
lations ; they become much broader in proportion as they recede
from the umbos, the last four occupying about one-half the breadth of
the shell. The radiating lines are very thin, but distinctly elevated
and roughened, or rendered slightly irregular by the very fine micro-
scopic lines of growth, which everywhere cover the shell. The radiat-
ing lines are readily visible without a lens. Color translucent bluish
white.
Length, lO'"^'"; height, 20™°'; breadth, 5'"'".
The single living specimen was taken at station 2229, in 1,423
fathoms, N. lat. 37° 38' 40", W. long. V3° 16' 30", (No. 44,827); a
fragment occurred at station 2221, in 1,525 fathoms (No. 44,828.)
BRACHIOPODA.
Atretia gnomon Jeffreys.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept., 1876, p. 251; Proc. Zool. Soc. Loudon, for 1878, p.
412, pi. 23, fig. 4.
Verrill, Trans., Conn. Aoarl., vol. vi, p. 234, 1884.
This species was included in my preceding catalogue as one of
those which had been taken off the coast of Labrador (Valorous
Exp.), but not from off the coast of the United States. In 1884,
however, it was taken in large numbers at station 2221, N. lat. 39°
05' 30", W. long. 70° 44' 30", in 1,525 fathoms (two hundred and
twenty-five specimens, mostly living.) A few specimens also occurred
at the adjacent station, 2222, in 1,537 fathoms; and a single living
specimen was taken at station 2174, N. lat. 38° 15', W. long. 72° 03',
in 1^594 fathoms.
These specimens agree perfectly with north European specimens
sent by Dr. Eriele.
446 A. K Verrill — Ifollusca of the New England Coast.
Discina Atlantica King.
Verrill, Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. vi, p. 233, 1884.
Plate XLIV, figure 24.
Living specimens of tliis species were taken in considerable num-
bers at station 2226, in 2,021 fathoms; and 2229, in 1,423 fathoms.
A few living specimens also occurred at station 2208, in 1,178
fathoms ; and 2228, in 1,582 fathoms.
In most cases it was fonnd adhering to hard concretions of clay,
consolidated by oxide of iron, etc.
List of deep water species added to the fauna during the summer
of 1884.
The following list is supplementary to the list of 1883 (see p. 264)
and is written in the same form. An asterisk (*) indicates living
specimen ; a dagger (f) dead specimens.
CEPHALOPODA.
Ancistroeheirus megaptera V. sp. nov. vi, 899, pi. 42, f. 1, la.
Bathy metrical range, 707 fathoms.
Teleoteuthis {Onychia) agilis V. sp. nov. vi, 400, pi. 42, f. 2, 2a.
Surface.
Benthoteuthis megalops V. gen. and sp. nov. vi, 402, pi. 44, f. 1.
B. range, 600 to 1078 f.
Cirrhoteuthis plena V. sp. nov. vi, 404, pi. 42, f. 3.
B. range, 1073 f.
Cirrhoteuthis megaptera V. sp. nov. vi, 405, pi. 43, f. 1, 2.
B. range, 1054 to 2574 f.
Opisthoteuthis Agassizii V. vi, 408.
B. range, 1230 f. Cb.
GASTROPODA.
ToxoaLOSSA.
Pleurotomella Jeffreysii V. sp. nov. vi, 411, pi. 44. f. 3.
B. range, 1168 f.f ; 1525 to 1537 f.*
Pleurotomella tincta V. sp. nov. vi, 412, pi. 44, f. 4.
B. range, 2512 f.* ; 2574 f.f
Pleurotoviella Frielei V. sp. nov. vi. 413. j)!. 44, f. 5.
B. range, 1168 f.f ; 1178 f.*
A. M Verrill — Mollusca of the N'ew England Count. 447
Pleurotoviella vitrea V. sp. nov. vi, 414, pi. 44, f. 6.
B. range, 428 f.
Pleurotomella Lottce V. sp. nov. vi. 415, pi. 44, f. 7.
B. range, 1525 f.
Gymnobela brevis V. sp. nov. vi, 417, pi. 44, f. 8.
B. range, 1290 to 1608 f.* ; 1433 f.f
Bela Blakei V. sp. nov. vi, 417.
B. range, 2021 f.
Bela temiicostata G. O. Sars. vi, 419.
B. range, 843 to 1290 f.
Adniete nodosa V. and S. sp. nov. vi, 419, pi. 44, f. 9.
B. range, 816 f.* ; 924 f.f
Rachiglossa.
Marginella Smithii Y.=M. Virginiana V., noii Con. vi, 420, 452.
B. range, 15 to 70 f.f ; 16 f.* S.
Trophon abyssorum V. sp. nov. vi, 176, 421.
B. range, 843 to 1731 f.* ; 1467 to 1555 f.f
Trox>lion abyssorum, var. limicola V. nov. vi, 421.
B. range, 1178 to 1423 f.f ; 1290 to 2033 (.*
Jumala brychia V. and S. s\). nov. vi, 422, \A. 44, f. 10, 10a.
B. range, 2574 f .
Omalaxis nobilis V. sp. nov. vi, 423, pi. 44, f. 12.
B. range, 70 f.
Rhiphidoglossa.
Delphinula nitida V. and S. sj). nov. vi, 424, pi. 44, f. 11.
B. range, 1423 f.f
Margarita, sp. nov. vi, 425.
B. range, 70 f.f
Lepeta cceca (Mull) Gray.
B. range, 250 f. N., Arc, Eu.
Puncturella abyssicola V. sp. nov. vi, 425.
B. range, 1537 f.f
Cocculina recticidata V. sp. nov. vi, 426.
B. range, 70 f.
Gymnoglossa.
Turbonilla perlepida V. sp. nov. vi, 427.
B. range, 70 f.
Turbonilla grandis V, sp. nov. vi, 427.
B. range, 1582 f.f
Tectibranchiata.
Actceon hebes V. sp. nov. vi, 428, pi. 44, f. 15.
B. range, 2574 f.f
Cylichna eburnea V. sp. nov. vi, 428, pi. 44, f. 14.
B. range, 70 f.f
Pleurobranchus Americanus V. sp. nov. vi, 429, pi. 44, f. 13.
B. range, 250 f.
Trans. Conn. Acad., Yol. VI. 56 June, 1885.
448 A. E. Verrill — 3follusea of the Neio England Coast.
NUDIBRANCHIATA,
Glaucus margaritaceus (Bosc.) vi, 430.
Surface.
Heteropoda.
Firoloidea Lesueurii (D'Orb.) Eyd. and Soul, vi, 430.
Surface.
Oxy gyrus Keraudrenii (Les.) vi, 430.
Surface.
Pteropoda,
Styliola striata (Rang.) vi, 480.
Surface.
Spirialis rostralis Soul, vi, 431.
Surface.
Spirialis reticulata (D'Orb.) Rang, vi, 431.
Surface ; 2109 f.f
Pneumodermon Peronii Lam. vi, 431.
Surface.
SOLENOCONCHA.
Dentalium laqueatum V. sp. nov. vi, 431, pi. 44, f. 18.
B. range, 68 f.f
Dentalium ensicidus Jeff, vi, 433.
B. range, 1525 to 1594 f. Eu.
Cadulus spectabilis V. sp. nov, vi, 432, pi. 44, f. 19.
B. range, 1467 to 1582 f.f; 1525 to 1594 f.*
LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.
Periploma undulata V. sp. nov. vi, 433.
B. range, 816 f.f
Pecchiolia granidifera V. sp. nov. vi, 434.
B. range, 1423 f.f
Tapes sp. vi, 435.
B. ranges, 1043 f.f
Choristodon 9 cancellatus V. sp. nov. vi, 435.
B. range, 70 f.f
Cryptodon grandis V. and S. sp. nov. vi, 436, pi. 44, f. 22.
B. range, 938 to 1582 f.f ; 965 f.*
Cryptodon plicatus V. sp. nov. vi, 437.
B. range, 1073 to 1122 f.f
Kelliella nitida V. sp. nov. vi, 438.
B. range, 1525 to 2033 f .
Nucula trigona V. sp. nov. vi, 438.
B. range, 1140 f.f ; 1423 to 1582 f.*
A. E. Verrill — Molbisea of the New England Coast. 449
Limopsis plana V. sp. nov. vi, 441.
B. range, 2221 f.
Limopsis aurita ? (Brocchi.) Jeff. vi. 440.
B. range, 1525 to 1582 f . Eu.
Limopsis afflnis V. sp. nov. vi, 442.
B. range, 142 f .
Area profundicola V. and S. sp. nov. vi, 439, pi. 44, f. 17, 18.
B. range, 2021 f.
Crenella fragilis V. sp. nov. vi, 444.
B. range, 70 f.
Pecten undatus V. and S. sp. nov. vi, 444, pi. 44, f. 21.
B. range, 1423 to 1525 f.
BRACHIOPODA.
Atretia gnomon Jeff, vi, 445.
B. Range, 1525 to 1594 f. N., Eu.
List of sjncies found between 1000 and 2000 fathoms, additional
to those recorded in the list of 1883. (See p. 282.)
Those species printed in italics have not been taken by us in less
tlian 1000 fathoms.
CEPHALOPODA.
Fathoms, i FathoniB.
Benthoteuthis megalops V. 600-1073 Cirrhoteuthis megapteraY . 1054-2574
Cirrhoteuthis plena V. 1073 \ Opisthoteuthis Agassizii V. 1230
GASTROPODA.
TOXOGLOSSA.
Pleurotomella Jeffreysii V.
Pleurotom'ella Frielei V.
Pleurotomella Lottce V.
Gynmohela brevis V.
Bela tenuicostata G. O,
Sars.
Rachiglossa.
Sipho caelatus V.
Sipho hispidus V.
Trophon abyssorum V.
Fathoms.
1168-1537
1168-1178
1525
1290-1608
843-1290
75-1537
1525-2033
843-1731
T. abyssorum, var. limieola
V. 1178-2033
Anachis Haliaeeti (Jeff.) V. 48-1537
T^NIOGLOSSA.
Lamellaria pellucida V. 43-2574
Ceritliiella Whiteavesii V. 238-1594
Rhiphidoglossa.
Delphinula nitida V. and S.
Puncturella abyssicola V,
Gymnoglossa.
Turbonilla grandis V.
1423
1537
1582
450 A. E. Verrill — Mollusca of the New England Coast.
SCAPHOPODA.
Dentalium ensiculus Jeff.
Cadulus spectabilis V.
Fathoms.
1525-1594
1467-1594
Cadulus Watsoni Dall.
Cadulus Jeff reysii ? (Mon-
teros.)
LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.
Fatlioms.
Pecchiolia granulifera V. 1423
Tapes, sp. nov. 1043
Cryptodon grandis V. and S. 938-1582
Cryptodon plicatns V. 1073-1122
Soleniya velum* 1-1600
Kelliella nitida V. 1525-2033
Nuctda trigona V.
Liniopsis cristata Jeff.
Limopsis aurita ? Jeff.
Pecten fragilis Jeff.
Pecten undatns V. and S.
Atretia gnomon Jeff.
BRACHIOPODA.
Fathoms.
1525-1594
Fathoms.
70-
-1537
115-
1122
Fathoms.
1140-
-1582
64-1525
1525
-1582
578-1525
1423-
-1525
Ijf'st o/ specks found at depths exceeding 2000 fathoms, additional to
those recorded in the list o/'lSSS. (See p. 284.)
CEPHALOPODA.
Fathoms. I Fathoms.
Mastigoteuthis Agassizii V, 640-2516 | Cirrhoteuthis megaptera V. 1054-2574
GASTROPODA.
TOXOGLOSSA.
Pleurotomella tincta V.
Bela Blakei V,
Rachiglossa.
Nassa nigrolabra V.
Trophon abyssorum, var.
liraicola V.
Jumala hrychia V. and S.
Fath
oms.
2512
-2574
2021
155-
-2574
1178
-2033
2574
T^NIGLOSSA.
Lamellaria pellucida V. 43-2574
Tectibranchiata.
Aetceon hebes V. 2574
Abra longicallis (Scacchi.) 924-2574
Kelliella nitida V. 1525-2033
LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.
Fathoms. Fathoms.
Area prof undicola V. and S. 2021
Limopsis pil ana V. 2221
BRACHIOPODA.
Discina Atlantica King.
Fathoms.
1178-2021
* Living specimens have not been taken below 300 fathoms. The speci-
men from 1600 fatlioms is fragmentary and its occurrence is jnobably acci-
dental. The next deepest locality is 384 fathoms.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Plate XLTI.
Figure 1. — Ancistocheirus megajitera (p. 399.) Dorsal view. Natural size. Part of
the arms are mutilated.
Figure la. — The same. Front view of a part of one of the lateral arms; x 4.
Figure 2. — Tehoteuthis agilis (p. 400.) Dorsal view of the type specimen; x 2.
Figure 2a. — The same. Club of one of the tentacular arms ; x 4.
Figure 3.— Cirrhofeuthis plena {p. 4:04.) Ventral view. One-half natural size.
Figure 4. — Octopus Carolinensis (p. 235.) Dorsal view of the type specimen. Natural
size.
Figure 5. — Octoptis piscatorum (p. 24.9,.) Male. The hectocotylized arm; x 2. From
station 2035.
Figure 3 was drawn by Mr. J. H. Blake ; the others by Mr. J. H. Emerton. All the
figures are from alcoholic specimens.
Plate XLIII.
Figure 1. — 'Cirrhoteuthis megaptera (p. 405.) Dorsal view. One-half natural size.
Figure 2. —The same. Yentral view. One-half natural size.
Both figures are copied from sketches made on shipboard by Mr. A. Baldwin from the
living specimens, when first taken.
Plate XLIY.
Figure 1. — Bentlwteuthis megalops (p. 402.) Dorsal view of one of the type specimens.
Natural size.
Figure 2. — Ahr alia megalops {^p. 143.) Ventral view of the largest specimen. Natural
size. This example has raised verrucaj on the ventral side.
Figure 2a. — The same. Right tentacular arm. Front view; x 4.
Figure 3. — Pleurotomella Jeffreysii (]). 411.) Male. From station 2222. Front view.
Natural size.
Figure 4. — Pkuroiomella tmcta (p. 412.) Station 2225. Front view. Natural size.
Figure 5. — Pleurotomella Frielei (y). 413.) Front view of the type specimen. Natural
size.
Figure 6. — Plern'otomella vifrea (p. 414.) Front view; x 4.
Figure 7. — PleurotomellaLoU(B{p.4l5.) Front view of the type specimen ; x 2.
Figure 8. — Gymnobela hrevis (p. 417.) Front view of the type specimen; x 4.
Figure 9. — Admete nodosa (p. 419.) Front view of the type specimen ; x 2.
Figure 10. — Jumala try chia {^. 422.) Front view of type specimen. Natural size.
Figure 10a. — The same. Operculum; x 2.
452 A. M Verrill — 3follusca q/ the JSTeio England Coast.
Figure IT. — Belphmula nitida (p. 424.) Front view of the type specimen ; x 4.
Figure 12. — Omalaxis nobilis {^. A:2Z.) Front view of the best specimen ; x 2.
Figure 13. — Fleurobranchus Americanus (p. 429.) Side view of the type-specimen as
preserved in alcohol ; x 2.
Figure 14. — CijlicJma eburnea {-p. 4:28.) Front view of the type-specimen ; x 3.
Figure 15. — Aciceon Jiebes (p. 428.) Front view of the type-specimen; x 2.
Figure 16. — Bentalium solidum (p. 215.) Side view of a medium sized specimen to
show the outline, most of the longitudinal lines are omitted. Natural size.
Figure 11. — The same. Side view of a young specimen. Natural size.
Figure 18. — Dentalium laqueatum (p. 431.) Transverse section across the middle to
show the size and arrangement of the ribs; x 2i-.
Figure 19. — Oadulus spedabilis (p. 423.) Side view of one of the type-specimens ; x 2
Figure 20. — Cadubis g^-aridis {p. 219.) Side view of one of the type-specimens; x 2.
Figure 21. — Pecten undatus (p. 444.) Type-specimen. Natural size.
Figure 22. — Cryptodon grandis (p. 436.) One of the type-specimens. Natural size.
Figure 23. — Area profundicola (p. 439.) Type-specimen ; x 2.
Figure 23a. — The same. View of the interior of a valve : x 2.
Figure 24. — Discina Atlantica (pp. 233, 446.) View of one of the most perfect
examples; x 4.
Figures 1, 2, 2a and 24 were drawn by Mr. J. H. Blake ; figures 12, 14 and 18 by
the author ; the rest of the figures by Mr. J. H. Emerton.
Additions and Coerections.
Page 408, line 20, for 1058, read 1230.
Page 409, line 31, for 1883, read 1884.
Bela Blakei, p. 417, line 4 from bottom. The figure referred to (pi. 44, fig. 8),
really represents Gymnohela brevis V., same page.
Marginella SmitJdi V. This name is proposed as a substitute for M. Vii-giniana
(p. 420), preoccupied by Conrad for a fossil. It is dedicated to Mr. Sanderson Smith.
Skenea (?) lirata V.= Omalaxis (?) Krata V., vol. v, p. 529. This species is common
in 10 to 43 fathoms off Cape Hatteras, but has not been preserved with the animal, so
that the genus is still uncertain.
Lepeta cmca (Miill.) Gray. This species was taken alive at station 2202, in 250
fathoms.
XI. — Additions to the Shallow- watku Mollusca of Cape Hat-
TEUAS, N. C, DKEDGED BY THE U. S. FlSH COMMISSION StEAMER
" Albatross," IN 1883 and 1884. By Katharine J. Bush.
[Published by permission of the U. S. Fish Commission.]
The following list is intended to include only species not previ-
ously recorded from the region off" Cape Hatteras, between low-
water mark and 50 fathoms ; although in one or two instances
recorded species are mentioned, where there is some variation from
the original description, or doubt as to their identity. It is by no
means complete, as there are still a number of species which have
not been satisfactorily identified. There is also a large amount of
fine shell-sand, which has not yet been assorted.
The lists used for comparison are "Mollusca of Beaufort, N. C,"
by Dr. Wm. Stimpson, published in the American Journal of Science,
vol. xxix, p. 44, 1860; "Natural History of Fort Macon, N. C, and
Vicinity (No. 2), by Dr. Elliott Coues, published in Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Philadelphia, p. 120, July, 1871 ; " American Marine Conchol-
ogy/' by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr., 1873 ; and " Natural History of Fort
Macon, N. C, and Vicinity" (No. 5), by Drs. Elliott Coues and PI. C.
Yarrow, published in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 1, August, 1878.
At the end, a list is given of deeper-water species, found in not less
than 40 fathoms, many of which have not before been found so far
south. Such northern species have an n before them.
To Prof. A. E. Verrill my thanks are especially due for valuable
advice in the preparation of this paper and for kindness in furnish-
ing books of reference,
G-ASTROPODA.
TOXOGLOSSA.
Conns Delessertii (?) Reciuz.
Conus Delessertii Reuluz, Magasin de Zoologie, pi. 72, 1843.
Kiener, Conus, p. 156, pi. 23, fig. 2.
Chenu, Manuel de Couchyliologie, vol. i, p. 345, fig. 1476, 1859.
Bush, Report U. S. Com. Fish and Fisheries, p. 77, for 1883, 1885.
? Conus Floridanus Gabb, Amer. Journ. Conch., vol iv, p. 195, pi. 15, fig. 4, 1868.
A single living specimen (No. 35,676) taken at station 2108, in 48
fathoms, although agreeing closely with the description and figure of
454
K. J. Bush — 3Iolli(sea of Cape Hatter as.
the above species, as given by Kiener, is referred to it with consid-
erable doubt, as it is recorded by him as having been found only in
the southern part of the lied Sea.
This species agrees also, in most resj^ects, with C Floridanus
Gabb, from Tampa Bay, Fhi., but differs in having the outline of the
List of sJ tallow -water stations in the vioiaity of Gape Ilatteras, N'.
6',, occupied by the Albatross in 1883 and 1884.
Locality.
a atli.
Bottom.
Temp. F.
Hour.
station.
Date.
Bot-
Sur-
tom.
face.
N
Nat.
W.
Long.
1883.
2007
35°
17'
00"
75°
13' OO"
15
fne. S.
68
56
8.00 A. M.
Apr. 27
2108
35
16
00
75
02 30
48
bu. M., crs. S.
66
78^
Nov. 9
2112
35
20
50
75
18 00
15^
S., bk. Sp.
n^
70
" 10
2113
35
20
30
75
19 00
16
M., bk. S.
72*
70
" 10
2114
35
20
00
75
20 00
14
72
70
" 10
1884.
2269
35
12
30
75
05 00
48
crs. G.
76
75
8.46 A.M.
Oct. 19
2270
35
14
15
75
07 00
32
fne. gy. S.
75
9.40 ''
" 19
2271
35
16
00
75
09 00
26
75
10.45 "
" 19
2272
35
20
10
75
14 00
15
S."bkVspk.
..
75
11.57 "
" 19
2273
35
20
30
75
17 30
17
"
72
72
12.45 P. M.
" 19
2274
35
20
35
75
18 05
16
u
..
71
1.22 "
" 19
2275
35
20
40
75
18 40
16
"
71
1.43 "
" 19
2276
35
20
45
75
19 15
16
11
..
71
2.08 "
" 19
2277
35
20
50
75
19 50
16
"
_.
71
2.21 "
" 19
2278
35
20
55
75
20 20
16
"
..
71
2.45 "
" 19
2279
35
20
55
75
20 55
16
"
71
3.36 "
" 19
2280
35
21
00
75
21 30
16
11
70
4.15 "
" 19
2281
36
21
05
75
22 05
16
11
.,
70
4.35 "
" 19
2282
35
21
10
75
22 40
14
bk. S.
..
70
5.13 "
" 19
2283
35
21
15
75
23 15
14
gy-s.
..
70
5.41 "
" 19
2284
35
21
20
75
23 50
13
crs. gy. S.
._
70
6.09 "
" 19
2285
35
21
25
75
24 25
13
"
..
70
6.40 "
" 19
2286
35
21
30
75
25 00
11
"
70
7.13 "
" 19
2287
35
22
30
75
26 00
7
u
69
6.15 A. M.
" 20
2288
35
22
40
75
25 30
7
S., brk. Sh.
,69
6.45 "
" 20
2289
35
22
50
75
25 00
7
"
69
7.15 "
" 20
2290
35
23
00
75
24 30
10
"
69
7.45 "
" 20
2291
35
25
30
75
20 30
15
"
_.
69
8.45 "
" 20
2292
35
27
20
75
16 30
17
11
..
70
9.32 "
" 20
2293
35
29
10
75
12 30
18
crs. S.
71
10.25 "
" 20
2294
35
31
00
75
08 30
19
crs. gy. S.
._
71
11.18 "
" 20
2295
35
32
41
75
04 30
22
(1
..
73
12.03 P. M.
" 20
2296
35
35
20
74
58 45
27
u
..
71
1.15 "
" 20
2297
35
38
00
74
53 00
49
M., brk. Sh.
__
73
2.18 "
" 20
2302
35
14
00
75
03 00
49
S., C.
71
77
6.45 A. M.
'.' 21
2303
35
17
00
75
01 00
41
fne. S.
77
7.11 "
" 21
2304
35
19
00
74
58 00
37
"
77
7.40 "
" 21
2307
35
42
00
74
54 30
43
gy. & bk. S.
67
70
4.11 P M.
" 21
2308
35
43
00
74
53 30
45
--
71
5.17 •'
" 21
K. J. Bush — Mollusca of Cape Hatteras. 455
whorls concave with rounded angles, and in its coloring, the charac-
ters which Mr. Gabb mentions as belonging especially to C Deles-
sertii Recluz. Both may be only variations of the same species.
Shell of medium size. Spire elevated, one-third the length of the
shell, turreted, abruptly tapered to a small, very acute apex. Whorls
nine (tip broken), concave, distinctly angulated just above the
suture, forming a prominent, rounded keel, which is noduloiis on the
upper whorls, becoming smooth on the lower ones. The broad, con-
cave, subsutural band is crossed by numerous, very fine, very much
curved lines of growth and several unequal, and unequally separated,
impressed, revolving lines and microscopic stria?. Body-whorl long,
diminishing regularly toward the anterior end, and nearly straight
along the sides, angulated considerably below the suture with a
prominent, rounded keel, above which there is a wide, concave sub-
sutural band, corresponding to that of the whorls of the spire.
There are about twelve broad, deep, revolving grooves near the
anterior end of the whorl, the spaces between them decreasing ante-
riorly; the rest of the surface is covered by unequal, wavy, im-
pressed, revolving lines and mici'oscopic striae, crossed by the fine,
flexuous lines of growth. Aperture narrow, of nearly uniform
width; outer lip thin, very much curved forward from the broad,
deep, posterior sinus. Interior glossy, bluish white, the exterior
coloring showing distinctly along the edge. Epidermis light yellow-
ish brown, raised in small, distinct scales along the lines of growth.
Color light yellow, banded with white and marked with irregular
chestnut-brown spots. On the body- whorl, commencing at the
shoulder, there are three broad light yellow bands, ornamented with
irregular, longitudinal, chestnut-brown spots, alternating with white
bands, ornamented with three or four rows of smaller chestnut-
l)rown, rounded and quadrangular spots. On the spire, the shoulder
of the whorls is white, and with the subsutural band is ornamented
with irregular, transverse sj^ots of chestnut-brown.
Length, 51"""; breadth, 24"""; height of sjiire, 18'""^; length of
aperture, 38""" ; its breadth, 4""".
Mangilia psila, sp. nov.
Plate XLY, figure 2.
Shell of moderate size, slender, rather thick, very plain, yellowish
white, with a dull, lusterless surface. Whorls about six and a half
elongated, decidedly angulated, forming an elongated, blunt spire.
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 57 .June, 1885.
456 Ji. J. Biish — Molhifica of Cape Hatteras.
Suture defined by an indistinct, nndulating line. A very ^^vf promi-
nent, narrow, straight I'ibs (six on the body-whorl) cross the whorls
from suture to suture, separated by very wide, concave interspaces ;
a single rounded thread revolves on the ])criphery at the shoulder of
the whorls, scarcely visible on the interspaces, but forming con-
spicuous, oblong nodules on the ribs. On the body- whorl the ribs
continue to the end of the canal curving in from its base, towards
the aperture. On the ventral surface of the canal there are five or
six very indistinct, oblique striae. The surface is everywhere crossed
by conspicuous, flexuous lines of growth. Nucleus rather large,
composed of two and a half regularly coiled, nearly smooth, some-
Avhat shining whorls, the second having a row of minute nodules or
beads on the periphery. Aperture long, narrow, of nearly uniform
width ; outer lip thin, nearly straight, broadly rounded anteriorly,
with a decided sinus just below the suture; within the aperture,
underneath the first external rib, thei'e is a line of small, oblong
nodules. Inner lip continuous with the outer, with a thin, free edge.
Columella very slightly curved, with a small horizontal fold or tooth
about the posterior third.
Length, 6"'"' ; breadth, 2-5""" ; length of apertpre, 3""" ; its breadth,
about "8""". A single dead specimen (No. 44,75G) was taken at sta-
tion 2269, in 48 fathoms.
Mangilia eritima,' pp. nov.
Shell large for the genus, composed of eight very angular whorls,
which form a sharp pointed, regularly tapered, turreted spire.
Nucleus very small, regularly coiled, consisting of two and a half
shining, light yellow whorls in striking contrast to the dull,
rough surface peculiar to the rest of the shell. The first one
and a half turns are perfectly smooth, while the last one is crossed
by minute, transverse riblets. Suture marked by a conspicu-
ous, rounded, undulating cingulus or thread on the preceding
whorl. The scidpture consists of prominent, straight, angular,
alternating ribs (nine on the body-whorl), forming a conspicuous
node at the angle, extending from suture to suture. These, with
their deeply concave interspaces, are crossed by unequal, conspicuous,
well-rounded, granulated cinguli and microscopic threads. The
first cingulus, defining the shoulder of the whorls, is double with the
upper half slightly the larger, the sutural one is the next in size,
while between these there are two still finer ones; these are un-
equally distant from each other, the first and second being much
K. J. Bush — MolluHca of Cape Hatteras. 457
closer together than the others, and the intervenuig surfaces are
covered by unequal, microscopic threads. Above the angle of the
whorls the threads alone occur and number about nine. This ine-
quality in the spiral sculpture makes the edges of the transverse ribs
very rough and jagged. On the body-whorl there are about thirteen
cinguli below the shoulder, unequal in size and unequally separated,
those on the canal larger and closer together than those just above
it, while the fourth one below the angle is so prominent as to make
a slight angle in the outline of the whorl. Below this angle the
transverse ribs curve in toward the columella following the outline of
the outer lip, and extend to the end of the canal, the curvature being
most noticeable in a dorsal view. Very fine stride intersect the
cinguli and the threads in the direction of the lines of growth, ren-
dering them granular and give the appearance to the shell, when dry,
of being covered with a fine, gray dust. Aperture long, narrow-
ovate, with a moderately long, rather narrow canal. Outer lip not
thickened, with a comparatively thin edge and a broad, moderately
deep sinus extending from the suture to the angle. Columella
slightly curved ; inner lip marked by a narrow stripe of conspicuous
]-ed. enamel. Color light yellow-brown ; interior of aperture of the
same conspicuous red color as the inner lip. In young specimens this
coloring is wanting.
Length, nearly 8""" ; breadth, 3'"'"; length of a[)erture, 3-5'""' ; its
breadth, !'"■".
One adult and four young si)eciniens were taken in 14 to 17
fathoms.
Mangilla ephamilla Bush.
Report U. S. Com. Fish aud Fisheries, p. 78, for 18S3, 1885.
Plate XLV, figures 4, 4a.
Shell of moderate size, rather stout, with a regularly tapered, acute
spire of about five sharply angulated whorls, besides the nucleus.
Suture marked by a distinctly raised, rounded, undulating spiral
thread. The nucleus is small, prominent, semi-transparent and
glassy, composed of about two and a half turns. The apical whorl is
small, rather prominent and with the second is very smooth ; the
third is crossed by delicate, curved, transverse riblets rendered
somewhat nodulous by the intersection of a single, faint, revolving,
median thread ; on the other whorls there are about nine, broad,
prominent, acute, straight, longitudinal ribs extending from suture
to suture, and separated by deep, concave interspaces about equal in
458 K. J. Basil — Mollusca of Cape Hatt&ras.
widtli to tlie ribs. The whole sui'fjice is covered with distinctly
raised, rounded cinguli and microscopic threads roughened by the
fine lines of growth, and have the appearance, under the microscope,
of being covered with minute grains of sand. The cingulus at the
centre and defining the shoulder of the whorls is the most conspicu-
ous ; above this there are about five finer ones, and below, on the
whorls of the spire, two or three, the number increasing to ten or
twelve on the body-whorl. The aperture is a little less than half the
length of the shell, narrow, oblong, broadest at its posterior third,
pinched up anteriorly into a straight, slightly elongated canal.
Outer lip thin, with a sharp edge and a shallow sinus just below
the suture ; inner lip inconspicuous. No operculum.
Color, in alcohol, deep yellow with white ribs and canal, changing
in adult specimens to deep brown with yellow ribs and canal.
licngth, 0-5'""' ; breadth, 3'""^ ; length of aperture, 3'"'" ; its breadth,
Several specimens both living and dead, in 14 to 48 fathoms.
This species is closely allied to M. ceviiia, but difters in. having a
stouter form, more angularly shouldered whorls and especially in
having acute, very prominent, straight ribs extending from suture to
suture.
Mangilia ceroplasta, sp. nov. ^
Shell of medium size, stout, waxen-yellow, with an abruptly ta-
pered, blunt spire, less than half the length of the shell, composed of
six and a half well rounded whorls. Nucleus large, regularly coiled,
rather blunt, somewhat lustrous, of two and a half whorls; the second
is crossed by four unequal, equally distant, nodulous carina3, the first,
just below, and the fourth, just above the suture, are very fine and
quite indistinct. Below this the whorls are crossed from suture to
suture, by little elevated, rounded, straight ribs separated by inter-
vals about equal to their own width ; both of these are intersected by
a distinct median carina and three or four less conspicuous equally
distant ones below it. On the body whorl there are about sixteen
smaller ones, somewhat crowded anteriorly. Very fine microscopic
threads cover the intervening surface and all are roughened, or ren-
dered granulous, by the intersection of the tine striae in the direction
of the lines of growth. Aperture broad-ovate ; outer lip thin, broadly
curved ])osteriorly, with a very slight inbending anteriorly. Col-
umella slightly curved. Iinier lip shown by a narrow strip of dark
colored enamel. Color light yeUow witli a narrow band of dark red-
K. J. Hush — Mollasca of (J(vpe Sattcras. 459
brown just below the suture, and a similar one on the middle of the
body-Avborl.
Length, o-5'"'"; breadth, 3"""; length of aperture, 3"'"' ; its breadth,
1 mm
A few dead specimens, in 10 to 17 fathoms.
Mangilia melanitica Ball, variety oxia Bush.
Report U. S. Com. Fish and Fisheries, p. 78, 1883, for 1885.
Plate XLV, figures 3, 3a.
Shell small, slender, fusiform, lustrous, transparent, glassy, with a
tall, regularly tapered, acute spire. Whorls eight slightly convex,
angulated and cariuated. Suture defined by a distinct, smooth,
rounded thread. Nucleus large, acute, nearly smooth, of three and a
half rapidly tapering coils, witli a small, very prominent, decidedly
upturned apical whorl ; the two lower whorls have a distinct median
keel. The sculpture consists of about seventeen very thin, sligthly
raised, strongly recurved riblets extending from suture to suture,
rendei'ed nodulous by the intersection of a rather broad, smooth,
rounded, median carina. The greatest curvature of the transverse
riblets is above the carina on the wide, slightly concave, subsutural
bantl, which is crossed also by the lines of growth, and in some speci-
mens, by numerous, microscopic, revolving striie. On the body-
whorl, from the posterior end of the aperture to the end of the canal,
there are about twelve rather fine, smooth, rounded cinguli. The
first, a little wider and more prominent than the others, situated just
above the suture, is rendered nodulous by the crossing of the riblets
at which they abruptly end, and is separated from the second by a
quite wide, smooth space ; the distance between the others decreases
so that, on the canal, they are quite close together. On some of the
specimens there is an additional line midway between the carina and
the first cingulus ; and three or four of the riblets, and rarely all of
them, on the dorsal surface extend, as nearly straight lines, to the
base of the canal. The aperture, in immature specimens, is rather
broad-ovate, with a thin, slightly curved outer lip with a very shal-
low, wide posterior sinus and the columella has a slight, sigmoid cur-
vature, while in more mature specimens the aperture is very narrow,
oblong, with a very much thickened outer lip, forming a conspicuous
varix with a thin, brown edge bending in, partly closing the aper-
ture, and with a deep, narrow, oblique sinus considerably below the
suture. The outer lip also increases posteriorly and joins the inner
460 K. J. Budi — Mollusca of Cape HaUeras.
lip a little below tlie suture, thus considerably shortening the aper-
ture. Some specimens have about four smootli, raised, rounded,
revolving threads on the interior of the aperture, wliich form, by
tlicir abrupt termination, conspicuous nodules within tlie margin of
tlie outer lip. Columelhi, nearly straight, and has, just within the
thin, free edge of the inner lip, a row of from four to six very minute,
white crenulations. Canal very short, narrow at its base, but sud-
denly widened by the abrupt, outward turning of the lip.
Color of fresh specimens amber, with lighter tinted carina, and red-
brown edged aperture; some specimens are irregularly spotted with
red-brown.
Length of a medium sized mature specimen, 5""" ; its breadth,
2111111. length of aperture, 1-75""" ; its breadth, -S""". A specimen of
the same length without the thickened lip, has an aperture 2'"'" long
and nearly 1""" broad.
Very abundant, both living and dead, in 7 to 48 fathoms.
Mr. W. H. Dall considers this shell identical with a species from
Florida to which he has given the name, melanltlca (MSS.), but
admits a varietal difference.
Mangilia oxytata Bush.
Report U. S. Com. Fish and Fisheries, p. 80, for 1883, 1885. ^"
Plate XLV, figure ].
At station 2108, in 48 fathoms a single dead specimen (No. 35,395),
somewhat resembling the preceding, was taken.
It consists of about eight whorls ; those of the spire strongly angu-
lated just below the middle, and ornamented with about nine rather
prominent, straight, transverse ribs, commencing at the periphery and
extending to the suture ; these, with their wide, concave interspaces,
are crossed by three rather strong, nearly smooth, rounded, equally
distant carina?, the third defining the suture. Smooth, oblong nod-
ules are formed by the intersection of these with the ribs, those on the
periphery being the most conspicuous, as the first carina is slightly
wider than the other two. The subsutural band is wide, slightly
concave, crossed by delicate, ex-curved, raised lines or riblets, extend-
ing from the suture to the median carina ; and by three or four fine,
slightly raised, equally distant, revolving threads. The nucleus is
large, semi-transparent, shining, of four and a half turns, with a
small, exceedingly prominent, decidedly upturned, a))ical whorl, which,
with the two following, is smooth and glassy ; the next two have a
K. J. Bvsh—MoUusca of Caj)e Hatteras. 461
fine, smooth, median carina. On the body-whorl the ribs continue
nearly to the base of the canal and are crossed by small, nearly
smooth, rounded, equally distant cinguli, which commence a little be-
low the third principal carina and continue to the end of the canal.
The entire surface is covered with very minute, microscopic granules.
Aperture narrow-ovate, pinched up anteriorly into a short, rather
narrow, straight canal. Outer lij) very much thickened, witli a con-
spicuous varix, and a tliick, smooth, rounded, very irregularly curved,
light brown edge, and a deep, narrow sinus considerably below tlie
suture, at the angle of the shoulder; inner lip inconspicuous; colu-
mella slightly curved.
Color yellowish white, tinged with brown just below the suture,
and on the anterior part of the body-whorl.
Length, 5"""; breadth, 2-5""" ; length of aperture, 2""" ; its breadth,
1 m 111
This species, although closely resembling the preceding, is sufficient-
ly characterized in haviug a much stouter form, more acute apex,
more angularly shouldered whorls, fewer and more prominent ribs,
more numerous cinguli, and especially in having its entire surface
microscopically granulated.
Mangilia (?) glypta Bush.
Report U. S. Com. Fish and Fisheries, p. 80, for ISS.I, 1885.
Plate XLV, figures 5, Sa.
Shell small, semi-transparent, fusiform, with about five slightly
convex whorls, below the nucleus, which consists of three and a half
smooth, transparent, white, glassy, regularly increasing turns. The
apical whorl is small, not very prominent, somewhat oblique. The
sculpture consists of about ten rather indistinct, narrow, longitudinal
ribs, and broad, rounded, very conspicuous cinguli, which, in crossing
the ribs, form prominent, smooth, white, oblong beads or nodules ;
there are three rows of these on the whorls of the spire, and five or
six on the body-whorl ; the second and third are the most prominent
and farther apart than the first two. Cinguli without nodules con-
tinue to the end of the canal, the transverse ribs disappearing at its
base. Aperture a little more than one-third the length of the shell,
narrow-ovate, pinched up anteriorly into a very narrow, short canal ;
outer lip thickened, forming a slight varix, with a thin, white edge
and a shallow sinus close to the suture, with one or two, minute,
white crennlations just Avithin its posterior edge; there are also about
462 K. J. Bvsh — Molhisca of Cape Hatteras.
five similar but much larger crenulations ou the inner margin of the
lip, extending from the sinus to the base of the canal. Inner lip con-
tinuous with the outer, with a free, thin, white edge, having four or
five minute white crenulations just within its inner margin. Canal
short, narrow, bent slightly backwards at its anterior end, with a de-
cided, but shallow notch. Epidermis raised in conspicuous folds
along the lines of growth.
Color, of fresh specimens, light yellowish brown under a lighter
yellow epidermis.
Length of a specimen with imperfect nucleus, 5""" ; its breadth,
2-5™'"; length of aperture, 2-.5"""; its breadth, 1""".
Two fresh and several worn specimens, in 16 to 48 fathoms.
The conspicuous epidermis prevents this species being rightly
placed in the Mangilia group, but as no specimens with the animal
have as yet been foimd, its position cannot be determined with cei*-
tainty, although in its general appearance and lamelliform epidermis
it closely resembles a Pisania.
ACUS protextUS (Conrad) Ball.
Ceriihkmi lyrotextum Conrad, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. vol. iii, p. 26, 1846.
Acus protextus Ball, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. vi, p. ?,'la, 188,'5.
Three dead specimens (No. 35,383), station 2108, in 48 fathoms.
Raohigloska.
Marginella Smithii Vcnriii.
These Transactions, vol. vi, \)\^. 420, 452, 1885.
A number of specimens, in 15 to 43 fathoms.
Nassa consensa Rav.
E,avencl, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., vol. -xiii, p. I."^, 1861.
Tryon, Amer. Mar. Conch., p. .^.5, 1S7,'J.
Rather common in 10 to 49 fathoms.
Astyris pura Verriii.
Tliesc Transactions, vol. v, p. 515, 1882.
Two specimens, living :ind dead, in 14 and 15 fathoms.
T^KNIOGT.OSSA.
Cyphoma gibbOSa (Linnc) Adams.
II. .V A. Ad.'Uns, ficnora, vol. i, \\ 271, pi. 28, fig-. S, 1858.
Chcn\i, Manuel de (loncliyliolnn-jc, vol. i, p. 27:?, fif-;. HOO, 1859.
One dead specimen (No. 40,'7(;r)) occurred at station 2280, in 16
fathoms.
K. J. Bush — Mollusca of Cape Hatter as. 463
Lunatia herOS (Say) H. & a. Adams.
Gould, Invert. Mass., Binney's ed., pp. 338-340, figs. 608-610, 1870.
Verrill, Invert. Anim. Vineyard Sd., p. 646, pi. 23, figs. 133-136, 1874.
A few dead specimens, in 16 to 68 fathoms.
Sigaretus maculatus Say.
Say, Amer. Conch., vol. iii, pi. 25, 1831 ; Conch. U. S., p. 176, pi. 25, 1858.
Tryon, Amer. Mar. Conch., p. 61, pi. 10, fig. 106, 1873.
Two dead specimens (N"o. 38,750), station 2276, in 16 fathoms.
Cerithiopsis Emersonii Adams.
Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 387, fig. 649, 1870.
Verrill, Invert. Anim. Vineyard Sd., p. 648, pi. 24, fig. 151, 1874.
Rather common in 14 to 16 fathoms.
Triforis turris-thomae (D'Orb.) Daii.
Cerithium turris-thmnce D'Orbigny, Moll. Cuba, vol. ii, p. 155, atlas, pi. 23, figs
10-12, 1853.
Triforis turris-thomce Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. ix, p. 81, 1881.
PL.iTE XLV, FIGITRE 6.
One dead specimen (No. 35,807), station 2114, in 14 fathoms.
CsBcum pulchellum stimp.
Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 315, fig. 583, 1870.
Verrill, Invert. Anim. Vineyard Sd., p. 649, pi. 24, fig. 158, 1874.
Common in 14 to 17 fathoms.
Caecum Cooperi Smith.
Verrill, Invert. Anim. Vineyard Sd., p. 649, 1874; these Transactions, vol. v, p.
525, 1882; vol. vi, pi. 28, fig. 8, 1884.
A few specimens were found with the preceding.
Cithna (?) olivacea V.
These Transactions, vol. vi, p. 185, pi. 29, f. 5, 1884.
A single dead specimen occurred at station 2273, in 17 fatlioms.
Trans. Conn. Acad , Vol. VI. 58 .Tune, 188.5.
464 K. J. Bush — Mollnsca of Gape Hntteras
Skenea trilix, sp. nov.
Bush, Report U. S. Com. Fish and Fisheries, p. 82, for 1883, 1885.
Plate XLV, figures 7, la.
Shell small, disk-shaped, with the spire nearly flat, but with the
nuclear whorls rising a little above the level of the last whorl.
Whorls four or more, the body-whorl strongly tricarinate, one carina
at the periphery, one around the base and one around the shoulder,
the spaces between them equal, convex and nearly smooth. The
upper carina shows on all except the nuclear whorls and the one next
following ; above this carina the whorl is flattened or slightly con-
cave, joining the preceding whorl nearly at right angles, but swelling
a little close to the suture; on this band four or five faint spiral stria?
sometimes occur; more rarely traces of them are found below the
carina and on the base. On the basal side, the last whorl is pretty
regularly rounded and strongly convex and the umbilical depression
is large and deep, funnel-shaped, extending to the apex. Within this,
the whorls are distinctly spirally grooved and sometimes its border
is defined by a small, distinctly raised carina. Aperture nearly cir-
cular though slightly angulated at the caringe. Lip a little thickened,
slightly expanded next the body-whorl ; inner lip represented only
by a thin, closely adherent layer of enamel. Nucleus small, a little
prominent, smooth, glossy and subvitreous, the apical whorl minute
and slightly turned up. Surface of the shell lustrous and usually
nearly smooth though often showing faint, flexuous lines of growth.
Dry specimens are more or less opaque, yellowish white.
Fresh specimens, preserved in alcohol, are very thin, nearly trans-
parent, the animal matter showing distinctly beneath. The entire
surface of these is crossed by numerous, very delicate, regular, equally
distant, microscopic lines in the direction of the lines of growth.
Operculum very thin, horny, light yellow, round, of about five
equal whorls, nucleus at the center.
Animal with short, stout tentacles; prominent eyes situated at
their bases ; and a rather broad, bilobed snout.
Breadth, :!""" ; height, l""".
Very abundant, both alive and dead, in 7 to 17 fathoms.
Skenea lirata v.
Oiiudaxis (^) lirata Verrill, these Transactions, vol. v, p. 529, 1882; vol. vi, p. 452,
1885.
Several specimens were found in 10 (o 17 fatlionis,
K. J. Bush — Mollusca of Cape Hatteras. 465
Ptenoglossa,
Scalaria leptalea, sp. nov.
Shell comparatively thin and delicate, rather stout, large, composed
of ahout ten regularly tapered, very convex whorls. The nucleus is
small, and consists of two and a half smooth, shining whoi'ls ; below
this the surface is crossed by delicate, thin, slightly raised, reflected,
oblique ribs, between which there are very numerous, exceedingly fine
cinguli^ aliout fifteen to the millimeter. On the upper whorls the
ribs are very numerous, exceedingly fine and very close together,
becoming less numerous, coarser and farther apart on the lower ones.
The number decreases in a ratio of ten, there being thirty-six on the
eighth whorl, twenty-six on the ninth, and sixteen on the body-
whorl. Aperture ovate; outer lip thin with a reflected edge; inner
lip thickened and reflected anteriorly.
Color bluish white.
Length of the largest specimen, with imperfect nucleus, 15-5""";
breadth, 5-5"'™ ; length of aperture, 4"""; its breadth, about 3'"'".
One adult and several young specimens, in 14 to 16 fathoms.
Scalaria teres, sp. nov.
Plate XLV, figure 8.
Shell very small and slender, thin, delicate, semi-transparent, very
shining. Whorls about nine, very convex, regularly coiled, crossed.
by numerous (about twenty-seven on the body- whorl) very thin, del-
icate, slightly raised, a little oblique ribs, having an almost imper-
ceptible angle just below the suture. Nucleus large, delicate pink,
consisting of three and a half perfectly smooth, shining whorls.
Aperture oval ; inner lip thickened, slightly reflected at the base.
Color bluish white with a delicate pink apex.
Length, 4'"™ ; breadth, 1-5'"'"; length of aperture, about 1"""; its
breadth, about •5'"".
This species can be readily recognized by its size, delicacy and
very brilliant luster.
Two living specimens from stations 2275 and 2276, in 16 fathoms.
Gymnoglossa.
Niso aeglees Bush.
Report U. S. Com. Fish and Fisheries, p. 83, for 1883, 1885.
Plate XLV, FiauRES 10, lOa,
Shell of moderate size, regularly tapered, conical, thin, semi-trans-
parent, smooth, shining, consisting of about twelve^ closely coiled
466 A'. 'T. Bnsh — Mollusca of Cape Hatteras.
flattened whorls, with the suture indistinct defined by a thread of
dark cliestnut-brown, above and below which there is an indefinite
band of yellowish white, gradually shading, towards the centre of the
whorls, into liglit yellow or brown, sometimes mingled with purple.
The nucleus is small, consisting of about three regularly coiled whorls
of a light purple or amethystine color. Base prominent, angulated,
with a moderately large and deep umbilicus, margined by a dark
chestnut-brown thread. Aperture nearly quadrangular, the angles
being formed at the termination of the dark threads, defining the base
and the umbilical region, somewhat produced at the anterior angle,
forming an indistinct notch. Outer lip thin, with a dark chestnut-
brown edge ; inner lip regularly curved, slightly reflected over the
umbilicus, with a somewhat thickened, dark chestnut-brown edge ;
just back of this there runs across the base, from within the umbili-
cus to the sutural thread, a thread or sti-eak of the same dark chest-
nut-brown color, and throughout the entire length of the shell, with
the exception of the nucleus, similarly colored streaks occur, crossing
the whorls at irregular intervals. In specimens somewhat eroded, fine
but distinct lines of growth cross the whorls at pretty regular inter-
vals, and occasionally even in fresh specimens indications of them are
seen. Operculum horny, very thin, liglit yellow.
Length of the largest specimen, V'S'""^ ; breadth, 3-5""" ; length of
aperture, 2'5'"'" ; its breadth, 2""".
Common in 7 to 32 fathoms.
Odostomia engonia, sp. nov.
Shell long, rather stout, white, lustrous, obelisk-shaped, consisting
of seven and a half flattened whorls, distinctly chamfered above the
suture which is canaliculate. The surface is apparently smooth ex-
cept a rather prominent, rounded, revolving thread at the angle of
the whorls, but under the microscope it is covered with numerous,
unequal, indistinct strite. Nucleus very small, just showing above
the first whorl. Body whorl distinctly angulated at the 2)eriphery
where there is a prominent, rounded thread, with a somewhat elon-
o-ated, rounded base. Umbilicus small, dee}), nearly concealed by the
reflected inner lip. Aperture oval, anteriorly considerably |)roduced
beyond the base. Columella with a small, distinct fold within the
aperture not seen in a front view.
Length, 5""" ; breadth, 2'""^ ; length of aperture, 1 vS""" ; its breadth,
1""". A more matm-e specimen from Beaufort, N. C, is G'5""" long;
2-8""" broad; with an aperture 2""" long and 1""" broad.
One living and a few dead specimens, in Id and 10 fathoms.
K. J. BusJi — Mollasca of Cape Ilatterits. 467
Odostomia engonia, var. teres uov.
Plate XLV, figure 9.
A similar but much xwoyg slender shell was found with the preceding.
The whorls are more flattened and have a distinct, impressed, spiral
line just below the angle. The nucleus is large and very oblique.
The aperture is not so much produced anteriorly. In young speci-
mens the fold is very conspicuous.
A specimen with the same number of whorls as the one measured
above is 4-5'""' long ; 1-5'""' broad ; aperture, 1'"'" long and about -S'"'"
broad.
Odostomia cancellata (D'Orb.)
Chemniizia cayicellata D'Orbigny, Moll. Cuba, vol. i, p. 225, alias, pi. 17, ligs 1-3,
1853.
A few specimens were found in 11 to 16 fathoms.
Tectibrancuiata.
Actseon punctO-StriatUS (Adams) Stimp.
Tornatella jnmcto-striata Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 224, fig. 515, 1870.
Adceon pundo-atriata Yerrill, Invert. Anim. Vineyard Sd., p. 664, pi. 25, fig. 165,
1874.
Plate XLV, figure 17.
A number of specimens were found in 7 to 17 fathoms, but they are
much larger than the typical form from Vineyard Sound and have
finer and moi'e closely punctate spiral sculpture, a more conspicuous
fold on the columella, and some specimens have three distinct bands
of delicate pink color on the body-vvliorl, and one on the preceding
whorl.
Philine Sagra (D'Orb.)
Bulla Sagra D'Orbigny, Moll. Cuba, vol. i, p. 123, atlas, pi. 4, figs. 5-8, 1853.
Plate XLV, figures 16, 16«.
Two dead specimens (No. 38,442), station 2113, in 15 fathoms,
Cylichna biplicata (Lea).
Bulla biplicata Lea, Proc. Best. Soc. Nat. Hist., p. 204, 1S44.
Utriculus bijilicatus Tryon. Amer. Mar. Couch., p. 104, pi. 13, fig. 213, 1873.
Plate XLV, figure 14.
Very abundant in 7 to 17 fathoms; rare in 48 fathoms.
468 K. J. Bush — MoUusca of Gape Hatterns.
Cylichna cselata, sp. nov.
Plate XLV, figure 15.
Shell rather thick, opaque white, with a slightly liiistroiis surface,
of moderate size, somewhat conical in shape, with a truncated tip and
an elongated, tapering base. Spire concealed within a very deep pit;
the two or three whorls are distinctly visible in an end view and are
crossed by numerous, delicate, little curved riblets which curve over
the top of the body-whorl extending down a short distance, and
o-radually blend with the flexuous lines of growth. Commencing
about the middle of the whorl and covering the base there are nu-
mei-ous, fine, punctate, spiral lines, very much crowded anteriorly.
Aperture very narrow, expanded anteriorly ; outer lip a little pro-
duced at the top, bending round somewhat abruptly, then following
the outline of the body-whorl, and joining the inner lip in a regular
curve; inner lip much thickened at its base with a minute umbilical
chink behind it. Color yellowish white.
Length, 3""' ; greatest breadth, l-5'""\
Rare in 15 to 43 fathoms.
Bulla Candei D'Orb.
Moll. Cuba, vol. i, p. 128, atlas, pi. 4, figs. 1-:?, 1853.
Plate XLV, figure 13.
Very common in 7 to 48 fathoms.
"Volvula oxytata, sj). nov.
Volvula, sp.. Bush, Report U. S. Cora. Fish and Fisheries, p. 84, for 1883, 1885.
Plate XLV, figure 12.
Shell rather small, somewhat cylindrical, with a sharp, spike-like
apex and a tapering, rounded, anterior end, rather thin, semi-trans-
parent, somewhat lustrous, with four or five very fine, indistinct,
punctate, spiral lines on each end and very indistinct, microscopic
striffi on the intervening surface. Aperture long, very narrow, ex-
panded anteriorly; outer li|» thin, following the curvature of the
bodv-whorl to just below the middle where it contiiuies in a straight
line and joins the inner li]) in a broad curve; inner lip very thin,
slightly reflected anteriorly over a slight umbilical chink. Color
bluish-white under a pale yellow e))iderinis.
Length of one of the largest sj)ecimens, 4"""; bi-endtli, r5""".
Not uncommon in 7 to 1*7 fathoms.
K. J. Bush. — MoUusca of Cape Ilatteras. 469
Volvula miniita, sp. nov.
Plate XLV, figure II.
Shell very small, spinclle-shaped, thin, semi-transparent, white, des-
titute of sculpture with the exception of three or four very indis-
tinct, punctate, spiral lines on the base. Aperture very narrow,
gradually expanding anteriorly from about the middle, with a regu-
larly curved outer lip. Columella with a slight twist or fold, with a
very small umbilical chink behind it. Epidermis indistinct.
Length of the largest specimen, 2-5'"'"; breadth, 1'""'.
A few specimens occurred in 14 to 16 fathoms.
Pleurophyllidia Cuvieri Meckel.
Chenu, Manuel de Conclij^liologie, vol. i, p. 399, figs. 3024, 3025, 1859.
Two specimens occurred in 15 and 2 7 fathoms.
NuDlBRAKCHIATA.
Scyllaea Edwardsii v.
These Transactions, vol. v, p. 550, pi. 43, f. 10. 1882.
Several young specimens were taken, at the surface, near station
2108.
Hetekopoda.
Atlanta Peronii Les.
Verrill, these Transactions, vol. v, p. 529, 1882 ; vol. vi, pi. 28, figs. 4, 4a, 1884.
Several dead specimens, in 15 to 843 fathoms.
Atlanta inclinata Soul.
Verrill, these Transactions, vol. vi, p. 211, 1884.
A few dead specimens, in 48 to 843 fathoms. Alive at the surface.
Pteropoda.
Cavolina tridentata Gray.
Verrill, Invert. Anim. Vineyard Sd., p. G69, pi. 25, fig. 177 ; these Transactions,
vol. V, p. 554, figs. C^^ 7, 1882
A few dead specimens, in 16 to 84.'^ fathoms.
Cavolina uncinata (D'Orh.) Gray.
Verrill, these Transactions, vol. v, p. 554, 1882.
Common in 16 to 843 fathoms.
4*70 K. ,T. Jiush — Mollusca of Cape Ilatteras.
Cavolina longirostris Les.
Verrill, these Transactions, vol. v, p. 555, 1882.
Very abundant in 14 to 938 fathoms.
Cavolina quadridentata (Les.)
Vorrill, these Transactions, vol. vi, p. 212, 1884.
A few specimens, in 15 to 142 fathoms.
Cavolina inflexa (Les.) Gray.
Verrill, these Transactions, vol. v, p. 555, 1882.
One specimen, in 48 fathoms.
Diacria trispinosa Gray.
Verrill, Invert. Anim. Vineyard Sd., p. f)G9, 1874.
Common in 15 to 938 fathoms.
Clio pyramidata Linne.
Verrill, these Transactions, vol. v, p. 555, 1882.
Rather common in 16 to 938 fathoms.
Styliola virgula (Rang).
Verrill, these Transactions, vol. v, p. 557, 1882; vol. vi, p. 2i:i, 1884.
One specimen, in 15 fatlioms.
Styliola SUbulata (Qnoy and Gaimard).
Verrill, these Transactions, vol. vi, p. 213, 1884.
A few si)ecimens, in 15 to 843 fathoms,
SOLENOCONCHA.
Dentalium leptum Bush.
Report U. S. Com. Fish and Fisheries, p. 84, for ISS.S, 1885.
Plate XLV, fiouues 18, iSa.
Shell of moderate size, very slender, slightly curved posteriorly,
rather thin and delicate, with a very smooth and glossy surface, des-
titute of sculpture, except at the i)Osterior end, which is covered with
luimerous, crowded, very fine", raised, longitudinal lines visible only
under the lens. Anterior a])erture round, with a sharj>, thin edge ;
posterior aperture sonu'what thickened, very small, round, slightly
obli((ue, with a very deep, narrow, dorsal notch. Color delic^ite sal-
K. J. Bush — Mollusca of Cape Hatteras. 41 1
mon, or yellow, gradually shading into white towai'd the anterior end.
Very yonng specimens are white, very thin and glassy.
Length, srs""™; diameter of anterior aperture, 2'""'; of i)osterior
aperture, about -5™™.
Common in V to 48 fathoms.
Cadulus Carolinensis Bush.
Report U. S. Com. Fish and Fisheries, p. 85, for 1883, 1885.
Plate XLV, figure 19.
Shell of medium size, semi-transparent (perfectly fresh specimens
are almost transparent and glassy, showing the animal quite dis-
tinctly) very glossy, white, circular throughout its entire length.
Greatest diameter at about the anterior third, diminishing slightly to
the round, very oblique, anterior aperture, and backward to the pos-
terior end, at first very gradually and farther back very rapidly.
Curvature well marked in some specimens, very slight in others,
nearly uniform dorsally, but ventrally, most decided in the posterior
third. Posterior aperture very small, round, a little oblique, with
four small, distinct notches, two on each side.
Length, 9-5™'" ; greatest diameter, about 2'"™ ; diameter of anterior
aperture, 1™" ; posterior aperture, -4'°™.
Very abundant in 7 to 48 fathoms.
Cadulus incisus, sp. nov.
Plate XLV, figttre 20.
Shell rather small, slender, somewhat cylindrical, slightly con-
tracted dorsally, just back of the anterior aperture, tapering and
curving gradually from about the middle toward the posterior end.
It is thin, semi-transparent and very lustrous. The anterior aper-
ture is oval, and a little oblique ; the posterior aperture is very ob-
lique with four narrow, very deep notches, two on each side, forming
four conspicuous points on the end of the shell.
Length of largest specimen, 8'""" ; diameter anterior aperture,
1™™ ; posterior aperture, -5°"°. The other specimen is smaller and
more slender, measuring 7'""' in length ; with the anterior aperture
'S""" in diameter and the posterior less than -5""".
Trans. Conn. Acab., Vol. VI. 59 June, 1885.
472 li. J. Bush — Molhisca of Cajye Hattera^.
LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.
Martesia cuneiformis (Say).
Pholas cuneiformis Say, Journ. PhU. Acad., vol. ii, p. 322, 1822 ; Conch. U. S., p.
108, 1858.
Martesia cuneiformis Tryon, Amer. Mar. Conch., p. 127, pi. 17, figs. 267, 268, 1873.
A single valve (No. 40,800) was found at station 2276, in 16 fath-
oms, and living specimens occurred, imbedded in wood, at Beaufort,
N. C.
Diplothyra Smithii Tryon.
Proc. Phil. Acad., 1862; Amer. Mar. Conch., p. 128, pi. 17, fig. 269, 1873.
A single living specimen, imbedded in limestone, was found in shal-
low water at Beaufort, N. C.
Siliqua costata (Say), h. & a. Ad.
Machcera costata Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 47, fig. 370, 1870.
Siliqua costata Verrill, Invert. Anim. Vineyard Sd., p. 075, pi. 32, p. 244, 1874.
A fragment was found at station 2277, in 16 fathoms.
Corbula Swiftiana C. B. Adams.
Contributions to Conchology, vol. i, p. 236, 1852.
Separate valves were found in very great abundance, in 7 to 48
fathoms and a few living specimens, in 16 to 48 fathoms,
Corbula disparilis D'Orbigny.
La Isla de Cuba, v, Moluscos, p. 322, pi. 27, figs. 1-4, 1845.
Separate valves were very common in 14 to 48 fathoms.
Neaera costata Bush.
Report U. S. Com. Fish and Fisheries, p. 85, for 1883, 1885.
Plate XLV, figure 21.
Shell moderately thick, compressed, triangular-ovate, with a con-
tracted and somewhat elongated rostrum, and with three or four very
prominent, curved, distant, radiating ribs on the convex part of the
valves, and a few smaller and closer ones anteriorly. Umbos high,
smooth ; beaks somewhat curved backward. The dorsal margin, from
the beaks to the end of the rostrum, is strongly and regularly concave,
the rostrum being a little upturned or straight at the tip ; anteriorly,
K. J. Bash — Molliiscii of (Jape Haftenis. 473
the dorsal margin is convex, and falls off" abruptly to the obtusely
rounded anterior end. The ventral margin is broadly rounded and
projects outward in an acute angle, at the pi'ojection of each of
the principal ribs; the intervals between these angles are usually
concave, and beyond the last rib the outline recedes in a concave
curve to the origin of the rostrum, which is rapidly narrowed to near
the tip. Of the three principal radiating ribs, the middle one runs
from the beak nearly to the middle of the ventral margin, curving a
little backward; the posterior one terminates about midway between
the former and the end of the rostrum, curving strongly backward ;
the most anterior one ends about midway between the middle one
and the anterior end of the shell ; midway between this and the mid-
dle one, there is a smaller secondary rib. These three primary ribs
are strongly elevated, not very broad, with the summits rather thin,
finely notched by the concentric lines of growth ; the most posterior
one is the largest and highest, and projects the most at the margin.
Between these ribs the spaces are wide and strongly concave, marked
by numerous and regular lines of growth. On the anterior end of
the shell there are two or three smaller radiating ribs, which are sep-
arated by intervals about equal to their own breadth, and give the
margin a slightly crenulated appearance. The rostrum is narrow,
strongly compressed, with both the dorsal and ventral outline con-
cave. Two small ridges run from the beak to the tip of the rostrum,
separated by a very narrow, flattened area. The right valve has two
well-marked latei'al teeth, the posterior one considerably longer and
larger than the anterior ; between these there is a small, ovate cartilage
pit. The inner surface of the valves shows deeply indented grooves
corresponding to the primary external ribs. Color, opaque white.
Epidermis indistinct.
Length of the largest specimen, 6'"™ ; height, 4™'" ; thickness, 4'"™.
Four living and two dead specimens were found at stations 2108
and 2269, in 48 fathoms.
This species bears considerable resemblance to N. ortiatisshna
D'Orb., but the ribs are less numerous, more curved, and the primary
ones are much larger and more widely separated, and the shell is less
convex.
Neaera paucistriata Daii. MSS.
Three living specimens, found in 16 and 17 fathoms, were identi-
fied by Mr. Dall as this species.
474 K. J. Bush—MolhiM-a of Cape Hatter as.
Pandora Carolinensis, sp. nov.
Pandora, sp., Bush., Report U. S. Com. Fish and Fisherios, p. 8(3, for 1883, 1885.
Shell of moderate size, triangular-ovate, with a short, acutely
angled posterior end and an elongated, slightly rostrated anterior end.
Valves very unequal, overlapping; the superior one very convex;
the inferior one flat or slightly concave. Beaks very small, curved
inward and backward, situated near the posterior end. Anterior dor-
sal margin very straight ; posterior very oblique, slightly concave just
behind the beaks ; ventral margin much swollen along the middle,
pretty regularly curved to near the anterior end where it is slightly
contracted and forms a short, narrow rostrum. Right valve the
larger, very convex, moderately thick, with a dull surface, roughened
by the irregular, sinuous lines of growth. Extending from the beaks
perpendicularly across the valve is a distinct, though slight, depres-
sion in the surface, in crossing which the lines of growth abruptly
curve downward. A prominent, rounded ridge runs from the beaks
to the anterior ventral margin, forming a narrow dorsal area crossed
by the lines of growth. Below the ridge the surface is a little con-
cave and forms a slight contraction in the margin, more apparent in
some specimens than in others. Anterior hinge plate is a little thick-
ened, very narrow ledge, on which the left valve rests, extending
nearly the entire length of the dorsal margin ; behind the beaks is a
thick, conspicuous, triangular process or tooth, which is concave next
the margin of the valve; in front of this, directly under the beaks, is
a narrow, oblique cavity, with the very narrow cartilage-pit in front
of it. Left valve considerably smaller and very thin, with a conspic-
uous furrow running out from beak, corresponding to the ridge in
the opposite valve, above which the valve bends slightly outward.
Besides the irregular lines of growth the surface is cut by numerous,
about fourteen, unequally distant, impressed, radiating lines. In
front of the beaks the edge of the valve is bent in at right angles,
forming a gradually widening area which laps over the opposite
valve ; directly under the beak is a thick, prominent, elongated,
oblique tooth, and a very much thinner, longer, less elevated, more
oblique, wedge-shaped one in front of it with the'narrow cartilage-
pit between ; extending from behind the beaks along the dorsal mar-
o-in is a rather delicate ridge, which in some specimens shows only as
a sli'i'ht thickening of the edge, and in others it is separated from it
and shows as a ridge or tooth. Pallial impression well marked ;
pallial line formed by a line of indistinct dots. Interior of the shell
very pearly.
K. J. Bush — 3/o//u.'«'<i of C(fj>e Hdltaras. 475
Length of one of the hxrgest specimens, 16"""; height, across cen-
ter, 8"'"' ; thickness, about 3"'"\
Separate valves were very abund.int in 7 to 48 fathoms; and a few
young living S|)ecimens were found in 15 to 17 fathoms.
Clidiophora, sp. indet.
A single left valve, (No. 45,202), quite distinct from G. trilineata^
or any species known to me, occurred at station 2275, in IG fathoms.
Valve small, thin, very much distorted. Beaks minute, bending
strongly outward, situated far over toward the posterior end ; ante-
rior dorsal margin curving abruptly upward from the beak and then
continuing in a straight line ; posterior dorsal margin very short,
oblique and slightly concave, forming an acute angle at its junction
with the ventral margin. Ventral margin much curved, the greatest
curvature near the anterior end, where it bends inward toward the
beaks, forming a very slight rostrum. Surface very rough. Two dis-
tinct, impressed lines or grooves, parallel to the dorsal margin, extend
from the beaks to the anterior end ; above the second there is a
broad, nearly flat, dorsal area ; below it the valve is very convex and
the surface is cut by fi-om thirteen to fifteen very conspicuous, unequal,
and unequally distant, concentric grooves, becoming dee])er and farther
apart toward the ventral margin and scarcely visible on the posterior
surface, which is concave and I'oughened by the lines of growth. Inte-
rior lustrous and very pearly. The two exterior, dorsal grooves show
as two distinct ridges, and four of the deepest, exterior, concentric
grooves appear as elevated lines, with broad, concave interspaces.
The edge of the valve along the entire length of the anterior dorsal
margin is bent in at right angles and forms a gradually widening
area. Hinge consists of three distinct, thin, oblique, unequal, diver-
gent teeth. The first is a very oblique, long and narrow, angular
ridge, having a shallow, elongated cartilage-pit in its posterior side.
The second, directly under the beaks, is very much shorter, broader,
more elevated, and less oblique, and the third is a very slightly ele-
vated ridge extending from the beak to the posterior muscular scar.
Scars rather distinct, pallial line not visible.
Macha Cumingiana (?) Dkr.
Macha Cumingiana Dunker, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 425, 1861.
Macha strigillata (Linne), var. (?) Bush, Report U. S. Com. Fish and Fisheries,
p. 86, for 1883, 1885.
Shell moderately large, thin, convex, long and narrow, with broadly
476 K. J. Jhi.sk — Mollusca of Cope Satteras.
rounded ends and with the opposite margins nearly parallel. Beaks
very small, incurved, situated near the anterior third ; the dorsal
margin in front of the beaks, straight, and behind them slightly ob-
lique. Surface somewhat lustrous, roughened by the irregular lines
of growtli and cut by nuniei-ous, fine, wavy, diagonal lines, the first
one commencing just behind the beaks, and extending to the anterior
ventral margin ; near the posterior end of the shell, over the portion
radiating from the beaks to the posterior ventral margin, they
abruptly turn down in the opposite direction. In a specimen about an
inch long there are about thirty-six of these lines. Extending fiom
the beaks obliquely backward across the shell there are two very
faint, slightly raised, narrow, divergent rays. The hinge in the right
valve consists of two unequal, prominent, divergent teeth. The first
one, directly under the beak, is a three-sided, pointed tooth, project-
ing inward and upward like a hook ; immediately back of this is a
very narrow, gradually widening, sharp-edged, very oblique ridge,
which forms the second tooth. Back of these, curving strongly
inward and upward, is a short, high, angulated, tooth-like process, to
the very concave exterior surface of which the ligament is attached.
In the left valve, immediately under the beak, attached to the end of
the ligamental process, there is a prominent, very thin, leaf-like tooth,
curving strongly upward and backward.
In voung specimens the lines of growth and the oblique markings
show very distinctly on the interior, but in more mature examples
these are concealed by a layer of smooth, very lustrous, pure white en-
amel. Pallial line distinct, with a broad, deep, very conspicuous sinus.
Color, opaque bluish white, under a thin, closely adherent, lustrous,
light yellow epidermis.
Length of the largest perfect specimen, 30'"™ ; height, 13""" ; thick-
ness, about 4'""\
Several valves of young specimens were found in 15 to 17 fathoms.
At station 2273 a fragment occurred showing the shell to be large and
very thick when full grown.
Tellina lintea Conrad.
Joum. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. vii, [). 25!», pi. 20, tig. ;{, 18;'.7.
Common in 10 to 26 fathoms.
Semele lata c. b. Adams.
One valve (No. 40,600) agreeing ])erfectly with specimens labelled
as this species in the Peabody Museum of Yale College, was found at
station 2290, in 10 fathoms.
K. J. Bush — Molhisca of Cape Hatter as. 477
Dosinia Obovata Conrad.
Gytherea obovata Conrad, Fossils Tertiary Form. U. S., p. 14, pi. 8, lig. 4, 1838.
Dosinia obovata Conrad, Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. vi, p. 77, 1870-71.
Bush, Report U. S. Com. Fish and Fisheries, p. 87, for 1883, 1885.
Very abundant in 7 to 17 fathoms.
Chione alveata (Conrad).
Vtnus alveata Conrad, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. vi, p. 264, [)1. 11, fig. 19_
1831 ; Fossils Tertiary Form. U. S., p. 9, pi. 5, fig. 2, 1838. {? non Say.)
Common in 10 to 48 fathoms.
Cardium pinnulatum Conrad.
Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 141, fig. 452, 1870.
Verrill, Invert. Anim. Vineyard Sd., p. 683, pi. 29, fig. 209, 1874.
Common in 15 to 142 fathoms.
Cyprina Islandica (Linne) Lam.
Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 129, fig. 443, 1870.
Verrill, Invert. Anim. Vineyard Sd., p. 683, pi. 28, fig. 201, 1874.
A few valves occurred in 27 to 49 fathoms,
Astarte undata Gid.
Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 119, fig. 432, 1870.
Verrill, Invert. Anim. Vineyard Sd., p. 684, pi. 29, fig. 203, 1874.
Separate valves occurred in 27 to 48 fathoms and living specimens,
in 43 to 49 fathoms.
Crassatella (Eriphyla) lunulata Conrad.
Gouldia madracea Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 128, fig. 442, 1870.
Verrill, Invert. Anim. Vineyard Sd., p. 685, pi. 29, figs. 206, 207, 1874.
Crassatella [Eriphyla) lunulata Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. vi, p. 340, 1883.
Several valves occurred in 7 to 43 fathoms,
Crassatella, sp.
A single valve (No. 40,590) occurred at station 2307, in 43 fath-
oms. It measures 28™™ in length; 20™™ in lieight; 6™™ in thickness.
Venericardia granulata (Say.)
Cardita borealis Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 146, fig. 455, 1870.
Cydocardia borealis YerriW, Invert. Anim. Vineyard Sd., p. 683, pi. 29, fig. 216, 1874.
Venericardia granulata Verrill, these Transactions, vol. vi, p. 258, 1884.
A few valves occurred in 27 to 49 fathoms.
4*76 K. J. BvsJi, — Molhtsca of Cape Hatteras.
Venericardia obliqua, sp. nov.
Shell small, moderately thick, compressed, somewhat triangular,
very oblique, much produced anteriorly. Beaks small, acute, curved
inward and very much forward. Surface crossed by from twelve to
fourteen principal radiating ribs and two or three smaller ones on
either side. The ribs are broad, flat, roughened by the lines of
growth and separated by narrow, rather deep, unequal grooves. In-
terior smooth, very lustrous, semi-transparent, the external ribs show-
ing distinctly through, and at their termination, forming broad crenu-
lations in the margin. Hinge plate very broad, with a single prom-
inent, slightly oblique, wedge shaped, bilobed tooth directly under
the beak, in the right valve, with a deep triangular cavity on either
side ; and in the left valve two stout, divergent, wedged shape
teeth, with a deep, triangular cavity betw^een. Color dirty white
with a broad, median, concentric band of yellow-brown.
Length of a medium sized specimen, 6""" ; height, 6*5 ; thickness,
omm
One living specimen and a few single valves, in 7 to 10 fathoms.
Chama congregata Conrad.
Fossils Tertiary Form. U. S., p. 32, pi. 17, fig. 2, 1838.
Separate valves occurred in 1 to 27 fathoms and living specimens,
in 16 fathoms.
Liicina filosa stimp.
Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 98, fig. 404, 1870.
Verrill, Invert. Anira. Vineyard Sd., p. 686, pi. 29, fig. 212, 1874.
A number of valves occurred in 2V to 80 fathoms.
Lucina nassula Conrad.
Amer. Journ. ScL, vol. ii, p. 394, 1846.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., vol. iii, p. 24, 1846.
Rather common in 7 to 48 fathoms.
Lucina trisulcata Conrad.
Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. xli, p. 346.
FossQs Tertiary Form. U. S., p. 71, pi. 40, fig. 0, 1838.
A single valve (No. 40,598) occurred at station 2290, in 10 fathoms.
Cryptodon obesus Verriu.
Invert. Anlra. Vineyard Sd., p. 393, pi. 29, fig. 214, 1874; these Transactions,
vol. v, p. r)69, 1882.
A few valves were found in 15 to 48 fathoms.
K. J. Bush — 3IoUasc(i of Gape Hatter as. 479
Diplodonta turgida Verrill aud Smith.
Vurrill, Amer. Jouru. Sci., vol. xxii, p. 303, 1881; these Trausactious, vol. v, p.
569, pi. 58, fig. 42, 1882.
Common in 27 to 68 fathoms,
Montacuta bidentata (Montagu).
Verrill, these Trausactions, vol. v, p. 571, 1882.
Single specimens were found in 16 and 48 fathoms.
Leda unca Gld.
Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. viii, p. 282, 1862.
Tryon, Amer. Mar. Conch., p. 183, 1873.
Verrill, these Transactions, vol. vi, p. 260, 1884.
Very abundant in 7 to 48 fathoms.
Pectunculus tricenarius Conrad.
Fossils Tertiary Form. U. S., p. 63, pi. 35, fig. 1, 1838.
One valve (No. 40,614), station 2296, in 27 fathoms.
Crenella glandula (Totten) Ad.
Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 194, fig. 492, 1870.
Verrill, Invert. Anim. Vineyard Sd., p. 695, pi. 31, fig. 233, 1874.
Single valves occurred in 16 and 48 fathoms.
Pecten Clintonius Say.
Pecten tenuicostaius Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 196, fig. 494, 1870.
Pecten Clintonius Verrill, these Transactions, vol. vi, p. 261, 1884.
Several specimens occurred in 16 to 49 fathoms.
Anomia aculeata Mhli.
Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 204. fig. 498, 1870.
Verrill, Invert. Anim. Vineyard Sd., p. 697, pi. 32, figs. 239, 240, 240(t, 1874.
Several specimens occurred in 16 to 142 fathoms.
List of species found betioeen 40 and 50 fathoms.
GASTROPODA.
Marginella borealis V.
Volutella lachrimula Gld.
n. Siplio pygTYiceus {G\A.) V.
n. Anachis Haliceeti (Jeff.) V.
n. Astyris zonalis (Lins.) V.
Lainellaria pellucida V.
LAMELLIBRANCHLATA.
Saxicava arctica (Lmne) Desli.
n. Thracia Conradi Couth.
Astarte castanea Say.
n. Astarte crenata Gray.
Leda acuta (Conrad).
n. Nucula delphinodonta Migh.
Teans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 60 June, 1885.
480 K. J. Bash — Mollusra of Cape Hatteras.
GASTROPODA— cow^mrted.
11. Cnicibiiliim striatum (Say) H. and
A. Ad.
w. Cingula cariiiata Migii.
n. Aclis tenuis V.
Ethalia multistriata V.
Ccdliostoma Bairdii V. & S.
Cocculina reticulata V.
71. Eulimella Sniithii V.
LAMELLIBRANCHIATA— co7ii.
n. Modiolaria nigra (Gray) Loven.
M. Modiolaria corrugata (Stinip.)
Morch.
Crenella decussata (Mont.) Macg,
Amussium, sp. nov.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLV.
Figure 1. — Mangilia oxytata, sp. nov. (p. 460), x 10.
Figure 2. — Mangilia psila, sp. nov. (p. 455), x 5.
Figure 3. — Mangilia melanitica Dall., var. oxia, nov. (p. 459), x 10.
Figure 3a. — The same. Nuclear whorls, x 30.
Figure 4. — Mangilia ephamilla, sp. nov. (p. 457), x 5.
Figure 4a. — The same. Nuclear whorls, x 25.
Figure 5. — *Mangilia {?) glypta, sp. nov. (p. 461), x 10.
Figure 5a. — The same. Nuclear whorls, x 15.
Figure 6. — Triforis turris-thomce (D'Orb.) Dall (p. 463), x 10.
Figure 7. — Skenea trilix, sp. nov. (p. 464), x 10.
Figure 7a. — The same. View of the base, x 10.
Figure 8. — Scalaria teres, sp. nov. (p. 465), x 6.
Figure 9. — Odostomia engonia, var. teres, nov. (p. 467), x 6.
Figure 10. — Niso ceglees, sp. nov. (p. 465), x 5,
Figure 10a. — The same. Nuclear whorls, x 30.
Figure 11. — Volvula minuta, sp. nov. (p. 469), x 20.
Figure 12. — Volvula oxytata, sp. nov. (p. 468), x 10.
Figure l^.— Bulla Candei D'Orb. (p. 468), x 10.
Figure 14. — Cylichna hiplicata (Lea) (p. 467), x 10.
Figure 15. — Cylichna ccelata, sp. nov. (p. 468), x 6. The lines denoting the sculpture
are much too heavy.
Figure 16.—Philine Sagra (D'Orb). (p. 467), x 10.
Figure 16a. — The same. To show sculpture, x 50.
Figure 17. — Actoeon puncto-striatus (Adams) Stimp. (p. 467), x 10.
Figure 18. — Dentalium leptum, sp. nov. (p. 470), x 2|.
Figure 18a. — The same. Dorsal view of posterior end to show iiotcii, x 10.
Figure 19. — Cadulus Carolinensis, sp. nov. (p. 471), x 8.
Figure 20. — Cadidus incisiis, sp. nov. (p. 471), x 4.
Figure 21. — Neara cosiata, sp. nov. (p. 472), x JO.
Figures 2, 3a, 4«, 5a, 8, 9, 15, 16a, 20 are camera-lucida drawings b}' the author;
the others are drawn by Mr. J. H. Emerton, from nature.
* The specimen figured has an imperfect nucleus aud is destitute of the epidermis
found on perfectly fresh specimens.
XII. — New England LYcosiDyE. By J. H. Embkton.
The Lycosidte have the abdomen .iiid usually the cephalothorax
considerably longer than l)road and the legs long, the fourth [)air
longest, with long movable spines. The feet have three claws, the
lateral ones long with numerous teeth, and the middle Qne short with-
out teeth or with only one or two. The tarsi are sometimes thickly
covered with hairs concealing the claws, but there are no toothed
hairs under the claws as in the spiders that live in webs.
The eyes are in three rows. The front row consists of four small
eyes nearly of the same size, the second row of two large eyes on the
front of the head and the third row of two eyes a little smaller than
the last, a little farther apart and farther back on tlie head.
The body is hairy all over and a large part of the markings are
formed by colored hairs and change considerably when the spider is
wet. The markings consist usually of three longitudinal light lines
on the cephalothorax, different parts of which are obscured in differ-
ent species, and a middle stripe of various shapes on the abdomen.
The palpi of the males are comparatively simple. The patella and
tibia are but little modified except in Doloraedes. The tarsus is long
and pointed. The tube of the palpal organ is usually short and lies
across the middle of the bulb. On the middle or base of the bulb is
a large process, the shape of which distinguishes many species. The
external part of the epigymim consists usually of a middle lobe
widened at the end and hard side lobes.
The Lycosidffi live on the ground, running after their prey and mak-
ing no cobwebs. Several species make holes in the ground, which
they line with silk and use for shelter but not as traps.
The females carry the cocoon attached to the spinnerets and the
young mount on the female's abdomen and are carried for a time after
leaving the cocoon.
Dolomedes and Ocyale carry the cocoon in their jaws and spin a
large irregular web in bashes for the use of the young.
Many of the species of Lycosidae are very difficult to distinguish,
and I have been unable to identify many of them with published de-
scriptions. I have compared mine with a large collection of European
Lycosidae and find very few species common to both countries. The
following papers contain descriptions of Aiuerican Lycosidae.
482 J. II. Emerton — Nevi England Lyoosidm.
E. Keyserling, Americanische Citigradoa in Verlianrllangen dcr
zool. botan. Gesellsch., Wieii, 1876.
Geo. Marx. American Naturalist, vol. xv, May, 1881. On some
new tube-constructing spiders.
S. H. Scudder. Psyche. Vol. ii, page 2, 1877. Lycosa arenicola.
T. Thorell. Notice of some spiders from Labrador. Proc. Boston
Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. xvii, 1875.
N. M. Hentz. Araneides of the U. S. Boston Journal of Nat.
Hist., vols, iv and v.
Mary Treat'. Har|)er's Magazine, April and May, 1880.
H. C. McCook. Habits of Lycosa nidifex, Proc. Phil. Acad. Nat.
Sci., June, 1883.
In the classification of this family I have followed the arrange
raent and names used by Simon in Arachnides de France, except that
I have included Oxyopes, as was done by older writers. The family
includes three sub-families, Lycosinae, including Lycosa, Pirata, Par-
dosa and Aulonia ; Dolomedinre, including Dolomedes and Ocyale ;
Oxyopinse, including Oxyopes.
Lycosa Latr.
Tarentula Thorell; Keyserling, Americanische Citigradas, zool. botan. Ges., Wien,
1876.
Lycosa Simon, including Trochosa and Arctosa Koch.
This genus includes the largest spiders found in the North-
ern States, and most of the species are of large size and covered
with hair. The legs are stout and thickly covered with hairs on
the tai'si. The front row of eyes is nearly straight and as long as
the second row or longer, the middle jiair usually a little larger than
the others. The second eyes are the largest and about their diame-
ter apart. The dorsal eyes are smaller and farther apart. The spin-
nerets are short, the hinder pair no longer than the anterior. Several
species dig deep holes or make shallow nests under stones, where they
hide while molting or carrying their young.
Lycosa nidicola, new.
Plate XLVI, figures 1, la, 1?>, Ic, \d.
Large female, 18""" long. Cephalothorax, 9""" long, 7"'"' wide; 1st
leg, 22"'"^ ; 4th leg, 28"^"\
Color yellowish brown. The cephalothorax has a light middle line,
narrow between the eyes and a little wider behind, with a fine dark
J. H. Mmerton — Nevj England Lycosidce. 483
line along the dorsal groove. On each side of the thorax, near the
edge, is a light line about as wide as the median one. The legs ai-e
yellowish brown, without rings, and darker or lighter according to
the age of the spider. On the front of tlie abdomen is a middle
stripe, darkest at the edges, which tapers to a point about the middle
of the back. On each side of this are light stripes, which unite and
become a narrow middle stripe on the hinder part of the abdomen.
At the sides of the middle stripe are slightly darker and lighter ob-
lique lines. The under side of the abdomen has irregular dark spots
on a light ground, sometimes arranged in oblique lines at the sides
and two or three longitudinal lines in the middle. The male isab(»ut
half as large as the lemale and similarly marked. The tarsus of the
male palpus is long, about twice the length of the palpal organ and
has several straight spines at the end. The palpal organ has a large
barbed process across the base below the tube ; above tlie tube is a
thin sharp process about the same length and at its base a shorter
one. The epigynum is about as wide as long and shaped like the
letter T.
This is one of the most common species. It is oftenest found under
stones where the female makes a hollow in the ground lined thinly
with silk in which she stands with her cocoon of eggs early in the
Slimmer.
Massachusetts ; Providence, R. I. ; New Haven and Noank, Conn. ;
Indianapolis, Indiana.
Lycosa pratensis, new.
Plate XLVI, figures 4, 4a, 4&.
Length, 10'°'". Cephalothorax, S'"'" long, 3™"^ wide.
The colors are dark and light yellowish brown, browner than L.
nidicola, which sj^ecies it much resembles. The middle of the cephalo-
thorax is light, broken by faint grayish stripes. Behind the middle
the light area narrows and extends back to the end of the thorax.
The abdomen is grayish, marked by two rows of light spots, indis-
tinctly connected in pairs by cross lines. When wet the markings
appear more complicated, as in the figure. On the front of the abdo-
men is the usual light stripe with dark edges over the dorsal vessel.
The front row of eyes is hardly longer than the second row, which
distinguishes this species from polita.
The epigynum is shaped like that of lineata^ but is shorter and
wider. The palpal organ has the processes which support the tube,
wider and more curved than in lineata.
484 J. IT. Emerton — N'eit) England Lycosidai.
This is the most common species under stones and under leaves in
winter. Eastern Mass. ; Mt. Tom, Mass. ; New Haven, Conn. ; Mt.
Washington, N. H,
Lycosa polita, new.
Plate XLVI, figures 2, 2a, 2b, 2c.
Female, 12'"'" long. Cephalothorax, 5^"'"' long, 4""" wide; 1st leg,
11"^™ ; 4th leg, 13'"'".
This is a small, short-legged species, like the last. The cephalo-
thorax is reddish brown, dark at the sides and light in the middle,
the two colors spreading into each other by several irregular notches
around the dorsal groove. The hairs of the cephalothorax are very
short and the whole surface looks as if polished. The legs are col-
ored like the cephalothorax but have longer hairs and dark spines.
The abdomen is light yellowish, with dark gray or black markings,
resembling those of 7\genaria. On the front end is a light middle
patch partly divided into three, and behind this are five or six herring-
bone markings broken by irregular light spots. Under the abdomen
is a dark middle line, which widens at the ends aroixnd the epigynum
and the spinnerets. At the sides of this line and in front the abdo-
men is yellowish white, except irregular dark gray lines, which
extend down the sides from above. The sternum and under sides of
tbe legs are dark like the back of the thorax.
Another variety has dark markings on the cephalothorax and legs.
The legs are marked with broken dark rings, two or three on each
joint. The head and middle of the thorax are light, with some faint
dark spots. On each side of this light area are two irregular dark
bands not extending to the edge of the cephalothorax, which is
marked by broken spots of light and dark.
The front row of eyes is much wider than the second row.
The epigynum is short and wide and has a peculiar shape character-
istic of this species, see fig. 2c.
Eastern Mass. ; Albany, N. Y. ; New Haven, Conn. ; under stones
in summer and under leaves in winter. Eggs in June and July.
Lycosa frondicola, new.
Plate XLVI, figures 3, 3a, 3b.
Female, 14'"'" long. Cephalothorax, 7'""' long, 5'""> wide; a little
smaller than lineata.
The colors are gray and brown, like dead leaves among which it
lives. The cephalothorax is dark brown at the sides and has a wide
gray stripe in the middle.
J. H. Emerton — New England Lycosidm. 485
The abdomen is similarly marked with a wide gray band in the
middle and dark brown at the sides. In the gray band are some
faint darker markings and an indistinct middle line in front tapering
to a point near the middle of the back. The legs are dark gray.
The sternum is dark gray. The under side of the abdomen has a
wide dark stripe in the middle with irregular edges.
The epigynum is as wide as long. The middle lobe is very narrow
in front and widens suddenly at the end into a shape like the letter T.
Lycosa pictilis, new.
Plate XL VI, figures 5, 5a, 5&.
13'"'" long. Cephalothorax, 5-5"'"^ long, 4'""^ wide.
The cephalothorax is brown at the sides and has a wide middle
stripe from between the eyes to the abdomen. Just back of the eyes
the stripe widens, forming a square figure with corners pointing to-
ward the sides. The back of the abdomen has in front two orange-
colored spots. Following these is a row on each side of white spots
surrounded by black, and between them a middle row of light angu-
lar markings. The legs are mai'ked with alternate light and dark
brown rings. The dark rings do not extend around the under side of
the legs.
The epigynum is small. The middle lobe is widened and rounded
at the end. The tube of the male palpus is short and partly con-
cealed by the basal process, which extends across the tarsus and
curves backward at the end.
This very distinct species is abundant among the moss and low
shrubs on the upper part of Mt. Washington, N. H., and the neigh-
boring mountains.
Lycosa kochii Keyserling, Verhandlungen zool. botan. Gesells., "Wien, ISTT.
Plate XLVI, figures 6, Qa, 6b, 6c.
Length of female 14'"'". Cephalothorax G""'" long, 4-5'""» wide.
The cephalothorax is dark brown at the sides and light brown or
grayish in the middle. The middle of the abdomen is grayish brown
with black muscular spots and bordered at the sides with darker
brown, which forms two almost black spots on the front corners of
the abdomen. The legs are light gray at the base and darker toward
the tips. Beneath the color is lighter than on the back.
The colors and markings of the back are nearly the same as those
of a smaller and shorter-legged species X. frondicola, but it may be
easilv distinguished by the epigynum, and by the light color of the
under side of the body.
486 J. H. Mnerton — New England Lycosidm.
A 8oft and dark-coloi'ed specimen, probably lately molted, lias the
rinos on the legs and all the dark iiiarkino-s more distinct and the
epigynum smoother and less shrunken than usual, with the front part
of the middle lobe nearly straight and with [)arallel edges not con-
tracted in the middle as in most specimens.
The epigynum is very different from those of the related species.
The anterior pit is single and the middle lobe is narrow in front and
widened behind into a triangular and thickened end.
The palpal organ has the barbed process across the base of the
bulb rather small and black. The tube is long and curved around
the end of the hollow of the tarsus. At its base is a hard process
extending across the bulb parallel to the barbed appendage. A thin
process extends around parallel with the tube to its end.
This species lives in woods running among the dead leaves, which
it much resembles in color. It matures in spring and carries its
cocoons in May and June.
New Haven, Conn. ; Boston, Mass.
Lycosa carolinensis Hentz.
Plate XLVII, figures 1, la, \b.
A large female is 30"'™ long. Cephalothorax, 13"'"' long, 10"'"' wide ;
1st leg, 35'"™, 4th leg, 48'""\
The male is more slender. One measures 18'"" long. Cephalothorax,
10™"' long, '7-5"'"' wide; 1st leg, 33™'", 4th leg, 37™™.
The whole body and legs are mouse color above, light in males and
darker in females. The joints of the legs are darker towards the
tips and the spines are black. The abdomen is indistinctly marked
above. The markings of the under side are much brighter. The
under side of the abdomen, sternum and coxae are deep black, the
femora light mouse color with a black ring at the end. The tibiae
are gray in the middle and black at the ends. The mandibles are
black with orange hairs on the front. All these markings are nnich
less distinct in the female than male.
The whole body is thickly covered with short hair. The tarsi are
very hairy, especially on the under side, covering up the claws except
the tips.
Half-grown females in Sept., at New Haven, running in dry pas-
tures, are very brightly marked, nearly black on the back of the ab-
domen, with the segments distinct.
This species digs a hole six or eight inches deep, but is often found
under stones <»i' running in fields and occasionally in houses all over
J. H. Emertou — Netn En<jlaii,d Lj/cosidoi. 487
New England. Tlie eggs are laid in Jidy. The young after leaving
the cocoon gather on the abdomen of the female which then looks as
large as a mouse.
The palpal organ is small for so large a spider. The tube and the
supporting appendage are short and thin. The l)asal process is short
and black, slightly forked at the end. The epigynum resembles that
of pratensis and nidifex.
Lycosa vulpina, uuw.
Plate XLVII, figure 2.
A large female measures 23""" long. Cephalothora.v, 12"'"' long,
9""" wide; 1st leg, 31"'"' ; 4th leg, 36'"'".
The general color, in alcohol, is dark brown, with light gray or
white markings. The colors are all probably lighter in life. The
cephalothorax has a narrow light line in the middle, widest behind,
and wider and less distinct lines at the sides. The abdomen is indis-
tinctly figured with spots of dark brown on a lighter ground, or the
markings run together into a nearly uniform dark brown. The legs
are dark with light rings which are wider and more distinct on the
inner joints and absent on the tarsi and metatarsi. The sternum,
coxje and maxillje are all dark brown. The epigynum is shorter than
in carolineiisis and the end thicker.
This species is about as large as L. carolinensls and has a general
resemblance to that species. It is easily distinguished by the rings
on tlie legs, the less distinct black nuirkings on the under side, and
the shape of the epigynum.
Mt. Tom, Mass.; New Jersey, McCook.
Lycosa nidifex Marx, American Naturalist, May, 1881.
Lycosa arenicola Scudder, Psj'clie, vol. ii, page 2, 1877.
Plate XLVII, figures 4, Aa, ib.
Length of female, 21'"'". Cephalothorax, 10'"'" long, 7""" wide; 1st
leg, 22°^'" ; 4th leg, 25'"'",
The cephalothorax is dark gray with a wide light band in the mid-
dle. The abdomen is light gray with a dark band in the middle,
which follows the shape of the dorsal vessel in front and incloses in
the hinder half 3 or 4 pairs of white spots. The legs increase in
thickness and the color becomes darker from the fourth to the first
pair. The first legs are dark brown covered with gray hairs, the
hind legs light gray or yellowish with black spines. The first and
second legs are black beneath except the tarsi. The sternum is dark
TuANS. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 61 June, 1885.
488 J. II. Mnerton — N'ew Ewjland Lycosiclce.
(jst at tliu i'roiit end. TIiu iiKiiulibles iirc covered with light gray
hairs on the IVout.
Two oUl I'eiuales taken at New Haven, Conn., Oct. 4tli, had all the
colors faded to nearly uniform darJ< l)rown, the dark parts lighter
and the light parts darker than in younger individuals and the hairs
on the legs shorter.
The epigynuni is 'J'-shaped, with the cross piece short and thick.
The males are a little smaller than the females. The palpal or-
gans resemble those of liueuta, but the tube is shorter and the
terminal process which supports it is short and thick and tapers to a
narrow point.
This species makes holes six inches to a foot deep, lined with silk
and with a ring of iubl)isli fastened together with silk around the
mouth. The hal)its are described by Scudder in Psyche, vol. ii, p. 2 ;
George Marx in Am. Naturalist, May, 1881 ; and H. C. McCook in
Proc. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., June, 1883.
Albany, N. Y.; New Haven, Conn.; Cape Cod, Martha's Vineyard
and Nantucket, Mass.; Long Island, usually in sandy fields.
Lycosa cinerea F.
Plate XLVII, fiuuuks 3, Bd, 'ih.
Male, 13""" long; 1st leg, 18"'"' ; 4th leg, 23"""; palpi, s"'"'.
The cephalothorax is yellowish white with indistinct radiating
markings about the dorsal groove. The space between the eyes is
black. The legs are whitish with indistinct brownish rings and
black spines. The ends of the legs and [)alpi are darker. The abdo-
men is white with irregular gray markings. The mandibles are dark
brown. The under side of the whole body is yellowish white. The
whole body is covered with long white or gray hairs.
The male palpi are long. The tarsus is slender and pointed and
twice as long as the i)alpal organ, which is small and closely folded
together.
On sandy iields anil beaches. Eastern JNlassachusetts; Maltha's
Vineyard; New Haven, Conn.; Indianapolis, Iiuliana. It has several
times been fouiul on beaches where it appeared to have been covered
by the tide. It is also a common spider in Kurope.
Lycosa nigroventris, new.
PhATK XLVII, I'MCIUKIOS 5, Scf, 5^.
Length, 12"'"'. Cephalothorax, G""" ; 4th leg, 20""". Colors gray and
dark brown. In the middle of the cephalothorax is a straight gray
J. II. Eiuerton — New England Lycosidrti. 480
stripe as wide as the eye-area. The edges of the thorax are also
light. Between these the sides of the ceplialothorax are dark brown,
almost black near the edges of the middle stripe.
The abdomen is light gray in the middle. At the sides in front
are two dark spots, darkest in front, extending back half the length
of the abdomen and between them are two small dark spots near the
muscular spots on the first segment. The hinder half of the abdo-
men is marked by scolloped transverse dark lines. The legs are cov-
ered with gray hairs and scattered dark spines.
The sternum is dark brown and the coxai nearly as dark. In the
middle of the under side of the abdomen is a black marking more
than half as wide as the body extending from the spiracles to the.
spinnerets. The front part of the abdomen is brown like the coxre.
The mandibles are dark brown with a few light hairs on the front
near the base. The palpi are a little longer than the first femur and
light gray, except the tarsus which is a little darker. The palpal
organ is moderately large, the tube and its support much longer than
in carolinensis, but proportionally shorter tlian in pratensis, etc.
Near Chebacco pond, Essex, Mass., Aug., 18*77.
Lycosa communis, new.
Plate XLVII, pigdhes 0,.6rt, C)h, fie, Cul.
Length, 10'"'". Cephalothorax, 5'"'" long, 4'""^ wide ; 1st leg, U'"'" ;
4th leg, l'?'"'^^
The colors and markings are very variable in this species. The
most distinctly marked individuals are very dark browm or black
with light gray and yellow markings and dark rings on the legs.
The lighter specimens have the legs light gray and all the darker
parts of the body of the same color. In the dark variety the cepha-
lothorax is dark brown with a narrow light gray stripe in the middle
and on each side. The middle strij)e divides into three in front, the
middle part extending forward between the eyes to the front of the
head, while the side branches end in front of the hinder eyes. The
abdomen is dark brown with two bright yellow stripes on the front
part that unite into one behind the middle and are indistinctly divi-
ded into segments by grayish lines. Along the sides of the yellow
lines are several pairs of irregular black spots. The legs are ringed
with gray and dark brown. IMie under side of the abdomen is gi'ay,
with a black stripe each side, which unite in front of the spinnerets
and sometimes are connected in front by a black transverse line be-
490 J. It. Emerton — N'ev) England Lycosidm.
hind the epij^ynum. The sternum is dark brown with sometimes a
light mark in the middle. In some liglit colored individuals the space
lietwcen the two yellow bands on the abdomen is much lighter, so
that it forms with them a wide yellowish middle stripe. Fig. dh.
This is a slender species with long legs. The front row of eyes is
shorter than the second row and a little curved upward. The eyes
of the second row are about their diameter apart. The epigynum is
T-shaped. There are two pits near together in front. The anterior
part of the epigynum is widened in the middle. The cross-piece is
scolloped at the ends. The male palpi are long and slender. The
palpal organ has a thick process at the base with a large tooth. The
.terminal process which seems to support the^tube is short and curved
upwards at the end. Near its base is a small hook. The tarsus is
about twice as long as the palpal organ and not very sharp at the end,
where there are several thick spines.
They run in grass in open fields or hide under stones, especially
when about to molt or to lay eggs. When surprised in open ground
they sometimes lie flat and appear dead.
Eastern Mass.; Providence, R. I.; New Haven, Conn.
Lycosa punctulata Hentz.
Plate XL.VITI, figures 1, la, \b.
The largest female measures 10*5'""' long. Cephalothorax, 7-5"""
long, 5-5""" ; 1st leg, lO"'"'; 4tli leg, 22"'"\
The cephalothorax is whitish with two distinct dark brown si ripe.s.
The abdomen has a dark brown middle l)and with a narrow white
stripe on each side, beyond which the sides of the abdomen are
brownish, darkest towards the front end. The under side of the ab-
domen is light or with some irregular dai'k patches and has several
black spots irregularly arranged and diflcring in size and luimber in
different individuals. The legs are without rings but the ends of the
joints are darker than the rest. The cephalothorax and abdomen are
narrower than in most species.
The epigynum is narrow and convex in tlie middle, the middle lobe
only slightly elevated and a little widened in front. At the hinder
• lid is a short transverse ])iece.
Woodbridge, ('onn.; Sherborn, Mass., from A. L. Babcock ; Provi-
dence, R. 1.; Indianapolis, Indiana. Hentz's specimens were from
l*ennsylvaiiia niid Alabama.
J. It. Emerton — Neio Mujknid L>/(-(m,d(h. 491
Lycosa scutulata iTentz.
Plate XLVIII, figures 2, 2r/.
Female, IG"^'" long. Cephalothorax, 7-5"'"^ long, 5-5'""' wide; 1st
leg, 22'"™; 4tli leg, 28""".
This species resembles jniuetulata, but the legs are proportionately
longer. The cephalothorax has two dark longitudinal stripes along
the middle and finer dark lines near the edges. The abdomen has a
dark middle stripe broken by two notches near the front third and
inclnding three or four pairs of light spots in the hinder half. The
under side is light without markings. The legs are liglit with the
ends of the joints darker.
The epigynura is shorter and wider than in pratctidtitu and less
convex. The transverse end of the middle lobe is wider.
New Haven, Conn., under stones along roads. A female found
Sept. 15th, was in a shallow hole lined with silk, with young on her
back.
Lycosa OCreata Hentz, Boston .Journal of Nat. Hist., vol. iv.
Probably Lycosa ocreata Keyserling, zool. botan. Gesells., Wien, 1876.
Plate XLVIII, figures 6, 6a, 6&.
Males, G to 7"^™ long; 1st leg, 10 to 12"^"\ Small female, 8"'"' long.
Cephalothorax, 3-5""".
The cephalothorax has a light gray stripe in the middle from the
second row of eyes backward. At the sides the cephalothorax is
dark brown. The abdomen is dark brown at the sides and has a
light grayish figure in the middle indistinctly divided into segments
on the hinder half. Fig. 6. The legs are yellowish, indistinctly ringed
with gray on the femora. The hairs are long all over the body and
the spines on the legs are also long. In the male the cephalothorax
is wide behind and the legs are longer and stouter. Tlie tibite of the
front legs are thickly covered with dark brow^n hairs which stand out
at right angles to the leg and make it ap]>ear thickened. The male
palpi are thickened toward the end. The tibia is as wide as long
and the patella is also short and thick. The palpal organ has a
long thin process at the end which lies across the tarsus and makes it
appear twisted. The front row of eyes is shorter than the second
row and the eyes are small with the lateral not much larger than the
middle. The eyes of the second row are large and about their diam-
eter a]>art.
New Haven, Conn., common in open woods among dead leaves.
Adult about June 1st.
492 J. JT. Emerton — Nein England Lycosidm.
Pirata Snd.
The front row of eyes nearly straight. The second eyes very
large and not more than tlieir diameter apart, usually nearer to-
gether. The hinder eyes are farther forward and wider apart than
in Lycosa. The hinder spinnei-ets are twice as long as the front pair.
The thorax is usually marked hy a median light stripe, which spreads
into three toward the eyes. The dark lateral areas are more or less
brok(Mi by radiating light lines.
Pirata piraticus cierck.
Plate XLVIII, figures 1, 7a, 7ft, 7c, Id.
■ Length of female, 7-5'""'; cephalothorax, 3-5'""^ long, 2-5"'™ wide.
Yellow, with black or gray markings. The cephalothorax has a
light narrow line in the middle and one on each side a short distance
from the edge. In the middle of the front of the abdomen is a black-
edged stripe which tapers backward to a point or fine line beyond
the middle. On the sides of this are light stripes which unite into a
single middle line, behind and outside of these a row of dark marks
which extend down the sides, becoming gradually narrower. The legs
and the under side of the body are light yellow. The mandibles are
brown and the eyes are surrounded by black. The front row of eyes
is of the same length as the second row, and the four eyes are nearly
of the same size. The second row of eyes are large and about their
diameter apart.
The epigyiium has a small triangular opening behind, within which
two round holes are visible; in front of tlie opening is a round swell-
ing over the epigynum.
The males are a little smaller and brighter than the females.
The middle process of the palpal organ is large, wide at the base
an<l ends in front in a sharp hook.
Salem, Massachusetts ; New Haven, Conn. ; in wet fields and un-
der leaves in winter.
Pirata insularis, new.
Plate XLVIII, figures 8, Sn.
Length of female, 8""" ; cephalothorax, 3-3""" long; 4th leg, KV'"".
C'Olors dirty white and gray, somewhat like Te(/enaria medicinalis.
in the middle of the cephalothorax is a light line from the eyes to
1,h(> <lorsal groove. Two light lines extend from the hind eyes back-
ward an<l unite into one behind tlu; dorsal groove. At the sides are
two other light lines. The abdomen has :i liglil middle stripe on the
J. H. Ein.erton, — New England Lyrosidm. 493
front half and the rest is nearly black with scattered small white spots.
The femora are marked with three or four light and dark rings, and
rings show indistinctly on the other j(»ints in some specimens.
The sterinim is dark with three indistinct light lines. The abdo-
men is dark beneath with many small light spots in oblique rows.
The epigynum is dark brown,* divided at the edge into two lobes.
Long Lake, Adirondack Mountains, N. Y.
Pirata montanus, new.
Plate XLVllI, figure 9.
Length, 5"""; 4th leg, 1()""'\ The legs are yellowish white, with
very faint grayish rings near the ends of the joints and dark spines.
The sternum and cox* are white. Tlie cephalothorax is gray at the
sides and has a wide light strii)e in the middle, which is as wide as
the liead in front and tapers to half as wide behind. In the front
half of this stripe are two dark lines, widest near the eyes and con-
verging behind to the dorsal groove. The region ai'ound the eyes
is black and the front of the head and mandiljles dark. The sternum,
front half of the abdomen and spinnerets are white.
The back of the abdomen is brown, with an indistinct row of small
white spots each side. On the front end is a middle stri[»e with dark
edges which tapers to a jtoint near the middle of the abdomen. On
the hinder segments are several dark and light tiansverse lines not
forming any distinct figure.
The front row of eyes is considerably shorter than the S(!Cond row,
extending from the middle of one second eye to the middle of the
other.
The hinder spinnerets are twice as long as the front pair and ex-
tend behind the al)domen.
The epigynum appears very simple externally, the spermathecje
showing through the skin just in front of the edge of the fold in
which appears to be the opening.
All the specimens are females, one from the White Mountains in
July, with eggs, and two from Long Lake in the Adirondack Mount-
ains, N. Y.
Pirata minutus, uew.
Plate XLVIII, figuhes 10, 10a, 10/>, JOc.
Length of male, 3'"'". Cei)halothorax gray, with a light line near the
edge of the thorax and several radiating lines. Legs white or light
yellow. The femora of the front legs darker and the rest of the leg
I'M •/. If. Kuicrton — N^eio KiH/Ianfl Li/<oxi,<l<i'.
li<j;litL!r tluiii llu! others. Tho abdomen is gray, iiiaiketl l»y briglit white
spots. In tlie middle oi" tlie liinder half is a row of short transverse
white lines, and at the sides of these two rows of white dots. At the
sides of the front of the abdomen are several oblique white lines.
'IMie upper spinnerets are twice as long as the lower. The uj>per eyes
are large and ])r()ininent and surrounded by black.
l^he male palpi are light colored and not much thickened. The
[)alpal oi"gan has small appendages which are all near the outer end
of the tarsus. The middle process is a large hook with a smaller and
shorter one tiu'ned in the opposite direction at its base.
Salem and Roxbury, Mass. ; Meriden, Conn.
Pardosa C. Koch, .Simou.
Lycosa Thorell = Lycosa Keyserliug, Anioricaaische Citigradie, zoul.-botun. Ges..
Wieu, 1S7G.
Plate XLIX, figures 1, ke, \h, Ic, \d.
Head high and the second eyes large and as far apart as their diam-
eter, ov farther. The front row of eyes is straight or a little curved
n|»ward and siiurter than the second row. The dorsal eyes are a little
farther apart and nearly as far from the second eyes as IVom each
other. The mandibles are small aiul weak compared with those of
Lycosa. The legs are long and slender, less hairy than in Lycosa,
l)ut with very long spines, which lie Hat against the skin when at
rest and are turned out when the spider is active. The s|)innerets
are short and the posterior ))air are a little the longest. The species
are all small and brightly marked aiul live among grass, especially
in open, wet ground, making no nests.
Pardosa lapidicina, new.
Plate XLVIII, fkjuues 5, Sa, bh, 5c.
.S""" long. Cephalothorax, 3-5"""' long; 1st leg, 1 1""" ; 4th leg, 14""".
The general color is l)lack or dark gray, covered with long hairs.
The markings show plainer when wet with alcohol. The cephalotho-
rax has an ii'i'egular light [>atch around the doi-sal groove and small
light spots around the edges. The legs are nuirked with light and
dark riiigs, the width of the light rings increasing and the dark de-
creasing toward the ti[)s. The back of the abdoiaeu is niarked with
irregular rows of light spots, somewhat as in L. cinerea. The
under side has some irregular light spots, sometimes a light spot
in the middle with a black ring around it. Others have the whole
abdomen black.
./ II. JSmerton — New England Lycosidm. 495
The palpal organs resemble those of L. cinerea. The epigynum is
small with a single pit in front.
This species lives among stones in the driest places, and runs with
great speed.
Salem, Mass. ; Meriden, Conn.
Pardosa brunnea, new.
Plate XLVIII, figures 4, 4rt, Ah.
Length of $ , S'S™"". Cephalothorax, 4">'" long, 3-8""" wide.
Colors dark brown with light markings. The head between the
eyes is very dark, almost black. The middle of the cephalothorax is
light, except a dark line which extends back as far as the dorsal
groove. There is a narrow light stripe on each side a short distance
from the edge. The legs are dark brown with some irregular longi-
tudinal light stripes, and lighter toward the ends, especially in males.
The abdomen is dark brown, except a light pointed marking over
the dorsal vessel and a row of irregular black spots each side. The
sternum is brown, with sometimes an indistinct light line in the mid-
dle and on the edges. The under side of the abdomen has a light
stripe in the middle, from the epigynum to the spinnerets. The sides
are brown in irregular spots. The male palpus is short and stout.
The tibia is a little thickened and covered with long hairs that make
it look still thicker. The tarsus is nearly as wide as long, and the palpal
organ is large and black. Fig. 4«. The epigynum has a peculiar
shape, fig. 4^, and varies somewhat in difierent individuals in the
shape of the middle lobe.
Mt. Washington ; Dublin, N. H. ; Eastern Massachusetts ; New
Haven, Conn.
Pardosa albomaculata, new.
Plate XLVIII, figures ?>, 3«, 3&.
Female, 11'""' long. Cephalothorax, 5""^' long, 4""" wide; 1st leg,
15"""; 4th leg, 20""^'.
Color deep black, with spots of white hairs. On the abdomen
are two rows of distinct spots, and there are less definite ones on the
legs and around the thorax. The whole body is covered with long
hairs, and only when these are wet are the markings on the skin
visible. There are light rings on the legs and indistinct light spots
on the thorax as in the related species.
The middle ridge of the epigynum is narrow, only slightly widened
Trans. Conn. Aoad., Vol. VT. 62 .Tune, 1885.
496 J. H. Emerton — Neio England Lycosid(B.
at the end. At the sides are prominent ridges over the openings.
Fig. 3a.
The male palpi are large and stout. The tibial joint is as wide as
long. The tarsal joint is short and wide. The palpal organ is large
and complicated and very different from that of the nearest species.
Bare rocks on the upper part of the White Mountains, running
very rapidly and dodging under stones at slight alarm.
Pardosa pallida, new.
Plate XLIX, figures 3, 3a, 3&, 3c, 3rf, 3e.
Length, S™"" ; 1st leg, G™'" ; 4th leg, 10"^™.
The general color is light yellow with brown markings. The
cephalothorax is yellow with two brown stripes, which unite and be-
come black between the middle eyes. There is a fine black line near
the edge of the thorax on each side. The abdomen has a light mid-
dle band not much widened in front, where it includes a light stripe
with dark brown edges, which tapers to a point about the middle of
the abdomen. The hinder part of the middle stripe is indistinctly
divided into four or five segments. At the sides of the middle stripe
the abdomen is dark brown or black in small irregular sjjots and be-
comes gradually lighter toward the sides. The sternum is light, with a
black line or row of spots around each side and two similar lines near
the middle uniting into one behind. On the under side of the abdo-
men are two black lines from the spiracles to the spinnerets. The
legs are light yellow, with a few irregular black streaks, especially
on the inner joints.
The ends of the male palpi are black and the front legs and head
are a little darker in the male than in the female, but otherwise there
is not much difference between them. The shape of the epigynum is
characteristic of this species. Fig. .3c. The middle process of the
palpal organ is very long and wide and curved obliquely across the
l)ulb. Fig. 3e.
New Hampshire ; Massachusetts ; New Haven, Conn.
Pardosa bilineata, new.
Plate XLIX, figures 4, 4a, 46.
This species resembles closely P. ^?a^^tc?a, but is much larger, the
mai'kings of the under side less distinct and the epigynum very dif-
ferent, being T-shaped and much shorter than in pallida.
The female is 7""" long. The cephalothorax, 3-5"""; 4th leg, 12""".
The markings of the back are similar to those of P. pallida. The legs
J. II. Emerton — Neto Eiujland Lyrosidce. 497
are light yellow, a little brownish tOAvard the end. The sternum is
light with a dark edge and a row of dark spots on each side meeting
behind. The under side of the abdomen is indistinctly marked with
four longitudinal lines converging behind.
The epigynum is of the common T-shape, about as wide as long.
East Rock, New Haven, Conn.
Pardosa albopatella, now.
Plate XLIX, figures 2, 2a, 2b.
Male, 4""" long. Cephalothorax, 2-5"°^ long, 2™°^ wide. The cephalo-
thorax has a light stripe along each side covered in life with white
hairs which extend to the edge of the thorax and make the stripe ap-
pear wider than in alcohol. In the middle of the thorax is a light spot
which tapers behind to a point near the hinder end of the thorax
and fades in front into the dark markings of the head. The rest of
the cephalothorax is black, blackest toward the front. The male
palpi are black, except the patellae, which are bright white. The
legs are light at the ends with white and gray hairs and black spines.
The femora are darker, the hinder ones ringed with gray, and the
front pair entirely black. The abdomen is gray with an indistinct
light stripe in the middle of the front part, extending back only half
the length of the abdomen. The sternum is black. The under side
of the abdomen is gray with a black line in the middle and on each
side.
The middle process of the palpal organ is long and curves ob-
liquely across the bulb its whole width. The tarsus of the palpus is
long and slender. Fig. 2b.
In the female the light markings are smaller and less distinct than
in nigropalpis.
Ipswich and Roxbury, Mass. New Haven, Conn. May and June.
Pardosa nigropalpis, new.
Plate XLIX, figures I, la, 1&, Ic, \d.
Males, 5™"^; females, 6"'™ long; 4th leg of female, 12'""\
Cephalothorax of male black with a light band in the middle from
the posterior eyes to the abdomen. This band widens just behind
the eyes and suddenly narrows again about the middle of the cepha-
lothorax. It widens again around the dorsal groove and narrows
behind. Around the edge of the thorax are narrow light stripes or
rows of irregular spots.
A light band about as wide as that on the thorax continues back-
498 J. II. Mnerton — New England Lycosidoe.
ward along the middle of the abdomen. It widens in front and
tapers backwai'd nearly to the middle, behind which it is broken up
into a series of four or five transverse spots edged with deep black
and including some fine black spots. Legs yellowish, ringed with
gray on the femur and less distinctly on the patella and tibia. In a
fresh young female the general color is gray. The gray band on the
cephalothorax extends forward covering the area between the eyes
to the front of the head. This part of the band is a little darker
than the rest. The edges of the cephalothorax are a little lighter
than the rest but the light markings only show when wet. The legs
are plainly ringed with gray on all the joints and the palpi are light.
The sternum is black in the middle and light at the sides. The
coxffi are light and the under side of the legs lighter than the upper.
The under side of the abdomen is sometimes entirely gray, or there
is a middle lighter area with a dark stripe running back from the
epigynum nearly to the spinnerets. The male palpi are black at the
end and the other joints are darkened by scattered black hairs.
The middle process of the male palpi is short and sharply bent
toward the side and the small hook at its base is very small. Fig. Ic.
Massachusetts and Connecticut.
Pardosa montana, new.
Plate XLTX, figures 5, 5a.
$ , 6""" long; 5 , 5™'". In alcohol, at least, the colors are duller and
the markings less distinct than in the other species in both sexes.
The legs are more distinctly ringed on the femur and tibia, all the
legs nearly alike. The light markings on the middle of the thorax
and abdomen are large like P. alhopatella, but not brightly colored.
There is little difference in the markings between the sexes. The
epigynum is wide with a small narrow middle lobe. The anterior
pits are large and wide apart. The male palpi are long and the
joints are not much thickened. The middle process of the palpal
organ is short and stout, with the end curved backward into a short
hook. Fig. 5.
Mt. Washington, N. H., June. Mt. Tom, Mass., April 4, 1878.
Aulonia C. Koch.
The head is high and wide. The middle and posterior eyes are
very large, and seen from above form almost a square covering the
whole top of the head. The front row of eyes is much shorter than
the second row aiul slightly curved upward. The second row are
J. II. Emerton — New England Lycosidm. 499
less tlian their diameter apart. The posterior eyes are turned out-
ward and backward. The hinder spinnerets are about twice as long
as the front pair, but when folded together are not conspicuous. The
species are small and slender, as in Pardosa.
Aulonia aurantiaca, new.
Plate XLIX, figures 6, 6a, 66.
Female, 8"'"^ long ; 4th leg, 5"'^ Male a little smaller. The abdo-
men is brownish orange-color with a yellow spot in the middle taper-
ing to a row of smaller spots behind. The cephalothorax has a
yellow spot behind, just under the front end of the abdomen, and a
narrow bright yellow stripe on each side. The middle is yellowish
without any definite stripe or spots. The rest of the cephalothorax
is black. The legs of the female vary from dark brown on the front
pair to light yellow on the hinder pair. In the male the legs are
wliiter with the femora of the first and second pairs black, or partly
spotted witli black. The male palpi are black, except the tips, which
are partly wliite. The white parts turn yellowish in alcohol.
The front eyes are smaller and the whole row not much more than
half as wide as the second row ; it is slightly curved upward and the
middle eyes are a little larger than the lateral.
The palpal organ is large and the tarsus wide and short. In the
middle is a long appendage, thick and rounded at the front end and
sharply pointed behind. Fig. 6«.
Eastern Massachusetts ; New Haven, Conn.
Ocyale Aud., in Sav.
The cephalothorax is a little more elongated than in Dolomedes,
and the head more distinctly separated by grooves. The eyes difier
but little in size, and the hinder pair are not much farther back than
the second.
Ocyale undata.
Micrommata undata^ serrata and caroliii.ensis Hentz, Boston Journal of Nat. Hist.,
vol. V.
Plate XLIX, figures 7, la.
This species resembles Ocyale niirabilis of Europe, but the body
is less narrowed behind and the eyes are more like Dolomedes.
The female is 13™'° long. Cephalothorax, 5'""' long, 5™" wide; 1st,
2d, and 4th legs, 25"^"" long.
The cephalothorax and abdomen are flat and the cephalothorax is
as wide behind as it is long. In old females the legs are reddish
500 ./. //. Kiacrton — New Ktujland Lycosidui.
brown without any rings or otlier markings. In the middle of tlie
ce])halothorax is a longitudinal stripe about a third its width, of the
same color as the legs. The sides of the cephalothorax are light
yellow, darkest toward the edges. The brown middle stripe contin-
ues along the abdomen with the edges a little irregular but with no
distinct teeth or undulations. Young individuals have all the colors
lighter and yellower, the legs more or less ringed and the middle
stripe of the abdomen distinctly undulated. Along the edges of the
middle stripe there is usually a fine white line which is sometimes
broken up into a row of spots, as in Hentz's 31. earolinensis. In very
young spiders the abdominal stripe is distinctly serrated, as in Hentz's
31. serrata, the stripe on the thorax divided into two and the whole
body less flattened.
The male pali)i are long. The tarsus is pointed but nearly as wide
as long. The middle process of the palpal organ is flat and thin,
spreading out over the greater part of the bulb. At one side it is
narrowed into a fine point which supports the end of the long slender
tube, the ends of both resting on a short process at the base of the
bulb. On the under side of the end of the tibia is a wide flat
process extending up to the palpal organ, and on the outer side is a
long tooth slightly notched at the end.
From July to September the females may be found under large
bunches of web four or five inches across, in grass or low bushes in
meadows. The cocoon is placed in this bunch of web, and the young
after hatching scatter themselves through it.
Eastern Massachusetts ; New Haven, Conn.
Dolomedes.
In this genus the cephalothorax is about as wide as long, and
rounded on the back, with but little separation between the head and
thorax. The head is wide and nearly straight in front. The front
row of eyes is composed of four small ones as in Lycosa. The
second row are larger, but not larger than those of the third row,
which are twice as far apart and a little farther back. The legs are
long, and the first, second and fourtli, are nearly e(iual in length. Tlie
feet are thickly covered with fine hairs. The abdomen is a little flat-
tened and a little pointed behind. The tibia of the male palpus has
a large process on one side. They live near water on which they run
easily. The female carries the cocoon in her mandibles until the
young are ready to hatch, and then fastens it in a l)ush with many
irregular threads, among which the young remain a short time after
leaving the cocoon.
J. H. Emerton — Neio England Lycosidm. 501
Dolomedes SexpunctatUS Hentz, Boston Journal of Nat. Hist., vol. iv.
Plate XLIX, figures 8, 8fl.
Female, IS""" long. Cephalothorax, 5-5™'" long, 5"'™ wide. Thecepha-
lothorax is not as wide in jJi'oportion to its length as in the other
species. The color is dark olive or gray and yellow. The cepha-
lothorax is dark yellowish brown with a very bright white line on
each side extending forward to the front of the mandibles. The
abdomen is dark gray, darkest in the middle, with, two rows of small
white spots. The legs and palpi are greenish yellow with dark
spines. The under side is lighter yellow. On the sternum are
six black spots, sometimes very distinct, in other individuals hardly
visible.
This species lives near water, on which it runs easily. Eastern
Massachusetts ; Albany, N. Y. ; New Haven, Conn. Though it is
common, I have only found one adult female and no males.
Dolomedes tenebrosus Hentz.
Plate XLIX, figures 9, 9a, 96, 9c.
Length of female, 18™'^; 1st leg, 33'"'"; 4th leg, 37'"'"; cephalo-
thorax, 9""" long, S*""' wide.
Male, 16'"'" long ; cephalothorax, 9™"' long, 8'"'" wide ; 1st leg, 44""" ;
4th leg, 48'"'".
This is one of our largest spiders, some males spreading four
inches. The colors are dark brown and light gray, turning darker
and yellower in alcohol. The cephalothorax has a light stripe on
each side. The abdomen is marked with five or six dark brown
angular stripes across the hinder half. These are darkest around the
edges and bordered by lighter lines. The legs are marked with dark
and light rings, which are plainer in the male than female. The
markings on the abdomen are also somewhat different in the male,
being more united into a middle band bordered by lateral bright
white or yellow ones. The femora of the fourth pair have near the
end on the under side an oblique cluster of black spines on a slight
elevation. The male palpi have the tibia widened at the end, and a
large pi'ocess on the outer side near the middle, consisting of a large
hook with a smaller one at its base and above it. The tarsus is
large and the palpal organ complicated with a long slender tube.
These spiders live on bushes near water. The female makes a
large mass of web in which she places the cocoon of eggs, and in
which the young live for some time after hatching.
Massachusetts. New Haven, Conn.
502 J. H. Emerton — Nero England Lycosidce,.
Dolomedes fontanus, new.
Plate XLIX, figure 10.
This spider resembles closely D. tenebrosus^ but is a little smaller.
Length, 14""" ; longest leg, 36""°. There are no tufts of bristles on
the hind femora. The male palpi are much like those of tenebrosits,
but the process on the tibia has two small hooks of nearly equal
length. The abdominal markings and the indistinct rings on the
legs are like those of the male tenebrosus.
One male. Dublin, N. H., near water.
Oxyopes Latr.
This genus is often placed in a separate family from the Lycosidre,
on account of the great difference in the arrangement of the eyes
caused by the lateral eyes of the front row being placed wide apart
at the sides of the head and above the eyes of the second row. This
places the eyes in four rows, the first of two small eyes near together,
the second of two large eyes as in Lycosa, the third of two small
eyes wide apart, and the fourth of two small eyes on the top of the
head. The head is very high and wide on the lower edge. The
abdomen is wide and pointed behind. The legs are very slender and
tapering and have long spines.
Oxyopes SCalaris Hentz, Boston Journal Nat. History, vol. v.
Plate XLIX, figures 11, 11a.
gmm long; cephalothorax, 2-5"'"\
The cephalothorax is wide in front and as high as wide, the head
narrowing a little upward toward the eyes. The abdomen is wide in
the middle and pointed behind. The general color in alcoliol is dark
brown covered with gray and yellow hairs. The middle of the ceph-
alothorax is light with irregular edges. The abdomen has a row of
light spots in the middle and a less distinct row each side. The under
side of the abdomen has a dark stripe in the middle, on each side of
which is a bright yellow stripe. The legs are slender and tapering,
with very long spines. They are marked with dark rings or spots at
the end and middle of each joint.
The eyes are in four rows. The- lower row consists of two very
small eyes, about half way between the mandibles and the to[) of the
head ; the next, of two larger eyes, the largest of all, about their
diameter apart; the third, of two small eyes twice as far apart as the
second ; and the fourth, of two eyes a little smaller than the second
and a little farther apart, on the top of the head.
The mandibles are small and tapering and shorter than the height
of the head. Nashua, N. H., running on a fence.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Plate XL VI.
Figure 1. — Lycosa nidicola. Female.
Figure la, — The same. Male.
Figure 15. — The same. Uuder side of abdomen of female.
Figure Ic. — The same. Palpus of male.
Figure Id — The same. Epigynum.
Figure 2. — Lycosa poliia. Female, couunon variety of marking.
Figure 2a. — The same. Female, variety with i)righter uiarkiugs.
Figure '20. — The same. Eyes.
Figure 2c. — The same. Epigynum.
Figure 3. — Lycosa frondicola. Female.
Figure 3a. — The same. Female, under side of abdomen.
Figure 36. — The same. Epigynum.
Figure 4. — Lycosa pratensis. Female.
Figure la. — The same. Epigynum.
Figure 46. — The same. Male palpus.
Figure 5. — Lycosa pictilis. Female.
Figure 5a. — The same. Male palpus.*
Figure 5&. — The same. Epigynum.
Figure 6. — Lycosa kochii. Female.
Figure 6a. — The same. Epigynum.
Figure Gb. — The same. Male palpus.
Figure 6c. — The same. Maxillae of female.
Plate XLVII.
Figure 1. — Lycosa carolinensis, under side of female.
Figure la. — The same. Epigynum.
Figure 16. — The same. Male palpus.
Figure 2. — Lycosa vulpina. Epigynum.
Figure 3. — Lycosa cinerea. Female.
Figure 3a. — The same. Male palpus.
Figure 36. — The same. Eyes.
Figure 4. — Lycosa nidifex. Female.
Figure 4a. — The same. Epigynum.
Figure 46. — The same. Male palpus.
Figure 5. — Lycosa nigroventris. Female.
Figure 5a. — The same. Female, under side.
Figure 56. — The same. Male palpus.
Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI. 63 June, 1S85,
504 J. TT. Emerton — N'ev) Enpland Lycosidm.
Figure 6. — Lycosa communis. Female.
Figure 6a. — The same. Underside of female.
Figure Qh. — The same. Another variety of dorsal marking.
Figure Gc. — The same, b^pigynum.
Figure 6(/. — Tlie same. Male palpus.
Plate XLVIII.
Figure 1. — Lycosa pundulatu. Female; x4.
Figure la. — The same. Under side of abdomen.
Figure M>. — The same. Bpigynum.
Figure 2. — Lycosa scutulata. Female.
Figure 2a. — The same. Epigynum.
Figure 3. — Pardosa albomuculata. Female from alcohol.
Figure 3«. — The same. Epigyuum.
Figure ih. — The same. Male palpus.
Figure 4. — Pardosa brunnea. Female ; x 4.
Figure 4a. — The same. Male palpus.
Figure 4/^. — The same. Epigynum.
Figure 5. — Pardosa lapidicina. Female; x 4, from one in alcohol.
Figure 5a, 5b. — The same. Male palpus.
Figure 5c. — The same. Epigynum.
Figure 6. — Lycosa ocreaia. Male ; x 4.
Figure 6a. — The same. Front of head and eyes.
Figure 6b. — The same. Male palpus.
Figure 7. — Pirata piraticus. Female; x 4.
Figure 7 a. — The same. Eyes. ,
Figure ^b. — The same. Epigynum.
Figure 7c, Id. — The same. Male palpus.
Figure 8. — Pirata insular is. Female ; x 8.
Figure 8a. — The same. Epigynum.
Figure 9. — Pirata montanus. Female ; x S.
Figure 10. — Pirata minutus. Front of head and eyes of female.
Figure 10a. — The same. Male palpus.
Figure 106, 10c. — The same. Spinnerets.
Plate XLIX.
Figure 1. — Pardosa niip-opulpis. Female ; x 8.
Figure la. — The same. Male; x 8.
Figure \b, Ic. — The same. Male palpus.
Figure lei. — The same. Epigyuum.
l*'igure 2. — Pardosa albopatdla. Female ; x 8.
Figure 2a. — The same. Male ; x 8.
Figure 2b. — The same. Male palpus.
Figure 3. — Pardosa pallida. Female ; x 8.
Figure '.la. — The same. Male ; x S.
Fi"'uro 36. — The same. Under side of female.
Figure 3c. — The same. Epigynum.
J. H. Kmerton — Nevi Eiuiland Lycos^hln^,. 505
Figure 3d — The samo. Top of head and eyes.
Figure 3e. — The same. Male palpus.
Figure 4. — Pardosa bilineata. Female.
Figure 4a. — The same. Under side.
Figure 4&. — The same. Epigynum.
Figure 5. — Pardosa montana. Male palpus.
Figure Sn. — The same. Epigynum.
Figure G. — Aulonia aurantiaca.. Cephalothorax of Cemnle ; x 20.
Figure 6a. — The same. Male palpus.
Figure Qh. — The same. Epigynum.
Figure*?. — Ocyale undata. Back of female; x 4.
Figure la. — The same. Male palpus.
Figure 8. — Dolomedes sexpunctatus. Female.
Figure 8a. — The same. Under side of thorax.
Figure 9. — Dolomedes tenehrosus. Dorsal markings of yoiiug.
Figure 9a, 9&. — The same. Male palpus.
Figure 9c. — The same. Epigynum.
Figure 10. — Dolomedes fontanus. Male palpus.
Figure 11. — Oxyopes scalaris. Female; x 8.
Figure lift. — The same. Front of head, eyes and mandibles.
I N 33 E X
Abralia megalops, U3, 264, 285.
Alira lioica, 224, 278, 285.
longicallis, 224, 278, 283, 285.
Acanella Normani, 410.
AcYis striata, 270.
temiis, 270, 480.
Walleri, 270.
Acirsa gracilis, 270.
Acrosoma, 297, 326.
mitrata, 327.
rugosa, 326.
spinea, 326.
Action hebes, 428, 447.
melampoides, 210, 273, 285.
nitidus, 273, 283.
pimcto-striatus, 467.
Acus protextus, 462.
Adtlisonia paradoxa, 256, 271.
eccentros, 271.
Additions to the Shallow-water Mollusca
of Cape Hatteras, N. C, dredged by the
U. S. Fish Commission Steamer "Alba-
tross," in 1883 and 1884, 453-480.
Admete Couthouyi, 265, 282.
nodosa, 419, 447.
viridula, 265.
Agalena, 24.
Alloposiis mollis, 247, 265, 282.
Amaurobius, 38.
Amphisphyra globosa, 273.
pellucida, 273.
Amussium, 261, 281, 285, 480.
fenestratum, 261.
Hoskynsi, 261.
Anachis costulata, 252.
Halia3eti, 252, 268, 479.
Anatomy of Lihinia emarginata Leach,
the Spider Crab, 99-122.
Ancistrocheiriis megaptera. 399, 446.
Yeranyi, 400.
Andrena, 389.
Andrews, E. A., On the Anatomy of
Libinia emarginata Leach, the Spider
Crab, 99-122.
Anoraia aculeata, 282, 479.
Aporrhais occidentalis, 270, 283.
Area anrita, 440.
Area petunculoides, 280, 285, 440.
var. crenulata, 280.
var. Frielei, 280.
var. septentrionalis, 280.
profundicola, 439.
Arctosa, 482.
Argiope, 328.
riparia, 329.
transversa, 330.
Argonauta argo, 247, 265.
Argyrodes, 7, 23.
flctUium, 2, 24.
trigonum, 2, 11, 23, 62.
Argyroepeira, 297, 331.
hortorum, 332.
Ariamnes, 23.
Arpagita, 393.
Artemia, 89.
Monica, 89.
Asagena, 7, 22.
americana, 4, 23.
Assiminia Grayana, 253.
modesta, 253.
Astarte castanea, 278, 479.
crenata, 278, 479.
(juadrans, 278.
undata, 477.
Astyris diaphaua, 268.
pura, 268, 282, 462.
zonalis, 208, 479.
Atlanta bulimoides, 215.
Gaudichaudii, 211, 274.
inclinata, 211, 275,469.
Lamanonii, 211, 275.
Peronii, 274, 469.
pulchella, 211,275.
reticulata, 431.
rosea, 211, 274.
trochiformis, 214.
Atrotia gnomon, 234, 398, 445.
Aulonia, 498.
aurantiaca, 499.
Avicula hirundo, 281.
var. nitida, 281.
squamulosa, 233, 281.
Axinopsis, 279, 283.
Axinus tortuosus, 226.
508
INDFA'.
Halaiitimn rocurviim, 275.
liatliyphaiites, 8, G8.
ali)iii:i, 7'^.
aiiii;iilata, 71.
"hiliamata, 72.
cnmplicata, 72.
formica, 71.
micaria, 71.
minuta, 3, 68.
nebulosa, 3, (>!».
sub-alpina, 70.
terricolus, (55.
zebra, 69.
zebrinus, 69.
Bola Blakei, 417, 447, 452.
cancellata, 266.
concinnula, 249.
decussata, 419.
Gouldii, 266.
harpiilaria, 266.
hebes, 160, 240, 266, 290.
iinprossa, 250. ■
incisula, 266.
mitrula, 249.
var. concinnula, 249, 266.
pleurotomaria, 161, 266.
pyi^ma^a, 266, 282.
Rathbuni, 236, 266, 282.
Sarsii, 250.
scalaris, 162, 418.
subturgida, 161, 266.
subvitrea, 160, 266.
teniiicostata, 419, 447.
tenuilirata, 266.
Bembex, 389.
Benthodolium, 177.
abyssorum, 177, 268, 283, 284.
Benthoteuthis, 401.
megalops, 402, 446.
Bolyphantes, 8, 72.
drassoides, 72.
Bomljidia, 389.'
Bombus, 389.
Brachiotenthis Beanii, 245, 264.
Brachyglossum, 389.
Buccinopsis striata, 168.
Bnccinum abyssorum, 167, 266, 282.
cyancum, 266.
Sandersoni, 267.
Tottenii, 252.
undatum, 267.
Bulla biplicata, 467.
Candei, 468.
Sagra, 467.
Bush, Katharine J., Additions to the
Shallow- water Mollusca of Caiio Ilatte-
ras, N. C, dredged by tlie U. S. Fish
Commission Steamer "Albatross," in
1883 and 1884, 453-480.
Caduhis (Jarolinonsis, 471.
oylindratus, 220, 276, 283.
grandis, 219, 276, 283, 483.
incisus, 'I?!.
(Jadnlus .Tcffroysii, 257, 276.
Pandionis, 219, 276.
propinquus, 257, 276.
spectabilis, 432.
Watsoni, 219, 276, 285.
Ca!cum Cooperi, 291, 463.
pnlchellum, 463.
Calliostoma Bairdii, 270, 2S5, 480.
occidentale, 270.
Callista convexa, 278.
Calliteuthis reversa, 243, 264, 282, 284.
Capulus fallax, 192.
Ilungaricus, 192, 269.
Cardita borealis, 258, 477.
grannlata, 258.
Cardinm peramabilis, 278, 285.
pinnulatnm, 278, 477.
Carinaria Atlantica, 274.
Cavolina angulata, 213, 275.
gibbosa, 213, 275.
inflexa, 275, 470.
longirostris, 275, 470.
quadridentata, 212, 275, 470.
tridcntata, 275, 469.
uncinata, 275, 469.
Ceratina, 32.
Ccratinella, 8, 32.
atriceps, 3, 34.
brunnea, 36.
bulbosa, 33.
emertoni, 3, 32.
fissiceps, 3, 33.
Iffita, 3, 35.
lajtabilis, 3, 35.
micropalpis, 36.
minuta, 36.
pygmtea, 34.
Ceratinopsis, 8, 36.
interpres, 3, 37.
laticeps, 37.
nigriceps, 37.
uigripalpis, 38.
Cerithiella Wliiteavesii, 270.
Cerithiopsis Emersouii, 463.
Cerithium protextum, 462.
turris-thomaa, 463.
Ceronia arctata, 278.
Chama congrcgata, 478.
Chemnitzia cancellata, 467.
Chione alveata, 477.
Chirotcuthis lacertosa, 243, 264, 282, 284.
Chittenden, R. .H., The Diastatic Action
of Saliva, as Modified by various condi-
tions, studied Quantitatively, 343-376.
Choristes clegans, var. tenera, 256, 273.
Choristodon ? canccUatus, 435.
Oingula abyssicola, 182.
aculous, 241, 269.
apicina, 183, 269, 283.
arcnaria, 181.
.arcolata, 181, 269.
basistriatum, 199.
I.rychia, 179, 269, 283.
INDEX.
609
Cinguhi cariuata, 181, 2G9, 480.
hari)a, 181, 2G9.
Jan-Mayeui, 180, 269, 283.
Jeffrey si, 182.
modesta, 253.
leptalea, 182, 2G9.
Sandersom, 241, 20!).
syugeiies, 180, 209.
turgida, 269.
turricula, 241.
Cirrlioteiitliis, eggs of, 410.
luegaptera, 405. 446.
plena, 404, 146.
Citlma cingulata, 184, 269, 283.
olivacea, 185, 269, 283, 463.
teuella, var. coslulata, 184, 269,
Clidiophora, 475.
triliiieata, 277, 475.
Clloiie longicaudata, 215, 276.
papiliouacea, 276.
Clio i)yrimidata, 275, 470.
Cleodora striata, 430.
SLibulata, 213.
virgula, 213.
virgula, var., 214.
Cocculina Beanii, 203, 204, 271.
conceutrica, 203.
couica, 204, 271.
Dalli, 203, 271.
leptalea, 202, 271, 283, 284.
Rathbuui, 271.
Cocculina reticulata, 426, 447, 480.
spiuigera, 203, 271.
Cochlodesuia Leauura, 278.
Columbella baliajeti, 252.
Conop£ejus, 389
Conopid;e, 387.
Gonopilla, 389.
Couopin;e, 387.
Conops, 91, 377, 387, 389, 391.
fctbiops, 391.
brachyrhynchus, 390.
bulbirostris, 390.
excisus, 390.
flaviceps, 390.
fronto, 378, 390.
fulvipennis, 390.
genualis. 391.
gracilis, 377, 390.
nigricornis, 391.
oljscuripenuis, 390.
pictus, 390.
Ramondi, 390.
stylatus, 93.
sugeus, 390.
sylvosus, 390.
tibialis, 389.
xanthopareus, 390.
Couus Delessertii, 453.
Floridauus, 453.
Corbula disparilis, 472.
Swiftiana, 472.
Cornicularia, 8, 40.
284.
Coruicularia auraiiticeps, 43, 46.
brevicoruis, 42.
clavicoruis, 43.
comnuuiis, 41.
directa, 3, 40.
iiulirecta, 3, 4 1.
iniuuta, 42.
pallida, 42.
tibialis, 41.
tricornis, 43.
Coryphella, 274.
Crassatella, 477.
Crassatella (Eripliyla) luuulata, 477.
Crenella decussata, 281, 285, 480.
fragilis, 444.
giandula, 281, 479.
Crepidula plana, 269.
Creseis spinifera, 213.
striata, 430.
Crucibulum striatum, 269, 480.
Crustuliua, 19.
Cryptodon ferruginosus, 279, 283
Gouldii, 279, 283.
grandis, 436.
obesus, 279, 283, 285, 478.
plicatus, 437.
subovatus, 279.
tortuosus, 226, 2/9, 283.
Cuvieria columnella, 214.
Cyclocardia borealis, 477.
Cyclosa, 297, 321.
conica, 321.
Cyclostrema affine, 199, 271.
cingulatum, 198, 271.
Dalli, 255, 271.
var. ornatuin, 255, 271.
diapbanuin, 199, 271, 283, 284.
rugulosum, 199.
Cylicbua alba, 273, 283.
biplicata, 467.
etelata, 468.
Dalli, 274, 283.
eburnea, 428, 447.
occulta, 274, 283.
Cylindrogaster, 389.
Cymbulia calceolus, 275.
Cyphoma gibbosa, 462.
Cyprina Islandica, 278, 477.
Cyrtarachne, 297, 325.
bisaecata, 325.
Cyrtogaster, 325.
Cytherea obovata, 477.
Cyrtodaria siliqua, 277.
Dacrydium vitreum, 281, 283.
Dalmaunia, 94, 388, 394.
nigriceps, 94, 394.
picta, 94, 394.
Daplmella limacina, 265, 285.
DeForest, K L., On an Unsymnietrical
Law of Error in tbe Position of a Point
in Space, 123-138.
Dcfrancia formosa, 152.
510
INDKX.
Delphiuiila uitida, 424, 447.
Dciulronotus, 274.
arborescens, 274.
Deiitalimn, sp. g., 217, 27(j, 28:5, 285.
Deiitaliiiiii, sp. li., 217, 27(1, 283, 285.
caiididum, 217.
capillosum, 218,
eusicuhis, 432.
laqueatuin, 431.
leptiim, 470.
occideiitale, 216, 218, 27G. 283.
var. sulcatum, 217, 276, 283.
solidum, 215, 276, 283.
striolatum, 216, 276, 283.
Deiidrouotus robustus, 274.
Desmoteuthis liyperborea, 264.
tenera, 245, 264, 282.
Diacria trispiiiosa, 275, 470.
Diaphana conulus, 273, 429.
gemma, 273, 283, 284.
nitidula, 273.
pertenuis, 273.
Diastatic Actiou of Saliva, as Modified by
various Oonditious, studied Quantita-
tively, 343-376.
Diplodouta turgida, 279, 479.
Diplosiyla, 8, 65.
canadensis, 66.
concolor, 3, ()6.
nigrina, 3, 65.
Diplothyra Smithii, 472.
Dipterous Larvffi from the Western All<a-
line Lakes and their uses as Human
Pood, 87-90.
Discina Atlantica, 233, 282, 284, 398, 446.
Dolium Bairdii, 253, 268.
Doloiaedes, 500.
foutanus, 502.
sexpunctatus, 501.
tenebrosus, 501.
Doris complanata, 274.
Dosinia obovata, 477.
Doto coronata, 274.
Drapetisca, 8, 66.
socialis, 3, 67.
BledoneUa, 144.
pygmaja, 145, 265, 284.
P]lodonc verrucosa, 248, 265, 282.
l*]iMcrton, J. H., Now Knglaud Lycosid;c,
482-505.
New lOnglaud Spiders of the Family
Epeirida^ 295-341.
New England Spiders of the Family
Thcrididie, 1-86.
I'^nsutella Americana, 277.
I'Jolis papillusa, 274.
Epeira, 297, 298.
aflinis, 305.
alboveiitris, 314.
augulata, 298, 299.
aunulipes, 309.
apoclisa, 305.
I'4»eira aureola, 307.
Ijaltimoriensis, 315.
Ijrueiinichii, 331.
carbouaria, 315.
ciiudata, 321.
ceropegia, 316.
cinerea, 298, 302.
couica, 321.
corticaria, 298, 300.
displicata, 313.
domicili, 298.
iloiniciliorum, 310, 312.
ectypa, 319.
fasciata, 330.
foliata, 318.
formosa, 305.
fusca, 328.
gibberosa, 317.
globosa, 315.
Hentzii, 312.
hilaris, 305.
hortorum, 332.
iufumata, 319.
insuhiris, 309.
juniperi, 313.
labyrinthea, 314.
maculata, 317.
marmorea, 307.
mitrata, 327.
nordmanni, 298, 301.
obesa, 307.
paekardii, 315.
parvnla, 317.
l)atagiata, 302, 305.
placida, 316.
pratensis, 310.
pyraniidata, 308.
(iuadrata, 307, 339.
riparia, 329.
rugosa, 326.
sclopetaria, 302, 303.
sericata, 303.
septima, 307.
sdvatica, 298, 300.
solitaria, 298, 299.
.spinea, 326.
stellata, 319.
strix, 302, 305.
sutrix, 329.
tliaddeus, 309.
triaranea, 315.
trifolium, .'SOO.
trivittata, 298, 310. 311.
vulgaris, 304.
Epeiriuiu, 297.
Ephydra, 87, 89.
(Jalifornica, 89, 90.
graolHs, 90.
halophila, 90.
hians, 90.
subopaca, 90.
Erigone, 8, 58.
titra, 3, 59. ,
511
Erigone atriceps, 3, 34.
autiimnalis, 58.
cornupalpis, 4, 74.
cristata, 3, 44.
dentigera, 3, 59.
directa, 3, 40.
emertoui, 3, 32.
fissiceps, 3, 33.
florcns, 4, 46.
indirecta, 3, 41.
interpres, 3, 37.
Iffita, 3, 35.
Iffitabilis, 3, 35.
longipalpis, 3, 59.
multissima, 4.
ornata, 3, 39.
persimilis, 3.
persolnta, 4, 74.
pertinens, 3, 54.
pictilis, 3, 38.
probata, 3. 52.
provida, 3, 40.
spiiiifera, 3, 47.
viaria, 4, 73.
Erigoninaj. 7.
Ero, 7, 17.
thoracica, 2, 18.
variegata, 79.
Ethalia multistriata, 242, 270, 480.
Eucera, 389.
Eucharia, 18.
Eullma distorta, 272.
intennedia, 272.
stenostoma, 254, 272, 283.
Eulimella chariessa, 193, 272, 284.
lucida, 192, 272, 284.
(or Menestho) lissa, 195, 272.
nitida, 194, 272, 284.
Smithii, 272, 480.
Euryopis, 7, 26.
argentea, 27.
funebris, 2, 27.
Facelina pilata, 274.
Fairmairia, 393.
Fiona nobilis, 274.
Firola Keraudrenii, 212, 275.
Firoloidea Lesueurii, 430.
Fissurella redimicula, 255.
Tanneri, 255, 271.
Fossarus elegans, 289.
Fusus concinnus, 175.
costulatus, 252.
Gadinia excentrica, 271.
Ganesa, 201. 271.
Glaucus Boscii, 430.
margaritaceus, 430.
Glomus nitens, 231, 280, 284.
Glossigona, 377.
Gonatium, 8, 60.
cheliferum, 00.
rubens, 00.
Trans. Conn. Aoad , Vol. VI.
Gonirhynchus, 393.
Gouldia maclracea, 477.
(irammonota, S, 38.
inoriiata, 39.
ornata, 3, '.>9.
pictilis, 3, 38.
Gymnobela, 157.
brevis, 417, 447, 452.
curta, 158, 266, 282.
var. subangulata, 159, 240, 266, 282,
284.
engonia, 157, 266, 282.
hebes, 282, 284, 290.
Halictus, 389.
Hanleyia mendicaria, 272.
Haustella, 393.
Ilclophora,- 8, 67.
insignis. 3, 67.
pallescens, 67.
Heterodoris robusta, 274.
Heteroteuthis tenera, 265.
Histioteuthis Collinsii, 264.
Hyalsea angulata, 213.
corniformis, 214.
flava, 213.
gibbosa, 213.
quadridentata, 212.
Hyteus, 389.
lantliina fragilis, 270.
Idas argenteus, 202, 281, 284, 285.
Ischiodonta, 393.
Isocardia cor, 438.
Issa ramosa, 274.
Jumala brychia, 422, 447.
Kelliella, 279, 285.
miliaris, 438.
nitida, 438.
Kennerlia glacialis, 277.
Koonsia obesa, 274.
Lacuna glacialis, 183.
tenella, 184.
Lamellaria pellucida, 268, 479.
var. Goiildii, 268, 283.
Lasffiola, 7, 26.
cancellata. 2, 26.
Leda acuminata, 227.
acuta, 259, 280, 285, 479,
Bushiana, 229, 280,
commutata, 259.
fragilis, 259.
Jamaicensis, 260, 285.
Jeffrey si, 229.
lata, 229.
messanensis, 227.
minuta, 230.
pernula, 280.
suliequilatera, 229.
tenuisulcata, 230, 280.
unca, 259, 479.
64
Junk, 1885.
512
INDRX.
Leopoldius, 389.
Lepeta cseca, 447, 452.
Lepetella tubicola. 271.
Lepthyphaiites, 68.
crypticola, f>9.
inoscicola, 08.
Leptochiton alveolus, 272.
Leptoteuthis, 140.
(liaphana, 141, 2G4, 282.
Fabricii, 264.
verraicolaris, 143.
Leptothyra induta, 197, 270, 28f
(induta, var.) albida, 197.
Libinia emarc^inata, 99.
LimEea snbovata, 281. 284.
Limopsis, 280, 284, 285.
affinis, 442.
aurita. 440.
cristata, 231, 280, 285.
minnta, 280, 284, 285, 443.
plana, 441.
tenella, 232, 281, 284, 285.
Linyphia, 8, 60.
antumnalis, 69.
clathrata, 3, 62.
communis, 2, 62.
costata, 2, 63.
mandibulata, 64.
marginata, 2, 3, 61.
marmorata, 2, 61.
nebulosa, 4.
phyrgiana, 2, 63.
pusilla, 64.
scripla, 2, 61.
Linyphinfc, 8.
Lithyphantes, 19.
Litiopa bombyx, 269.
Loligopsis vermicolaris, 143.
Lonchopalpus, 393.
Lophocarenum, 8, 45.
brevis, 82.
castaneum, 45.
crenatum, 51.
decenioculatum, 46.
depressum, 50.
erigonoides, 50.
florens, 4, 46.
latum, 50.
longitul)us, 49.
longitarsus, 48.
montaimm, 45.
montiferum, 47.
pallidum, 48.
((uadricristatum, 48.
roslratum, 49.
seopulifenim, 49.
simplex, 50.
spiniferum, 3, 47.
vernale, 51.
liophomma, 8, 43.
bicornc, 44.
cristata, 2, 3, 44.
elongala, 44.
Lopliyrus exaratus, 208.
lioripes lactcns, 259.
lens, 259, 279.
liuciua filosa, 279, 478.
nassula, 478.
trisulcata, 478.
Lunatia Gronlandica, 268, 283.
horos, 268, 463.
levicnla, 291.
nana, 268.
Lycosa, 482, 494.
arenicola, 487.
carolinensis, 486.
cinerca, 488.
communis, 489.
frondicola, 484.
kochii, 485.
uidicola, 482.
nidifex, 487.
nigroventris, 488.
ocreata, 491.
pictilis, 485.
polita, 484.
pratensis, 483.
punctulata, 490.
scutulata, 491.
vulpina, 487.
Macnma, 278.
sabulosa, 278, 283.
Maclia Cumingiana, 475.
strigillata, var., 475.
Maclia^ra costata, 472.
Macha'roplax obscura, 271.
var. carinata, 271.
Malletia obtusa, 226, 280, 283.
Mangilia cerina, 250, 458.
ceroplasta, 458.
ephamilla, 457.
eritima, 456.
glypta, 461.
melanitica, var. oxia, 459.
oxytata, 460.
psila, 455.
Margarita, 425, 447.
a3glees, 285.
lamellosa, 255, 270, 285.
regalis, 254, 270, 283.
Marginolla apicina, 166.
borcalis, 165, 267, 479.
carnea, 165.
conoidalis, 166.
limatula, 166.
roscida, 166.
Smithii, 447, 452, 462.
Virgiuiaua, 420, 452.
Martesia cuneiformis, 472.
Mastigoteuthis .\gassizii, 243, 264, 282.
Meiiestho Bruuori, 272.
sulcata, 272.
Mota, 328.
menardi, 328.
Microepcira, 297, 320.
INDEX.
513
Microepeira radiosa, 320.
Micrommata carolinensis, 45)9.
serrata, 499.
uudata, 499.
Microneta, 8, 73.
cornupalpis, 4, 74.
crassimanus, 75.
discolor, 75.
f areata, 7G.
latideiis, 76.
lougibuHais, 7G.
olivacea. 77.
persoluta, 4, 74.
qiiinquedentata, 75. •
([uisqiiilianim, 73.
viaria, 3, 4, 73.
Miinetus, 7, 16.
epeiroides, 17.
iiiterfector, 2, 4, 16.
Modiola modiolus, 281.
Modiolaria corrugata, 281, 480.
discors, 281.
nigra, 281, 480.
polita, 281, 285.
Moliiiia Mohnii, 174.
Montacuta bidentata, 479.
ovata, 279.
tumidula, 225, 279, 283.
Mya ferrugiuosa, 225.
tnincata, 277.
Myopa, 382, 388, 389, 393.
apicalis, 393.
biaunulata, 93.
bistria, 394.
clausa, 385, 393.
conjimcta, 393.
longicornis, 386, 394.
obliquofasciata, 385, 394.
pictipennis, 382, 393.
pilosa, 383, 393.
plebeia, 384, 393.
rubrifrons, 392.
stylata, 91, 394.
vesiculosa. 384, 393.
vicria, 386, 394.
Myopella, 393.
Myopina, 393.
Myopiufe, 388.
Mytilimeria flexuosa, 258, 278.
Mytilus edulis, 281.
Nassa consensa, 462.
nigrolabra, 268.
Natica clausa, 268, 283.
Neajra, 277.
alternata, 285.
costata, 472.
gigantea, 223, 277, 283.
glacialis, 277.
lamellosa, 277.
iiiulticostata, 277, 285.
var. curta, 277.
obesa, 277, 283.
Neajra omatissima, 473.
paucistriata, 473.
perro.strata, 277, 285.
rostrata, 277, 285.
uudata, 223, 277, 285.
Neptuuea deceincostata, 268-
despecta, var. tornata, 268.
Neriene, 45, 52.
incisa, 47.
rubens, 60.
viaria, 73.
New England Lycosida;, 482-505,
New England Spiders of the family
Epeiridae, 295-341.
New England Spiders of the family
Therididaj, 1-86.
Niso ieglees, 465.
North American Conopidaj, 91-98.
Nucula acuta, 259.
caucellata, 231, 280, 283, 285.
delphinodonta, 280, 283, 479.
granulosa, 280.
proxima, 280.
reticulata, 231.
tenuis, 280, 283, 285.
trigona, 438.
Occemyia, 95, 392.
Octopus Bairdii, 265.
Carolinensis, 235, 265.
gracilis, 236, 265, 282.
lenlus, 265.
piscatorum, 248, 265, 282.
Ocyale, 499.
mirabilis, 499.
undata, 499.
Odostomia, 273.
caucellata, 467.
di.sparili.s, 196, 273.
engonia, 466.
var. teres, 407.
tornata, 196, 273.
unidentata, 272.
Odynerus, 389.
Oedipoda, 389.
Oinalaxis (?) Hrata, 452, 464.
nobiUs, 423, 447.
Ommastrephes illecebrosus, 264, 282.
Oncomyia, 95, 388, 392.
abbreviata, 96, 97, 393.
Baroni, 96, 97, 392.
loraria, 98, 393.
modesta, 96, 393.
var. melanopoda, 393.
Opistboteuthis Agassizii, 408, 446.
Oroodes, 28.
paradoxus, 28.
Osmia, 389.
O.xygyrus Keraudrenii, 430.
Oxyopes, 502.
scalaris, 502.
Pachygnatha, 298, 336.
514
INDEX.
rachygnatha auUimiialis, ;537.
tare vis, 33G.
tijstriata, 3.'i(J, 3-41.
Paiulora, 474.
Carolincnsis, 474.
I'ardosa, 494.
alboinaculata, 495.
alhopatella, -197.
hiliueata, 496.
bnmiiea, 495.
lapididaa, 494.
nioutana, 498.
nigropalpis, 497.
pallida, 496.
Pecchiolia abyssicola, 278, 283.
gemma, 258, 278, 283.
grauulifera, 434.
Pccten Cliutoiiius, 261, 281, 479.
fragilis, 232, 281.
glyptus, 281.
Hoskynsi, 261.
imbrifer, 261.
Islaudicus, 281.
Icptaleiis, 232, 281.
Magellaniciis, 262.
priueipoidea, 261.
pustulosus, 232, 261, 281.
striatus, 233. 281.
teuuicostatus, 261, 479.
var. aratus, 262.
uudatus, 444.
vitreus, 281.
var, pustulosus, 261.
Pectuuculus trlcenarius, 479.
Periploma papyracea, 277, 283, 434.
undulata, 433.
Phalops furcillatus, 43.
Phaseolus ovatus, 230, 280, 284.
Philine, 273.
amabilis, 273.
cmgulata, 273.
Fiumarchica, 273.
quadrata, 273.
Sagra, 467
tiiicta, 273.
Plioladomya arata, 278.
Pholas cuneiformis, 472.
Pholcorama, 7, 29.
gib bum, 29.
hirsutum, 29.
I'ostratum, ))0.
Pholeus, 7, 30.
atlantieus, 2.
plialaiigioides, 2, 30
Phorosia, 393.
Pliyllonethis lineata, 4, 16.
placens, 4, 15.
Physocephala, 388. 391.
affinis, 391.
Burgessi, 391.
castanoptera, 392.
furcilhita, 391.
margiuata, 391.
Physocephala sagittaria, 391.
Texaiia, 391.
tiljiidis. 391.
Pictina, 393.
Pilidium commodum, 191.
radialum, 191.
Pilisous coramodus, 191, 268.
Pirata, 492.
iusularis, 492.
mmutus, 493.
uioutanus, 493.
piraticus, 492.
Placopliora (Euplacoi)iiora) Atlautlca, 206,
272.
Pleurobranclijua tarda, 274.
Pleurobranchus Americauus, 429, 447.
Pleurocina, 389.
Pleuropliyllidia Cuvieri, 469.
Pleuropus Hargeri, 275.
I'leurotoma Carpenteri, 265.
comatotropis, 265, 285.
Dalli, 265.
(Mangilia) bandella, 250.
Pleurotomella, 140.
Agassizii. 148, 265, 282. 415.
Bairdii, 147, 265, 282, 284.
baudella, 250, 266, 282, 284, 285, 415.
Benedicti, 148, 151, 152. 266, 282.
Bruueri, 155, 266, 282, 284, 416.
Cathariuaj, 155, 266, 282, 284.
Diomedete, 152, 250, 266.
Kmertoni, 154. 250, 266, 282, 285, 413.
formosa. 152.
Frielei, 413. 446.
Jeffreysii, 411, 446.
Lottie. 415, 447.
Packardii, 146, 265.
Pandionis. 265.
Saffordi, 151, 266, 282.
Sanderson!, 149, 266, 282, 284, 415.
tincta, 412, 446.
vitrea, 414, 447.
Pneumodermon Peronii, 431.
Pompilus, 389.
Poromya granulata,'223. 277, 285.
var. rotundata, 277.
rotundata, 223.
sublevis, 221, 277, 283.
Ptimnoa reseda, 1 92.
Propilidium compressum, 262.
elegans, 205, 271, 283.
pertenue, 262, 27 1.
Ptychoproetus, 91. 394.
PuucturoUa abyssicola, 425, 447.
(Kissurisepta) eritmeta, 204. 271, 2S3.
iKiachina, 271, 426.
Purpuiella, 393.
Pyrouc costulata. 252.
Ringicula nitida, 273, 285.
Rossia Hyatti, 265.
niegaptera, 245, 264.
sublevis, 265.
515
Rotella auoiuiila, 242.
cryptospira, 241, 270.
striata. 242.
Saxicava arctiea, 470.
Norvcgica, 277.
Scalaria Aiidrewsii, 270.
Dalliana. 270.
Leaua. 270.
leptalea, 465.
Pourtalesii, 270.
teres, 4?J5.
Scapliander iiobili.s, 209, 273, 283.
puncto-striatus, 210, 273, 283.
Scissurella crispata, 271.
Scrobiciilaria lonsricallus. 224.
ScylL-ua Kdwardsii, 274, 4G9.
Scyt(xles, 7, 31.
cameratus, 2. 31.
thoracica, 2, 31.
Sc}i,odinte, 7.
Second Catalogue of Mollu.sca recently
added to the Fauna of the New Eng-
land Coast and the adjacent parts of tlie
Atlantic, consisting mostly of Deep-Sea
Species, with Notes on others previ-
ously recorded, 139-294.
Seguenzia, 186.
carinata, 191.
elegans, 191.
eritima. 189, 270, 283, 284.
forraosa, 186. 270, 283, 284, 285.
var. nitida, 188, 270, 284.
ionica, 191.
Seguenzid;e, 186.
Semele lata, 476.
Sicus, 377.
Sigaretus maculatus, 463.
Siliqua costata, 472.
Singa, 321.
maculata, 323.
pratensis, 322.
variabilis, 322.
Sipho crelatus, 169, 172, 267.
var. hebes, 172, 267, 282.
concinnus, 175.
glyptus, 172, 174, 267.
hispidulus, 239, 268, 284.
leptaleus, 175, 268.
hvidus, 251.
(Mohnia) cselatulus. 172, 267, 282.
(Mohnia) parvus, 174.
(Mohnia) simplex, 174, 268.
obesus, 168, 267.
parvus, 267.
profuudicola, 170, 267, 282, 284.
var. dispar, l7l, 267, 282.
pubescens, 267.
pygmajus, 172, 267, 479.
var. plauulus, 266.
Spitzbergensis, 251.
Stimpsonii, 267.
var. liratulus, 267.
Siphodentalinm teres, 218, 276, 283.
vitreum, 276, 283.
Siphoneutalis atHnis, 276, 283.
Lofotensis, 276.
Skenea Jirata, 452, 464.
trilix, 464.
Smith, Herbert E., Diastatic Action of
Saliva, as moditied by various Condi-
tions, studied (^tuantitatively, 343-376.
Solarium boreale, 270.
Soleniya velum, 279.
var. borealis, 279.
Spermophora, 7, 31.
meridionalis, 2, 31.
Spliex, 389.
Spiiitharus, 7, 28.
flavidus, 2, 28.
Spirialis balea, var., 276.
buUmoides, 215, 276.
clathrata, 431.
Gouldii, 276.
reticulata, 431.
retroversus, var. MacAndrei, 275.
rostralis, 431.
trochiformis, 214, 276.
Spiropalpus, 8, 39.
spiralis. 39.
Spirotropis ephamilla, 162, 266, 282, 284.
Spisula ovalis, 278.
solidissima, 278.
Spyxosoma, 389.
Stachynia, 94, 394.
Stauroteuthis, eggs of. 410.
syrtensis, 249, 265, 409.
Steatoda, 7, 8, 18.
borealis, 2, 4, 19.
corollata, 2, 19, 21.
guttata, 1, 19, 20.
marmorata, 2, 5, 20, 323.
nigra, 21.
ruralis, 4, 20.
serpentina, 19.
triangulosa, 2, 4, 22.
Stegasoma. 28.
Stemonyphantes, 8, 64.
bucculentus, 3, 64.
trilineata, 64, 83.
Sthenoteuthis, Bartramii, 264.
StiJifer curtus, 272, 283.
Stimpsoni. 272, 283.
Stoloteuthis leucoptera, 264.
Stylogaster, 91, 377. 388, 389, 394.
biannulata, 91. 93, 394.
neglecta, 9], 394.
stylatus. 93.
Stylogastrinse, 388.
Stylomyia, 91, 394.
confiisa, 93, 394.
Styhola recta, 275.
striata, 430.
subulata, 213, 275, 470.
virgula, 213, 275, 470.
var. corniformis, 214, 275.
516
INDEX.
Stylophoi'a, 65.
coiicolur, 60.
yyiidosmya longicallis, 2'J4.
Tapes, 435.
virginevis, 4.'55.
Taranis Morchii, 267, 285.
var. toniatus, 251, 207, 282.
puleliella, 207.
Tarentiila, 482.
Tectum galeolu, 427.
Tcgeiiaria inedicinalis, 492.
Teleoteuthia (Onychia) agilis, 400, 446.
Tellimya ferrugiiiosa, 225, 293.
Tellina lintea, 476.
longicallis, 224.
Terebratula cranium, 234.
teiiera, 234.
TerebraCulina septontrioualis, 282.
Teredo meg^)tara, 277, 283.
Tergipes despectus, 274.
Tetragnatha, 298, 332.
caiidata, 335.
elongata, 334.
extensa, 333, 334.
grallator, 334.
laboiiosa, 334.
straminea, 335.
vermiformis, 333.
Tetragnathin;E, 298.
Toutana, 19.
triangulosa, 22.
Tharsis, 201, 271.
Thecophora, 392.
Theridida-, 4.
Theridiuas, 7.
Theridion boreale, 2, 4, 19.
caucellatiiiii. 2, 26.
fictiliiim, 2, 24.
frondeum, 2, 4, 15.
funebre. 2, 27.
globosuin, 2, 14.
leouiuum, 2, 18.
marinoratuiii, 2, 4, 20.
serpeutimnii, 2, 4, 22.
spliiBrula, 2, 25.
trigonum, 2, 23.
vulgare, 2, 13.
Tlieridiiiin. 7, 8.
didereiis, 9.
froiidouin, 2, 5, 15.
glohosiiiii, 2, 14.
liiicaluiii, 2, 16.
iiioiitamiiu, 10.
niurariuni, 1 1 .
punctis-sparsiini, 4, 12.
qiiadri]miiclatuiii, 19.
rupicola, M.
soxpuMctaluiii, 12.
si)irak', 10.
t«'iti(lari()nnn, 2, 4, 13, 328.
uiiiiuaculatuin, 15.
Theiidiuia variaus, 12.
zelotypiim, 4, 11.
Theridula, 7, 25.
gonygaster, 25.
sphasrula, 2, 25.
Third Catalogue of Mollusca recently added
to the Fauua of the New England Coast
and the adjacent parts of the Atlantic,
consisting mostly of Deep-sea Species,
with Notes on others previously re-
corded, 395-452.
Thracia Couradi, 278, 479.
nitida, 221, 278, 2S3.
Tmeticus. 52.
bidentalus, 56.
bostoniensis, 56.
brunneus, 58.
concavus, 57.
contortus, 54.
lougisetosus, 54.
maximus, 55.
niicrotarsus, 57.
montauus, 55.
pallidus, 55.
pertiuens, 3, 54.
plumosus, 53.
pr.ibatus, 3, 52.
terrestris, 57.
tibialis, 56.
tridentatus, 53.
trilobatus, 53.
truncatns, 57.
Torellia flmbriata, 269.
var. tiarella. 269.
vestita, 269.
Toruatella puncto-striata, 467.
Trachydermon albus, 209, 272.
exaratus, 208, 272.
Tricliocyclus Duniercihi, 215, 276.
Trichotroptis (?) inflata, 178, 269, 283.
Triforis turris-thouue, 463.
Triptera columnella. 214, 275.
Tritonofusus cretaceus, 251.
Kriiyeri, 251.
Trochosa, 482.
Trochus ajglees, 255.
Ottoi, 254.
rliysus, 255.
Vaillanti, 255.
Trophou abyssoruni, 421, 447.
var. limicola, 121, 447.
clavatns, 170. 208, 282, 284, 421.
Liutoni, 170, 268.
Turl)onilla areolata, 294.
Bushiana. 272, 283.
costulata, 294.
l<hnertoni, 272.
grandis, 427, 447.
uivea, 272.
perlepida, 427, 447.
Hathl)uni, 272, 283, 428.
Typliloniangilia nivale, KM.
Tanncri, 163, 266, 282.
INDEX.
<M
Ulesanis, 7, 28.
americana, 28.
Unsyrametrical Law of Error in the Posi-
tion of a Point in Space, 123-138.
Urosalpinx Caroliuensis, 237, 2()8.
cinerea, 238.
macra, 239, 2G8.
Utricnlus biplicata, 467.
Vehitina ItBvigata, 269.
Venericardia borealis, 259, 278.
granulata, 258, 278, 477.
Novanglipe, 259.
obliqua, 478.
Venus alveata, 477.
Verrill, A. E., Second Catalogue of Mol-
lusca recently added to the Fauna of
the New England Coast and the adja-
cent parts of the .Vtlantic, consisting
mostly of Deep-Sea Species, with Notes
on others previously recorded, 139-294.
Third Catalogue of Mollusca, 395-452.
Verticordia crolata, 278.
Vespa, 389.
Yolutella lachrimula, 166, 266, 479.
Volutopsis Norvegicns, 252.
Volvula, 468.
minuta, 469.
oxytata, 468.
Walckensera, 45.
bifrons, 46.
diceras, 48.
Waldheimia cranium, 234, 282, 284, 398.
tenera, 234.
Williston, S. W., Dipterous Larvte from
the Western Alkaline Lakes and their
use as Human Food, 87-90.
North American Conoi)ida>, 91-98,
377-394.
Xylophaga dorsalis, 277, 283, 285.
Yoldia expansa, 279, 283.
frigida. 279, 284.
hyperborea, 226.
Jeffreysi, 229, 279, 284, 28.'j.
limatula, 226, 279.
lucida, 279, 284.
Messanensis, var., 227, 280, 283, 285.
var. breviroslris, 227.
myalis, 226.
obtusa, 226.
pusio, 227.
regularis, 228, 279
sapotilla, 279.
sericea, var. striolala, 226, 279, 284.
subequilatera, 229, 279, 284.
thraciformis, 279.
Zilla, 297, 323.
montana, 323.
x-notata, 324.
Zodion, 95, 379, 388, 389, 392
abdominale, 381, 392.
Americanum, 392.
fulvifrons, 380, 392.
leucostoma, 380, 392.
nanellum, 382, 392.
occidensis, 392.
pictulum, 379, 392.
pygmaiura, 381, 392
splendens, 392.
ERRATA TO VOL. VI
Page 27, line 26, ior funebre, read fjinebris.
Page 49, line 31, for spinifera, read spinifernm.
Page 80, lines 29 and 31, for cristatum, read cristata.
Page 85, line 38, for 61 (end of line), read 51.
Page 86, line 19, Pholcus atlanticus should be omitted.
Page 201, line 1, for Ganeza, read Ganesa.
Page 201, line 3, for Gorgnia read Gorgonia.
Page 202, lino 38, for argenlea, read argenteus.
Page 203, line 7, for argentea, read argenteus.
Page 215, line 11, for longicaiidatus, read longicaudata.
Page 229, line 10, for Jeffreysii, read Jeffreysi.
Page 230, line 33, for Jeffreysii, read Jeffreysi.
Page 233, line 31, for Geol. read Zool.
Page 257, line 24, for R, read C.
Page 261, line 37, for Emmonds read Emmons.
Page 271, line 17, for Ganeza, read Ganesa.
Page 271, next to last line, for Gadina read Gadinia.
Page 275, line 20, for Leseur read Lesueur.
Pago 276, line 11, for Dumereillii read Burner eilii.
Page 284, line 6, for Jeffreysii, read Jeffreysi.
Page 284, line 30, for Seguenizia read Seguenzia.
Page 285, last line, for Ammusiiim read Amussium.
Pago 285, line 27, for Jeffreysii, read Jeffreysi.
Page 289, next to last line, insert comma after Malletia.
Page 289, last line, for Pectenid;e read Pectinidse.
Page 297, line 40, for Micropeira, read Microepeira.
Page 302, line 38, for patogiata, road patagiata.
Page 303, line 1 9, for patogiata, read patagiata.
Page 342, lino 9, for hartorum, read liortorum.
Page 342, line 19, for Microepeira, read Microepeira.
Page 392, line 39, for Occomyia, read Occemyia.
Pago 394, line 6, for obliqiicfasciata. road ol)]i(|uofasoiata.
Page 451, line 16, for dorsal, read ventral.
TRANS. CONN. ACAD. VOL. VI.
PLATE L
J. H. Emerton, from Naturt
Photo. Lith. by E. Crisand, New Haven, Co
THERIDIUM.
TRANS. CONN. ACAD. VOL. VI.
PLATE IL
J. H. Emerton. from Nature
Photo Lith. by E Crisand, New Haven, Conn,
THERIDIUM.
TRANS. CONN. ACAD. VOL. VI
PLATE III.
OA<r\ xrOJUJlqt^^Xc^-
■J. H. Emerton, from Nature Photo. Lith. by E CMsarid. New Hj.,w.. Co
THERIDIUM-MIMETUS-ERO-STEATODA.
TRANS. CONN. ACAD. VOL. VI.
PLATE IV.
J. H. Emerton, from Nature.
Photo. Lith. by E Crisand, New Haven, Com
STEATODA-ASAGENA.
TRANS. CONN. ACAD. VOL. VI.
PLATE V.
J- H. Emerton, from Nature
Photo. L'ith. by £ Crisand, New Haven, Conn,
ARGYRODES-THERIDULA-LAS^OLA-EURYOPIS-SPINTHARUS.
TRANS. CONN. ACAD. VOL. VI.
PLATE V]
•J- H. Emerton, from Natui
Photo. Lith. by E Crisand, New Haven, Conn.
ULESANIS-PHOLCUS-SPERMOPHORA-SCYTODES-PHOLCOMMA.
TRANS. CONN. ACAD. VOL. VI.
PLATE VIL
J. H. Emerton. ffotn Naturt
Photo Lith. by E. Crisand. New Haven. Conn.
CERATINELLA.
TRANS. CONN. ACAD. VOL. VI,
PLATE VUL
J. H. Emerton. from Naturt
Photo. LHh. by E. Crisand, New Haven, Co
CERATINELLA-CORNICULARIA.
TRANS. CONN. ACAD. VOL. VI
PLATE IX.
J. H. Emerton. from Nature
Photo. LIth. by E Crisand, New Haven. Co
CERATINOPSIS.
TRANS. CONN. ACAD. VOL. VI
PLATE X.
Photo, Lith. by E Crisand, New Haven, Conn,
LOPHOM MA-GRAM MONOTA-SPIROPALPUS.
TRANS. CONN. ACAD. VOL. VI.
PLATE XL
J H. Emerton. from Nati
Photo, Litb by E Crisand, New Haven, Conn.
CORNICULARIA.
:ANS. CONN ACAD. VOL. VI.
PLATE XIL
J. H. Emerton. from Nature
Photo Lith. by E. Crisand, New Haven, Conn
LOPHOCARENUM.
TRANS. CONN. ACAD. VOL. VI.
PLATE Xlll.
J H. Emerton. from Nati
Photo. Lith. by E. Crisand, New Haven, Com
LOPHOCARENUM.
TRANS. CONN. ACAD. VOL. VI.
PLATE XIV.
J. H. Emerton, From Natu
Photo. LIth. by E. Crisand, New Haven, Conn.
LOPHOCARENUM.
TRANS. CONN. ACAD. VOL. VJ.
PLATE XV.
■) H Emerton, from Nature
Photo. Lith. by E Crisand, New Haven, Co
TMETICUS.
TRANS. CONN. ACAD. VOL. VI.
PLATE XVI.
J- H. Emerton, from Nature
Photo. Lith. by E Crisand, New Haven. Conn.
TMETICUS.
TRANS. CONN. ACAD. VOL. VI.
PLATE XVI]
J- H. Emerton, from Nature
Photo. Lith. by E. Crlsand, New Haven, Conn,
ERIGONE.
TRANS. CONN. ACAD. VOL. VI.
PLATE XVIIT.
Photo Lith by E. Crlsand, New Haven. Conn.
LINYPHIA.
TRANS. CONN. ACAD. VOL. VI.
PLATE XIX.
•i- H. Emerton. from Nature
Photo, LIth. by E Crisand, New Haven, Conn.
LINYPHIA.
PLATE XX.
BATHYPHANTES.
TRANS. CONN. ACAD. VOL. VI.
PLATE XXI.
J H. Emerton, From Nature
Photo, Llth. by E Cri$and, New Haven. Coi
DRAPETISCA,, &c.
TRANS. CONN. ACAD. VOL VI.
PLATE XXII.
J. H. Emerton, from Nature
Photo. Lith. by E. Crisand, New Haven. Conn,
BATHYPHANTES.
TRANS. CONN. ACAD. VOL. VI.
PLATE XXIH.
J- H. Emerton, from Nature.
Photo. Lith. by E Crisand. New Haven, Conn,
MICRONETA GONATIUM.
TRANS. CONN. ACAD. VOL. VI
/
PLATE XXIV.
J- H. Emerton, from Nature
Photo. Lith. by E. Crisand, New Hai-en, Co
MICRONETA.
■V
TRANS. CONN. ACAD.. VOL. V
PLATE XXV.
J. H. Emerton, (rom N
Pholo Lith by L S Pundetson, New Haven, Con
LIBINIA EMARGINATA.
TRANS. CONN. ACAD.. VOL VI.
PLATE XXVI.
E.A Andrews, (rom Nal'j
Photo Lilh by L S Punderson, New Haven, Con
LIBINIA EMARGINATA.
TRANS. CONN. ACAD.. VOL VI.
PLATE XXV 11
t.A. Andrews, from Na
Photo Lith by L S. Pundetson. New Haven, Co
LIBINIA EMARGINATA.
TRANS. CONN. ACAD. VOL. V
J H. Emerton. from Nalur.
Photo. Lith by L S Punderson, New Haven, Co
NEW ENGLAND MOLLUSCA.
TRANS. CONN. ACAD.. VOL, VI.
PLATE XXIX.
J. H. Emertop, from Nalure
Photo, Lith by L S Punde.son, Nev, Haven, Con
NEW ENGLAND MOLLUSCA.
TRANS. CONN. ACAD.. VOL, VI
PLATE XXX.
J H. Emerton, from N
Photo L.th by L S Punderson, New Hiven, Co
NEW ENGLAND MOLLUSCA.
Trans. Con r. Acad, Vcl.VI
PLATE XXXI
.'.H Emei-'ton from i
L SPunderson Ph-jto,Lith,.New Haver
NEW ENGLAND MOLLUSCA.
PLATE XXXII.
n tmertori from natu
u Jei oil FIl-^^v. i ila 1,-w hcn -a
NEW ENGLAND MOLLUSCA.
Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. VI
PLATE XXXIII
J.H.Emerton from nature.
E.Crisand Lilh, New Haven.
/
Trans. Conn.Acad. Vol .VI
PLATE XXXIV
J.H.Emerton from nature
E C'i-i3ai"id Litr\ New Haven.
'cnn.Acad^ '.
PLATE XXXV
J.h EK'.ertori from natuve
L i.Punder£Gn.PhDto,Lith,New Haven.
. ConuAcad. Vcl.VI
PLATE XXXVI.
i! Etnerton frorri nalura
L o.Punderscn, Photo, Lu.h, New Haven.
A-ai
r-LATE /:XX\/ri.
i Ernerton from naiurs
L.S.Punderscn.Photo.Luh.New Haven..
Trars. Ccnn.Acad Vcl.VI
PLATE XXXVIII.
J.H.Emerton froTR nalupr
L.3.Pundersori.Phoi.o.Lnh.,New Haven.
Trans. Crnn. Acad
L^^TE XXXIX,
■ H Emerton fi-DTTL naiui
LS.Punderscn, Photo, Lnh.New HaV'T
Trans. Conn. Acad, Vol. VI
PLATE XL.
.H hnieriori frorr; nature.
L.S.Punder son, Photo. Lnh..New Haven.
Trans. CcnnAcad Vol .VI
PLATE XLL
L.S.Punderson, Photo, Lilh-.New Haven.
nn-NTmDTn /o
Trans. Conn. Acad, Vol. VI
PLATE XLII.
LS.Panderson.Photo,Lith„New Haven.
Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. VI.
PLATE XLI
n %ns. ConivAcad^ Vol. VI
PLATE XLIV.
L.S Punderson,Pholo..Lith..New Haveri.
Trans. Conn. Acad Vol. VI
PLATE XLV.
L.S.Punderson.PhotO-.Lnh.,New Haven.
.:. Conn. Acad . Vcl . VI
PLATE XLVL
J.H.EinertorL frorn nalui'e.
L.S.Punderson,Ph.oto,Lith ..New Haven
Trans. Conn.Aca'i. Vol.VL
PLATE XL\/I[
: raertcn frorri nature.
L. S.Pur.aer son, Photo,Lith..New Haven.
H.ns. Conn Acaci Vcl .
PLATE XLVril.
J. H.Emerton from nature
L. a.Punder son. Photo, L ithjiew Haven .
^an~ Conn. Acad Vol VI
PLA'^E XLIX,
#
J.H.tnrierton from naiur-e
L.S.Puiiderson,Photo..LiihJI-'
TRANSACTIONS
CONNECTICUT ACADEMY
ARTS AND SCIENCES.
VOLUME VI, PART 1
NEW HAVEN:
PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY,
1884.
TUTTLE, MOREHOrrSE & TAYLOR, PRINTERS.
CONTEjSTTS.
PAGE.
List of Additions to the Library, v
Art. L — New England Spiders of the Family Theri-
DiD^. By J. H. Emerton. Plates 1-24, .. 1
Art. IL — Dipterous Larvje from the Western Alka-
line Lakes, and their use as Human Food.
By S. W. Williston, ,. 87
Art. III. — North American Conopid.e, By S. W. Wil-
LISTON, 91
Art, IV. — On the Anatomy of Lihinia Emarginata Leach,
THE Spider Crab. By E. A. Andrews.
Plates 25-27, 99
AuT. V. — On an TJnsym metrical Law of Error in the
Position of a Point in Space. By E. L.
DeForest, 123
Art. VI. — Second Catalogue of the Mollusca recently
ADDED to the I'"'aUNA OF THE NeW EnGLAND
Coast and the adjacent parts of the At-
lantic, consisting mostly of Deep-Sea Spe-
cies, WITH Notes on others previously re-
corded. By A. E. Verrill. Plates 28-32, .. 139
Any of the below-named parts of the Transactions of the Connecticut Academy
of Arts and Sciences, vrill be sent post-paid on recei^jt of the price by the Oorres-
ponding Secretary, Addison Van Name, to whom also all comnumicatioua respect-
ing exchange of publications should be addressed.
PKICE.
Volume I, Part 1, 18(J6. 246 pp. and 3 platei», $2.50
Volume I, Part 2, 1867-71. 367 pp. and 7 plates, 3.50
Volume IT, Part 1, 1870. 208 pp. and 7 plates, .3.00
Volume 11, Part 2, 1873. 202 pp. and 11 plates, 3.00
Vokime III, Part 1, 1876. 248 pp. and 37 plates, 3.50
•Volume TIT, Part 2, 1878. 260 pp. and 23 plates, 2.50
Volume IV, Part 1, 1877. 242 pp. and 2 plates,... 2.50
Volume IV, Part 2. 1882. 100 pp. and U plates, 1.50
Volume IV, Part 3, (in press)
V'olume V, Pari 1, 1880. 267 pp. and 26 plates, 3.00
Volume V, Part 2, 1882. 341 pp. and 33 plates, 3.50
Volume VI, Part 1, 1884. 294 pp. and 32 plates, 3.50
TRANSACTIONS
^iL£.j^b^,/^?6
CONNECTICUT ACADEMY
ARTS AND SCIENCES.
VOLUME Yl, PART t.
Ni;W HiVYEN:
PUBLISHED BY THE AC^ADEMY.
1885.
TUTTLE, MOREHOUSE & TAYLOR, PRINTERS.
CONTENTS.
PAGE.
List of ADDixioisrs to the Library, . . . xxi
Art. VII. — New England Spiders of the family Epei-
RiD^E. By J. II. Emerton. Plates 33-40, 29.5
Art. VIII. — The Diastatic Action op Saliva, as Modi-
fied BY various Conditions Studied Quan-
titatively. By R. H. Chittenden and iIer-
beet E. Smith, 343
Art. IX. — North American C'onopid^ : Conclusion.
By S. W. VViLLisTON. Plate 41, ..: 377
Art. X. — Third Catalogue of Mollusca recently
added to the Fauna op the New Eng-
land Coast and the Adjacent* parts of
the Atlantic, consisting mostly of Deep
Sea Species, with Notes on others pre-
viously RECORDED. By A. E. Verrill.
Plates 42-44, 395
Art. XI. — Additions to the Shallow-water Mollusca
OP Cape Hatteras, N. C, dredged by
the U. S. Fish Cominiission Steamer "Al-
batross" IN 1883 and 1884. By Katha-
rine J. Bush. Plate 45, . 453
Art. XII. — New England Lycosid^e. By J. H. Emer-
TON. Plates 46-49, 481
Any of the below-named parts of the Transactions of the Connectient Academy
of Arts and Sciences, will be sent post-paid on receipt of the price by the Corres-
ponding Secretary, Addison Van Name, to wliom also all commnnications respect-
ing exchange of pul)licalions should be addressed.
PRICE.
Volume I, Part 1, 1866. 240 pp. and 3 plates, $2.50
Volume T, Part 2, 1867-71. 367 pp. and 7 plates, 3.50
Volume IT, ^art 1, 1870. 208 pp. and 7 plates, 3.00
Vohnne II, Part 2, 1873. 202 pp. and 11 plates, 3.00
Volume III, Part 1, 1876. 248 pp. and 37 plates, 3.50
Volume III, Part 2, 1878. 260 pp. and 23 plates, 2.50
Volume IV, Part 1, 1877. 242 pp. and 2 plates,.. 2.50
Volume IV, Part 2, 1882. 100 pp. and 11 plates, 1.50
Volume IV, Part 3, (in press).
Volume V, Part 1, 1880. 267 pp. and 26 plates,.. 3.00
Vohnne V, Part 2, 1882. 341 pp. and 33 plates,... 3.50
Volume VI, Part 1, 1884. 294 pp. and 32 plates, .. 3.50
Volume Yl, Part 2, 1885. 223 pp. and 17 plates, 3.00
3 2044 072 225 485
Date Due
-^^ - A -^ '' ^3i''>>'
^5 ^ ^- ;:,5i*^^
-^ < ^ > >' !>-:*> %C5 c^'^ :-;3>^ :i3>>^ ^^ ^::>
::^3::;o-.
>..ir>- r3^*5> -ly^-s^ r
^ J^ ^y^ J> yj> >> •> ■'
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11